«ssss 
 
 >SS\* 
 
 m 
 
 1  H 
 
 I  lltf 
 I  itli 
 
 11  mm 
 1  111 
 i  wk 
 
 \"\  , 
 Wm 
 
 VXoXVWCS&Y  OWSXC' 
 
 1  «f 
 
 |1  Ml 
 If  '3fg| 
 
 ii  mi 
 
 13  9  H| 
 
 il  19 
 
 il  i9 
 
 H|| 
 
 m 
 
 ihi 
 
 » 
 
Presented 
 
 / .  2.  / .  /  2', 
 
 Ihc  OUiPoIogrra/ 
 
 PRINCETON,  N.  J. 
 
 3Lns+\“YvrVton, 
 
 Di<v 
 
 >is  ion  ESI 
 
 Section 
 
Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
 in  2019  with  funding  from 
 Princeton  Theological  Seminary  Library 
 
 https://archive.org/details/analyticalcriticOOcoop 
 
1)n  ^ 
 
 SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN 
 
 BULLETIN  63 
 
 ANALYTICAL  AND  CRITICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 
 OF  THE  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 AND  ADJACENT  TERRITORY 
 
 BY 
 
 JOHN  M.  COOPER 
 
 WASHINGTON 
 
 GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
 1917 
 
LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL 
 
 Washington,  I).  C.,  October  10,  1916. 
 
 Sir:  I  have  the  honor  to  transmit  herewith  the  manuscript  of  a 
 memoir  entitled  “Analytical  and  Critical  Bibliography  of  the  Tribes 
 of  Tierra  del  Fuego  and  Adjacent  Territory, ”  by  Rev.  John  M. 
 Cooper,  and  to  recommend  its  publication  as  a  bulletin  of  the  Bureau 
 of  American  Ethnology. 
 
 Very  respectfully, 
 
 F.  W.  Hodge, 
 Ethnologist-in-  Charge. 
 
 Hr.  Charles  D.  Walcott, 
 
 Secretary,  Smithsonian  Institution. 
 
 m 
 
PREFACE 
 
 If  we  are  entitled  to  accept  the  principle  that  the  modern  barbarian 
 world  has  preserved  to  a  fair  degree  the  culture  of  humanity’s  ado¬ 
 lescence,  we  may  legitimately  go  a  step  farther  and  look  to  the 
 modern  savage  world  for  some  clue  to  the  culture  of  humanity’s 
 childhood.  Used  with  due  reserve,  our  knowledge  of  savage  culture 
 may  help  toward  a  reconstruction  of  the  earlier  stages  of  prehistoric 
 cultural  development,  hut  at  any  rate  coordination  of  the  facts  must 
 precede  their  interpretation,  and  in  turn  he  preceded  by  intensive 
 studies  of  the  individual  savage  tribes. 
 
 The  present  work  had  its  origin  in  such  an  attempt  to  find  what 
 light  an  intensive  study  of  the  available  sources  would  throw  on  the 
 culture,  particularly  the  religion  and  morality,  and  on  the  cultural 
 relations,  of  one  of  the  most  primitive  aboriginal  American  groups. 
 In  the  course  of  preparation  references  accumulated,  and  what  began 
 as  a  cultural  study  has  ended  as  a  bibliography. 
 
 I  wish  to  take  this  opportunity  to  express  my  grateful  apprecia¬ 
 tion  first  of  all  to  Mr.  Frederick  W.  Hodge,  who  has  given  me  his 
 valued  counsel  on  many  matters  connected  with  the  work.  I  am 
 also  indebted  to  him  as  well  as  to  Mr.  Wilberforce  Eames  for  several 
 important  titles. 
 
 Dr.  Ales  Hrdlicka  and  Dr.  John  R.  Swan  ton  have  generously  given 
 me  the  benefit  of  their  expert  knowledge  and  wide  experience  in  their 
 respective  fields,  although  of  course  I  should  not  like  them  to  be  held 
 responsible  for  conclusions  advanced  in  the  work. 
 
 Prof.  Charles  Wellington  Furlong,  whose  intimate  personal  kn owl- 
 edge  of  the  Fuegian  and  Patagonian  tribes  makes  him  our  foremost 
 North  American  authority  on  their  culture,  has  very  kindly  put  at 
 my  disposal  much  of  his  invaluable  manuscript  material  and  has 
 given  me  information  on  many  obscure  points. 
 
 The  Rev.  Dr.  Antonio  Cojazzi  and  Father  Jose  M.  Beauvoir,  both 
 of  the  Salesian  Society,  have  by  letter  helped  to  clear  up  for  me  sev¬ 
 eral  matters  in  connection  with  their  own  and  their  confreres’  lin¬ 
 guistic  studies. 
 
 I  have  to  thank  Mr.  Charles  Martel,  of  the  Library  of  Congress,  for 
 many  kindnesses  to  me  and  for  his  valuable  suggestions  regarding 
 bibliographical  technique. 
 
 v 
 
VI 
 
 PREFACE 
 
 I  am  also  under  deep  obligation  for  many  privileges  extended  to  me 
 and  for  their  unfailing  courtesy  in  the  many  demands  I  made  on  their 
 time  and  patience,  to  Mr.  Charles  W.  Mead,  of  the  American  Museum 
 of  Natural  History,  and  to  the  authorities  of  many  of  the  libraries  of 
 Washington  and  elsewhere,  especially  of  the  Library  of  Congress,  of 
 the  libraries  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  the  National 
 Museum,  the  Surgeon  General’s  Office,  the  Geological  Survey,  and 
 the  Pan-American  Union,  of  the  Day  Missions  Library  of  Yale,  and 
 of  the  New  York  Public  Library. 
 
 John  M.  Cooper. 
 
 Washington,  D.  C.,  September  11.  1916. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 Page 
 
 Introduction .  1 
 
 Scope  of  the  present  work .  1 
 
 General  division  of  tribes .  2 
 
 Yaligans .  2 
 
 Names .  2 
 
 Territory . 3 
 
 Present  condition .  4 
 
 Alacaluf .  5 
 
 Names .  5 
 
 Territory .  6 
 
 Linguistic  evidence .  10 
 
 Glossary .  12 
 
 Somatological  evidence . 29 
 
 Cultural  evidence .  29 
 
 Chonos . . . • .  30 
 
 Names  and  territory .  30 
 
 Language .  34 
 
 Somatology . 41 
 
 Culture .  43 
 
 Present  condition  of  the  Chonos  and  Alacaluf .  46 
 
 Onas .  48 
 
 Names .  48 
 
 Territory .  49 
 
 Shflk’nam-M&nekenkn  relations .  49 
 
 Ona-Tehuelche  relations .  52 
 
 Present  condition .  56 
 
 Past  and  future  of  Fuegian  investigations .  59 
 
 Early  writers  and  explorers  to  1800 .  59 
 
 History  of  investigation .  60 
 
 Future  of  Fuegian  and  Chonoan  investigation .  63 
 
 Author  bibliography . : .  65 
 
 Subject  bibliography .  137 
 
 Orientation .  137 
 
 Bibliographies .  137 
 
 Ethnological  map3 .  137 
 
 Environment .  137 
 
 Somatology . 138 
 
 Anatomy .  138 
 
 Anatomy,  physiology,  pathology .  140 
 
 Expression  of  the  emotions .  140 
 
 Languages .  141 
 
 Lexical  sources .  141 
 
 Grammatical  sources .  144 
 
 Texts .  144 
 
 General  remarks .  144 
 
 VII 
 
VIII 
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 Subject  bibliography — Continued.  Page 
 
 Culture . - .  145 
 
 Religious  culture .  145 
 
 Religious  culture  proper .  145 
 
 Supramundane  beings .  146 
 
 Totemism,  animism,  fetishism .  149 
 
 Ancestor  worship .  150 
 
 Future  life .  150 
 
 Belief  and  morality .  152 
 
 Cult .  152 
 
 Quasi-religious  culture .  154 
 
 Birth  customs .  155 
 
 Initiations .  156 
 
 Taboos . : .  157 
 
 Breams .  158 
 
 Various  customs .  158 
 
 Magic .  159 
 
 Medicine  and  medicine-men .  159 
 
 Death,  mourning,  and  burial .  160 
 
 Mythology,  folk  tales,  and  traditions .  162 
 
 Domestic  culture .  164 
 
 Courtship  and  choice  of  wife .  164 
 
 Levirate .  165 
 
 Incest .  165 
 
 Endogamy  and  exogamy .  165 
 
 Monogamy,  polygamy,  polyandry .  166 
 
 Divorce . 167 
 
 Conjugal  fidelity .  167 
 
 Position  of  woman .  168 
 
 Division  of  labor .  169 
 
 Modesty .  169 
 
 Premarital  chastity .  169 
 
 Care  of  aged .  170 
 
 Care  of  the  child .  170 
 
 Infanticide  and  abortion .  171 
 
 Naming,  weaning,  and  carrying  child .  171 
 
 Kinship .  172 
 
 Moral  culture .  172 
 
 Ideal .  173 
 
 Actual .  173 
 
 Regard  for  human  life . 174 
 
 Cannibalism .  175 
 
 Social  relations .  176 
 
 Property .  177 
 
 Personal  morality .  177 
 
 Political  culture .  177 
 
 Economic  culture .  178 
 
 Proprietorship .  178 
 
 Barter .  179 
 
 Mental  culture . 179 
 
 Esthetic  culture .  180 
 
 Music  and  songs .  180 
 
 Poetry .  181 
 
 Dances  and  drama .  181 
 
 Design  and  sculpture .  181 
 
 Personal  adornment .  182 
 
CONTENTS  IX 
 
 Subject  bibliography — Continued. 
 
 Culture — Continued.  Page 
 
 Recreative  culture . . . . .  184 
 
 Material  culture .  185 
 
 Food . 185 
 
 Agriculture  and  domestication . 185 
 
 Storing  of  food .  187 
 
 Drink .  187 
 
 Kinds  of  foods .  187 
 
 Cooking . 191 
 
 Fire  making .  191 
 
 Shelter .  192 
 
 Clothing .  193 
 
 Navigation .  195 
 
 Textile  and  fictile  products .  204 
 
 Weapons .  205 
 
 Tools .  21G 
 
 Archeology . ,  218 
 
 Deductions .  219 
 
 Relations .  220 
 
 To  Araucanians .  220 
 
 To  primitive  South  American  peoples .  221 
 
 To  American  race  in  general .  223 
 
 To  Indo-Oceanic  primitive  peoples . 223 
 
 Index  of  subjects . 229 
 
 ILLUSTRATION 
 
 Plate  1.  Map  of  the  southern  extreme  of  South  America .  Facing  page  64 
 
ANALYTICAL  AND  CRITICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY 
 OF  THE  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 AND  ADJACENT  TERRITORY 
 
 By  John  M.  Cooper 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 Scope  of  the  Present  Work 
 
 The  present  paper  is  intended  as  a  practical  or  working  guide  to 
 the  sources  for  Fuegian  and  Chonoan  anthropology.  With  this  end 
 in  view,  the  writer  has  endeavored,  first,  to  gather  together,  analyze, 
 and  evaluate  the  extant  written  sources;  secondly,  to  draw  up  lists 
 of  references  covering  the  various  phases  of  anthropology;  and; 
 thirdly,  to  sift  the  available  material  for  all  evidence  that  might  help 
 toward  clearing  up  obscure  or  debated  points. 
 
 The  work  is  divided  into  three  parts:  The  Introduction,  the  Bibli¬ 
 ography  of  Authors,  and  the  Bibliography  of  Subjects. 
 
 The  Introduction  treats  of  the  names,  divisions,  territories,  and 
 present  conditions  of  the  Fuegian  and  Chonoan  Indians,  and  gives  a 
 short  history  of  investigation  with  a  summary  of  what  has  been 
 accomplished  and  of  what  still  remains  to  be  done.  The  perplexing 
 problem  of  the  relations  of  the  Alacaluf  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan  to 
 the  Chonos  and  natives  of  the  West  Patagonian  Channels  has  called 
 for  somewhat  extensive  treatment. 
 
 The  Author  Bibliography  aims  to  give  an  analysis  and  critical 
 appreciation  of  each  book  and  article,  briefly  or  more  at  length  in 
 proportion  to  the  importance  of  the  work  from  the  standpoint  of  the 
 anthropologist.  Nearly  all  second-hand  works,  and  even  most  of  the 
 first-hand  sources,  demanded  only  short  annotations;  for,  while  the 
 list  of  those  who  have  written  of  the  Fuegians  and  Chonos  from  per¬ 
 sonal  observation  is  a  comparatively  long  one,  extending  through 
 nearly  four  centuries,  the  great  majority  of  these  explorers  have  had 
 at  the  most  merely  a  few  hours  of  contact  with  the  natives.  Their 
 descriptions  are  nearly  always  exact,  and  often  valuable  for  the  more 
 obvious  phases  of  material  culture,  but  in  most  other  respects  have 
 to  be  used  with  caution. 
 
 i 
 
2 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 |  BULL.  03 
 
 The  bibliographies  of  somatology  and  linguistics  are  designed  to  be 
 as  exhaustive  as  possible ;  those  dealing  with  culture  are  selective  and 
 are  cast  in  the  form  of  cultural  outlines  with  emphasis  on  the  biblio¬ 
 graphical  side. 
 
 Throughout  the  present  work  the  term  Anthropology  is  used  in  the 
 broadest  sense  to  include  everything  relating  to  the  natives  directly. 
 The  terms  Somatology  and  Culture  are  employed  for  physical  and 
 cultural  anthropology,  respectively.  Language  would  logically  be 
 included  under  culture,  but  for  practical  purposes  the  liberty  has 
 been  taken  of  classifying  it  as  the  third  subdivision  of  general  an¬ 
 thropology. 
 
 General  Division  of  Tribes 
 
 The  Fuegian  Archipelago  is  inhabited  by  three  distinct  tribes,  the 
 Yaligans  of  the  south,  the  Alacaluf  of  the  west,  and  the  Onas  of  the 
 east.  The  first  two  spend  the  greater  part  of  their  time  on  the 
 water,  whence  their  common  name  “ Canoe  Indians,”  while  the 
 natives  of  the  third  tribe  have  neither  canoes  nor  horses,  and  are 
 known  as  “Foot  Indians.”  The  three  languages  are,  lexically  at 
 least,  distinct,  but  the  physical  and  cultural  differences  are  in  the 
 main  less  marked  between  the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  than  between 
 these  two  tribes  on  the  one  hand  and  the  Onas  on  the  other.  Of  the 
 Ilaush  or  Manekenkn  sub  tribe  and  of  the  “West  Patagonian  Canoe 
 Indians”  more  will  be  said  below. 
 
 The  Chonos  occupied  the  archipelagos  between  the  Guaitecas 
 Islands  and  the  Taitao  Peninsula  or  the  Gulf  of  Penas.  Somato- 
 logically  and  culturally  they  resembled  their  more  southerly  neigh¬ 
 bors,  the  Canoe  Indians.  Whether  or  not  they  spoke  a  language 
 distinct  from  the  Alacalufan  can  not  be  decided  in  the  present  state 
 of  our  knowledge. 
 
 YAHGANS 
 
 Names 
 
 The  most  southerly  of  the  Fuegians,  and  also  the  most  southerly 
 people  of  the  world,  are  the  Yahgans.  The  name  is  variously  spelt 
 Yagan,  Yakan,  Yaghan,  etc.,  but  should  not  be  confused  with  the 
 entirely  distinct  Yacana,  Yacana-cunnee.  The  name  Yahgan  was 
 given  these  Indians  by  the  Rev.  Thomas  Bridges,  from  Yahga ,  their 
 native  name  for  the  Murray  Narrows  district,  a  locality  much  fre¬ 
 quented  by  them  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Apr.  1,  1880,  74;  h,  207.)  They 
 call  themselves  Y&mana,  that  is,  “living,”  “alive”  (Th.  Bridges,  h, 
 207),  or  “men”  (Th.  Bridges,  11.  c;  Hyades,  q,  14;  Bove,  a ,  790; 
 b,  132;  c,  125;  d,  Arch.,  288;  Cojazzi,  15;  Dabbene,  b,  170;  Lehmann- 
 Nitsche,  d,  230-231 ;  Furlong,  j ;  b,  126;  Outes,  d,  136) }  Some  of  the 
 
 i  The  small  (lower  case  italic)  letters  denote  the  corresponding  article  or  book  under  the  author’s  name 
 in  the  Author  Bibliography.  The  numbers,  of  course,  refer  to  the  pages.  Where  under  the  same  letter 
 in  the  bibliography  two  or  more  editions  or  translations  are  given,  the  page  cited  is  from  the  first  one 
 entered  thereunder,  unless  otherwise  expressly  stated. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 3 
 
 earlier  nineteenth  century  explorers  dubbed  them,  from  the  word 
 constantly  on  their  lips,  Yammascoonas,  which  means  “be  generous” 
 (Garbe,  362;  Hyades,  q,  314;  Martial,  30;  Noguera).  Admiral  Fitz¬ 
 Roy  called  one  section  of  them  by  mistake  Tekeenicas  (a,  137),  from 
 tekianaca,  ‘not  seen  before,  strange’  (Th.  Bridges,  7i,  207;  Lovisato, 
 c,  721;  Dabbene,  b,  169),  or  Tac-cy-yennica-owenci,  ‘stranger  men’ 
 (Despard,  b,  746,  717).  Of.  also  discussion  of  origin  of  this  name  in 
 Lovisato,  c,  721;  Martial,  209;  Hyades,  q,  282;  Th.  Bridges  and 
 Despard,  11.  c. 
 
 The  Alacaluf  captured  and  taken  aboard  by  Admiral  Fitz-Roy 
 called  the  Yahgans,  Yapoos  (Fitz-Roy,  a ,  203;  King,  428),  from  the 
 Yahgan  word  aiapuk,  ‘otter’  (Th.  Bridges,  h ,  207 ;  Despard,  b,  717). 
 
 Territory 
 
 In  the  last  century  and  probably  from  much  earlier  times  the 
 Yahgans  occupied  the  shores  of  Beagle  Channel  and  the  islands  south 
 to  Cape  Horn.  To  the  east  they  extended  to  the  eastern  end  of 
 Beagle  Channel,  and  at  times  at  least  cruised  nearly  to  the  Straits  of 
 Lemaire  (de  Brosses,  ii,  208).  To  the  west  they  reached  as  far  as  the 
 western  end  of  Beagle  Channel,  and,  on  Tierra  del  Fuego  Island’s 
 shores  and  some  of  the  islands  to  the  southwest,  even  to  Brecknock 
 Peninsula  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Oct.  1,  1884,  224).  This  latter  point  was 
 in  a  broad  sense  the  natural  dividing  line  between  the  Yahgans  and 
 Alacaluf;  of  it  Prof.  Furlong  (j;  cf.  also  r,  174)  writes:  “To  round  the 
 weather  side  of  the  long  reach  of  Brecknock  Peninsula,  with  its  frown¬ 
 ing  cliffs  and  scarcely  a  landing  place,  in  frail  canoes,  was  something 
 which  only  the  most  daring  occasionally  undertook.  While  to  pass 
 over  its  barren,  unexplored  mountain  heights  for  these  canoemen  was 
 impossible.” 
 
 Between  Good  Success  Bay  and  the  eastern  end  of  Beagle  Channel 
 there  was  considerable  contact,  linguistic  borrowing,  bartering,  and 
 intermarriage  with  the  Onas  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Mar.  1,  1876,  59; 
 e,  332;  i,  cited  by  Hyades,  q,  10;  Lovisato,  c,  720,  citing  Whaits; 
 Hahn,  c,  340;  Martial,  185,  192).  An  equal  or  perhaps  even  greater 
 amount  of  mingling  with  the  Alacaluf  occurred  in  the  more  or  less 
 mixed  or  neutral  zone  between  Brecknock  Peninsula  and  the  western 
 end  of  Beagle  Channel  (Th.  Bridges,  by  Feb.  2,  1874,  26-27;  Oct.  1, 
 1881,  227;  e ,  332;  k,  234;  Lovisato,  c,  720,  citing  Whaits;  Spegaz- 
 zini,  a,  13). 
 
 Dr.  Spegazzini  ( a ,  4)  was  told  that  there  were  remains  of  other 
 tribes  or  sub  tribes  in  Yahgan  territory,  and  he  mentions  in  particular 
 the  Piirri  of  Hermite  Island  and  the  Adwipliin  of  Londonderry 
 Island.  Prof.  Furlong  (b,  129;  j)  more  recently  divides  the  Yahgans 
 into  four  family  groups:  the  well-formed  natives  of  the  eastern 
 Beagle  Channel  and  vicinity,  the  big-headed,  ugly,  powerful  Lennox 
 
4 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  62 
 
 Islanders,  the  dwarfish  Wollaston  Islanders,  and  the  warlike,  mur¬ 
 derous  Hoste  Islanders.  The  Piirri  and  Adwipliin  were  probably  two 
 of  the  small  local  groups  or  clans  who  were  known  by  the  names  of 
 the  localities  which  they  frequented  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Oct.  1,  1884, 
 224;  also  quoted  in  Hyades,  Z,  718;  cf.  also  Hyades,  j,  149-150),  while 
 the  considerable  differences  noted  by  Prof.  Furlong  correspond  with 
 what  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  remarked  regarding  the  noticeable  indi¬ 
 vidual  and  local  differences  in  the  Yahgans’  physical  appearance  and 
 culture  (Th.  Bridges,  d,  288-289 ;  h,  206) . 
 
 Dr.  Hahn  (a,  804),  Capt.  Martial  (129,  208),  and  Dr.  Spegazzini 
 (a,  4;  cf.  also  Barclay,  a,  63)  wrote  as  if  there  were  two  distinct 
 Yahgan  dialects,  but  Dr.  Hyades  (p,  339)  explicitly  states  that  there 
 is  only  one  Yahgan  dialect  .  The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges,  our  best  authority 
 on  the  Yahgan  language,  seemed  rather  to  share  the  former  view;  for, 
 though  not  stating  so  explicitly,  he  wrote  ( b ,  Sept.  1,  1880,  196)  that 
 the  inner  coast  Yahgans,  the  Wiisinarmla,  despised  the  ocean  coast 
 men,  the  Atisimanala,  “  because  of  their  strange  brogue,”  etc.  Per¬ 
 haps,  too,  Dr.  Hyades  was  using  the  word  dialect  in  a  less  inclusive 
 sense. 
 
 Lexically  the  Yahgan  language  is  quite  distinct  from  both  the 
 Alacalufan  and  the  Onan.  Some  few  words  of  Yahgan  show  a  resem¬ 
 blance  to  the  Alacalufan,  but  in  the  present  state  of  the  evidence  the 
 resemblance  is  not  sufficient  to  establish  any  solid  ground  for  kinship. 
 The  same  in  less  measure  is  true  of  the  Yahgan  and  Onan  tongues. 
 There  has  been,  moreover,  a  certain  amount  of  borrowing  from  both 
 the  other  tongues  by  the  Yahgans  (cf.,  e.  g.,  Th.  Bridges,  e,  332; 
 1c,  234).  Unfortunately,  on  the  grammatical  side  sufficient  Onan 
 material  is  not  available  for  comparison  with  the  Yahgan,  while  of 
 Alacalufan  grammar  we  know  not  a  single  rule. 
 
 Somatologically  the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  are  very  closely  related. 
 The  Yahgans  differ  chiefly  from  the  Alacaluf  in  being  slightly 
 shorter  in  stature  and  slightly  less  dolichocephalic,  so  Dr.  Rudolf 
 Martin  concluded  ( b ,  159,  210-211).  The  physical  relations  of  the 
 Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  to  the  Onas  are  treated  infra  (p.  54). 
 
 Culturally  the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  are  almost  identical  so  far  as 
 our  information  goes;  but  both  tribes  differ  in  many  points  from  the 
 Onas.  For  details,  see  Subject  Bibliography,  under  Culture. 
 
 Present  Condition 
 
 Half  a  century  ago  the  Yahgans  may  have  numbered  3,000  or  more, 
 but  by  1884  they  had  dwindled  to  about  1,000  (Th.  Bridges,  b ,  Oct.  1, 
 1884,  223;  d,  289),  by  1886  to  about  400  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Oct.  1,  1886, 
 217),  while  according  to  what  seems  to  be  the  most  exact  recent  esti¬ 
 mate,  by  the  retired  English  missionary,  Mr.  John  Lawrence  ( S . 
 Amer.  miss,  mag.,  1913,  xlvii,  145),  there  are  now  fewer  than  100 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 5 
 
 survivors.  -Of  this  number  40  to  50  live  on  Beagle  Channel  and  per¬ 
 haps  as  many  more  beyond  Murray  Narrows  southward  as  far  as  hut 
 not  beyond  Wollaston  Island.  Practically  all  have  largely  given  up 
 their  native  culture. 
 
 ALACALUF 
 
 Names 
 
 The  western  canoe-using  Fuegians  are  the  Alacaluf.  The  name  is 
 variously  spelled.  The  following  are  the  chief  forms  given  by  first¬ 
 hand  investigators:  Alacaluf,  Alakaluf,  or  Alacalouf  (Th.  Bridges, 
 1c ,  233;  Bove,  a,  b,  c,  d;  Hyades,  q,  12;  Martial,  129,  184;  Beauvoir, 
 b,  14;  the  Salesians,  as  in  Cojazzi,  15;  Morales,  62);  Alaculuf  or  Ala- 
 culoof  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Apr.  1,  1880,  74;  Oct.  1,  1881,  226-227  and  usu¬ 
 ally  thereafter;  e,  331;  h,  203,  210;  j,  313;  Lovisato,  b,  129;  c,  720); 
 Alucaluf  (Spegazzini,  a,  4);  Alukoeluf  (Spegazzini,  c,  132);  Aloocu- 
 loof  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Feb.  2,  1874,  26);  Alookooloop  or  Alukulup 
 (Skottsberg,  a,  xxxii,  592;  d ,  578);  Alokolup  (Skottsberg,  b,  240); 
 Alikhoolip  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  132,  140-141).  Still  other  forms  occur  in 
 anthropological  literature,  as  Alikuluf  or  Alikaluf  (Chamberlain, 
 a,  89;  Brin  ton,  c,  331,  for  former),  Alikoolif  (Despard,  b,  717),  but 
 these  do  not  appear  to  have  any  independent  value. 
 
 It  is  difficult  to  decide  which  is  the  true  pronunciation.  Perhaps 
 it  varies  on  the  natives7  lips,  and  probably  too,  given  the  great  diffi¬ 
 culty  of  catching  Alacaluf  an  words  correctly,  investigators  have 
 heard  it  differently.  In  the  present  work  I  have  adopted  the  form 
 Alacaluf,  without  j:>resuming,  of  course,  to  decide  against  the  other 
 forms  that  rest  on  good  first-hand  evidence. 
 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy,  the  first  investigator  to  use  the  name,  desig¬ 
 nated  by  it  the  natives  of  the  islands  south  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan 
 from  the  western  end  of  Beagle  Channel  to  Cape  Pillar  (loc.  cit.). 
 From  the  uniformity  with  which  explorers  and  residents  since  his 
 time  have  used  the  name  we  may  infer  that  it  is  the  one  by  which  the 
 natives  call  themselves;  although  Dr.  Skottsberg  is  the  only  writer, 
 so  far  as  I  have  observed,  who  expressly  states  so  ( b ,  240,  242-243). 
 Its  meaning  is  not  known. 
 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy  ( a ,  132)  gave  the  name  Huemuls  to  the  canoe¬ 
 using  Indians  of  Otway  and  Skyring  Waters,  because  he  found  them 
 in  possession  of  many  skins  of  that  animal.  He  thought  that  they 
 were  perhaps  a  branch  of  Father  Falkner’s  Yacanas  or  a  mixed  Pata¬ 
 gonian  and  Fuegian  people.  This  surmise,  indorsed  to  a  certain  ex¬ 
 tent  by  Dr.  Brin  ton  ( c ,  331)  and  by  Dr.  Latcham  (282-283),  is  rather 
 contradicted  by  the  linguistic  (Lista,  e,  41;  J.  Simpson,  b,  88)  and  cul¬ 
 tural  data  from  this  region,  both  being  Alacalufan.  According  to  the 
 Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  (i,  in  Hyades,  q,  12),  the  Alacaluf  used  to  go  on 
 hunting  expeditions  to  the  thick  forests  of  western  and  southern 
 
6 
 
 BUREAU  OE  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Patagonia.  Then,  too,  in  Mr.  Bridges’  time,  the  Dawson  Islanders, 
 who  were  as  much  Onan  as  Alacalufan  in  .appearance,  used  to  hunt 
 deer  as  far  as  the  Patagonian  coast  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  June  1,  1883, 
 139;  Feb.  1,  1886,  33).  This  might  explain  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s 
 theory  of  the  Huemuls’  mixed  origin. 
 
 Bougainville  (2d  ed.,  i,  276,  290)  and  many  after  him  called  the 
 Canoe  Indians  of  the  central  part  of  the  Strait  Pecherais  or  Peche- 
 rais  (spelled  by  others  Pechera,  Pecheri,  Pesserai,  Pissiri,  etc.),  from 
 the  expression  they  constantly  used.  It  is  not  a  tribal  name,  but 
 its  meaning  is  unknown.  That  it  signified  “friends”  as  Mr.  Griewe 
 (234),  following  Vargas  Ponce  ( a ,  349),  states,  or  “son,”  “child,” 
 “boy,”  “man,”  as  Lieut.  Cevallos  believed  (Vargas  Ponce,  b,  28),  is 
 very  doubtful,  to  say  the  least. 
 
 The  canoe-using  natives  of  Brunswick  Peninsula  and  King  William 
 IV  Land  were  called  Guaicaros  according  to  Senor  Lista  (cl;  e,  41), 
 while  Senor  Cox  spoke  (162J,  165)  of  a  supposedly  mixed  Tehuel- 
 chean  and  Fuegian  people  of  the  north  shore  of  the  Strait  called  Huai- 
 curues.  According  to  the  latter  writer,  they  spoke  a  Tehuelchean 
 dialect,  but  Senor  Lista’s  Guaicaro  vocabulary  (ibid.)  is  Alacalufan. 
 
 Father  Falkner’s  Poy-yus  or  Peyes  and  Key-yus  or  Keyes  (98-99) 
 are  classed  by  some  writers  as  Alacalufan.  Such  classification  rests 
 on  no  tangible  evidence. 
 
 Van  Noort  (b,  1st  ed.,  21;  Commelin,  i,  10;  de  Brosses,  i,  298-299) 
 was  told  that  the  natives  met,  and,  incidentally,  massacred,  on  the 
 Penguin  Islands,  that  is  St.  Martha  and  St.  Magdalen  Islands,  in  1599, 
 called  themselves  Enoo,  and  that  other  kindred  tribes  were  the 
 Kemenetes  of  Karay,  the  Kennekas  of  Karamay,  and  the  Karaike  of 
 Morine.  La  Guilbaudiere  in  1688-1696  divided  the  Magellanic 
 natives  into  the  Laguediche  of  the  eastern  mouth  of  the  Strait  of 
 Magellan,  the  Teste  igdiche  of  Jelouchetez  Strait,  that  is,  probably 
 Magdalen  Channel,  and  the  Havequediche  or  Ilauequediche  and 
 Cadegdiche  of  the  St.  Jerome  Channel  region  and  beyond;  these  were 
 the  names,  he  said,  by  which  they  called  themselves  (18-19;  cf.  also 
 Villefort).  Some  of  these  names  recur  in  Brin  ton  ( c ,  331-332),  Fr. 
 Muller  («,  276),  and  d’Orbigny  (b,  Voyage,  iv,  pt.  i,  187),  but  it  would 
 be  unsafe  to  put  reliance  in  them  as  distinct  tribal  names.  Perhaps 
 they  were  local  clan  or  family  names. 
 
 Of  the  use  of  the  name  Chonos  to  designate  the  Alacalufan  natives 
 of  the  West  Patagonian  Channels  more  will  be  said  later. 
 
 Territory 
 
 What  territory  do  the  Alacaluf  occupy?  There  is  great  diver¬ 
 gence  of  opinion.  It  will  be  well  to  distinguish  between  what  is  cer¬ 
 tain  and  agreed  upon  and  what  is  questioned. 
 
COOPElt] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 7 
 
 It  is  agreed  that  the  Alacaluf  have  in  recent  times  occupied  the 
 following  territory:  Desolation,  Ines,  and  Clarence  Islands  with  the 
 adjacent  islands  south  of  the  Strait,  Dawson  Island  and  the  shores 
 of  Magdalen  and  Admiralty  Sounds  and  of  Gabriel  and  Cockburn 
 Channels.  In  the  Dawson  Island  and  Admiralty  Sound  district,  how¬ 
 ever,  there  has  been  considerable  mingling,  word-borrowing,  and  inter¬ 
 marriage  between  the  Alacaluf  and  the  Onas  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  June  1, 
 1883,  139;  Feb.  1,  1886,  33,  cf.  also  Oct.  1,  1881,  226;  £,  234;  Lovisato, 
 c,  720,  citing  Whaits),  just  as  there  has  been  much  fusion  with  the 
 Yahgans  in  the  border  zone  between  Brecknock  Peninsula  and  the 
 western  end  of  Beagle  Channel  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Feb.  2,  1874,  26-27; 
 Oct.  1,  1881,  227;  &,  234;  Lovisato,  c,  720;  Spegazzini,  a,  13). 
 
 While  Brecknock  Peninsula  was  the  natural  dividing  line  between 
 the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf,  it  was  not  an  absolute  one.  The  Yahgans 
 went  west  of  this  line  but  rarely,  it  seems,  but  the  Alacaluf  were 
 pretty  well  established  east  of  it,  as  the  sources  just  quoted  show. 
 It  appears,  too,  that  in  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  time  the  Alacaluf  extended 
 as  far  east  as  the  western  end  of  Beagle  Channel  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  132, 
 and  the  whole  account  of  the  loss  of  and  search  for  the  stolen  whale¬ 
 boat  in  King).  The  natives  met  by  Capt.  Cook  in  Christmas  Sound 
 in  1774  used  the  characteristic  Alacaluf  an  expression  pechera  (J.  Cook, 
 b,  ii,  183),  although  their  spear  shafts  were  angular  (G.  Forster,  n, 
 501),  like  those  of  the  modern  Yahgans. 
 
 Accounts  similar  to  those  of  Francis  Fletcher  show  that  Indians 
 using  bark  canoes  formerly  occupied  the  Strait  as  far  east  as  Elizabeth, 
 Martha,  and  Magdalen  Islands.  These  natives  were  in  all  probability 
 Alacaluf;  although  it  is  possible  enough  that  Patagonians  may  have 
 ventured  out  at  times  on  these  islands.  In  fact,  certain  details  in 
 some  of  the  early  accounts — for  instance,  van  Noort’s:  the  mention 
 of  ostriches,  “la  bout  de  la  verge  noue  d’un  fil”  ( b ,  21;  de  Brosses, 
 i,  298;  cf.  Ladrillero,  498) — suggest  Patagonian  rather  than  Fuegian 
 provenance. 
 
 All  the  above-mentioned  territory,  except  the  Elizabeth  Island 
 district,  lies  south  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan. 
 
 Do  or  did  the  Alacaluf  extend  north  of  the  Strait  ?  This  is  ques¬ 
 tioned.  Canoe-using  Indians  have  occupied  from  early  times,  or 
 still  occupy  sporadically  or  at  certain  seasons,  decimated  and  scat¬ 
 tered  though  they  now  are,  the  shores  of  Otway  and  Skyring  Waters, 
 of  Brunswick  Peninsula,  Riesco  or  King  William  IV  Land,  and 
 Munoz  Gamero  Peninsula,  the  north  shore  of  the  Strait  from  Port 
 Famine  and  Cape  Froward  to  the  Pacific,  and  the  archipelagos  with 
 the  neighboring  fjords  and  inlets  from  the  Strait  to  the  Gulf  of  Penas. 
 Are  these  people  to  be  classed  as  Alacaluf,  or  should  they  be  con¬ 
 sidered  as  of  a  different  tribe,  non- Alacaluf  an,  Chonoan,  or  “West 
 Patagonian”  ? 
 
 64028°—  Bull.  63—17 - 2 
 
8 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 The  chief  older  opinions  are  those  of  Admiral  Fitz-Roy,  Capt.  Bove, 
 Mr.  Whaits,  cited  by  Dr.  Lovisato,  and  Mr.  Thomas  Bridges,  quoted 
 by  Dr.  Hyades. 
 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy  divided  the  above  territory  between  the  Peche- 
 rays  of  the  central  part  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan,  the  Huemuls  of 
 Otway  and  Skyring  Waters,  and  the  Chonos  of  the  territory  between 
 the  north  shore  of  the  western  end  of  the  strait  and  Cape  Tres  Montes 
 (a,  132,  142,  189).  The  Chonos  were,  he  surmised,  the  survivors  of 
 the  ancient  Chonos  Archipelago  natives  who  had  been  driven  south 
 of  Taitao  Peninsula  ( a ,  142).  Each  of  the  above  three  tribes,  he 
 states  (a,  132),  spoke  a  different  language  and  was  distinguished  by 
 certain  cultural  and  physical  characters.  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  was 
 followed  by  Dr.  Ratzel  (b)  in  calling  the  West  Patagonian  Channel 
 natives  Chonos.  Dr.  Coppinger  more  cautiously  calls  (54;  ill.  opp. 
 p.  50)  the  natives  south  of  the  Gulf  of  Penas  “Channel  Fuegians.” 
 
 Capt.  Bove  (b,  c,  ethnologic  map)  marks  most  of  this  territory  as 
 Chonoan,  adding,  however,  a  question  mark.  Dr.  Lovisato  (c,  720), 
 on  the  contrary,  ascribes  it  more  confidently  to  the  Alacaluf,  citing 
 Mr.  Whaits,  of  the  English  Mission,  as  his  authority. 
 
 Dr.  Hyades  (q,  map,  and  pp.  12-14,  quoting  Mr.  Thomas  Bridges; 
 cf.  also  Martial,  184)  divides  the  territory  in  question  between  the 
 Alacaluf  of  the  northern  shore  of  the  Strait,  including  Brunswick 
 Peninsula,  King  William  IV  Land,  Munoz  Gamero  Peninsula  and  the 
 southern  shores  of  Otway  and  Skyring  Waters,  and  the  Chonos  of  the 
 West  Patagonian  Channels,  including  Obstruction  Sound  and  Ultima 
 Speranza  Inlet,  from  the  Queen  Adelaide  Archipelago  north. 
 
 How  much  reliance  can  be  put  on  these  divisions  ?  None  of  the 
 above  authorities,  except,  perhaps,  to  a  very  limited  extent  Mr. 
 Bridges,  spoke  the  Alacalufan  tongue,  and  none  except  Admiral  Fitz¬ 
 Roy  and  perhaps  Mr.  Bridges  had  personal  knowledge  of  the  terri¬ 
 tory  west  of  Cape  Froward  and  the  Brecknock  Peninsula  region  (Bove, 
 <z,  790;  b,  133;  c,  124;  d,  Arch,  per  Vantr .,  288;  see  also  itinerary  of 
 Bove  expedition  in  Bove,  a,  b,  or  c;  Hyades,  q,  12).  Capt.  Bove  does 
 not  give  the  grounds  for  his  hypothetical  division,  Dr.  Lovisato’s  is 
 based  on  information  given  him  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Whaits  of  the 
 Ushuaia  Mission,  while  Dr.  Hyades  quotes  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges,  who 
 gave  him  “indications  tres  precises’ ’  at  Paris  in  1886  (Hyades,  q, 
 405). 
 
 At  the  time  of  the  French  and  Italian  explorers’  visits  in  1882-83, 
 neither  Mr.  Bridges  nor  Mr.  Whaits  had  had  any  but  very  limited 
 contact  with  the  Alacaluf,  and  neither  spoke  the  Alacalufan  lan¬ 
 guage  (Hyades,  q ,  13),  although  a  little  later  (in  1884)  Mr.  Bridges 
 and  his  son  Despard  were  compiling  an  Alacalufan  dictionary  (Th. 
 Bridges,  t).  Alacaluf  at  times  put  in  an  appearance  at  the  Ushuaia 
 Mission  (Hyades,  q,  13),  and  individuals  of  this  tribe  occasionally 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 9 
 
 lived  among  the  Yahgans  (Hyades,  b,  1344;  q,  13,  224,  411-412). 
 Much  if  not  most  of  Mr„  Bridges’  information  about  the  Alacaluf  was 
 gathered  during  “une  longue  tournee”  (Hyades,  q,  12)  of  a  week 
 (Barclay,  a ,  66)  or  several  weeks  (Dabbene,  b,  213)  in  their  territory 
 in  1886,  but  how  far  west  he  reached  is  not  stated.  Nor  is  there,  so 
 far  as  the  present  writer  can  discover,  any  record  of  Mr.  Whaits 
 having  made  extensive  journeys  into  Alacaluf  an  territory. 
 
 All  the  above-mentioned  authorities  had  had  much  experience 
 among  the  Yahgans,  but  it  is  not  clear  that  their  statements,  except¬ 
 ing  perhaps  Mr.  Bridges’,  about  the  natives  of  the  western  and 
 northern  Magellanic  region  rest  on  sufficient  personal  investigation. 
 
 There  remains  to  be  discussed  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  division.  Nei¬ 
 ther  he  nor  his  chief  informant,  Capt.  Low,  spoke  any  of  the  native 
 languages.  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  gathered  his  vocabulary  by  signs 
 mainly,  while  Capt.  Low,  though  intimately  familiar  with  the 
 “Chonos,”  had  likewise  to  use  the  sign  method  in  communicating 
 with  his  captive  Chono  boy  Bob  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  188-189, 129,  182,  193). 
 The  “Chono”  vocabulary  of  three  words  (Fitz-Roy,  b,  142)  will  be 
 touched  on  later.  It  throws  no  light  on  our  question.  Moreover,  Ad¬ 
 miral  Fitz-Roy  was  almost  certainly  mistaken  in  ascribing  ( a ,  132) 
 distinct  languages  to  his  Pecherays,  Huemuls,  and  Alikhoolip,  as  more 
 recent  linguistic  evidence  shows.  Can  we  then  accept  as  convincing 
 his  linguistic  distinction  between  these  three  tribes  and  the  “Chonos,” 
 or  between  the  Pecherays  and  Huemuls  on  the  one  hand  and  the 
 Alikhoolip  on  the  other?  Nor  finally  can  the  hostility  between  the 
 natives  of  the  northern  and  southern  shores  of  the  western  end  of  the 
 strait  (Fitz-Roy,  a ,  189)  be  taken  as  in  itself  a  proof  of  tribal  or 
 linguistic  distinction. 
 
 We  may  now  pass  to  the  chief  of  the  more  recent  authorities.  Dr. 
 Dabbene  (6,  207-208)  and  Prof.  Chamberlain  ( a ,  89-90)  follow  Mr. 
 Bridges’  division  as  cited  by  Dr.  Hyades.  Neither  adduces  any  new 
 evidence.  Prof.  Giglioli  ( b ,  242)  holds  that  the  Alacaluf  extend  from 
 Port  Famine  to  the  Gulf  of  Penas.  The  Chilean  and  Argentinian 
 anthropologists  and  naval  officers  as  a  rule  consider  the  West  Pata¬ 
 gonian  Channel  natives  as  Alacalufan  (Lehmann-Nitsche,  d ,  220; 
 C.  Martin,  d ,  365;  Morales,  62;  Pacheco,  a ,  53-54;  5,  26;  Porter,  a, 
 525),  while  according  to  Dr.  Latcham  (279)  the  Alacaluf  formerly 
 reached  probably  to  Chiloe.  A  similar  opinion  is  also  quoted  by 
 Dr.  Medina  (a,  111)  from  the  Rejistro  de  la  marina  de  la  Republica  de 
 Chile ,  1848,  page  44.  A  recent  visitor  to  the  Patagonian  Channels 
 reports  being  told  by  the  pilot  of  the  vessel  that  the  same  tongue  is 
 spoken  from  Cape  Froward  to  the  Gulf  of  Penas  (Wilda,  in,  272). 
 
 According  to  the  Salesian  missionaries  (Cojazzi,  15,  123;  Beauvoir, 
 b,  14;  Whiteside,  19-20),  the  Alacaluf  occupy  both  shores  of  the 
 Strait,  Ultima  Speranza  Inlet,  and  the  Queen  Adelaide  and  S.  Madre 
 
10 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 de  Dios  Archipelagos.  The  Salesian  fathers  are  in  close  touch  with 
 the  Alacaluf  at  Dawson  Island.  They  also  make  journeys  into 
 Alacalufan  territory,  and  in  1910  Father  Renzi  (Cojazzi,  16)  made 
 an  extensive  tour,  but  I  have  not  at  hand  exact  data  of  their  routes. 
 
 Finally,  Dr.  Skottsberg  brought  back  from  his  expedition  of  1908 
 some  important  new  linguistic  material  gathered  in  the  territory  in 
 question.  From  a  detailed  comparison  of  this  material  with  the 
 Alacalufan  vocabularies  published  by  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  and  Dr. 
 Hyades,  he  concludes  that  the  Alacaluf  are  all  south  of  the  Strait. 
 All  the  disputed  territory  is  occupied  by  a  non- Alacaluf  an  people 
 whom  he  calls  "West  Patagonian  Canoe  Indians.”  They  would 
 speak  a  language  totally  different  from  the  Alacalufan  (Skottsberg, 
 d,  614,  580,  611;  b ,  242-243). 
 
 So  much  for  the  chief  views.  As  appears,  the  general  tendency  of 
 recent  writers,  if  we  except  Dr.  Skottsberg,  is  to  allot  part  or  all  of 
 the  West  Patagonian  Channel  region  to  the  Alacaluf.  We  may  now 
 investigate  the  available  evidence — linguistic,  somatological,  and 
 cultural. 
 
 A.  Linguistic  Evidence 
 
 Nothing  has  thus  far  been  published  on  Alacalufan  grammar,  if 
 we  except  a  brief  note  of  doubtful  value  by  Lieut.  Cevallos  (Vargas 
 Ponce,  b,  27)  and  the  mere  general  statements  by  the  Rev.  Mr. 
 Bridges  (Barclay,  a ,  66)  and  Dr.  Spegazzini  (c,  132)  that  the  Alaca¬ 
 lufan  differs  structurally  from  the  Yahgan  tongue.  We  are  obliged, 
 therefore,  to  confine  our  comparative  study  to  the  available  lexical 
 material. 
 
 In  compiling  the  comparative  glossary  given  below,  15  of  the  17 
 extant  vocabularies  have  been  utilized,  as  have  also  some  stray 
 words  occurring  in  various  narratives.  The  present  writer  unfor¬ 
 tunately  has  not  had  access  to  Dr.  Spegazzini’s  (e)  short  list,  nor  to 
 Messrs.  Thomas  and  Despard  Bridges’  lengthy  one  (t),  both  being 
 still  in  manuscript.  Fuller  details  regarding  the  sources  used  are 
 given  in  the  Author  Bibliography.  It  will  be  sufficient  here  briefly 
 to  classify  and  describe  the  utilized  lexical  material. 
 
 The  more  important  vocabularies  used  are  the  following:  La 
 Guilbaudiere’s  (8-13;  Marcel,  b)  of  225  words  and  phrases  gathered 
 between  1688  1  and  1696  in  the  Port  Gallant  district;  Admiral  Fitz¬ 
 Roy’s  ( b ,  135-140)  of  208  words  gathered  in  1830-31  from  the  four 
 natives,  three  of  them  Alacaluf  of  the  Brecknock  Peninsula  region, 
 whom  he  took  to  England;  Dr.  Hyades’  ( q ,  272-277)  of  the  same 
 208  words  gathered  in  1882-83  from  an  Alacaluf  woman  whom  he 
 attended  for  a  long  time  at  Orange  Bay  in  Yahgan  territory;  Father 
 
 1  Or  perhaps  1G85  (Cf.  Manuel  de  Odriozola’s  Coleccion  de  documentos  literarios  del  Peru,  n,  Lima,  1804, 
 p.  18), 
 
COOPER 1 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TTERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 11 
 
 Borgatello’s  (Cojazzi,  125-140)  of  592  words,  phrases,  and  sentences 
 gathered  at  Dawson  Island  from  mission  Alacaluf  who  apparently 
 come  chiefly  from  the  territory  east  of  Port  Gallant  and  south  of  the 
 Strait;  Dr.  Skottsberg’s  ( d ,  606-614;  e,  411-413)  of  301  words  and 
 sentences  gathered  in  1908  from  Emilia,  a  native  woman  of  Port 
 Gallant,  who  accompanied  the  expedition  as  interpreter,  from  the 
 natives  of  Port  Gallant  and  Port  Bueno,  and  in  a  minimal  degree  from 
 those  of  Port  Grappler. 
 
 The  10  shorter  lists  used,  which  contain  from  a  dozen  to  half  a  hun¬ 
 dred  words  each,  are  as  follows:  Dr.  Fenton’s  (Hyades,  q,  278-279)  of 
 46  words  gathered  from  three  native  women  who  had  been  captured 
 in  Crooked  Reach  in  1876  and  brought  to  Punta  Arenas;  Dr.  Hyades’ 
 shorter  vocabulary  ( q ,  279)  of  13  words  gathered  from  Cyrille,  a 
 9-year-old  Alacaluf  boy,  who  in  addition  verified  Dr.  Fenton’s  list 
 and  gave  synonyms  for  three  words  in  the  same;  Lieuts.  J.  Simpson 
 and  Chaigneau’s  ( b ,  88)  of  26  words,  taken  from  one  of  a  group  of 
 natives  met  casually  in  1879  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Dynevor  Castle  in 
 Skyring  Water;  Dr.  Coppinger’s  (122)  of  50  words  and  5  children’s 
 names  gathered  in  1880  from  an  old  native  at  Tilly  Bay  and  subse¬ 
 quently  verified  in  part  among  the  Port  Gallant  Indians;  Dr.  Lucy- 
 Fossarieu’s  (175)  of  12  words,  and  Dr.  Seitz’s  (a,  184)  of  18  words, 
 both  gathered  from  the  Hagenbeck  group  of  Alacaluf,  who  were 
 exhibited  in  Europe  in  1880-81  and  who  apparently  came  from  either 
 Clarence  Island  (Hyades,  p ,  342),  or  more  likely  Dawson  Island  (Th. 
 Bridges,  b,  June  1,  1883,  139);  Dr.  Spegazzini’s  of  13  plant  names  ( d ) 
 and  2  other  words  (a,  5,  7)  gathered  in  1882,  probably  at  Ushuaia  from 
 •  Alacalufan  transients;  Senor  Lista’s  ( d ;  e,  41)  of  19  words  gathered, 
 apparently  about  1895,  from  a  “Guaicaro  doctor,”  then  living  in 
 Patagonia,  whose  people  had  come  from  Brunswick  Peninsula  and 
 King  William  IY’s  Land ;  Father  Beauvoir’s  (a,  7-8)  of  41  words,  some 
 of  which  were  gathered  probably  from  Alacaluf  at  Dawson  Island 
 Mission;  Senor  Iriarte’s  (Whiteside,  18-20)  of  43  words  gathered  in 
 1904  from  two  native  boys  taken  aboard  Capt.  Whiteside’s  ship  at 
 Ultima  Speranza. 
 
 The  stray  words  mentioned  above  are  the  following:  5  in  Duclos- 
 Guyot  ( b ,  vol.  ii,  672,  674,  681);  3  in  Cevallos  (Vargas  Ponce,  b,  27- 
 28);  4  in  King  (53,  77,  320,  343);  2  in  Meriais  (385-386);  1  each  in 
 Macdouall  (110),  Topinard  (775),  and  Wyse  (534);  3  “Chono”  words 
 in  Fitz-Roy  ( b ,  142);  10  local  names  in  Sarmiento  (203-210;  An. 
 Jiidr .,  vn,  493-497);  2  tribal  names  in  Villefort  (de  Brosses,  ii,  120); 
 4  words  and  some  tribal  and  local  names,  perhaps,  however,  of  Pata¬ 
 gonian  origin,  in  van  Noort  ( b ,  1st  ed.,  21 ;  Commelin,  i,  10;  de  Brosses, 
 i,  298-299). 
 
12 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [  BULL.  T.3 
 
 Glossary 
 
 PREFATORY  NOTES 
 
 0 
 
 A.  The  comparative  glossary  given  below  contains  all  and  only 
 those  words  for  which  there  is  sufficient  material  available  for  pur¬ 
 poses  of  comparative  study.  Where  any  reasonable  ground  exists 
 for  suspecting  the  presence  of  Yahgan,  Onan,  or  Tehuelchean  intru¬ 
 sions  in  the  Alacalufan  vocabularies,  the  respective  equivalents  in 
 these  languages  are  given.  The  Yahgan  material  has  been  taken 
 chiefly  from  the  following  sources:  Hyades,  q;  Th.  Bridges,  p;  Platz- 
 mann;  Garbe;  Spegazzini,  c;  Despard,  b;  Bove,  b  and  c;  Eizaguirre; 
 Noguera;  Fitz-Roy,  b.  The  Ona  and  Tehuelche  words  are  in  the 
 main  from  Lehmann-Nitsche,  d ;  Beauvoir,  b;  C.  Gallardo;  Lista,  b; 
 Segers. 
 
 B.  The  words  are  grouped,  where  feasible,  topically  and  to  a  certain 
 extent  etymologically. 
 
 C.  The  following  abbreviations  are  used  for  the  15  vocabularies: 
 Be,  Beauvoir;  Bo,  Borgatello;  Co,  Coppinger;  Cy,  Cyrille;  Fe,  Fenton; 
 Fi,  Fitz-Roy;  G,  La  Guilbaudiere ;  H,  Flyades;  Ir,  Iriarte;  Li,  Lista; 
 Lu,  Lucy-Fossarieu;  Se,  Seitz;  Si,  Simpson  and  Chaigneau;  Sk, 
 Skottsberg;  Sp,  Spegazzini. 
 
 D.  It  seemed  advisable  to  leave  to  hands  more  experienced  in 
 linguistics  the  task  of  reducing  the  various  lists  to  a  uniform  alpha¬ 
 betic  system.  It  should  be  borne  in  mind,  therefore,  that  the  words 
 from  Cy,  Fe,  G,  H,  Lu  are  to  be  pronounced  as  in  French;  those  from 
 Fi,  Co  as  in  English;  those  from  Se  as  in  German;  those  from  Bo  as 
 in  Italian;  those  from  Be,  Ir,  Li,  Si,  as  in  Spanish.  In  the  plant 
 names  from  Sp  c  is  pronounced  like  the  Italian  c  before  e  and  i.  Dr. 
 Skottsberg  used  the  following  phonetic  alphabet:  a  =  a  in  German 
 Hand;  e  =  e  in  English  get;  i  =  i  in  German  Kind;  y  =  u  in  German 
 Gltick;  o  =  o  in  German  Gott;  u  =  u  in  English  bull;  au  =  diphthongal 
 cm;  r  is  pronounced  with  the  point  of  the  tongue  and  is  a  very  hard 
 trill;  d  is  the  uvular  trill  like  the  French  r  and  is  sometimes  so  hard 
 and  sharp  that  it  closely  resembles  k;  x  =  a  very  hard  Spanish  j; 
 i?  =  surd  r;  d,  e,  i,  very  short,  imperfect  a,  e,  i;  d  =  a  in  English  hand; 
 o  =  eu  in  French  seul;  w  =  English  w,  as  in  wet;  j  =  English  y  in  yes, 
 but  more  sibilant;  6  =  a  more  palatal  ch  than  in  English  child;  s  = 
 English  sh;  s’  =  palatalized  s;  (')  =  aspiration;  (-)=  length  of  vowel; 
 (')=  principal  stress;  (:)=  secondary  stress  (Skottsberg,  d,  606,  614). 
 
 E.  In  a  great  many  cases,  two  or  more  words  which  may  appear  at 
 first  sight  to  be  different  are  seen  on  closer  examination  to  be  identical 
 except  for  the  addition  or  omission  of  a  letter  or  two.  The  more 
 common  added  or  omitted  letters  are:  (1)  s,  sJi:  e.  g,,  speak,  Bo,  Jctei, 
 Sk,  lestis egg,  Bo,  iorel,  Sk,  jo'ri(§’)l;  island,  Sk,  a'lis’lca:rrR,  Bo, 
 dl-licdre;  spear,  Bo,  dfdacor ,  Cy,  iojtok^karh;  (2)  1c,  ch:  e.  g.,  sun,  Bo, 
 arreluk ,  Sk,  arrx-d'luk;  hair,  Fi,  ay’u,  Si,  ayiuk;  cheek,  II,  laitakonf  he, 
 
COOrER] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIER® A  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 13 
 
 Fi,  clit’kopcd;  neck,  H,  chelaike ,  Sk,  kjdu's ’ lerrxarR;  (3)  l,  m,  n,  r: 
 e.  g.,  bow,  Fi,  kerec-cdna,  Bo,  kierdcdld;  arrow,  Bo,  dree ,  drscel,  Sk, 
 a'rxkje:! ;  fish,  Bo,  iauciel,  Sk.  jdu'cerR ;  sea,  Bo,  ciapl,  Fi,  chaJi’bucl, 
 chah’buel ,  H,  choun-bil;  tongue,  *H,  louk-ai,  Fi,  luc’kin ,  Fe,  lekeurh 
 Sk,  lokl;  (4)  f:  e.  g.,  large,  Fi,  ow’quel,  H,  Jiaouf  kil.  There  are  also 
 some  instances  of  reduplication  and  metathesis:  e.  g.,  good,  Fe, 
 Ictip,  H,  la-lmf;  eye,  Li,  tel ,  H,  tetel-6;  dog,  Fi,  shil’oke,  H,  tpikoul-ele; 
 cry,  Fi,  yelk’estd,  Bo,  loksda,  loskda.  It  is  difficult  to  assign  the 
 causes  of  these  changes.  They  may  be  due  to  mistakes  of  explorers, 
 to  the  occurrence  of  synonyms,  to  local,  dialectic,  or  individual  dif¬ 
 ferences  of  pronunciation  among  the  natives,  and  to  Alacalufan  rules 
 of  word  building,  a  subject  on  which  there  is  no  literature  extant. 
 
 F.  In  the  notes  appended  to  the  glossary  the  writer  has  confined 
 himself  in  most  cases  to  directing  attention  to  resemblances  without 
 drawing  final  conclusions.  In  many  cases  the  resemblance  is  unmis¬ 
 takable,  while  in  others  it  ranges  from  fairly  clear  to  merely  probable 
 or  possible.  Some  of  the  suggested  resemblances  no  doubt  will  turn 
 out  with  fuller  knowledge  to  be  only  coincidences,  and  on  the  other 
 hand  some  words  not  so  grouped  together  will  prove  later  in  all 
 probability  to  be  really  related. 
 
 Group  I 
 
 1.  Male.  F e,-arak;  1  Bo,  arek;  Sk,  arrk. 
 
 2.  Female.  F e,-oualaki; 2  Bo,  udlek;  Sk, 
 wa-lok\ 
 
 3.  Man.  H,  hekaye,  hekaine  (=many 
 men);  Be,  hoiken;  Fi,  ack’inish,  ackhi- 
 nesh  (=many  men);  G,  accheleche ;1 2 3 * 
 Sk,  a-kses,  i’ppa  4  (=white  man);  Fe, 
 yp’pa;  Bo,  ipa(= Indian  man),  pallieri ,5 
 pelieri;  Li,  pellieri;  Duelos-Guyot,  pach- 
 pache-ve;  Cevallos,  pissiri. 
 
 4.  Woman.  H,  ayekalabich;  Bo,  aoik- 
 culesc  6  (=old  woman);  G,  accheletep 
 coqueliche  (=old  woman);  Fi,  atlarabish, 
 ack’hanash;  Se,  wischkuna;  II,  ekinech, 
 qiparch;  Fe,  ypa’qelis; 7 *  Sk,  ippd-s’elis 
 (=white  woman),  cirM’ ;  Bo,  seels, 
 scirkl  (=wife),  scerkrs  (=  woman  or 
 wife);  Ir,  yagsak;  Li,  esnatun. 
 
 1  Cf.  5,  H,  Fi;  arh  in  7,  H;  arR  in  10,  Sk;  or  in  10, 
 
 Bo.  • 
 
 2  Cf.  elouka  in  6,  H ;  walluk  in  6,  Fi. 
 
 3  Cf.  4,  H,  Bo,  G,  Fi,  H. 
 
 *  Cf.  4,  Fe,  Sk. 
 
 b  Cf.  14,  H,  Fi. 
 
 6  The  combinations  l-k  and  l-k-l  occur  in  many  of 
 
 the  above  words  in  2,  4,  6,  12-5.  This  may  be  mere 
 
 coincidence,  but  there  is  a  suggestive  resemblance 
 
 to  the  word  for  “female.” 
 
 5.  Husband.  H,  herr;  Fi,  ar’rik;  Bo, 
 cialakl,  kuel-clocui,  caulukler  (=to  be 
 born). 
 
 6.  Wife.  H,  elouchelouka;  Fi,  ashwa’lluk; 
 Sk,  kjau'ja; 8  Bo,  kiauya  (=married 
 woman),  chiduiakdi  (= marriage),  chi- 
 duiatdi  (=usposa”=bride  or  wife). 
 
 7.  Old  man.  H,  kir-arouarh,  kaouach 
 (=grand father);  Fi,  ker’ovnsh,  cowish  or 
 cauwish  (=grandfather);  G,  accheleche 
 coyquep;  Bo,  orchep ,  terueja ,9  terrued  or 
 dfg  chiausesc  or  cieciar  (^grandfather). 
 
 8.  Old  woman.  Bo,  terueja  seels,  terues- 
 cikisc,  dfg  chiausesc  (=grandmother); 
 H,  kiouchaileou  (=grandmother);  Fi, 
 caushillish  ( =grand mother) . 
 
 9.  Uncle.  Bo,  ciek-queico,  ciacuicuo ,  ici- 
 rcascesc,  ciek-cueico  (=relatives),  cek- 
 cueico  (=brother-in-law),  cieciar. 
 
 7  Cf.  8,  Bo;  chaileou  in  8,  H;  skittish  in  8,  Fi;  sees  in 
 13,  Bo;  15,  Sk. 
 
 8  Cf.  kir-aroua,  kaoua  in  7,  H;  kerour,  cowi,  cauwi 
 in  7,  Fi;  coy  in  7,  G;  chiau  in  8,  Bo;  kiou  in  8,  H; 
 cau  in  8,  Fi;  kue  in  5,  Bo;  cuei,  quei,  cui  in  9. 
 
 » Cf.  8,  Bo;  10,  Bo.  There  is  a  resemblance  to  the 
 Yahgan  darou  oua  (Hyades,  q,  267),  dar-rua  (Bove), 
 dahruhua  (=old,  Platzmann),  for  old  man,  but  per¬ 
 haps  only  an  accidental  one. 
 
14 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  f>3 
 
 10.  Father.  H,  teteqaou;  Fi, 1  cha’ul ;  Sk, 
 ci-carR;  Bo,  cecidr  or  terueior  (=papa), 
 terneia. 
 
 11.  Mother.  H,  chaki;  Fi,  chahp;  Sk,  cap; 
 Bo,  dap,  ciapel  (=mama);  Duclos- 
 Guyot,  cap-cap  (= woman). 
 
 12.  Brother.  H,  yen;  Fi,  arWe;2  G,  any; 
 Bo,  am,  dni-cel-lac  (=cousin);  Be, 
 arilaik. 
 
 13.  Sister.  Bo,  erresces,  arresces  or  udsc- 
 cu  (=aunt),  karri;  G,  any;  H,  choudikl ; 
 Fi,  choVicl. 
 
 14.  Son.  H,  pehel,  men'-aiou ;3  Fi, 
 
 pardl;  Sk,  te-loksta;  Bo,  cdtalalstd,  dyol; 
 G,  lapan. 
 
 15.  Daughter.  Sk,  teloksta-P  eli§’  (or  -s); 
 Bo,  dyol. 
 
 16.  Granddaughter.  K,  youou  kipa ;4 
 Fi,  yanukepa. 
 
 17.  Small.  H,  choukou ,  aikoul-hata;  Fi, 
 shoks,  yicoi’dt;h  Bo,  i-chiot ,  diol-ichiol; 
 Sk,  i'kjauit;  G,  ycot  (=it  is  small). 
 
 18.  Boy.  H ,yel-ouaoua,°  yatce-e;  Fi,  a’il- 
 walkh;7  Fe,  yaouVykaout;  Sk,  a-jo:l; 
 King,  ydl-la-ba  (=youth?). 
 
 19.  Girl.  H,  an-ne; 8  Fi,  an’na;  Fe, 
 yaouch’’ ykaout;  Sk,  ajau:s’ ;  9  Bo,  dyol 
 siercat  [—ayols  iercatf ],  agosce  (  = 
 damsel). 
 
 20.  Child.  H,  petite,  die-hem,10  yakaora 
 (=children);  Fi,  patete;  King,  peteet; 
 G,  yapetitgouelle. 
 
 21.  Baby.  H,  tgifhkackoua,  kouche-i;  Fi, 
 cos’he;  Bo,  sir-ickiod  or  dyol  (=male), 
 ichiod  or  dyol  (=female);  G,  alia  (=to 
 give  birth  to);  Sk,  ti-kjaus’  (=to  bear  a 
 child). 
 
 i  Qa-,  cha-,  ci-,  ce-  are  apparently  the  same. 
 Cf.  11;  5,  Bo;  9;  7,  Bo. 
 
 2Cf.  13,  Bo,  G. 
 
 s  Son  in  Yahgan  is  magou  or  makou  (Hyades,  q, 
 269,  298),  ma-cu  (Bove),  marriu  (Fitz-Roy). 
 
 <  Woman  in  Yahgan  is  kepa  (Fitz-Roy),  chipa 
 (Bove),  kipa  (Hyades,  q,  297, 316),  keepa  (Bridges,  p. 
 55).  CI.  Yahgan  jahruh  kihpa  (=girl,  Platzmann). 
 
 5  Aiol,  ail,  ajol,  yaoul,  etc.,  and  yicoat,  ikjaut, 
 iercat,  etc.,  occur  in  most  of  the  words  in  17-9,  21. 
 
 e  The  combination  of  vowels  is  suggestive  of 
 Yahgan.  Cf.  also  the  Yahgan  for  boy,  walewa 
 (Noguera),  ouailaoua  (Hyades,  q,  265),  ualle-iva 
 (Bove),  UaUiwa  (Spegazzini,  c,  142). 
 
 7  Perhaps=girl,  scil.,  a’il+ualek(=\ittle+lema\e). 
 8Cf.  Yahgan  winni  (=  my  elder  sister,  Bridges,  p, 
 54). 
 
 9  Cf.  yaouch  in  19,  Fe;  agosce,  19,  Bo;  21,  H,  Fi; 
 18,  H.  Perhaps=rkj(m:<-t-s  or  +5’. 
 
 Group  II 
 
 I.  Bone.  Sk,  karR; 11  Bo,  car;  H,  ouchka- 
 e,12  tgele-karh;  Fi,  osh'kia. 
 
 Eye.  H,  tetel-o;  Fi,  telkh; 13  Fe,  delh' ; 
 Sk,  tek'l;  Bo,  telk,  tels;  Be,  telh;  G, 
 titche;  Si,  tesh-pu;  Ir,  tez-tash;  Li,  tel, 
 teel;  Co,  sthole;  Lu,  te'leh-kwa;  Se, 
 decorliqua. 
 
 3.  Eyebrow.  H,  youpouch-te;  Fi,  teth ’- 
 liu;  Bo,  teleincu,  telcidcu;  Si,  tesh  ayiuk; 
 Co,  theseoux;  G,  titchery. 
 
 4.  Eyelash.  Si,  tesh-erik;  Co,  thesseriss; 
 H,  lourh. 
 
 5.  Hair.  H,  yeyer;  Fi,  ay'u;  Si,  ayiuk  1A 
 (=hair  or  down),  terua-ayiuk  (=down  of 
 arm);  Fe,  terhkaoujK ;  Sk,  te-rrkd:f;  Bo, 
 ter-kaf;  Be,  terscaf;  Li,  tercof;  G,  tercaf; 
 Co,  therkous;  Cy,  terkarh ’  (=  feathers). 
 
 6.  See.  Sk,  lo-kjor,  la-ksxa:r  (=binocle); 
 Bo,  luk  (  =  1  saw),  lekscelak  or  liksciur 
 (=1  see);  G,  lache. 
 
 7.  Look.  Bo,  lel-lelai;  G,  qualeona;  H, 
 ououkou-hai. 
 
 8.  Ear.  H,  til-he,  li-a-a;  Fi,  teVdil;  Fe, 
 delh’kooulo;  Sk,  tedka:olo;  Cy,  kaoui; 
 Bo,  chiaui;  Co,  hawish;  Be,  kiawin;  Ir, 
 kdhuel ;  G,  couercal;  Sk,  ku-rrxs’kial (?); 
 Lu,  korehV kel-kwa;  Bo,  colcdr. 
 
 9.  Hear.  H,  til-lack;  Fi,  tel’Ush;  Sk, 
 tid&kior;  Bo,  telek  scelak. 
 
 10.  Forehead.  H,  lichi,  aoulapa;  Fi ,teV- 
 che;  Bo,  tel-kar;  Be,  tel-kar;  Sk,  te&l- 
 karR;  Si,  kioftalka;  G,  arcacol. 
 
 II.  Face.  Sk,  to'slkad,  tedksmr  (=pipe); 
 Bo,  telkar,  telscar  or  dshdkar  (=pipe); 
 Si,  kichipskiai. 
 
 10  Cf.  Yahgan  for  little,  yaka  (Hyades,  q,  267)’ 
 yeeka  (Bridges,  p,  69),  jac-ca  (Bove),  yuc’ca  (Fitz¬ 
 Roy).  Final  m  is  often  barely  audible  in  Yahgan. 
 
 n  Enters  into  combination  with  a  great  many 
 words.  Cf.  5,  Cy;  10,  Bo,  Be,  Sk;  11;  14,  Bo;  20,  Li. 
 Shortened  in  10,  Fi,  Si;  14,  Fi,  H.  For  use  with 
 affix  af,  see  note  1  on  next  page. 
 
 12  Perhaps  hos  karR  or  a  sc  car  (=my  bone). 
 
 13  Tel,  telk,  tesh,  etc.,  occurs  in  many  words  in 
 2-4,  8-11,  all  words  referring  to  upper  part  of  head 
 or  functions  of  sight  and  hearing.  There  may  be 
 more  than  one  stem,  but  it  is  difficult  to  isolate 
 them. 
 
 14  Apparently  in  combination  in  3,  Fi,  Bo,  Si,  Co; 
 16,  Sk,  Fe,  Bo,  Si,  Ir.  The  forms  in  3,  G  and  4,  Si, 
 Co  seem  to  be  from  a  different  stem.  Whether  5,  H 
 should  be  classed  with  ayiuk  or  erik  is  doubtful. 
 Ter-kaf  is  perhaps  the  proper  term  for  “hair  of  the 
 head.” 
 
COOPER 1 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 15 
 
 12.  Nose.  H,  noul;  Fi,  7iohl ;  Cy,  noelh; 
 Se,  nosqua;  Sk,  lau-xl;  Co,  los;  G, 
 loutche;  Bo,  lo,  olielicsda;  Be,  olelel- 
 steiskat;  Lu,  chlia're-kwa;  Fe,  tcharikh; 
 Li,  huicharek;  lr,  mans. 
 
 13.  Smell.  H,  ouk-chi,  di  errh;  Fi,  tic’ she. 
 
 14.  Cheek.  H,  yelaagil,  laMakoufke;  Fi, 
 cttt'khopca;  Bo,  clecepkar;  Sk,  ci-pipr; 
 G,  cheltefarre. 
 
 15.  Chin.  H,  oufke-ini;1 2  Fi,  uf'ca;  G, 
 ascart;  Sk,  afa-telefs' ;  Bo,  afatelesc. 
 
 16.  Beard.  Sk,  afejuk;  Fe,  afouiouk' ; 
 Bo,  a ffaiucu; Si, of 'sh  ayiuk{= mustache), 
 of  kesh;  Ir,  affshiayo  (= mustache);  Se, 
 hoschiamqua;  Co,  port. 
 
 17.  Lip.  H,  yer-ha; 2  Sk,  afe-re;  Be, 
 affiry;  Bo,  afieri,  aufiri;  G,  affirie. 
 
 18.  Mouth.  Fi,  uffeare;  II,  oufieli;  G, 
 afflet;  Sk,  a-fltai;  Bo,  afkldai,  afguldd; 
 Be,  afftakal;  Cy,  oftekalh;  Li,  asfjestail; 
 Lu,  anf'kle' richl-kwa;  Ir,  affshink. 
 
 19.  Drink.  Fi,  dfkhel'la;  H,  efkil-ele, 
 tgakoul-ele ;  Bo,  acciaquar  (=drink  wa¬ 
 ter),  acciaquar  afedr  (= drink  to). 
 
 20.  Tooth,  teeth.  H,  kaouech,  kelaich 
 (=gums);  Fi,  cauwdsh,  car' Dish;  Fe, 
 girikti;  Sk,  ce-iegdi;  Bo,  scerikde;  Be, 
 scerikti;  G,  cherecdye;  Ir,  scerecte;  Si, 
 terrekiti;  Lu,  che’  rik’  til-kwa ;  Se, 
 tschiligiqua;  Co,  sheriquish  (=tooth  of 
 seal),  pathers;  Li,  lefeskar.3 * * 
 
 21.  Eat.  H,  yo-arh,  louf-dich  (=also  to 
 
 chew);  Fi,  luf  fish;  Sk,  (=food); 
 
 G,  laplap;  Bo,  lefesc,  leffsc,  ldffaila(s) 
 (=we  shall  eat),  tol;  Be,  tohola. 
 
 22.  Tongue.  II,  louk-ai;*  Fi,  luc'kin; 
 Sk,  lokl;  Be,  lejehl;  Bo,  lekel,  lec-chiel, 
 lecuiel;  Lu,  le'kel-kwa;  Se,  lekkersqua, 
 lecorqua;  Fe,  lekeurh';  Co,  lekiss;  Ir, 
 alajte,  alot;  G,  paileaf  (or  pailcap.). 
 
 23.  Cry.  H,  akalai-pakal ;  Fi,  yelk'esta; 
 Bo,  loksda  or  loksta  (=a  cry  or  call), 
 loskda,  lel-lelay  (  =  “  chiamare  ”),  lektal 
 (=sing);  Li,  lektan  (=sing);  G,  talcay 
 (=sing). 
 
 1  Ouf,  af,  afsh,  etc.,  occurs  repeatedly  in  words  for 
 the  lower  parts  of  the  head  and  activities  connected 
 therewith.  Cf.  15-9, 26.  The  combination  of  af,  etc.  , 
 with  car  (= bone), often  shortenedinto  afka,nfk,  afg, 
 occurs  quite  often.  Cf.  15,  H,  Fi,  G;  18,  Bo;  19,  Fi,  H* 
 
 2  Cf.  Yahgan  for  lips,  ya-ha  (Noguera);  ya  (= 
 mouth,  Eizaguirre). 
 
 3  Lefesc+car=e ating+bone. 
 
 *  The  combination  l-k  apparently  occurs  in  23,  Fi, 
 
 Bo;  24,  Sk,  Bo;  25,  Fi. 
 
 6  -afte,  -afta,  perhaps=a/+(k)  tei. 
 
 24.  Laugh.  Sk,  a-loks’ta;  Bo,  dlcsc, 
 dlacdi;  G,  pechil ;  Fi,  feay'l;  1 1 ,  ■giouiali. 
 
 25.  Cough.  Fi,  yilked;  H,  tiachkacha 
 ouala;  Fe,  a-ha-hd;  Bo,  doo,  d-o-o. 
 
 26.  Whistle.  H,  ouf-ga-kaske;  Fi,  uf- 
 shtxca. 
 
 27.  Weep.  Sk,  a’Ui(s')sta;  Li,  etkastal; 
 Bo,  at-koscia,  ateoista ,  atcasta- f . 
 
 28.  Speak.  H,  yeyaye-afte; 5  Fi,  yac'dfta; 
 Sk,  kstis' ,  kjau-kr-kstis '  (=to  answer); 
 Bo,  ktei,  ste  (=imperative,  speak!). 
 
 Group  III 
 
 1.  Head.  Cy,  ourkouarh';  Be,  orkuar; 
 Bo,  orcuar,  or-cun  (=brain);  Li,  hur- 
 kuar;  Ir,  kalvig,  kabork;  Co,  iakalus ;  G, 
 yacabedchepy;  H,  loukemi,  lachoukal 6 
 (=occiput);  Fi,  of'chocka. 
 
 2.  Shoulder.  H,  chouikl;  Fi,  chd'uks;  Bo, 
 ciiikskar,7  iciofskar. 
 
 3.  Neck.  H,  cheldike;  Fi,  chah’likha;  Sk, 
 kjdu'S'lerrxarR ;  Bo,  chioltalcudr,  cia- 
 lesda;  Be,  chal'erskal;  G,  irsetel. 
 
 4.  Throat.  Sk,  je  Ika.rrR;  G,  Heart ;  Bo, 
 il-kar  or  cialusda  (= Adam’s  apple), 
 cialusda. 
 
 5.  Chest.  H,  ietgihor,  yakaouachou 
 (=skin  of  body);  Fi,  yaca'bishdcun'rie; 
 Sk,  kje’pxa.rrR;  Bo,  chiepkar,  kiepcar 
 (=stomach). 
 
 6.  Heart.  Sk,  bi-llak;  Bo,  cielak,  cieldcdo. 
 
 7.  Blood.  Sk,  ki’blajk ;  Be,  keplaik ;  Bo, 
 chiepelaik;  Id,  choum-bi;  Fi,  shub’bd.8 
 
 8.  Back.  H,  toukouli;  Fi,  tuccdler 'khite; 
 Bo,  tocaldgte  (=backbone). 
 
 9.  Intestines.0  Sk,  kau’tkstl;  Bo,  kio- 
 tistel. 
 
 10.  Hip.  H,  kala-kaistel;  Fi,  col’khistal. 
 
 11.  Belly.  Bo,  kdciel,  cacelsda  (  =  “cin- 
 tura”);  Be,  kae'chel;  Sk,  kai'Wel 
 (=stomach);  G,  quedebchel  (==  but¬ 
 tocks);  Co,  kutshiss  (=stomach);  G, 
 couchetaye  (=navel),  gabedie;  Fi,  kup- 
 pudde;  H,  koupou,10  ye-ouaouar . 
 
 6  This  and  following  word  apparently  contain 
 the  syllable  cuk,  which  occurs  also  in  2. 
 
 2  ifar=bone.  Cf.  1,  Fi;  4;  5,  Sk,  Bo;  12,  Bo,  Be; 
 16,  Bo,  Be;  17  (?);  20,  Fe,  Sk,  Bo;  22,  Bo,  and 
 possibly  others,  such  as  3,  H,  Fi,  Sk,  Bo,  etc. 
 
 8  Yahgan  for  blood  is  gapa  (Hyades,  q,  265),  sapa 
 (Bove),  sahpd  (Platzmann). 
 
 9  Most  of  the  words  in  9,  10,  and  11  seem  to  be 
 related. 
 
 Yahgan  for  navel  is  koupou  or  koupfou  (Hyades, 
 q,  290). 
 
16 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [  BULL.  63 
 
 12.  Ann.  H,  tqioualifq ,  ka'inebi;1  Fi, 
 to’quim’be;  Sk,  tau'kwe:!;  Bo,  taculpel- 
 kdr,2  percar,  terrud;  Be,  per-karr;  Lu, 
 perchl-kwa;  Si,  terua-ayiuk  (=down  of 
 arm);  Ir,  appail;  Li,  merr;  G,  yabedchart. 
 
 13.  Elbow.  H,  koukouch;  Fi,  yoc’ke. 
 
 14.  Forearm.  Fi,  yuc’caba;  H,  youkebe, 
 ker-mahi. 
 
 15.  Wrist.  II,  ayo-kouil,  taq-qel-labe;  Fi, 
 dccal’ldbd ;  Bo,  scdrrek. 
 
 16.  Hand.  H,  youkebe,  your-oul  (=fist); 
 Fi,  yuc’caba,  uf’ sheba  (=fist);  G,  yaca- 
 bed  charcal  (=fists);  Fe,  ter’va;  Sk, 
 tcrrwa;  Si,  terua;  Li,  teregua;  Ir,  tanna; 
 Co,  therrawaus;  Lu,  dero’alehl-kwa;  Bo, 
 pdrcar;  Be,  peher;  Se,  corocaschqua. 
 
 17.  Finger.  G,  yacabed  charcal  touf-;  Bo, 
 tolscartefe ,  tolscar ;  Fe,  darkalkhl ;  Sk, 
 tcmxlxa:rkl ;  G,  tortecoualque  (=toe); 
 Li,  fol-karjk;  3 4  H,  houle;  Fi,  skul’la;  Co, 
 sthoen ;  Ir,  a ff shower. * 
 
 18.  Thumb.  Bo,  af-cio;  Sk,  ais’;  Fi, 
 ushcuc’cun;5  H,  ouchkoukoun ,  le. 
 
 19.  Finger  nail.  Co,  tharsh;  Si,  kiosharti ; 
 Cy,  toskarkqe;  Bo,  tolscar,  ( telcarkl );  Sk, 
 jekl(-tau'xlxa:rkl)‘,  Ir,  taultaul;  G,  tel- 
 telou;  II,  yachkoul; 6  Fi,  esh’cul. 
 
 20.  Leg.  H,  aye-te;  Fi,  cut ;  7  Fe,  kath’- 
 karrh’;  Sk,  kat,  ka’txkdrR ;  Be,  kat;  Bo, 
 kdt,  kat-car;  G,  cat;  Ir,  kat;  Lu,  kalt-kwa; 
 Co,  kutchoice  (=calf). 
 
 21.  Thigh.  Fe,  kath;  H,  kout-lambe;  Fi, 
 cut’laba;  G,  catcherbouel  (or  catcher- 
 boucl ?);  8 9  Sk,  a'iS’u;  Bo,  aisiou,  discobe 
 (=buttocks);  Si,  yiacaspeyeper. 
 
 1  Many  words  referring  to  limbs  or  parts  thereof 
 in  H  and  Fi  and  one  word  in  Sk  end  in  -bi,  -be,  -bed, 
 - ba .  Cf.  12,  14-17,  21,  23.  This  may  perhaps  be 
 the  same  as  the  syllable  or  stem  per -,  pe-,  pa-,  which 
 occurs  in  12,  Bo,  Be;  16,  Bo,  Be;  22,  Bo.  One  is 
 also  reminded  of  the  Yahgan  dual  ending  -pai  or 
 - pei  (Hyades,  q,  322). 
 
 2  Yaca,  yuca,  accal,  tacul,  toqui  (m),  tgikouli,  skulla, 
 etc.,  occur  hi  many  words  for  arm,  hand,  and  parts 
 thereof;  also  for  ankle.  Cf.  12-17, 19,  23. 
 
 Perhaps  a  misprint  for  tolkarjk. 
 
 4  Cf.  18,  Bo;  also  16,  Fi,  uf  she+ba. 
 
 6  Yahgan  for  thumb  is  ouchkakin  (Hyades,  q,  290), 
 uskkugin  (Bridges,  p,  56),  usca-ghin  (Bove). 
 
 6  Perhaps  the  same  as  je(§)kl  in  19,  Sk.  Cf.,  how¬ 
 ever,  Yahgan  for  fist,  hascul  (Bridges,  p,  56),  askal 
 (Hyades,  q,  266);  Eizaguirre  has  yaschu  (=  fingers). 
 
 7  Cut,  cat,  occurs  in  many  words  for  leg  and  parts 
 thereof.  Cf.  20-22,  24. 
 
 8  - cherbou cf.  -sciobe  in  21,  Bo. 
 
 9  Yahgan  for  knee  is  toulapour  (Hyades,  q,  291), 
 
 tu-lapurr  (Bove).  Latin  de  or  ex,  Span,  desde,  is 
 
 expressed  in  Yahgan  by  adding  -lum  or  -nd&ulum 
 
 (Spegazzini  c,  140;  cf.  also,  ibid.,  138  and  Hyades, 
 
 22.  Knee.  H,  toulen  doulou;  9  Fi,  tuV- 
 dul;  Sk,  skoi'bl:s’;  Bo,  kol-pacdr;  Ir, 
 kotchenkiau. 
 
 23.  Ankle.  H,  tgikouli;  Fi,  acuVlabe. 
 
 24.  Foot.  Ir,  thocuer;Fe,  tchou’kourrh’; 10 
 Bo,  ciaquor  (=shoes);  Sk,  ce'ku.rR , 
 kiau'tbi  ( =heel) ;  Bo ,cdt,  cat-cdl  ( =sole  of 
 foot),  cdl-chiol  (=heel);  Fi,  cuVUculcul; 
 H,  Iciikoulkoultel,  ilel;  Be,  katzors;  Co, 
 kadthakous;  Lu,  djo’kochl-kwa.11 
 
 Group  IV 
 
 1.  Day.  Bo,  kdla,  stasc,  laufg  (=now), 
 cala  (=clear);  Be,  kala;  G,  cala;  Sk, 
 ka'logti,12  lafk  (=day  or  now);  H,  ye- 
 oukoule,  tqelar-oua;  Fi,  an’oqual. 
 
 2.  Light.  Sk,  kjau  jeskwa:l;  Bo,  eskal- 
 laluk. 
 
 3.  Morning.  Fi,  ush’qual,13  ilqualef;  H, 
 ouchkouali,  alikolif;  Bo,  als-cualuf  (= to¬ 
 morrow  morning). 
 
 4.  Fine  weather.  Sk,  ks’as’;1*  Bo,  ktdsck 
 (=it  has  stopped  raining);  G,  quesep- 
 garre  (=il  fait  beau  temps). 
 
 5.  Land.  Sk,  ti,  ui'§’15  (=mountain); 
 Bo,  uesc,  uisc,  uosquar  or  iacu-scior 
 (=field);  H,  qemptqil,  payan-bi 
 (=earth);  Fi,  champth,  badbe{— earth); 
 G,  argacart(= mountain);  Bo,  arcacar  or 
 scdr-rek-scar (= mountain);  G,  alquet{ or 
 alquetf) ,16  chalcayo  (=“ prairies”). 
 
 6.  Island.  Bo ,dl-licare;  Sk,  a'lis’karrrR. 
 
 7.  Sand.  H,  paountil;  17  Sk,  afau'U’a; 
 G,  akaly;  Bo,  kiapcidcl.18 
 
 8.  Shore,  seashore.  H,  ouanikh,  oue- 
 nouk ;19  Fi,  voan’nuc;  Bo,  kiopceol-calde. 
 
 q,  316),  final  m  being  often  barely  audible  (Hyades, 
 q,  217). 
 
 10  Tehuelche  for  shoe  or  moccasin  is  hchoker  (Leh- 
 mann-Nitsche,  d,  260,  quoting  Carlos  Ameghino), 
 choca  (Fitz-Roy,  a),  chokr  (Beauvoir,  b,  184),  tsocr 
 (Schmid,  in  Adas  XV  11°  Congr.  internac.  deAmer]- 
 canistas,  1910,  Buenos  Aires,  1912,  Apendice,  p.  25). 
 
 11  Probably  means  toe  (= finger)  instead  of  foot. 
 Cf.  17,  Fe,  Sk,  G. 
 
 12  CL  somewhat  similar  suffix  in  23,  Bo. 
 
 18  Cf.  esk(w)al  in  2,  Sk,  Bo;  also  in  3. 
 
 14  Cf.  1,  Bo. 
 
 19  Yahgan  for  earth  is  tun  (Bove),  tun  (Th. 
 Bridges,  k,  235),  tan  (Hyades,  q,  266);  and  for  land 
 is  o'she  (Fitz-Roy),  ouqi  (Hyades,  q,  267),  usi  (Th. 
 Bridges,  fc,  235),  usi  (Bove),  uhsi  (=earth,  Platz- 
 mann),  use  (=field,  Noguera),  uisiro  (Eizaguirre). 
 The  resemblance  may  be  only  accidental. 
 
 is  Cf.  6. 
 
 17  Yahgan  for  sand  is  bandal  or  baudal  (Bove), 
 puntel  (Fitz-Roy). 
 is  Cf.  10,  Sk,  Bo;  8,  Bo. 
 
 19  Yahgan  for  shore  is  hanna  or  hanua  (Bove). 
 
coorEitl 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 17 
 
 9.  Sea.  Sk,  cea'pl ;  Bo,  dapl;  Fi,  chah’- 
 bucl,  chah’buel ;  H,  choun-bil;  G,  chapte 
 or  chaplet). 
 
 10.  Stone.  H,  lile,  koufkete-aou;  Fi, 
 cath’dw ,  kehtla’d ;  Sk,  kje'ts’lau,  ke'pci:kl 
 (=rock);  Bo,  kep-sceps  (=gravel),  chiel- 
 la,  del-la ,  yar,  cheilao  or  cheisla  (= large 
 stone);  Co,  kosil  (= flint),  kesaoux 
 (=stone  ax);  G,  chardol. 
 
 11.  Sky.  Bo,  area ;  Sk,  arrx1;  Fi,  ac’cuba; 
 H,  ekou-oue;  G,  arcayta.1 
 
 12.  Cloud.  Bo,  arcaieta,  drcaita;  Li,  arka- 
 yeta;  G,  ay  el  (=clouds  or  vapors);  H, 
 yeleoka;  Fi,  tuVlu. 
 
 13.  Sun.  H,  leum;2 3 *  Fi,  lum;  Sk,  arrx- 
 d'luk;  3  Bo,  arelok,  drreluk; 4  Be,  arelok; 
 
 G,  arlocq. 
 
 14.  Sunrise.  Fi,  ahlacur’rlc; 5  H,  ele- 
 kouraik,  kiendak. 
 
 15.  Sunshine.  Fi,  lum  alkd;&  H,  leum 
 eleke. 
 
 16.  Moon.  H,  koun-hek,  haou-ko;  7  Fi, 
 cdn’ak’ho,  cuunequd;  Sk,  rrkapid-d'- 
 luk ;  8  Be,  yekapesalok;  Bo,  iacapescidlop, 
 idcabesnaluc,  idcapedala;  G,  yacabedchar- 
 locq;  Duclos-Guyot,  sercon. 
 
 17.  White.  Bo,  idkapec-kar;  Fi,  akif’ca; 
 
 H,  ekaif-ke;  Sk,  iS’kapiS’  ( kwarrR ). 
 
 18.  Star.  H,  kounrd-ach;  Fi,  quo’unash, 
 conash' ;  G,  collache;  Sk,  k'olla Bo, 
 col-ldsc,  colds  (= large  star),  eolavdse  (=it 
 is  night),  pap-pansc .9 
 
 19.  Go  to  bed.  Sk,  pap;  Bo,  pap;  G, 
 icchelor.10 
 
 20.  Bed.  Sk,  papeUa'l;  Bo,  pap-dedr. 
 
 21.  Sleep.  Ir,  kolla;  11  IT,  eyakououil; 
 Fi,  kay’keol,  khdk'hon;  Sk,  ci'rks’ta, 
 ci'rs’stakwarrR  (=asleep);  Be,  cheeksta; 
 
 1  Cf.  12,  Bo,  Li. 
 
 2  Yahgan  for  sun  is  leum  (Hyades,  q,  269),  lum 
 (Bove),  lum  (Bridges,  p,  78),  lorn  (Platzmann),  l&m 
 (Eizaguirre,  Noguera),  lum  (Fitz-Roy). 
 
 3Arrx=sky.  Cf.  11. 
 
 *  - d'luk ,  -elok.  Cf:  2,  Bo;  14-15;  16,  Sk,  Be,  Bo. 
 
 6  Perhaps  metathesis  for  urric-ahlac,  ouraik-elek, 
 arrx-a'luk. 
 
 3  Cf.  note  2,  above. 
 
 7  Yahgan  for  moon  is  hannooca  (Bridges,  p,  77), 
 hannuhka  (Platzmann),  januka  (Noguera),  anoka 
 (Hyades,  q,  268),  hannuia,  hannuca,  or  hunnica 
 (Bove),  anded  or  hdn’nukd  (Fitz-Roy),  anuhayaco 
 (Eizaguirre). 
 
 8  Cf.  17  and  note  4,  above. 
 
 »  Cf.  19,  20. 
 
 Bo,  deksda,  ciegsda.,  degsdak,  degdak , 
 Idjjledia;  G,  torpelan. 
 
 22.  Night.  Bo,  ac-kioi,  dc-kioler,  dkioi 
 (=it  is  night);  Be,  akiowen;  G,  aloouy; 
 H,  ad-oulapou,  ai-oulebi,  oukakouche; 
 Fi,  yul’lupre,  yowdeba;  Sk,  k&’Wpi’S’: 
 (=dark). 
 
 23.  Black.  Fi,  fcal;  Sk,  pa'l  ( kwarrR ); 
 IT,  tafhka-aouandqi;  Bo,  tir-rekar,  ydkdr 
 (=black  face),  iacdrasldb  (=raven), 
 idedtestd  (=at  night),  ydcar  or  akioi-al 
 legde  (=to  grow  dark);  ydccy-ma  (Fitz¬ 
 Roy’s  “Chono”  word  for  evil  spirit,  a 
 giant  black  man). 
 
 24.  Water.  Se,  auwa;  G,  arret;  Co,  nupp; 
 H,  chaoach;  Fi,  chau’ash;  Sk,  akreak- 
 warrR;  Be,  akschokuar;  Bo,  dedaquar; 
 
 *Cy,  kitchikouar;  Ir,  chafilar. 
 
 25.  Rain.  Cy,  okhtchikouar;  12  G,  detcha- 
 coiial,  tcauchelart  (or  teauchelart ?);  Ir, 
 apere;  Sk,  6'ppera:s\-  Fi,  ab’quahsh, 
 cap  ’pocahsh;  Bo,  kdpkasc;  H,  kaif-kech , 
 choumbelpele,  oudiakal. 
 
 26.  Thunder.  H,  kieyayah;  Fi,  cayru ’; 
 Bo,  tacal;  G,  tacal. 
 
 27.  Wind.  H,  ourouch-kech;  Fi,  hur’ru- 
 quash;  Sk,  a'rrkadla:rrR  (= storm?), 
 a'ketl;  Bo,  dcdtel,  dcate;  G,  alache;  Li, 
 lefeskar.13 
 
 28.  Snow.  Sk,  a’ka:be:u  (=also  winter), 
 aka'ph'ti  (=hoar  frost);  Bo,  acape,  kdkd 
 (=to  snow);  G,  ledchebeche;  II,  ech-ou; 
 Fi,  as’hd;  Ir,  soyer. 
 
 29.  Ice.  G,  alabec;  Sk,  okia'rs’li;  Fi, 
 atkhur’ska;  H,  al-koulke,  aye-atil. 
 
 30.  Fire.  H,  atelakoyou,  tetele;  Fi,  tet’tal; 
 G,  stetel  (=flame);  Sk,  §’ta'tka:l,  i:k§’- 
 td't  15  (=match);  Co,  iuksthaads  (=iron- 
 
 10  Cf.  22,  Bo.  See,  however,  note  11,  infra. 
 
 11  This  and  the  three  following  words  may  be 
 related  to  col-,  star,  just  as  19  and  20  are  to  18,  Bo. 
 Cf.,  however,  kay’keol  and  khdk’hon  with  dc-kioler 
 and  akiowen  in  22,  Bo,  Be.  Yahgan  for  sleep  is  aka 
 or  akalou  (Hyades,  q,  294),  a-calu  or  a-culu  (Bove), 
 kdkahlihdta  (=she  sleeps,  Platzmann). 
 
 12  This  and  perhaps  the  two  following  words  are 
 apparently  related  to  24,  Sk.  Chafilar  (24,  Ir)  may 
 be  ciapl+arret. 
 
 13  Perhaps  an  error,  as  Sr.  Lista  gives  this  same 
 word  for  mouth. 
 
 14  Possibly  related  to  the  word  for  white. 
 
 15  Cf.  i.'kS’td't  with  iskdat  (Bo)=fungus,  which  is 
 used  as  tinder. 
 
18 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [  BULL.  63 
 
 stone);  Bo,  iekscdasc  (=spark),  ixichestol 
 (=roasted),  aiesc  (=burnt-out  coals); 
 Ir,  yiaskka  (= cigar),  off  char;1  Lu, 
 wayach-kiva;  Fe  (and  Sk),  tcharkouq;  Li, 
 charcuish;  Bo,  cidrcus,  ciarquasc,  ciarcuesc 
 (=burning  coal),  olacar(= stove),1 2  o-lei 
 (=to  light  the  fire);  G,  ollay. 
 
 31.  Hot.  Sk,  a'pd:ll ;  Bo,  apel  (=heat); 
 G,  appel  (=il  fait  chaud),  obilla  (=t,o 
 burn);  H,  oukoule,  kitkaika;  Fi,  ket’khik. 
 
 32.  Smoke.  H,  til-laiks ;  Fi,  tel’ licks, 
 teWhdsh;  Bo,  telks ;  G,  telqueche. 
 
 Group  V 
 
 1.  One.  H,  takouaido;  Fi,  tow’quidow; 
 Bo,  tacu-tacu;3  Fe,  dakadouk;  Sk,  da'ku- 
 duk,  ta'kso ;  Si,  hualac. 
 
 2.  Two.  H,  tilka-aou;  Fi,  teVkeow;  Bo, 
 tilkaaon;  Sk,  u'kl(k );  Si,  arrec. 
 
 3.  Three.  Bo,  uochels-a-tol;  Sk,  uklk-at- 
 tauklk,  tauklik );  H,  kouf-ir;  Fi,  cup’eb ; 
 Si,  kugualec. 
 
 4.  Four.  Bo,  uokels-a-tel-mokels ;  Sk, 
 
 a'kja:i  (=many);  H,  aitetetele;  Fi,  in’- 
 adaba;  Si,  tushicarcague . 
 
 5.  Five.  Bo,  tacu-tacu;  Si,  zugualec;  H, 
 koupachpe ,4 * 
 
 6.  North.  Sk,  ja'kurlar  R; 5  Bo,  aciuculai6 
 (= north  wind);  Fi,  ya’ow;  H,  ouaye-ho , 
 oufa-hir. 
 
 7.  West.  Sk,  a'cikulail;  Bo,  cietdr  7 
 (=west  wind);  Fi,  uthqudlddV; H,  oukal- 
 del,  oupe-ouche. 
 
 8.  South.  Sk,  s’i'ptued’li;  Bo,  cepcacc 
 (=south  wind);  Fi,  uc’coay;  H,  oukou- 
 €01. 
 
 9.  East.  Sk,  cvkerR;  Bo,  luicheraldr 
 (=eastwind);  Fi,  yuVdba;  FI,  youl-ebe. 
 
 Group  VI 
 
 1.  Boat,  canoe,  (a)  Sk,  a'Wli  (=Yahgan 
 canoe);  Spegazzini,  ajli  (Spanish  j) ;  Fi, 
 ath'le;  H,  etet-li,  ouachetqi.8 *  ( b )  Sk, 
 a'sxa:r  or  wa'jeku  (—steamer),  je'kukltai 
 
 1  Yahgan  for  wood  is  dh’schif,  according  to  Fitz¬ 
 Roy;  for  fireplace  is  uf  (Bridges,  p,  56),  aff  (Hyades, 
 q,  304). 
 
 2  Olu+car= burning  or  heating+thing. 
 
 3  Bo  gives  same  word  for  five. 
 
 4  Cf.  Yahgan,  cu-pasc-pa  (=five,  Bove),  cupashpa 
 
 (= little  finger,  Bridges,  p,  78). 
 
 &  Cf.  9,  Bo. 
 
 3  Cf.  7,  Sk. 
 i  Cf.  9,  Sk. 
 
 8  Yahgan  for  boat  is  anan  or  auan  (Bove),  ana 
 
 (Eizaguirre),  anln  (Hyades,  q,  304),  aunan  or  watch- 
 
 an-nan  (Despard,  b,  679,  718). 
 
 (=dugout);  Fe,  ouayekharh’;  Co,  ayoux; 
 Sk,  kia'lu  (=West  Patagonian  canoe), 
 (c)  Sk,  cd’rru  (=lifeboat);  Bo,  peller 
 (=“barca”),  scerur  acqui  (=“barca 
 grande”);  G,  cher-;  Macdouall,  sheroo; 
 King,  sherroo  or  sherroo  (=canoe,  ves¬ 
 sel,  ship  ’s  boat) ;  Ir,  sero  ( =canoe) ,  imassi 
 (=ship);  Co,  sherroux  (=ship’s  boat); 
 Duclos-Guyot,  shorou;  Meriais,  cherou 
 (= canoe). 
 
 2.  Vessel.  Fi,  a’un;  8  H,  e’loun,  el’le. 
 
 3.  Basket.  Sk,  ta'ju;  9  Bo,  tdio;  G,  daye; 
 Co,  dawyer  (=plaited  basket);  Ir,  tallo; 
 Fe,  talia;  Sk,  caU'kUa:l  (=bucket); 
 Bo,  sdoracdl  (  =  “borsa”);  Ir,  chokarkau 
 (=bottle  or  “  recipiente  ”) ;  Co,  kushki 
 (=bottle);  Bo,  cosc-kei  (=bottle),  cdsc- 
 chei  (=glass);  H,  kouch,  kouf-kehi;  Fi, 
 ka’ekhu,  kha’io;  Co,  cheebass  (=netted 
 basket) . 
 
 4.  Arrow.  Fi,  an’naqua;  H,  e-nokoue, 
 ti-ekoun;  Bo,  tekl  (=arrow  point),  dree , 
 drscel,10 erksce;  Sk,  a'rxkje:l;  Si,  area;  Se, 
 dreso;  Ir,  kanakene.11 
 
 5.  Quiver.  Sk,  a'rxkje.’l-kivarrR;  Bo, 
 drscilcual. 
 
 6.  Bow.  H,  kirik-kene,  yourel;  Fi,  kerec- 
 cana;  Bo,  kieracala,  gherrdcalak,  cherd- 
 kala;  Si,  schialla,  kioshalaska  (=string). 
 
 7.  Stick.  Fe,  kat;  G,  carre;  12  Bo,  edr  or 
 ydr  (=stake);  Fi,  aire  (=spear  handle); 
 H,  heair-hi  (=spear  handle);  Sk,  kdrR 
 (= handle),  ka'rksku:li§ ’  (=club). 
 
 8.  Spear,  harpoon.  H,  oue-lee,  alike ,  hai- 
 achke;  Fi,  ihlca,  fished;  Sk,  isdkdrR 
 (=bilaterally  barbed),  a'leju  ^unilat¬ 
 erally  barbed,  small) ;  Bo,  dlegu  or  dfdacor 
 (= large  harpoon);  Cy,  ioftokgkarh; 13 
 Sk,  td'lda.rR  (=with  sawtooth  shank), 
 i'rS’kc’il  (=with  large  unilateral  barb); 
 G,  irquebal;  Bo,  ianisc  (=small  har¬ 
 poon),  per  da  (=with  glass  shank);  Co, 
 udakutsh  (=for  seals),  kip-thatharsh 
 (=for  fish). 
 
 9  Cf.  Yahgan  for  basket,  taouala  (=of  fine  mesh, 
 Hyades,  q,  303),  tauhala  (Noguera),  taualla  (Bove), 
 tauala  (Lovisato,  a,  b),  and  also  Ona  for  same,  towaZ 
 (Lista,  b,  144),  tduel  (Segers),  thay,  thai  (=also  rush 
 material,  Beauvoir,  b,  119,  65),  tayu  (=rush  mate¬ 
 rial  for  baskets,  Gallardo,  264).  This  resemblance 
 running  through  the  three  languages  probably  de¬ 
 notes  cultural  borrowing. 
 
 40  Sr.  Lista  has  arekechul  as  Tehuelche  for  arrow 
 (La  Patagonia  austral,  Buenos  Aires,  1879,  p.85). 
 
 11  Perhaps  an  error  for  bow. 
 
 12  This  is  apparently  an  element  in  9,  Bo;  8,  H,  Fi, 
 Sk,  Bo,  Cy. 
 
 13  Cf.  preceding  word  and  9,  Cy,  Ir,  Sk,  Bo. 
 
cooper]  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIEREA  DEL  FUEGO  19 
 
 9.  Knife.  Fi,  afta're ,  af  tax’ Id;  H,  iflstilh, 
 alioual ;  Cy,  afteugki;  Ir,  aff stash;  Sk, 
 afta'sJie;  Bo,  tarusca  (= native  knife), 
 autasche  (=iron  knife),  karaustdscdr 
 (=saw),  karesche  (=ax);  G,  astachelay 
 (=anything  of  iron),  illay  (=to  cut), 
 islart. 
 
 Group  VII 
 
 1.  Guanaco.  Sk,  lai'xe:l;  Bo,  laiel,  lascel, 
 layl;  G,  lajxcart  (=to  hunt);  van  Noort, 
 cassoni ;  Fi,  harmaur;  1  H,  berkaham, 
 hamalafkar. 
 
 2.  Deer.  G,  jgel,  becjoul  (= antlers);  Co, 
 halchun. 
 
 3.  Otter.  Sk,  la’.eltl  (=large  otter),  ta’- 
 susci:s  (=small  otter);  Bo,  161-let,  Idlt; 
 Fe,  laldalkaous;  Co,  lalthers  (=otter 
 skin);  G,  laten,  aauchelap; H,  ayapouh; 2 
 Fi,  hiap’po. 
 
 4.  Puma.  Sk,  ca'u:l;  Bo,  ciduel. 
 
 5.  Mouse.  Sk,  a'tdelop;  G,  ascaiselap; 
 Co,  akraceps. 
 
 6.  Domestic  cat.  Sk,  i'rritu;  Bo,  ieretu. 
 
 7.  Horse.  Sk,  au'reli;  Fe,  orel’le;  Bo, 
 oreli,  orasi,  orasle,  orasleualek  (=mare), 
 ter,  ter-caffiyacdpakiar  (= white  horse).3 * 
 
 8.  Sheep.  Sk,  wo' si;  Bo,  uosci  uosce 
 (=lamb),  usd,  chidui. 
 
 9.  Dog.  Fe,  chalki;  Fi,  shiVoke;  H,  tqikoul- 
 ele;  Sk,  c(i)a‘lki ;  Bo,  sdalki,  dalchi, 
 sialke;  G,  chalqui;  Li,  shalki;  Co,  sharkiss; 
 Si,  peshu;  Duclos-Guyot,  ouchi ;  Ir, 
 korrod 
 
 10.  Whale.  Sk,  a'pdla;  Bo,  dpcla,  dpla; 
 G,  aballa. 
 
 11.  Fur  seal.  Sk,  arR;  5 6  Fe,  harkaqi;  Co, 
 harkusis-hushkei  (=seal  skin),  arougsis 
 (=seal  skull);  Bo,  kioro,  kioru;  Se, 
 vergebrusch;  H,  tou-pi,Gyailou;  Bo,  iel-lo 
 (=hide  or  skin,  in  general) ;  Fi,  af’feilo, 
 df’ailo. 
 
 1  Yaligan  for  guanaco  is  ama-ara  (Noguera),  amara, 
 mayaka  (Hyades,  q,  285),  am-mara  (Bove),  amoera 
 (Spegazzini,  c,  137),  amarha  (Eizaguirre),  amura 
 (Furlong,  g,  3.) 
 
 2  Yaligan  for  otter  is  aiapuk  (Bridges,  h,  207),  aja- 
 puch  or  aia-puck  (Bove),  ayapou,  yapou  (Hyades, 
 q,  285),  yappo  (Despard,  b,  717). 
 
 3  Tercaf+yacapak=  hair+ white. 
 
 <  Cf.  11,  Bo.  Possibly  a  mistake  for  seal  or  sea 
 lion.  Sr.  Iriarte’s  list  was  gathered  by  signs  and 
 perhaps  he  “ barked.” 
 
 ^  Cf.  11,  Co;  13,  Fi,  H. 
 
 6  Yahgan  for  seal  is  dup'pa  (Fitz-Roy),  tapara 
 
 (Hyades,  q,  285),  taparha  (Eizaguirre).  Cf.  taa-pa 
 
 (=coat,  Despard,  b,  718). 
 
 I 
 
 12.  Sealion.  Sk,  a'Uel-drR;  H,  ouk-houl 
 (=a  gown  of  skin);  Fi,  uckwul  (=g  own); 
 Bo,  al-kials,  dlacdsc;  G,  alcouetcheta 
 (=“  loup  marin”). 
 
 13.  Skin,  hide.  Bo,  -cosc,7  -case;  Fe, 
 -kaous,  -kaqi;  Ir,  yahdks  (=mantle,  cov¬ 
 ering);  Sk,  kau§\  o'pddxa:l  (=probably 
 guanaco  skin);  Fe,  oppeurkilh  (=gua- 
 naco  skin);  Fi,  uc’cdlayk;  H,  koukoule- 
 a'ikoun,  apoule .8 
 
 14.  Mantle.  Sk,  a'llak;  9  G,  alac  (=skin 
 of  loup  marin);  Sk,  a'ci:cu  (=clothes);10 
 Ir,  chincho  (= pea-jacket);  Bo,  aceciu 
 (= shirt),  deciaua  ciacdr  (=to  dress). 
 
 15.  Bird.  Fe,  kikik-;  Cy,  kieqka;  Bo, 
 keska,  cheisc-car ,  tdcuatucu  (=“0000,”  a 
 bird);  Fi,  tow' qua  ( =  little  bird);  H, 
 taou-koul  (=little  bird). 
 
 16.  Swallow.  Bo,  qudl  qud  da;  G,  colo- 
 cotcha. 
 
 17.  Gull.  Bo,  kdn,  kaiel;  G,  cailx. 
 
 18.  Bustard.  Bo,  uddol;  G,  auatchol, 
 islap.11 
 
 19.  Duck.  H,  ayekil-ele,  chaoule  oufkou- 
 lele,  ouin12  (=duclcling);  Fi,  wen 
 (=duckling),  ye'keip;  Sk,  ka'ip 
 (=steamer  duck);  Bo,  zralitra,  ierareslap; 
 G,  irarchaux, 13  atargy  (= duck  “quine 
 vole  pas’  ’) ;  Co,  karawus-poug  (=steam- 
 er  duck). 
 
 20.  Penguin.  G,  carasse;  van  Noort, 
 compogre. 
 
 21.  Hummingbird.  H,  emou-oue;  Fi, 
 amowa  ’rd. 
 
 22.  Vulture.  H,  ekour-heghe;  Fi,  aheur'- 
 rigd. 
 
 23.  Owl.  H,  aichahla  (=horned),  tafkail- 
 he;  Fi,  tilkibbdl,  ship'ishi  (=horned); 
 Bo,  olapsc. 
 
 24.  Goose.  Bo,  car-cdr-car;  Sk,  ate'c’lap 14 
 (=kelp  goose,  male),  da' rip  (= ditto, 
 female). 
 
 7  Occurs  in  compounds.  Cf.  11,  Fe,  Co;  12,  Bo. 
 
 8  Yahgan  for  skin  is  appulld  (Fitz-Roy),  apala 
 (Hyades,  q,  269).  Cf.  11,  Fi. 
 
 9  Perhaps  occurs  in  13,  Fi,  H. 
 
 19  Cf.  -etcheta  in  12,  G. 
 
 11  Cf.:  19,  Bo;  23,  Bo;  24,  Sk.  The  same  ending 
 occurs  in  Bo,  iescolcp  (=  black  thrush).  It  may  be 
 a  generic  term. 
 
 12  Yahgan  for  duck  is  ui-jin  or  ui-iin  (Bove),  ouibn, 
 ouyln,  ouaye  (Hyades,  q,  285,  266). 
 
 13  Possibly  the  same  as  ierares-  in  the  preceding 
 word.  The  natives  no  doubt  have  special  names 
 for  each  of  the  various  kinds  of  ducks  and  other 
 larger  birds. 
 
 14  See  preceding  note  and  note  11 ,  above. 
 
20 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 25.  Chicken.  Se,  kokokok ;  Bo,  o-o-o. 
 
 26.  Fish.  Sk,  jau'derR  (=robalo);  Fe, 
 yaoutchilh;  Ir,  yanchen ;  Li,  yaulchel ;  Bo, 
 iauciel,  ydulce,  iakel,  terkctdye,  sciekuer 
 (=“pescagione”),  scidc-sddr  (= tunny); 
 Sk,  ki'rksta ( =to fish) ;  Fi,  ker'rikstd(= to 
 fish),  ap’pubm,1  appuffin;  H,  epoun 
 bain,  yee-rha , 2  tafkarh 3  or  tajlarkarh 
 (=to  fish);  G,  orolle;  Co,  areous-areersh. 
 
 27.  Mussel.  Sk,  ka'puk ;  Bo,  capok;  Ir, 
 kapo  (  =  “choros’ ’);  G,  aptechouee ;  Co, 
 chaloux .4 
 
 28.  Photinula  (a  small  mollusk).  Sk, 
 kei'-gjo:l  (=also  necklace  of  same);  Bo, 
 kei-col  (=necklace  of  shells);  Fi,  ca’ecdl 
 (= beads);  H,  i-koul  (= beads). 
 
 29.  Shell.  H,  tiache-ouain;  5  Bo,  tol-la- 
 jeku ;  G,  sychaux ;  Fi,  car'nish. 
 
 30.  Beads  (necklace).  H,  ekoun-ach 
 (=necklace  of  bones);  Co,  heskouna. 
 
 31.  Sea  urchin.  Co,  kawotchi,  karabous- 
 kalpers  (=crab);  G,  cabesche; 6  Sk, 
 tdu:xla'ri ;7  Ir,  affshte. 
 
 Group  VIII 
 
 1.  Tree.  Fi,  e’arucka,8  kafs’hd;  H,  kef-he, 
 y-ekokoul;  Sk,  xa'rltokl ;  Bo,  carh  ocndl , 
 car. 
 
 2.  Winter’s  bark.  Sk,  sd'la-kwarrR;  Sp, 
 shalakuahr,  shaahlku. 
 
 3.  Libocedrus  tetragona.  Sk,  lapa'jekl; 
 Sp,  lapaiekhl;  G,  paicle  (=pine). 
 
 4.  Fagus  antarctica.  Sp,  tashka ;  G,  tech- 
 elart  (=tree). 
 
 5.  Notofagus  betuloides.  Sk,  a'llkol; 
 Sp ,alcool;  Bo,  al-chiol,  alcol  (=bough); 
 G,  argol  (=leaf). 
 
 6.  Berberis  empetrifolia.  Sk,  kja'rrR; 
 Sp,  kierr;  G,  cars  (=forest);  Bo,  cdr 
 (=tree). 
 
 7.  Berberis  ilicifolia.  Sk,  ciV;  Bo,  cheese 
 (=bush). 
 
 8 .  Wood.  II ,  achif;  Fi,  uf  ’ sha ;  Sk,  ce'a: la:; 
 Ir,  sillana;  Si,  anchufalla. 
 
 9.  Firewood.  Cy,  kokas ;  Sk,  Ja'Jdis ;  Bo, 
 cacasc;  G,  cacache;  Li,  kekdsh. 
 
 1  Yahgan  for  fish  is  apour  (Hyades,  q,  287). 
 
 2  Perhaps  the  same  as  iakel,  above. 
 
 3  Yahgan  for  kelp  fishing  line  is  aouch  tafkoa 
 (Hyades,  q,  303,  aouch=kelp).  Cf.  tupar  (=to  fish, 
 Bove). 
 
 4  The  natives  have  different  names  for  the  vari¬ 
 
 ous  mollusks.  Dr.  Skottsberg  gives  several. 
 
 6  Yahgan  for  the  Venus  and  Mactra  mollusks  is 
 
 tachaouin  or  tachaouo  (Hyades,  q,  289),  ter-sho-in 
 
 (= limpet  shell,  Despard,  b,  718,  the  first  word  gath¬ 
 
 ered  by  him,  in  1857). 
 
 10.  Baccharis  patagonica.  Sk,  krlpel; 
 Sp,  kiilpel  (=Escallonia  serrata). 
 
 11.  Empetrum  rubrum.  Sk,  pvlekutl 
 (=also  Tepualia  stipularis) ;  G,  pilcouet 
 ( = “  brande ,  ’  *  heather) . 
 
 12.  Scirpus  cernuus.  Sk,  s’a'kd:lf;  Sp, 
 shakdlu  (=Poa  scaberula);  G,  chaca- 
 lam  (=‘Therbe,”  grass);  Bo,  scekdlej 
 (=“erba”),  skdkalof  (=hay),  ciacdla 
 s-cess  (=grass  for  a  bed);  H,  qakalif 
 (= grass). 
 
 13.  Myginda  disticha.  Sp,  tciis;  Bo,  scess 
 or  ifd  (=dry  grass). 
 
 14.  Peat  moss.  Sk,  c'aopl ;  G,  de  chajiche 
 (=moss);  Bo,  cidpl  (=high  grass). 
 
 15.  Gleichenia  quadripartita.  Sk,  a'kiu:- 
 tJel;  H,  haite-kil  (=grass). 
 
 16.  Celery.  Sk,  ko'Wcau ;  H,  kele 
 
 (=grass);  Fi,  khall  (= grass). 
 
 17.  Philesia  magellanica.  Sk,  ko‘lla-ko‘- 
 lla;  Ir,  kalakala  (=flower). 
 
 18.  Flower.  H,  aiikste;  Fi,  yik’std;  Sk, 
 i'ksta:xl;  Bo,  ikscdal,  ijctdl. 
 
 19.  Macrocystis  pyrifera.  Sk,  kicd'poks 
 G,  quetchabache  (=“varech,  ”  sea- 
 wrack);  H,  ouch-che .9 
 
 20.  Marsippospermum  grandiflorum.  Sk, 
 ci'pd:s\  je'kkabi:sse;  Sp,  iekkabesse;  Se, 
 jakapasch  (=“Binsen, ”  rushes);  Bo, 
 ienakasc  (=“  alga  ’  ’) . 
 
 Group  IX 
 
 1.  I.  Bo,  dels,  ciels-cud ;  Sk,  cix(l );  G, 
 qui  ouchy. 
 
 2.  Thou.  Bo,  dduls,  ciauls  qua;  G, 
 chajisse;  Sk,  tau'x(l). 
 
 3.  He.  Bo,  chidl ,  kials-cua;  G,  haulle;  Sk, 
 caux(l ). 
 
 4.  My.  Bo,  asc,  disc;  G,  hasche;  Sk,  hd§. 
 
 5.  Angry.  Bo,  at-asc;  G,  atache;  Sk, 
 a'tta:$’. 
 
 6.  Bad.  Fe,  tchabakta,  tchalabarh’ 
 (=ugly);  Bo,  ceildper  (=ugly),  ceisldber; 
 Sk,  ces’la'borrR,  H’logdl  (=evil);  Bo, 
 cildcdar  (=ugly). 
 
 7.  Button.  Sk,  ce'pe.rrR;  Fe,  qiparh\ 
 
 6  Perhaps  the  same  as  karabous-  in  preceding 
 word. 
 
 2  Cf.  29,  Bo. 
 
 8  Yahgan  for  tree  is  urur’  (=also  log,  Th.  Bridges, 
 p,  54,  78),  uorurh  (Platzmann),  ua-rush  (Bove), 
 ouarouch  (=wood,  tree  trimk,  Hyades,  q,  283). 
 
 9  Yahgan  for  kelp  is  (h)aoucli  (Hyades),  ha-usch, 
 ha-ush,  a-cich  (Bove),  howoosh,  achik  (Bridges, 
 V,  78). 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 21 
 
 8.  Captain.  Bo,  scefteor  (=chief);  Sk, 
 siu'ftiu:r;  Cy,  qouftior  laip  (=gener- 
 ous=captain-f-good) . 
 
 9.  Coire.  Se,  higehige;  G,  ygre  (=“  par¬ 
 ties  de  1  ’homme  ’  ’) . 
 
 10.  Cold.  Sk,  ki's’as’;  Be,  kizds;  Wyse, 
 quichache  1  (= clothes);  Fi,  kishdsh’;  H, 
 kaine-beche,  tourre-ierrha; 2  Bo,  kisok, 
 chisacheci;  G,  ychesche  (or  yeheschef)  (=it 
 is  cold),  mehaleque  (=ditto);  Meriais, 
 foiia  (= ditto). 
 
 11.  Come.  G,  laxcara  (=come!);  Sk, 
 lo'ca.-l;  Bo,  lecial  or  leddlk(— will  come), 
 cielocul  (=come!),  ciolok  Id  or  cilukl  tali 
 (=come  here!);  Se,  x  x  x  or  kakaka 
 (=exclamation  for  calling  attention); 
 H,  kakaoutela ,3  akoumouan  or  yamach- 
 koun-e  4  (=come  here);  Fi,  yamaschun’d 
 (=come  here),  hab’relua. 
 
 12.  Cut.  H,  kapakoleioua;  5  Fi,  cup’ pa; 
 
 G,  illay;  Sk,  ajekarR. 
 
 13.  Die.  H,  ?/e-£ou£i(=dead);  Bo,  ac-ciol 
 (=he  died);  H,  ouaikalenar  (=dead  or 
 die),  ouailakaruar;  Fi,  willacar’wona 
 (=dead  or  die);  Cy,  a Iguelera  (=dead); 
 Bo,  anfiasck  (=dead),  tdf  (=death  or 
 die);  Sk,  toff  (=dead). 
 
 14.  Dive.  Fi,  sko;  Sk,  ks-iau'i;  H,  ialgou- 
 loule .6 
 
 15.  Egg.  H,  tetil-e-e;  Fi,  lith’le;  G,  les- 
 chelly  (= penguins ’eggs);  Bo,  lesle,  iorel; 
 Fe,  orriV;  Sk,  jo'ri(s’)l. 
 
 16.  Fat.  Sk,  a'fjie;  Bo,  df-kai;  Fi,  uf’ki; 
 
 H,  ouf’kai,  toufkene-kiou. 
 
 17.  Go.  Sk,  as’  (=also  walk);  Bo,  dsc 
 
 (= also  walk),  as£(=walk),  ascA(=good- 
 bye);  Fi,  ahsh  (=walk),  us’hae  (=go 
 away) ;  H,  hack  or  ker-ne  ( =walk),  oucho- 
 fh-he  (=go  away);  Bo,  telecu  (=a  walk 
 or  road),  teclecualme  (=go  far  away);  G, 
 tel  (or  tetf )  (=“  va-t-en”),  loulda 
 
 (=“  marche  ’  ’) . 
 
 18.  Good.  H,  la-laif;  Fi,  ly  ’ip;  Fe,  laip; 
 Sk,  la'ip;  Bo,  layep,  laiep  (=pretty). 
 
 19.  Green.  Bo,  dr-car ,  naipa  (=blue); 
 Sk,  a'rx  ( kwarrR )  (=blue  or  ?  green). 
 
 1  The  natives  were  probably  asking  for  “clothes ” 
 by  saying  “we  are  cold.” 
 
 2  Yahgan  for  cold  is  taruri,  tarourou  (Hyades, 
 q,  266),  tor-ri  (Bove),  tharri  (Eizaguirre),  teri  (No- 
 guera). 
 
 3  -tela:  cf.  tali  just  above  in  Bo.  The  Yahgan  for 
 come  here  is  akoum  (Hyades,  q,  266),  a-cum  (Bove), 
 acuman-caia  (Eizaguirre). 
 
 4  This  sounds  suspiciously  like  the  Yahgan 
 
 yamasckuna  (=be  generousl),  the  usual  greeting 
 
 formerly  of  the  Yahgan  to  the  European  visitor. 
 
 20.  Hut,  wigwam.  Bo,  at  (=house);  Sk, 
 at  (= house),  atk  (= houses);  Ir,  ata;  Fi, 
 aht,  hut  (=house);  G,  hasthe  (=house); 
 Sp,  at-jl  (Spanish  j);  H,  hioutoul 
 (= house)  or  afteli-tela. 
 
 21.  Large.  H,  haoufkil,  haou-kouil(— full 
 moon);  Fi,  ow’quel  (=also  full  moon); 
 Fe,  oukeulkh  (=mueh);  Sk,  a’kwi:l, 
 a'kwa:  (=always),  a'kja:i  or  a'kj:aus’ 
 (=many);  G,  agonil  (=it  is  large);  Bo, 
 dk-chel,  dc-qui,  dc-chiai  (=much  or 
 many),  dc-kiai  (=more),  ak-cui  (=en- 
 tire);  Ir,  pinna  (=much  or  more). 
 
 22.  Love.  Bo,  ato-kalai;  Sk,  a'tMila:(s’). 
 
 23.  Meat.  Sk,  ( h)ipr ;  7  Bo,  yepper;  Se, 
 jepper;  Fe,  yepeurh’;  Lu,  vo’perchl-kwa. 
 
 24.  Milk.  Sk,  au'rxk '  (=also  breast); 
 Fe,  ourkh ’  (=breasts);  G,  ourque 
 (=teat). 
 
 25.  Nest.  Sk,  kiut-kiut ;  Bo,  ei,  cheisc-ca-ei 
 (=  bird’s  nest). 
 
 26.  No.  H,  pal’toukoul;  Fi,  quit’tuk;  Fe, 
 ytkoula ;  Sk,  ta'xli,  ta'h’liku:lla  (=1  do 
 not  wish  to);  G,  tachely  (=enough,  no 
 more);  Fe,  m’na  (^nothing);  Ir,  mayo 
 (= little,  less),  layamma  (= enough,  no 
 more);  Bo,  chidtai,  chiata  (=nothing, 
 no);  G,  cadays  (=no,  “nenn'i”),  quiepy 
 (  =  “rien  du  tout”),  quieb  (=“il  ne  vaut 
 pas  rien”);  Sk,  kjip  (=nothing),  kjap 
 (— nothing — heard  at  Port  Grappler); 
 King,  cab,  cab;  Topinard,  quieppa 
 (=meat?). 
 
 27.  Oar.  G,  oyeque  8  (=to  row);  H,  oudi- 
 dik  {—  man’s  oar),  ourhou  (= woman’s 
 oar);  Fe,  al’lio;  Fi,  wor ’ric  (= woman’s), 
 wy  ’ic  ( = man ’s) ;  II ,  koune  ( = man ’s) ;  G , 
 couaigny;  Bo,  lepocdr;  Sk,  le' pokwa:rrR . 
 
 28.  Pain.  Sk,  kjd‘fte:l;  Bo,  kiufdal-l  (=to 
 pain),  kiuftelk  (=great  pain);  G,  ajjle 
 (=“j’ai  mal”);  Fi,  ahf;  H,  hiff,  oum- 
 meye. 
 
 29.  Paper.  Sk,  ta'jlkatlka;  Cy,  taikalka. 
 
 30.  Porpoise.  H,  chou-ouenaki;  9  Fi,  sho- 
 wan’mke;  Bo,  sciacdar,  cidsda;  G,  callona. 
 
 6Cf.  kapok,  kapo  (=mussel  shell).  The  native 
 knife  was  made  usually  with  a  shell  blade.  Dr. 
 Hyades  (q,  309)  gives  akoupou  as  Yahgan  for  cut. 
 
 6  Yahgan  for  dive  is  gouleni  (Hyades,  q,  296,  266), 
 gul-heni  (Bove). 
 
 i  A  Tehuelche-Ona  word  (Lehmami-Nitsche,  d, 
 249).  The  Alacaluf  probably  acquired  it  in  bar¬ 
 tering  for  meat  with  their  land  neighbors. 
 
 8  Perhaps  related  to  ouayekharh’  (=  canoe). 
 
 9  Yahgan  for  porpoise  is  qaouianoukh  (Hyades 
 q,  268),  sa-ui-jannuck  or  sa-ui-iaumuck  (Bove). 
 
22 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  G3 
 
 31.  Rainbow.  G,  accade;  Sk,  akja’ielokl; 
 Bo,  dccailik,  dc-kioribek;  Ir,  kebnai. 
 
 32.  Red.  Sk,  klru  (- kwarrR ) ;  Bo,  chieoqudr. 
 
 33.  Run.  Fi,  ahl  (=rush);  H,  ali;  Bo, 
 dlesc  (=also  run  away!);  Sk,  a'lds’ ;  G, 
 al  chy  (=“je  vais  partir”),  alcherba 
 (=“allons-nous-en”),  yetlepert 1  (=“il 
 s’en  va”). 
 
 34.  Sick,  ill.  H,  koume  or  yaouil  (=sick- 
 ness) ;  Fi,  yau  ’ hoi  ( =sickness) ;  Bo,  al-ler, 
 al-lel,  al-lelk,  halen;  Be,  halen;  Sk, 
 a'lolik );  Fe,  alilki;  Cy,  deuf.2 
 
 35.  Sit.  H,  choukouil ;  Fi,  shucka;  Sk, 
 U'JtdrR;  Bo,  sciacdrk;  G,  houche. 
 
 36.  Swim.  H,  kel-i,  laimp-a'i;  Fi,  lira  ’pi; 
 Sk,  o’llpai:l. 
 
 37.  Thin.  Sk,  d'jip;  Bo,  d-iepl. 
 
 38.  To-morrow.  Bo,  terrudiacili,  dl  cud- 
 lak;  G,  colas. 
 
 39.  Urinate.  Sk,  skarrs ’;  G,  quesquer. 
 
 1  -lepert  may  be  the  same  as  Upper  in  Bo’s  sen¬ 
 tence  cial-chi’l-cal  (=they )  jaksciorchier  Upper  (=go 
 to  the  field). 
 
 2  Cf.  13,  Bo,  Sk. 
 
 40.  Yes.  G,  couam  (or  couansf  or  co- 
 uausf),  allous  (  =  “oui  certes”);  Sk, 
 ai’lo:;  Fe,  ailaou;  H,  alelkal-ou,  tach ,3 
 ou  ou;  4  Fi,  o’o;  Bo,  da. 
 
 41.  Yesterday.  G,  area;  Bo,  dlcualdk. 
 
 42.  Thing,  etc.  “The  suffix  kwarrR  is 
 very  common  and  seems  to  designate  a 
 condition  or  a  quality  possessed  by 
 something:  hence  cirk’sta,  to  sleep, 
 ci'rk’s’ta-kwarrR,  being  asleep.  The 
 color  names  also  end  in  kwarrR;  a  thing 
 is  pa'lkwarrR,  i.  e.,  possesses  a  black 
 color.  Another  example  is  a'rxkje:l, 
 arrow ;  a  ‘  rxkje:  IkwarrR ,  quiver = ‘  the 
 thing  that  holds  the  arrows’  ”  (Skotts- 
 berg,  d,  606).  For  examples  of  this 
 suffix  in  Bo,  H,  Fi,  see  the  words  above 
 for  white,  red,  black,  and  green;  the  final 
 r  or  rrR  is  elided,  as  frequently,  in  II, 
 Fi.  Cf.  also  Group  IV,  30,  Bo,  olacar. 
 
 s  In  Yahgan  the  word  das  (Fitz-Roy)  or  tas 
 (Hyades,  q,  270)  is  used  for  yes,  but  rarely. 
 
 4  A  Yahgan  word  for  assent  is  aouai  (Hyades, 
 q,  270),  auai  (Bove),  ow-wy  (Despard,  b,  718). 
 
 DISCUSSION  OF  GLOSSARY 
 
 Owing  to  the  paucity  of  available  material  and  the  total  lack  of 
 grammatical  data,  much  in  the  foregoing  comparative  study  is  neces¬ 
 sarily  tentative  and  provisional.  Nevertheless,  there  appears  to  be 
 sufficient  evidence  on  which  to  base  certain  dependable  conclusions. 
 
 The  two  most  important  lists,  Bo  and  Sk,  agree  in  from  at  least 
 80  to  90  per  cent  of  the  cases,  so  closely,  in  fact,  that  there  can  be  no 
 reasonable  doubt  that  they  represent  the  same  language.  The  same 
 is  true  of  Fe.  G  agrees  in  quite  the  majority  of  cases  with  Bo,  Sk, 
 and  Fe,  as  do  also  the  shorter  lists  Se,  Lu,  Sp,  Li,  Cy,  Be,  Si,  Co,  and 
 Ir,  while  some  of  the  stray  words  from  Duclos-Guyot,  King,  Mac- 
 douall,  Meriais,  and  Wyse  can  also  be  identified.  H  and  Fi  closely 
 resemble  each  other  and  in  the  main  show  manifest  affinity  with  the 
 other  vocabularies,  but  on  the  other  hand  contain  many  words 
 peculiar  to  themselves. 
 
 The  15  lists  and  other  words  therefore  fall  into  two  groups,  one 
 represented  by  H  and  Fi,  the  other  including  the  remaining  material. 
 Do  these  two  groups  represent  two  distinct  languages,  or  at  least 
 two  distinct  dialects,  or  does  the  evidence  call  for  some  other  ex¬ 
 planation  ? 
 
 That  they  represent  one  and  the  same  language  seems  fairly, 
 reasonably  clear,  for  in  about  60  to  70  per  cent  of  the  115  to  120 
 words  for  which  comparison  is  possible,  there  appears  to  be  either  out- 
 
cooper]  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO  23 
 
 right  identity,  or  else  community  of  stem,  prefix,  or  suffix.  On  the 
 other  hand  the  remaining  differences  would  seem  to  be  sufficiently 
 accounted  for  by  the  presence  of  Yahgan  and  Ona-Teliuelche  words, 
 and  by  the  errors,  inevitable  in  the  circumstances  under  winch  the 
 lists  were  gathered. 
 
 In  H  and  Fi  there  is  an  appreciable  percentage  of  Yahgan  words, 
 at  least  10  per  cent  and  probably  considerably  more.  The  majority 
 of  words  for  which  the  Yahgan  equivalent  is  given  in  the  notes  to  the 
 preceding  glossary  are  clearly  of  Yahgan  provenance.  The  proxi¬ 
 mate  publication  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges’  dictionary  (Th.  Bridges, 
 l)  will  make  possible  a  more  thorough  study  of  this  point.  Further 
 traces  of  Yahgan  influence,  especially  in  H,  are  apparently  discern¬ 
 ible  in  the  predominance  of  ou  and  a  sounds,  in  the  frequency  of 
 successions  of  single  vowel  syllables,  and  in  the  occasional  endings 
 -ndqi,  - ndoulou ,  - ndouloum ,  all  characteristic  of  the  Yahgan  tongue 
 (Hyades,  q,  217-218,  322,  passim;  Spegazzini,  c,  138,  140). 
 
 The  presence  of  this  considerable  Yahgan  element  in  H  and  Fi  is 
 readily  accounted  for.  According  to  Mr.  Bridges  ( b ,  Oct.  1,  1881, 
 227;  Feb.  2,  1874,  26;  June  1,  1883,  139),  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  three 
 Alacalufan  informants  belonged  to  partly  Alacalufan  and  partly 
 Yahgan  mixed  stock.  They  were  taken  in  the  region  between 
 Brecknock  Peninsula  and  Christmas  Sound,  where  there  was  much 
 contact,  intermarriage,  and  linguistic  borrowing  between  the  two 
 peoples1  (cf.  supra,  pp.  3,  7). 
 
 Dr.  Hyades  evidently  did  not  have  any  assistance  from  the  English 
 missionaries  in  compiling  his  Alacalufan  vocabulary,  for  he  was 
 under  the  impression  that  no  one  at  the  mission  knew  anything  at  all 
 about  Alacalufan  (Hyades,  q,  13).  His  informant,  Kitamaoyoelis 
 Kipa,  an  Alacalufan  woman  40  to  45  years  old  (Hyades,  q,  272,  224, 
 Table  IV,  no.  25),  born  at  Kitamaoya,  in  western  Alacalufan  terri¬ 
 tory  (q,  106),  was  at  the  time  living  at  Orange  Bay,  in  the  heart  of 
 the  Yahgan  territory.  She  and  her  sister  were  both  married  to  a 
 Yahgan  man.  She  told  Dr.  Hyades,  it  is  true,  that  she  remembered 
 well  the  language  of  her  native  land,  and  the  Yahgans  at  Orange  Bay 
 seemed  to  be  convinced  of  the  truth  of  her  assertion,  but  she  had  been 
 married  to  her  Yahgan  husband  for  many  years,  as  they  had  a 
 13-year-old  daughter  (Hyades,  q,  272,  224,  411-412,  Table  V, 
 no.  36),  and  she  had  in  all  likelihood  been  living  during  these  years 
 among  Yahgans.  It  is  not  surprising,  therefore,  that  she  should  have 
 lost  to  some  extent  the  knowledge  of  her  native  tongue  and  should 
 have  used  many  Yahgan  words  even  when  speaking  Alacalufan. 
 The  Fuegians  apparently  soon  forget  their  native  tongue,  for  Jemmy 
 
 1  Many  years  later  Fuegia  Basket,  one  of  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  natives,  conversed  with  the  Rev.  Mr. 
 Bridges  in  Yahgan,  which  she  understood  and  spoke,  although  Alacalufan  was  her  own  tongue  (Th. 
 Bridges,  6,  1874,  26;  1883,  139). 
 
 64028°— Bull.  63—17 
 
 3 
 
24 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 Lbull.  G3 
 
 Button,  after  the  lapse  of  two  years,  was  unable  to  converse  with  his 
 parents  in  his  own  tongue,  although  he  understood  them  (Hyades, 
 q,  271),  while  one  of  the  native  women  taken  in  Crooked  Reach  in 
 1876  had  entirely  forgotten  by  1883  her  own  language  and  spoke  only 
 Spanish  (ibid.,  278). 
 
 The  Alacaluf  are  or  were  in  contact  with  the  Onas  and  Tehuel- 
 ches  throughout  a  large  section  of  their  territory.  In  recent  years, 
 moreover,  the  Onas  and  Alacaluf  have  been  brought  into  close 
 association  at  the  Dawson  Island  missions.  These  facts  explain 
 sufficiently  the  minor  Ona-Tehuelche  element  in  the  Bo-Sk  lists,  an 
 element  entirely  or  almost  entirely  absent  from  H  and  Fi.  The 
 present  writer  has  made  no  exhaustive  comparison,  but  has  utilized 
 only  the  more  readily  accessible  Ona-Tehuelche  material. 
 
 If  we  eliminate  the  Yahgan  element  from  the  H-Fi  group'  and  the 
 Ona-Tehuelche  element  from  the  Bo-Sk  group,  the  two  groups  are 
 brought  into  much  closer  harmony  and  their  differences  largely 
 accounted  for.  The  remaining  differences  are  probably  due  to  the 
 various  causes  to  be  mentioned  below. 
 
 First,  inaccuracies  of  transcription.  The  Alacaluf  an  language  is, 
 as  observers  agree,  extremely  guttural,  or  “buccale  et  coniine 
 muqueuse”  as  Dr.  Topinard  put  it,  which  makes  the  task  of  catching 
 the  sounds  correctly  and  transcribing  them  an  exceedingly  difficult 
 one  (cf.,  e.  g.,  Hyades,  q ,  12,  quoting  Mr.  Bridges;  Seitz,  a,  185; 
 Skottsberg,  d,  580).  A  glance  at  the  comparative  glossary  given 
 above  will  show  numerous  instances  where  words  evidently  the  same 
 have  been  caught  and  transcribed  very  differently.  Then,  too,  there 
 are  many  individual  and  local  differences  in  pronunciation  and  dic¬ 
 tion  (Skottsberg,  d,  605;  Hyades,  loc.  cit.).  The  addition  or 
 omission  of  s ,  sli,  l,  etc.,  whatever  be  the  explanation,  has  been  noted 
 already.  We  may  recall,  too,  that  the  observers  themselves  who 
 gathered  the  various  vocabularies  represented  six  or  seven  different 
 European  languages,  and  naturally  have  caught  and  transcribed  the 
 native  words  somewhat  differently.  For  instance,  H  usually  ex¬ 
 pressed  by  6  what  Fi  expressed  by  d  or  a;  H  and  Fi  frequently  omit 
 the  final  r  where  the  others  give  it;  H  in  several  instances  inserts  an  f 
 or  m  where  Fi  omits  it,  etc.  Or  compare  Lu  and  Se,  both,  gathered 
 from  the  same  Hagenbeck  group  of  natives  in  Europe:  eye — Lu, 
 te’leh-Jcwa ,  Se,  decorliqua;  teeth — Lu,  che'rik’til-Tcwa ,  Se,  tschiligiqua; 
 tongue — Lu,  le'lcel-lcwa,  Se,  lecorqua,  lekkersqua ,  etc.  The  above 
 causes  largely  account  for  many  of  the  minor  differences  between  the 
 various  vocabularies  and  between  the  two  groups,  H-Fi  and  Bo-Sk. 
 
 The  more  radical  differences  are  probably  due  first  of  all  to  misunder¬ 
 standing  on  the  part  of  the  native  informants.  Admiral  Fitz-Roy 
 obtained  his  words  largely  by  signs,  although  his  natives  learned  to 
 speak  a  little  English.  “I  found  great  difficulty  in  obtaining  words, 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  TRIBES  OP  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 25 
 
 excepting  names  for  things  which  could  be  shown  to  them  and  which 
 they  had  in  their  own  country”  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  188).  Of  Admiral 
 Fitz-Roy’s  list  of  more  than  200  Tekeenica  words,  Dr.  Hyades  found 
 50  exact,  30  more  or  less  inexact,  and  120  entirely  wrong  (Hyades, 
 q,  262,  270).  It  is  to  be  expected  then  that  a  good  proportion  of  his 
 Alacalufan  words,  too,  may  be  wrong. 
 
 Dr.  Hyades  published  his  own  Alacalufan  material  “sous  les  plus 
 expresses  reserves,  et  comme  pierre  d’attente  en  quelque  sorte” 
 
 (q,  279).  Valuable  though  his  longer  list  is,  it  is  certainly  not  as 
 dependable  as  his  Yahgan  material,  upon  which  he  bestowed  much 
 more  care  and  labor,  interrogating  and  reinterrogating  the  120  to  130 
 Yahgan  natives  who  visited  Orange  Bay  during  the  expedition’s 
 12-month  sojourn,  and  revising  the  words  with  the  assistance  of  the 
 English  missionaries.  “Pour  la  langue  des  Alakalouf,  nous  allons 
 presenter  ...  la  comparaison  du  vocabulaire  de  Fitz-Roy  avec  les 
 mots  que  nous  avons  entendu  prononcer  par  une  femme  alakalouf, 
 vivant  a  la  baie  Orange.  Nous  Tavons  soignee  la  pendant  longtemps 
 pour  une  arthrite  du  coude.  Elle  afhrmait  qu’elle  se  rappelait  bien  * 
 la  langue  de  son  pays  natal,  et  les  Fuegiens  de  la  baie  Orange  parais- 
 saient  en  etre  persuades”  ( q ,  272).  His  statement,  coupled  with  the 
 fact  that  he  gives  the  Alacalufan  equivalents  only  for  those  words  in 
 the  main  which  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  had  already  published,  gives  one 
 the  impression  that  his  chief  concern  was  to  obtain  correct  pronun¬ 
 ciation  and  what  few  synonyms  he  could  incidentally  gather.  He 
 did  not  identify  or  revise  his  vocabulary  with  the  aid  of  other  Ala- 
 caluf,  and  the  missionaries  at  the  time  did  not  give  him  any  assist¬ 
 ance  ( q ,  13).  His  informant,  moreover,  as  noted  above,  had  in  all 
 probability  been  away  from  all  her  people,  except  her  sister,  for  at 
 least  13  or  14  years. 
 
 Taking  into  account,  therefore,  the  circumstances  under  which  the 
 H  and  Fi  lists  were  gathered,  we  are  justified  in  assuming  that  they 
 contain  a  considerable  percentage  of  errors. 
 
 Bo  and  Be  were  taken  under  more  favorable  conditions.  The 
 Salesians  have  been  in  close  contact  with  the  Alacaluf  for  over  20 
 years,  and  most  of  the  natives  speak  a  little  Spanish,  while  Father 
 Borgatello  understands  a  little  Alacaluf  and  Brother  Xikora,  who 
 assisted  him,  speaks  the  language  fairly  well,  although  not  fluently 
 (Cojazzi,  private  communication). 
 
 Dr.  Skottsberg’s  informant,  Emilia,  spoke  Spanish,  the  medium  of 
 communication,  rather  brokenly,  but  well  enough  for  his  purpose. 
 Moreover,  he  took  pains  to  verify  his  words  through  other  natives. 
 Dr.  Fenton  had  learned  his  few  words  some  years  previously,  prob¬ 
 ably  with  Spanish  as  the  medium  of  communication,  but  apparently 
 had  not  preserved  a  written  record  of  them,  as  he  dictated  them  to 
 Dr.  Hyades  from  memory  (Hyades,  q,  279).  They  were  verified 
 by  Cyrille,  a  9-year-old  boy  living  at  Punta  Arenas. 
 
20 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 I  BULL.  G3 
 
 Sefior  Lista’s  vocabulary  was  gathered  from  a  “Guaicaro”  medi¬ 
 cine-man,  all  of  whose  people  had  passed  away  and  who  was  then 
 living  among  the  Tehuelches.  Dr.  Coppinger’s  list  was  gathered  by 
 signs,  though  he  carefully  verified  it  in  part  among  other  natives. 
 .All  the  other  extant  Alacalufan  material,  except  perhaps  G,  so  far  as 
 our  information  goes,  was  gathered  by  signs. 
 
 Under  such  circumstances  we  should  naturally  look  for  a  good  per¬ 
 centage  of  errors  in  the  Bo-Sk  group  as  well  as  in  the  H-Fi  group. 
 The  most  exact  of  the  extant  lists,  judging  from  the  circumstances 
 under  which  they  were  collected  and  from  their  mutual  agreement, 
 are  Bo,  Be,  Sk,  Fe,  Cy,  and  G.  Only  in  the  case  of  Bo  (and  G  ?  and 
 Be  ?)  did  the  observers  speak  at  all  the  natives’  own  language. 
 
 Some  further  differences  between  H-Fi  and  the  other  group  may 
 well  be  due  to  the  presence  of  synonyms.  The  Alacalufan  language 
 is  evidently,  like  the  Yahgan,  poor  in  abstract  and  rich  in  concrete 
 terms  (cf.  Sk,  Bo).  The  Yahgan  contains  many  synonyms  (Th. 
 Bridges,  fc,  235-236;  Hyades,  q,  280),  and  so  apparently  does  the 
 Alacaluf  (cf.  Cy,  Bo).  Nuances  of  meaning  are  often  expressed  by 
 entirely  dissimilar  words  (cf.  Sk,  Bo).  Certain  words,  too,  are,  it 
 seems,  of  local  use — Emilia  knew  the  word  tscharlcoup,  “fire,”  but  did 
 not  use  it,  while  she  did  not  know  either  Jcaoui,  “ear,”  or  noelh, 
 “nose”  (Skottsberg,  d,  613-614). 
 
 That  the  above  sources  have  actually  caused  many  divergences  in 
 the  vocabularies  and  many  errors  is  further  evidenced  (1)  by  the 
 number  of  cases  in  which  the  same  idea  is  expressed  by  different 
 words  in  each  of  the  lists  and  (2)  by  the  number  of  words  in  the  lists 
 belonging  to  the  Sk-Bo  group,  especially  Co,  Li,  Lu,  Se,  Si,  and  Ir, 
 which  bear  no  resemblance  to  any  words  in  the  other  lists  of  this 
 group.  Dr.  Coppinger’s  vocabulary,  for  instance,  which  manifestly 
 represents  in  the  main  the  same  language  as  Sk,  as  Dr.  Skottsberg 
 recognizes  ( e ,  412),  differs  from  Sk-Bo  almost  as  much  as  H  and  Fi 
 do.  Or  compare  some  of  the  words  in  Lu  and  Se,  both  taken  from 
 the  same  troupe  of  natives:  nose — Lu,  chlid’re-Jcwa,  Se,  nosqua; 
 hand — Lu,  dero' alehl-kwa,  Se,  corocaschqua. 
 
 Before  concluding  it  seems  necessary  to  say  a  few  words  regarding 
 Dr.  Skottsberg’s  recent  theory  (a,  xxxii,  593,  d  and  e).  From  a  care¬ 
 ful  comparison  of  his  own  vocabulary  with  H,  Fi,  Fe,  Sp,  and  Cy,  he 
 concluded  that  there  is  in  Fuegia  a  fourth  linguistic  stock  quite  dis¬ 
 tinct  from  the  Alacalufan.  For  this  fourth  stock,  to  which  belong 
 Fe,  Cy,  Sp,  Co,  Sk,  and  many  words  in  Fi,  he  suggests  the  name 
 “West  Patagonian”  ( d ,  581,  611-614;  e,  412). 
 
 Dr.  Skottsberg,  however,  did  not  utilize  a  great  part  of  the  avail¬ 
 able  material  for  comparison,  namely,  Bo,  Be,  G,  Si,  Li,  Se,  Lu,  and 
 Ir,  his  study  being  based  on  Sk,  H,  Fi,  Fe,  Cy,  Sp,  and  Co.  He  has 
 not  given  due  weight,  moreover,  to  the  community  of  element,  stem, 
 
COOPER 1 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIE  ERA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 27 
 
 and  affix  between  H-Fi  and  his  own  list.  He  has  made  no  allowance 
 for  Yahgan  and  Ona-Tehuelche  influence  in  the  respective  groups. 
 Finally,  he  has  hardly  taken  sufficient  account  of  the  various  other 
 sources  of -divergence  adverted  to  above. 
 
 A  few  other  considerations  have  a  bearing  on  the  point:  (1) 
 Emilia  spoke  of  herself  and  the  people  met  by  Dr.  Skottsberg  as 
 Alukulup,  and  it  is  unlikely  that  she  would  be  mistaken  regarding 
 her  own  tribe’s  name  or  that  as  Dr.  Skottsberg  agrees  two  tribes 
 speaking  different  languages  should  have  the  same  name.  (2)  Sk 
 agrees  with  Sp,  but  Dr.  Spegazzini’s  route  barely  touched  the  ex¬ 
 treme  eastern  fringe  of  the  territory  assigned  by  Dr.  Skottsberg  to 
 the  West  Patagonian  canoe  people,  and  that  only  en  route  between 
 Punta  Arenas  and  Beagle  Channel.  Capt.  Bove  and  Dr.  Lovisato  met 
 some  Alacaluf  at  Ushuaia  Mission  (Hyades,  q,  13)  and  it  is  probable 
 that  the  plant  and  other  names  in  Sp  were  obtained  from  these 
 natives.  (3)  Sk  agrees  in  the  main  with  Lu  and  Se;  but  the  natives 
 exhibited  in  Europe  by  Herr  Hagenbeck  were,  so  all  competent 
 authorities  agree,  true  Alacaluf  even  if  perhaps  with  a  tinge  of  Ona 
 blood  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  1883, 139).  (4)  Most  important  of  all,  Sk  agrees 
 almost  perfectly  with  Bo;  but  although  Father  Borgatello’s  mission 
 Alacaluf  speak  some  Spanish  and  Father  Borgatello  and  Brother 
 Xikora  some  Alacalufan,  and  although  in  addition  the  Salesians  have 
 been  in  contact  with  the  Alacaluf  for  over  20  years,  no  indication  in 
 all  that  time  has  been  found  by  the  missionaries  that  any  other 
 language  is  spoken  by  the  canoe-using  natives  called  Alacaluf  who 
 frequent  the  Dawson  Island  missions  (Cojazzi,  private  communi¬ 
 cation,  citing  Prof.  Tonelli) .  The  present  writer  has  been  unable  to 
 get  precise  details  of  the  provenance  of  Father  Borgatello’s  informants, 
 but  they  are  probably  in  the  main  from  the  territory  east  of  Port 
 Gallant  and  south  of  the  Strait;  for  of  the  9  Alacaluf  measured  by 
 Dr.  Outes  (c,  220)  at  Dawson  Island  Mission  in  1908,  3  came  from 
 Port  Gallant,  2  from  Magdalen  Channel,  2  from  Admiralty  Sound, 
 1  from  C.  S.  Pedro  and  S.  Paolo,  and  1  from  Port  Harris,  these  last 
 two  places  being  on  Dawson  Island.  For  the  rest,  Dr.  Skottsberg 
 himself  agrees  that  the  Dawson  Island  Mission  “Alacaluf”  are 
 really  members  of  this  tribe  ( d ,  616). 
 
 In  view  of  the  above  facts  the  present  writer  is  unable  to  accept 
 Dr.  Skottsberg’ s  theory  that  there  is  a  fourth  Fuegian  language 
 totally  different  from  the  Alacalufan;  but  in  any  event  the  “West 
 Patagonian”  vocabulary  is  of  great  value,  not  only  for  its  length  and 
 apparent  exactness,  but  still  more  for  the  fact  that  it  proves  the 
 Alacalufan  language  to  be  spoken  by  natives  of  the  West  Patagonian 
 channels  as  far  north  as  Port  Grappler  and  perhaps  as  far  as  the 
 Gulf  of  Penas,  just  as  Senor  Iriarte’s  list  gave  evidence  that  Alacalu¬ 
 fan  is  spoken  as  far  west  and  north  as  the  Ultima  Speranza  district. 
 
28 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 r  BULL.  63 
 
 These  newly  established  facts  have  a  considerable  bearing  on  the 
 question  whether  or  not  the  Chonoan  tongue  was  a  distinct  linguistic 
 stock  or  merely  an  Alacalufan  dialect — a  problem  to  which  we  shall 
 return  later. 
 
 To  sum  up  the  whole  preceding  linguistic  study,  and  the  bearing 
 it  has  on  the  question  at  issue,  namely,  the  territory  occupied  by  the 
 Alacalufan  tribe.  The  material  at  hand  seems  to  show  with  reason¬ 
 able  clearness  that  the  same  Alacalufan  tongue  is  spoken  by  all  the 
 non-Yahgan  canoe-using  Indians  of  the  channels  and  inlets  north  and 
 south  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan  and  up  the  West  Patagonian  coast  as 
 far  at  least  as  Port  Grappler.  Fundamentally  the  two  groups  of 
 extant  vocabularies  agree,  whde  their  differences  appear  to  be 
 accounted  for  sufficiently  by  the  presence  of  loan  words  and  by  the 
 considerable  element  of  error  inevitable  in  the  circumstances  under 
 which  the  lists  were  taken. 
 
 That  there  are  many  local  differences  of  speech  seems  evidenced 
 both  by  the  lexical  material  at  hand  and  by  the  explicit  statement  of 
 the  Ilev.  Mr.  Bridges  made  in  1886,  who  had  begun  by  this  time  his 
 more  thorough  researches  in  the  Alacalufan  language  (Th.  Bridges,  t) 
 and  had  just  completed  an  extensive  journey  into  Alacalufan  terri¬ 
 tory.  Whether  these  local  differences  are  important  enough  to  con¬ 
 stitute  definite  dialects  is  hard  to  say.  The  H-Fi  lists  may  represent 
 a  distinct  dialect  but  the  evidence  is  not  convincing;  they  may  repre¬ 
 sent  instead  merely  a  hybrid  Alacalufan-Yahgan  speech  used  by  the 
 natives  of  the  Brecknock  Peninsula  and  Christmas  Sound  neutral 
 or  mixed  zone. 
 
 A  distinct  dialect,  however,  is  pretty  certainly  spoken  by  the  Port 
 Grappler  people,  as  Emilia,  Dr.  Skottsberg’s  interpreter,  had  much 
 difficulty  understanding  them  and  making  herself  understood 
 (Skottsberg,  c,  102;  d,  585-586,  609). 
 
 The  preceding  conclusion  is  of  course  offered  with  some  reserve 
 and  is  subject  to  revision  at  the  hands  of  those  more  experienced  in 
 Indian  philology  than  the  present  writer,  who  has  been  obliged  to 
 venture  unwillingly  into  a  field  not  his  own.  Then,  too,  the  lexical 
 material  leaves  much  to  be  desired  on  the  score  of  volume,  while 
 grammatical  data  are  entirely  wanting.  The  recovery  and  publica¬ 
 tion  of  Messrs.  Thomas  and  Despard  Bridges’  1,200-word  Alacalufan 
 vocabulary  would  probably  make  accessible  sufficient  material  to 
 settle  definitely  the  whole  question.  As  for  grammatical  data,  we 
 may  hope  for  some  light  from  Brother  Xikora  and  the  other  Salesians. 
 
 Having  now  questioned  the  linguistic  criterion  for  tribal  relations 
 over  the  territory  in  dispute,  we  may  examine  briefly  the  somato- 
 logical  and  cultural  criteria.  Before  doing  so,  however,  one  final 
 point  may  be  mentioned. 
 
 La  Guilbaudiere’s  vocabulary  was  gathered  not  later  than  1696. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FLTEGO 
 
 29 
 
 A  comparison  with  modern  Alacalufan  shows  that  the  language  has 
 not  changed  to  a  great  extent  in  these  two  centuries.1 
 
 B.  SOMATOLOGICAL  EVIDENCE 
 
 So  far  as  the  evidence  goes,  the  same  physical  type  is  found  over 
 the  whole  area  which  we  are  considering,  from  Dawson  Island  and 
 Brecknock  Peninsula  to  the  vicinity  of  the  Gulf  of  Penas.  Various 
 observers  have  noted  some  differences  in  physical  appearance, 
 natives  of  larger  stature  having  been  reported  by  Mr.  Bynoe  (Fitz¬ 
 Roy,  a,  197)  and  by  Sr.  Serrano  M.  ( b ,  151)  from  the  West  Pata¬ 
 gonian  Channels,  and  in  earlier  times  by  the  Loaisa  (Oviedo,  n,  bk.  20, 
 ch.  10;  de  Brosses,  i,  152)  and  de  Weert  (1600  ed.,  no  paging;  de 
 Brasses,  i,  278;  de  Renneville,  i,  651)  expeditions  from  the  Strait. 
 But  the  osteological  evidence  does  not,  so  far  as  it  goes,  lend  any  sup¬ 
 port  to  these  reports  (P.  Martin,  b).  Besides,  although  both  Ad¬ 
 miral  Fitz-Roy  ( a ,  142)  and  Dr.  Coppinger  (48)  noted  some  physical 
 differences  between  the  Patagonian  Channel  and  the  Strait  Indians, 
 they  nevertheless  reported  them  as  closely  resembling  each  other 
 (11.  c.).  And  more  recently  Dr.  Skottsberg  emphasizes  the  general 
 resemblance  in  physical  appearance  between  the  Channel  natives  and 
 the  Yahgans,  a  physical  resemblance  that  was  well  borne  out  by  his 
 anthropometric  data  (<7,  592;  b,  250-253). 
 
 C.  Cultural  Evidence 
 
 General  cultural  uniformity  prevails  throughout  the  whole  area  in 
 question.  The  how  and  arrow,  it  is  true,  is  much  more  commonly 
 used  in  the  Strait  than  in  the  Patagonian  Channels;  but  it  is  not,  or 
 has  not  been  since  the  eighteenth  century  at  least,  entirely  absent 
 from  the  latter  region,  while  among  the  Alacaluf  of  the  Strait  it  is 
 and  has  been  used  only  as  a  secondary  weapon,  for  killing  birds  and 
 for  guanaco  hunting.  (For  details  and  references,  see  Subject  Bibli- 
 ography.) 
 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy  (a,  142)  and  recently  Capt.  Whiteside  (18)  and 
 Dr.  Skottsberg  (cZ,  579-580)  suggest  the  plank  boat  as  distinctive  of 
 the  West  Patagonian  people,  the  Alacaluf  using,  or  having  formerly 
 used,  the  bark  canoe.  But  the  migration  of  the  plank  canoe  from  Cho- 
 noan  and  Araucanian  territory  down  into  the  Strait  can  be  traced 
 
 i  More  than  a  century  earlier,  in  1580,  Sarmiento  picked  up  some  natives  at  or  near  Tuesday  Bay  on  the 
 north  shore  of  Desolation  Island.  They  gave  him  the  following  names,  some  of  them  still  preserved  on  our 
 modern  maps,  of  localities  along  the  western  and  central  Strait  (Iriarte’s  ed.,  203-210):  Tinquichisgua, 
 Capitloilgua,  Xaultegua,  Caycayxixaisgua,  Exeaquil,  Pelepelgua,  Cayrayxayiisgua,  Puchachailgua, 
 Cuaviguilgua,  Alguilgua.  All  of  the  names  but  one  end  in  -gua.  Could  this  be  the  same  curious  affix  (?) 
 which  appears  in  all  the  words  in  the  Lu  and  Se  lists?  Cf.  also  the  Chono  local  and  personal  names  in  B. 
 Gallardo’s  (Balthasigua,  531-532;  Pilgua  vecha,  530-531)  and  Father  Garcia’s  (Feumaterigua,  20;  Cama- 
 rigua,  the  Caucahues’  name  for  Wager  Island,  27;  Stelquelaguer,  22;  Elalexaguer,  25)  narratives.  There 
 appears  to  be  a  somewhat  clearer  resemblance  between  the  ursah  repeated  by  the  natives  whom  Narbrough 
 met  in  1670  at  Elizabeth  Island  at  the  eastern  end  of  the  Strait  (65),  and  the  orza  repeated  by  those  whom 
 Bulkeley  and  Cummins  met  in  1741  at  the  western  end  (anon,  ed.,  98;  other  1743  ed.,  130). 
 
30 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  BULL.  63 
 
 century  by  century  since  1557-58  (cf.  for  details  and  references,  Sub¬ 
 ject  Bibliography)  and  has  apparently  taken  place  independently  of 
 tribal  lines.  Moreover,  La  Guilbaudiere’s  natives,  who  spoke  the 
 same  language  as  Dr.  Skottsberg’s  West  Patagonians,  had  bark 
 canoes,  not  plank  boats  (La  Guilbaudiere,  4-5;  cf.  also  Marcel,  a,  491, 
 and  c ,  108).  Dr.  Coppinger,  too,  found  the  bark  canoe  in  use  among 
 the  Port  Gallant  natives,  who  spoke  the  same  language  as  his  Tilly 
 Bay  informant  (121-122).  Finally,  the  bark  canoe  has  been  re¬ 
 ported  occasionahy  from  various  localities  well  within  the  West 
 Patagonian  Channel  area  and  once,  at  least  even  from  true  Chonoan 
 territory  north  of  Taitao  Peninsula  (cf.  for  details,  Subject  Bibli- 
 ography) . 
 
 To  sum  up:  The  whole  region  from  Brecknock  Peninsula  and 
 Dawson  Island  to  Port  Grappler  is,  and  as  far  as  our  evidence  goes 
 has  long  been,  occupied  by  canoe-using  Indians  of  uniform  language, 
 somatology,  and  culture,  who  call  themselves  Alacaluf  or  Alukulup. 
 
 From  Port  Grappler  to  Chiloe  is  another  area  formerly  inhabited, 
 and  even  to-day  partially  inhabited,  by  canoe  Indians  very  similar  to 
 the  Alacaluf  physically  and  culturally.  The  fact  that  a  new  dialect 
 of  Alacalufan  began  at  Port  Gallant  would  suggest  perhaps  that  Ala- 
 calufan  is  spoken  as  far  north  as  the  Gulf  of  Penas.  In  this  connec¬ 
 tion  Capt.  Pacheco  ( a ,  53-54)  is  authority  for  the  interesting  state¬ 
 ment  that  “individuos  a  quienes  se  ha  vis  to  en  el  puerto  Gallant,  se 
 les  encuentra  en  seguida  en  la  bahia  Fortuna  o  en  el  canal  Messier”; 
 these  natives,  presumably  Alacaluf,  are  said  to  pass  from  the  Strait 
 to  the  channels  by  inland  waterways  and  portages  via  Jerome  Chan¬ 
 nel,  Xaultegua  Gulf,  Condor  Channel,  Perez  de  Arce  Inlet,  Gajardo 
 Channel,  and  the  west  end  of  Skyring  Water. 
 
 In  view  of  these  recent  developments  it  becomes  necessary  to 
 reopen  and  rediscuss  an  old  and  puzzling  problem:  What  is  the 
 relation  of  the  Alacaluf  to  the  now  perhaps  extinct  Chonos  or 
 natives  who  formerly  occupied  the  archipelagos  from  the  Guaitecas 
 Islands  to  Taitao  Peninsula  or  the  Gulf  of  Penas  ?  This  question  we 
 shall  take  up  in  detail  in  the  following  section. 
 
 chonos  * 
 
 Names  and  Territory 
 
 The  canoe-using  Indians  of  the  Chilean  Channels  from  the  Guaite¬ 
 cas  Islands  to  the  Gulf  of  Penas  and  beyond  have  been  divided  and 
 denominated  in  a  most  bewildering  fashion  by  various  writers.  Tot 
 sententiae,  quot  homines,  is  almost  literally  true  in  this  case. 
 
 Goicueta  in  1557-58  (518)  called  the  canoe  Indians  from  Corcovado 
 Gulf  to  Cape  Tres  Montes,  Huillis,  a  people  distinct  linguistically  from 
 those  south  of  Cape  Tres  Montes  (519).  Fathers  Venegas  and  Este- 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIE  BRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 31 
 
 van  in  1612-13  (Lozano,  u,  456,  560-561)  speak  of  the  natives  of  the 
 Guaitecas  Islands  and  vicinity  as  Chonos.  The  Indians  encountered 
 by  the  1641  expedition  were  nicknamed  by  the  whites  “Gabiotas” 
 (  =  gulls),  in  Araucanian,  caucaus  (Rosales,  a,  vol.  r,  106,  310). 
 Father  Ponce  de  Leon  in  1644  (5;  in  Medina,  c,  i,  423)  used  the  name 
 Chonos  to  denote  the  natives  beyond  Guafo  to  the  Strait  of  Magellan. 
 
 Father  Del  Techo  in  1673  (159-160)  divides  the  southern  archi¬ 
 pelagos  between  the  Chuni  (  =  Latinized  Chonos)  of  the  Guaitecas 
 Islands  and  the  islands  eastward  to  the  mainland,  and  the  Huillis 
 farther  south.  Father  Rosales  in  1674  seems  to  use  the  term  Chonos 
 for  all  these  southern  canoe-using  Indians  (a,  vol.  i,  293,  305;  b,  in 
 Medina,  a,  103,  162),  except  the  “Gab iotas”  or  Caucaus  mentioned 
 above  ( a ,  vol.  i,  105-106). 
 
 Bartolome  Gallardo  in  1675  (527,  531)  speaks  of  the  Caucagiies 
 and  Caucanes  of  the  southern  islands  of  the  Chilean  coast.  De  Vea 
 in  1676  appears  to  draw  a  distinction  (573-578)  between  the  Chonos 
 and  the  linguistically  distinct  natives  south  of  the  Gulf  of  Penas  whom 
 he  calls  Caucagues. 
 
 Frezier  in  1712-13  was  told  (Amsterdam  ed.,  1717,  i,  147-148;  de 
 Brosses,  ii,  211-212)  by  Dom  Pedro  Molina  and  others  that  the 
 southern  territory  was  inhabited  by  the  Chonos  and  the  gigantic 
 Caucahues.  Father  Pietas  in  1729  (Gay,  Doc.,  i,  503-504)  places  the 
 pale  Chonos  on  the  shores  of  the  Gulf  of  Guaitecas  and  the  seacoast 
 and  “quebradas”(  =  ravines  =  fjords  ?)  of  the  Cordillera,  and  the 
 gigantic  Caucahues  between  the  Cordillera  and  the  Evangelistas  Is¬ 
 lands,  while  near  Lake  Naguelhuapi  lived  the  Pouyas  (ibid.,  501). 
 Father  Olivares  in  1736  (Col.  hist.  Chile ,  vn,  5,  372,  509  et  al.) 
 ascribes  to  the  Chonos  and  other  nations  the  islands  beyond  Chiloe, 
 and  refers  likewise  to  the  Poyas  of  the  Naguelhuapi  region. 
 
 Byron’s  guide  in  1742  was  a  cacique  among  “the  Chonos,  who  live 
 in  the  neighbourhood  of  Chiloe”  (a,  103;  Fitz-Roy,  b ,  126;  cf.,  also, 
 A.  Campbell,  52-53).  Alex.  Campbell  (60;  in  Prevost,  xv,  388),  also 
 of  the  crew  of  the  wrecked  Wager,  distinguishes  between  the  Pete- 
 gonens,  Chonas,  and  Coucous,  his  own  party  having  had  contact 
 chiefly  with  the  Coucous.  Father  Lozano  in  1754-55  follows  Father 
 Del  Techo’s  (and  Goicueta’s)  division,  although  he  is  silent  regarding 
 the  Huillis  in  the  latter  part  of  his  account,  which  is  based  directly 
 on  missionaries’  reports  (n,  33-34,  454,  558-561). 
 
 An  attempt  at  a  more  detailed  and  exact  classification  is  made  by 
 Father  Garcia  in  1766-67.  According  to  his  Diario  (3-4,  9j  22-26) 
 the  Caucahues  come  from  as  far  south  as  the  Guaianecos  Islands. 
 Immediately  south  of  them  were  the  Calens,  who  frequented  the 
 Guaianecos,  Messier  Channel,  and  the  mainland  coast  between  48° 
 and  49°  (32),  and  the  Tayatafar  or  Taijatafes  apparently  of  the 
 Wellington  Island  and  Fallos  Channel  region  between  48°  and  49° 
 
32 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 (33).  South  of  the  Caiens  were  the  Lechei  or  Lecheyeles,  and  south 
 of  the  Tayatafar  were  the  Requinagueres  f$r  Yequinagueres  (32-33). 
 Father  Garcia  further  distinguishes  between  the  Chonos  and  Cau- 
 cahues  and  states  that  the  former  in  earlier  times  lived  in  the  Ofqui 
 Peninsula  region  (Hervas,  a ,  16;  b,  vol.  i,  125-126),  although  he  else¬ 
 where  (Diario,  40)  speaks  of  the  Guaitecas  Islanders  as  Chonos. 
 
 Beranger  in  1768  in  his  instructions  to  Sotomayor  and  Machado 
 (An.  hidr.,  xiv,  72)  refers  to  the  Caucahues,  and  in  1773  ( Relation 
 jeogr.,  13-14)  speaks  of  the  Taitao  Peninsula  and  Guaitecas  or  Guafo 
 or  Chonos  Archipelagos  as  inhabited  by  the  nomadic  “guaiguenes  i 
 chonos.’  ’ 
 
 Father  Falkner  in  1774  (98-99)  divided  the  coastal  region  from 
 Valdivia  to  the  Strait  of  Magellan  between  two  groups,  the  Pichi 
 Huilliches  who  extended  as  far  south  as  the  sea  of  Chiloe  and  ranged 
 into  the  Lake  Naguelhuapi  country,  and  the  Vuta  Huilliches  from 
 Chiloe  south.  The  Vuta  Huilliches  were  in  turn  divided  into  the 
 Chonos  who  lived  “on  and  near  the  islands  of  Chiloe,”  the  Poy-yus 
 or  Peves  who  dwelt  on  the  coast  from  48°  to  a  little  beyond  51°,  and 
 the  Key-vus  or  Keyes  or  Key-yuhues  (111)  from  the  latter  point  to 
 the  Strait  of  Magellan. 
 
 Father  Molina  in  1776-1782  (b,  340)  divides  the  eastern  territory 
 between  the  southern  boundary  of  Chile  and  the  Strait  among  the 
 Poyas,  a  tall  people  related  to  the  Patagonians  (a,  226),  and  the 
 Caucau,  of  medium  stature.  Fathers  Marin  and  Real  in  1779  (217) 
 refer  to  the  “Chonos,  Caucahues  and  others”  south  of  Chiloe. 
 Moraleda  in  1786-1796  (327,  124  and  passim)  speaks  of  the  southern 
 natives  settled  on  Cailin  and  later  on  Chaulinec  and  Apiao  as  Guai- 
 huenes  (i.  e.,  “del  sur”)  or  Chonos.  Ascasubi  in  1789  (Gay,  Doc., 
 i,  315-316)  calls  the  Huar,  Cailin  and  Chaulinec  Mission  Indians, 
 Chonos  and  Caucahues,  and  mentions  the  Payos  of  southern  Chiloe. 
 
 Father  Gonzalez  de  Agiieros  in  1791  (185,  188)  follows  in  the  main 
 Father  Garcia’s  division,  omitting,  however,  the  Caucahues  and 
 Requinagueres  and  adding  the  Taruchees.  Perez  Garcia  in  1810 
 (Col.  hist.  Chile,  xxii,  31-32,  34-35,  109-110)  follows  literally  Father 
 Falkner’s  division. 
 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy  suspected  that  the  Chonos,  who  prior  to  the 
 Spanish  conquest  had  inhabited  Chiloe  and  the  Chonos  Archipelago, 
 had  by  his  time  (1836)  all  migrated  to  the  south  of  Cape  Tres  Montes 
 (a,  142),  between  which  and  the  Strait  there  was  but  one  tribe  (a, 
 132,  189)  whom  he  called  the  Chonos.  In  this  last  respect  Admiral 
 Fitz-Roy  has  been  followed  by  Prof.  Ratzel  (b)  and  recently  by  the 
 late  Prof.  Chamberlain  (b,  467,  “25°”  is  evidently  a  misprint  for  52°). 
 As  we  have  seen,  however,  these  “Chonos”  were  in  all  likelihood 
 Alacaluf. 
 
 Dr.  Prichard  (a,  vol.  v,  485)  follows  Father  Falkner.  According 
 to  Dr.  Deniker  ( c ,  Fr.  ed.,  631),  the  Chilotan  and  Chonos  archipelagos 
 
fOOPEIll 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 33 
 
 have  been  inhabited  by  the  Payos  and  Chonos,  but  “il  ne  faut  pas 
 confondre  .  .  .  [les]  Chon  os  avec  la  peuplade  homonyme  vivant 
 plus  au  Sud,  entre  le  cap  Penas  et  le  detroit  de  Magellan;  celle-ci 
 parait  se  rapprocher  plutot  des  Fuegiens.”  The  name  Payos  is  used 
 for  the  natives  of  southern  Chiloe  hy  Capt.  E.  Simpson  (104),  Dr. 
 C.  Martin  ( b ,  465;  d,  364),  and  Dr.  E.  Schmidt  (168-169).  Dr. 
 Medina  (a,  110)  assigns  the  archipelagos  from  Chiloe  south  to  the 
 Chonos,  Payos,  and  Caucahues. 
 
 Out  of  this  tangle  of  contradictory  and  partially  contradictory 
 divisions  it  is  very  difficult  to  bring  order.  Of  the  names  themselves 
 the  most  frequently  recurring  are  Chonos  (Chuni),  Caucaus  (Coucous, 
 Caucahues,  Caucagues),  Huillis  (Huilles,  Huilliches),  Poyas  (Pouyas, 
 Poy-yus  or  Peyes?,  Payos?),  and  Guaiguenes  (Guaihuenes). 
 
 Three  at  least  of  these  names  are  of  Araucanian  origin.  Huilli 
 means  south,  huaihuen  means  south  wind  (An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile ,  v, 
 518;  cf.  also  Moraleda,  327,  124).  Huilli  appears  for  the  first  time  in 
 Goicueta’s  narrative  of  1557-58.  According  to  Father  Rosales  (a, 
 vol.  i,  105-106)  the  natives  met  by  the  1641  expedition  were  duhbed 
 by  the  members  “Gabiotas”  (=  gulls)  on  account  of  a  fancied  resem¬ 
 blance  of  the  natives’  cries  or  speech  to  the  gull’s  call.  As  the  Arau¬ 
 canian  name  for  gull  was  caucau  (Rosales,  ibid.,  310)  it  is  likely  the 
 name  Caucaus  had  this  origin.  It  occurs  repeatedly  after  1641,  not 
 before. 
 
 The  earliest  clear  record  the  present  writer  has  found  of  the  name 
 Chono  is  that  in  Father  Venegas’s  letter  written  in  1612  from  the 
 Guaitecas  Islands  and  quoted  by  Father  Lozano  (n,  456).  It  occurs 
 commonly  thereafter  on  maps  of  the  region  and  in  Chilean  literature. 
 The  Chonos  Archipelago  took  its  name  from  the  natives,  not  vice 
 versa,  according  to  Moraleda  (327,  311),  and  in  fact  the  form  “Archi¬ 
 pelago  of  the  Chonos”  is  the  more  common  one  used  in  the  early 
 literature  and  maps.  Dr.  Lenz  believes  that  Chonos  is  the  name  the 
 people  called  themselves  (b,  312),  and  Fathers  Del  Techo  and  Lozano, 
 as  well  as  Moraleda  (11.  c.)  seem  to  imply  the  same,  although  they  do 
 not  say  so  explicitly.  Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche  conjectures  that  it  was 
 the  Patagonian  chon  Hispanicized  (d,  220);  this  is  possible  but  far 
 from  proven. 
 
 The  identification  of  the  Lake  Naguelhuapi  Poyas  is  a  task  that 
 can  be  left  to  the  student  of  mainland  anthropological  relations. 
 Payo  is  the  name  by  which  the  natives  of  the  southern  end  of  Chiloe 
 have  been  known  (Moraleda,  66,  and  passim).  They  are  suspected 
 of  having  some  Chono  blood  in  their  veins,  but  the  linguistic  material 
 from  this  region  is  Araucanian  (cf.  E.  Simpson,  104),  and  even  in 
 Moraleda’s  time  they  seem  to  have  spoken  Araucanian  (53). 
 
 Of  the  gigantic  Caucahues  more  will  he  said  when  treating  of 
 Chonoan  somatology.  The  canoe-using  Indians  of  the  southern 
 
34 
 
 BUREAU  of  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 \  BULL.  63 
 
 archipelagos  are  nearly  always  described  as  of  middle  stature.  Of 
 the  various  names  by  which  they  were  known,  the  most  preferable 
 in  view  both  of.  anthropological  usage  and  of  probable  native  origin 
 seems  to  be  that  of  Chonos.  In  the  following  pages  and  throughout 
 the  present  work  this  name  will  be  used  for  the  canoe-using  Indians 
 of  the  territory  between  the  Guaitecas  Islands  and  the  Taitao  Penin¬ 
 sula,  the  Gulf  of  Penas  or  the  Guaianecos  Islands.  There  may  pos¬ 
 sibly  have  been  more  distinct  tribes  than  one  in  this  region,  but  there 
 is  no  clear  evidence  to  that  effect  and  provisionally  at  least  we  may 
 look  on  all  the  Indians  of  the  district  as  one  people. 
 
 A.  Chonoan  Language 
 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy  published  ( b ,  142)  as  Chonoan,  three  words: 
 yerri  yupon,  “Good  Deity”;  yacci)-ma,  “bad  spirit”;  cubba,  “white 
 men  of  the  moon.”  These  words  were  obtained  no  doubt  from  Capt. 
 Low,  who  did  not  speak  the  native  language.  But  even  accepting 
 them  as  correct,  they  still  give  no  adequate  basis  for  comparison  with 
 other  languages.  One  of  the  words,  ydcc^f-ma,  is  vaguely  suggestive 
 of  the  Alacalufan  ydkdr,  “black  face”;  the  bad  spirit  was  “supposed 
 to  be  like  an  immense  black  man”  (Fitz-Roy,  a ,  190).  It  may  be 
 recalled,  too,  that  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  “Chonos”  were  the  natives  of 
 the  channels  south  of  Cape  Tres  Montes,  most  if  not  all  of  which 
 territory  is  at  present  Alacalufan. 
 
 That  the  Chonos  spoke  a  language  quite  distinct  from  the  Arau- 
 canian  appears  to  be  amply  established  from  first-hand  evidence. 
 Cortes  Hojea  understood  some  Araucanian,  for  he  conversed  with  the 
 Araucanian-speaking  natives  of  Coronados  Gulf;  but  his  chronicler, 
 Goicueta,  distinctly  states  that  the  “Huillis”  south  of  the  Gulf  of 
 St.  Martin,  that  is,  Corcovado  Gulf,  spoke  another  language  (Goi¬ 
 cueta,  514,  518).  Father  Del  Techo  explicitly  affirms  that  Delco, 
 the  Guaitecas  Islands  chief,  used  “an  interpreter  who  knew  the 
 Chilotan  tongue,”  which  was  an  Araucanian  dialect,  in  his  interview 
 with  the  missionaries  (bk.  6,  ch.  9,  159),  that  Father  Ferrufino  used 
 an  interpreter  to  translate  into  Chono  the  prayers  and  act  of  contri¬ 
 tion  (160),  and  that  the  Huillis  to  the  south  of  the  Chonos  nearer  the 
 strait  “stlopos1  pro  vocibus  edunt”  and  “when  taken  to  Chiloe,  were 
 of  no  use  except  to  frighten  birds  away  from  the  grain  fields,  until 
 they  learned  the  Chilotan  tongue”  (160). 
 
 Father  Venegas  is  equally  explicit  (letter  quoted  by  Lozano,  n, 
 456;  cf.  also  ii,  560);  his  missionary  companion,  Father  Matheo  Este- 
 van,  took  great  pains  to  learn  the  Chonoan  language  spoken  by  the 
 Guaitecas  Islanders,  and,  although  he  already  spoke  at  least  some 
 Chilotan  (Lozano,  ii,  448),  in  making  his  translations  into  Chono,  he 
 used  a  native  Chono  interpreter  who  understood  Chilotan.  In  saying 
 
 1  Stlopus=  sound  made  by  striking  the  inflated  cheeks. 
 
coorEit] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TTERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 35 
 
 farewell  to  the  Chonos  the  two  missionaries  u  qua  verbis,  qua  gestis” 
 (Del  Techo,  160)  indicated  their  desire  to  remain  with  their  neo¬ 
 phytes  for  good. 
 
 The  gigantic  Indians  met  by  the  1641  expedition  spoke  a  language 
 not  understood  by  the  members  and  suggestive  of  the  gull’s  cries 
 (Rosales,  a,  vol.  i,  106),  though  it  is  barely  possible  that  there  is  a 
 question  here  of  Tehuelches.  Father  Rosales  elsewhere  states  (b, 
 quoted  by  Medina,  a,  94-95)  that  the  Chonos’  speech  was  different 
 from  that  of  the  Chilotans. 
 
 Bartolome  Gallardo,  who  had  been  born  and  reared  in  Chiloe,  and 
 who  certainly  must  have  spoken  Chilotan,  the  Araucanian  dialect  in 
 almost  as  common  use  among  the  Spaniards  as  among  the  Indians  of 
 Chiloe,  had  to  use  an  interpreter  in  order  to  question  a  native  woman 
 of  the  Moraleda  Channel  and  Gulf  of  Penas  region  (An.  hidr.,  xi,  530; 
 cf.  also  527,  532).  De  Yea,  who  seemingly  did  not  understand  Chilo¬ 
 tan,  used  tandem  interpreters,  speaking,  respectively,  Spanish  and 
 Chilotan,  and  Chilotan  and  Chono,  to  communicate  with  the  old 
 Chono  woman  whom  he  captured  on  Xavier  Island  in  the  east  end 
 of  the  Gulf  of  Penas  (An.  hidr.,  xi,  576,  57S).  No  one  in  Chiloe  knew 
 the  language  spoken  by  Father  Pietas’  gigantic  Caucahues  (Gay, 
 Doc.,  i,  504),  apparently  a  canoe-using  people,  as  some  of  them  were 
 found  on  an  island  (ibid.).  Father  Olivares  (Col.  hist.  Chile,  vii,  5, 
 372,  394),  who  had  probably  been  in  touch  with  the  Chonos  at  the 
 Huar  Island  Mission,  states  clearly  that  the  Chonos  or  natives  of  the 
 southern  islands  spoke  a  language  different  from  the  Chilotan. 
 
 Alex.  Campbell  states  (62,  74)  that  the  guttural  language  of  the 
 Indians  who  guided  his  party  from  Wager  Island  to  Chiloe  was  “  quite 
 different”  from  the  soft  tongue  spoken  by  the  Chilotan  Indians. 
 Father  Garcia  (b,  in  Hervas,  a,  16  and  b,  vol.  i,  125-126),  who  had 
 had  most  intimate  contact  with  the  Chonos  at  the  Cailin  Mission  and 
 in  the  Guaianecos  Islands,  although  he  did  not  apparently  speak 
 their  language,  is  very  positive  in  asserting  that  the  Araucanian 
 tongue  was  quite  different  from  the  tongue (s)  spoken  by  the  sea¬ 
 faring  Indians  south  of  Chiloe. 
 
 Machado  (An.  hidr.,  xiv,  86,  121),  Fathers  Marin  and  Real  (Gon¬ 
 zalez  de  Agueros,  218,  236),  and  Fathers  Menendez  and  Bargas  (ibid. 
 245),  all  apparently  had  to  make  use  of  interpreters  to  converse  with 
 the  natives  of  the  Chonos  Archipelago  and  the  Gulf  of  Penas.  Finally 
 Father  Molina’s  Caucaus,  of  medium  stature,  whose  clothing  con¬ 
 sisted  of  seal  skins,  spoke  a  language  “assai  diversa”  from  the 
 Chilien  (b,  340). 
 
 D’Orbigny  (b,  vol.  iv,  pt.  1,  185)  and  Dr.  Brin  ton  (c,  325)  classed 
 the  Chonos  with  the  Araucanian  linguistic  stock,  and  more  recently 
 Drs.  Weule  (52)  and  Krickeberg  (140)  state  that  the  Chonos  were 
 akin  linguistically  to  the  Araucanians.  But  none  of  these  authors, 
 
36 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 except  d’Orbigny  (see  Author  Bibliography),  produce  evidence  to 
 prove  their  statements.  Prof.  Poeppig,  whom  Dr.  Brinton  quotes 
 with  reserve,  had  no  first-hand  information  on  the  subject  and  seems 
 merely  to  follow  Father  Falkner,  whom  he  cites  (i,  464). 
 
 It  seems,  therefore,  established  with  reasonable  certainty  from  the 
 testimony  of  the  numerous  early  authorities,  most  of  them  presenting 
 first-hand  data,  that  whatever  the  Chonoan  language  was,  it  was  not 
 an  Araucanian  dialect. 
 
 W  as  it,  however,  related  to  the  Patagonian  or  Tehuelchean? 
 Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche’s  hypothesis  that  Father  Estevan’s  Guaitecas 
 Islanders  were  a  branch  of  the  Ona-Tehuelche  Tshon  people  is  dis¬ 
 cussed  in  detail  in  the  Author  Bibliography  under  Estevan. 
 
 Father  Falkner  stated  (99)  that  his  V uta  Huilliches,  including  the 
 Chonos,  Poy-yus  and  Key-yus,  spoke  a  mixture  of  Moluche  and 
 Tehuelche — an  opinion  followed  by  Perez  Garcia  (Col.  hist.  Chile, 
 xxii,  34-35).  Dr.  Lenz  more  recently  (h,  312)  has  suggested  that 
 the  Chonos  “were  probably  near  relatives  of  the  Tehuelches  and 
 Onas.”  If,  however,  the  Chonoan  had  been  a  mixed  Araucanian- 
 Tehuelchean  tongue,  some  of  the  many  early  observers  would  in  all 
 probability  have  detected  traces  of  the  Araucanian  element.  Father 
 Falkner  was  not  writing  here  from  personal  knowledge  and  was  using 
 the  name  Chonos  in  the  loose  sense  formerly  not  uncommon,  to.  denote 
 the  Indians  living  “on  and  near  the  islands  of  Cliiloe,”  who  as  we 
 know  from  the  best  first-hand  sources  spoke  an  Araucanian  dialect 
 (Gonzalez  de  Agueros,  110-111;  Moraleda,  207;  Olivares,  370). 
 Byron’s  Chonos  came  from  “the  neighborhood  of  Chiloe”  (a,  103) 
 and  Capt.  E.  Simpson  appears  to  identify  the  Payos  and  Chonos 
 (104).  The  natives,  therefore,  whom  Father  Falkner’s  informant 
 had  in  mind  were  pretty  clearly  not  true  Chonos  at  all.  Further 
 details  on  the  Vuta  Huilliches  are  given  in  the  Author  Bibliography 
 under  Falkner. 
 
 If  the  Chonoan  tongue  was  neither  an  Araucanian  nor  a  Patago¬ 
 nian  or  Tehuelchean  dialect,  was  it  a  distinct  linguistic  stock  or  was 
 it  related  to  the  Alacalufan?  The  late  Prof.  Chamberlain  (h,  468) 
 accorded  it  the  dignity  of  a  distinct  stock,  but  the  evidence  he 
 adduces  goes  to  prove  merely  its  distinction  from  Araucanian. 
 
 Below  is  given  what  evidence  bearing  on  the  question  the  present 
 writer  has  been  able  to  glean  from  available  sources: 
 
 Goicueta,  Cortes  Hojea’s  chronicler,  after  remarking  that  the 
 Huillis  from  Corcovado  Gulf  to  Cape  Tres  Montes  spoke  a  language 
 different  from  that  of  the  Coronados  Gulf  people  (518),  adds  (519) 
 that  the  more  southern  Indians  between  Cape  Ochavario  or  Tres 
 Montes  and  the  “Strait  of  Ulloa’'  are  “de  otra  lengua  que  no  la  de 
 los  huillis  dicha,  e  por  gente  es  mas  pobre,”  etc.  This  is  concise  and 
 clear  enough,  and  for  the  rest  Goicueta  is  a  very  sober  and  exact 
 
COO TER J 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 37 
 
 narrator.  But  we  must  bear  in  mind  that  neither  he  nor  his  captain 
 understood  or  spoke  the  Huillis’  tongue,  although  Cortes  Hojea  knew 
 some  Araucanian.  The  information  regarding  the  Huillis  themselves 
 was  in  all  probability  gathered  on  Cortes  Hojea’s  trip  four  years 
 earlier  when  he  accompanied  Ulloa.  There  is  no  explicit  evidence 
 that  linguistic  investigation  was  made  on  either  expedition. 
 
 Father  Del  Techo  puts  the  Huillis  south  of  the  Guaitecas  Islanders 
 or  Chonos;  the  two  peoples  were  at  odds  and  the  Chonos  used  to 
 capture  the  Huillis  and  keep  them  in  servitude  or  sell  them  to  the 
 Chilotans.  He  also  notes  some  differences  in  culture  and  physical 
 appearance  between  the  two  groups  and  adds  that  the  Huillis 
 “stlopos  pro  vocibus  edunt”  (160).  Stlopus  is  a  word  seldom  met 
 with  in  Latin  literature ;  it  means  the  sound  produced  by  striking  on 
 the  inflated  cheeks.1  Father  Del  Techo’s  silence  regarding  the 
 Chonos’  tongue  contrasts  with  his  strong  characterization  of  the 
 outlandish  nature  of  the  Huillis’.  This  apparently  implied  contrast 
 taken  in  connection  with  the  cultural  and  somatological  differences 
 and  with  the  intertribal  man-raiding,  might  perhaps  be  interpreted 
 as  a  possible  indication  of  linguistic  distinction  between  the  Guaitecas 
 Islanders  and  their  more  southern  neighbors. 
 
 De  Vea’s  Relation  is  a  little  more  satisfactory.  A  certain  Tal- 
 capillan,  apparently  a  Chono  in  spite  of  his  Araucanian  name,  had 
 been  overheard  at  Chacao  on  Chiloe  making  a  remark  which  implied 
 that  the  “Holandes”  had  founded  a  colony  in  the  southern  islands. 
 In  October,  1674,  Bartolome  Gallardo  set  out  from  Chiloe  to  locate 
 the  supposed  colony,  but  after  scouring  the  northern  shores  of  the 
 Gulf  of  Penas  returned  from  a  fruitless  quest  (An.  hidr.,  xi,  525-537). 
 In  September,  1675,  Antonio  de  Yea  sailed  from  Lima  and  Callao 
 with  the  same  object  in  view,  stopping  at  Chiloe  on  the  way  south 
 and  taking  on  some  troops  and  friendly  Indians.  They  crossed  the 
 Isthmus  of  Ofqui,  and  on  Xavier  Island  in  the  eastern  part  of  the 
 Gulf  of  Penas  captured  a  native  woman.  She  was  evidently  not  a 
 Chilotan,  for  she  was  called  a  Chona  by  de  Vea  (576),  she  was  cap¬ 
 tured  in  Chonoan  territory,  and  her  cross-examination  by  de  Vea, 
 who  did  not  apparently  speak  Chilotan,  had  to  be  carried  on  through 
 tandem  interpreters  “sirviendo  de  interprete  el  alferez  Lazaro  Gomez 
 con  el  indio  don  Cristobal  [Talcapillan  mentioned  above],  y  este  con 
 la  india”  (576;  cf.  also  574),  while  of  her  third  and  final  examination 
 de  Yea  wrote  “  primeramente  quise  volver  a  examinar  la  india  por  el 
 indio  Mailen  interprete  Machuca  con  el”  (578). 2 
 
 1  It  is  interesting  to  recall  that  Prof.  Topinard  described  the  intonation  of  the  Alacaluf  whom  he  studied 
 at  Paris,  as  not  guttural,  but  “buccale  et  comme  muqueuse”  (775). 
 
 2  Mailen,  Mailes,  or  Mayles  had  served  as  interpreter  the  year  before  between  B .  Gallardo  and  the  Chonos 
 taken  back  to  Chile  and  Peru  (B.  Gallardo,  536);  he  also  examined  the  Chono  woman  (de  Vea,  574);  it  is 
 pretty  clear,  then, that  he  spoke  Chonoan.  Lieut.  Machuca  spoke  Chilotan  at  least,  for  he  examined  Tal¬ 
 capillan  (de  Vea,  578),  but  probably  did  not  speak  Chonoan.  Talcapillan  did  not  speak  Spanish,  for 
 Machuca  had  to  interpret  for  him,  but  apparently  spoke  Chilotan  as  well  as  his  own  Chonoan. 
 
38 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 This  Chono  woman  in  the  course  of  her  first  and  especially  third 
 examinations  testified  that  she  had  never  been  beyond  the  Gulf  of 
 Penas  district,  but  that  she  knew  the  language  of  the  Caucagues  who 
 lived  there,  having  learned  it  from  them  on  their  visits  to  her  country. 
 
 This  testimony  seems  at  first  glance  to  show  clearly  that  there  was 
 a  linguistic  dividing  line  near  the  Gulf  of  Penas.  But  in  the  first  place 
 the  veracity  of  the  Chono  woman  is  open  to  question;  for  some  Chono 
 Indians  had  been  captured  the  year  before  by  B.  Gallardo  and  taken 
 away  to  Chiloe  and  the  north,  and  the  old  woman  knew  this  (de  Vea, 
 574);  so  she  may  have  well  been  suspicious  of  the  designs  of  her 
 armed  captors  and  questioners,  and  anxious  to  give  them  the  im¬ 
 pression  that  she  was  not  one  of  the  group  for  which  they  were 
 searching.  Secondly,  even  granting  her  truthfulness  and  good  faith, 
 what  she  called  a  different  language  may  have  been  only  a  different 
 dialect;  in  fact,  Dr.  Skottsberg’s  interpreter,  Emilia,  made  just  such 
 a  mistake  regarding  the  Port  Grappler  people’s  dialect  (d,  585-586). 
 
 B.  Gallardo’s  and  de  Vea’s  accounts  imply  that  the  same  language 
 was  spoken  by  the  natives  both  north  and  immediately  south  of 
 Taitao  Peninsula.  Father  Garcia’s  expedition  nearly  a  century  later 
 brought  out  this  fact  more  clearly.  He  calls  all  the  natives  who 
 accompanied  him  Caucahues,  and  in  the  course  of  the  voyage  some 
 of  them  pointed  out  various  places  both  north  and  south  of  the 
 peninsula  where  they  had  been  born  or  reared — one  near  the  foot 
 of  Moraleda  Channel  (9),  others  near  Boca  de  Canales  (22),  another 
 near  the  Ayantau  Islands  (23).  Their  kinsmen,  too,  used  to  frequent 
 the  Guaianecos  Islands  (25-26).  Moreover,  Father  Garcia  elsewhere 
 (Hervas,  a  and  b)  clearly  implies  that  the  Caucahues  extended  as  far 
 as  the  Guaianecos  Islands  and  the  head  of  Messier  Channel. 
 
 Moraleda’s  Chono  guides  were  familiar  with  much  of  the  territory 
 north  of  Taitao  Peninsula,  although  at  least  some  of  them  probably 
 had  come  from  south  of  the  Peninsula  with  the  missionaries  (51,  292, 
 319,  358). 
 
 In  the  eighteenth  century,  therefore,  the  tribal  or  linguistic  divid¬ 
 ing  line,  if  such  existed,  was  not,  as  one  would  expect  from  the 
 topography  of  the  district,  at  the  Taitao  Peninsula,  but  a  little  far¬ 
 ther  south.1 
 
 Father  Garcia  puts  just  such  a  line  at  the  Guaianecos  Islands: 
 
 I  reached  [he  wrote  in  1783,  speaking  of  his  1766-67  expedition]  beyond  the  48th 
 degree  of  south  latitude,  where  the  Calen  and  Taijataf  nations  were;  and  there  I 
 found  that  beyond  these  nations  towards  the  Strait  of  Magellan  there  were  two  other 
 nations  called  the  Lecheyel  and  Yekinahuer,  which  according  to  my  observations 
 must  be  on  the  shores  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan.  Of  the  language  of  these  nations, 
 I  can  only  say  that  it  is  not  Araucanian  or  Chilian. 
 
 1  Canoe  communication  between  the  Chonos  Islands  and  the  Gulf  of  Penas  by  way  of  the  unsheltered 
 Pacific  coast  must  have  been  well-nigh  impossible;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the  portage  route  via  S.  Rafael 
 Lagoon  and  the  Isthmus  of  Ofqui  made  communication  between  the  two  districts  comparatively  easy. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 39 
 
 The  Calen  and  Taijataf  nations  speak  the  same  language,  which  is  quite  guttural 
 and  not  at  all  like  Araucanian;  the  two  nations  can  understand  each  the  other’s 
 language,  though  it  appears  that  each  has  its  own  dialect,  of  which  the  Araucanians 
 or  Chilians  understand  nothing. 
 
 Beyond  the  Calens  and  Taijatafes  towards  Chile  are  the  Caucabues  [evidently  a 
 misprint  for  Caucahues]  and  Chonos.  Each  of  these  nations  has  its  own  language, 
 and,  although  I  know  that  the  languages  of  these  two  nations  are  not  dialects  of  the 
 Araucanian,  I  can  not,  on  the  other  hand,  say  whether  they  are  modified  sister  dia¬ 
 lects  of  a  common  mother  tongue  or  peradventure  two  distinct  tongues.  [Ilervas, 
 b,  vol.  i,  125-126.] 
 
 Father  Garcia  implies  in  his  letter,  although  he  does  not  say  so  in 
 so  many  words,  that  the  Calens  and  Taijatafes  who  lived  south  of 
 the  Gulf  of  Penas  spoke  a  language  different  from  that  of  the  Chonos 
 and  Caucahues.  And  in  support  of  his  implicit  assertion  it  may  be 
 urged  that  he  had  been  in  actual  contact  with  members  of  both 
 groups — with  the  Caucahues  for  a  couple  of  years  at  Cailin  Mission, 
 with  the  Calens  for  a  shorter  time  at  Cailin  (3,  25)  and  the 
 Guaianecos  Islands.  He  would  have  had  an  opportunity  during  this 
 time  to  pick  up  a  few  phrases  at  least  of  their  language (s). 
 
 But,  on  the  other  hand,  the  emphatic  manner  in  which  he  main¬ 
 tains  the  non-Araucanian  character  of  the  languages  of  all  these 
 southern  nomads  contrasts  with  the  hesitation  and  guardedness  with 
 which  he  defines  the  linguistic  relations  even  between  the  Chonos 
 and  Caucahues,  the  people  best  known  to  him — a  contrast  which 
 gives  us  the  impression  that  his  linguistic  distinctions  among  the 
 canoe-using  nomads  of  the  south  were  based  on  inferences  which  he 
 felt  to  be  somewhat  insecure. 
 
 It  is  true,  as  he  tells  us  in  his  Diario  (30-31),  he  made  a  consider¬ 
 able  address  to  the  Guaianecos  natives,  explaining  the  purpose  of  his 
 expedition  and  summarizing  the  principal  mysteries  of  the  Christian 
 faith,  but  it  seems  more  likely  that  this  was  done  through  the  medium 
 of  some  native  interpreter  who  understood  Chilotan  or  Spanish. 
 There  may  easily  have  been  some  such  interpreter  available,  for  the 
 Chonos  were  wont  to  come  at  times  to  Chiloe  to  barter  (Beranger,  13; 
 Del  Techo,  159),  and  some  of  his  Caucahues  or  Calens  during  their 
 previous  stay  at  Cailin  Mission  could  have  acquired  a  little  knowledge 
 of  Spanish  or  Chilotan. 
 
 Again,  Father  Garcia’s  Diario  shows  that  there  was  considerable 
 friendly  commingling  and  intercourse  between  the  Caucahues  and  their 
 more  southern  neighbors  the  Calens  and  Taijatafes.  The  Caucahues 
 met  the  others  amicably  on  the  expedition  itself  (28-29,  31); 1  they 
 related  incidents  of  former  meetings,  peaceful  at  first  at  least,  to 
 share  their  treasure-trove  in  the  shape  of  stranded  whale  (25);  and  a 
 
 1  Frezier,  too,  implies  that  the  Chonos  and  tall  Caucahues  were  on  friendly  terms  (i,  147-1 18). 
 
 64028°— Bull.  03—17 - 4 
 
40 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [bull.  63 
 
 year  before  the  expedition  a  party  of  mission  Caucahues  sent  out  on  a 
 reconnaissance  by  Father  Garcia  had  actually  brought  back  with 
 them  to  the  Cailin  Mission  some  of  the  Calens  of  Messier  Channel  (3). 
 All  this  would  suggest  tribal  or  linguistic  unity,  although  it  is  of 
 course  possible  that  the  southern  Gulf  of  Penas  region  was  the  meet¬ 
 ing  ground  of  quasi-friendly  bilingual  tribes,  as  are  or  were  (cf .,  e.  g., 
 Th.  Bridges,  fc,  234)  the  boundary  zones  between  the  three  Fuegian 
 tribes. 
 
 Father  Garcia’s  testimony,  therefore,  while  in  the  main  favoring  a 
 linguistic  dividing  line  at  the  Guaianecos  Islands  and  the  head  of 
 Messier  Channel,  falls  considerably  short  of  being  conclusive. 
 
 Finally,  we  may  examine  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  evidence.  His 
 “Chono”  vocabulary  has  been  discussed  above.  His  expedition  saw 
 no  non-Araucanian  natives  between  Taitao  Peninsula  and  Chiloe, 
 so  he  was  not  in  a  position  to  make  comparisons  at  first  hand, 
 and  in  fact  he  speaks  quite  guardedly  of  the  surmised  identity  of 
 the  West  Patagonian  Channel  Indians  with  the  Chonos  proper  (or, 
 142;  cf.  also  379-380).  He  is,  however,  more  positive  in  stating 
 that  the  same  tribe  inhabits  all  the  channels  from  the  Strait  to  Cape 
 Tres  Montes  ( a ,  132,  189).  He  bases  this  assertion  chiefly  on  infor¬ 
 mation  given  him  by  Capt.  Low,  who  had  had  much  experience  in 
 this  region  (a,  188,  129,  182).  According  to  Capt.  Low  the  natives 
 from  the  Strait  to  Cape  Tres  Montes  all  “seemed  to  be  of  one  tribe, 
 and  upon  friendly  terms  with  one  another.”  Niqueaccas,  a  native 
 taken  aboard  Capt.  Low’s  ship  the  Adeona  as  pilot  near  Cape  Victory, 
 was  perfectly  familiar  with  the  harbors  and  channels,  was  acquainted 
 with  all  the  natives,  was  always  glad  to  see  them,  and  was  always  well 
 received  by  them,  as  far  north  as  47°,  the  latitude  of  Cape  Tres 
 Montes  ( a ,  189-190) .  Capt.  Low  did  not  speak  the  native  language  (s), 
 but  the  account  he  gives  seems  to  make  for  the  tribal  and  linguistic 
 unity  of  all  the  natives  south  of  the  Taitao  Peninsula. 
 
 One  more  point  may  bo  mentioned.  Our  extant  authorities  do  not 
 to  the  present  writer’s  knowledge  describe  the  language  of  the  Guai- 
 tecas  Islanders  as  guttural.  The  language  of  the  natives  farther 
 south  is,  however,  described  as  such  by  Father  Garcia  ( b ,  in  Hervas, 
 b,  vol.  i,  125),  and  that  of  the  Coucous  by  Alex.  Campbell  (62,  74; 
 Prevost,  xv,  388)  as  “coming  gutterally  from  the  throat”  (cf.  also 
 Del  Techo,  160,  “stlopos  pro  vocibus  edunt”). 
 
 The  recently  published  data  showing  that  at  the  present  time  the 
 Alacaluf  extend  well  up  the  West  Patagonian  channels  as  far  as  Port 
 Grappler  and  probably  as  far  as  the  Gulf  of  Penas  have  already  been 
 given. 
 
 The  foregoing  is  all  the  evidence  that  the  present  writer  has  been 
 able  to  glean  from  the  available  sources  on  the  question  of  the  lin¬ 
 guistic  relations  of  the  Alacaluf  and  now  perhaps  extinct  Chonos. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 41 
 
 That  the  Chonos  spoke  a  language  quite  distinct  from  the  Araucanian 
 seems  amply  testified.  That  they  spoke  a  Tehuelchean  dialect  is 
 very  unlikely  indeed.  That  their  language  was  distinct  from  that 
 of  the  natives  farther  south,  presumably  Alacaluf,  is  perhaps  slightly 
 more  probable  than  not,  but  such  a  conclusion  is  suggested  with  the 
 greatest  reserve.  Much  more  light  is  needed,  light  that  may  come 
 either  from  the  recovery  of  the  Estevan  or  Ferrufino  manuscripts, 
 or  from  investigation  among  the  modern  Gulf  of  Penas  natives  or  the 
 possibly  surviving  descendants  of  the  Chono  family  found  by  Capt. 
 Enrique  Simpson  on  the  Guaitecas  Islands  in  1875  (114). 
 
 Leaving  the  uncertain  ground  of  Chono  an  and  Alacalufan  lin¬ 
 guistic  relations,  we  may  now  pass  to  the  consideration  of  their  fairly 
 clear  somatological  and  cultural  relations. 
 
 B.  Chono  an  Somatology 
 
 Physical  appearance. — The  early  sources  do  not,  unfortunately, 
 give  us  much  information  regarding  the  physical  appearance  of  the 
 Chonos. 
 
 The  “Gabiotas”  or  Caucaus  encountered  by  the  1641  expedition 
 were  reported  to  be  of  gigantic  stature  (Rosales,  a ,  vol.  i,  105). 
 Father  Pietas,  too,  who  had  seen  one  of  the  Caucahues,  describes  them 
 as  giants  (Gay,  Doc.,  i,  504),  while  Frezier  was  told  (Fr.  1717  ed., 
 i,  148;  de  Brosses,  ii,  242)  that  the  “gigantic”  Caucahues  used  to 
 come  at  times  with  Chonos  to  Cliiloe.  Father  Falkner’s  Vuta- 
 Huilliches,  or  larger-bodied  Huilliches,  lived  on  both  sides  of  the 
 Cordillera  to  the  Strait  (96,  99).  Finally  Mr.  Bynoe  met  some  large, 
 stout  Indians  in  the  Gulf  of  Trinidad  (Fitz-Roy,  w,  197). 
 
 May  we  accept  the  above  testimonies  as  evidence  for  the  former 
 existence  of  a  very  tall  people  in  the  southern  Chilean  archipelagos  ? 
 It  seems  not.  No  concrete  measurements  were  taken.  Then,  too, 
 the  Chonos,  like  the  Fuegians,  very  probably  differed  individually  in 
 stature  and  stoutness  or  robustness.  Moreover,  reports  of  giants  are 
 too  common  a  feature  of  early  Magellanic  literature  to  be  taken 
 very  seriously. 
 
 There  may  be  question  of  possible  sporadic  visits  of  Tehuelches 
 across  the  Cordillera  to  the  coast — Mr.  Bynoe  (Fitz-Roy,  a ,  199) 
 saw  horse  tracks  near  the  upper  part  of  Obstruction  Sound — but 
 even  this  is  doubtful. 
 
 In  fact  the  Caucahues  are  elsewhere  described  (Molina,  b,  340; 
 Alex.  Campbell,  62)  as  of  middle  stature,  while  Moraleda  says  (124) 
 that  the  natives — some  of  them  at  least  Caucahues  as  Father  Garcia 
 calls  them — brought  back  by  the  missionaries  to  the  Chilotan  mis¬ 
 sions,  should  rather  be  described  as  “  parvulillos  ”  as  compared  with 
 the  Patagonian  giants  of  whom  Byron  wrote. 
 
42 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 L  BULL.  03 
 
 The  natives  who  frequented  the  Guaianecos  Islands  were  of  medium 
 or  low  stature,  as  we  know  from  the  sixteenth  century  account  of 
 Ladrillero  (464,  “de  mediano  cuerpo”;  cf.  also  484,  and  Goicueta, 
 505)  and  the  eighteenth  century  accounts  of  Byron  (a,  33,  “ small 
 stature”;  cf.  also  144),  Alex.  Campbell  (20)  and  Bulkeley  and  Cum¬ 
 mins  (anon,  ed.,  18,  28,  other  1743  ed.,  37,  low  stature;  ditto  in 
 Affecting  Narrative  ...  30).  They  had  swarthy  skin  and  long  coarse 
 black  hair  hanging  over  their  faces  (Byron,  a,  33;  A.  Campbell,  20; 
 cf.  also  Del  Techo,  160). 
 
 The  men  met  by  Ladrillero  in  the  Conception  Strait  region  had 
 beards  (473),  as  had  also  the  “Gabiotas”  (Rosales,  a,  vol.  i,  105). 
 Bearded  men  are  not  reported  by  other  expeditions  to  southern  Chil¬ 
 ean  waters.  The  Alacaluf  and  Yahgans  are  usually  unbearded,  but 
 there  are  exceptions  (cf.  Subject  Bibliography,  p.  182). 
 
 Father  Del  Techo’s  quasi- verbatim  report  (160)  of  the  replies  made 
 by  Delco  the  Chono  “ cacique”  of  the  Guaitecas  Islands  to  the  ques¬ 
 tions  of  the  missionaries,  Fathers  Venegas  and  Ferrufino,  contains 
 the  following  statement:  “A  great  many  of  our  people  have  red  hair 
 and  an  olive  complexion”  [plurimi  capillo  ruff,  oris  colore  oleastri]. 
 This  statement  regarding  the  occurrence  of  red-haired  individuals 
 among  the  Chonos  is  not  confirmed  by  any  later  sources.  The 
 Fuegians’  hair  is  nearly  always  black;  but  among  both  the  Yahgans 
 and  Alacaluf  some  cases  of  chestnut-colored  (Bove,  a,  790;  b,  134; 
 d ,  Arch.,  290),  “chatain  fonce”  (Hyades,  q,  160-161),  and  “braun- 
 lich  schwarz”  (Skottsberg,  b,  256;  cf.  also  252)  hair  occur.  Ac¬ 
 cording  to  Dr.  R.  Martin  ( b ,  208)  Fuegian  hair  sometimes  has  a  light 
 brownish  tone,  while  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  stated  that  Yahgan  hair 
 shows  “many  shades  of  black,  many  having  a  reddish  yellow  tinge” 
 (d,  289).  The  “capillo  ruff” should  probably  be  understood  to  refer 
 to  reddish-tinged  hair. 
 
 According  to  Father  Pietas  (Gay,  Doc.,  i,  503;  cf.  also  Lozano,  n, 
 454)  the  Chonos  were  a  light-skinned  people,  while  Father  Rosales 
 not  only  describes  the  a  Gabiotas”  as  somewhat  white-skinned  ( a , 
 vol.  i,  105),  but  states  that  “los  chonos  eran  comunmente  blancos  i 
 rubios”  ( b ,  in  Medina,  a,  103)  and  that  the  Chonos  were  “blancos 
 y  de  buenas  facciones”  (a,  vol.  i,  293).  It  is  possible,  however,  that 
 the  observers  on  whom  Father  Rosales  relied  had  mistaken  body 
 paint  for  skin  color;  white  and  red  body  and  face  painting  was  a 
 common  practice  among  the  natives  south  of  Chdoe  (Garcia,  a,  28,  31 ; 
 Goicueta,  505).  The  natives  who  came  to  visit  the  shipwrecked  crew 
 of  the  Wager  at  the  Guaianecos  Islands  were  swarthy  skinned  (Byron, 
 a,  33;  A.  Campbell,  20;  cf.  also  Del  Techo,  160).  As  in  stature  so 
 in  skin  color  there  appears  to  have  been  considerable  variation  among 
 the  Chonos  just  as  among  the  Yahgans.  “Not  a  few”  of  the  latter, 
 the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  noted  (d,  288),  “have  a  decided  rouge  on  their 
 
ooorEit] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 43 
 
 cheeks/'  and  La  Gnilbaudiere  described  the  Alacaluf  as  wliite- 
 skinned  (4),  as  L’Hermrte  described  the  Y ahgans  (41). 
 
 So  far,  therefore,  as  our  records  go,  there  seems  to  be  no  sufficient 
 ground  for  positing  a  tribal  difference  between  the  Chonos  and  the 
 Fuegians  proper  on  the  score  of  physical  appearance. 
 
 Osteology. — Dr.  Medina  gives  (a,  108)  the  measurements  of  a  cra¬ 
 nium  described  simply  as  “antiguo”  from  the  Chonos  Islands,  and  of 
 a  calvaria  listed  as  “mui  antiguo”  from  Puerto  Americano.  Dr. 
 Latcham  studied  three  crania  from  the  Chonos  Islands  and  three 
 from  the  Guaitecas  Islands  (281).  Dr.  Hultkrantz  measured  one 
 cranium  from  the  Guaitecas  Islands  ( a ,  43-45).  This  material  is  not 
 very  extensive,  it  is  true,  but  all  three  writers  agree  that  the  Chono 
 skull  shows  a  manifest  affinity  with  the  Fuegian  (Medina,  a,  110-111) 
 and  particularly  the  Alacalufan  (Latcham,  281-282;  Hultkrantz,  a, 
 46)  cranial  type  (cf.  also  Hyades,  q,  45). 
 
 The  fact  that  the  crania  just  mentioned,  as  well  as  those  described 
 by  Prof.  Flower  (178;  2d  ed.,  309-310)  and  Dr.  Outes  (c,  219),  have  a 
 somewhat  higher  average  cephalic  index  than  the  Alacalufan  may  be 
 an  indication  that  the  Chonos  had  a  certain  strain  of  Chilotan  blood, 
 if  the  Araucanians  be  classified  as  brachycephalic,  or  had  at  least 
 mixed  to  some  extent  with  some  brachycephalic  people.  But  there 
 seems  to  be  no  well-grounded  doubt  of  their  fundamental  somato- 
 logical  identity  with  the  Fuegians,  the  Fuegian  cranial  type  being 
 one  easily  recognizable. 
 
 C.  Chono  an  Culture 
 
 As  far  as  culture  is  concerned,  uniformity  even  to  many  minute 
 details  has  prevailed  over  the  whole  area  from  the  Guaitecas  Islands 
 to  Dawson  Island  and  Beagle  Channel  (cf.  for  details  Subject  Bibli¬ 
 ography,  under  Culture). 
 
 Two  apparent  exceptions  are  the  bow  and  arrow  and  the  plank 
 boat.  The  bow  and  arrow  has,  it  is  true,  been  more  commonlv  used 
 in  the  Strait,  but  on  the  other  hand  has  not  been  entirely  absent  from 
 the  West  Patagonian  coast.  Byron’s  natives,  for  instance,  used 
 “bows  and  arrows  sometimes,  but  always  the  lance”  ( a ,  129).  The 
 plank  boat,  probably  of  Araucanian  origin,  has  to  all  appearances 
 migrated  south  and  east  quite  independently  of  tribal  lines.  For 
 details  regarding  these  two  cultural  elements  and  Chonoan-Fuegian 
 culture  in  general  see  the  Subject  Bibliography  under  Material 
 Culture. 
 
 Then,  too,  there  is  evidence  that  a  certain  minor  and  superficial 
 Araucanian  or  Chilotan  cultural  influence  has  passed  down  the 
 Chonoan  and  West  Patagonian  coast,  weakening  as  it  neared  the 
 Strait  of  Magellan. 
 
44 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  BULL.  G3 
 
 While  no  systematic  agriculture  or  herding  was  carried  on  south 
 of  Chiloe  (Olivares,  372;  Ladrillero,  464;  Ponce  de  Leon,  5,  and  in 
 Medina,  c,  vol.  i,  424;  Pietas,  503),  yet  both  were  of  sporadic  occur¬ 
 rence  among  the  Chonos,  especially  north  of  Taitao  Peninsula. 
 According  to  Bcranger  (13)  the  Chonos  kept  a  few  sheep  and  goats 
 on  their  islands,  and  some  concrete  instances  of  the  practice  are  given 
 by  Moraleda  (324,  329,  358).  The  Indians  who  came  to  visit  the 
 wrecked  Wager’s  crew  in  the  Guaianecos  Islands  went  away  and 
 returned  in  two  days  with  three  sheep  (Byron,  a ,  34 ;  Bulkeley,  anon, 
 ed.,  18,  other  1743  ed.,  23;  A.  Campbell,  19;  Affecting  Narrative,  30). 
 Father  Lozano  also  states  that  a  few  bad-tasting  potatoes  and  a 
 little  barley  were  raised  on  some  of  the  less  sterile  of  the  Guaitecas 
 Islands  (ii,  559;  cf.  also  Moraleda,  358). 
 
 The  Guaitecas  Islanders  had  no  native  intoxicant  (Olivares,  373; 
 Lozano,  ii,  559;  Garcia,  a,  42).  The  “cacique”  Delco  told  the  mis¬ 
 sionaries  that  his  people  “pro  potu  ex  lupis  marinis  oleum  expri- 
 munt,  praeter  quern  liquorem  nullius  vini  aut  potionis  delicias 
 norun  t,”  although  he  had  just  stated  before  that  “in  Guatana 
 insula,  patria  mea,  triticum  turcicum,  ex  quo  vinum  conficitur,  non 
 male  jam  provenit”  (Del  Techo,  160).  This  latter  was  pretty  cer¬ 
 tainly  an  importation  from  Chilotan  culture. 
 
 Such  an  Araucanian  influence  began  to  make  itself  felt  even  before 
 the  Spanish  conquest,  for  Cortes  Hojea  on  his  return  journey  in  1558 
 found  on  an  island  facing  the  Pacific  Ocean  at  about  44°  s.  lat. 
 some  old  abandoned  potato  patches  (Goicueta,  513). 
 
 That  some  of  the  Chonos  north  of  Taitao  Peninsula  raised  a  breed 
 of  long-haired  shaggy  dogs,  from  whose  hair  they  made  short  mantles 
 covering  the  shoulders  and  upper  part  of  the  trunk,  is  attested  from 
 two  apparently  independent  sources  (Goicueta,  518,  based  on  Cortes’ 
 expedition  with  Ulloa;  Del  Techo,  160,  from  testimony  of  Delco  the 
 Chono  headman;  cf.  also  Lozano,  ii,  34).  They  are  said,  too,  to  have 
 made  mantles  from  the  bark  of  a  tree  called  “quantu”  (Goicueta, 
 518),  as  the  Chilotans  made  from  the  bark  of  the  maque  tree  (Rosales, 
 a,  vol.  i,  224). 
 
 The  stone  ax  was  in  earlier  times  very  uncommon  south  of  Chiloe. 
 None  of  the  earlier  writers,  such  as  Goicueta  and  Ladrillero,  reported 
 it  in  use  south  of  Taitao  Peninsula.  Father  Rosales  mentions  its 
 use  around  Chiloe,  but  adds  that  the  natives  near  the  Strait  used  fire 
 and  shell  to  make  the  planks  for  their  boats,  as  they  had  no  axes 
 (Rosales,  ft,  174;  cf.  also  Garcia,  a,  23).  Dr.  Medina  gives  illustra¬ 
 tions  of  two  polished  axheads  from  the  Chonos  Islands  (ft,  75,  fig.  16, 
 18)  and  a  perforated  one  from  the  Guaitecas  Islands  (ft,  76,  fig.  22). 
 Dr.  Cunningham  brought  back  three  stone  “hatchet  heads”  from 
 the  Guaitecas  Islands  (335).  Dr.  Coppinger,  “in  spite  of  a  most 
 diligent  search,”  found  only  one  partly  ground  axhead,  in  a  very  old 
 
COOPER 1 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 45 
 
 kitchen  midden  somewhere  south  of  Cape  Tres  Montes  (52-53,  ill. 
 opp.  p.  34). 
 
 That  the  cultural  elements  just  enumerated — sporadic  agricul¬ 
 ture  and  herding,  the  polished  stone  ax  and  the  plank  boat — should 
 have  passed  over  to  the  Chonos  from  the  Araucanians  is  easily 
 accounted  for,  as  there  was  considerable  friendly  and  unfriendly 
 contact  between  the  Chilotans  and  their  neighbors  to  the  south. 
 
 According  to  Father  Del  Techo  (160),  as  far  back  as  1609  the 
 Chonos  used  to  capture  the  Huillis  to  the  south  and  keep  them  or 
 sell  them  into  a  kind  of  slavery  among  the  Chilotans.  Father 
 Olivares  gives  many  details  of  the  bitter  feuds  between  the  Chonos 
 and  Chilotans  and  of  the  raids  and  reprisals  by  one  people  upon  the 
 other,  a  situation  brought  to  an  end  in  1710  by  the  voluntary  sur¬ 
 render  of  30  harassed  Chono  families  and  by  their  settlement  upon 
 the  island  of  Guar  (373,  394).  Talcapillan,  a  Chono  who  lived  60 
 leagues  south  of  Castro,  came  to  Chiloe  with  some  of  his  people 
 (Olivares,  377;  cf.  also  Bart.  Gallardo,  526-527).  Father  Lozano 
 states  that  Delco,  the  Guaitecas  chief,  used  to  come  to  Chiloe  once 
 a  year  (n,  454;  cf.  also  Del  Techo,  159);  while  on  Delco ’s  visit  to 
 the  missionaries,  Fathers  Venegas  and  Ferrufino,  at  Chiloe  in  1609, 
 five  boatloads  of  his  people  accompanied  him  (Del  Techo,  159). 
 When  Fathers  Venegas  and  Estevan  set  out  in  1612  from  Chiloe 
 for  the  Guaitecas  Islands  they  were  accompanied  by  10  Chilotan 
 rowers  who  knew  the  Guaitecas  region  from  having  participated  on 
 an  earlier  occasion  in  a  raiding  expedition  among  the  Chonos  (Lozano, 
 ii,  455).  Frezier  was  told  that  the  Chonos  were  wont  to  come  to 
 Chiloe  and  sometimes  bring  Caucahues  with  them  (i,  148;  de  Brosses, 
 ii,  212).  One  at  least  of  the  natives  who  some  months  after  the 
 wreck  of  the  Wager  in  1741  came  to  visit  the  English  was  a  Chilotan 
 who  could  speak  Spanish  (A.  Campbell,  52),  while  the  Chilotan 
 poncho  was  observed  among  the  group  who  visited  the  island  a  few 
 days  after  the  wreck  (ibid.,  20).  Finally,  in  Beranger’s  time — around 
 1773 — it  was  the  custom  of  the  Chonos  to  come  to  Chiloe  at  fiestas 
 and  exchange  seafood  for  clothing, potatoes,  and  barley  (Beranger,  13). 
 
 No  doubt,  too,  the  missions  to  the  Chonos,  especially  to  the  Guaite¬ 
 cas  Islanders,  maintained  by  the  Jesuits  intermittently  from  1612  to 
 1767  and  by  the  Franciscans  later,  did  much  toward  spreading  some 
 elements  of  Chilotan  and  Spanish  culture  among  them. 
 
 Beneath  the  cultural  importations,  however,  one  can  see  as  through 
 a  thin  veil  the  extremely  primitive  culture  of  the  Chonoan  nomads. 
 This  very  low  culture  sharply  contrasts  with  that  of  the  much  more 
 advanced  Araucanians,  even  those  of  Chiloe;  while  on  the  other 
 hand  it  is  practically  identical  with  that  of  the  Alacaluf,  not  only 
 in  its  broad  outlines,  but  also  in  its  detailed  features  as  far  as  the 
 available  sources  reveal  them  to  us. 
 
46 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 T  BTTTiTi.  C>3 
 
 To  sum  up  the  relations  between  the  Chonos  and  Alacaluf,  the 
 question  of  their  linguistic  relations  must  for  the  present  he  left 
 open,  although  there  appears  to  be  a  very  slight  preponderance  of 
 evidence  in  favor  of  linguistic  disparity.  The  Chonoan  cranial  type 
 is  fundamentally  the  same  as  the  Alacalufan  but  seems  to  give  indi¬ 
 cations  of  a  certain  amount  of  racial  mixing  between  the  Chonos 
 and  some  other  people,  perhaps  the  Araucanians.  Culturally, 
 apart  from  a  negligible  Araucanian  influence,  the  Chonos  and  Ala- 
 caluf  are  practically  identical. 
 
 Present  Condition  of  the  Chonos  and  Alacaluf 
 
 At  the  time  of  the  Spanish  conquest  the  Chonos  Archipelago  was 
 thinly  populated  (Del  Techo,  160).  Cortes  Hojea  on  his  return 
 journey  seems  to  have  met  no  natives  at  all.  A  little  over  half  a 
 century  later  when  the  first  missionaries  went  to  the  Guaitecas 
 Islands  they  baptized  some  two  hundred-odd  natives,  probably  all 
 or  nearly  all  they  encountered,  as  the  Indians  received  them  in  a 
 very  friendly  spirit  (Del  Techo,  160-161;  Lozano,  n,  561). 
 
 The  relations  between  the  Chilotans  and  Chonos  were  to  a  certain 
 extent  unfriendly  from  very  early  times.  The  10  Chilotan  rowers 
 who  accompanied  Fathers  Venegas  and  Estevan  in  1612  to  the 
 Guaitecas  Islands  had  participated  in  earlier  raiding  (Lozano,  n, 
 455),  while  the  Guaitecas  Indians  in  turn  used  to  capture  the  more 
 southern  Huillis  and  keep  them  in  a  sort  of  servitude  or  sell  them  to 
 the  Chilotans  (Del  Techo,  160). 
 
 The  feud  between  the  Chilotans  and  Chonos  was  patched  up  by 
 the  missionaries  (Olivares,  372-373),  hut  soon  broke  out  again.  The 
 Chonos  used  to  steal  iron  and  wearing  apparel  from  the  Chilotans; 
 the  Chilotans  retaliated  by  punitive  expeditions  among  the  former, 
 on  which  they  would  kill  the  men  and  take  captive  the  women  and 
 children  (Olivares,  394,  373).  Finally  in  1710  more  than  30 
 Chono  families  surrendered  and  were  settled  under  the  Jesuit  mis¬ 
 sionaries  on  the  island  of  Huar  or  Guar  in  the  Gulf  of  Reloncavi. 
 Being  well  treated,  their  example  was  followed  by  others  until  the 
 number  swelled  to  200  families,  or  more  than  500  souls,  so  that  two 
 more  islands  in  the  vicinity  were  ceded  to  them  as  “reservations.” 
 They  or  some  of  them  were  still  there  in  1736  (Olivares,  394),  but  in 
 1795  when  Moraleda  visited  Huar  he  found  Spaniards  only  and  no 
 Indians  on  the  island  (Moraleda,  474;  Fonck,  n,  172). 
 
 Some  of  the  Guaianecos  Indians  were  brought  back  in  1745  and 
 established  on  the  island  of  Chonchi.  In  1765  the  island  of  Cailin 
 was  set  aside  as  a  mission  for  the  Chonos.  Hither  came  many 
 Caucahues  and  later  Calens  (Garcia,  a ,  3,  25).  In  1779  Fathers 
 Marin  and  Real  persuaded  11  of  the  Guaianecos  natives  to  return 
 with  them  to  Chiloe,  and  a  year  later  30  or  32  returned  with  Fathers 
 
COOPER ] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TTERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 47 
 
 Menendez  and  Bargas  (Gonzalez  de  Agiieros,  181-182,  185,  236, 
 248).  The  latter  group  were  taken  to  the  island  of  Lemui,  but  left 
 about  a  year  after  (Moraleda,  332,  435;  Fonck,  ii,  151). 
 
 Cailin  was  peopled  until  1780-81,  when  the  Chonos,  at  their  own 
 request,  were  transferred  to  the  island  of  Chaulinec  (Moraleda, 
 306-307).  In  1787  Moraleda  found  Cailin  uninhabited,  and  in  1788 
 reported  21-22  families  of  Chonos  on  Apiao  Island  just  northeast  of 
 Chaulinec;  but  in  1790  the  surviving  Chaulinec  Chonos  to  the  number 
 of  22  returned  to  Cailin  (Moraleda,  79,  124,  306-307). 
 
 In  all  cases  these  mission  Chonos  appear  from  the  original  docu¬ 
 ments  to  have  followed  the  missionaries  voluntarily,  not  as  a  result 
 of  coercion,  as  is  sometimes  stated;  but  as  a  rule  they  soon  became 
 dissatisfied,  it  seems,  and  returned  to  their  freer  nomadic  life. 
 
 We  hear  nothing  more  of  note  about  the  Chonos  until  1875. 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  expedition  found  no  Chonos  in  the  archipelago  of 
 that  name,1  but  in  1875  Capt.  E.  Simpson  came  across  a  sole  family 
 of  Chonos,  named  Lincoman,  in  Puquitin  Channel  between  Ascension 
 and  Guaitecas  Islands  (E.  Simpson,  114,  18,  43;  C.  Martin,  b,  465; 
 c,  402;  d,  364). 
 
 Some  of  this  family  or  their  descendants  may  still  be  in  the  Chonos 
 Archipelago,  but  all  recent  reports  declare  that  the  islands  north  of 
 Taitao  Peninsula  are  uninhabited  except  by  rare  or  transient  whites 
 or  Chilotan  Indians  (Lenz,  a ,  33;  Pacheco,  c,  30;  Steffen,  a,  54).  It 
 is  possible,  however,  that  some  Chonos  may  still  survive  in  the  Gulf 
 of  Penas  region. 
 
 According  to  Capt.  Steele  (Skottsberg,  b,  270)  there  are  about  200 
 natives  in  the  Gulf  of  Penas  and  northern  Messier  Channel  district. 
 This  estimate  may,  however,  be  somewhat  too  high.  Dr.  Skottsberg 
 encountered  about  80  Alacaluf  on  his  expedition  between  Port 
 Grappler  and  Port  Gallant,  and  was  told  of  about  a  dozen  more.  He 
 estimates  that  he  saw  about  a  half  or  at  least  a  third  of  the  total  num¬ 
 ber  of  inhabitants  of  this  region  (d,  591-592;  cf.,  also,  Steffen,  c,  463). 
 
 Mr.  Thomas  Bridges,  after  his  visit  to  the  Alacaluf  in  1886,  placed 
 their  number  at  about  150  (Hyades,  q,  12),  while  in  1902  Dr.  Dabbene 
 was  told  that  there  were  from  200  to  800  surviving  Alacaluf  (b, 
 216-217).  Father  Pietro  Renzi,  of  the  Salesian  missions,  after  a 
 recent  visit  among  the  Alacaluf,  gives  their  population  as  less  than 
 200  (Boll,  sales.,  July,  1910,  221,  cited  by  Cojazzi,  16).  Still  more 
 recently  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges  is  cited  as  authority  for  the  statement 
 that  there  are  now  only  about  100  survivors  of  this  once  widespread 
 people  (Gasperi,  164). 
 
 The  more  reliable  estimates,  therefore,  vary  from  about  200  to  400. 
 To  judge  from  the  early  accounts,  like  Sarmiento’s,  Ladri Hero’s,  and 
 
 1  Lieut. Skyring  found  less  than  20  natives  in  his  400  to  500  mile  cruise  through  the  Patagonian  channels 
 (King,  345). 
 
48 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 r  BULL.  63 
 
 Goicueta’s,  the  channels  between  the  Gulf  of  Penas  and  the  western 
 mouth  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan  are  probably  but  little  less  sparsely 
 populated  now  than  they  were  three  centuries  ago,  but  in  the  terri¬ 
 tory  east  of  the  western  mouth  of  the  Strait  the  aborigines  have  very 
 greatly  decreased  in  number.  Anthropological  studies,  if  to  be  made 
 at  all,  must  be  made  in  the  very  near  future. 
 
 ONAS 
 
 The  Foot  Indians  of  the  island  of  Tierra  del  Fuego  should  be 
 classed  with  the  Patagonians,  but  both  anthropological  usage  and 
 geographical  position  sanction  our  including  them  among  the  Fue- 
 gians. 
 
 Names 
 
 The  name  varies  somewhat:  Dr.  Moreno  used  O’ona  (a,  1st  ed., 
 459;  2d  ed.,  461;  b,  201;  c,  109);  Dr.  Spegazzini,  Aona  (a);  Dr. 
 Segers,  Aona  (63);  Dr.  Brinton,  Aoniks  (c,  331).  Admiral  Fitz-Roy 
 has  Oens  or  Oens-men  (a,  205-206,  325-326).  The  commonest  form 
 is  Ona.  It  is  the  name  given  them  by  the  Yahgans  and  is  derived 
 immediately  from  the  Yahgan  onepin  (  =  Tierra  del  Fuego  Island  = 
 Onas’  Aland),  onachaga  (  =  Beagle  Channel  =  Onas’  +  channel)  (Th. 
 Bridges,  h,  206;  Hyades,  q,  15,  283). 
 
 Ona  may  be  ultimately  a  corruption  of  tsoneka ,  ts’ona’ca,  tsh’n, 
 cho’n,  chon  (Furlong,  Jc;  Lehmann-Nitsche,  d,  232;  Chamberlain,  a, 
 95) ;  or  perhaps  is  derived  from  on,  a  word  frequently  used  by  the 
 Onas  (Beauvoir,  b,  55,  202),  or  else  from  onan,  the  Yahgan  word  for 
 north  wind  (Furlong,  k;  r,  183). 
 
 Whether  there  is  any  connection  between  Ona  and  van  Noort’s 
 “Enoo”  ( b ,  1st  ed.,  21;  Fr.  tr.,  1610  ed.,  15;  Commelin,  i,  10;  de 
 Brosses,  i,  299)  is  very  doubtful.  The  boy  captured  by  van  Noort 
 possibly  referred  to  the  Onas  when  he  spoke  of  the  gigantic  Tirimenen 
 of  the  land  of  Coin  (ibid.). 
 
 Father  Falkner  was  told  that  the  Yacana-cunnee  of  extreme 
 southeastern  Patagonia  extended  also  to  the  other  side  of  the  Strait 
 (111).  The  identity  of  this  people  is  discussed  in  the  Author  Bibli¬ 
 ography  under  Falkner.  Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche  (d,  229-230,  following 
 Falkner)  derives  the  name  from  the  Patagonian  yacana-kon’ ,  “foot 
 people.” 
 
 The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  also  used  the  word  Wuas  to  denote  the  Onas 
 (e,  332). 
 
 The  Onas,  with  the  exception  of  a  nearly  extinct  subtribe  in  the 
 southeast,  call  themselves  ShilkTiam  (Lehmann-Nitsche,  d,  233), 
 Shilkenam11  (C.  Gallardo,  97),  Shelknam,  Tshelknam  (Beauvoir,  b, 
 202),  Schelkenam  (Cojazzi,  16),  Shillkanen  (Furlong,  d,  219), 
 Shilk’anan,  Shelk’enum  (Furlong,  private  communication),  Shirk’- 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 49 
 
 enum,  Shilk’enum,  Shilkanan  (Furlong,  1c;  cf.,  also,  shiVWenan 
 cho’n,  clio'un,  cho’wun ,  the  Ona  words  for  man,  ibid.) . 
 
 The  nearly  extinct  sub  tribe  just  referred  to  are  called  by  the  other 
 Onas  Haush  (pronounced  Howsli)  (Furlong,  j,  Jc),  Hauss  (Cojazzi, 
 100),  Haus  (Beauvoir,  b,  171),  Hush  or  Ho3’  (Skottsberg,  c,  307-308; 
 d,  615).  According  to  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges,  they  call  themselves 
 Manekenkn  (L.  Bridges,  b;  Lehmann-Nitsche,  d ,  233).  Dr.  Dab- 
 bene  (b,  269)  has  Manekenkn.  The  name  is  apparently  the  same  as 
 Mac-ck,  which  Dr.  Spegazzini  used  for  the  Onas  whom  he  met  in 
 1882  (a,  16). 
 
 In  the  present  paper  the  name  Ona  is  used  to  include  both  the 
 Shilk’nam  and  Manekenkn. 
 
 Territory 
 
 The  Onas  formerly  occupied  the  whole  of  the  large  island  of  Tierra 
 del  Fuego,  excepting  the  shores  of  Useless  Bay  and  Admiralty 
 Sound,  which  were  intermittently  at  least  frequented  by  the  Alacaluf, 
 and  the  strip  of  land  between  Beagle  Channel  and  the  mountain 
 range  paralleling  it,  which  the  Yahgans  inhabited.  The  Onas  were 
 in  touch  with  the  Alacaluf  in  the  western  part  of  the  island,  probably 
 crossing  at  times  to  Dawson  Island,  as  the  Bev.  Mr.  Bridges  found 
 the  Dawson  Islanders  almost  as  much  Onan  as  Alacaluf  an  in  lan¬ 
 guage  and  appearance  ( b ,  June  1,  1883,  139;  Feb.  1,  1886,  33;  cf. 
 also  Oct.  1,  1 881,  226 ;  1c,  234,  on  N.  and  E.  coast  of  Onisin  the  Alacaluf 
 knew  the  Ona  tongue;  Lovisato,  c,  720,  citing  Whaits).  They  were 
 likewise  in  contact  with  the  Yahgans  between  Beagle  Channel  and 
 Good  Success  Bay,  trading  and  intermarrying  with  them  (Th. 
 Bridges,  b ,  Mar.  1,  1876,  59;  Lovisato,  c,  720;  Martial,  185,  192; 
 Hahn,  c,  340;  Th.  Bridges,  i,  quoted  in  Hyades,  q,  10),  occasion¬ 
 ally  raiding  and  hunting  into  the  Yahgan  territory  of  Navarin 
 Island  (Furlong,  verbal  communication;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  205-206, 
 325-326),  and  stealing  wives  from  the  Beagle  Channel  Yahgans 
 (Despard,  b ,  717).  The  Onas  made  their  first  appearance  at  Ushuaia 
 Mission  in  1884  (Hyades,  q,  7),  but  since  then  they  have  been  and  are 
 frequently  seen  along  Beagle  Channel,  especially  around  Harberton. 
 
 It  is  likely  enough  that  in  earlier  times  the  Onas  may  have  been 
 in  touch  with  the  Tehuelches  of  the  mainland.  The  fact  that  they 
 do  not  use  canoes  now  is  not  conclusive  proof  that  they  never  either 
 made  use  of  or  borrowed  them.  Cf.  for  details  on  this  point  Subject 
 Bibliography,  under  Navigation,  pages  195,  196. 
 
 Shilk’nam  and  Manekenkn  Relations 
 
 The  greater  part  of  the  island  of  Tierra  del  Fuego  is  or  was  occu¬ 
 pied,  as  we  have  seen,  by  the  Shilk’nam,  while  the  extreme  south¬ 
 eastern  peninsula — from  Sloggett  Bay  to  Polycarp  Cove  (Furlong, 
 
50 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 r  P.TJI.T.,.  03 
 
 Tc),  or  from  Thetis  Bay  to  Fotbey  Bay  (Cojazzi,  100),  or  apparently 
 from  Polycarp  Cove  as  far  west  as  Moat  Bay  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Oct.  1, 
 1886,  217) — was  the  home  of  the  Manekenkn. 
 
 Dr.  Segers  (81)  divided  the  Onas  into  six  sub  tribes:  the  Parri- 
 quens,  Sheila,  and  Uenenke  from  San  Sebastian  Bay  to  Cape  Sunday, 
 and  the  Kau-ketshe,  Koshpijom,  and  Loualks  from  Cape  Penas  to 
 the  Straits  of  Lemaire.  These  names  are,  however,  according  to 
 Mr.  Lucas  Bridges  (Lehmann-Nitsche,  d,  233),  not  tribal  but  local 
 names.  Sehor  Lista’s  northern  and  southern  Onas  are,  to  judge 
 from  the  respective  habitats  and  vocabularies  he  gives,  no  other 
 than  the  Shflk’nam  and  Manekenkn  (Lista,  d,  82,  144-145). 
 
 The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  (b,  Oct.  1,  1884,  223;  also  cited  in  Hyades,  l , 
 718)  was  the  first  to  state  that  “the  Western  Onas  scarcely  under¬ 
 stand  the  Eastern  Onas.”  It  is  to  his  sons,  especially  Lucas,  that 
 we  owe  most  of  the  published  material  on  the  Manekenkn,  although 
 some  independent  investigation  was  carried  on  by  Prof.  Tonelli 
 (Cojazzi,  100)  and  Prof.  Furlong  (k).  Dr.  Fred.  Cook  mentioned 
 this  people  in  1900  (5,  725),  Col..  Holdich  in  1904  (160),  and  since 
 then  several  other  writers. 
 
 Prof.  Furlong  gathered  six  Manekenkn  words,  and  more  recently 
 Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche  has  published  ( d ,  242-276)  97  Manekenkn 
 words  from  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges’  manuscript  vocabulary.  A  compari¬ 
 son  of  this  material  with  the  Ona  vocabulary  of  Dr.  Segers  and  with 
 the  southern  Ona  one  of  Senor  Lista  shows  pretty  clearly  that  both 
 these  explorers  were  in  contact  in  the  south  with  the  Manekenkn. 
 About  a  dozen  words  in  each  list  can  be  identified  as  Manekenkn 
 rather  than  Shilk’nam.  Senor  Lista’s  “southern  Ona”  list  is  perhaps 
 en tir ely  M  an  ekenkn . 
 
 Further,  it  is  very  probable  that  the  earlier  voyagers,  the  Nodals 
 in  1619,  Father  Labbe  in  1711,  the  members  of  Capt.  Cook’s  first 
 expedition  in  1769,  as  well  as  some  of  the  early  nineteenth  century 
 explorers  such  as  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  and  Mr.  Darwin,  Admiral 
 Wilkes  and  others,  were  really  in  contact  with  the  Manekenkn 
 during  their  brief  visits  to  Good  Success  and  Valentyne  Bays,  as 
 these  bays  are  situated  in  what  was  a  few  years  ago  Manekenkn 
 territory.  In  one  case  at  least  the  evidence  is  ^omewhat  more 
 positive.  Sir  Joseph  Banks  (60)  gives  two  words  taken  from  Good 
 Success  Bay  Indians.  One  of  these  words,  ooudd,  “water,”  is 
 evidently  the  same  as  ootun  the  Manekenkn  word  for  “water”  in 
 Mr.  Lucas  Bridges’  vocabulary;  the  Slhlk’nam  word  is  chooen,  chook, 
 chooen,  choxd’n;  Senor  Lista,  it  is  true,  and  Dr.  Segers  both  give  oten, 
 but  their  vocabularies  are,  as  observed  above,  largely  Manekenkn 
 (cf.  Lehmann-Nitsche,  d ,  250). 
 
 Dr.  Cojazzi  (102-104)  and  Father  Beauvoir  ( b ,  171-173)  publish 
 vocabularies  gathered  from  a  Manekenkn  woman  about  35  to  40  years 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 51 
 
 old  who  had  been  living  since  childhood  among  the  Shilk’nam  and 
 whites.  Both  vocabularies  appear  to  be  pure  or  nearly  pure 
 Shilk’nam. 
 
 Such  being  our  available  working  material  on  the  Manekenkn  In¬ 
 dians,  we  may  now  take  up  the  question  of  their  relations  to  the 
 Shilk’nam. 
 
 Dr.  Fred.  Cook  ( b ,  725)  and  Dr.  Skottsberg  (d,  615;  c,  308)  look 
 on  the  Manekenkn  as  a  cross  between  the  Onas  and  Yahgans.  Dr. 
 Skottsberg  also  speaks  of  the  Hos’  tongue  as  a  fifth  Fuegian  lan¬ 
 guage  (d,  614;  Cj  308).  Prof.  Furlong  (j;  Tc)  seems  to  consider  the 
 Manekenkn  as  tribally  and  linguistically  distinct  from  both  the 
 Yahgans  and  Shilk’nam. 
 
 There  has  been,  no  doubt,  a  good  deal  of  mingling  and  intermarrying 
 between  these  southeastern  Foot  Indians  and  the  Yahgans.  Some 
 of  the  authorities  for  this  statement  have  been  quoted  above.  In 
 addition,  Sr.  Lista  thought  he  recognized  traces  of  Yahgan  influ¬ 
 ence  in  the  physical  appearance  and  language  of  the  Polycarp  Cove 
 natives  (6,  115,  120).  Dr.  Segers’  Ona  vocabulary  contained  some 
 Yahgan  words  (Lehmann-Nitsche,  d,  237,  citing  L.  Bridges).  Prof. 
 Furlong’s  old  Haush  man  was  married  to  two  Yahgan  wives  (Tc),  while 
 Dr.  Skottsberg  (d,  615;  c,  308)  was  told  by  Mr.  William  Bridges  that 
 this  old  man  was  himself  only  half  Haush,  his  mother  having  been 
 Yahgan.  He  looked  like  a  Yahgan,  Dr.  Skottsberg  remarks  (ibid.). 
 
 In  spite,  however,  of  this  considerable  infusion  of  Yahgan  blood 
 among  the  Manekenkn,  it  is  much  more  probable  that  they  are  or 
 were  racially  akin  to  the  Shilk’nam. 
 
 A  comparison  of  the  linguistic  material  kindly  put  at  the  writer’s 
 disposal  by  Prof.  Furlong  and  of  the  words  published  by  Dr.  Leh¬ 
 mann-Nitsche  with  the  fairly  abundant  Shilk’nam  lexical  data  now 
 available  shows  with  reasonable  clearness  that  notwithstanding  the 
 many  divergences  the  Manekenkn  speech  differs  from  the  Shilk’¬ 
 nam  only  dialectically.  The  reader  can  easily  test  for  himself  this 
 conclusion  by  reference  to  Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche ’s  comparative 
 Tehuelche-Shllk’nam-Manekenkn  glossary  ( d ,  242 — 276);  in  about  30 
 per  cent  of  the  cases  the  Manekenkn  words  are  similar  to  the  Slulk’- 
 nam  or  Tehuelche,  and  often  identical. 
 
 The  application  of  the  somatological  and  cultural  criteria  of  rela¬ 
 tionship  yields  similar  results,  although  the  available  material  is 
 rather  meager.  The  Thetis  Bay  natives  described  in  considerable 
 detail  by  Sr.  Lista  (b,  126-130)  were  somatologically  and  culturally 
 Shilk’nam.  The  same  may  be  said  of  Dr.  Segers’  Onas,  some  of 
 whom  at  least  were  Manekenkn,  and  of  the  natives  encountered  by 
 the  earlier  explorers  in  the  Good  Success  and  Valentyne  Bays  region. 
 Prof.  Tonelli  (Cojazzi,  100-102)  found  a  few  cultural  differences,  but 
 they  are  of  a  very  minor  character. 
 
52 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  G3 
 
 Prof.  Furlong’s  Hausli  informant  was  quite  unlike  the  Shilk’nam  in 
 physical  appearance,  being  u  short,  thick-set,  and  about  5  ft.  4  or  5 
 in.  in  height”  (1c),  but  according  to  Dr.  Skottsberg  (d,  615;  c,  308) 
 this  old  man  was  a  half  breed  Yahgan.  Prof.  Furlong  writes  (1c)  that 
 “  a  Haush  could  not  make  himself  understood  to  an  Ona  or  a  Yahgan 
 by  use  of  the  Haush  language.”  This,  however,  would  not  neces¬ 
 sarily  be  a  proof  of  more  than  considerable  dialectic  difference  be¬ 
 tween  the  two  tongues.  In  this  connection  we  may  recall  the  Rev. 
 Mr.  Bridges’  remark  cited  above,  that  “the  Western  Onas  could  scarcely 
 understand  the  Eastern  Onas”  (b,  Oct.  1,  1884,  223). 
 
 The  evidence  at  hand,  therefore,  seems  to  justify  the  conclusion 
 that  the  Shilk’nam  and  Manekenkn  are  both  fundamentally  of  the 
 same  racial  stock.  What  somatological  differences  exist  are  prob¬ 
 ably  due  in  great  part  to  Yahgan  influence.  The  cultural  differences 
 are  negligible  but  the  linguistic  are  much  more  pronounced.  Whether 
 these  latter  are  the  result  of  differentiation  through  long  isolation, 
 or  are  to  be  accounted  for  on  the  theory  that  the  Manekenkn  represent 
 an  earlier  invasion  from  the  mainland,  can  not  be  decided  in  the 
 present  state  of  the  evidence. 
 
 Ona  and  Tehuelche  Relations 
 
 Anthropologists  and  explorers  almost  without  exception  have  held 
 and  hold  the  Onas  to  be  near  relatives  of  the  southern  Patagonian, 
 aborigines. 
 
 A.  LINGUISTIC  EVIDENCE 
 
 As  far  as  language  is  concerned  practically  all  who  have  made 
 actual  comparisons  between  the  Onan  and  Teheulchean  tongues  have 
 concluded  that  they  are  akin.  Two  notable  exceptions  are  Gen. 
 Mitre  (i,  156),  who  ascribed  the  lexical  resemblance  between  the  two 
 languages  to  the  presence  of  loan-words  acquired  by  the  Onas 
 through  communication  with  the  Tehuelches,  and  the  late  Prof. 
 Chamberlain,  who  expressed  the  opinion  (a,  89)  that  “efforts  to  make 
 out  the  Onan  to  be  a  Tsonekan  (Tehuelchean)  dialect  have  not  been 
 successful.”  Prof.  Chamberlain  was  here,  however,  in  all  probability 
 basing  his  statement  on  Gen.  Mitre’s,  whom  he  follows  very  closely 
 in  both  his  articles  dealing  with  Fuegian  and  Chonoan  linguistics. 
 /Vs  for  Gen.  Mitre’s  theory,  first  it  takes  for  granted  what  is  probable 
 indeed,  but  by  no  means  proven,  that  the  Onas  have  been  in  direct 
 contact  with  the  Tehuelches  in  comparatively  recent  times,  and, 
 secondly,  the  proportion  of  such  resemblances  between  the  Ona  and 
 Tehuelche  tongues  appears  to  be  much  too  great  to  be  explained  on 
 the  hypothesis  of  loan-words.  In  from  40  to  45  per  cent  of  the  cases 
 the  Ona  words  are  similar  to  the  Tehuelche,  and  often  identical. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 53 
 
 The  actual  resemblances  between  the  two  languages  are  judged 
 sufficiently  clear  and  numerous  to  prove  linguistic  kinship  by  the 
 following  authorities,  all  or  nearly  all  of  whom  have  made  direct  and 
 independent  studies:  Th.  Bridges,  (6,  Mar.  1,  1876,  60;1 2  Apr.  1,  1880, 
 74;  Oct.  1,  1884,  224;  e,  332;  g  and  i,  cited  by  Hyades,  g,  11; 
 h,  200,  203;  j,  316;  &,  223);  Lista  ( b ,  56,  82,  89;  e,  37);  Brinton 
 (c,  329);  La  Grasserie  (643-647);  Lehmann-Nitsche  ( a ;  b;  d,  233- 
 237);  Beauvoir  (a,  6;  b,  177-181);  C.  Gallardo  (106);  O.  Norden- 
 skjold  (c,  672;  d ,  434;  e,  167-168;  g,  355;  j,  127);  Outes  (d,  132-133) 
 and  Spegazzini  ( b ,  239;  c,  132). 3 
 
 A  grammatical  comparison  can  not  well  be  made,  as  unfortunately 
 very  little  has  been  published  on  Ona  morphology,  but  from  a  study 
 of  the  short  comparative  glossary  compiled  by  Sr.  Lista  ( b ,  82,  56), 
 of  the  longer  ones  by  Dr.  La  Grasserie  (643-647)  and  Father  Beauvoir 
 (b,  179-181),  of  another  compiled  by  the  present  writer  for  his  own 
 use,  and  particularly  of  the  comprehensive  one  published  by  Dr. 
 Lehmann-Nitsche  ( d ,  242-276),  a  conclusion  in  favor  of  Ona- 
 Tehuelche  linguistic  kinship,  in  spite  of  many  lexical  divergences, 
 seems  not  only  justified  but  unavoidable.  The  reader  is  referred 
 especially  to  Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche’ s  invaluable  compilation. 
 
 B.  SOMATOLOGICAL  EVIDENCE 
 
 Mi*.  Darwin  (a,  1871  ed.,  205)  and  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  ( a ,  120)  noted 
 the  resemblance  between  the  Good  Success  Bay  natives  and  the 
 Patagonians,  and  since  their  time  other  observers  who  have  had  an 
 opportunity  to  compare  the  two  peoples  have  been  struck  by  the 
 same  suggestive  resemblance  in  stature,  build,  features,  and  physical 
 appearance.  Thus  it  came  to  be  accepted  as  beyond  doubt  that  the 
 Onas  and  Tehuelches  are  one  people. 
 
 Since,  however,  the  publication  of  the  results  of  the  limited  but 
 important  Ona  cranial  studies  by  Dr.  Hultkrantz  (a  and  especially  b) 
 and  Dr.  Hrdlicka  (a,  in  Dabbene,  b,  283)  the  older  theory  has  been 
 questioned  more  or  less.  These  studies  apparently  show  that  the 
 Onas  are  not  brachycephalic,  as  had  been  expected,  but  instead  vary 
 from  mesaticephalism  to  dolichocephalism  (Hultkrantz,  b ,  131,  167; 
 Hrdlicka,  loc.  cit.;  cf.  also  Rivet,  257). 
 
 On  the  premise  that  the  modern  Tehuelches  are  brachycephalic, 
 most  recent  writers  who  touch  on  the  relations  of  the  Onas  and 
 Tehuelches  have  been  inclined  to  adjudge  the  former  more  nearly 
 akin  to  the  ancient  Tehuelches  (Flultkrantz,  b ,  163-164;  Laloy,  b,  404; 
 
 1  The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  was  the  first  definitely  to  note  this  linguistic  similarity. 
 
 2  Cf.  also:  Bove,  a,  789;  b,  133;  c,  124;  d,  Arch.,  288;  Benignus,  229;  Keane,  b,  431;  c,  42;  Krickeberg,  140; 
 
 Lovisato,  b,  131-132;  Martial,  185.  A  good  many  of  the  passages  referred  to  in  the  text  and  in  the  present 
 note  are  quoted  in  Lehmann-Nitsche,  d,  234-236,  and  La  Grasserie,  643-647.  Dr.  Brinton’s  later  theory 
 ( e ,  252-253)  that  the  Ona  tongue  is  more  nearly  related  to  the  Yahgan  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  Dr. 
 Segers’  vocabulary  which  he  used  contains  many  Yahgan  words  (L.  Bridges,  cited  by  Lehmann-Nitsche, 
 d,  236-237). 
 
54 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [bull.  G3 
 
 Joyce,  241-242)  or  to  one  or  more  of  Dr.  Verneau’s  earlier  Pata¬ 
 gonian  types  (Dabbene,  b,  279-280). 
 
 Dr.  Hrdlicka,  however,  informs  me  that  the  undeformed  Tehuelchean 
 skull  varies  like  the  Onan  from  mesaticephalic  to  dolichocephalic,  at 
 least  in  the  majority  of  cases  (cf.  also  Verneau,  b,  62,  66-67,  83-84 
 and  passim). 
 
 Dr.  Rivet  also  cites  as  points  of  Ona-Tehuelche  resemblance  “la 
 haute  stature  avec  V augmentation  correlative  de  la  capacite 
 cranienne  et  Tallongement  tres  notable  de  la  face'7  (257).  Dr.  Hult- 
 krantz  (6,  164)  states  that  among  the  salient  characters  of  the  old 
 Patagonian  skulls  Dr.  Verneau  mentions  “die  hervorspringende 
 Glabella,  die  kurzen,  starken  Supraorbitalwiilste  und  das  breite, 
 hervorragende  Kinn,  Merkmale,  die  auch  fur  meine  Onaschadel 
 typisch  sind.” 
 
 Both  investigators  likewise  found  certain  resemblances  between 
 the  Onas  and  Canoe  Indians.  Dr.  Rivet,  who,  it  may  be  recalled, 
 restudied  three  of  the  Ona  crania  which  Dr.  Hultkrantz  describes, 
 mentions  in  particular  “la  forme  relativement  surbaissee  de  la  vohte 
 et  la  leptorhinie”  (257).  Dr.  Hultkrantz  says  (163):  “Erinnere  ich 
 bier  nur  an  die  ovale  Gestalt  des  Schadeldaches  mit  den  grossen 
 Scheitelhockern  und  der  relativ  schmalen  Stirn,  die  charakteristische 
 Dachform  der  hinteren  Frontal-  und  der  vordern  Parietalgegend,  die 
 starken  aber  kurzen  Supraorbitalwiilste,  die  breite,  eckige  Form  des 
 Gesichts  u.  s.  w.” 
 
 “ Andererseits ”  he  adds  (ibid.)  “scheinen  mir  ziemlich  bedeu- 
 tende  Unterschiede  zwischen  den  Ona  und  den  tibrigen  Feuerlandern 
 zu  bestehen.  Der  Schadel  ist  z.  B.  mehl*  dolichocephal,  die  Stirn 
 weniger  fliehend  und  sowohl  absolut  als  relativ  hoher  und  breiter. 
 Die  Dachform  der  hintern  Stirn-  und  der  vordern  Scheitelregion  ist 
 weniger  ausgesprochen  u.  s.  w.  Dazu  kommt  noch  die  von  alien 
 Reisenden  hervorgehobene  grossere  Statur  und  etwas  andere  Korper- 
 proportionen.”  He  concludes  that  all  three  Fuegian  tribes,  while 
 much  differentiated,  “ziemlich  nahe  verwandt  sind.” 
 
 The  theory  that  the  Onas  represent  a  mixed  Patagonian  and  Fue¬ 
 gian  people  (Rivet,  257;  Outes,  a,  269-270;  cf.  also  Hultkrantz,  b,  164 
 and  Dabbene,  b,  280)  seems  best  to  account  for  the  above  points  of 
 resemblance  and  difference.  But  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the 
 Onan  evidence  is  so  far  very  meager. 
 
 At  any  rate  it  appears  to  be  generally  recognized  that  the  Onas  are 
 related  somatologically  to  the  Patagonians,  whether  the  modern 
 Tehuelches  or,  as  far  as  we  are  justified  in  using  the  term,  the  “an¬ 
 cient”  Patagonians. 1 
 
 1  Cf.  also  in  favor  of  Ona-Tehuelche  kinship:  C.  Gallardo,  106;  Deniker,  c,  Fr.  ed.,  656-657;  Furlong,  d, 
 219;  Haddon,  c,  113;  Krickeberg,  140;  C.  Martin,  d,  365,  333;  Moreno,  d,  573-579;  Segers,  63;  Siemiradzki, 
 129,  134;  Sievers,  87,  327;  Skottsberg,  c,  306;  Weule,  51. 
 
COOPER J 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 55 
 
 C.  CULTURAL  EVIDENCE 
 
 In  the  field  of  culture  the  Onas  have  much  in  common  with  the 
 Yahgans  and  Alacaluf,  partly  as  a  result  of  mutual  borrowing,  but 
 also  much  that  distinguishes  them  from  the  other  Fuegian  tribes. 
 Among  these  distinctive  cultural  elements  are  some  which  they  share 
 with  the  Tehuelches.  Such  are  the  use  of  the  child’s  cradle  and  the 
 custom  of  arm  tattooing — neither  found  among  the  Yahgans  or 
 Alacaluf.  The  Ona  skin  garments  are  much  longer  and  more  elabo¬ 
 rate  than  the  other  Fuegians’  and  are  very  like  the  Tehuelches’  in 
 length,  shape,  and  number.  The  Onas,  like  the  Tehuelches,  do  not  go 
 nude — as  do  the  other  Fuegians  so  commonly — except  when  hunting, 
 wrestling,  etc.  The  Ona  skin  windshield  contrasts  structurally  with 
 the  other  Fuegians’  beehive  wigwam  and  bears  a  suggestive  resem¬ 
 blance  in  structure  to  the  more  elaborate  Tehuelche  skin  tent.  The 
 Tehuelches  call  their  tents  kau  (Lehmann-Nitsche,  d,  256),  the  Onas 
 their  huts  taki  (Gallardo,  365,  southern  Onas,  243),  Jctai  ( =  kau+tai 
 =  wigwam  +  small,  Beauvoir,  b,  48),  t’i’i  (Furlong,  k),  but  also  kau  or 
 kaw  or  kauwy  or  kawydni  (Beauvoir,  b ,  39-40),  kaue  or  kauyani  (Gal¬ 
 lardo,  365,  northern  Onas,  243),  kauw  (Segers,  69),  kau  (Lista,  b,  145) 
 cowrie  (  =  house,  Furlong,  k).  The  Ona  bow  and  arrow  shows  consid¬ 
 erable  affinity  with  the  earlier  Tehuelchean.1 
 
 Dr.  Gallardo  (104-105)  calls  attention  to  certain  cultural  differ¬ 
 ences  between  the  Onas  and  Tehuelches.  He  instances:  (1)  The 
 Tehuelche  skin  garments  worn  with  the  fur  inside  and  ornamented 
 with  polychrome  designs  as  against  the  Ona  skin  robe  worn  with  the 
 fur  outside  and  colored  red  without  designs;  (2)  the  Tehuelche 
 Women’s  tresses  contrasting  with  the  Ona  women’s  bangs;  (3)  the 
 Tehuelche  flexed  burial  versus  the  Ona  supine  posture.  The  list 
 could  be  much  extended,  as,  for  instance,  the  Tehuelche  fire  drill 
 versus  the  Ona  flint  and  pyrites. 
 
 Such  cultural  divergences,  however,  would  be  expected  where,  as 
 the  linguistic  evidence  shows,  the  two  peoples  if  once  united  have 
 been  apart  for  many  generations  and  perhaps  many  centuries.  More¬ 
 over,  while  the  culture  of  the  Onas  has  undoubtedly  been  to  some  ex¬ 
 tent  modified  through  their  contact  and  intermarriage  with  the  Yah¬ 
 gans  and  Alacaluf,  that  of  the  southern  Patagonians  has  been  pro¬ 
 foundly  modified,  especially  since  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  cen¬ 
 tury,  by  Puelchean  and  Araucanian  cultural  influences  (Outes,  a, 
 271,  427,  429,  476,  and  passim). 
 
 The  cultural  differences  between  the  Onas  and  Tehuelches  are 
 neither  few  nor  slight,  but  the  chasm  was  much  narrower  in  the 
 days  of  Magellan  and  Ladrillero,  and  it  seems  not  too  rash  to  inter¬ 
 pret  the  identities  above  noted  as  survivals  from  an  earlier  common 
 
 1  For  further  details  on  each  of  the  cultural  features  just  enumerated  see  Subject  Bibliography,  under 
 Culture. 
 
 64028°— Bull.  63—17 - 5 
 
56 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 cultural  ancestry,  especially  if  we  consider  them  in  conjunction  with 
 the  somatological  and  linguistic  resemblances. 
 
 From  the  foregoing  linguistic,  somatological,  and  cultural  evidence, 
 we  may  fairly  conclude  that  the  relationship  between  the  Onas  and 
 Tehuelches,  although  not  as  close  as  is  sometimes  supposed,  is  never¬ 
 theless  established  as  real.  The  Onas  must  have  parted  company 
 with  their  cousins  of  the  mainland  many  generations  and  probably 
 many  centuries  ago,  or  else  both  have  descended  from  a  common 
 stock  now  extinct.  The  Onas  have  apparently  remained  fairly  sta¬ 
 tionary  in  culture,  while  the  Tehuelches  have  undergone  radical 
 changes  through  contact  with  their  northern  neighbors. 
 
 The  Onas  are  said  to  have  a  tradition  that  they  came  afoot  from 
 a  far  country  of  great  prairies  and  that  a  great  cataclysm  opened 
 up  the  Strait  of  Magellan  and  so  prevented  their  return  (Beauvoir,  b, 
 178,  201-202).  Whether  this  tradition  has  back  of  it  a  foundation 
 in  fact  or  whether  the  Onas  on  the  contrary  reached  their  present 
 habitat  in  times  posterior  to  the  formation  of  the  Strait  can  not  be 
 decided  even  probably  in  the  present  state  of  tjie  evidence. 
 
 Present  Condition  of  Onas 
 
 The  Onas  were  formerly  much  more  numerous  than  they  now  are. 
 Earlier  estimates  differ  very  much.  Sr.  Popper  came  into  contact 
 with  about  600  Onas  on  his  second  expedition  in  1891  ( d ,  162)  and 
 estimated  their  total  number  at  about  2,000  (ibid.).  Dr.  Gasperi 
 was  informed  by  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges  in  1912-13  that  there  were  about 
 300  survivors  of  the  tribe,  while  the  Salesians’  estimate  of  1909-1911 
 was  350  (Cojazzi,  16). 
 
 The  Onas  have  been  outrageously  treated  by  many  of  the  white 
 settlers,  herders,  and  gold  seekers  who  began  to  invade  their  terri¬ 
 tory  in  the  seventies  and  eighties  of  the  last  century.  Then,  too, 
 internal  feuds  have  brought  down  many  victims;  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges, 
 in  a  letter  dated  February  11,  1899,  and  quoted  by  Mr.  Young  (1900 
 ed.,  61 ;  1905  ed.,  66),  states  that  there  are  few  Ona  men  over  30  years 
 of  age  who  have  not  killed  one  of  their  own  people  in  revenge.  These 
 and  other  causes  have  more  than  decimated  this  interesting  tribe 
 (cf.  Gasperi). 
 
 They  have  been  almost  entirely  driven  from  the  northern  half  of 
 their  former  domain.  A  number  work  on  the  ranches  of  the  Bridges 
 brothers;  more  are  at  Rio  Grande,  Lake  Fagnano,  and  Dawson 
 Island  missions;  the  remainder  are  scattered  over  the  territory  south 
 of  the  Rio  Grande. 
 
 The  nearly  extinct  subtribe,  the  Manekenkn,  were  formerly  fairly 
 numerous,  to  judge  from  their  possession  of  a  distinct  dialect  and 
 from  the  accounts  of  Sr.  Lista,  Dr.  Segers,  and  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges, 
 as  well  as  from  those  of  the  earlier  explorers.  Mr.  Thomas  Bridges, 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 57 
 
 for  instance,  mentions  a  party  of  38  “  Eastern  Ona”  men  with  their 
 wives  and  children  (b,  Oct.  1,  1886,  218).  The  only  survivors  at 
 present  seem  to  be  the  woman  then  about  37  years  old  investigated 
 by  Prof.  Tonelli  (Cojazzi,  100)  and  a  family  ne/ir  Harberton.  This 
 family  consisted  of  an  old  man  who  was  a  halfbreed  Manekenkn- 
 Yahgan  (Skottsberg,  c,  308;  d,  615)  or  Manekenkn-Shilk’nam  (Leh- 
 mann-Nitsche,  d,  233),  and  his  two  daughters  (Skottsberg,  d ,  615; 
 Cojazzi,  100).  His  former  wife,  a  full-blooded  Manekenkn  (Leh- 
 mann-Nitsche,  d,  233;  Skottsberg,  c,  308)  had  died  before  Dr.  Skotts- 
 berg’s  visit  in  1908.  Prof.  Furlong  (Jc)  found,  also  in  1908,  an  old 
 Manekenkn  man  named  Pelota  at  Harberton,  apparently  the  same 
 one,  but  this  native  had  two  Yahgan  wives  and  one  halfbreed  son. 
 Prof.  Furlong  was  informed  in  1912  that  there  were  five  surviving 
 Manekenkn  ( k ). 
 
PAST  AND  FUTURE  OF  FUEGIAN  INVESTIGATIONS 
 Early  Writers  and  Explorers 
 
 The  second  of  the  following  lists  contains  the  names  of  the  leaders 
 of  expeditions  prior  to  1800  which  encountered  Fuegian  or  Chonoan 
 natives,  and  the  dates  at  which  encountered.  The  first  gives  the 
 names  of  the  early  writers  (exclusive  of  collections  of  voyages)  whose 
 works  contain  information  on  the  same  natives,  and  the  dates  when 
 written  or  published.  The  letters,  C,  A,  Y,  S,  M,  stand  for  the  respec¬ 
 tive  tribes,  Chonos,  Alacaluf,  Yahgans,  Slulk’nam,  Manekenkn, 
 probably  or  certainly  seen  or  described. 
 
 writers  to  1800 
 
 Oviedo,  1557,  A;  Gongora  Marmolejo,  1575,  Chilotans  (and  C); 
 Marino  de  Lovera,  Chilotans;  Acosta,  1590,  A;  Olaverria,  1594,  C. 
 
 Herrera,  1601-1615,  A;  Argensola,  1609,  A,  S;  Purchas,  1613;  Laet, 
 2d  ed.,  1630,  A,  Y,  S,  M;  Brouwer,  1646,  Chilotans  (and  C);  Ponce  de 
 Leon,  1644,  C;  Ovalle,  1646,  C;  Montanus,  1671;  Del  Techo,  1673,  C, 
 A?;  Rosales,  1674,  ca.,  C,  A. 
 
 Nyel,  1704,  M;  Rogers,  1726;  Labarbinais,  1728;  Pietas,  1729,  C; 
 Olivares,  1736,  C;  Lozano,  1754-55,  C;  Beranger,  1773,  C;  Falkner, 
 1774,  S«;  Molina,  1776,  1782,  1787,  C;  Alcedo,  1786-1789;  Ascasubi, 
 1789,  C;  Gonzalez  de  Agiieros,  1791,  C. 
 
 EXPLORERS  TO  1800 
 
 Magellan,  1520,  A  or  S;  Loaysa,  1526,  A;  Alcazaba,  1535,  A; 
 Ulloa,  1553-54,  C,  A;  Ladrillero,  1557-58,  A;  Cortes  Ilojea,  1557-58, 
 A;  Drake,  1578,  A;  Sarmiento,  1579-80,  A,  S;  Hernandez,  1581,  A; 
 Cavendish,  1st,  1587,  A;  Chidley-Wlieele,  1590,  A;  Cavendish,  2d, 
 1592,  A;  Hawkins,  1594,  A;  de  Weert-de  Cordes,  1599-1600,  A;  van 
 Noort,  1599-1600,  A. 
 
 Venegas-Ferrufino,  1609,  C;  Venegas-Estevan,  1612-13,  C;  van 
 Speilbergen,  1615,  A;  Nodals,  1619,  M;  L’Hermite,  1624,  Y,  (M?); 
 Montemayor,  1641,  C;  Brouwer,  1643;  Narbrough-Wood,  1670,  A; 
 Bart.  Gallardo,  1674-75,  C;  de  Vea,  1675-76,  C;  Sharp,  1681,  A;  La 
 Guilbaudiere,  1688  (-96),  A;  de  Gennes,  1696,  A;  Labat,  Du  Plessis, 
 Beauchesne  (Villefort),  1699,  A. 
 
 Labbe,  1711,  M;  Frezier’s  informants,  1712-13,  Y?;  d’Arquistade, 
 1715,  Y;  Clipperton,  1719,  A;  Anson,  1741,  C;  the  Wager's  crew 
 (Byron,  A.  Campbell,  Bulkeley  and  Cummins,  author  of  Affecting 
 Narrative,  etc.),  1741-42,  C,  A;  Byron  (and  anon,  author  of  “  Voyage, 
 
 59 
 
60 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 etc.”),  1764-65,  A;  Duclos-Guyot,  1765-66,  A;  Garcia,  1766-67, 
 C,  A?;  Wallis,  1767,  A;  Bougainville,  1768,  A;  Machado,  1768-69, 
 C;  Jas.  Cook,  1st  (Banks,  Parkinson,  author  of  Journal  of  .  .  . 
 Endeavor),  1769,  M;  Jas.  Cook,  2d,  (G.  Forster,  J.  R.  Forster),  1774, 
 M  and  Y  or  A;  Marin-Real,  1778-89,  C;  Menendez-Bargas,  1779-80, 
 C;  de  Cordoba,  1st,  1786,  A;  Moraleda,  1786-1788,  1792-1796,  C;  de 
 Cordoba,  2d,  1788-89,  A. 
 
 History  of  Investigation 
 
 The  name  that  stands  out  most  prominently  in  the  history  of 
 Fuegian  investigation  is  that  of  the  Rev.  Thomas  Bridges.  His 
 researches  were  confined  in  the  main  to  Yahgan  culture  and  language, 
 but  in  addition  he  became  sufficiently  familiar  with  the  other  two 
 Fuegian  peoples  to  establish  for  the  first  time  definitely  the  general 
 tribal  relations  in  the  Magellanic  archipelago. 
 
 YAIIGANS 
 
 From  1624  when  the  Yahgans  were  first  visited  by  L’Hcrmite  until 
 1858  when  the  first  group  of  Yahgans  came  to  Keppel  mission  in  the 
 Falklands  little  appreciable  progress  in  Yahgan  anthropology  was 
 made,  if  we  except  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  discovery  of  the  existence  of 
 two  distinct  languages  in  the  southern  Fuegian  archipelago.  The 
 Yahgans  were  visited  successively  by  d’Arquistade  in  1715,  by  Wed¬ 
 dell  in  1823-24,  by  the  Beagle  expeditions  in  1829-32,  by  the  Wilkes 
 and  Ross  expeditions  in  1839  and  1842,  respectively,  and  by  Capt. 
 Snow  and  other  English  missionaries  in  the  fifties. 
 
 The  modern  study  of  the  Yahgans  and  their  language  really  begins 
 with  the  arrival  of  the  missionary  party  under  the  Rev.  Mr.  Despard 
 at  Cinco-Mai  Harbor,  Navarin  Island,  in  the  spring  of  1857  (Despard, 
 b,  718).  By  the  end  of  1858  he  had  gathered  nearly  1,000  Yahgan 
 words,  and  in  1863  published  a  few  notes  on  Yahgan  grammar. 
 
 But,  if  the  Rev.  Mr.  Despard  was  the  pioneer  in  the  field  of  Yahgan 
 linguistics,  it  is  to  the  genius  and  labors  of  a  successor,  the  Rev. 
 Thomas  Bridges,  that  we  are  indebted  for  most  of  what  we  know  of 
 the  Yahgan  tongue.  His  remarkable  studies,  begun  in  the  late 
 fifties  or  early  sixties,  culminated  in  the  compilation  of  his  large  dic¬ 
 tionary  completed  in  1879,  the  translation  of  his  three  New  Testament 
 books  in  1881-1886,  and  the  publication  of  his  larger  grammar  in 
 1893.  Other  papers  from  his  pen  treated  nearly  the  whole  field  of 
 Yahgan  culture. 
 
 The  more  important  new  results  of  the  Italo-Argentinian  expedition 
 in  1882  and  the  French  Cape  Horn  expedition  in  1882-83,  with  the 
 subsequent  studies  by  Drs.  Hyades  and  Deniker,  Mantegazza  and 
 Regalia,  and  Sergi,  were  in  the  field  of  somatology. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 61 
 
 These  practically  closed  the  cycle  of  Yahgan  studies.  Since  then 
 no  important  new  developments  have  taken  place.  All  three  depart¬ 
 ments  of  Yahgan  anthropology  are  as  well  known  as  we  could  reason¬ 
 ably  expect,  although  there  is  of  course  probably  a  good  deal  that 
 may  yet  be  discovered  about  this  passing  race. 
 
 ALACALUF 
 
 The  fires  seen  by  Magellan’s  expedition  in  1520  were  from  Onan 
 or  Alacalufan  camps,  but  the  Alacaluf  themselves  were  first  observed 
 not  until  six  years  later  by  the  Loaysa  expedition,  nearly  a  century 
 prior  to  the  first  discovery  of  the  Yahgans. 
 
 The  first  detailed  accounts  of  the  Patagonian  channel  Alacaluf, 
 brief  though  these  accounts  are,  are  contained  in  the  narratives  of 
 Ladrillero’s  and  Cortes  Hojea’s  expedition  in  1557-58.  A  few  new 
 data  came  to  light  around  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century 
 subsequent  to  the  shipwreck  of  the  Wager  and  to  Father  Garcia’s 
 missionary  journey  to  the  Guaianecos  Islands.  Some  70  years  after 
 the  Garcia  expedition,  the  results  of  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  studies  were 
 published. 
 
 In  the  field  of  culture  little  has  been  added  to  our  knowledge  since 
 the  days  of  Admiral  Fitz-Roy,  although  excellent  original  accounts 
 have  been  published  following  Dr.  Coppinger’s  investigations  in 
 1879-80  and  Dr.  Skottsberg’s  recent  expedition  in  1908. 
 
 All  of  the  above  accounts  are,  based  on  casual  meetings  or  on 
 series  of  such  meetings.  A  thorough  detailed  study  of  these  people, 
 based  on  extensive  investigation  covering  a  period  of  at  least  a  year, 
 is  a  great  desideratum. 
 
 Some  scores  of  explorers  and  travelers  have  personally  observed 
 and  described  the  Alacaluf  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan,  but  hardly  more 
 than  casually.  An  exhaustive  study  of  them  by  investigators  cog¬ 
 nizant  of  their  language  and  living  among  them  in  their  native  chan¬ 
 nels  has  yet  to  be  made. 
 
 The  accounts  of  Drake’s  expedition  in  1578,  of  de  Weert’s,  de 
 Cordes’,  and  van  Noort’s  in  1599-1600,  and  of  Beauchesne’s  in  1698 
 furnish  some  data  on  the  more  obvious  phases  of  culture,  and  to 
 La  Guilbaudiere  (1688-1696)  we  are  indebted  for  the  earliest  vocabu¬ 
 lary.  Between  1764  and  1768  the  Alacaluf  of  the  Strait  were  studied 
 successively  by  B}rron,  Duclos-Guyot,  Wallis  and  Bougainville,  and 
 in  1786  and  1788-89  by  de  Cordoba.  The  most  satisfactory  of  all 
 the  older  accounts  of  the  Alacaluf  are  those  of  Bougainville,  Duclos- 
 Guyot,  and  especially  of  de  Cordoba.1 
 
 Further  studies  were  made  by  the  Beagle  expeditions  in  1826-1832 
 by  Dr.  Coppinger  in  1879-80  and  by  a  number  of  later  explorers. 
 
 1  See,  however,  Vargas  Ponce’s  original  narratives  rather  than  the  translations 
 
[BULL.  63 
 
 G2  BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 Alacalufan  cultural  anthropology  is,  however,  in  about  the  same  con¬ 
 dition  it  was  in  just  after  the  Fitz-Roy  expeditions.  It  may  he  added 
 that  only  the  material  culture  of  the  Alacaluf  has  been  at  all  ade¬ 
 quately  studied. 
 
 Much  more  has  been  done  in  the  department  of  somatology.  A 
 considerable  literature  sprang  up  as  a  direct  result  of  the  exhibition 
 of  the  Hagenbeck  troupe  in  Europe.  Most  of  the  available  Alaca¬ 
 lufan  material  is  summed  up  in  Dr.  R.  Martin’s  monograph  published 
 in  1893. 
 
 There  are  extant  some  seventeen  vocabularies  of  the  Alacalufan 
 tongue,  beginning  with  La  Guilbaudiere’s  of  between  1688  and  1696 
 and  ending  with  Dr.  Skottsberg’s  of  1908.  The  largest  published 
 vocabulary,  Father  Borgatello’s,  contains  less  than  600  words,  while 
 10  of  the  lists  contain  only  50  or  less  words.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges’ 
 1,200-word  vocabulary  has  never  been  published.  Of  Alacalufan 
 grammar  we  have  no  details  at  all. 
 
 CHONOS 
 
 The  Chonos  were  first  encountered  by  the  LTloa  expedition  in  1553 
 and  first  described  by  Goicueta,  the.  chronicler  of  the  Cortes  Hojea 
 expedition  of  1557-58.  Further  accounts  begin  in  1609-1613  with 
 the  advent  of  the  Jesuit  missionaries  to  Chiloe  and  the  Guaitecas 
 Islands — accounts  chiefly  accessible  in  the  writings  of  Fathers  Del 
 Techo,  Rosales,  Lozano,  and  Olivares.  In  the  next  century  some 
 few  further  details  came  to  light  as  a  result  of  the  Wager’s  shipwreck 
 in  1741  and  Father  Garcia’s  expedition  in  1766-67.  Since  this  last 
 date  the  history  of  Chonoan  investigation  has  been  practically  a 
 blank. 
 
 Much  less  is  known  of  the  Chonos  than  of  the  Alacaluf.  Of  even 
 their  material  culture  only  meager  details  have  come  down  to  us,  and 
 of  their  language  not  one  word.  A  little  more  is  known  of  their 
 somatology,  thanks  to  the  discovery  of  a  few  skulls,  chiefly  of  Guaite¬ 
 cas  Islanders. 
 
 ONAS 
 
 To  Sarmiento  (244-246;  An.  hidr.,  vn,  519-520)  belongs  the  honor 
 of  having  first  discovered  the  Onas  in  1580,  the  name  Gente  Grande 
 Bay  remaining  to  this  day  as  a  reminder  of  the  event.  Forty  years 
 later,  in  1619,  the  Nodals  saw  the  Onas,  not  unlikely  of  the  Mane- 
 kenkn  subtribe,  at  Good  Success  Bay.  The  accounts,  however,  of 
 both  Sarmiento  and  the  Nodals,  as  well  as  those  of  later  observers, 
 one  of  LTIermite’s  officers  perhaps  in  1624,  Father  Labbe  in  1711, 
 and  the  members  of  the  first  and  second  Cook  expeditions  in  1769  and 
 1774,  give  very  meager  details,  chiefly  on  physical  appearance  and 
 material  culture. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 63 
 
 Several  other  voyagers  saw  the  Good  Success  Bay  natives  in  the 
 early  nineteenth  century,  hut  the  real  history  of  Ona  investigation 
 began  only  in  1775  when  the  Rev.  Thomas  Bridges  first  encountered 
 the  Onas  on  a  visit  to  Good  Success  Bay.  Expeditions  to  the  inte¬ 
 rior  of  the  island  under  M.  Pertuiset  in  1873-74,  Sr.  Serrano  Montaner 
 in  1879,  and  later  under  Capt.  Bove  developed  little  new  information. 
 
 The  modern  period  in  the  study  of  the  Onas  began  in  earnest 
 with  the  linguistic  studies  of  Mr.  Thomas  Bridges  in  1875  (b,  Mar.  1, 
 1876,  60)  and  his  removal  to  Harberton  in  1886,  with  the  expedition 
 under  Sr.  Lista  in  1886-87,  with  Dr.  Segers’  further  studies  embodied 
 in  his  important  1891  article,  and  with  the  founding  of  the  Salesian 
 missions  among  the  Onas  in  1892. 
 
 Since  the  opening  of  the  present  century  great  progress  has  been 
 made  in  the  fields  of  Ona  culture  and  language,  thanks  above  all  to 
 the  sons  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges,  to  the  Salesian  fathers,  especially 
 Father  Beauvoir,  to  the  Argentinian  scientists,  particularly  Drs. 
 Gallardo  and  Lehmann-Nitsche,  and  to  Prof.  Furlong. 
 
 The  Bridges  brothers’  intimate  knowledge  of  Ona  culture  and 
 language  has  been  extensively  drawn  upon  by  nearly  all  recent  in¬ 
 vestigators,  while  for  other  important  contributions,  above  all  to  Ona 
 linguistics  and  folklore,  we  are  indebted  to  the  Salesian  missionaries. 
 
 Ona  culture  has  been  almost  exhaustively  treated  by  Dr.  Gallardo, 
 while  extensive  vocabularies  have  been  compiled  by  Mr.  Lucas 
 Bridges  and  Father  Beauvoir.  In  the  department  of  Ona  grammar 
 very  little  has  been  published. 
 
 Ona  somatology  lags  behind  markedly.  A  good  beginning  has 
 been  made,  however,  especially  by  Drs.  Plidtkrantz,  Hrdlicka,  and 
 Outes. 
 
 From  all  the  foregoing  it  is  seen  that  the  Yahgans  alone  of  the 
 Fuegian  peoples  have  been  investigated  with  anything  approaching 
 thoroughness.  Ona  culture  and  Alacalufan  material  culture  are  well 
 enough  known,  Chonoan  culture  very  slightly.  Of  the  Chonoan 
 language  we  possess  not  one  word,  of  the  Alacalufan  we  have  about 
 six  hundred  words,  and  of  the  Onan  several  thousand.  A  beginning 
 has  been  made  in  the  study  of  Ona  grammar,  but  so  far  no  details 
 at  all  are  accessible  on  Choi^an  or  Alacalufan  grammar.  Alacalufan 
 somatology  has  been  fairly  well  studied,  Onan  and  Chonoan  quite 
 inadequately. 
 
 The  Future  of  Fuegian  and  Chonoan  Investigation 
 
 How  can  the  lacunse  be  filled  ?  The  acquisition  of  further  material 
 on  the  Onas  should  be  comparatively  easy.  We  may  expect  detailed 
 information  on  Ona  grammar  from  the  Salesians  and  particularly 
 from  the  Bridges  brothers.  Brother  Xikora’s  catechism  or  prayer 
 book  should  give  some  clue  to  Alacalufan  morphology,  and  perhaps 
 
64 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 we  may  hope  for  a  grammatical  outline  from  him.  Further  studies, 
 too,  among  the  Alacaluf  by  the  Salesians  may  throw  more  light  on 
 this  tribe’s  social,  moral,  and  religious  culture. 
 
 Our  chief  hope  for  definite  information  on  the  perhaps  extinct 
 Chonos  would  seem  to  lie  in  the  recovery  of  Fathers  Ferrufino’s  and 
 Este van’s  manuscripts.  Then,  too,  it  is  quite  possible  that  some  de¬ 
 scendants  of  the  Lincoman  family  seen  by  Capt.  E.  Simpson  in  the 
 Guaitecas  Islands  40  years  ago  may  still  be  living 'there  or  elsewhere. 
 Finally,  linguistic  investigation  among  the  modern  Gulf  of  Penas 
 natives  may  clear  up  Chonoan  linguistic  relations;  some  descendants 
 of  the  true  Chonos  might  be  there,  for  even  as  late  as  the  second  half 
 of  the  eighteenth  century  Chonos  were  encountered  in  the  Guaianecos 
 Islands  in  fairly  good  numbers  by  Father  Garcia. 
 
 At  any  rate  the  Gulf  of  Penas  region  and  the  channels  to  the  south 
 of  it  are  the  territory  most  in  need  of  investigation — investigation,  as 
 Dr.  Skottsberg  suggests,  extending  over  at  least  a  year. 
 
 Three  other  desiderata  call  for  special  mention:  (1)  There  is  needed 
 a  thorough  comparative  study  of  Araucanian  and  Yahgan  grammar. 
 The  raw  material  is  easily  accessible.  Dr.  Darapsky  made  a  begin¬ 
 ning  in  this  line,  but  the  clues  he  discovered  should  be  followed  up 
 and  either  confirmed  or  proven  valueless.  (2)  More  exhaustive 
 studies  of  the  kinship  and  marriage  relations,  of  the  mythology  and 
 religion  of  all  the  Fuegian  peoples  are  needed.  Except  to  some  ex¬ 
 tent  in  Ona  mythology  and  folklore  very  little  has  been  accomplished 
 in  these  difficult  fields  of  research.  The  considerable  mass  of  de¬ 
 tached  data  on  Fuegian  religious  and  quasi-religious  culture  suggests 
 strongly  that  we  have  by  no  means  gotten  to  the  bottom  of  Fuegian 
 religion.  Perhaps,  too,  a  better  knowledge  of  the  initiation  rites  may 
 throw  a  greater  light  on  this  obscure  subject  than  we  now  have. 
 (3)  Excavations  among  the  abundant  kitchen  middens  from  Eliz¬ 
 abeth  Island  and  the  Straits  of  Lemaire  to  the  Chonos  Archipelago 
 would  undoubtedly  give  us  a  clearer  vision  of  the  past  of  the  Fuegian 
 and  Chonoan  peoples.  Apart  from  the  investigations  in  this  field 
 by  Drs.  Lovisato  and  Coppinger  and  by  Prof.  Furlong  almost  noth¬ 
 ing  has  been  done.  A  kindred  line  of  research  would  be  the  investi¬ 
 gation  and  excavation  of  caves  and  grottos,  which  are  or  were  used 
 by  the  Alacaluf  and  Chonos  as  burial  places. 
 
BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY  BULLETIN  63  PLATE  I 
 
AUTHOR  BIBLIOGRAPHY 
 
 Prefatory  Notes 
 
 The  bibliography  includes  the  sources  for  the  study  of  the  On  as, 
 Yahgans,  Alacaluf,  and  Chonos.  Those  for  the  Tehuelches  might 
 have  been  included,  but  to  have  done  so  would  have  earned  the 
 writer  too  far  afield. 
 
 Throughout  anthropological  and  kindred  literature  occur  hundreds 
 of  brief  second-hand  notes  on  the  Fuegians.  The  bulk  of  these 
 references  were  too  unimportant  to  justify  their  inclusion  in  the 
 present  bibliography.  But  all  first-hand  sources,  however  brief  and 
 unimportant,  that  have  come  to  the  writer’s  attention,  have  been 
 included,  as  have  also  those  second-hand  sources  which  sum  up  a 
 considerable  portion  of  the  field  or  else  throw  some  light  on  Fuegian 
 and  Chonoan  anthropology  by  discussion  or  suggestion. 
 
 Where  the  writer  has  been  unable  to  consult  and  review  personally 
 any  article  or  book,  he  has  stated  the  bibliography  or  other  source 
 whence  the  title  has  been  taken,  together  with  what  dependable  data 
 regarding  the  reference  he  could  gather. 
 
 The  great  majority  of  first-hand  observers  have  had  at  most  a  few 
 hours  of  contact  with  the  natives  while  en  route  through  the  archi¬ 
 pelago.  Such  accounts  have  been  characterized  as  based  on  “casual 
 meetings.”  They  are  chiefly  of  value  for  material  culture. 
 
 The  name  “Channel  Alacaluf”  or  “Channel  Indians”  has  been 
 used  to  denote  the  canoe-using  Indians  of  the  West  Patagonian  chan¬ 
 nels  between  the  western  mouth  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan  and  the 
 Gulf  of  Penas. 
 
 The  present  bibliography  being  intended  as  a  practical  or  working 
 guide,  some  of  the  data  usually  given  in  a  technical  bibliography 
 have  been  omitted. 
 
 From  the  enormous  mass  of  literature  dealing  with  the  history  of 
 early  exploration  in  the  Magellanic  archipelago,  those  narratives, 
 editions,  and  translations — originals  preferred  where  accessible — have 
 been  included  which  would  be  more  readily  available  to  the  student 
 with  ordinary  library  facilities.  No  attempt  has  been  made  to 
 exhaust  this  field.  Further  data  regarding  editions  and  translations 
 can  be  found  in  bibliographical  works  like  those  of  Tiele,  Sabin,  and 
 Medina.  Those  early  narratives,  like  LeMaire’s,  for  instance,  which, 
 however  important  to  the  geographer  or  historian,  contain  no  infor¬ 
 mation  on  the  natives,  have  been  omitted. 
 
 65 
 
66 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 r  BULL.  63 
 
 In  many  cases  the  later  editions  or  the  translations  of  original 
 narratives  have  been  abridged.  Where  this  abridgment  has  involved 
 an  abbreviation  of  the  Fuegian  anthropological  material,  the  fact  is 
 usually  noted;  but  in  most  of  the  abridgments  and  abstracts  the 
 anthropological  data  are  given  either  in  full  or  with  only  slight 
 omissions. 
 
 It  is  perhaps  superfluous  to  state  that  works  have  been  classed  as 
 * ‘ important ”  or  “unimportant”  purely  from  the  viewpoint  of  the 
 student  of  Fuegian  anthropology. 
 
 A  word  regarding  maps:  A  good  map  of  the  whole  district  is  indis¬ 
 pensable.  The  present  writer  has  used  the  following  four  charts 
 obtained  from  the  United  States  Hydrographic  Office,  Washington, 
 D.  C. :  No.  1315,  Coast  of  Chile,  Valdivia  to  Cape  Tres  Montes,  June, 
 1892;  no.  2243,  Coast  of  Chile,  Gulf  of  Penas  to  Magellan  Strait, 
 Sept.,  1905;  no.  454,  South  extreme  of  South  America  from  Cape 
 Horn  to  the  Magellan  Strait,  sheet  II,  Western  part,  1873;  no.  453, 
 ditto,  sheet  I,  Eastern  part,  1873.  Except  for  the  interior  and  east 
 coast  of  Tierra  del  Fuego  Island,  these  maps  meet  all  requirements 
 of  anthropological  study  for  the  territory  covered. 
 
 Aa,  Pieter  van  der,  ed. 
 
 Naaukeurige  versamelung  der  ge- 
 denk-waardigste  zee  en  land-reysen  na 
 Oost  en  West-Indien,  28  vols.,  Leyden, 
 1707  [1706-];  8  vols.,  ibid.,  1727  [1706- 
 1727]. 
 
 Contains  (vol.  xvm;  2d  ed.,  vol.  v)  Pretty’s 
 account  of  Drake’s  voyage,  and  (vol.  xx;  2d  ed., 
 vol.  v)  Pretty’s  and  Knivet’s  narratives  of 
 Cavendish’s  voyages. 
 
 Acosta,  Jos€  de 
 
 Historia  natvral  y  moral  de  las 
 Indias,  Seuilla,  1590;  Ital.  tr.,  Venice, 
 1596;  Fr.  tr.,  Paris,  1598;  Dutch  tr.,  2d 
 ed.,  Amsterdam,  1624;  Engl,  tr.,  Lon¬ 
 don,  1604;  Hakl.  eoc.,  vols.  lx-lxi, 
 London,  1880. 
 
 Contains  (bk.  3,  ch.  13)  very  brief  remarks  on 
 the  natives  inhabiting  the  northern  and  southern 
 shores  of  the  Strait;  not  important. 
 
 Adam,  Quirin  Frangois  Lucien 
 
 Grammaire  de  la  langue  jagane.  (In 
 Revue  de  linguistique  et  de  philologie 
 comparee ,  Paris,  1884;  xvn,  295-322, 
 1885;  xviii,  10-26,  160-173;  reprint, 
 ibid.,  1885.) 
 
 An  important  treatise  on  Yahgan  grammar, 
 fuller  than  Dr.  Garbe’s  study;  based  on  Dr. 
 Garbe’s  work  and  on  the  Rev.  Thomas  Bridges’ 
 Yahgan  translation  of  the  Gospel  of  St.  Luke. 
 
 Adelung,  Johann  Christoph  and  Vater, 
 Johann  Severin 
 
 Mithridates,  oder  allgemeine  Sprach- 
 enkunde,  4  vols.,  Berlin,  1806-1817. 
 
 Contains  (3.  Th.,  2.  Abt.,  pp.  391-3)  an  unim¬ 
 portant  brief  description  of  the  Fuegians,  based 
 chiefly  on  Laet,  Hervds,  and  J.  R.  Forster. 
 
 Affecting  narrative  of  the  unfortunate  voy¬ 
 age  and  catastrophe  of  His  Majesty’s 
 ship  Wager,  London,  1751 
 
 Contains  (especially  pp.  30-31,  45-46,  96-97) 
 some  of  the  same  data  on  the  Chonos  and  Fue¬ 
 gians  that  Bulkeley  and  Cummins  give. 
 
 Agueros 
 
 See  Gonz&lez  de  Agueros. 
 
 Alcazaba,  Simon  de.  1535 
 
 See  Juan  de  Mori,  de  Brosses. 
 
 Alcedo,  Antonio  de 
 
 Diccionario  geografico-historico  de  las 
 Indias  occidentales  6  America,  5  vols., 
 Madrid,  1786-1789;  Engl,  tr.,  5  vols., 
 London,  1812-1815. 
 
 Short,  unimportant,  and  not  very  reliable 
 account  of  Fuegians  under  “Fuego,  Tierra  del” 
 (ii,  168-71;  tr.,  ii,  121). 
 
 Alvarez,  J.  S. 
 
 En  el  mar  austral,  Buenos  Aires. 
 (Reference  from  Dabbene.) 
 
COO  PE  It] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 67 
 
 Andersson,  Johan  Gunnar,  Nordenskjold, 
 Otto  and  others 
 
 Antarctica:  or  Two  years  amongst  the 
 ice  of  the  south  pole,  London-New 
 York,  1905. 
 
 Chapters  4  and  5  of  part  2  (pp.  366-91),  from 
 the  pen  of  Dr.  Andersson,  contain  passim  a  good 
 deal  of  valuable  material  on  some  phases  of  the 
 psychical  culture  of  the  Onas,  among  whom  he 
 spent  more  than  a  month  in  Sept.-Oct.,  1902. 
 The  author  made  a  journey  afoot  with  Ona 
 guides  from  Harberton  to  Lake  Fagnano  and 
 return. 
 
 Andree,  Richard 
 
 Die  Anthropopliagie,  Leipzig,  1887. 
 
 On  p.  90  are  given  the  views  of  Fitz-Roy, 
 Darwin,  Snow,  Marguin,  and  Hyades  on  the 
 question  of  Fuegian  cannibalism. 
 
 Angelis,  Pedro  de,  ed. 
 
 Coleccion  de  obras  y  documentos 
 relativos  a  la  historia  antigua  y  moderna 
 de  las  provincias  del  Rio  de  la  Plata, 
 6  vols.,  Buenos  Aires,  1836-37. 
 
 Vol.  1  contains  a  Spanish  translation  of 
 Falkner’s  Description  of  Patagonia. 
 
 Anrique  R.,  Nicolas  and  Silva  A.,  L. 
 Ignacio 
 
 Ensayo  de  una  bibliografia  historica  y 
 jeografica  de  Chile,  Santiago  de  Chile, 
 1902. 
 
 Contains  2,561  titles  of  books  and  articles,  of 
 which  a  good  proportion  are  of  anthropological 
 interest,  in  the  chief  modern  languages;  annota¬ 
 tions  or  criticisms  are  exceptional.  There  are 
 some  inaccuracies,  but  relatively  few,  consider¬ 
 ing  the  short  time,  only  66  days,  at  the  disposal 
 of  the  compilers.  The  list  includes  many  refer¬ 
 ences  not  found  in  other  bibliographies  of  Chile. 
 
 Anson,  George,  Lord.  1741 
 See  Richard  Walter,  Pascoe  Thomas. 
 
 Anuario  de  la  prensa  chilena,  publicado 
 por  la  Biblioteca  nacional,  Santiago 
 de  Chile,  annually  since  1886. 
 
 Gives  lists  of  the  books  deposited  in  the  library 
 under  the  law  of  1872,  and  from  1891  includes 
 books  by  Chilean  authors  or  relating  to  Chile 
 published  in  other  countries.  Not  annotated. 
 
 Anuario  hidrogr&fico  de  la  marina  de 
 Chile,  Santiago-Valparaiso,  1875— 
 1912,  vols.  i-xxviii. 
 
 Contains  the  following  early  and  modem 
 original  narratives  or  translations  thereof  bearing 
 on  Fuegian  and  Chonoan  anthropology:  E. 
 Simpson,  Juliet,  1875,  vol.  i;  Goicueta,  Ulloa, 
 Ibar  S.,  J.  M.  Simpson  and  Chaigneau,  a,  1879, 
 vol.  v;  Ulloa,  Pretty,  a,  tr.,  Ladrillero,  J.  M. 
 Simpson  and  Chaigneau,  6,  Serrano  M.,  a,  1880, 
 
 Anuario  hidrografico — Continued 
 
 vol.  vi;  Mori,  Sarmiento,  1881,  vol.  vn;  B.  Gal¬ 
 lardo,  de  Vea,  Serrano  M.,  6,  Hyades,  g,  tr.,  1886, 
 vol.  xi;  Moraleda,  1887-8,  vols.  xn-xm;  Machado, 
 Garcia,  a,  d’Arquistade,  tr.,  Martial,  tr.,  1889, 
 vol.  xrv;  Brouwer,  tr.,  1892,  vol.  xvi;  Gajardo, 
 1905,  vol.  xxv ;  Pacheco,  a,  1907,  vol.  xxvi; 
 Whiteside,  1912,  vol.  xxvn;  Morales,  Pacheco, 
 6,  1912,  vol.  xxvm. 
 
 A  great  deal  of  the  above  material  is  not 
 available  elsewhere.  The  Anuario  also  contains 
 passim  many  valuable  maps,  and  considerable 
 first-hand  information  on  fauna,  flora,  climate, 
 geology,  and  geography. 
 
 Arctowski,  Henryk 
 
 Voyage  d’ exploration  dans  la  region 
 des  canaux  de  la  Terre  de  Feu.  (In 
 Bull.  Soc.  roy.  beige  de  g'eogr.,  Bruxelles, 
 1901,  xxv,  33-62;  reprint,  ibid.,  1902.) 
 
 Dr.  Arctowski  spent  a  little  more  than  a 
 month  in  Fuegia  in  1897-98  as  geologist  and  me¬ 
 teorologist  of  the  Belgica  expedition,  1897-1899. 
 His  article  is  chiefly  of  value  for  the  Ona  vocabu¬ 
 lary  (pp.  61-62)  of  139  words,  phrases,  and  sen¬ 
 tences,  gathered  at  Dawson  Island  with  the  aid 
 of  one  of  the  Salesian  missionaries  from  a  young 
 Ona  boy  who  understood  Spanish,  and  who  had 
 been  to  Europe. 
 
 Argensola,  Bartolome  Leonardo  de 
 
 Conqvista  de  las  islas  Malvcas,  Ma¬ 
 drid,  1609;  Fr.  tr.,  3  vols.,  Amsterdam, 
 1706;  Engl.  tr.  in  Stevens,  vol.  i;  nar¬ 
 rative  of  Sarmiento’s  voyage  quoted  in 
 full  in  Iriarte’s  ed.  of  orig.  jour.,  pp. 
 xxxix-lviii,  and  summarized  in  de 
 Brosses,  i,  199-219,  and  in  Laet,  bk.  12, 
 Lat.  and  Fr.  tr.,  bk.  13. 
 
 Argensola  gives  (bk.  3,  pp.  109-26)  a  long 
 account  of  Sarmiento’s  voyage  in  1579-80.  This 
 abstract  contains  approximately  the  same  an¬ 
 thropological  data  as  does  the  original  journal, 
 but  toward  the  end  relates  a  few  fabulous  details 
 not  found  in  the  latter. 
 
 Arquistade,  Joapchin  d’ 
 
 Breve  et  demontree  relation  de  la 
 nouvelle  decouverte  d’un  grand  en- 
 foncement  ou  baye  en  la  coste  occi- 
 dentale  de  la  Terre-de-Feu  .  .  .  vo¬ 
 yage  aus  annees  1714,  15,  16  et  17  .  .  . 
 navire  le  Sainct-Frangois  .  .  .  (In 
 
 Martial,  Mission  du  cap  Horn,  i,  266-269 ; 
 extr.  in  Hyades,  l,  pp.  723-725;  Span.  tr. 
 in  An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile,  Santiago,  1889, 
 xiv,  534-537.) 
 
 Next  to  L’Hermite’s,  the  earliest  account  we 
 possess  of  the  Yahgans.  D’Arquistade’s  brief 
 description  of  their  customs  and  material  culture 
 is  based  on  personal  observation  during  one  day 
 spent  with  the  natives  at  Orange  Bay  in  1715. 
 
68 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Ascasubi,  Miguel 
 
 Informe  cronologico  de  las  misiones 
 del  reino  de  Chile  hasta  1789.  (In  Gay, 
 Documentos,  i,  300-400.) 
 
 Contains  on  pp.  315-316  a  few  notes  on  the 
 history  of  the  mission  Chonos. 
 
 Aspinall,  Edward  C. 
 
 Conferencia  dada  en  la  Sociedad  cien- 
 tifica  alemana  de  Santiago  de  Chile 
 sobre  los  aborigenes  de  la  Tierra  del 
 Fuego.  (Reference  from  Dabbene, 
 who  adds  that  it  was  published  in  the 
 society’s  Ancdes;  I  can  not  find  it  in  the 
 Verhandlungen . ) 
 
 This  lecture  was  given  July  25,  1888,  by  the 
 Rev.  Mr.  Aspinall  after  eighteen  months’  resi¬ 
 dence  among  the  Yahgans  as  successor  to  the 
 Rev.  Thomas  Bridges.  A  summary  of  the 
 lecture  by  Dy  (q.  v.),  was  published  in  Globus, 
 vol.  LV. 
 
 Mr.  Aspinall  also  contributed  various  letters 
 of  minor  anthropological  interest  to  the  South 
 American  missionary  magazine  from  1886  on. 
 
 [Avebury,  Lord]  Sir  John  Lubbock 
 
 Prehistoric  times,  7th  ed.,  “thor¬ 
 oughly  revised,”  New  York-London, 
 1913. 
 
 .Contains  descriptions  of  the  Fuegians,  pp. 
 531-537, 242-243,  and  notes  passim.  Based  on  the 
 older  sources,  as  Hawkesworth,  Callander’s  tr. 
 of  de  Brosses,  Byron’s  Loss  of  Wager,  Fitz-Roy, 
 a,  Darwin,  a,  Weddell,  Voice  of  Pity.  The 
 Fuegian  sections  seem  to  have  passed  unscathed 
 through  the  “thorough  revision.” 
 
 Bahnson,  Kristian 
 
 Etnografien  fremstillet  i  dens  lioved- 
 traek,  2  vols.,  Kjobenhavn,  1900. 
 
 Contains  (i,  539-548)  a  rather  lengthy  account 
 of  the  Fuegians;  2  photographs  of  Fuegian  types; 
 2  woodcuts,  illustrating  material  culture. 
 
 Ball,  John 
 
 Notes  of  a  naturalist  in  South  Amer¬ 
 ica,  London,  1887. 
 
 Dr.  Ball  states  (p.  242)  that  he  saw  no  Fue¬ 
 gians  at  all  on  his  trip.  His  book  contains  only 
 a  paragraph  on  the  natives  (pp.  260-261).  He 
 was  told  (p.  261)  by  Dr.  Fenton,  an  old  resident 
 of  Punta  Arenas,  that  it  seems  a  wellattested  fact 
 that  the  Canoe  Indians  when  in  danger  from  a 
 rough  sea  throw  an  infant  overboard.  This 
 statement,  however,  needs  confirmation  (cf. 
 Subject  Bibliography,  p.  153). 
 
 Bancarel,  Fr. 
 
 Collection  abregee  des  voyages  an- 
 ciens  et  modernes  autour  du  monde,  12 
 vols.,  Paris,  1808-9. 
 
 Contains  abstracts  of  the  following  voyages: 
 Drake’s  (World  encompassed),  Cavendish’s 
 (from  Pretty),  van  Noort’s,  van  Speilbergen’s, 
 
 Bancarel,  Fr. — Continued 
 
 L’Hermite’s,  Clipperton’s,  vol.  ii;  Wallis’,  vol. 
 iv.  The  Fuegian  anthropological  data  are  given 
 verbatim  in  the  following  voyages:  Byron’s,  vol. 
 vi;  Bougainville’s,  vol.  vn;  Cook’s  first,  vol.  vm; 
 Cook’s  second,  vol.  ix. 
 
 Banks,  Joseph 
 
 Journal  of  the  Right  Honourable  Sir 
 Joseph  Banks  during  Captain  Cook’s 
 first  voyage  in  II .  M.  S.  Endeavor  in 
 1768-71,  ed.  by  Sir  Joseph  D.  Hooker, 
 London,  1896.  Cf.  Hawkesworth. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  49-50,  55-56,  58-61)  the  best 
 description  that  has  come  down  to  us  of  the  Onas, 
 very  probably  Manekenkn,  met  by  Capt.  Cook’s 
 first  expedition  in  Jan.,  1769,  at  Good  Success 
 Bay.  On  p.  60  two  words  lialleca,  “beads,”  and 
 ooudci,  “water.”  The  latter  seems  to  be  Mane- 
 kenkn  rather  than  Shilk’nam. 
 
 Barclay,  William  S. 
 
 (а)  The  land  of  Magellanes,  with 
 some  account  of  the  Ona  and  other 
 Indians.  (In  Geogr.  jour.,  London, 
 Jan.,  .1904,  xxm,  no.  1,  pp.  62-79.) 
 
 Contains  a  quite  long  and  detailed  accoimt  of 
 nearly  all  phases  of  Ona  culture  (pp.  68-79),  to¬ 
 gether  with  a  few  brief  notes  on  the  Yahgans  and 
 Alacaluf  (pp.  63-66). 
 
 (б)  Life  in  Tierra  del  Fuego.  (In 
 Nineteenth  century  and  after,  London, 
 Jan.-June,  1904,  lv,  97-106.) 
 
 Covers  nearly  the  same  ground  as  the  preced¬ 
 ing  article  but  somewhat  less  fully. 
 
 (c)  At  the  world’s  end,  being  an 
 account  of  the  now  almost  extinct 
 Canoe-dwellers  and  other  tribes  of 
 Tierra  del  Fuego.  (In  Supplement  to 
 Illustrated  London  news,  Jan.  30,  1904, 
 cxxiv,  pp.  i-iv.) 
 
 Covers  the  same  ground  as  the  preceding  arti¬ 
 cles,  lacking,  however,  some  details;  contains  an 
 Ona  legend  and  a  few  notes  on  the  Yahgans,  not 
 fotmd  in  (a)  and  (6);  also  several  excellent  photo¬ 
 graphs  and  sketches. 
 
 The  foregoing  articles  are  important  contribu¬ 
 tions  to  our  knowledge  of  the  Onas.  They  are 
 
 .  based  on  somewhat  limited  personal  observation 
 during  a  visit  to  eastern  Fuegia  from  Jan.  25  to 
 the  end  of  Feb.,  1902,  but  chiefly  (according  to 
 Dr.  Dabbene,  a,  p.  78,  who  traveled  with  Mr. 
 Barclay)  on  information  furnished  by  Mr.  Lucas 
 Bridges  (q.  v.). 
 
 Bargas,  Ignacio.  1779-80 
 
 See  Francisco  Menendez. 
 
 Barmon,  de 
 
 Esquisse  d’un  voyage  au  detroit  de 
 Magellan.  (In  Soc.  imper.  acad.  de 
 Cherbourg ,  seance  4  juil.,  1862.)  (Ref¬ 
 erence  from  Anrique,  p.  393.) 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 69 
 
 Barros  Arana,  Diego 
 
 (а)  Los  Fueguinos.  (In  La  Lcctura, 
 Santiago  de  Chile,  1884,  i,  3-5.)  (Ref¬ 
 erence  from  Porter,  p.  409.) 
 
 (б)  Historia  jeneral  de  Chile,  16  vols., 
 Santiago,  1884-1902. 
 
 Contains  (i,  39-48)  an  account  of  the  Fuegian 
 aborigines  based  on  written  sources  and  dealing 
 
 almost  exclusively  with  the  Yahgans  and  Alaca- 
 luf.  The  description  of  the  other  Chilean  abo¬ 
 rigines  (i,  49-114)  gives  passim  some  notes  on 
 Chonoan  culture. 
 
 Bartels,  Max 
 
 See  Ploss,  b. 
 
 Bastian,  Philipp  Wilhelm  Adolf 
 
 Die  Culturliinder  des  alten  America, 
 3  vols.,  Berlin,  1878-1889. 
 
 The  account  in  vol.  i  (pp.  17-18)  of  the  Onas 
 seemingly  is  based  not  on  personal  observation 
 by  Prof.  Bastian,  but  on  information  given  him 
 by  colonists  who  came  aboard  the  vessel  at 
 Punta  Arenas.  The  data  on  Fuegian  religion 
 (p.  18)  have  to  be  used  with  caution.  The  author 
 passed  through  the  Strait  in  1875. 
 
 Beauchesne-Gouin.  1699 
 
 See  Marcel,  a,  c,  de  Villefort. 
 
 Beauregard,  Ollivier 
 
 Sur  les  tribus  qui  habitent  la  Terre 
 de  Feu.  (In  Bull.  Soc.  d'anthr.  de 
 Paris ,  1882,  3d  ser.  v,  672-674.) 
 
 An  unimportant  quotation  from  an  article  by 
 Capt.  Bove  in  La  Nacidn,  of  Buenos  Aires,  Sept. 
 22,  1882.  Very  brief  data  on  the  Yahgans,  Ala- 
 caluf,  and  Onas. 
 
 Beauvoir,  Jose  Maria 
 
 (а)  Pequeno  diccionario  del  idioma 
 fueguino-ona  con  su  correspondiente 
 castellano,  Buenos  Aires  (1901). 
 
 Contains  1,876  common  Ona  words,  76  sen¬ 
 tences  and  phrases,  and  a  few  additional  words, 
 132  proper  names,  and  the  Lord’s  Prayer  in  Ona. 
 The  vocabulary  is  preceded  by  a  few  remarks  on 
 Ona  religion  and  mythology  (p.  6)  and  by  a  com¬ 
 parative  Yahgan-Alacaluf-Ona  vocabulary  of  41 
 words  (pp.  7-8).  Inserts  after  pp.  4  and  36 
 give  accounts  of  the  groups  of  natives  exhibited 
 at  Paris  in  1889  and  at  Genoa  in  1892.  In  the 
 comparative  vocabulary  the  Yahgan  and  most 
 of  the  Alacaluf  words  seem  to  have  been  taken 
 from  Hyades,  q,  and  Fitz-Roy,  5,  the  remaining 
 Alacalufan  words  presumably  from  the  Dawson 
 Island  natives.  Father  Beauvoir’s  earlier  Ona 
 dictionary  has  been  superseded  by  his  later  one, 
 described  below. 
 
 (б)  Los  Shelknam:  Indfgenas  de  la 
 Tierra  del  Fuego,  Buenos  Aires,  1915. 
 
 The  most  important  published  work  on  the 
 Ona  language.  The  most  valuable  parts  of  the 
 
 Beauvoir,  Jose  Maria — Continued 
 
 book  are  the  extensive  vocabulary  of  more  than 
 4,000  words  (Ona-Spanish,  pp.  19-76;  Spanish- 
 Ona,  pp.  109-161)  and  the  large  collection  of  1,400 
 Ona  sentences  with  their  Spanish  translation 
 (pp.  79-104).  In  addition  the  following  linguis¬ 
 tic  material  is  given:  Ona  pronunciation  and 
 accent  (pp.  1-4);  a  few  notes  on  Ona  grammar 
 (pp.  4-9  and  passim  in  “frasario,”  pp.  79-104); 
 the  Lord’s  Prayer  and  Angelical  Salutation  in 
 Ona  (p.  77);  more  than  400  Ona  proper  names  and 
 the  meaning  of  85  proper  names  (pp.  163-170);  an 
 extensive  list  of  Ona  local  names  (pp.  220-225); 
 211  Haus  words  (pp.  171-173);  an  Ona-Tehuelche 
 comparative  vocabulary  of  110  words  (pp.  179- 
 181);  Ona-Tehuelche  numerals  and  cardinal 
 points  (pp.  195-196);  an  extensive  list  of  about 
 1,000  Tehuelche  words,  and  45  phrases  and  sen¬ 
 tences  (pp.  183-193,  197-198);  a  comparative  Ona- 
 Yahgan- Alacaluf  vocabulary  of  103  words  (pp. 
 15-17). 
 
 The  Haus  or  Manekenkn  vocabulary,  to  judge 
 by  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges’  list,  would  seem  to  be  pure 
 or  nearly  pure  Shelknam.  See  comment  under 
 Cojazzi.  The  Yahgan  and  Alacaluf  words  in  the 
 comparative  vocabulary  on  pp.  15-17  are  ap¬ 
 parently  taken  from  Hyades,  q. 
 
 Father  Beauvoir  also  gives  a  brief  summary  of 
 Ona  culture  (pp.  201-212, 217-220).  Many  photo¬ 
 graphs  illustrating  environment,  physical  type, 
 and  culture. 
 
 Father  Beauvoir  began  his  studies  among  the 
 Onas  in  1892,  and  as  a  missionary  among  them 
 from  1893  until  recently  had  ample  opportunity 
 to  gather  much  information  regarding  their  lan¬ 
 guage.  lie  had  as  principal  interpreters  two 
 Onas,  Jose  Luis  Miguel  Kalapacte,  who  spoke 
 Spanish  well,  and  Jose  Tomas  Ven  Paschol. 
 With  the  former  he  was  intimately  and  daily 
 associated  for  fourteen  years.  Father-  Beauvoir 
 also  acknowledges  his  indebtedness  to  his  con¬ 
 freres  of  the  Salbsian  missions,  particularly  to 
 Father  Juan  Zenone,  who  has  been  with  the 
 mission  Onas,  especially  the  children,  since  1894, 
 and  who  has  a  fair  speaking  knowledge  of  the 
 language.  What  Father  Beauvoir  wrote  of  the 
 Pequeno  diccionario  would  no  doubt  apply  to 
 his  larger  work  as  well:  “Estas  palabras  por 
 haberlas  oido  muchas  vecesen  sus  conversaciones 
 familiares,  y  entendido  bien  por  habermelas 
 hecho  explicar  por  Indios  que  allegados  a  noso- 
 tros,  comprendian  suficientemente  nucstro  idio¬ 
 ma,  hasta  lo  hablaban  y  escribjan,  tengo  una 
 seguridad  moral  de  que  los  vocablos  contenidos 
 en  este  Diccionario  tienen  realmente  el  signifi- 
 cado  que  se  les  da  en  la  lengua  Castellana” 
 (a,  p.  3). 
 
 Beazley,  Charles  Raymond,  ed. 
 
 (а)  Voyages  and  travels,  2  vols., 
 Westminster,  1903. 
 
 Contains  (I,  281-291)  Pretty’s  account  of  the 
 voyage  of  Cavendish  in  1587. 
 
 (б)  Voyages  of  the  Elizabethan  sea¬ 
 men,  Oxford,  1907. 
 
 Contains  Drake’s  Famous  voyage. 
 
70 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 l  BULL.  G3 
 
 Becerra,  W. 
 
 En  la  Tierra  del  Fuego:  Esploracion 
 al  pals  de  los  Onas:  La  bahla  Inutil. 
 (In  Revista  de  marina,  Valparaiso,  1898, 
 xxv,  1706-1724,  1728  ff.) 
 
 The  first  section  contains  nothing  of  value  to 
 the  anthropologist;  but  the  second,  to  which  I 
 had  not  access,  gives  an  account  of  the  natives 
 and  “un  estenso  vocabulario  ”  (Anrique,  p.  449). 
 
 Benignus,  Siegfried 
 
 In  Chile,  Patagonien  und  auf  Feuer- 
 land,  Berlin,  1912. 
 
 Contains  a  fairly  good  account  (pp.  229-236)  of 
 Ona  culture,  and  a  shorter  one  (pp.  236-244)  of 
 Yahgan  and  Alacalufan.  Five  Yahgan  words  on 
 p.  243,  from  Capt.  Bove’s  vocabulary.  The 
 author  seemingly  had  not  much  personal  con¬ 
 tact  with  the  Fuegian  natives.  Nine  photo¬ 
 graphs,  chiefly  of  Ona  types. 
 
 Beranger,  Carlos  de 
 
 Relacion  jeografica  de  la  provincia  de 
 Chiloe,  San  Carlos,  1773.  Ed.  with 
 introd.  and  notes  by  Nicholas  Anrique 
 R.,  Santiago  de  Chile,  1893. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  13-14,  16)  interesting  notes  on 
 the  territory  and  culture  of  the  Chonos,  with 
 further  data  from  the  early  sources  added  by  the 
 editor.  Beranger  had  not  visited  the  Chonos  in 
 their  native  islands,  but  as  governor  of  Chiloe 
 had  some  knowledge  of  them. 
 
 Bermondy,  Theoph, 
 
 Les  Patagons,  les  Fuega-ns  et  les 
 Araucans.  (In  Arch.  Soc.  americaine  de 
 France,  Paris,  1875,  n.  s.  i,  355-366.) 
 
 Contains  a  fair  description  of  the  Fuegians 
 based  on  the  then  extant  sources,  and  an  unim¬ 
 portant  discussion  of  the  interrelations  of  the 
 tribes  of  extreme  southern  South  America. 
 
 Betagh,  William 
 
 A  voyage  round  the  world :  Being  an 
 account  of  a  remarkable  enterprise,  be¬ 
 gun  in  the  year  1719,  chiefly  to  cruise 
 on  the  Spaniards  in  the  great  South 
 Ocean,  London,  1728;  abstr.  in  Henry, 
 vol.  ii  ;  in  Kerr,  vol.  x;  in  Bancarel, 
 vol.  II. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  79-81,  85)  brief  though  sympa¬ 
 thetic  accounts,  quoted  verbatim  from  the  jour¬ 
 nal  of  Capt.  Clipperton’s  chief  mate,  George 
 Taylor,  of  the  natives,  probably  Alacaluf,  met 
 casually  in  June-July,  1719,  at  points  in  the 
 Strait  between  Elizabeth  Island  and  Cape 
 Quod.  Betagh  was  captain  of  marines  on  Clip¬ 
 perton’s  vessel,  the  Success. 
 
 Bischoff,  Theodor  von 
 
 (a)  Die  Feuerlander  in  Europa, 
 Bonn,  1882. 
 
 Bischoff,  Theodor  von — Continued 
 
 This  small  brochure  contains  unimportant 
 notes  on  the  mentality,  morality,  and  religion  of 
 the  Alacaluf,  based  on  observation  of  the  Hagen- 
 beck  group  exhibited  in  Europe.  Stature  meas¬ 
 urements  on  p.  3. 
 
 (6)  Bemerkung  fiber  die  Geschleclits- 
 verhaltnisse  der  Feuerlander.  (In  Sitz- 
 ungsber.  d.  Math.-phys.  Classe  d.  Jcgl. 
 bayer.  Ahad.  d.  Wissensch.,  Miinchen, 
 1882,  xii,  243-246.) 
 
 A  study  of  Alacalufan  sexual  anatomy  and 
 physiology,  based  on  observation  of  the  same 
 group. 
 
 (c)  Weitere  Bemerkungen  fiber  die 
 Feuerlander.  (Ibid.,  pp.  356-368.) 
 
 Anatomical  data  obtained  from  the  post¬ 
 mortem  examination  of  the  sexual  and  some 
 
 \ 
 
 other  organs  of  two  women  of  the  same  group; 
 also  (p.  368)  stature  measurements  and  brain 
 weight  of  same  two  women  and  of  one  man. 
 1  plate.  Cf.  Seitz,  a  and  6. 
 
 Bizemont,  H.  de 
 
 Moeurs  et  coutumes  des  habitants  de 
 la  Terre  de  Feu.  (In  Exploration, 
 Paris,  1883,  vol.  xv.)  (Reference  from 
 Dabbene.) 
 
 Bohr 
 
 Besuch  von  Feuerlandern  am  bord 
 S.  M.  S.  Hansa.  (In  Verb.  Berlin.  Ges. 
 f.  Anthr.  u.  s.  w.,  1881,  pp.  [30]— 31.) 
 
 A  short  description  of  some  Alacaluf  met  in 
 their  canoe  on  J uly  ?9, 1879,  about  30  miles  west  of 
 Cape  Froward.  Dr.  Bohr,  a  naval  surgeon, 
 measured  the  heads  (breadth,  length,  circum¬ 
 ference)  of  three  and  the  stature  of  four  of  the 
 Alacaluf  men  who  came  aboard. 
 
 Bollettino  salesiano.  Periodico  della  Pia 
 
 unione  dei  cooperatori  di  Dom  Bosco. 
 
 Published  monthly,  Turin,  Italy, 
 
 1877-,  and  printed  in  8  languages. 
 
 The  official  organ  of  the  Salesian  fathers,  an 
 increasingly  important  source  of  first-hand  in¬ 
 formation  on  the  Onas  and  Alacaluf;  compara¬ 
 tively  little  about  the  Yahgans.  The  Salesians 
 have  been  established  in  Alacalufan  territory 
 since  1889  and  in  Onan  since  1892.  With  the 
 exception  of  the  Bridges  and  Lawrence  brothers, 
 few  if  any  white  men  have  had  better  opportuni¬ 
 ties  for  studying  the  Onas  and  Alacaluf  at  first 
 hand.  Frequent  contributions  of  anthropo¬ 
 logical  value  have  been  published  in  the  Bollet¬ 
 tino  since  1887  by  Mgr.  Fagnano,  Fathers  Beau¬ 
 voir,  Borgatello,  Rossi,  Renzi,  Zenone,  and 
 others.  Most  of  the  recent  numbers  contain 
 photographs.  Dr.  Cojazzi  (q.  v.)  has  gleaned  all 
 the  above  scattered  anthropological  material  and 
 published  it  in  his  recent  valuable  work. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 71 
 
 Bollinger 
 
 Ueber  die  Feuerlander.  (In  Cor- 
 resp.-Blatt  Deutsch.  Ges.  f.  Anthr. 
 u.  s.  w.,  Miinchen,  Apr.  1884,  xv,  25-27.) 
 
 A  r6sum6  of  Dr.  Seitz’s  article  in  Virchow’s 
 A  rchiv,  vol.  xci. 
 
 Borgatello,  Maggiorino 
 
 Vocabulario  comparativo  Alacaluf, 
 Ona,  Tehuelce.  MS. 
 
 An  extensive  and  important  vocabulary,  the 
 Alacaluf  section  of  which  is  published  in  Dr.  Co- 
 jazzi’s  work  (pp.  125-140).  (Cf.  also  ibid.,  pp.  16- 
 17.)  Father  Borgatello  has  spent  many  years 
 among  the  eastern  Fuegians.  Dr.  Cojazzi  writes 
 me  under  date  of  March  25,  1915,  as  follows: 
 “  Father  Borgatello  gathered  the  Alacaluf  vocab¬ 
 ulary  by  questioning  patiently  the  children  and 
 adults  of  the  mission  of  S.  Raffaele  on  Dawson 
 Island,  where  there  were  numerous  Alacaluf. 
 ...  lie  does  not  speak  their  language  fluently, 
 but  knows  it  fairly  well,  as  does  also  a  lay  brother 
 named  Juan  Xikora.  The  latter  can  speak  Ala¬ 
 caluf,  although  with  a  little  difficulty.”  Dr. 
 Cojazzi  adds  that  the  natives  speak  Spanish,  and 
 that  Brother  Xikora  assisted  Father  Borgatello 
 in  gathering  the  vocabulary.  The  list  given  in 
 Dr.  Cojazzi’s  book  is  the  most  extensive  of  the 
 Alacaluf  tongue  thus  far  published;  it  comprises 
 455  words  and  137  sentences,  phrases,  and  pro¬ 
 nouns. 
 
 Bossi,  Bartolome 
 
 (а)  Yiaje  descriptivo  de  Montevideo 
 a  Valparaiso,  Santiago  de  Chile,  1874, 
 54  pp.  (Reference  from  Anrique,  pp. 
 576-577.) 
 
 (б)  El  vapor  Charrua  en  el  Paclfico  y 
 regiones  magallanicas,  Buenos  Aires, 
 1880,  74  pp.  (Reference  from  Anrique, 
 p.  577.) 
 
 (c)  Esploracion  de  la  Tierra  del 
 Fuego  con  el  vapor  oriental  Charrua, 
 Montevideo,  1882,  59  pp.  (Reference 
 from  Pet.  Mitt.,  1882,  xxvm,  393.) 
 
 The  brochure  mentioned  in  Boll.  Soc.  geogr. 
 ital.,  1883,  p.  941,  is  seemingly  an  Italian  transla¬ 
 tion  of  the  preceding. 
 
 The  last  work,  chiefly  of  hydrographical  and 
 geological  interest,  is  an  account  of  a  two  months’ 
 trip  in  Mar.-Apr.,  1882  (Pet.  Mitt.,  loc.  cit.). 
 Capt.  Bossi’s  contributions  to  Fuegian  anthro¬ 
 pology  are  not,  it  seems,  important. 
 
 Bougainville,  Louis  Antoine  de 
 
 Voyage  autour  du  monde,  par  la 
 fregate  du  roi  la  Boudeuse,  et  la  flute 
 l’Etoile;  en  1766,  1767,  1768  &  1769, 
 2d  enlarged  ed.,  2  vols.,  Paris,  1772; 
 Montemont,  vol.  iv;  Bancarel,  vol.  vn; 
 
 G4028°— Bull.  63—17 - 6 
 
 Bougainville,  Louis  Antoine  de — Contd. 
 Prevost,  vol.  xx;  Engl.  tr.  by  J.  R. 
 Forster,  London,  1772;  Dutch  tr., 
 Dordrecht,  1772  (Tiele,  b,  p.  45,  no. 
 177);  abstr.,  Henry,  vol.  iv;  descrip¬ 
 tion  of  Pecherais  in  Hatin. 
 
 Contains  (i,  289-303)  the  well-known  account 
 of  the  Pecherais  (Alacaluf)  met  at  Port  Gallant 
 in  1768.  The  description  of  the  native  medicine¬ 
 man  and  his  methods  on  pp.  297-302  is  especially 
 valuable.  A  few  unimportant  notes  passim, 
 I,  78-80,  276. 
 
 Bourne,  Benjamin  Franklin 
 
 The  captive  in  Patagonia;  or  Life 
 among  the  giants,  Boston,  1853;  Lon¬ 
 don,  1853. 
 
 Unimportant  for  Fuegian  anthropology. 
 Contains  nothing  except  (pp.  204-205  of  Boston 
 ed.)  a  mere  mention  of  some  Canoe  Indians  seen 
 at  a  distance,  and  (p.  148  of  Boston  ed.;  p.  107  of 
 London  ed.)  a  statement  that  the  author  was  told 
 by  a  person  met  at  the  Chilean  penal  settlement 
 that  the  Fuegians  used  poisoned  arrows.  This 
 error  has  recently  been  revived  by  Mr.  H.  Hes- 
 keth  Prichard  (q.  v.). 
 
 Bove,  Giacomo 
 
 (a)  Viaggio  alia  Patagonia  ed  alia 
 Terra  del  Fuoco.  (In  Nuova  antologia 
 di  scienze,  lettere  ed  arti,  Roma,  15  die., 
 1882,  lxvi,  2d  ser.  xxxvi,  733-801.) 
 
 ( b )  La  spedizione  antartica.  (In 
 Boll.  Soc.  geogr.  ital.,  Roma,  1883,  xx, 
 2d  ser.  vm,  5-60,  96-113,  and  especially 
 132-147;  Engl.  tr.  in  S.  Amer.  miss, 
 mag.,  London,  1883-84.) 
 
 (c)  Expedition  austral  argentina:  In¬ 
 formes  prelim inares  presentados  a  S.  S. 
 E.  E.  los  ministros  del  Interior  y  de 
 Guerra  y  Marina  de  la  Republica  Ar¬ 
 gentina,  Buenos  Aires,  1883. 
 
 (d)  Patagonia,  Terra  del  Fuoco,  Mari 
 Australi,  Genova,  1883,  150  pp.  (Ref¬ 
 erence  from  Arch,  per  Vantrop.  e  Vetnol., 
 Firenze,  1882,  xii,  287-299,  which  re¬ 
 prints  in  full  the  somatological  and  cul¬ 
 tural  sections.) 
 
 The  four  preceding  papers  contain  a  very  im¬ 
 portant  contribution  to  our  knowledge  of  Yahgan 
 culture  and  give  a  few  good  notes  passim  on  Ala- 
 calufan  and  Onan  culture.  The  cultural  sec¬ 
 tions  in  a,  b,  and  d  are  identical  word  for  word; 
 that  in  c  is  slightly  abbreviated  and  summarized. 
 Stature  measurements  of  33  Yahgans  are  given 
 in  b  (p.  144),  in  c  (p.  166),  and  in  d,  Arch,  reprint 
 (p.  289).  A  vocabulary  of  171  words  in  Yahgan 
 is  given  in  b  (pp.  145-147),  and  the  same  vocabu¬ 
 lary,  with  16  additional  words,  in  c  (pp.  161-165). 
 Ethnological  map  in  b,  c,  and  probably  in  d. 
 
72 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 l  BULL.  03 
 
 Bove,  Giacomo — Continued 
 
 (e)  Giacomo  Bove  fiber  die  Feuer- 
 lander.  (In  Globus ,  Braunschweig, 
 Jan -June,  1883,  xliii,  156-159.) 
 
 A  summary  of  the  Fuegian  cultural  data  gath¬ 
 ered  from  Capt.  Bove’s  publications.  The  stature 
 measurements  and  vocabulary  are  omitted. 
 
 (/)  Yiaggio  alia  Terra  del  Fuoco, 
 Roma,  1884,  102  pp.  (Reference  from 
 Anrique.  p.  418.) 
 
 See  also  Cora,  Keane,  a,  and  von  Feilitzen, 
 articles  from  Capt.  Bove’s  publications. 
 
 Capt.  Bove’s  studies  are  among  our  most  im¬ 
 portant  sources  for  Yahgan  culture  and  to  a 
 lesser  extent  for  Yahgan  linguistics  and  soma¬ 
 tology.  His  observations  were  confined  almost 
 exclusively  to  the  Yahgans  during  the  two 
 months  he  spent  in  eastern  Fuegia  from  May  1 
 to  the  end  of  June,  1882.  During  this  time  he 
 had  almost  continuous  contact  with  theYahgans, 
 but  very  slight  acquaintance  with  the  Ona  and 
 Alacaluf.  He  was  an  exact  and  careful  ob¬ 
 server.  Although  not  previously  familiar  with 
 the  Yahgan  language,  he  had  the  advantage  of 
 native  interpreters  and  the  still  greater  advan¬ 
 tage  of  drawing  on  the  intimate  knowledge  of  the 
 elder  Bridges  and  the  other  missionaries  of 
 Ushuaia,  to  whom,  as  he  states,  he  was  indebted 
 for  a  “ great  part”  of  his  material,  both  cultural 
 and  linguistic. 
 
 Capt.  Bove  made  a  second  visit  to  Fuegia  in 
 Feb .-Apr.,  1884, but  the  papers  listed  above,  with 
 the  exception  perhaps  of  /,  are  based  on  studies 
 made  during  the  first  trip.  The  human  skulls 
 and  skeletons  brought  back  by  Capt.  Bove  were 
 carefully  studied  by  Drs.  Mantegazza  and  Re¬ 
 galia  and  by  Prof.  Sergi;  the  artifacts  by  Drs. 
 Colini  and  Lovisato  (qq.  v.).  It  may  be  added 
 that  Capt.  Bove’s  vocabulary  was  apparently 
 intended  as  a  corrective  of  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s 
 Tekeenica  list,  as  the  former  gives  equivalents 
 only  of  English  words  found  in  the  latter. 
 
 Brassey,  Annie  Allnutt 
 
 Around  the  world  in  the  yacht  ‘  Sun¬ 
 beam,’  New  York,  1879, 1880;  published 
 in  Boston,  1892,  under  title  “A  voyage 
 in  the  ‘  Sunbeam’  Fr.  tr.  (according 
 to  Dabbene),  Tours,  1885. 
 
 Contains  a  few  unimportant  notes  (pp.  119-129 
 passim,  137-138,  of  1879  ed.)  by  a  good  observer,’ 
 of  three  women  (Alacaluf?)  seen  at  Punta  Arenas 
 and  of  Alacaluf  met  in  canoes  in  English  Reach 
 and  near  Eden  Harbor  in  1876. 
 
 The  Voyages  and  Travels  of  Lord  Brassey 
 from  1862  to  1894,  2  vols.,  London-New  York, 
 1895,  contains  only  one  sentence  about  the  same 
 English  Reach  group. 
 
 Bridges,  Despard 
 
 See  Bridges,  Thomas,  t. 
 
 Bridges,  Lucas 
 
 (a)  Vocabulario  y  fiases  de  la  lengua 
 de  los  Onas.  MS.  32  pp.  (Reference 
 from  Mitre,  i,  164.) 
 
 The  most  important  as  well  as  the  most  ex¬ 
 tensive  or  next  most  extensive  Ona  (Shilk’nam) 
 dictionary  extant.  It  contains,  according  to  the 
 Rev.  Thomas  Bridges’  letter  to  General  Mitre, 
 “algunos  miles”  words;  it  is  in  the  Museo  Mitre, 
 Buenos  Aires. 
 
 ( b )  Vocabulario  Ona  (Manekenkn). 
 MS.  (Reference  from  Lehmann-Nit- 
 eche,  d,  p.  241.) 
 
 This  important  vocabulary  is  our  chief  source 
 for  the  language  of  the  nearly  extinct  Onas  of  the 
 extreme  southeastern  peninsula  of  Tierra  del 
 Fuego  Island.  97  words  from  the  manuscript 
 in  the  possession  of  Dr.  Samuel  A.  Lafone  Que- 
 vedo  have  been  published  by  Dr.  Lehmann- 
 Nitsche,  d,  pp.  242-276  passim. 
 
 Mr.  Lucas  Bridges,  a  son  of  the  Rev.  Thomas 
 Bridges,  was  born  in  Tierra  del  Fuego,  and  with 
 his  brother  William  has  spent  his  whole  life  in 
 intimate  and  friendly  familiarity  with  the  Onas 
 and  to  a  lesser  extent  with  the  Yahgans.  He 
 speaks  the  Ona  (Shilk’nam)  tongue  fluently, 
 and  according  to  Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche  (d,  p. 
 233,  note  1)  also  some  Yahgan.  He  is  a  blood 
 member  of  the  Shilk’nam  tribe  and  has  the 
 privilege  of  sitting  in  the  council  house  (Fur¬ 
 long,  k). 
 
 The  Bridges  brothers  are  the  best  living  first¬ 
 hand  authorities  on  Ona  culture.  They  have,  so 
 far  as  I  can  discover,  published  no  comprehensive 
 detailed  accounts  of  Ona  culture,  but  their  inti¬ 
 mate  knowledge  has  been  drawn  upon  exten¬ 
 sively  by  Barclay,  Cojazzi,  Fr.  Cook,  Furlong, 
 Gallardo,  Holmberg,  O.  Nordenskjold,  Tonelli. 
 With  the  exception  of  the  Salesians,  they  are 
 almost  our  sole  original  living  sources  for  the 
 study  of  Ona  social,  moral,  and  religious  culture. 
 Cf.  also  letter  by  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges  quoted  by 
 Mr.  Young. 
 
 Bridges,  Thomas 
 
 (a)  Manners  and  customs  of  the  Fire- 
 landers.  (In  A  voice  for  South  Amer¬ 
 ica,  London,  1866,  xiii,  181ff;  Fr.  tr.  by 
 Hyades  in  Bull.  Soc.  d'anthr.  de  Paris , 
 1884,  3d  ser.  vii,  169-183.) 
 
 An  important  account  of  Yahgan  social, 
 moral,  and  religious  culture.  Some  Yahgan 
 words  passim.  This  article  was  written  before 
 Mr.  Bridges  took  up  his  residence  at  Ushuaia. 
 It  is  based  on  data  gathered  from  the  Yahgans 
 who  had  been  living  at  Keppel  Island  Mission  in 
 the  Falklands.  In  1866  Mr.  Bridges  had  had 
 eight  years  of  contact  with  mission  Yahgans  in 
 addition  to  at  least  one  short  visit  to  Fuegia  and 
 had  been  assiduously  studying  their  language  for 
 at  least  four  years. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 73 
 
 Bridges,  Thomas — Continued 
 
 (b)  Extracts  from  Journal,  and  Let¬ 
 ters.  (In  The  voice  of  pity  for  South 
 America  [continued  as  A  voice  for  South 
 America  and  The  South  American  mis¬ 
 sionary  magazine ]  intermittently  from 
 about  1862  to  1898,  almost  monthly 
 from  at  least  1871  to  1886.) 
 
 These  extracts  and  letters  are  largely  profes¬ 
 sional  missionary  reports,  hut  many  contain  im¬ 
 portant  data  on  Yahgan  material  culture,  and  are 
 invaluable  for  the  study  of  Yahgan  mentality, 
 character,  and  morality.  Nearly  all  the  anthro¬ 
 pological  material  contained  in  them  is  more 
 easily  accessible  in  the  author’s  other  papers. 
 Some  Yahgan  words  passim. 
 
 (c)  The  natives  of  Tierra  del  Fuego. 
 (In  Mission  life,  London,  1877,  n.  s. 
 viii,  pt.  1,  109-115;  published  origi¬ 
 nally  in  S.  Ainer.  miss,  mag.,  Dec.  1, 
 1875,  pp.  214-221.) 
 
 Chiefly  of  value  for  the  study  of  Yahgan  char¬ 
 acter  and  morality. 
 
 (d)  The  Yahgans  of  Tierra  del  Fuego. 
 (In  Jour.  Anthr.  inst.,  London,  1885, 
 xiv,  288-289.) 
 
 An  extract  from  a  letter  to  Prof.  Flower  dated 
 Ooshooia  Aug.  24, 1884,  giving  descriptive  soma- 
 tological  notes  on  the  Yahgans  and  the  results  of 
 a  very  careful  census  of  the  Yahgans  made  by 
 Mr.  Bridges  in  June,  1884. 
 
 (e)  Das  Feuerland  und  seine  Bewoh- 
 ner.  (In  Globus ,  Braunschweig,  1885, 
 xlvii,  no.  21,  331-333.) 
 
 Chiefly  on  Yahgan  social,  moral,  and  religious 
 culture,  with  very  brief  notes  on  the  general  cul¬ 
 ture  and  language  of  all  three  Fucgian  tribes. 
 
 (/)  La  Tierra  del  Fuego  i  bus  habi- 
 tantes.  (In  El  Ferrocaril,  Santiago  de 
 Chile,  1886.)  (Deference  from  Anri- 
 que,  p.  420.) 
 
 Includes,  according  to  Drs.  Anrique  (p.  420) 
 and  Porter  (p.  412),  copious  data  on  the  life  and 
 customs  of  the  natives,  together  with  vocabu¬ 
 laries. 
 
 (g)  Account  of  the  Fuegians  and  their 
 country.  (In  Flores  parish  magazine, 
 Buenos  Aires,  Sept.,  1886,  pp.  183-185.) 
 (Reference  from  Hyades.) 
 
 (h)  El  confin  sur  de  la  Republica:  La 
 Tierra  del  Fuego  y  sus  habitantes.  (In 
 Bol.  Inst,  geogr.  argent.,  Buenos  Aires, 
 1886,  vn,  cuad.  9,  pp.  200-212.) 
 
 A  succinct  and  excellent  account  of  Yahgan 
 culture  in  nearly  all  its  phases,  together  with 
 some  notes  on  Y ahgan  grammar.  Some  Y ahgan 
 words  passim.  The  article  also  contains  a  few 
 
 Bridges,  Thomas — Continued 
 
 remarks  on  the  Onas  and  an  account  of  Fuegian 
 flora,  fauna,  etc. 
 
 (i)  Memoire  inedit,  1886.  MS. 
 
 Apparently  Mr.  Bridges’  most  comprehensive 
 paper  on  the  culture  of  the  Yahgans,  Alaealuf, 
 and  Onas.  It  is  used  and  quoted  extensively 
 by  Dr.  Hyades,  q. 
 
 (j)  Datos  sobre  Tierra  del  Fuego. 
 (In  Rev.  Museo  de  La  Plata,  La  Plata, 
 
 1892,  hi,  19-32,  313-320.) 
 
 These  letters  from  Mr.  Bridges,  published  in 
 English,  contain  some  important  data  bearing 
 on  the  material  culture  of  the  Yahgans  and 
 Alaealuf. 
 
 (1c,)  La  Tierra  del  Fuego  y  sus  habi¬ 
 tantes.  (In  Bol.  Inst,  geogr.  argent., 
 
 1893,  xiv,  cuad.  5-8,  pp.  221-241.) 
 
 A  condensed,  comprehensive  account  of  many 
 phases  of  Yahgan  psychical  culture — one  of  the 
 author’s  most  important  papers.  It  includes 
 some  very  short  notes  on  Yahgan  grammar  and 
 passim  many  Yahgan  words.  On  pp.  22L232  is 
 a  description  of  Fuegian  flora,  fauna, climate, etc. 
 
 ( l )  Dictionary  of  the  Yahgan  lan¬ 
 guage,  2  vols.,  completed  July  5,  1879. 
 MSS. 
 
 By  far  the  most  important  extant  Yahgan 
 vocabulary,  containing,  according  to  a  letter  from 
 the  compiler  quoted  in  the  S.  Amcr.  miss,  mag., 
 1912,  XL vi,  77, 1,081  pages  and  about  32,430  words. 
 The  MSS.,  brought  back  by  the  Belgica  expedi¬ 
 tion,  are  now  being  prepared  for  publication  by 
 Father  Hestermann,  S.  V.  D.  For  details,  see 
 Denuce,  Hestermann,  a,  and  Furlong,  p.  “  I  was 
 informed,”  Prof.  Furlong  says  ( k ),  “by  Mr.  Wil¬ 
 liam  Bridges,  a  rancher  of  Tierra-del-Fu6go,  that 
 his  father,  the  Rev.  Thomas  Bridges,  incorpo¬ 
 rated  between  500  and  GOO  words  of  Haush  in  his 
 ‘Anglo- Yahgan  Dictionary  and  Grammar’  under 
 the  heading  of  ‘  Eastern  Ona.’  ” 
 
 (m)  Gospl  Looc  Ecamanwaci:  The 
 gospel  of  St.  Luke  translated  into  the 
 Yahgan  language,  London,  1881. 
 
 This  is  the  first  text  of  any  length  ever  pub¬ 
 lished  in  the  Yahgan  tongue. 
 
 ( n )  Aposbndian  Wushtwagu:  The 
 Acts  of  the  Apostles  translated  into  the 
 Yahgan  language,  London,  1883. 
 
 (o)  Gospel  Jon  Ecamanwaci:  The 
 gospel  of  St.  John  translated  into  the 
 Yahgan  language,  London,  1886. 
 
 All  three  of  the  foregoing  publications  were 
 published  anonymously.  They  were  printed  for 
 the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  Strangely 
 enough,  the  last  two  translations  have  been  en¬ 
 tirely  overlooked  by  almost  all  students  of  Fue¬ 
 gian  linguistics.  The  Bureau  of  American  Eth¬ 
 nology  library  at  Washington  possesses  copies 
 of  all  three  texts. 
 
74 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  G3 
 
 Bridges,  Thomas — Continued 
 
 ( p )  A  few  notes  on  the  structure  of 
 Yahgan.  (In  Jour.  Anthr.  inst .,  Lon¬ 
 don,  Aug.,  1893,  xxiii,  53-80.) 
 
 Under  this  modest  title  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges 
 gives  a  comprehensive  outline  of  Yahgan  gram¬ 
 mar,  probably  the  most  important  extant  treatise 
 on  the  subject.  The  paper  includes  passim  a 
 great  number  of  Yahgan  words. 
 
 (q)  [Ten  letters  giving  a  short  ac¬ 
 count  of  Yahgan  grammar.]  MSS. 
 
 These  letters  were  utilized  by  Dr.  Garbe  and 
 are  perhaps  the  manuscript  notes  of  which  Dr. 
 Ellis  speaks  and  which  he  used. 
 
 (r)  Letter  to  Gen.  Mitre,  dated  April 
 28,  1898.  (Quoted  in  extenso  in  Mitre, 
 vol.  i,  pp.  161-162.) 
 
 Contains  Mr.  Bridges’  last  written  remarks  on 
 the  Fuegian  languages  in  general  and  on  Yahgan 
 grammar  in  particular. 
 
 (s)  Vocabulary  of  the  Ona  language. 
 MS.  (Reference  from  S.  Amcr.  miss, 
 mag.,  Oct.  1,  1884,  p.  223;  cf.  also 
 Hyades,  l  p.  717;  Th.  Bridges,  j, 
 p.  316.) 
 
 At  that  time  it  contained  about  1,200  words. 
 It  has  been  superseded  by  and  perhaps  incor¬ 
 porated  in  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges’  vocabularies 
 (q.  v.). 
 
 (t)  Vocabulary  of  the  Alaculoof  lan¬ 
 guage.  MS.  (Reference  from  S.  Amer. 
 miss,  mag.,  Oct.  1, 1884,  p.  223;  cf.  also 
 Th.  Bridges,  e,  p.  331.) 
 
 A  vocabulary  of  about  the  same  length  as  the 
 preceding.  It  was  compiled  in  collaboration  with 
 Mr.  Bridges’  son  Despard.  The  Rev.  Mr. 
 Bridges  had  begun  researches  in  Alacalufan  as 
 early  as  1874  (6,  Feb.  2,  1874,  p.  27),  but  nine 
 years  later  had  not  progressed  far  (Hyades,  q, 
 p.  13).  I  can  find  no  further  trace  of  this  very 
 important  manuscript. 
 
 The  Rev.  Thomas  Bridges  was  easily  the  most 
 important  first-hand  authority  on  the  Yahgans’ 
 language  and  culture,  especially  their  social, 
 moral,  and  religious  culture.  His  contributions 
 to  our  knowledge  of  the  Alacaluf  and  Onas  are  of 
 considerably  less  importance.  He  was,  however^ 
 the  first  to  make  clear  the  tribal  relationships  in 
 the  Fuegian  archipelago. 
 
 Mr.  Bridges  first  came  into  contact  with  the 
 Yahgans  in  1858  at  the  Keppel  Island  Mission  in 
 the  Falkland  Islands,  whither  he  had  come  in 
 1856  as  the  adopted  son  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Despard. 
 On  the  latter’s  departure  for  England  in  1862, 
 Mr.  Bridges  was  left  in  charge  of  the  mission 
 Yahgans,  of  whose  language  he  then  began,  or 
 perhaps  had  already  begun,  a  thorough  study. 
 After  occasional  visits  to  Fuegia  from  1863  on, 
 he  took  up  permanent  residence  at  Ushuaia  in 
 the  heart  of  the  Yahgan  territory  and  at  a  time 
 
 Bridges,  Thomas — Continued 
 
 when  the  natives  were  comparatively  un¬ 
 touched  by  the  white  man’s  culture.  He  re¬ 
 mained  continuously  at  Ushuaia  from  the  time 
 of  his  arrival  there  late  in  1869  or  early  in  1870 
 until  1886,  when  he  resigned  from  the  South 
 American  Missionary  Society  and  removed  to 
 Harberton  [  Downeast]  about  30-35  miles  east  of 
 U shuaia  on  B  eagle  Channel .  He  lived  here  until 
 his  death  in  1898.  During  these  forty  years  he 
 was  in  almost  daily  contact  with  the  Yahgans, 
 whose  friendship,  respect,  and  confidence  he 
 retained  throughout  and  over  whom  he  exercised 
 a  considerable  authority. 
 
 He  had  very  much  less  contact  with  the  Onas, 
 and  still  less  with  the  Alacaluf.  Some  few  of 
 the  latter  were  usually  to  be  found  living  among 
 the  Yahgans,  and  from  time  to  time  some  of  them 
 visited  Ushuaia.  He  also  made  a  short  trip  into 
 their  territory  in  1886.  He  met  the  Onas  for  the 
 first  time  in  1875  at  Good  Success  Bay.  In  the 
 eighties  he  came  into  closer  touch  with  them, 
 probably  both  Shilk’nam  and  Manekenkn, 
 especially  after  his  removal  to  Harberton. 
 
 He  spoke  the  Yahgan  tongue  fluently,  but  did 
 not  acquire  a  speaking  knowledge  of  either  Ona 
 or  Alacaluf.  He  had  had  professional  training 
 neither  in  philology  nor  cultural  anthropology, — 
 perhaps  not  a  disadvantage  under  the  circum¬ 
 stances,  for  he  approached  his  subject  with  an 
 open  mind  that  was  at  the  same  time  interested, 
 alert,  and  cautious,  as  well  as  keen  and  exact. 
 
 The  fund  of  information  stored  up  by  him  and 
 by  his  confreres  was  largely  drawn  upon  by  Bove, 
 Lovisato,  Spegazzini,  Martial,  Hyades,  and  other 
 later  writers  on  Fuegian  anthropology. 
 
 Brine,  Lindesay 
 
 Travels  amongst  American  Indians, 
 their  ancient  earthworks  and  temples, 
 London,  1894. 
 
 Contains  (p.  148)  meager  notes  on  some  Ala¬ 
 caluf  met  casually  in  Jan.,  1877,  at  Churruca  Bay 
 in  the  western  Strait.  Measurements  of  men: 
 Stature,  average  under  5  ft.,  minimum  4  ft.  9  in., 
 maximum  5  ft.  2  in.;  chest,  34  to  35  in. 
 
 Brinton,  Daniel  Garrison 
 
 (а)  Races  and  peoples,  New  York, 
 
 1890. 
 
 Contains  an  unimportant  descriptive  para¬ 
 graph  on  the  Fuegians  (p.  271). 
 
 (б) ’  Essays  of  an  Americanist,  Phila¬ 
 delphia,  1890. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  39-40)  a  short  note  from  Darwin 
 on  physical  resemblance  of  Fuegians  to  Botocu- 
 dos,  and  (p.  338)  a  refutation  of  Prof.  Max  Mul¬ 
 ler’s  assertion  that  the  Yahgans’  30,000-word 
 vocabulary  betokens  a  former  higher  culture. 
 
 (c)  The  American  race,  New  York, 
 
 1891. 
 
 The  sections  dealing  with  the  Chonos  (pp. 
 325-327),  based  largely  on  Del  Techo,  and  with 
 the  other  Fuegians  (pp.  329-332)  need  consider¬ 
 able  revision  in  the  light  of  more  recent  studies— 
 
coorEu] 
 
 bibliography  of  tribes  of  tierra  del  fijego 
 
 75 
 
 Brinton,  Daniel  Garrison — Continued 
 on  the  following  points  in  particular:  Chonoan 
 and  other  Fuegian  tribal  names  and  divisions, 
 classification  of  Chonos  with  Araucanians,  dates 
 of  first  mission  among  Chonos  and  of  removal  of 
 Chonos  to  Chaulanec,  remarks  about  family  af¬ 
 fection,  the  bolas  and  woven  baskets  that  hold 
 water,  etc.  On  p.  364  a  comparative  vocabulary 
 of  21  words,  the  Alacalufan  section  from  Fitz-Roy, 
 the  Yahgan  apparently  from  Bridges  and  Fitz¬ 
 Roy.  Dr.  Brinton  (p.  332)  found  no  verbal  re¬ 
 semblance  between  the  Fuegian  and  Tapuyan 
 languages. 
 
 (d)  Studies  in  South  American  na¬ 
 tive  languages.  (In  Proc.  Amer. 
 philos.  soc.,  Philadelphia,  1892,  xxx, 
 45-105;  repr.,  ibid.,  1892.) 
 
 Reproduces  the  Alacalufan  and  Yahgan  vo¬ 
 cabularies  from  the  preceding  work. 
 
 ( e )  Further  notes  on  Fuegian  lan¬ 
 guages.  (Ibid.,  pp.  249-254.) 
 
 A  notice  of  La  Guilbaudiere’s  vocabulary  of 
 which  22  words  are  given  on  p.  250,  and  a  com- 
 •  parison  of  Yahgan  words  with  Dr.  Segers’  Ona 
 vocabulary,  which  is  given  nearly  in  full  on  pp. 
 252-253.  Dr.  Brinton’s  conclusion  that  the  Onas 
 are  linguistically  nearer  to  the  Yahgans  than  to 
 the  Tehuelches  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  Dr. 
 Segers’  list  contains  many  errors  and  many 
 Yahgan  words  (Lehmann-Nitsche,  d,  p.  237). 
 
 Brosses,  Charles  de 
 
 Histoire  des  navigations  aux  terres 
 australes,  2  vols.,  Paris,  1756;  Engl,  tr., 
 by  John  Callander,  3  vols.,  Edinburgh, 
 1766-1768;  Germ,  tr.,  by  Johann  Chris¬ 
 toph  Adelung,  Halle,  1767. 
 
 From  the  anthropologist’s  standpoint  perhaps 
 the  most  satisfactory  extant  history  - of  the  first 
 two  centuries  and  a  quarter  of  Magellanic  ex¬ 
 ploration.  De  Brosses  paraphrases  or  quotes 
 verbatim  practically  all  the  Fuegian  anthropo¬ 
 logical  material  found  in  the  original  documents 
 to  which  he  had  access.  In  the  following  sum¬ 
 mary  of  contents  the  pages  of  the  French  edition 
 on  which  references  to  the  Fuegians  occur  are 
 given. 
 
 Vol.  i:  Magellan,  138;  Loaysa,  152;  Alcazaba, 
 164-165;  Drake,  186,  188-189;  Sarmiento,  200-216 
 passim;  Cavendish,  224  ,  229,  231,  233;  Chidley, 
 234;  Hawkins,  245;  de  Cordes  and  de  Weert, 
 278-280,  283-287;  van  Noort,  296-299,  301;  van 
 Speilbergen,  344;  the  Nodals,  423-424;  L’Her- 
 mite,  439,  440-446.  Vol.  n:  Narbrough,  30-36,  41; 
 Sharp,  44-45;  de  Gennes,  107,  109,  111;  Beau- 
 chesne-Gouin,  11.5-118,  120;  Frezier,  208-209, 
 211-212;  Labarbinais,  220-221;  Anson,  284-290; 
 Labbe,  434-435;  Nyel,  438-439.  For  the  voyages 
 of  Ladrillero,  Cortes  Hojea,  and  Sarmiento,  de 
 Brosses  had  not  access  to  the  important  original 
 documents. 
 
 Brouwer,  Hendrick 
 
 Journael  ende  historis  verliael  van  de 
 reyse  gedaen  by  ooaten  de  straet  le 
 Maire,  naer  de  custen  van  Chili,  onder 
 het  beleyt  van  den  Heer  Generael  Hen¬ 
 drick  Brouwer  inden  jare  1643  voor- 
 gevallen,  Amsterdam,  1646;  Germ.  tr. 
 (mentioned  in  Introd.  to  Span,  tr.,  1.  c. 
 infra,  p.  4),  1649;  Engl.  tr.  in  Churchill, 
 vol.  i;  Span,  tr.,  in  An.  hidr ..  mar.  Chile , 
 Santiago,  1892,  xvi,  1-88. 
 
 Brouwer  saw  some  abandoned  huts  at  Valen¬ 
 tine  Bay,  but  no  natives.  Here  and  there  in  his 
 account  of  the  Chilotes  are  a  few  cultural  data 
 common  to  the  Chonos  as  well;  not  important. 
 
 Brown,  Robert 
 
 The  races  of  mankind,  4  vols.,  Lon- 
 don-Paris-New  York,  1873-1876. 
 
 Contains  (i,  310-313)  an  unimportant  but  fairly 
 accurate,  popular  account  of  the  Fuegians,  based 
 chiefly  on  Darwin,  a,  and  Fitz-Roy,  a. 
 
 Brownell,  Charles  de  Wolf 
 
 The  Indian  races  of  North  and  South 
 America,  Cincinnati,  1853. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  630-636)  a  good  but  now  out-of- 
 date  account  of  the  Fuegian  Canoe  Indians,  based 
 chiefly  on  Prichard,  Fitz-Roy,  a,  and  Wilkes. 
 
 Bruch,  Carlos 
 
 See  Outes,  d  and  e. 
 
 Bry,  Theodor,'  and  others ,  cel. 
 
 Collectio  peregrinationum  in  Indiam 
 occidentalem,  partes  xiii  (xiv),  Franco- 
 furti  ad  Moenuin,  1590-1634. 
 
 Contains  Latin  and  German  translations  of 
 the  following  voyages:  Cavendish’s  (by  Pretty), 
 pt.  vm,  1599;  de  Weert ’s  and  van  Noort’s,  pt.  ix, 
 1601-2;  van  Speilbergen’s,  pt.  xi,  1620;  L’Her- 
 mite’s,  Lat.,  pt.  xni,  1634,  Germ.,  pt.  xiv.  1630. 
 
 Bulkeley,  John,  and  Cummins,  John 
 
 A  voyage  to  the  South-Seas,  by  His 
 Majesty’s  ship  Wager,  publ.  anon., 
 London,  1743;  with  authors’  names, 
 ibid.,  1743;  repr.  •London-Philadel- 
 phia,  1757;  Kerr,  vol.  xvii;  abstr.  in 
 Prevost,  xv,  363-384. 
 
 Contains  (anon,  ed.,  pp.  17-18,  27-31,  58,  63-64, 
 97-98,  107;  other  1743  ed:  and  repr.  of  1757,  pp. 
 22-24,  36-41,  77-78,  84-85,  130-131,  143-144)  nu¬ 
 merous  data  on  the  natives,  very  probably 
 Chonos  and  Alacaluf,  encountered  in  1741  from 
 Wager  Island  in  the  Guaianeco  Archipelago  to 
 Cape  Quod  in  the  Strait.  For  further  com¬ 
 ments,  see  Byron,  a. 
 
BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 BULL.  63 
 
 70 
 
 Burney,  James 
 
 A  chronological  history  of  the  voy¬ 
 ages  and  discoveries  in  the  South  Sea 
 or  Pacific  Ocean,  5  vols.,  London, 
 1803-1817. 
 
 Burney  omits  much  of  the  Fuegian  anthro¬ 
 pological  material,  and  often  leaves  it  out  alto¬ 
 gether,  hut  his  work  is  invaluable  as  a  means  of 
 general  orientation  for  the  study  of  the  Magel¬ 
 lanic  explorers. 
 
 Bynoe,  Benjamin 
 
 Journal.  (Quoted  in  Fitz-Roy,  a, 
 pp.  197-199.) 
 
 Contains  a  good  description  of  a  group  of  na¬ 
 tives  met  in  the  Gulf  of  Trinidad  on  the  second 
 Beagle  expedition.  Of  special  interest  is  the  de¬ 
 tailed  description  of  the  unusually  large  plank 
 boat  they  were  using.  It  was  nearly  30  feet  long 
 and  7  feet  wide,  with  proportionate  depth. 
 
 Byron,  John 
 
 (a)  The  narrative  of  the  Honourable 
 John  Byron  (commodore  in  a  late  expe¬ 
 dition  round  the  world)  containing  an 
 account  of  the  great  distresses  suffered 
 by  himself  and  his  companions  on  the 
 coast  of  Patagonia,  from  the  year  1740 
 till  their  arrival  in  England,  1746  (Loss 
 of  the  Wager  man  of  war),  2d  ed.,  Lon¬ 
 don,  1768;  Dublin,  1822;  Kerr,  xvn; 
 Sutcliffe;  Germ,  tr.,  Niirnberg,  1769 
 (Sabin,  no.  9731);  Span,  tr.,  Santiago 
 de  Chile,  1901  (Anrique);  anthropo¬ 
 logical  data  extracted  by  Fitz-Roy,  b, 
 pp.  124-134. 
 
 One  of  Anson’s  fleet,  the  Wager,  in  command 
 of  Capt.  Cheap,  was  wrecked  in  May,  1741,  on  the 
 Guaianeco  Islands.  Some  of  the  crew  returned 
 by  way  of  the  Strait  (see  Bulkeley  and  Cum¬ 
 mins,  and  An  affecting  narrative);  the  rest  re¬ 
 mained  on  Wager  Island  until  December,  when 
 they  departed  in  two  boats,  one  containing  Lt. 
 Hamilton,  Mr.  Alexander  Campbell  (q.  v.)  and 
 six  men,  the  other  containing  Capt.  Cheap,  Dr. 
 Elliot,  Byron,  and  nine  men;  but  the  survivors 
 were  obliged  to  return  to  Wager  Island  after  two 
 months.  Hither  a  “Chono  cacique”  came  and 
 guided  the  party  up  to  Chiloe  by  way  of  the 
 Isthmus  of  Ofqui. 
 
 The  extensive,  and  in  some  respects  impor¬ 
 tant,  cultural  data  scattered  through  the  narra¬ 
 tive  (pp.  18,  32-35, 90-92, 103-107, 123-169  passim) 
 are  frequently  quoted  in  later  works  as  being 
 certainly  and  indiscriminately  Chonoan.  Judg¬ 
 ing  from  the  circumstances  as  described  and  from 
 the  data  given,  it  seems  probable  enough  that  the 
 natives  who  visited  the  shipwrecked  crew  up  to 
 December,  1741,  were  from  the  vicinity  of  the 
 
 Byron,  John — Continued 
 
 Gulf  of  Penas  and  consequently,  as  Father 
 Garcia’s  Diario  shows,  Chonos.  But  what  the 
 later  group  were  who  guided  Byron  up  to  Chilod 
 is  more  problematical;  it  looks  as  if  these  latter 
 were  either  Chonos  who  had  settled  on  southern 
 Chilod,  or  were  of  mixed  Chonoan  and  Chilotan 
 blood,  or  else  were  a  party  of  mixed  Chonos  and 
 Chilotans. 
 
 Byron  (p.  103)  and  Alex.  Campbell  (p.  60)  both 
 call  the  “ cacique”  a  Chono,  but  he  appears  to 
 have  been  a  native  of  Chiloe  (A.  Campbell,  p.  52) 
 and,  besides  speaking  Spanish,  held  office  under 
 the  colonial  government  (Byron,  pp.  103-104;  A. 
 Campbell,  p.  52);  Byron,  moreover,  says  that  the 
 “Chonos”  live  “in  the  neighborhood  of  Chiloe” 
 (p.  103).  This  “cacique”  had  no  authority  over 
 some  at  least  of  natives  frequenting  Wager 
 Island  district  (Byron,  pp.  106-107)  but  had 
 authority  among  some  of  the  village  Indians  in 
 the  southern  part  of  Chiloti  (Byron,  pp.  171-172). 
 He  moreover  “seemed  to  understand  but  little” 
 of  the  language  of  some  Indians  met  in  canoe, 
 probably  near  Aisen  Inlet;  “their  language” 
 
 .  .  .  Byron  adds,  “sounded  to  us  very  different 
 from  what  we  had  heard  before”  (pp.  166-167). 
 On  the  other  hand,  most  of  the  cultural  data  de- 
 rived  from  observation  of  this  group  seem  to  be 
 Chonoan,  and  Alex.  Campbell  makes  the  rather 
 significant  remark  that  the  guttural  language 
 spoken  by  the  Chono  cacique  and  “Coucou” 
 Indians  who  guided  the  shipwrecked  party  con¬ 
 trasted  noticeably  with  the  euphonic  Chilotan 
 tongue  (pp.  62,  74). 
 
 Taking  into  account  the  foregoing  points, 
 there  seems  to  be  sufficient  ground  for  quoting 
 the  anthropological  data  in  Byron’s  and  Alex. 
 Campbell’s  narratives,  even  the  data  based  on 
 the  cacique’s  group  of  natives,  as  Chonoan — this 
 the  present  writer  has  done  in  the  Introduction 
 and  Subject  Bibliography— but  with  some  re¬ 
 serve  and  caution  against  possible  Chilotan  in¬ 
 fluence.  As  for  the  anthropological  material 
 given  by  Bulkeley  and  Cummins  and  the  author 
 of  the  Affecting  narrative,  some,  based  on  obser¬ 
 vation  of  the  natives  met  near  the  western  end 
 of  the  Strait  of  Magellan  and  near  Cape  Quod,  is 
 pretty  surely  Alacalufan;  the  rest  is  very  probably 
 Chonoan. 
 
 (6)  An  account  of  a  voyage  round  the 
 world  in  the  years  MDCGLXIV, 
 MDCCLXY,  and  MDCCLXYI  by  the 
 Honourable  Commodore  Byron  in  His 
 Majesty’s  ship  the  Dolphin.  (In 
 Ilawkesworth,  i,  q.  v.) 
 
 Contains  (I,  pp.  66-67,  72,  79-81)  a  few  descrip¬ 
 tive  notes  on  Alacaluf  met  casually  in  Mar.- 
 Apr.,  1765,  in  the  western  part  of  the  Strait  be¬ 
 tween  Jerome  Channel  and  Cape  Upright. 
 Byron  was  the  first  explorer  to  report  the  plank 
 boat  within  the  Strait  proper  (pp.  79-81).  Cf. 
 also  Voyage  round  the  world  ...  by  an  officer 
 .  .  .,  London,  1767. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 77 
 
 Campbell,  Alexander 
 
 The  sequel  to  Bulkeley  and  Cum¬ 
 mins’s  voyage  to  the  South-Seas:  or,  the 
 Adventures  of  Capt.  Cheap,  the  Hon. 
 Mr.  Byron,  Lieut.  Hamilton,  Alexander 
 Campbell,  and  others,  late  of  H.  M.  S. 
 the  Wager ,  which  was  wreck’d  on  a 
 desolate  island  in  Lat.  47.  S.  Long.  81. 
 40.  W.  in  the  South-Seas,  anno  1741, 
 London,  1747;  abstr.  in  Prevost,  xv, 
 884-394. 
 
 There  are  few  copies  extant,  the  work  having 
 been  suppressed  soon  after  publication;  Sabin, 
 no.  10205,  gives  a  slightly  different  title. 
 
 Campbell’s  account  of  the  natives  encountered 
 between  the  Guaianecos  Islands  and  Chilo£  con¬ 
 tains  practically  the  same  data  as  that  of  Byron 
 (a),  whose  fortunes  and  misfortunes  he  shared  from 
 the  time  of  the  wreck  of  the  Wager  until  their 
 arrival  in  ChiloA  The  chief  data  of  interest  to 
 the  anthropologist  are  on  pp.  19-20,  31-32,  52-54, 
 57-65,  74.  Cf.  discussion  under  Byron,  a. 
 
 [Campbell,  George  Douglas],  Duke  of  Ar¬ 
 gyll 
 
 Primeval  man:  An  examination  of 
 some  recent  speculations,  London, 
 1869. 
 
 .  On  pp.  167-173  the  author  defends  the  Fue- 
 gians’  mental  capacity  and  explains  their  present 
 low  culture  as  due  to  degeneration,  quoting 
 Darwin,  a,  for  his  facts. 
 
 Canas  Pinochet,  Alejandro 
 
 La  geografia  de  la  Tierra  del  Fuego  y 
 noticias  de  la  antropologfa  y  etnografia 
 de  sus  habitantes.  (In  Trabajos  del 
 IV°  Congreso  cientifico  [7°  Pan-ameri- 
 cano ]  1908-1909,  tomo  xi,  Ciencias 
 natur.,  antrop.  y  etnol.,  i,  Santiago  de 
 Chile,  1911,  pp.  331-404.) 
 
 In  some  respects  an  important  work.  The 
 description  of  Yahgan,  Alacalufan,  and  Onan 
 culture  is  extensive  and  good,  while  that  of 
 psychical  culture  is  very  sympathetic,  in  fact 
 almost  an  apologia.  The  cultural  sections  of  the 
 paper  are  based  on  personal  observation,  on  in¬ 
 formation  derived  from  white  residents  in  Fue- 
 gia,  and  on  written  sources.  Pages  384-393  treat 
 of  languages,  the  section  on  Yahgan  being  based 
 on  Adam  and  Garbe,  though  some  of  the  words 
 given  on  p.  387  were  collected  by  the  author  him¬ 
 self,  and  the  section  on  Ona  being  derived  from 
 Beauvoir,  a. 
 
 Several  long  digressions  are  interpolated  and 
 exact  references  are  unfortunately  wanting. 
 The  copious  quotations  from  Senoret  (the 
 Memorial),  from  Navarro  A.  (the  articles  in  El 
 Magallanes?),  and  from  Beauvoir,  a,  make  partly 
 
 Canas  Pinochet,  Alejandro — Continued 
 
 accessible  some  valuable  material  otherwise 
 difficult  to  procure.  The  paper  includes  11 
 plates,  10  being  photos  of  Fuegian  types. 
 
 Carbajal,  Lino  Delvalle 
 
 La  Patagonia,  4  vols.,  S.  Benign  o 
 Canavese,  Italy,  1899-1900. 
 
 Contains  on  p.  206  of  vol.  I  a  paragraph  on 
 Fuegian  origins. 
 
 Carfort,  Rene  Charles  le  Nepvou  de 
 
 [Four  Yahgan  melodies.]  (In  Mar¬ 
 tial,  p.  210,  q.  v.) 
 
 Carpenter,  Frank  George 
 
 South  America,  social,  industrial, 
 and  political,  Akron,  Ohio,  1900. 
 
 Contains  on  pp.  266-270  a  description  of  Ala- 
 caluf  met  casually  in  Smyth  Channel,  and  on 
 pp.  281-284  a  paragraph  on  the  Yahgans  from 
 Thomas  Bridges  and  a  good  longer  account  of  the 
 Onas.  Mr.  Carpenter’s  narrative  is  refreshingly 
 free  from  the  flippant  stupidities  by  which  the 
 pages  on  Fuegian  anthropology  in  so  many  recent 
 popular  and  semipopular  travel  books  on  South 
 America  are  marred. 
 
 Carruccio,  Antonio 
 
 See  Marchiafava. 
 
 Carta  sobre  la  muerte  de  Valdivia,  1554. 
 
 (In  Gay,  Documentos,  i,  no.  16,  pp. 
 176-178.) 
 
 Contains  on  p.  177  very  summary  notes  on 
 the  Patagonian  Channel  Indians,  apparently 
 those  met  by  the  Ulloa  expedition  in  1553-54. 
 
 Cavendish  [or  Candish],  Thomas.  1587, 
 1592. 
 
 See  Pretty  for  first  voyage,  Knivet  and  Jane 
 for  second. 
 
 Censo  de  Chile  de  1895.  (Reference 
 from  Dabbene.) 
 
 Contains,  according  to  Dabbene,  “algunos 
 datos  numericos  y  descriptivos  de  la  poblacion 
 indigena  de  la  Tierra  del  Fuego.” 
 
 Cevallos,  Ciriaco  de.  (Quoted  in  Vargas 
 Ponce,  b .) 
 
 Chaigneau,  J.  Federico 
 
 (a)  and  J.  M.  Simpson.  See  J.  M. 
 Simpson,  a. 
 
 (b)  and  J.  M.  Simpson.  See  J.  M. 
 Simpson,  b. 
 
 (c)  Jeograffa  nautica  de  la  Repub lica 
 Arjentina,  Santiago  de  Chile,  1896. 
 
 Contains  on  pp.  12-13  some  unimportant  brief 
 notes  on  the  three  Fuegian  tribes,  especially  the 
 Onas  and  Alacaluf. 
 
78 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Chamberlain,  Alexander  Francis 
 
 (а)  The  present  state  of  our  knowl¬ 
 edge  concerning  the  three  linguistic 
 stocks  of  the  region  of  Tierra  del  Fuego, 
 South  America.  (In  Amer.  anthr., 
 1911,  n.  s.  xiii,  89-98.) 
 
 This  important  paper,  largely  based  on  Mitre, 
 contains  a  critical  discussion  of  most  of  the 
 sources  for  the  study  of  the  Fuegian  languages. 
 
 (б)  On  the  Puelehean  and  Tsonekan 
 (Tehuelchean),  the  Atacamenan  (Ata- 
 caman),  and  Chonoan,  and  the  Char- 
 ruan  linguistic  stocks  of  South  America. 
 (Ibid.,  pp.  458-471.) 
 
 The  section  on  Chonoan  (pp.  467-468),  likewise 
 based  on  Mitre,  gives  some  of  the  sources  for  this 
 little  known  tongue  or  dialect. 
 
 Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche’s  recent  study  makes  it 
 fairly  clear  that  the  two  Ona  dialects  should  be 
 classified  as’Tsonekan.  On  the  evidence  at  hand 
 the  classification  of  the  Chonoan  as  a  distinct 
 
 t 
 
 linguistic  stock  is  hazardous.  It  was  certainly 
 distinct  from  the  Araucanian,  but  may  have  been 
 akin  to  or  identical  with  the  Alacalufan.  (Cf. 
 review  of  evidence  in  Introduction  to  present 
 bibliography.) 
 
 Chastrey,  Henry 
 
 L’hygiene  et  la  medecine  chez  les 
 Fuegiens.  (In  Jour,  d’ hygiene,  Paris, 
 1899,  xxiv,  253-256.) 
 
 The  most  commendable  feature  of  this  highly 
 imaginative  article  is  its  brevity.  Some  of  the 
 data  may  have  been  derived  from  Byron,  a,  or 
 from  Alex.  Campbell. 
 
 Chidley,  John.  1590 
 
 See  Magoths. 
 
 Child,  Theodore 
 
 The  Spanish-American  republics, 
 New  York,  1891;  Fr.  tr.,  Paris,  1891. 
 
 Contains  (orig.  pp.  245-249;  Fr.  tr.,  pp.  260- 
 265)  a  short  description  of  some  Alacaluf  met 
 casually  in  Smyth  Channel. 
 
 Churchill,  Awnsham  and  John,  ed. 
 
 A  collection  of  voyages  and  travels 
 
 .  .  .  ,  2d  ed.,  6  vols.,  London,  1732. 
 
 Contains  translations  of  Brouwer’s  narrative 
 (i,  453-471)  and  ol  Father  Del  Techo’s  history 
 (iv,  636-749). 
 
 Cienfuegos,  Maximo 
 
 A  proposito  de  una  comunicacion  del 
 senor  L.  Navarro  A.  sobre  los  indios 
 fueguinos.  (In  Ac  As  Soc.  scient.du  Chili, 
 Santiago,  1894,  iv,  p.  xcii.) 
 
 A  Fuegian  man,  woman,  and  child  told  Dr. 
 Cienfuegos  that  the  Fuegians  practiced  head  de¬ 
 formation.  No  traces,  however,  it  may  be  noted, 
 cf  this  custom  have  been  discovered  by  students 
 of  Fuegian  anthropology. 
 
 Clark,  Hyde 
 
 The  Yahgan  Indians  of  Tierra  del 
 Fuego.  (In  Rep.  Brit,  assoc,  adv.  sci., 
 1883,  p.  572;  somewhat  more  detailed 
 in  Jour.  Anthr.  inst.,  London,  1885, 
 xv,  159-160.) 
 
 The  author  believed  he  could  trace  a  kinship 
 between  the  Yahgan  and  one  of  the  African 
 languages. 
 
 Clipperton,  John.  1719 
 
 See  William  Betagh. 
 
 Cojazzi,  Antonio 
 
 Gli  Indii  dell’  arcipelago  fueghino: 
 Contributi  al  folk-lore  e  all’  etnografia 
 dovuti  alle  missioni  salesiane,  Torino, 
 1911;  Span,  tr.,  lacking  Borgatello  vo¬ 
 cabulary,  in  Rev .  chilenade hist,  y  geogr., 
 Santiago,  1914,  ix,  288-352,  x,  5-51. 
 
 One  of  the  most  important  recent  contribu¬ 
 tions  to  Fuegian  anthropology,  particularly  in 
 the  fields  of  Ona  social  and  religious  culture  and 
 of  Alacaluf  and  Ona  linguistics.  Of  special  in¬ 
 terest  for  Ona  culture  are  the  detailed  accounts 
 of  initiations  (pp.  31-38),  and  of  medicine-men, 
 death  and  burial,  and  religion  (pp.  67-76),  and 
 the  most  extensive  published  collection  of  about 
 18  myths  and  legends  (pp.  76-92).  On  pp.  100- 
 104  are  some  valuable  notes  on  the  culture  of  the 
 little  known  Haush  tribe;  the  Haush  vocabulary 
 of  90  words  and  phrases  is,  however,  judging  by 
 Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche’s  comparative  glossary, 
 pure,  or  almost  pure,  Shilk’nam,  rather  than 
 Manekenkn.  The  Haush  woman  from  whom 
 the  words  were  gathered  by  Prof.  Tonelli  had 
 been  living  among  the  Shilk’nam  for  a  long  time, 
 so  the  Rev.  Dr.  Cojazzi  writes  me. 
 
 Of  special  value  for  Fuegian  linguistics  are: 
 Father  Borgatello’s  (q.  v.)  extensive  Alacaluf  vo¬ 
 cabulary  (pp.  125-140)  of  592  words,  phrases,  and 
 sentences;  the  important  grammatical  notes  on 
 Ona  conjugation  (pp.  93-94);  Prof.  Tonelli’s  Ona 
 glossary  of  39  words,  mostly  denoting  relation¬ 
 ship  (p.  95);  some  Yahgan  words  furnished  by 
 the  Bridges  brothers  (pp.  113-114);  a  comparative 
 Ona,  Yahgan,  and  Alacaluf  vocabulary  of  40 
 words,  from  Beauvoir,  a,  with  slight  corrections 
 (pp.  16-17);  some  Ona  and  Yahgan  words  passim. 
 
 Dr.  Cojazzi  thoroughly  culled  and  coordinated 
 all  the  anthropological  material  on  the  Fuegians 
 scattered  through  the  Bollettino  salesiano.  His 
 work  is  based,  in  addition,  on  data  furnished 
 by  the  Salesians,  who  have  been  on  the  ground 
 since  1889  (1886),  on  personal  study  of  their  ex¬ 
 tensive  ethnological  collection,  including  about 
 1,000  stone  artifacts  from  Fuegia  and  Patagonia, 
 at  Valsalice,  Turin,  and  on  manuscript  notes  of 
 Prof.  Tonelli  and  Dr.  Carbajal,  Prof.  Tonelli’s 
 notes  being,  in  turn,  based  on  personal  research 
 .  in  Fuegia  and  on  much  information  given  him  by 
 Messrs.  Lucas  and  William  Bridges  and  by  the 
 missionaries  of  the  Salesian  stations. 
 
 Many  good  photographs  of  Fuegian  types  and 
 artifacts. 
 
COOrER] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  TRIBES  OP  TIERRA  DEL  PUEGO 
 
 79 
 
 Coleccion  de  historiadores  de  Chile  y 
 
 documentos  relativos  a  la  historia  na- 
 
 cional,  Santiago,  1861-1910,  vols. 
 
 I-XXXIX. 
 
 The  following  works  in  the  collection  contain 
 material  hearing  on  Fuegian  and  Chonoan  an¬ 
 thropology:  Gdngora  Marmolejo,  1862,  vol.  n; 
 Olivares,  1874,  vol.  vn,  1901,  vol.  xxvi;  Molina, 
 a  and  b,  1878,  vol.  xi;  Ovalle,  1888,  vols.  xu-xm; 
 P6rez  Garcia,  1900,  xxn-xxm;  Oviedo,  1901,  vol. 
 xxvn;  Molina,  c,  1901,  vol.  xxvi. 
 
 Colini,  Giuseppe  Angelo 
 
 Cronaca  del  museo  preistorico-etno- 
 grafico.  (In  Boll.  Soc.  geogr.  ital., 
 Roma,  1884,  xxi,  2d  ser.  ix,  fasc.  2, 
 pp.  157-162,  fasc.  3,  pp.  237-240.) 
 
 Extensive  and  valuable  comments  by  a  pro¬ 
 fessional  ethnologist  on  the  artifacts,  the  majority 
 Y ahgan  but  many  Alacalufan  and  Onan,  brought 
 back  by  the  Bove  expedition.  Some  Yahgan 
 words  passim. 
 
 Collection  of  voyages  undertaken  by  the 
 
 Dutch  East-India  Company,  London, 
 
 1703. 
 
 A  translation  from  de  Renneville  of  the  first 
 four  voyages,  including  de  Weert’s,  in  Commelin, 
 1645,  vol.  i. 
 
 Collignon,  Rene 
 
 [Review  of  Mission  du  cap  Horn,  vol. 
 vn.]  (In  Anthropologie,  Paris,  1891, 
 ii,  702-706.) 
 
 An  excellent  synopsis  of  the  results  of  Dr. 
 Ilyades’  somatological  researches  among  the 
 Yahgans. 
 
 Colvocoresses,  George  Musalas 
 
 Four  years  in  a  government  explor¬ 
 ing  expedition,  New  York,  1852. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  34-46,  38-42)  good  accounts  of 
 the  Onas  and  especially  of  the  Yahgans  met  at 
 Good  Success  and  Orange  Bays,  respectively,  in 
 Jan.-Feb.,  1839.  Lieut.  Colvocoresses  was  a 
 member  of  the  Wilkes  expedition.  Cf.  Wilkes, 
 Pickering. 
 
 Commelin,  Izaak,  ed. 
 
 Begin  ende  voortgangh  van  de  Vere- 
 enighde  Nederlantsche  geoctroyeerde 
 Oost-Indische  compagnie,  2  vols., 
 Amsterdam,  1645;  Fr.  tr.  by  de  Renne¬ 
 ville,  5  vols.,  ibid.,  1702-1706;  Engl, 
 tr.  (of  first  four  of  the  voyages,  includ¬ 
 ing  de  Weert’s),  London,  1703. 
 
 Contains  the  following  voyages:  de  Weert’s, 
 van  Noort’s,  vol.  i;  Speilbergen’s,  L’Hermite’s, 
 vol.  II. 
 
 Conway,  William  Martin 
 
 Aconcagua  and  Tierra  del  Fuego, 
 London,  etc.,  1902. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  194-195)  meager  notes  on  some 
 Alacaluf  met  in  Magdalen  Channel,  and  on  pp. 
 148-149,  191-193,  further  unimportant  details  on 
 Onas  and  Alacaluf,  not  based  on  personal  ob¬ 
 servation. 
 
 Cook,  Frederick  Albert 
 
 (а)  Through  the  first  antarctic  night 
 1898-99:  A  narrative  of  the  voyage  of 
 the  Belgica,  New  York,  1900. 
 
 Chapter  vm  (pp.  98-118)  contains  a  lengthy 
 and  excellent  account,  though  popular  and  some¬ 
 what  lacking  in  detail,  of  the  culture  of  the  Onas, 
 with  splendid  photographs  of  Ona  types. 
 
 (б)  The  giant  Indians  of  Tierra  del 
 Fuego.  (In  Century  magazine ,  New 
 York,  Mar.,  1900,  lix,  n.  s.  xxxvii, 
 no.  5,  pp.  720-729.) 
 
 Covers  about  the  same  ground  as  the  pre¬ 
 ceding. 
 
 (c)  Vers  le  pole  sud:  L’expedition 
 de  la  Belgica ,  1897-1899,  adaptation 
 fran^aise  par  A.  Pfinder.  (Reference 
 from  Dabbene.) 
 
 Whatever  may  be  thought  of  Dr.  Cook’s  arctic 
 exploits,  it  must  be  admitted  that  his  careful  and 
 sober  account  of  the  culture  of  the  Onas,  based 
 on  several  weeks’  personal  observation  during 
 the  Belgica  expedition  and  on  information  given 
 by  Mr.  Bridges  (Lucas?)  and  probably  by  the 
 Salesians,  is  a  reliable  and  valuable  contribution 
 to  Onan  anthropology. 
 
 Cook,  James 
 
 (a)  Capt.  Cook’s  journal  during  his 
 first  voyage  round  the  world  made  in 
 II.  M.  bark  Endeavor ,  1768-1771,  a 
 literal  transcription  of  the  original 
 MSS.,  ed.  with  notes  and  introduction 
 by  Capt.  W.  J.  L.  Wharton,  London, 
 1893.  (Cf.  Hawkesworth.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  37-38)  a  good  description  of  the 
 Onas  met  at  Good  Success  Bay  in  Jan.,  1769. 
 See  also  comment  under  Banks. 
 
 Hawkesworth’s  narrative  incorporates  many 
 data  from  the  Banks  and  Solander  journals  into 
 Capt.  Cook’s.  The  many  accounts  of  Capt. 
 Cook’s  first  voyage  which  appeared  prior  to 
 1893-1896  are  based  on  Hawkesworth’s  compila¬ 
 tion.  See  also  Journal  of  a  voyage  etc.,  Dublin, 
 1772. 
 
 ( b )  A  voyage  towards  the  south  pole 
 and  round  the  world  in  H.  M.  S.  the 
 Resolution  and  Adventure  in  the  years 
 1772,  ’3,  ’4,  and  ’5,  including  Capt. 
 Furneaux’s  narrative,  2  vols.,  London, 
 
80 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [  BULL.  G3 
 
 Cook,  James — Continued 
 1777;  4th  ed.,  ibid.,  1784;  Kerr,  vols. 
 xiv-xv;  Fr.  tr.  by  J.  B.  A.  Suard,  6 
 vols.,  Paris,  1778;  Montemont,  vols. 
 vii-ix;  Butch,  tr.  by  J.  B.  Pasteur, 
 Leyden,  etc.,  1797-1809,  vols.  iv-vii; 
 abstr.  in  Bancarel,  vol.  ix. 
 
 Contains  good  but  somewhat  brief  notes  on  the 
 natives  met  at  Christmas  Sound  (n,  183-184)  and 
 at  Good  Success  Bay  (n,  192)  in  Dec.,  1774.  The 
 former  had  angular  spear  shafts  (G.  Forster,  n, 
 501),  as  have  the  modern  Yahgans;  they  used  a 
 characteristic  Alacalufan  expression,  pcchera,  but 
 had  probably,  like  the  above  Good  Success  Bay 
 natives  who  also  used  it,  borrowed  it  from  the 
 Alacaluf. 
 
 Cooper,  John  Montgomery 
 
 Fuegian  and  Chonoan  tribal  rela¬ 
 tions.  (In  Proc.  19th  Internal,  congr. 
 of  Americanists ,  Washington,  1915,  pp. 
 445-453,  1917.) 
 
 A  general  discussion  of  tribal  relations  in  the 
 Magellanic  and  Chonoan  archipelagos. 
 
 Coppinger,  Richard  William 
 
 Cruise  of  the  Alert,  1878-1882, 
 London,  1883. 
 
 One  of  our  most  important  sources,  chiefly  for 
 the  culture,  but  also  for  the  language  and  soma¬ 
 tology,  of  the  Alacaluf  of  the  Patagonian  chan¬ 
 nels  and  the  western  Strait.  Dr.  Coppinger 
 cruised  around  this  territory  from  January  to 
 May,  1879,  and  later  from  October,  1879,  to  April, 
 1880,  during  which  time  he  had  excellent  oppor¬ 
 tunities  for  observation.  His  accounts  are  full, 
 detailed,  and  precise.  Of  special  value  are  the 
 following:  Lengthy  descriptions  of  the  West 
 Patagonian  Channel  Alacaluf  (pp.  48-56)  and  of 
 the  Tilly  Bay  Alacaluf  (pp.  118-122);  stature 
 measurements  of  8  men  and^iescriptive  somatol¬ 
 ogy  (pp.  49-50);  Alacaluf  vocabulary  (see  below); 
 discovery  of  skeletal  remains  at  Rosario  Bay  (pp. 
 54,  69-70),  of  stone  axhead  in  old  kitchen-midden 
 (pp.  52-53),  and  of  stone  weirs  (pp.  125-126)  at 
 Swallow  Bay;  descriptions  of  plank  boat  (pp. 
 43^4)  and  of  spearhead  making  (pp.  119-121). 
 Other  data  of  less  importance  (pp.  40-44,  57-59, 
 63-65, 67, 74, 103, 112-113, 123).  Several  woodcuts, 
 especially  the  one  opposite  p.  34. 
 
 The  Alacaluf  vocabulary  (p.  122),  containing 
 50  words  and  5  children’s  names,  was  taken  by 
 signs  from  an  old  native  at  Tilly  Bay.  Subse¬ 
 quently  Dr.  Coppinger  checked  the  list  by  re¬ 
 peating  the  words  and  having  the  native  point 
 out  the  objects.  Some  of  the  words  were  further 
 tested  on  natives  later  met  at  Port  Gallant  and 
 were  found  to  be  correct. 
 
 Cora,  Guido 
 
 La  spedizione  italo-platense  in  Pata¬ 
 gonia.  (In  Cora’s  Cosmos,  Torino, 
 1882-83,  vn,  181-192,  231-239,  272-277.) 
 
 Cora,  Guido — Continued 
 
 A  good  synopsis  of  Capt.  Bove’s  report.  Con¬ 
 tains  the  cultural  data  somewhat  abbreviated, 
 the  stature  measurements,  and  167  words  from 
 the  Yahgan  vocabulary.  The  statement  (p.  234) 
 “un  uomo  ha  generalmente  quattro  mogli”  dif¬ 
 fers  slightly  from  the  original  “raramente  pero 
 si  vedono  uomirii  con  piu  di  quattro  mogli” 
 (Bove,  a,  p.  793;  b,  p.  136;  c,  p.  128;  d,  Arch., 
 p.  292),  and  differs  still  more  from  the  statements 
 in  Bridges,  Hyades,  and  others. 
 
 Cordemoy,  Camille  de 
 
 An  Chili,  Paris,  1899. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  6-7)  meager,  unimportant  notes 
 on  some  Canoe  Indians  casually  met.  One  Ona 
 photograph. 
 
 Cordes,  Simon  de.  1599-1600 
 
 See  Jansz  Potgieter,  Barent. 
 
 Cordoba,  Antonio  de.  1786,  1788-89 
 
 See  Vargas  Ponce. 
 
 Coreal,  Francois 
 
 Voyages  de  .  .  .  aux  Indes  Occiden- 
 tales,  3  vols.,  Amsterdam,  1722;  2  vols., 
 Paris,  1722;  2  vols.,  Bruxelles,  1736. 
 
 Contains  (Amsterdam  ed.,  in;  Paris  and  Brux¬ 
 elles  ed.,  ii)  a  French  translation  of  Narbrough’s 
 voyage. 
 
 Coriat,  Isador  H. 
 
 Psychoneuroses  among  primitive 
 tribes.  (In  Journ.  of  abnormal  psy¬ 
 chology,  Boston,  Aug.-Sept.,  1915,  x, 
 no.  3,  pp.  201-208.) 
 
 An  attempt  to  explain  occasional  nervous  at¬ 
 tacks  among  the  Yahgans  and  Onas,  during 
 which  they  rim  amuck,  on  the  basis  of  Dr. 
 Freud’s  theory  of  sexual  repression.  Informa¬ 
 tion  regarding  these  nervous  outbreaks  (pp.  202- 
 206)  as  well  as  some  good  data  on  Yahgan  and 
 Ona  music  and  medicine  (pp.  205-206)  and  on 
 Yahgan  mourning,  dreams,  taboos,  and  myths 
 (pp.  205-207)  were  furnished  to  Dr.  Coriat  by 
 Prof.  Furlong. 
 
 Corra,  E. 
 
 Les  sauvages  de  la  Terre  de  Feu,  leur 
 origine,  leurs  moeurs  et  leur  acclima- 
 tation,  Paris,  1881.  (Reference  from 
 Babbene.) 
 
 Seemingly  an  unimportant  work. 
 
 Correa  Luna,  Carlos 
 
 Tierra  del  Fuego:  Expedicion  Nor- 
 denskjold.  (In  Bol.  Inst,  geogr.  ar¬ 
 gent.,  Buenos  Aires,  1897,  xviii,  158- 
 163.) 
 
 A  summary  of  Dr.  Nordenskj old’s  itinerary; 
 not  of  importance. 
 
COOrERl 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  TRIBES  OF  TIER R A  DEL  FTJEGO 
 
 81 
 
 Cortes  Hojea  ( variously  spelled  Ojea, 
 
 Ogea,  Hogea,  Ogeda,  Ojeda,  Oxeda), 
 
 Francisco  de.  1557-58 
 
 See  Goicueta,  Miguel  de. 
 
 Cox,  Guillermo  Eloi 
 
 Viaje  en  las  rejiones  septentrionales 
 de  la  Patagonia  1862-63,  Santiago  de 
 Chile',  1863. 
 
 Contains  (p.  165)  mention  of  a  people  called 
 the  Huaicurues  said  to  live  on  the  north  shore  of 
 the  Strait  and  to  he  descended  from  Tehuelches 
 and  Fuegians;  their  language  “se  parece  algo  al 
 de  los  Tehuelches.”  On  p.  162f  the  author 
 speaks  of  a  young  Huaicuru  slave  whom  he  saw 
 (cf.  Lista,  d  and  e ). 
 
 Crawshay,  Richard 
 
 The  birds  of  Tierra  del  Fuego,  Lon¬ 
 don,  1907. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  xxiii-xxv)  a  few  notes  on  the 
 material  culture  of  the  Onas  and  a  short  defence 
 of  their  character,  based  partly  at  least  on  per¬ 
 sonal  observation;  not  important. 
 
 Crouch,  Archer  P. 
 
 Smyth’s  Channel  and  the  Magellan 
 Straits.  (In  United  service  magazine, 
 London,  Sept.,  1892,  cxi,  n.  s.  v,  568- 
 581.) 
 
 Contains  (p.  569)  a  few  notes  on  the  Fuegians 
 from  Darwin,  a,  and  (pp.  579-5,80)  a  brief  de¬ 
 scription  oi  a  canoe  load  of  Alacaluf  met  casually 
 at  Isthmus  Bay. 
 
 Cummins,  John 
 
 See  Bulkeley. 
 
 Cunningham,  Robert  Oliver 
 
 Notes  on  the  natural  history  of  the 
 Strait,  of  Magellan  and  west  coast  of 
 Patagonia  made  during  the  voyage  of 
 H.  M.  S.  Nassau  in  the  years  1866, 
 67,  68,  and  69,  Edinburgh,  1871. 
 
 Dr.  Cunningham  cruised  with  Capt.  Mayne 
 aroimd  Fuegian  waters  intermittently  from  1866 
 to  1869,  during  which  time  he  had  frequent  con¬ 
 tact  with  the  Channel  and  Strait  Alacaluf  and 
 to  a  lesser  extent  with  the  Onas.  His  narrative, 
 however,  can  hardly  be  called  important  for  the 
 anthropologist,  as  his  descriptions  of  the  natives 
 encountered  contain  few  details  of  value.  See 
 especially  the  following:  On  Alacaluf,  at  Sholl 
 Bay  (pp.  312-313,  stature  measurements  of  2  men 
 and  2  women,  p.  320),  at  Eden  Harbor  (pp.  351- 
 352),  and  at  Fortune  Bay  (pp.  445-447);  on  Ala¬ 
 caluf  probably  in  English  Reach  (pp.  178-179); 
 on  Onas  (pp.  120-122,  306-307);  on  the  finding  of 
 a  skull  at  Philip  Bay  (pp.  199-200),  of  a  Chono 
 skull  and  3  stone  axheads  in  the  Guaitecas 
 Islands  (p.  335),  and  of  4  skulls  and  other  bones 
 at  Port  Melinka  in  the  Guaitecas  Islands  (p. 
 436).  The  Philip  Bay  skull  was  described  by 
 Prof.  Huxley  the  4  Chono  skulls  by  Dr. 
 Flower  (qq.  v.). 
 
 Curtis,  William  Eleroy 
 
 The  capitals  of  Spanish  America, 
 New  York,  1888. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  518-528)  a  popular  account  of 
 the  Fuegians,  chiefly  Alacaluf,  based  partly  on 
 personal  observation  and  hearsay;  to  be  used 
 with  caution. 
 
 Dabbene,  Roberto 
 
 (a)  Viaje  a  la  Tierra  del  Fuego  y  a  la 
 isla  de  los  Estados.  (In  Bol.  Inst,  geogr. 
 argent.,  Buenos  Aires,  xxi,  3-78.) 
 
 An  important  contribution  to  Fuegian  anthro¬ 
 pology,  especially  in  the  field  of  Onan  culture. 
 After  a  summary  description  of  the  natives  in 
 generaland  of  the  Alacaluf  (pp.  54-56),  Dr.  Dab¬ 
 bene  gives  extensive  accounts  of  the  Yahgans 
 and  Onas  (pp.  56-67,  67-78).  The  Onan  section, 
 the  most  important  of  the  paper,  is  based  on 
 careful  personal  observation  during  a  visit  from 
 Jan.  25  to  the  end  of  Feb.,  1902,  and  on  data  fur¬ 
 nished  largely  through  Mr.  Barclay  (q.  v.)  by 
 Mr.  Lucas  Bridges. 
 
 (b)  Los  indigenas  de  la  Tierra  del 
 Fuego.  (Ibid.,  1911,  xxv,  nos.  5-6, 
 pp.  163-226,  nos.  7-8,  pp.  247-300.) 
 
 This  very  important  monograph  can  be  rec¬ 
 ommended  as  the  best  extant  introduction  to 
 the  study  of  Fuegian  anthropology.  It  is  a  com¬ 
 prehensive  study,  detailing  at  considerable 
 length  practically  all  that  is  at  present  known 
 of  the  culture  of  the  Yahgans,  Alacaluf,  and  Onas, 
 and  summarizing  their  somatology.  It  is  based 
 on  his  earlier  paper  and  on  the  best  sources.  The 
 treatment  is  thoroughly  scientific. 
 
 Contents:  Environment  and  division  of  tribes, 
 pp.  163-168;  Yahgans,  pp.  168-207;  Alacaluf,  pp. 
 207-217;  Onas,  pp.  217-226,  247-274;  measure¬ 
 ments  by  Dr.  Ilrdlicka,  of  1  cf  Yahgan  skull  and  of 
 1  cf  and  1  $  Ona  skulls,  with  photographs,  pp. 
 283-287;  origin  of  Fuegians,  pp.  275-282;  extensive 
 bibliography,  pp.  288-300.  9  plates  and  8  figures 
 in  text,  in  addition  to  4  plates  mentioned  above. 
 
 Dally,  Eugene 
 
 Amerique,  (antliropologie).  (In  Diet, 
 encycl.  des  sciences  medicates,  Paris,  1869, 
 hi,  615-628.) 
 
 On  pp.  622-623  a  short  account  of  Fuegian 
 somatology,  based  on  Bougainville,  Fitz-Roy, 
 d’Orbigny,  Prichard,  de  Rochas;  not  important. 
 
 Dampier,  William 
 
 A  collection  of  voyages,  4  vols.,  Lon¬ 
 don,  1729;  Germ,  tr.,  4  vols.,  Franck- 
 furth-Leipzig,  1702-1714;  Fr.  tr.,  5 
 vols.,  Rouen,  1723. 
 
 Hacke’s  Collection,  containing  the  voyages  of 
 Sharp  and  Wood,  is  here  published  (iv;  Germ, 
 tr.,  iv;  Fr.  tr.,  v)  at  the  end  of  the  Dampier 
 voyages. 
 
82 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 r  BULL.  G3 
 
 Darapsky,  Luis  L. 
 
 (a)  La  lengua  araucana,  Santiago  de 
 Chile,  1888.  (Reprint  from  Revista  de 
 artes  y  letras.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  29-35  passim)  a  few  notes  on  cer¬ 
 tain  morphological  resemblances  of  the  Yahgan 
 to  the  “  Meso-Andine’»  tongues  of  South  America. 
 
 ( b )  Estudios  lingihsticos  amerieanos: 
 Fueguinos.  (In  Bol.  Inst,  geogr.  ar¬ 
 gent .,  Buenos  Aires,  1889,  x,  276-289.) 
 
 Dr.  Darapsky  calls  attention  to  some  gram¬ 
 matical  resemblances  of  the  Yahgan  tongue  to 
 the  Araucanian,  Guarani,  Aymara,  Quechua, 
 and  others.  He  concludes  (p.  287)  that  the  com¬ 
 parison  does  not  justify  the  supposition  of  close 
 kinship  of  the  Yahgan  with  the  Araucanian,  but 
 does  suggest  a  remote  common  source  for  the 
 Yahgan  and  “  Meso-Andine  ”  tongues.  His  Y ah- 
 gan  data  are  apparently  derived  from  Bridges, 
 Garbe,  and  Adam. 
 
 Darwin,  Charles  Robert 
 
 (a)  Journal  and  remarks  1832-1836, 
 London,  1839.  (Vol.  in  of  Narrative  of 
 the  surveying  voyages  of  H.  M.  S. 
 Adventure  and  Beagle;  various  later 
 editions;  the  account  of  the  Fuegians 
 in  the  Journal  of  researches,  etc.,  New 
 York,  1871,  is  rather  fuller  than  in  the 
 original  edition.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  227-244  of  orig.  ed.;  pp.  204-230 
 of  1871  ed.)  an  extensive  and  important  descrip¬ 
 tion  chiefly  of  culture,  the  Alaealufan  in  par¬ 
 ticular;  the  Onan  and  Yahgan  are  treated  much 
 more  summarily. 
 
 (b)  The  descent  of  man  and  selection 
 in  relation  to  sex,  2  vols.,  London,  1871; 
 many  later  editions. 
 
 Contains  many  references  passim  to  the  Fue¬ 
 gians,  chiefly  Alacaluf. 
 
 (c)  The  expression  of  the  emotions 
 in  man  and  animals,  London,  1872. 
 
 Contains  passim  some  interesting  data  on  the 
 expression  of  the  emotions  among  the  Fuegians. 
 These  data  are  from  Mr.  Darwin’s  own  observa¬ 
 tion  and  from  answers  by  Mr.  Thomas  Bridges 
 to  a  questionnaire. 
 
 Mr.  Darwin’s  numerous  observations  on  the 
 Fuegians  usually  refer  to  the  Alacaluf.  He  was 
 in  Fuegian  waters  from  Dec.  17,  1832,  to  Jan., 
 
 1833,  and  from  the  end  of  May,  1834,  to  June  10, 
 
 1834,  on  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  second  expedition. 
 
 During  these  two  visits  he  had  a  fair  amount  of 
 contact  with  the  natives,  and  in  addition  had  the 
 advantage  of  close  study  of  the  three  Fuegians 
 aboard  on  the  voyage  from  England  to  Fuegia. 
 His  data  on  moral  and  religious  culture  were  de¬ 
 rived  chiefly  from  other  members  of  the  expedi¬ 
 tion.  , 
 
 Mr.  Darwin’s  letters  to  Admiral  Sir  B.  J. 
 Sulivan,  commending  the  work  of  the  English 
 
 Darwin,  Charles  Robert — Continued 
 missionaries,  were  published  in  the  S.  Amcr. 
 miss,  mag.,  1882,  pp.  138,  260,  and  1888,  pp.  54-55. 
 They  are  of  interest  chiefly  from  the  religious 
 standpoint. 
 
 Delorme  Salto,  Rafael 
 
 Los  aborfgenes  de  America,  Mad  rid - 
 Habana,  1894. 
 
 Contains  short  accounts  of  the  Fuegians  (pp. 
 151-152)  andChonos  (pp.  127-129),  and  some  notes 
 passim  (pp.  11-58).  Unimportant;  the  author 
 fails  to  utilize  the  Fuegian  literature  of  the  last 
 two  generations. 
 
 Deniker,  Joseph 
 
 (a)  and  Hyades,  P.  D.  J. 
 
 Mission  scientifique  du  cap  Horn, 
 vii.  See  Hyades,  q. 
 
 (b)  Anthropologie  fuegienne.  (In  C. 
 R.  Congres  internat.  des  Americanistes , 
 8th  sess.,  Paris,  1890,  ibid.,  1892,  pp. 
 352-356.) 
 
 The  conclusions  of  Drs.  Hyades  and  Deniker, 
 as  expressed  in  Mission  sc.  du  cap  Horn,  vii,  1G6, 
 regarding  the  probable  relationship  of  the  Fue¬ 
 gians  (Yahgans  and  Alacaluf)  to  other  South 
 American  aborigines,  especially  the  Lagoa- 
 Santa  “race.” 
 
 (c)  Les  races  et  les  peuples  de  la  terre, 
 Paris,  1900;  Engl,  tr.,  London,  1900. 
 
 Contains  (passim,  and  pp.  656-658  of  orig.,  pp. 
 575-576  of  tr.)  unimportnat  brief  notes  on  the 
 Fuegians  and  Chonos. 
 
 Denuce,  Jean 
 
 Note  sur  un  vocabulaire  complet  de 
 la  langue  yahgane.  (In  Verb.  d.  X  VI. 
 Intern.  Amerikanisten-Kongr.,  Vienna, 
 1908,  ibid.,  1910,  pp.  651-654.) 
 
 An  announcement  of  the  proximate  publica¬ 
 tion  of  the  Rev.  Thomas  Bridges’  larger  Yahgan 
 dictionary  brought  back  by  the  Belgica  expedi¬ 
 tion  in  1899.  See  also  Hestermann.  Prof.  Franz 
 Boas  (ibid.,  pp.  lxviii-lxix)  expressed  the  hope 
 that  it  would  be  published  as  an  etymological 
 dictionary. 
 
 Despard,  George  Pakenham 
 
 (a)  Yahgan  dictionary.  MS.  (Ref¬ 
 erence  from  Marsh-Stirling,  a,  p.  100.) 
 
 According  to  a  letter  written  by  the  Rev.  Mr. 
 Despard  under  date  of  Jan.  23,  1859,  he  had  got¬ 
 ten  together  nearly  1,000  words  in  the  Yahgan 
 tongue,  but  no  grammar.  These  had  been  gath¬ 
 ered  from  natives  met  in  Fuegia,  and  from  the 
 Jemmy  Button  family  who  had  removed  the 
 preceding  year  to  the  Keppel  Island  Mission  in 
 the  Falklands.  I  have  come  across  no  other 
 mention  of  this  dictionary.  As  the  author  con¬ 
 tinued  his  linguistic  studies  under  exceptionally 
 favorable  conditions  for  three  years  after  1859, 
 his  dictionary  must  have  grown  much  beyond 
 
COOI’BR] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 83 
 
 Despard,  George  Pakenham — Continued 
 the  thousand  words  it  contained  at  the  begin¬ 
 ning  of  that  year.  Passages  in  the  following 
 article  show  that  the  Rev.  Mr.  Despard  made 
 strenuous  efforts  to  master  the  Yahgan  tongue — 
 efforts  which  met  with  much  success. 
 
 (6)  Fireland:  or,  Tierra  del  Fuego. 
 (In  Sunday  at  home ,  London,  1863,  x, 
 676-680,  696-698,  716-718,  731-734, 
 744-748.) 
 
 One  of  our  most  important  sources  for  Yahgan 
 culture— see  especially  pp.  679-680,  696,  698,  716- 
 717.  Passim  about  a  score  of  Y ahgan  words,  and 
 on  p.  698  a  few  good  data  on  Yahgan  grammar — 
 the  first  published  data  on  the  subject,  as  far  as  I 
 am  aware. 
 
 The  Rev.  Mr.  Despard  first  made  the  acquain¬ 
 tance  of  the  Yahgans  in  the  spring  of  1857,  and 
 from  then  until  his  departure  for  England  in 
 1862,  had  excellent  opportunities  for  studying 
 them  and  their  language,  both  in  their  native 
 habitat,  to  which  he  made  several  visits,  and  at 
 the  Falkland  Mission,  whither  successive  groups 
 of  Y ahgans  were  brought  for  extensive  stays.  He 
 began  the  serious  study  of  their  language  on  his 
 first  meeting  with  them  at  Cinco-Mai  Harbor, 
 Navarin  Island.  His  lexical  and  grammatical 
 researches,  built  upon  and  greatly  amplified  later 
 by  the  Rev.  Thomas  Bridges,  are  of  special  inter¬ 
 est,  inasmuch  as  they  are  the  historical  starting 
 point,  if  we  except  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  inaccu¬ 
 rate  vocabulary,  in  the  modern  study  of  Yahgan 
 linguistics.  His  treatment  of  Yahgan  culture 
 gives  evidence  that  he  was  a  keen  observer  and  a 
 cautious  and  accurate  investigator  and  chronicler. 
 
 Diaz,  Julino  V. 
 
 Tierra  del  Fuego.  (In  Revista  Soc. 
 geogr.  argent.,  vn,  268-292.)  (Refer¬ 
 ence  from  Phillips,  p.  67.) 
 
 Dieck,  Alfred 
 
 Die  Waffen  der  Naturvolker  Siid- 
 Amerikas,  Stalluponen,  1912. 
 
 Contains  references  passim  to  Fuegian  weap¬ 
 ons,  based  on  Bastian,  Waitz,  Th.  Bridges,  and 
 Hyades. 
 
 Dixon,  Roland  Burrage 
 
 The  independence  of  the  culture  of 
 the  American  Indian.  (In  Science,  New 
 York,  1912,  n.  s.  xxxv,  no.  889,  pp. 
 46-55.) 
 
 A  criticism,  unfavorable  but  reserved,  of  Dr. 
 Graebner’s  (q.  v.)  application  of  the  Kulturkreis 
 theory  to  America,  especially  to  Fuegia.  Prof. 
 Dixon,  however,  leaves  open  to  a  certain  extent 
 the  question  of  the  possible  Oceanic  origin  of  the 
 Fuegian  plank  boat  (pp.  53-54). 
 
 Dominguez,  Luis  L. 
 
 Los  fueguinos  del  cabo  de  Hornos  y 
 los  naufragos  de  la  fragata  Oracle. 
 
 Dominguez,  Luis  L. — Continued 
 
 (In  Bol.  Inst,  geogr.  argent.,  1883,  iv, 
 141-143.) 
 
 Contains  a  few  unimportant  brief  notes  on  the 
 Yahgans  of  Wollaston  Island. 
 
 Drake,  Edward  Cavendish 
 
 A  new  universal  collection  of  authen¬ 
 tic  and  entertaining  voyages  and  trav-* 
 els,  London,  1768;  same,  1770. 
 
 Contains  abstracts,  including  the  Fuegian  an¬ 
 thropological  data,  of  the  voyages  of  Drake  (Fa¬ 
 mous  voyage),  Cavendish  (Pretty’s),  van  Noort, 
 and  Anson. 
 
 m 
 
 Drake,  Francis.  1578 
 
 See  Francis  Pretty,  a,  and  Francis  Fletcher. 
 
 Duckworth,  Wynfried  Lawrence  Henry 
 
 Morphology  and  anthropology,  Cam¬ 
 bridge,  1904. 
 
 Contains  (p.  440)  some  notes  on  the  Fuegian 
 brain  from  Manouvrier,  c,  and  Seitz,  b. 
 
 Duclos-Guyot,  Alexandre 
 
 (a)  [Letter  to  Dom  Pernety.]  (In 
 Pernety,  Antoine  J.,  Journal  historique 
 d’un  voyage  fait  aux  lies  Malouines  en 
 1763  et  1764  .  .  .  et  de  deux  voyages 
 au  d^troit  de  Magellan,  2  vols.,  Berlin, 
 1769,  ii,  pp.  636-646;  Engl,  tr.,  2d  ed., 
 London,  1773,  pp.  261-266;  abstr.  on 
 natives  in  2d  ed.,  Paris,  1770,  n,  pp. 
 95-97.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  642-644;  tr.,  pp.  264-265)  short 
 notes  on  the  Alacaluf  met  at  Port  Famine,  appar¬ 
 ently  in  1765. 
 
 ( b )  Journal.  (Extracts,  ibid.,  pp. 
 653-684;  tr.,  pp.  270-285;  abstr.  of  ac¬ 
 count  of  natives  in  2d  ed.,  Paris,  1770, 
 ii,  pp.  110-121.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  670-683;  tr.,  278-285)  quite  an 
 extensive  description  of  the  Alacaluf  encountered 
 almost  daily  from  May  30  to  June  20,  1766,  during 
 the  expedition’s  stay  at  Port  Famine.  On  pp. 
 672,  674,  681  are  given  5-6  native  words,  most  of 
 them  of  very  doubtful  value. 
 
 Dumont  d’Urville,  Jules  Sebastien  Cesar 
 
 Voyage  au  pole  sud  et  dans  l’Oceanie 
 sur  les  corvettes  V Astrolabe  et  la  Zelee 
 .  .  .  pendant  les  annees  1837-1838- 
 1839-1840,  23  vols.,  Paris,  1842-1854. 
 
 Contains  in  Histoire  du  voyage,  i,  pp.  156,  265- 
 268,  289,  a  few  unimportant  notes  on  the  Ala¬ 
 caluf  and  in  Zoologie,  n,  pp.  208-217,  by  Honors 
 Jacquinot,  a  longer  but  not  important  account 
 of  the  Alacaluf,  based  on  written  sources  and  on 
 very  limited  personal  observation  by  members 
 of  the  expedition, 
 
84 
 
 BUREAU  OE  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 I  BULL.  03 
 
 Du  Plessis 
 
 Journal.  (Extracts  in  Marcel,  a  and 
 c.)  For  comments  see  Marcel . 
 
 Duse,  Samuel  August 
 
 Unter  Pinguinen  und  Seehunden: 
 Erinnerungen  von  der  schwedischen 
 Siidpolexpedition,  1901-1903,  tr.  by 
 Emil  Engel,  Berlin,  1905. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  82-83,  86-87,  97)  a  few  notes  on 
 the  Yahgans,  and  (pp.  90-96)  a  somewhat  fuller 
 though  not  very  important  accoimt  of  the  Onas. 
 Capt.  Duse  was  the  cartographer  of  the  Swedish 
 Antarctic  Expedition  and  had  a  limited  amount 
 of  contact  with  the  Onas  and  Y ahgans  of  Beagle 
 Channel  in  1902. 
 
 Du  Valdailly,  E. 
 
 Note  stir  les  Fuegiens  de  la  baie  de 
 l’lsthme.  (In  Bull.  Soc.  d'anthr.  de 
 Paris ,  1876,  2d  ser.  xi,  293-295.) 
 
 A  good  hut  quite  brief  description  of  Channel 
 Alacaluf  with  whom  the  writer  spent  “quelques 
 heures”  at  Isthmus  Bay. 
 
 Dy  L. 
 
 Die  Mission  auf  Feuerland.  (In 
 Globus,  Braunschweig,  1889,  lv,  no.  17, 
 pp.  270-271.) 
 
 A  summary  of  a  conference  given  by  the  Rev. 
 Mr.  Aspinwall  (q.  v.);  of  importance  for  the 
 study  of  Yahgan  mentality  and  morality.  The 
 account  of  the  latter  is  rather  more  favorable  than 
 that  given  by  most  other  first-hand  authorities. 
 
 Ehrenreich,  Paul 
 
 (а)  Die  Ethnographie  Siidamerikas 
 im  Beginn  des  XX.  Jalirlmnderts 
 unter  besonderer  Beriicksichtigung  der 
 Naturvolker.  (In  Arch.  /.  Anthr., 
 Braunschweig,  1904,  xxxi,  n.  s.  in, 
 39-75.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  61-62  and  passim)  some  notes 
 on  the  extant  literature  dealing  with  Fuegia, 
 and  on  the  culture  and  relationships  of  the 
 Fuegians. 
 
 (б)  Die  My  then  und  Legenden  der 
 siidamerikanischen  Urvolker  und  ihre 
 Bezieliungen  zu  denen  Nordamerikas 
 und  der  alten  Welt.  (Supplement  zu 
 Zeitschr.  f.  Ethnol.,  Berlin,  1905,  vol. 
 
 XXXVII.) 
 
 Contains  (p.  36)  an  Ona  sun-and-moon  myth; 
 nothing  else  of  note  on  Fuegia.  The  paper,  how¬ 
 ever,  would  be  an  excellent  starting  point  for 
 comparative  study  in  the  light  of  our  now  much 
 fuller  knowledge  of  Fuegian  mythology. 
 
 Eizaguirre,  Jose  Manuel 
 
 Tierra  del  Fuego:  Recuerdos  e  irn- 
 presiones  de  un  viaje  al  extremo  austral 
 de  la  Repiiblica,  Cordoba,  1897;  pub¬ 
 lished  originally  in  the  daily  Sud 
 America  of  1891. 
 
 Contains  two  Yahgan  vocabularies,  one  of  32 
 words  and  expressions  on  pp.  157-158,  the  other 
 of  62  words  and  expressions  on  pp.  166-167.  The 
 author  gathered  these  vocabularies  dining  a 
 visit  to  Fuegia  from  Sept.  22  to  Oct.  14, 1891,  but 
 he  does  not  state  the  circumstances  under  which 
 they  were  taken.  The  many  notes  passim  (pp. 
 70,  104-106,  108-113,  159-165,  210-211,  244-246)  on 
 the  culture  of  the  Yahgans,  Alacaluf,  and  Onas 
 are  based  partly  on  personal  observation,  but 
 are  loosely  written  and  not  important 
 
 Elliot,  George  Francis  Scott 
 
 Chile,  New  York,  1907. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  14-19)  unimportant  notes  on  the 
 Fuegians  and  Chonos,  based  partly  on  Barclay, 
 Lovisato,  Coppinger,  Steffen,  Byron,  a.  The 
 statement  on  p.  15  that  the  Fuegians  are  accus¬ 
 tomed  selfishly  to  throw  their  wives  and  children 
 overboard  when  overtaken  by  dangerous  storms 
 is  not  derived  from  any  trustworthy  source,  but 
 this  has  not  prevented  it  from  being  repeated  in 
 other  recent  popular  works. 
 
 Two  other  more  recent  works  by  the  same 
 author,  The  romance  of  savage  life,  Phila¬ 
 delphia,  1908,  and  Prehistoric  man  and  his  story, 
 Phila.-London,  1915,  contain  unimportant  refer¬ 
 ences  passim  to  the  Fuegians. 
 
 Ellis,  Alexander  John 
 
 Report  on  the  Yaagan  language  of 
 Tierra  del  Fuego.  (In  Trans.  Pkilol. 
 soc.,  London,  1882-1884,  pp.  32-44.) 
 
 An  important  and  extensive  study  of  Yahgan 
 grammar,  giving  incidentally  many  Yahgan 
 words.  The  paper  is  based  on  manuscript  notes 
 by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  and  on  the  latter’s 
 Yahgan  translation  of  St.  Luke’s  gospel.  The 
 report  also  contains  Mr.  Bridges’  original  draft 
 in  Yahgan  of  ch.  I,  w.  1-13,  of  St.  Luke’s  gospel, 
 and  a  Y ahgan  letter  dated  Aug.  5, 1880,  written  to 
 Mr.  Bridges  by  Stirling  Maiakaul,  a  native. 
 
 Enrich,  Francisco 
 
 Ilistoria  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus  en 
 Chile,  2(?)  vols.,  Barcelona,  1891. 
 (Reference  from  Fonck,  i,  p.  5.) 
 
 Contains,  according  to  Dr.  Fonck,  an  account 
 of  the  missions  to  the  Chonos. 
 
 Entertaining  account  of  all  the  countries 
 of  the  known  world,  3d  ed.,  London, 
 1752. 
 
 Contains  an  abstract  of  Anson’s  voyage  from 
 Walter’s  narrative,  with  some  details  apparently 
 from  Bulkeley  and  Cummins. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 85 
 
 Ercilla  y  Ztiniga,  Alonso  de 
 
 La  Araucana,  1569-1578-1589;  many 
 later  editions. 
 
 Ercilla  crossed  over  to  Chiloe  in  1558.  lie  de¬ 
 scribes  in  canto  xxxvi  a  couple  of  points  of  Chilo- 
 tan  culture,  which  were  common  also  to  the  Cho- 
 noan. 
 
 Essendorfer 
 
 Begegnung  mit  Feuerlandern  in  der 
 Magellanstrasse.  (In  Verh.  Berlin. 
 Ges.f.  Anthr.  u.  s.  w.,  1880,  pp.  [60]— 63.) 
 
 An  imimportant  brief  description  of  a  canoe¬ 
 load  of  Alacaluf  met  casually  in  1878  near  Cape 
 Froward. 
 
 Estevan,  Matheo 
 
 “Doctrina  Christiana  .  .  .  Arte,  y 
 Vocabulario,  y  algunas  Platicas  de  los 
 principal es  Mysterios  ”  in  the  Chonoan 
 language.  MSS.  1612-13.  (Men¬ 
 tioned  by  Lozano,  vol.  n,  bk.  7,  ch.  16, 
 no.  6,  p.  560;  cf.  ibid.,  ch.  3,  no.  35, 
 p.  456.) 
 
 The  recovery  of  these  valuable  manuscripts 
 would  throw  a  flood  of  light  on  the  whole  vexed 
 question  of  Chonoan  relationships  and  language. 
 “  El  Padre  Tec-ho  escrive  [Hist.  prov.  Par.,  bk.  6, 
 ch.  9,  p.  160],  que  fue  el  Padre  Juan  Bautista 
 Ferrufino,  quien  hizo  esta  version  del  Catecismo 
 en  la  lengua  de  los  Chonos;  pero  ciertamente 
 padecid  engano:  porque  aver  sido  Autor  el  Padre 
 Matheo  Estevan,  como  queda  dicho,  consta  de 
 Carta  original  del  Padre  Melchor  de  Venegas,” 
 who  went  in  1612  with  Father  Estevan  to  the 
 Guaitecas  Islands,  “escrita  desde  los  Chonos,  al 
 Padre  Provincial  Diego  de  Torres  en  27.  de 
 Noviembre  de  1612.  1  El  Padre  Matheo  Estevan 
 (dice)  es  el  que  ha  tornado  el  trabajo  de  poner 
 la  Doctrina  en  lengua  de  los  Chonos,  y  traducilla 
 con  un  Interprete  Chono,  que  sabe  la  lengua  de 
 Chilob’”  (Lozano,  ii,  p.  456). 
 
 Recently  Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche  has  suggested 
 (d,  p.  220)  that  the  “Chonos”  to  whom  Father 
 Estevan  preached  were  in  reality  “Patagones,” 
 but  he  advances  no  other  evidence  for  this  hy¬ 
 pothesis  than  the  resemblance  between  the 
 names  “Chonos”  and  chon  with  its  Tehuelche 
 and  Ona  variations.  The  derivation  is  doubtful, 
 to  say  the  least,  in  spite  of  the  resemblance — cf. 
 for  instance  the  entirely  unrelated  names,  Falk- 
 ner’s  Yacana  and  Bridges’  Yahgan.  But  even 
 granting  for  the  nonce  that  “Chono”  may  be 
 “chon  hispanizada,”  the  rest  of  Dr.  Lehmann- 
 Nitsche’s  hypothesis  seems  to  be  untenable,  both 
 on  somatological  and  cultural  grounds. 
 
 (1)  Somatological.  All  the  available  osteolog- 
 ical  remains  from  the  Guaitecas  Islands  show 
 cranial  kinship  more  to  the  Alacaluf  and  Yah- 
 gans  than  to  the  mainland  tribes.  The  silence 
 of  most  of  our  authorities  regarding  the  stature 
 of  the  Guaitecas  Islanders  would  suggest  that 
 these  natives  were  in  all  probability  of  medium 
 
 Estevan,  Matheo — Continued 
 height,  not  tall  like  the  Tehuelches.  See  dis¬ 
 cussion  in  Introduction,  pp.  41-42. 
 
 (2)  Cultural.  The  Guaitecas  Islanders  to 
 whom  Father  Estevan  preached  had  a  culture 
 very  like  the  Fuegian,  and  very  unlike  the  Pata¬ 
 gonian.  The  accounts  by  Fathers  Del  Teclio 
 and  Lozano,  based  mainly  at  least  on  mission¬ 
 aries’  letters,  show  this  clearly.  To  instance  one 
 point  in  particular:  Dr.  Lehqiann-Nitsche  him¬ 
 self  states  (loc.  cit.):  “esta  fuera  de  duda  que  los 
 Patagones  nunca  tuvieron  canoas”;  this  may  be 
 putting  it  a  little  stronger  than  the  available  evi¬ 
 dence  warrants,  but  what  is  certain  is  that  within 
 historic  times  the  Patagonians  have  been  em¬ 
 phatically  non-canoe-using  as  a  people.  But 
 Father  Estevan’s  Chonos  were  a  seafaring  people. 
 Not  only  did  the  archipelagic  conditions  demand 
 some  form  of  water  craft,  but  we  have  clear  evi¬ 
 dence  that  the  natives  actually  had  such.  Father 
 Del  Techo,  speaking  of  the  Guaitecas  “cacique” 
 Delco’s  earlier  interview  in  1609  with  Fathers 
 Venegas  and  Ferrufino,  says  (p.  159):  “Trahebat 
 secum  in  quinque  navigiolis,  praeter  familiam, 
 numerosum  comitatum,”  and  Delco  in  his  own 
 testimony  unmistakably  implies  that  his  people 
 were  a  seafaring  one  (ibid.).  Father  Lozano 
 states  that  Delco  used  to  come  to  Chiloe  once  a 
 year  (n,  454),  but  to  get  from  Guatana  in  the 
 Guaitecas  Islands  to  Chilod  some  kind  of  water 
 craft  was  of  course  required.  Goicueta  earlier  as 
 all  writers  later  who  treat  of  the  natives  between 
 Chilo6  and  Taitao  Peninsula  describe  them  as 
 using  the  plank  boat. 
 
 The  sources  for  Father  Estevan’s  voyage  with 
 Father  Venegas  are:  Del  Techo,  bk.  6,  ch.  10, 
 pp.  160-161;  Olivares,  ch.  10,  no.  2,  pp.  369,  372- 
 373;  and  especially  Lozano,  vol.  n,  bk.  7,  ch.  3 
 and  16,  pp.  445,  453-456,  558-561.  Father  Del 
 Techo  gives  1619  as  the  date,  but  Father  Lozano’s, 
 1612-13,  seems  much  better  substantiated. 
 
 Exploration  a  la  Terre  de  Feu.  (In  Rev. 
 Soc.  geogr.  argent.,  1885.)  (Reference 
 from  Dabbene.) 
 
 Apparently  an  unimportant  article. 
 
 Exquemelin,  Alexandre  Olivier 
 
 Bucaniers  of  America,  2d  ed.  of 
 Engl,  tr.,  2  vols.,  London,  1684—85 ; 
 repr.  ibid.,  1893. 
 
 This  2d  edition  of  the  English  translation  of 
 De  Americaensche  zee-roovers  (Amsterdam, 
 1678)  contains  in  vol.  n  Ringrose’s  narrative  of 
 the  voyage  of  Sharp. 
 
 Fagalde,  Alberto 
 
 Magallanes:  El  pafs  del  porvenir, 
 Valparaiso,  1901. 
 
 Contains  (i,  29-263)  a  history  of  Magellanic 
 exploration,  with,  however,  practically  all  the 
 anthropological  material  omitted. 
 
86 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 l  BULL.  63 
 
 Falkner,  Thomas 
 
 A  description  of  Patagonia  and  the 
 adjoining  parts  of  South  America, 
 Hereford-London,  1774;  Germ,  tr., 
 Gotha,  1775;  Fr.  tr.,  Lausanne,  1787; 
 Span.  tr.  in  de  Angelis,  i;  a  more  accu¬ 
 rate  Span.  tr.  by  Samuel  A.  Lafone 
 Quevedo,  Buenos  Aires,  1911. 
 
 Father  Falkner  gives  two  much  quoted  and 
 very  perplexing  accoimts  of  the  “Vuta-Huilli- 
 ches’’  (pp.  98-99)  and  of  the  “  Y aeana-cunnees  ’ ’ 
 (pp.  92-93,  111).  Neither  is  based  on  personal 
 experience.  The  source  for  the  former  is  appar¬ 
 ently  “the  relations  of  the  missionaries”  (p.  90); 
 the  description  of  the  Yacana-cunnees  was  de¬ 
 rived  from  “  Tamu,  the  Yacana-cunnee  Cacique,” 
 whom  Father  Falkner  knew  personally. 
 
 The  “Vuta-Huilliches,”  a  branch  of  the 
 Moluches  or  Araucanians,  were  divided,  accord¬ 
 ing  to  the  author,  into  three  sections,  the  Chonos, 
 the  Poy-yus  or  Peyes,  and  the  Ivey-yus  or  Keyes; 
 they  lived  along  the  coast,  and  (p.  96),  it  would 
 seem,  on  both  sides  of  the  Cordillera,  from  on  and 
 near  the  islands  of  Chiloe  to  the  Strait.  Whom 
 precisely  Father  Falkner  meant  by  the  Poy-yus 
 and  Koy-yus  may  never  be  conclusively  settled, 
 although  of  the  Poyas  (= Poy-yus?)  much  is 
 written,  especially  in  the  older  missionary 
 records. 
 
 As  for  Father  Falkner’s  Chonos,  it  is  very 
 doubtful  indeed  if  they  were  true  Chonos  at  all. 
 They  were  supposed  to  have  lived  “on  and  near 
 the  islands  of  Chiloe”  (p.  98),  and  reference  is  also 
 made  (p.  82)  to  the  “country  of  Chonos,  on  the 
 continent  over  against  Chiloe.  ”  But  our  original 
 sources  show  the  Chonos  to  have  lived  in  the  main 
 on  the  islands  south  of  Chiloe.  The  Chonos,  with 
 the  other  “Vuta-Huilliches,”  are  said  (p.  99)  to 
 have  been  bigger-bodied  than  their  neighbors  to 
 the  north  and  to  have  spoken  a  “mixture  of  the 
 Moluche  and  Tehuel  languages.”  This,  too,  is 
 contrary  to  what  we  know  of  the  true  Chonos 
 from  original  sources.  Cf.  Introduction,  pp. 
 34-36,41-42.  The  name  Chono  was  sometimes 
 used  in  a  very  loose  sense,  and  perhaps  Father 
 Falkner’s  authority  had  reference  to  natives  of 
 the  Chilotan  archipelago  or  of  the  adjoining  main¬ 
 land.  One  thing,  however,  is  clear— that  is,  the 
 accoimt  of  the  Chonos  is  as  confused  as  it  is  con¬ 
 fusing. 
 
 The  identity  of  the  “Yacana-cunnees”  is  al¬ 
 most  equally  problematical.  From  the  state¬ 
 ments  that  they  inhabited  the  eastern  Fuegian 
 Islands  (p.  91),  lived  chiefly  on  fish(p.  Ill), and 
 had  “light  floats,  like  those  of  Chiloe”  (p.  Ill; 
 cf.  also  pp.  92-93),  one  might  suppose  they  were 
 Canoe  Indians;  that  they  were  sometimes  carried 
 away  as  slaves  by  the  Huilliches  and  Tehuelhets 
 (p.  Ill)  would  suggest  the  same  conclusion. 
 But  “yacana-cunnee”  apparently  means  “foot 
 people”  (Lehmann-Nitsche,  d,  pp.  229-230), 
 and  besides  they  were  a  tall  people  (Falkner, 
 p.  Ill);  while  other  details  of  the  description 
 
 Falkner,  Thomas — Continued 
 
 imply  that  they  were  a  land  people,  for  they  lived 
 on  both  sides  of  the  Strait  (p.  Ill),  and  those  on 
 the  south  side  had  to  cross  the  Strait  to  have  com¬ 
 munication  with  the  Yacana  cacique,  Tamu’s 
 people  (pp.  92-93).  Hence,  they  must  have  been 
 either  Tehuelches  or  Onas  or  both.  Finally,  they 
 used  to  have  frequent  communication  with  the 
 Spaniards  and  French  who  came  from  the  Falk- 
 lands  to  get  wood  (p.  91),  and  used  to  “catch 
 ostriches  with  their  bowls”  (p.  Ill);  but  the 
 French  from  the  Falklands  had  contact  with  the 
 Alacaluf  and  Tehuelches  (cf.  Bougainville, 
 Duclos-Guyot),  not,  as  far  as  the  records  go,  with 
 the  Onas;  the  rhea  is  confined  to  the  mainland, 
 and  the  bolas  had  not  been  introduced  among  the 
 extreme  southern  Patagonians  themselves  until 
 about  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century 
 (Outes,  a,  pp.  427,  254). 
 
 It  looks,  therefore,  as  if  Father  Falkner’s 
 Y acana-eunnees  were  the  extreme  southern  Pata¬ 
 gonians.  They  seem,  however,  to  have  been  con¬ 
 fused  to  some  extent  with  the  Alacaluf  in  his 
 description.  As  far,  then,  as  Onan  anthropology 
 is  concerned  the  most  that  can  be  inferred  from 
 his  account  of  the  Y acana  is  that  perhaps  at  that 
 date  the  Onas  were  in  communication  with  their 
 mainland  cousins  and  may  possibly  have  used 
 at  times  some  kind  of  water  craft  to  cross  the 
 Strait. 
 
 From  the  foregoing  we  are  justified  in  con¬ 
 cluding  that  in  the  present  state  of  the  evidence 
 it  would  not  be  safe  to  use  Father  Falkner’s  ac¬ 
 counts  of  either  the  Chonos  or  the  Yacana-cun¬ 
 nees  as  giving  dependable  data  for  Chonoan  or 
 Onan  anthropology. 
 
 Featherman,  Americus 
 
 Social  history  of  the  races  of  mankind , 
 7  vols.,  London,  1881-1891. 
 
 Contains  (3d  div.,  Chiapo-  and  Guarano- 
 Maranonians,  pp.  501-508)  a  lengthy  description 
 of  the  Fuegians,  based  on  about  a  dozen  of  the 
 better  authorities  from  Capt.  Cook  to  Capt.  Bove; 
 frequent  inaccuracies. 
 
 Feilitzen,  von 
 
 Om  den  italienska  expeditionen  till 
 Patagonien  oeh  Eldslandet  under  led- 
 ning  af  lojtnant  G.  Bove.  (In  Truer, 
 Stockholm,  1883,  m,  77-93.) 
 
 Account  taken  from  Capt.  Bove’s  report  pub¬ 
 lished  at  Genoa. 
 
 Fernandez  y  Gonzalez,  Francisco 
 
 Los  lenguajes  hablados  por  los  indf- 
 genas  de  la  America  Meridional,  Madrid, 
 1893. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  72-74)  a  paragraph  on  the  Cho¬ 
 noan  language  based  on  Brinton,  and  a  few  notes 
 on  Yahgan  grammar  from  Adam. 
 
COOPEIt] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 87 
 
 Ferrufino  [or  Ferrufino],  Juan  Bautista 
 
 “  Decern  Dei  mandata  &  solemnes 
 Christianorum  preces,  ac  formula(m) 
 detestandi  peccata”  in  the  Chonoan 
 language.  MSS.  1609.  (Mentioned 
 by  Del  Techo,  bk.  6,  ch.  9,  p.  160.) 
 
 According  to  Father  Lozano  (ii,  456),  it  was 
 Father  Estevan,  not  Father  Ferrufino,  who  made 
 the  translations  into  Chono.  There  seem,  how¬ 
 ever,  to  he  good  reasons  for  concluding  that  the 
 latter,  too,  made  translations.  Father  Del  Techo’s 
 account  of  the  Chonos  and  Chono  missions  is 
 based  largely,  at  least,  on  original  sources,  prob¬ 
 ably  on  missionaries’  letters  (pp.  161,  181). 
 Father  Ferrufino,  moreover,  is  reported  (Del 
 Teeho,  loc.  cit.)  to  have  made  his  translations  in 
 two  days  with  the  aid  of  a  Chono  interpreter, 
 while  Father  Estevan,  although  he,  too,  used  an 
 interpreter,  actually  learned  the  Chono  language. 
 Finally,  the  texts  translated  by  the  former  are 
 entirely  different,  according  to  our  sources,  from 
 those  translated  by  the  latter. 
 
 Unfortunately,  the  Ferrufino  manuscript,  like 
 the  Estevan  translations,  has  been  lost,  perhaps 
 beyond  recovery. 
 
 The  original  sources  for  Father  Ferrufino’s 
 voyage  and  writings  are:  Del  Techo,  bk.  6,  ch. 
 8-9,  pp.  159-160;  Lozano,  vol.  n,  bk.  5,  pp.  34-44; 
 Olivares,  ch.  10,  no.  1,  pp.  367-368. 
 
 Feuilleret,  Henri 
 
 Le  detroit  de  Magellan,  Tours,  1880. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  130-139)  an  unimportant  ac¬ 
 count  of  the  Alacaluf,  based  chiefly  on  Bougain¬ 
 ville,  and  (pp.  238-239)  a  “Note  sur  les  Fu6giens” 
 from  Wyse. 
 
 Figuier,  Louis 
 
 The  human  race,  London,  1872. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  416-419)  an  unimportant  and  in 
 some  points  inaccurate  account  of  Fuegian  cul¬ 
 ture  and  languages. 
 
 Fitz-Roy,  Robert 
 
 (a)  Proceedings  of  the  second  expedi¬ 
 tion  1831-1836,  London,  1839.  (Yol.  ii 
 of  Narrative  of  the  surveying  voyages  of 
 H.  M.  S.  Adventure  and  Beagle.) 
 
 One  of  our  most  important  sources  for  the  cul¬ 
 ture  of  the  Alacaluf  of  the  Strait  and  Patagonian 
 Channels  (the  latter  natives  called  by  Admiral 
 Fitz-Roy  Chonos),  less  important  for  Yahgan  (Te- 
 keenikajYapool  culture,  still  lessfor  Onan(Oens- 
 men).  The  most  valuable  sections  are:  General 
 division  of  tribes,  pp.  129-133;  “Tekeenika,”  pp. 
 137-140;  Alikhoolip,  pp.  140-141;  “Huemuls,” 
 141-142;  “Chonos,”  p.  142;  Alikhoolip  and  “Te- 
 keenikas,”  pp.  175-189;  “Chonos,”  pp.  189-200. 
 In  addition  there  are  numerous  more  or  less  im¬ 
 portant  details  passim  on  the  natives;  see  espe¬ 
 cially:  on  the  Yahgans,  pp.  203,  208-211,  214-215, 
 220-222,323;  on  the  Onas,pp.  121-122,205-206,325- 
 326;  on  the  Chonos  proper,  pp.  359-395  passim. 
 
 64028°— Bull.  63—17 - 7 
 
 Fitz-Roy,  Robert — Continued 
 (b)  Appendix  to  same  vol.  ii. 
 
 Contains  an  important  English-Yahgan-Ala- 
 caluf  vocabulary  of  208  words  on  pp.  135-140,  and 
 a  vocabulary  of  3  “Chonoan”  (?)  words  on  p.  142. 
 The  appendix  also  includes  some  somatological 
 data  (measurements  of  2  men,  etc.)  by  Dr.  Wil¬ 
 son  on  pp.  142-147,  and  long  extracts  from  By¬ 
 ron’s  Loss  of  the  Wager  on  pp.  124-134. 
 
 It  should  be  noted  that  the  first  volume  of  the 
 Narrative  of  the  Adventure  and  Beagle  contains 
 extensive  and  anthropologically  important  ex¬ 
 tracts  from  Admiral  Fitz-Roy ’s  journal  of  the 
 first  expedition. 
 
 Few  Magellanic  explorers  have  had  the  ample 
 opportunities  for  first-hand  investigation  of  the 
 natives  that  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  had.  lie  took 
 part  in  the  first  expedition  from  Dec.,  1828,  to  the 
 end  as  captain  of  the  Beagle,  and  commanded  the 
 second  expedition.  Altogether,  he  spent  consid¬ 
 erably  over  a  year  in  the  Fuegian  archipelago, 
 during  which  time  he  had  very  frequent  contact 
 with  the  native  tribes,  particularly  the  Alacaluf. 
 Moreover,  he  derived  a  great  portion  of  his  data 
 “from  the  natives  who  went  to  England  in  the 
 Beagle,  and  from  Mr.  Low,  who  has  seen  more  of 
 them  [Fuegians]  in  their  own  country  than  any 
 other  livingperson  ”  (a,  p.  129).  In  some  respects, 
 however,  these  native  informants  were  not,  it 
 would  seem,  unimpeachable  witnesses.  Mr.  Low 
 was  the  captain  of  the  Adeona;  his  intercourse 
 was  chiefly  with  the  Channel  Alacaluf  (a,  p.  182), 
 whose  language,  however,  he  did  not  speak  (a, 
 
 p.  193). 
 
 The  Alacaluf-Yahgan  vocabulary  was  gath¬ 
 ered  from  the  four  natives  brought  to  England, 
 three  Alacaluf  and  one  Yahgan.  “I  found  great 
 difficulty  in  obtaining  words,  excepting  names 
 for  things  which  could  be  shown  to  them  and 
 which  they  had  in  their  own  country”  (a,p.  188). 
 This  vocabulary  is  discussed  at  length  in  the  In¬ 
 troduction  to  the  present  bibliography.  Admi¬ 
 ral  Fitz-Roy  did  not  learn  either  the  Y ahgan  or 
 the  Alacaluf  language. 
 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  division  of  the  Fuegian 
 tribes  has  been  abandoned,  and  some  few  of  his 
 cultural  data  would  need  revising,  but  even  after 
 the  lapse  of  these  eighty  years  he  still  remains  our 
 most  important  authority  for  Alacalufan  culture, 
 and  little  indeed  has  been  added  to  our  knowl¬ 
 edge  of  Alacalufan  culture  since  his  time. 
 
 Fletcher,  Francis 
 
 The  world  encompassed  by  Sir  Fran¬ 
 cis  Drake,  collected  out  of  the  notes  of 
 Master  Francis  Fletcher  preacher  .  .  . 
 and  others,  London,  1635, 1652-1653  (1st 
 ed.,  1628);  Osborne,  vol.  ii;  Purves; 
 Hakl.  soc.,  vol.  xvi,  ed.  by  W.  S.  W. 
 Vaux,  London,  1854;  extr.  in  Ilyades, 
 
 q,  pp.  2-4;  abstr.  in  Bancarel,  vol.  ii, 
 and  in  Henry,  vol.  i. 
 
 Contains  a  good  though  not  extensive  descrip¬ 
 tion  of  Alacaluf  met  near  Elizabeth  Island  in 
 1578.  Fletcher’s  account  of  the  natives  is  much 
 fuller  than  Pretty’s. 
 
88 
 
 BUREAU  OE  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Flower,  William  Henry 
 
 Catalogue  of  the  specimens  illustrat¬ 
 ing  the  osteology  and  dentition  of  verte- 
 brated  animals,  recent  and  extinct, 
 contained  in  the  museum  of  the  Royal 
 college  of  surgeons  of  England,  part  i, 
 Man,  London,  1879;  2d  ed.,  ibid.,  1907. 
 
 Contains  measurements  of  most  of  the  follow¬ 
 ing  skeletal  remains:  (1)  Chonoan  (1st  ed.,  p.  178; 
 2d  ed.,  pp.  309-310):  nos.  1016-1018,  1020,  4  crania 
 (of  which  1  $,  1  c?  mutilated,  1  9  mutilated,  and 
 1  9  ?);  no.  1019,  lower  jaw,  2  ossa  innominata,  and 
 a  scapula;  (2)  Alacalufan  (1st  ed.,  p.  179;  2d  ed. 
 p.  312):  no.  1025,  3  cranium  and  parts  of  skeleton, 
 previously  described  by  Huxley  (q.  v.);  (3)  Yah- 
 gan  (1st  ed.,  p.  180;  2d  ed.,  p.  314):  nos.  1026-1027, 
 
 1  9  and  1  3  cranium;  (2d  ed.,  pp.  312-313);  nos. 
 1025 2-1025 8,  10271;  (4)  Fuegian  (2d  ed.,p.312),no. 
 1025  *,  1  9  skeleton.  The  Chonoan  remains  col¬ 
 lected  by  Dr.  Cunningham  are  classified  in  the 
 Catalogue  as  Patagonian,  but  it  is  fairly  clear 
 that  they  are  Chonoan,  for  no.  1020  is  from  the 
 Chonos  Islands,  and  nos.  1016-1019  are  apparently 
 the  ones  found  in  a  small  cave  at  Port  Melinka,  in 
 the  Guaitecas  Islands  (Cunningham,  pp.  335, 
 436). 
 
 Most  of  the  above  Alacalufan  and  Yahgan  ma¬ 
 terial  was  more  fully  studied  and  described  by 
 Dr.  Garson  (q.  v.). 
 
 Fonck,  Francisco  Adolfo 
 
 Viajes  de  Fray  Francisco  Menendez, 
 
 2  vols.,  Valparaiso,  1896-1900. 
 
 Dr.  Fonck  in  this  scholarly  study  gives  inci¬ 
 dentally  a  summary  of  and  the  references  to 
 most  of  the  sources  for  the  history  of  the  mission 
 Chonos.  See  especially  the  following  pages: 
 I,  5;  II,  28-29,  33,  43,  87,  102,  151,  172,  192-193. 
 
 Forster,  George 
 
 A  voyage  round  the  world  in  His 
 Britannic  Majesty’s  sloop,  Resolution , 
 commanded  by  Capt.  James  Cook, 
 during  the  years  1772,  3,  4,  and  5,  2 
 vols.,  London,  1777. 
 
 Contains  (n,  498-506,  510)  short  descriptions  of 
 the  natives  met  at  Christmas  Sound  and  Good 
 Success  Bay  in  Dec.,  1774,  by  Capt'.  Cook’s  second 
 expedition;  based  on  the  journal  of  Johann  Rein¬ 
 hold  Forster.  See  comments  under  J.  Cook,  b.  ■ 
 
 Forster,  Johann  Reinhold 
 
 Observations  made  during  a  voyage 
 round  the  world,  London,  1778;  Germ, 
 tr.  with  additions  by  George  Forster, 
 
 3  vols.,  Berlin,  1784. 
 
 Arranged  in  topical  rather  than  chronological 
 order.  Contains  numerous  though  not  impor¬ 
 tant  data  on  the  Fuegians  (ch.  6,  pp.  212-609, 
 passim).  The  writer,  with  his  son  George,  ac¬ 
 companied  the  second  Cook  expedition. 
 
 Foster,  Henry.  1829 
 
 See  W.  H.  B.  Webster. 
 
 Foy,  Willy  „ 
 
 Fiilirer  durch  das  Rautenstrauch- 
 Joest-Museum  der  Stadt  Coin,  3d  ed., 
 Coin,  1910. 
 
 Scmipopular  in  tone.  Dr.  Foy  agrees  with 
 Dr.  Graebner  (q.  v.)  on  the  question  of  the 
 Oceanic  origin  of  American  aboriginal  culture  in 
 general  and  of  the  Fuegian  in  particular.  See 
 especially  pp.  26, 154. 
 
 Freville,  Anne  Frangois  Joachim  de 
 
 Ilistoire  des  nouvelles  decouvertes 
 faites  dans  la  Mer  du  Sud  en  1767,  1768, 
 1769,  &  1770,  2  vols.,  Paris,  1774. 
 
 Contains  (i,  18-24)  an  account  of  the  natives 
 of  Good  Success  Bay,  based  on  Capt.  Cook’s  first 
 voyage. 
 
 Frezier,  Amedee  Frangois 
 
 Relation  du  voyage  de  la  mer  du  Sud 
 aux  cotes  du  Chili,  du  Perou  et  du 
 Bresil,  fait  pendant  les  annees  1712, 
 1713,  &  1714,  2  vols.,  Amsterdam, 
 1717  (orig.  Fr.  ed.,  Paris,  1716);  Engl, 
 tr.,  London,  1717;  Dutch  tr.,  Amster¬ 
 dam,  1718,  1727;  Germ,  tr.,  Hamburg, 
 1745;  Span.  tr.  of  parts  relating  to  Chile, 
 Santiago  de  Chile,  1902;  see  also  de 
 Brosses,  ii,  204-219;  abstr.  in  Prevost, 
 vol.  xv. 
 
 Frezier’s  expedition  met  no  natives,  but  he 
 gives  (1717  Fr.  ed.,  1, 58-59;  de  Brosses,  n,  208- 
 209)  a  few  details  on  natives  met  probably  at 
 Good  Success  Bay  by  one  of  Brunet’s  officers  in 
 1712  and  by  Villemorin  in  1713,  and  some  data 
 on  the  Chonos  obtained  in  person  from  Dom 
 Pedro  Molina  and  others  (ibid.,  pp.  147-148,  and 
 211-21 2 ,  respectively ) .  Not  important . 
 
 Friederici,  Georg 
 
 (а)  Die  Schiffahrt  der  Indianer, 
 Stuttgart,  1907. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  41-45)  excellent  descriptions  of 
 the  Fuegian  bark  canoe  and  plank  boat,  based 
 on  museum  material  and  the  best  written  sources. 
 
 (б)  Ein  Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis  der 
 Trutzwaffen  der  Indonesier,  Siidsee- 
 volker  und  Indianer.  (In  Baessler- 
 Archiv ,  Beitrage  zur  Volkerkunde,  heraus- 
 gegeben  aus  Mitteln  des  Baessler-Insti- 
 tuts,  Beiheft  vii,  Leipzig-Berlin,  1915.) 
 
 Contains  some  few  data  passim  on  Fuegian 
 offensive  weapons.  Cf.  pp.  34,  43,  and  especially 
 pp.  13  and  66-67  on  the  supposed  Fuegian  “  Wurf- 
 keule.”  See  discussion  of  the  throwing  club  in 
 Subject  Bibliography,  p.  215. 
 
COOl'BR  ] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 89 
 
 Froger,  Frangois 
 
 Relation  d’un  voyage  fait  en  1695. 1696. 
 &  1697.  aux  Cotes  d’Afrique,  Detroit 
 de  Magellan,  Brezil,  Cayenne  &  Isles 
 Antilles,  par  une  Escadre  des  Vaisseaux 
 du  Roy,  commandee  par  M.  de  Gennes, 
 Paris,  1698;  Amsterdam,  1699,  1715; 
 Engl,  tr.,  London,  1698;  extr.  in  de 
 Brosses,  n,  104-112;  abstr.  in  Prevost, 
 xv. 
 
 Contains  (1698  ed.,  pp .  97-98;  tr.,  pp.  74-76; 
 de  Brosses,  n,  109;  cf.  also  pp.  107,  111)  a  good 
 though  short  account  of  Alacaluf  met  at  Port 
 Famine  in  1696.  “  Ils  se  servoient  aussi  de  gros 
 caillous  taillez  pour  couper  le  hois”  (p.  97;  de 
 Brosses,  n,  109). 
 
 Furlong,  Charles  Wellington 
 
 (a)  Amid  the  islands  of  the  Land  of 
 Fire.  (In  Harper's  monthly  mag.,  New 
 York,  Feb.,  1909,  cxvm,  335-347.) 
 
 Contains  a  few  somatological  notes  on  the 
 natives  and  a  short  account  of  their  relations  with 
 the  white  people.  Two  photographs  of  types;  one 
 Yaligan  word,  p.  344. 
 
 ( b )  The  southernmost  people  of  the 
 world.  (Ibid.,  June,  1909,  cxix,  126- 
 137.) 
 
 An  extensive  and  excellent  description  of  the 
 present-day  Yahgans,  especially  their  social  and 
 moral  culture.  The  article  includes  also  the  fol¬ 
 lowing:  On  p.  127  maximum,  minimum,  and 
 average  stature  measurements  of  14  Yahgan  men; 
 on  p.  129  a  map  of  former  and  present  Yahgan 
 territory;  passim,  about  10  Yahgan  words. 
 
 (c)  Into  the  unknown  land  of  the 
 Onas.  (Ibid.,  Aug.,  1909,  cxix,  443-455.) 
 
 A  narrative  of  the  author’s  journey  over  the 
 mountain  range  north  of  Harberton  to  the  At¬ 
 lantic  coast  with  Ona  guides. 
 
 (d)  The  vanishing  people  of  the  Land 
 of  Fire.  (Ibid.,  Jan.,  1910,  cxx,  217-  . 
 229.) 
 
 An  extensive  and  important  account  of  Onan 
 culture,  especially  social  and  moral  culture.  The 
 article  includes  also  maximum  and  average  stat¬ 
 ure  measurements  of  11  Ona  men  (p.  220),  about 
 15  Ona  words  (p.  225  and  passim),  map  of  pres¬ 
 ent  and  former  Ona  distribution  (p.  225). 
 
 (e)  Cruising  with  the  Yahgans.  (In 
 Outing  mag.,  New  York,  Apr.,  1911, 
 lviii,  3-17.) 
 
 Contains  cultural  data  passim,  also  a  map  and 
 8  photographs. 
 
 (/)  The  toll  of  the  Straits.  (Ibid., 
 Oct.,  1911,  lix,  3-22.) 
 
 Parts  of  the  article  throw  a  little  light  on 
 Fuegian  character.  One  Ona  photograph. 
 
 Furlong,  Charles  Wellington — Continued 
 
 (g)  Hunting  the  guanaco.  (Ibid., 
 Oct.,  1912,  lxi,  3-20.) 
 
 Contains  the  most  complete  extant  account  of 
 the  Onas’  methods  of  hunting  the  guanaco  and 
 good-notes  on  the  uses  to  which  they  put  its  skin. 
 On  p.  7  an  Ona  guanaco  legend,  and  passim 
 1  Yahgan  and  11  Ona  words. 
 
 ( h )  The  lure  of  the  Antarctic.  (In 
 Harper's  weekly,  New  York,  May  11, 
 1912,  lvi,  16-17.) 
 
 Contains  one  paragraph  on  the  Yahgans  and 
 one  Yahgan  photograph. 
 
 Dr.  Dabbene  has  the  following  title  in  his 
 bibliography:  Recorriendo  las  islas  de  Tierra  del 
 Fuego,  articulos  publicados  en  El  Diario  de 
 Buenos  Aires,  1910,  nos.  6495-6506.  Prof.  Fur¬ 
 long  tells  me  that  these  must  be  articles  written 
 up  from  interviews  with  him. 
 
 (i)  Stone  age  men  of  the  Land  of  Fire. 
 (In  Travel,  New  York,  Oct.,  1915,  xxv, 
 no.  6,  pp.  9-13.) 
 
 A  good  popular  summary  of  Ona  culture,  with 
 a  few  notes  on  that  of  the  Yahgans.  Some  excel¬ 
 lent  photographs,  illustrating  Ona  culture  and 
 physical  type. 
 
 (j)  The  Alaculoofs  and  Yahgans,  the 
 world’s  southernmost  inhabitants.  (In 
 Proc.  19th  Internat.  congr.  of  American¬ 
 ists,  Washington,  1915,  pp.  420-431, 
 1917.) 
 
 An  important  contribution  to  our  knowledge  of 
 Yahgan  culture.  Five  Yahgan  words  expressing 
 numbers.  Stature  measurements,  maximum, 
 minimum,  and  average,  of  14  Yahgan  men. 
 
 ( k )  The  Haush  and  Ona,  primitive 
 tribes  of  Tierra  del  Fuego.  (Ibid.,  pp. 
 432-444.) 
 
 A  valuable  paper  containing  some  excellent 
 new  material  on  Ona  culture,  especially  psychi¬ 
 cal  culture.  Stature  measurements,  maximum 
 and  average,  of  11  Ona  men.  The  linguistic  ma¬ 
 terial  consists  of  a  short  Haush  vocabulary  of  6 
 words,  a  longer  Ona  or  Sliilk’nam  one  of  94  words 
 and  expressions,  and  several  Ona  and  Yahgan 
 words  passim,  all  being  material  gathered  directly 
 from  the  natives.  Of  special  interest,  too,  is  the 
 author’s  discussion  of  the  little  known  Haush 
 subtribe,  whom,  however,  he  classes  as  a  distinct 
 linguistic  stock. 
 
 In  both  the  preceding  papers  Prof.  Furlong 
 emphasizes  the  role  which  environment  has 
 played  in  the  development  of  Fuegian  culture. 
 
 Prof.  Furlong,  by  letter  of  May  7, 1915,  has  kindly 
 furnished  me  with  the  following  list  and  descrip¬ 
 tion  of  studies  he  is  preparing  for  publication: 
 
 (l)  [Explorations  in  the  Fuegian 
 archipelago]  [Book]: 
 
 “The  bulk  of  this  material  will  naturally  re¬ 
 late  to  my  experience  and  observations  o  f  the 
 Yahgan  and  Ona  tribes  and  the  lands  they  in¬ 
 habit.” 
 
90 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Furlong,  Charles  Wellington — Continued 
 
 (m)  [The  Ona  bow  and  arrow] 
 [Article]: 
 
 “This  will  deal  with  the  material  of  which 
 these  bows  are  made,  methods  of  making,  their 
 purpose  and  the  way  they  are  used,  including  as 
 far  as  possible  the  Indian  names  for  the  material 
 and  parts  and  any  interesting  facts  relating  to 
 the  subject.” 
 
 ( n )  [Patagonian  and  Fuegian  .  foot 
 prints  and  hand  prints]  [Article]: 
 
 “This  article  will  contain  comments  on  a  col¬ 
 lection  of  some  fifty  hand  prints  and  foot  prints 
 I  took  from  the  Tehuelches,  Yahgans,  and  Onas. 
 The  majority  of  these  prints  are  from  the  Ona 
 people  of  both  sexes,  from  babies  to  adults.  I 
 shall  also  make  use  of  a  few  circumference  line 
 tracings  of  hands,  in  connection  with  this  article.” 
 
 (o)  [Yahgan  and  Ona  songs  and 
 speech]  [Article]: 
 
 “This  will  be  based  on  about  a  dozen  phono¬ 
 graphic  records  I  secured  from  the  Ona  and 
 Yahgan  Amerinds.  A  duplicate  set  of  these  was 
 sent  to  Prof.  Stumpf  and  Dr.  von  Ilornbostel  of 
 Berlin  University  for  their  phonographic  ar¬ 
 chives.”  Prof.  Furlong  will  be  very  largely 
 imder  obligation  to  Dr.  Erich  von  Hornbostel  for 
 this  article.  Cf.  note  by  Dr.  von  Hornbostel  in- 
 Zeitschr.  f.  Ethn.,  Berlin,  1912,  xliv,  831;  also 
 Ooriat,  pp.  205-206. 
 
 (v)  [Comments  on  the  Ona  and 
 Yahgan  languages]  [Article]: 
 
 “This  will  contain  a  list  of  words  secured  by 
 me  and  comments  on  the  character  of  speech  and 
 its  usage;  also  a  brief  history  of  the  famousr 
 Bridges  dictionary.” 
 
 The  two  following  articles  appeared  after  my 
 manuscript  had  gone  to  the  printer. 
 
 ( q )  Some  effects  of  environment  on 
 the  F uegian  tribes.  (In  Geographical  re¬ 
 view,  New  York,  Jan.,  1917,  m,  1-15.) 
 
 The  best  extant  treatment  of  the  subject.  Y ah- 
 gan  and  Ona  stature  measurements  as  in  b  and 
 d.  3  Yahgan  words  and  one  O nan.  2  maps. 
 
 (r)  Tribal  distribution  and  settle¬ 
 ments  of  the  Fuegians.  (Ibid.,  Mar., 
 1917,  hi,  169-187.) 
 
 An  important  article  dealing  with  the  territo¬ 
 ries,  nomenclature,  decrease  and  causes  thereof, 
 and  settlements  of  the  Fuegian  tribes.  3  maps, 
 especially  one  showing  the  hunting  grounds  of 
 the  various  Ona  clans. 
 
 In  addition  to  the  above  studies,  published 
 and  in  preparation,  Prof.  Furlong  has  in  manu¬ 
 script  extensive  field  notes  on  the  Fuegian 
 tribes,  including  the  above-mentioned  Yahgan, 
 Shilk’nam,  and  Manekenkn  vocabularies.  Cf. 
 also  Coriat. 
 
 The  author’s  published  articles  are  important 
 contributions  to  Yahgan  and  Onan  cultural 
 
 Furlong,  Charles  Wellington — Continued 
 anthropology,  and  his  contemplated  publica¬ 
 tions  will  throw  much  light  not  only  on  some 
 little-known  phases  of  Fuegian  culture  but  on 
 the  languages  and  some  departments  of  soma¬ 
 tology  as  well.  Of  the  published  articles  listed 
 above,  b,  d,j,  and  fc,  q  and  r  are  by  far  the  most 
 important. 
 
 His  contributions  to  Fuegian  anthropology 
 are  based  on  careful  observation  and  inquiry 
 made  during  an  expedition  to  Fuegia  in  1907-8. 
 He  spent  about  three  months  among  the  Yahgans 
 and  Onas.  For  the  greater  part  of  this  time  he 
 traveled  with  Yahgans  by  boat  and  canoe 
 through  Beagle  Channel  south  to  Ponsonby 
 Soimd,  and  with  Onas  afoot  and  in  the  saddle 
 from  Harberton  through  the  heart  of  Tierra  del 
 Fuego  Island.  Many  of  his  cultural  data  are, 
 moreover,  derived  verbally  from  the  very  best 
 first-hand  authorities,  the  Lawrence  and  Bridges 
 brothers. 
 
 The  six  Haush  words  were  gathered  from 
 Pelota,  an  old  Haush  man  living  at  Harberton, 
 with  the  assistance  of  a  Yahgan  who  spoke  a  few 
 words  of  Haush  and  but  very  little  English. 
 Nearly  all  the  Ona  nouns  were  obtained  by 
 sketching  the  object  and  having  the  natives  give 
 the  equivalent  in  their  own  tongue,  a  game  which 
 seemed  to  interest  them  very  much,  for  they 
 would  repeat  the  term  as  often  and  distinctly  as 
 desired. 
 
 Two  extensive  collections  made  by  Prof.  Fur¬ 
 long  are  now  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
 History,  New  York,  and  in  the  Peabody  Museum 
 at  Harvard.  The  former  is  especially  rich  in 
 Onan  artifacts.  Two  smaller  collections  mado 
 by  him  are  in  the  Peabody  Museurh  at  Salem, 
 Mass.,  and  in  the  Museum  of  the  American  In¬ 
 dian,  Heye  Foundation,  New  York. 
 
 Gajardo,  Ismael 
 
 Viaje  de  la  escampavfa  “Huemul,” 
 Marzo,  1902.  (In  An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile , 
 Valparaiso,  1905,  xxv,  25-45.) 
 
 Contains  a  few  unimportant  notes  (pp.  32-34) 
 on  the  modern  Yahgans. 
 
 Galippe,  V. 
 
 See  Hyades,  e. 
 
 Gallardo  i  Andrade,  Bartolome  Diez 
 
 Relacion  del  sargento  mayor  don 
 Bartolome  Gallardo  hecha  en  Lima  de 
 orden  de  VE.  sobre  el  viaje  que  hizo 
 al  reconocimiento  de  las  poblaciones  de 
 los  ingleses  con  todo  lo  sucedido  en  el 
 y  paraje  donde  llego,  Lima,  Apr.  21, 
 1675.  (In  An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile.  1886, 
 xi,  525-537.) 
 
 The  Gallardo  expedition  of  1674-75  got  as  far 
 as  the  Gulf  of  Penas,  having  crossed  the  Isthmus 
 of  Ofqui.  Some  of  the  data  in  the  Relacion  on 
 pp.  527,  530-533  have  a  slight  bearing  on  the 
 vexed  question  of  Chonoan  linguistic  relations. 
 
(COOPER] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIE  BRA  DEE  FTTECO 
 
 91 
 
 Gallardo,  Carlos  R, 
 
 Los  Onas,  Buenos  Aires,  1910. 
 
 An  important  and  indispensable  monograph, 
 t  reating  in  the  minutest  detail  every  department 
 (except  mythology)  of  Ona  (Slulk’nam)  culture, 
 and  including  valuable  material  on  Ona  linguis¬ 
 tics.  Somatology  is  treated  very  briefly. 
 
 Contents:  Environment,  pp.  1-93;  divisions, 
 names,  and  origin  of  Onas,  pp.  95-108;  descrip¬ 
 tive  somatology,  pp.  109-117;  distribution,  pp. 
 118-120;  culture,  pp.  121-358;  language,  pp.  359- 
 395.  The  section  on  language  includes  some 
 valuable  though  meager  data  on  grammar  and 
 many  Ona  words  passim;  there  are  also  many 
 Ona  words  scattered  through  the  whole  book. 
 Copious  illustrations,  although  many  of  the 
 photographs  have  been  considerably  retouched. 
 
 Dr.  Gallardo’s  work  is  based  primarily  on 
 personal  observation  during  two  (or  more?) 
 visits  to  Tierra  del  Fuego,  on  the  study  of 
 museum  material— and  perhaps  to  some  extent 
 on  written  sources,  although  none  are  cited  in 
 the  work.  In  addition  he  has  received  much 
 information  from  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges,  “con  cuya 
 ayuda”,  as  he  writes,  p.  364,  “he  podido  realizar 
 esta  obra.  Un  carinoso  recuerdo  tambi4n  para 
 el  indio  Pedro,  muerto  fuera  de  sus  montanas  y 
 sus  bosques;  mucho  fue  lo  que  41  me  ensefid.” 
 
 Garbe,  R. 
 
 Glossar  der  feuerlandischen  Sprache 
 von  Julius  Platzmann,  Leipzig,  1882. 
 
 .  (In  Gottingsche  gelehrte  Anzeigen,  Got¬ 
 tingen,  1883,  i,  336-376.) 
 
 A  rather  sharp  criticism  of  Dr.  Platzmann’s 
 Yahgan  vocabulary,  followed  by  a  lengthy  and 
 important  treatise  on  Yahgan  grammar,  based 
 (p.  341)  on  ten  letters  written  by  the  Rev.  Mr. 
 Bridges  to  Prof.  Max  Muller.  Many  Yahgan 
 words  passim 
 
 Garcia  [Marti  or  Alsue],  Jose 
 
 (a)  Diario  del  viaje  i  navegacion 
 liechos  por  el  padre  Jose  Garcia  de  la 
 Compania  de  Jesus  desde  su  mision  de 
 Cailin,  en  Chiloe,  hacia  el  sur  en  los 
 anos  1766  i  1767.  (Published  first  in 
 von  Murr’s  Nachrichten,  vol.  ii;  then 
 in  Anales  Universidad  de  Chile ,  1871, 
 vol.  xxxviii ;  finally  with  extensive 
 notes  by  Diego  Barros  Arana  in  An. 
 hidr.  mar.  Chile ,  Santiago,  1889,  xiv, 
 3-47.) 
 
 One  of  the  most  important  early  sources  on  the 
 culture  of  the  Chonos  (and  Alacaluf?).  The  cul¬ 
 tural  data  are  scattered  through  the  narrative; 
 see  especially  pp.  6, 14-15,  20-21,  23-25,  28-32,  37- 
 38,  42  (of  the  edition  by  Dr.  Barros  Arana).  The 
 tribal  divisions  (pp.  31-33)  are  given  with  more 
 detail  in  the  next  reference.  Map. 
 
 ( b )  [Letter  of  Oct.  31,  1783,  on  the 
 tribal  and  linguistic  divisions  of  the  na¬ 
 tives  between  Chiloe  and  the  Strait.  1 
 (In  Hervas  y  Panduro,  a  and  b.) 
 
 Garcia  [Marti  or  Alsue],  Jose — Contd. 
 
 For  comment  see  Hervas. 
 
 Father  Garcia  left  the  Cailin  Mission  on  Oct. 
 23,  1766,  with  5  Spaniards  and  34  Chonos.  They 
 crossed  the  Isthmus  of  Ofqui  and  got  as  far  as  the 
 Guaianeco  Islands,  where  they  remained  a  little 
 while,  returning  to  Cailin  Jan.  30,  1767.  Father 
 
 •  Garcia  probably  used  an  interpreter  in  giving  his 
 missionary  message  to  the  Guaianeco  Islanders 
 (pp.  30-31),  as  the  whole  tenor  of  his  letter  to 
 Father  Hervas  seems  to  imply  that  he  did  not 
 speak  the  language(s)  of  the  natives.  His 
 cultural  data,  based  on  personal  observation 
 chiefly,  are  therefore  more  dependable  than  his 
 linguistic  data. 
 
 Garson,  John  George 
 
 On  the  inhabitants  of  Tierra  del 
 Fuego.  (In  Jour.  Anthr.  inst Lon¬ 
 don,  1885,  xv,  141-157.) 
 
 An  important  study  of  the  following  osteolog- 
 ical  material  in  the  Museum  of  the  Royal  College 
 of  Surgeons  of  England:  no.  1025,  c?  Alacalufan 
 skull  (the  same  one  that  Owen,  Huxley,  and 
 Flower  had  described)  and  parts  of  skeleton;  nos. 
 I025A-P,  1026-1027,  6  c?  and  2  9  Yahgan  skulls, 
 and  3-4  incomplete  skeletons,  obtained  directly 
 or  indirectly  through  the  South  American  Mis¬ 
 sionary  Society.  Dr.  Garson’s  paper  also  con¬ 
 tains  a  review  passim  of  the  somatological  evi¬ 
 dence  to  1885,  and  a  good  summary  of  Fuegian 
 culture,  based  on  Fitz-Roy,  Bridges,  and  Bove. 
 
 Gasperi,  G.  B.  de 
 
 La  diminuzione  della  popolazione  in- 
 digena  della  Terra  del  Fuoco.  (In 
 Arch,  per  V anthr.  e  Vetnol.,  Firenze, 
 1913,  xliii,  163-166;  summary  in  Riv. 
 geogr.  ital.,  Firenze,  1913,  xx,  627-628.) 
 
 Statistics  of  and  a  statement  of  eight- causes  for 
 he  rapid  diminution  of  the  native  Fuegian  popu¬ 
 lation  from  1880  to  1913.  A  good  treatment  of  the 
 subject. 
 
 Gay,  Claudio,  ed. 
 
 Historia  fisica  y  politica  de  Chile: 
 Documentos,  2  vols.,  Paris,  1846-1852. 
 
 Contains  the  following  documents  bearing  on 
 the  Chonos  and  Channel  Alacaluf:  vol.  i:  no.  16, 
 Carta  sobre  la  muerte  de  Valdivia,  pp.  176-178; 
 no.  30,  Informe  cronologico  by  Aseasubi,  pp.  300- 
 400;  no.  36,  Pietas’  Noticia,  pp.  486-512;  vol.  n: 
 Olaverria’s  Informe,  pp.  13-54;  Goicueta’s  narra¬ 
 tive  of  Cortes  Hojea’s  voyage,  pp.  55-98. 
 
 Gennes,  de.  1696 
 
 See  Froger. 
 
 Geoffroy  Saint-Hilaire,  Etienne 
 
 Portrait  d’un  Fuegien.  (In  Bull. 
 Soc.  d' anthr.  de  Paris ,  1861,  ii,  535-536.) 
 
 An  unimportant  ten-line  description  of  a  por¬ 
 trait  (not  reproduced  in  Bulletin)  executed  by 
 M.  Ie  commandant  Cabaret  de  Saint-Cernin  and 
 presented  by  M.  Geoffroy  Saint-Hilaire, 
 
02 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  BULL.  63 
 
 Gerlache,  Adrien  de 
 
 (а)  Relation  sommaire  du  voyage  de 
 la  Belgica  1897-1899.  (In  Bull.  Soc. 
 roy.  beige  de  geogr.,  Bruxelles,  1900, 
 xxiv,  no.  5,  pp.  417-531.) 
 
 Contains  meager,  unimportant  notes  on  the 
 Fuegians. 
 
 (б)  Quinze  mois  dans  l’Antarctique, 
 2d  ed.,  Paris-Bruxelles,  1902. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  86-94)  a  fair  description  of  the 
 Alacaluf,  Yahgans,  and  especially  Onr.s. 
 
 The  author  had  some  contact  with  the  natives 
 in  1897  and  1899,  but  the  above  descriptions  give 
 very  little  information  about  them.  See  Dr. 
 Cook’s  fuller  account. 
 
 Giglioli,  Enrico  Hillyer 
 
 *(a)  Viaggio  intorno  al  globo  della 
 reale  pirocorvetta  italiana  Magenta 
 negli  anni  1865-66-67-68  sotto  il 
 comando  del  capitano  di  fregafca  Y.  F. 
 Arminjon,  Milano,  1875. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  947-951)  an  unimportant  ac¬ 
 count  of  the.  Fuegians,  based  chiefly  on  informa¬ 
 tion  given  by  residents  of  Punta  Arenas,  and 
 on  the  then  extant  literature,  especially  Fitz¬ 
 Roy  and  Cunningham.  Dr.  Giglioli  himself  ap¬ 
 parently  saw  no  natives  except  at  Punta  Arenas; 
 a  subofficer  encountered  casually  a  group  of 
 Alacaluf. 
 
 (6)  Materiali  per  lo  studio  della  “eta 
 della  pietra”  dai  tempi  preistorici  all’ 
 epoca  attuale.  (In  Arch,  per  Vantrop. 
 e  Vetnol.,  Firenze,  1901,  xxxi,  19-264; 
 reprint,  Firenze,  1901.) 
 
 Contains  (Arch.,  pp.  258-262;  repr.,  pp.  242- 
 246)  descriptions  of  Fuegian  artifacts,  and  (pp. 
 262  and  246,  respectively)  particularly  of  6  bolas 
 balls  and  a  “mortaio  di  lava”  found  near  Cape 
 Penas  on  Tierra  del  Fuego  Island  and  now  in 
 Dr.  Giglioli’s  collection. 
 
 Gilliss,  James  Melville 
 
 The  United  States  naval  astronomical 
 expedition  to  the  southern  hemisphere 
 during  the  years  1849-’50-’51-’52,  vol. 
 i,  Chile,  Washington,  1855. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  38, 73)  unimportant  notes  on  the 
 Chonos  and  modern  Chilean  plank  boats. 
 
 Girard  de  Rialle,  Julien 
 
 (а)  Les  peuples  de  I’Afrique  et  de 
 
 l’Amerique:  Notions  d’ethnologie, 
 
 Paris,  [1880]. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  132-135)  a  short,  semipopular 
 account  of  the  Fuegians,  based  on  d’Orbigny, 
 de  Rochas.  Not  important. 
 
 (б)  Les  habitants  de  la  Terre-de-Feu 
 au  Jardin  d’acclimatation.  (In  Revue 
 
 Girard  de  Rialle,  Julien — Continued 
 
 scientifique,  Paris,  1881,  xxvm,  3d  ser. 
 ii,  476-479.) 
 
 An  unimportant  account  of  the  Fuegians, 
 based  on  the  older  written  sources  and  on  per¬ 
 sonal  observation  of  the  Hagenbeck  group  of 
 Alacaluf  in  the  Jardin  d’Acclimatation. 
 
 Giuffrida-Ruggeri,  Vincenzo 
 
 Un  cranio  Guayaclil,  un  cranio  (in¬ 
 complete)  Ciamacoco  e  un  cranio  fue- 
 gino.  (In  Atti  Soc.  romana  di  antrop., 
 Roma,  1906,  xn,  235-258.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  247-254)  a  description  and  meas¬ 
 urements  of  an  adult  Fuegian  skull,  the  gift 
 of  a  Salesian  missionary  Bouvaire  [Beauvoir?]. 
 “II  cranio  e  interessante  per  il  suo  tipo  sferoidale- 
 ipsicefalo”  (p.  250).  Dr.  Sera  (q.  v.,  p.  194) 
 thinks  this  skull  is  probably  of  Patagonian  origin. 
 Illustrations. 
 
 Godoy,  Pedro 
 
 Tierra  del  Fuego:  Informe  de  su  go- 
 bernador.  (In  Bol.  Inst,  geogr.  argent., 
 Buenos  Aires,  1893,  xiv,  cuad.  5-8,  pp. 
 386-397.) 
 
 Contains  (p.  397)  a  census  of  the  natives  of 
 Argentine  Fuegia;  unimportant. 
 
 Goicueta  [or  Goizueta],  Miguel  de 
 
 Viaje  de  Juan  Ladrillero  1557-58. 
 (In  Gay,  Documentos,  n,  55-98;  ed. 
 with  notes  by  Vidal  Gormaz  in  An. 
 hidr.  mar.  Chile,  Santiago,  1879,  v, 
 482-520.) 
 
 One  of  the  most  important  early  sources  on 
 the  anthropology  of  the  canoe-using  Indians 
 between  Coronados  Gulf  and  the  Strait.  See 
 especially  the  descriptions  of  the  natives  en¬ 
 countered  at  the  north  end  of  Fallos  Channel 
 (“bahia  de  Nuestra  Senora  del  Valle”)  on  pp. 
 484-485,  at  the  south  end  of  Picton  Channel  (or 
 vicinity)  on  pp.  505,  509,  at  Coronados  Gulf  and 
 Ancud  Bay  on  pp.  514-516.  Of  equal  importance 
 are  the  accounts  of  the  natives  between  Corco- 
 vado  Gulf  (“golfo  de  San  Martin”)  and  Cape 
 Tres  Montes  (“cabo  Ochabario”)  on  pp.  518-519, 
 and  of  those  between  Cape  Tres  Montes  and  the 
 “Strait  of  Ulloa”  (?)  on  pp.  519-520.  On  one  of 
 the  islands  between  Adventure  Bay  and  the 
 Guaiteeas  Archipelago  were  found  (p.  513)  some 
 abandoned  huts  and  potato  patches. 
 
 The  Ladrillero  expedition  sailed  from  Val¬ 
 divia  on  Nov.  17, 1557,  with  two  (or  three?)  ves¬ 
 sels,  the  S.  Luis  and  the  S.  Sebastian,  commanded, 
 respectively,  by  Ladrillero  and  Cortes  Hojea. 
 They  first  touched  land  at  the  north  end  of  Fal¬ 
 los  Channel.  The  ships  became  separated,  and 
 Cort6s  Hojea  sought  shelter  somewhere  near  the 
 southern  end  of  Picton  Channel,  where  he  re¬ 
 mained  from  February  to  July  of  1558  rebuilding 
 the  S.  Sebastian.  On  the  return  trip  some  days 
 were  spent  in  and  around  Ancud  Bay.  The 
 account  of  the  natives  between  Corcovado  Gulf 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 93 
 
 Goicueta  [or  Goizueta],  Miguel  de— Con. 
 
 and  C.  Tres  Montes  is  apparently  based  on  ob¬ 
 servations  by  Cortes  Hojea  made  during  the 
 Ulloa  expedition  in  1553-54,  of  which  he  was  a 
 member  (p.  489;  Rosales,  a,  vol.  i,  216),  as  no 
 natives  are  mentioned  as  having  been  seen  in 
 this  territory  on  the  1557-58  expedition. 
 
 GOngora  Marmolejo,  Alonso  de 
 
 Historia  de  Chile  desde  su  descubri- 
 miento  hasta  el  aho  de  1575,  1575. 
 (Ed.  in  Col.  hist.  Chile ,  Santiago,  1862, 
 
 voly  II.) 
 
 Contains  (ch.  58,  p.  153)  a  detailed  description 
 of  the  plank  boat. 
 
 Gonzalez  de  Agiieros 
 
 Descripcion  historial  de  la  provincia 
 y  archipielago  de  Chiloe  en  el  Reyno 
 de  Chile,  y  obispado  de  la  Concepcion, 
 Madrid,  1791. 
 
 Father  Agiieros  spent  six  years  in  the  province 
 and  archipelago  of  Chiloe.  He  made  liberal  use 
 of  the  works  of  Fathers  Ovalle  and  Lozano  and 
 others  in  compiling  his  Descripcion.  It  contains 
 interesting  data  on  the  Chonos.  See  especially 
 the  following:  plank  boats,  pp.  66-67;  Chilotan 
 weirs,  pp.  70-71;  seal  hunting,  p.  73;  territory, 
 description  (from  Lozano)  and  division  (from 
 Jos6  Garcia)  of  Chonos,  pp.  185-186,  188.  The 
 narratives  on  pp.  217-248  of  the  two  missionary 
 expeditions  of  Fathers  Marin  and  Real  in  1778-79 
 and  of  Fathers  Menendez  and  Bargas  in  1779-80 
 into  the  Chonos’  territory  contain  some  notes  of 
 value  for  the  study  of  the  history  and  linguistic 
 relationships  of  the  Chonos 
 
 Graebner,  Fritz 
 
 (а)  Die  melanesische  Bogenkultur 
 und  ihre  Verwandten.  (In  Anthropos , 
 St.  Gabriel-Modling  bei  Wien,  1909, 
 iv,  726-780,  998-1032.) 
 
 Dr.  Graebner  maintains  that  the  same  strati" 
 fi cation  of  cultures  is  found  in  America  as  in 
 Indo-Oceanica,  the  successive  waves  having 
 passed  from  the  latter  over  to  the  former.  The 
 Fuegians  would  represent  the  earliest  of  these 
 waves,  and  culturally  occupy  the  same  low  plane 
 relatively  to  the  other  American  peoples  (“als 
 Randbewohner  der  Okumene”),  as  the  Tas¬ 
 manians  did  and  the  southeastern  Australians 
 do  to  the  other  Indo-Oceanic  peoples.  The  skin 
 mantle,  the  beehive  hut,  and  especially  the  half¬ 
 hitch  coiled  basketry,  found  in  both  archaic 
 areas,  would  thus  be  inheritances  from  a  common 
 cultural  ancestry,  not  the  result  of  convergence 
 (p.  1014).  See  also  p.  1018  on  Fuegian  bark 
 canoe,  plank  boat,  and  bow. 
 
 (б)  Methode  der  Ethnologie,  Heidel¬ 
 berg,  1911. 
 
 An  exposition  and  elaboration  of  the  whole 
 “  Kulturkreis  ”  theory.  Contains  (p.  149)  a  few 
 remarks  on  the  application  of  the  theory  to 
 Fuegia. 
 
 Graebner,  Fritz — Continued 
 
 (c)  Gewirkte  Taschen  und  Spiral- 
 wulstkorbe  in  der  Siidsee.  (In  Eth- 
 nologica  im  Auftrage  des  Yereins  zur 
 Forderung  des  stadtischen  Rauten- 
 strauch-Joest-Museums  f  iir  Volkerkunde 
 in  Coin,  herausgegeben  von  Dr.  W.  Foy, 
 Leipzig,  1913,  n,  Heft  1,  pp.  25-42.) 
 
 Contains  a  short  notice  of  the  Fuegian  half¬ 
 hitch  coiled  basketry  (p.  39);  of  interest  for  com¬ 
 parative  study  of  this  kind  of  basketry. 
 
 (d)  Amerika  und  die  Siidseekul- 
 turen.  (Ibid.,  pp.  43-66.) 
 
 An  answer  to  Krause  (q.  v.).  Contains  on 
 pp.  47-48  further  comments  on  the  resemblance 
 of  Fuegian  to  archaic  Indo-Oceanic  culture. 
 
 Griewe,  Wilhelm  Frederick 
 
 Primitives  Siidamerika,  Cincinnati, 
 1893. 
 
 Contains  (p.  234)  a  very  short  unimportant 
 account  of  the  Alacaluf.  The  same  account  is 
 found  in  the  author’s  History  of  South  America, 
 Cleveland,  1913,  pp.  152-154. 
 
 Grubb,  W.  Barbrooke 
 
 An  unknown  people  in  an  unknown 
 land  (Paraguayan  Chaco),  London, 
 1911. 
 
 The  author  spent  four  years  among  the  Yah- 
 gans  at  the  Falkland  Islands  Mission  (p.  26),  but 
 gives  no  information  about  them,  except  that  they 
 believed  the  moon  to  have  turned  a  blood-red 
 color  after  the  massacre  by  them  of  the  English 
 missionaries,  Capt.  Fell  and  his  party  (p.  139). 
 
 Guerrero  Bascuiian,  Mariano 
 
 Memoria  que  el  delegado  del  supremo 
 gobierno  en  el  Territorio  de  Magallanes 
 .  .  .  presenta  al  seiior  Ministro  de  Colo- 
 nizacion,  2  vols,,  Santiago  de  Chile, 
 1897.  (Reference  from  review  in  An- 
 nales  de  geogr.,  Paris,  1898,  vol.  vn, 
 Bibliographie  de  1897,  p.  270.) 
 
 Toward  the  end  of  the  first  volume,  according 
 to  the  reviewer,  L.  Gallois,  there  is  an  account  of 
 the  aborigines:  “Obra  rara  por  haberse  que- 
 mado  casi  toda  la  edicidn  del  ultimo  tomo’’ 
 (Anrique). 
 
 Guerrero  Vergara,  Ramon,  ed. 
 
 Los  descubridores  del  estrecho  de 
 Magallanes  i  sus  primeros  esploradores. 
 (In  An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile ,  Santiago,  1880- 
 81,  vols.  vi-vii;  sep.  repr.,  ibid.  1880.) 
 
 Contains  the  original  narratives  of  Ladrillero, 
 Juan  de  Mori  and  Sarmiento,  an  account  of 
 Drake’s  voyage  based  chiefly  on  Pretty’s  nar¬ 
 rative,  and  (vi,  435-452)  an  excellent  “reconstruc¬ 
 tion”  of  the  voyage  of  Ulloa  in  1553-54,  gathered 
 
94 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  BULL.  P.3 
 
 Guerrero  Vergara,  Ramon,  ed. — Continued 
 
 from  the  early  Chilean  sources.  Tjlloa  departed 
 from  Valdivia  toward  the  end  of  October,  1553, 
 and,  following  the  coast  line  and  channels,  en¬ 
 tered  apparently  the  Strait.  The  expedition 
 made  many  landings  and  had  some  contact  with 
 the  natives,  but  the  fragmentary  details  that 
 have  come  down  to  us  contain  only  meager 
 anthropological  material.  These  few  data,  how¬ 
 ever,  are  of  interest,  inasmuch  as  they  are  the 
 earliest  extant  accounts  of  the  Chonos  and  Pata¬ 
 gonian  Channel  natives. 
 
 Guilbaudiere,  Iouhan  de  la 
 
 Description  des  principaux  endroits 
 de  la  Mer  du  sud,  depuis  les  52.  degrez 
 30.  minutes  sud,  oil  est  le  d’Estroit  du 
 Magelland  jusqu’au  41.  degrez  Nord, 
 qui  est  l’jsle  de  Calliforne  faite  sur  les 
 lieux  par  le  si-  Iouhan  de  la  Guilbau¬ 
 diere:  Dresse  et  dessine,  les  plans  qui 
 l’accompagnent,  sur  ses  Memoires  par 
 le  sieur  Hanicle  Ingenieur  ordinaire  du 
 Roy.  MS.  in  Library  of  Congress, 
 Washington,  D.  C.  [1696], 
 
 Contains  a  good  though  short  account  of  the 
 culture  of  the  Alacaluf  of  the  Strait  (pp.  3-7)  and 
 some  local  and  tribal  names  (pp.  18-19),  but  is 
 chiefly  important  for  the  vocabulary  of  225  words 
 and  phrases  gathered  by  La  Guilbaudiere  from 
 the  natives  (pp.  8-13).  Sometime  between  1688 
 and  the  date  of  de  Gennes’  voyage,  1696  (Marcel, 
 a),  La  Guilbaudiere  was  shipwrecked  in  the 
 Canal  de  Joucy-oucq  or  Yeoucyoucq,  which,  to 
 judge  from  Jouan’s  description  and  from  Hani- 
 cle’s  map,  was  just  oil  the  Strait  of  Magellan 
 south  of  the  Port  Gallant  district— perhaps  Bar¬ 
 bara  Channel.  The  crew  spent  11  months  on 
 the  mainland  near  Port  Gallant  making  a  smaller 
 boat  from  the  wreckage  of  their  200-ton  vessel 
 (pp.  2,  23).  It  was  during  this  time,  as  La  Guil¬ 
 baudiere  states  (p.  3),  that  he  was  enabled  to 
 learn  something  of  the  native  culture  and  to 
 gather  his  vocabulary.  He  had  considerable  con¬ 
 tact  with  the  Indians  and  (p.  24)  took  at  least 
 one  long  voyage  of  five  weeks  with  them  by  canoe. 
 
 The  vocabulary  is  unquestionably  Alacalufan. 
 General  Mitre’s  criticism  (i,  159),  “estedocumento 
 es  una  mera  curiosidad  linguistica,”  is  certainly 
 far  too  severe.  A  comparison  with  other  Ala¬ 
 calufan  vocabularies  shows  Jouan’s  to  be  as  cor¬ 
 rect  as  most  and  more  correct  than  many  of  the 
 lists  gathered  by  more  trained  men;  but  like  most 
 of  the  other  extant  lists  his  has  a  corroborative 
 rather  than  an  independent  value. 
 
 Much  of  La  Guilbaudiere’s  cultural  material 
 was  published  by  Dr.  Marcel  (a  and  c),  as  was 
 also  the  vocabulary  (6).  Some  of  the  words  in 
 Marcel,  b,  differ  slightly  from  Jouan’s  manuscript 
 list;  Jouan,  too,  wrote  many  of  his  c’s  and  e’s,  l’s 
 and  t’s,  and  u’s  and  n’s  so  much  alike  that  it 
 is  not  always  possible  to  determine  which  he 
 meant.  Cf.  Roussel,  a,  b. 
 
 Gunn,  John 
 
 Recent  exploration  in  Tierra  del 
 Fuego.  (In  Scottish  geogr.  mag.,  Edin¬ 
 burgh,  1888,  iv,  319-326.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  325-326)  a  succinct  account  of 
 Ona  culture,  chiefly  material.  The  anthropolog¬ 
 ical  and  other  data  are  derived  from  Popper,  a. 
 
 Haberlandt,  Michael 
 
 Volkerkunde  (Sammlung  Goschen), 
 Leipzig,  1898;  Engl,  tr.,  London,  1900. 
 
 Contains  (orig.,  pp.  125-126;  tr.,  p.  101), a  very 
 short,  unimportant  paragraph  on  the  Fuegians. 
 
 Hacke,  William,  ed. 
 
 A  collection  of  original  voyages,  Lon¬ 
 don,  1699 ;  for  reprint  and  Fr.  and  Germ, 
 translations,  see  Dampier. 
 
 Contains  the  voyages  of  Sharp  and  Wood. 
 
 Haddon,  Alfred  Cort 
 
 (а)  The  study  of  man,  N ew  York-Lon- 
 don,  1898. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  55,  78)  brief  data  on  Fuegian  cra¬ 
 nial  and  nasal  indices. 
 
 (б)  The  races  of  man  and  their  distri¬ 
 bution,  London  (1909). 
 
 Contains  (pp.  100-102)  brief  notes  on  the  three 
 Fuegian  tribes. 
 
 (c)  The  wanderings  of  peoples,  Cam¬ 
 bridge-New  York,  1912. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  77,  112-113)  suggestions  regard¬ 
 ing  the  probable  relationship  and  original  habitat 
 of  the  three  Fuegian  tribes. 
 
 Hahn,  Philippe 
 
 (а)  La  mere  et  1’ enfant  chez  les  Fu6- 
 giens  du  sud  (Yaghan).  (In  Bull. 
 Soc.  d'anthr.  de  Paris ,  1883,  3d  ser.  vi, 
 804-807.) 
 
 An  important  article  from  the  physiological 
 as  well  as  from  the  social  and  moral  standpoints. 
 Several  Yahgan  words  given,  one  (p.  804)  show¬ 
 ing  a  slight  difference  as  used  in  Ushuaia  and  the 
 southern  islands  respectively. 
 
 (б)  Mission  du  cap  Horn:  Rapport 
 sommaire.  (In  C.  R.  hebdom.  Acad,  des 
 sciences ,  Paris,  seance  of  Dec.  31,  1883, 
 xcvn,  1533-1537.) 
 
 Contains  toward  end  a  brief  account  of  Yahgan 
 culture. 
 
 (c)  Les  Fuegiens  de  l’Archipel.  (In 
 Science  et  nature ,  Paris,  ler  sem.,  1884, 
 i,  337-341.) 
 
 Quite  like  the  preceding  article.  Brief  men¬ 
 tion  of  three  Yahgan  legends. 
 
 Dr.  Hahn  had  splendid  opportunities  for  first¬ 
 hand  study  of  the  Yahgans  during  his  year’s 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  T  TERR  A  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 95 
 
 Hahn,  Phillippe — Continued 
 
 service  on  the  French  Cape  Horn  Expedition  as 
 surgeon  of  the  Romanche.  He  spent  this  time 
 cruising  around  with  Capt.  Martial.  By  assidu¬ 
 ous  study  he  learned  to  understand  the  Yahgan 
 tongue  fairly  well.  In  his  professional  capacity, 
 moreover,  he  was  in  a  position  to  gather  some  in¬ 
 valuable  information,  especially  in  the  field  cov¬ 
 ered  by  the  first  of  the  above  three  articles.  The 
 greater  part  of  the  material  he  gathered  has  been 
 incorporated  in  volumes  I  and  vii  of  the  Mission 
 du  cap  Horn. 
 
 Hakluyt,  Richard,  ed. 
 
 The  principal  navigations,  voyages, 
 trafliques  and  discoveries  of  the  Eng¬ 
 lish  nation,  2d  enlarged  ed.,  3  vols, 
 London,  1598-1600;  ed.  by  Edmund 
 Goldsmid,  16  vols.,  Edinburgh,  1884- 
 1890;  ed.  Hakluyt  society,  12  vols., 
 Glasgow,  1903-1905. 
 
 Contains  (2d  ed.,  m,  730-742,  803-825,  839-840, 
 842-852;  Goldsmid  ed.,  xv-xvi;  Hakluyt  soc. 
 ed.,  xi)  Drake’s  Famous  voyage,  Pretty’s  and 
 Jane’s  accounts  of  Cavendish’s  1586  and  1591 
 voyages,  and  Magoths’  narrative  of  Chidley’s 
 voyage. 
 
 Hakluyt  society  publications,  London, 
 
 1847- 
 
 The  society  has  published  reprints  or  English 
 translations  of  the  following  voyages  and  other 
 works:  Acosta,  1880,  vols.  lx-lxi;  Fletcher,  1854, 
 vol.  xvi ;  Hawkins,  1847,  vol.  I,  and  1878,  vol. 
 lvu;  Maximilianus  Transylvanus,  1874,  vol. 
 Ln;  Nodals,  1911,  2d  ser.,  vol.  xxvm;  Sarmiento 
 and  Hernandez,  1895,  vol.  xci;  van  Speilbergen, 
 1906,  2d  ser. ,  vol.  xvm.  Cf.  also  Hakluyt,  and 
 Purchas,  6. 
 
 Hale,  Horatio 
 
 Ethnography  of  Antarctic  America. 
 (In  Science,  New  York,  July  31,  1885, 
 vi,  no.  130,  pp.  92-94.) 
 
 A  summary  of  the  Lucy-Fossarieu  mono¬ 
 graph  (q.  v.). 
 
 Hamilton,  James 
 
 A  memoir  of  Richard  Williams,  sur¬ 
 geon:  Catechist  to  the  Patagonian 
 missionary  society  in  Terra  del  Fuego, 
 New  York,  1854. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  109-120)  a  description  of  the 
 Fuegians,  based  chiefly  on  Byron,  de  Cdrdoba, 
 Fitz-Roy  and  Prichard;  but  is  of  greater  interest 
 for  the  frequent  references  passim  to  the  char¬ 
 acter  of  the  Yahgans  from  the  journal  of  Dr. 
 Williams. 
 
 Hamy,  Jules  Theodore  Ernest 
 
 (a)  See  de  Quatrefages. 
 
 ( b )  Etude  sur  les  collections  ameri- 
 caines  reunies  a  Genes  a  l’occasion  du 
 
 Hamy,  Jules  Theodore  Ernest — Contd. 
 IVe  centenaire  de  la  decouverte  de 
 l’Amerique.  (In  Journ.  Soc.  des 
 Americanistes  de  Paris,  1895-96,  i,  1-31; 
 separate  repr.,  Paris,  1896;  also  in 
 author’s  Decades  americanae:  3e  &  4e 
 Decades,  Paris  [1898],  pp.  153-178.) 
 
 Contains  (on  last  2  pages  of  article)  a  few  un¬ 
 important  notes  from  observation  of  the  three 
 Alacaluf  and  one  Ona  under  Father  Beauvoir’s 
 care  at  the  Genoa  exposition  in  1892. 
 
 (c)  Les  races  malaiques  et  ameri- 
 caines.  (In  Anthropologie,  Paris,  1896, 
 vii,  129-146;  [Les  races  americaines]  in 
 author’s  Decades  americanae,  5e  &  6e 
 Decades,  Paris  [1902],  pp.  1-10.) 
 
 Dr.  Hamy  asserts  his  belief  (pp.  142  and  5-6, 
 respectively)  in  the  racial  kinship  between  the 
 modern  Fuegians  and  the  ancient  Lagoa  Santa 
 race. 
 
 Hanaford,  Mrs.  Phebe  Anne 
 
 The  captive  boy  in  Tierra  del  Fuego 
 [Thomas  Edward  Coffin],  New  York, 
 1867. 
 
 Contains  passim  some  fairly  good  material  on 
 Fuegian  culture.  See  especially  pp.  210-211 
 describing  what  may  have  been  religious  cere¬ 
 monies.  The  boy  was  shipwrecked  with  his 
 father  among  the  natives,  apparently  Alacaluf, 
 and  after  his  father’s  murder  by  them  spent 
 about  three  months,  Feb.-May,  1855,  in  their 
 midst.  The  boy  seems  to  have  been  a  good 
 observer.  Mrs.  Hanaford  took  special  pains  to 
 gather  from  him  on  his  return  all  cultural  data 
 and  weave  them  into  her  narrative. 
 
 Hariot,  P. 
 
 Un  mission  scientifique  dans  les 
 regions  magellaniques,.  1886.  (Refer¬ 
 ence  from  Anrique,  p.  397.) 
 
 Harris,  John 
 
 Navigantium  atque  itinerantium  bib¬ 
 liotheca:  or,  a  compleat  collection  of 
 voyages  and  travels,  2  vols.,  London, 
 1705;  rev.  ed.,  ibid.,  1744-1748;  same, 
 1764. 
 
 Contains  the  following  voyages:  1705  ed.,  vol.  i, 
 book  i:  ch.  4,  Drake’s  Famous  voyage;  ch.  5, 
 Pretty’s  account  of  Cavendish’s  1586  voyage; 
 ch.  6,  van  Noort’s  and  de  Weert’s;  ch.  7,  van  Speil- 
 bergen’s;  book  5:  ch.  4,  Knivet’s  account  of 
 Cavendish’s  1591  voyage;  ch.  10,  Hawkins’;  the 
 preceding  are  abstracts,  which,  however,  give  the 
 Fuegian  anthropological  data  quite  or  nearly  in 
 full;  vol.  ii,  book  4:  ch.  1,  Narbrough’s;  ch.  6, 
 Sharp’s;  these  two  in  full. 
 
 Hartgers,  Joost,  ed. 
 
 Oost-Indische  voyagien,  door  dien 
 begin  en  voortgangh  van  de  Yereen- 
 
96 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  BULL.  63 
 
 Hartgers,  Joost,  ed. — Continued 
 ighde  Nederlandtsche  geoctroyeerde 
 Oost-Indische  compagnie,  Amsterdam, 
 1648. 
 
 Contains  the  voyages  of  de  Weert,  van  Noort, 
 van  Speilbergen,  and  LTIermite,  reprinted  from 
 Commelin. 
 
 Hatcher,  John  Bell 
 
 (а)  Patagonia.  (In  Nat.  geogr.  mag. 
 Washington,  Nov.,  1897,  vm,  no.  11, 
 pp.  305-319.) 
 
 On  pp.  305-307  a  short,  unimportant  account 
 of  the  culture  of  the  Canoe  Indians. 
 
 (б)  The  Indian  tribes  of  soutnern 
 Patagonia,  Tierra  del  Fuego,  and  the 
 adjoining  islands.  (Ibid.,  Jan.,  1901, 
 xn,  no.  1,  pp.  12-22. )] 
 
 Unimportant  for  Fuegian  culture. 
 
 Hatin,  Louis  Eugene 
 
 Histoire  pittoresque  des  voyages  au- 
 tour  du  monde,  2  vols.,  Paris- Limoges, 
 1847. 
 
 Contains  (i,  97-101)  the  description  of  the 
 Pecherais  (Alacaluf)  from  Bougainville. 
 
 Hawkesworth,  John,  ed. 
 
 An  account  of  the  voyages  .  .  .  per¬ 
 formed  by  Commodore  Byron,  Captain 
 Carteret,  Captain  Wallis  and  Captain 
 Cook  .  .  .  drawn  up  from  the  journals 
 which  were  kept  by  the  several  com¬ 
 manders  and  from  the  papers  of  Joseph 
 Banks,  Esq.,  3  vols.,  London,  1773;  2d 
 ed.,  1773;  Kerr,  vols.  xn-xm;  repr.  of 
 vols.  ii— hi,  2  vols.,  New  York,  1774;  Fr. 
 tr.,  4  vols.,  Paris,  1774;  Montemont, 
 vols.  ii— m,  v-vii;  Dutch  tr.  of  Cook’s 
 voyage,  by  J.  D.  Pasteur,  Leyden,  etc., 
 1797-1809,  vols.  i-iii;  abridgment  of 
 Byron’s  and  Cook’s  voyages,  in  Ban- 
 carel,  vols.  vi,  vm;  abstr.  in  Henry, 
 vol.  iii;  abstracts  of  Wallis’  in  Bancarel, 
 vol.  iv,  of  Cook’s  in  Pinkerton,  vol.  xi, 
 and  in  Freville,  vol.  i. 
 
 For  comments  see  Byron,  b,  Wallis,  Cook,  a, 
 Banks. 
 
 Hawkins,  Richard 
 
 The  observations  of  .  .  .  inhisvoiage 
 into  the  South  Sea,  A.  D.  1593,  London, 
 1622;  ed.  by  C.  R.  D.  Bethune  in  Hak¬ 
 luyt  soc.  publications,  vol.  i,  London, 
 1847;  ed.  by  Clements  R.  Markham, 
 ibid.,  vol.  Lvii,  1878;  abridged  in  Pur- 
 chas’  Pilgrimes,  iv,  bk.  7,  ch.  5;  abstr. 
 
 Hawkins,  Richard — Continued 
 in  de  Brosses,  i,  235-249,  Harris,  i,  and 
 Laet,  bk.  xn  (xm  of  Fr.  and  Lat.  tr.). 
 
 Contains  very  meager  and  unimportant  notes 
 on  natives,  seemingly  Alacaluf,  met  at  Blanche’s 
 and  English  Bays  in  1594. 
 
 Hellwald,  Friedrich  Anton  Heller  von 
 
 Naturgeschichte  des  Menschen,  2 
 vols.,  Stuttgart,  1882-1885. 
 
 Contains  (i,  463-474)  a  lengthy  description  of 
 the  Fuegians.  The  account  would  need  consid¬ 
 erable  revision  in  the  light  of  more  recent  re¬ 
 searches. 
 
 Hennig,  C. 
 
 Das  Rassenbecken.  (In  Arch.  f. 
 Anthr.,  Braunschweig,  1886,  xvi,  161- 
 228.) 
 
 Contains  passim  (see  pp.  213-214  and  168,  no. 
 73)  some  notes  on  the  Fuegian  pelvis. 
 
 Henry,  David,  ed. 
 
 An  historical  account  of  all  the  voy¬ 
 ages  round  the  world  performed  by 
 English  navigators,  4  vols.,  London, 
 1773-74. 
 
 Contains  accounts  of  the  following  voyages: 
 Drake’s  (World  encompassed),  Cavendish’s  (by 
 Pretty  and  Jane),  vol.  i;  Clipperton’s,  Anson’s 
 (chiefly  from  Thomas),  vol.  n;  Byron’s,  Wallis’s, 
 Cook’s  first  (all  three  from  Hawkesworth),  vol. 
 in;  Bougainville’s,  vol.  iv.  The  Cavendish  voy¬ 
 ages  are  given  in  full;  the  others  are  abstracts, 
 which,  however,  include  most  of  the  Fueg&n  an¬ 
 thropological  data. 
 
 In  1775  Henry  published  a  fifth  volume,  con¬ 
 taining  Cook’s  second  voyage. 
 
 Herbertson,  Andrew  John,  and  Mrs. 
 
 Fanny  Louisa  Dorothea 
 
 Man  and  his  work:  An  introduction 
 to  human  geography,  2d  ed.,  London, 
 1904. 
 
 Contains  references  passim  to  Fuegian  culture. 
 The  attribution  of  the  raft  (p.  56)  to  the  Fuegians 
 is  an  inaccuracy. 
 
 Herculais,  J.  Kiinckel  d’ 
 
 Les  chiens  des  Fuegiens.  (In  Sci¬ 
 ence  et  nature,  Paris,  ler  sem.,  1884, 
 i,  137-140.) 
 
 A  study  of  two  Yahgan  dogs  brought  back  by 
 Dr.  Hyades.  Includes  extensive  quotations 
 from  Drs.  Hyades  and  Hahn  pn  the  appearance 
 and  habits  of  the  Yahgans’  dogs. 
 
 Hernandez,  Tome 
 
 Declaracion  que  de  orden  del  Virrei 
 del  Peru  D.  Francisco  de  Borja,  Prin¬ 
 cipe  de  Esquilache,  hizo,  ante  escri- 
 bano,  Tome  Hernandez,  de  lo  sucedido 
 en  las  dos  poblaciones  fundadas  en  el 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 97 
 
 Hernandez,  Tome — Continued 
 estrecho  de  Magallanes  por  Pedro  Sar- 
 miento  de  Gamboa.  (In  Iriarte’s  ed. 
 of  Sarmiento’s  Viage,  Madrid,  1768; 
 Engl,  tr.,  Markham,  Hakl.  soc.,  1895, 
 xci,  352-375.) 
 
 Contains  passim  a  few  unimportant  notes  on 
 the  Alacaluf  and  Onas(?)  (pp.  xxv,  xxix-xxx). 
 
 Herrera  y  Tordesillas,  Antonio  de 
 
 Historia  general  de  los  hechos  de  los 
 Castellanos  en  las  islas  i  tierra  firme  del 
 mar  oceano,  2d  (or,  according  to  some, 
 3d)  ed.,  5  vols.,  Madrid,  1726-27  (1st 
 ed.,  1601-1615);  Engl.  tr.  of  first  three 
 decades,  London,  1725-26;  Fr.  tr.  ditto, 
 3  vols.,  Paris,  1660-1671. 
 
 Contains  meager  data  on  the  graves  found  by 
 Magellan’s  expedition,  and  on  the  natives  met  by 
 the  Loaysa  expedition  (dec.  2,  bk.  9,  ch.  14,  and 
 dec.  3,  bk.  9,  ch.  4,  respectively). 
 
 Herrera,  Pedro  Nolasco 
 
 La  raza  Ona  i  su  civilizacion:  Con¬ 
 ference  dada  en  la  Sociedad  Empleados 
 de  Comercio  el  dia  28  de  marzo  de  1897, 
 Santiago  de  Chile,  1897,  42  pp.  (Ref¬ 
 erence  from  Anrique,  p.  422.) 
 
 Hervas  y  Panduro,  Lorenzo 
 
 (а)  Catalogo  delle  lingue  conosciute  e 
 notizia  della  loro  affinita  e  diversita, 
 Cesena,  1784. 
 
 Quotes  in  extenso  (p.  16)  an  important  letter' 
 dated  Oct.  31,  1783,  in  which  Father  Jose  Garcia 
 Marti  (q.  v.)  sketches  the  tribal  and  linguistic  di¬ 
 visions  of  the  canoe-using  Indians  from  ChilotHo 
 the  Straitof  Magellan.  This  letter  has  frequently 
 been  used  by  later  writers  as  a  basis  for  the  classi¬ 
 fication  of  these  natives. 
 
 (б)  Catalogo  de  las  lenguas  de  las  na- 
 ciones  conocidas,  6  vols.,  Madrid,  1800- 
 1805. 
 
 Contains  the  same  letter  in  Spanish  (i,  125-120) 
 and  a  few  unimportant  data  on  Fuegian  lin¬ 
 guistics. 
 
 Herve,  Henri  Georges 
 
 See  Hovelacque. 
 
 Hestermann,  Ferdinand 
 
 (a)  Zur  Transkriptionfrage  des  Ya- 
 gan.  (In  Journ.  Soc.  des  American- 
 istes  de  Paris ,  1913,  n.  s.  x,  fasc.  1, 
 pp.  27-41.) 
 
 An  announcement  by  Father  Hestermann 
 that  he  is  proparing  for  proximate  publication 
 
 Hestermann,  Ferdinand — Continued 
 the  larger  Yahgan  dictionary  compiled  by  the 
 Rev.  Thomas  Bridges.  In  transcribing  it  he 
 will  use  the  system  advocated  by  his  confrere, 
 Father  Wilhelm  Schmidt,  in  Anthropos,  1907, 
 n,  282-329,  508-587,  822-897,  1058-1105. 
 
 (6)  See  W.  Schmidt,  b. 
 
 Hobhouse,  Leonard  Trelawney 
 
 Morals  in  evolution,  2  vols.,  2d  rev. 
 ed.,  London,  1908. 
 
 Contains  (i,  45-47)  a  brief  account  of  Yahgan 
 moral  culture,  based  on  Hyades. 
 
 Holdich,  Thomas  Hungerford 
 
 The  countries  of  the  king’s  award, 
 London,  1904. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  144-145,  152-153, 159-160)  a  few 
 unimportant  notes  on  the  modern  Fuegians, 
 based  partly  on  personal  observation. 
 
 Hollard,  Henry 
 
 De  l’homme  et  des  races  humaines, 
 Paris,  1853. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  202-203)  a  short,  unimportant 
 account  of  the  Alacaluf. 
 
 Holliday,  Frederick  William  Mackey 
 
 Letters  of  travel  1882— [1893],  7  (8) 
 vols.,  Baltimore,  1897. 
 
 Contains  (vol.  v,  West  Indies  and  South 
 America,  pp.  278-280)  imimportant  notes  on  a 
 canoe-load  of  Alacaluf  met  casually  in  188S. 
 
 Holmberg,  Eduardo  Alejandro,  ( hijo ) 
 
 (a)  Viaje  al  interior  de  Tierra  del 
 Fuego.  (Reprint  from  Armies  del  Mi- 
 nisterio  de  Agricultural  seccion  de  Inmi- 
 gradon,  Propaganda  y  Geografia,  Re- 
 publica  Argentina,  vol.  i,  no.  1,  Buenos 
 Aires,  1906,  95  pp.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  51-60)  an  interesting  and  ex¬ 
 tensive  account  of  Ona  culture.  During  a  four 
 months’  trip  in  company  with  Dr.  Lehmann- 
 Nitsche,  the  writer  often  saw  (p.  58)  the  Onas, 
 and  was,  moreover,  in  touch  with  both  Mr.  Lucas 
 Bridges  and  the  Salesians.  His  description,  how¬ 
 ever,  differs  in  many  details  from  other  accounts 
 based  on  the  same  sources.  On  pp.  51-52  are  a 
 few  data  on  the  Haush  subtribe.  Seven  photo 
 graphs  of  Ona  types.  Ethnological  maps,  and 
 reprint  of  Capt.  Bove’s  map. 
 
 ( b )  El  ultimo  representante  de  una 
 raza.  (In  Apuntes  de  hist,  nat.,  1909, 
 vol.  i,  no.  5.)  (Reference  from  Dab- 
 bene.) 
 
 According  to  Dr.  Dabbene  (6,  p.  269)  this 
 article  contains  data  on  the  Haush  tribe,  fur¬ 
 nished  by  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges. 
 
98 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 r  BULL.  G3 
 
 Hovelacque,  Abel,  and  Herve,  Henri 
 
 Georges 
 
 Precis  d’anthropologie,  Paris,  1887. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  526-527)  a  few  unimportant 
 notes  on  Fuegian  culture  and  somatology,  based 
 on  d’Orbigny,  Garson,  Manouvrier,  and  Th. 
 Bridges. 
 
 Hoyos  Sainz,  Luis  de 
 
 (а)  Lecciones  de  antropologfa:  Vol. 
 hi,  Etnografla:  Clasificaciones,  prehis- 
 toria  y  razas  americanas,  2d  ed.,  Madrid, 
 1900. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  278-281,  356)  a  brief  account  of 
 the  Fuegians.  Not  important. 
 
 (б)  Cranes  fuegiens  et  araucans  du 
 musee  antliropologique  de  Madrid.  (In 
 Joum.  Soc.  des  Americanistes  de  Paris, 
 1913,  n.  s.  x,  fasc.  i,  pp.  181-194.) 
 
 Contains  the  description  and  measurements 
 of  an  adult  Fuegian  3  skull,  believed  by  the 
 writer  to  be  of  an  Ona.  Three  photographs  of 
 same  skull. 
 
 Hrdlicka,  Ale§ 
 
 (а)  Measurements  of  three  Fuegian 
 skulls,  a  c?  Yahgan,  a  3  Onan,  and  a 
 9  Onan.  (Published  by  Dr.  Dabbene 
 [6,  p.  283]  with  three  plates  of  photo¬ 
 graphs  of  same.) 
 
 (б)  Early  man  in  South  America, 
 Bulletin  52,  Bureau  Amer.  ethn., 
 Washington,  1912. 
 
 On  p.  179  Dr.  Hrdlibka  expresses  conviction 
 of  the  kinship  of  the  modern  Fuegians  to  the 
 ancient  Lagoa  Santa  race. 
 
 Hulsius,  Levinus,  ed. 
 
 [Collection  of  voyages],  24  parts, 
 Franckfurt  am  Mayn,  etc.,  1599-1649. 
 
 Contains  the  voyages  of  van  Speilbergen,  pt. 
 17,  1620,  and  of  L’Hermite,  pt.  22,  1630. 
 
 Hultkrantz,  J.  Vilh. 
 
 (а)  Nagra  bidrag  till  Sydamerikas 
 fysiska  antropologi.  (In  Ymer,  Stock¬ 
 holm,  1898,  xviii,  31-48.) 
 
 An  important  contribution  to  Fuegian  and 
 Chonoan  somatology.  Dr.  Hultkrantz  gives  the 
 description  and  measurements  of  the  following 
 skulls:  3  3  Onan,  2  3  Yahgan,  1  9  Alacalufan 
 (probably),  and  1  9  Chonoan  (probably).  In 
 the  following  paper  the  first  five  skulls  are  studied 
 more  fully,  but  the  last  two  are  omitted. 
 
 (б)  Zur  Osteologie  der  Ona-  und 
 Yahgan-Indianer  des  Feuerlandes.  (In 
 Wissenschaftliche  Ergebnisse  der 
 schwedischen  Expedition  nach  den 
 Magellanslandern  1895-1897  unter  Lei- 
 tung  von  Dr.  Otto  Nordenskjold,  Bd.  i, 
 
 Hultkrantz,  J.  Vilh. — Continued 
 Geologie,  Geographic  u.  Anthropologie, 
 Heft  2,  Nr.  5,  Stockholm,  1900  ca,  pp. 
 109-173.) 
 
 An  important  contribution  to  Yahgan  and 
 especially  Ona  somatology.  The  paper  contains 
 a  few  notes  (pp.  126-127)  on  the  culture  of  the 
 Onas  from  Dr.  Nordenskjold’s  Fran  Eldslandet, 
 but  is  chiefly  of  value  for  the  description  and 
 measurements  of  the  following  material:  5 
 nearly  complete  adult  3  skeletons — 3  Onan  and 
 2  Yahgan — and  1  Yahgan  child’s  skull  brought 
 back  by  the  Swedish  expedition  of  1895-1897 ;  1  3 
 Yahgan  skull  brought  back  by  Dr.  Erland  Nor- 
 denskiold’s  expedition  of  1898-99;  2  complete 
 skeletons  (one  3 ,  the  other  9 )  and  1  3  skull,  all 
 Onan,  now  at  Paris.  Dr.  Hultkrantz  found  the 
 cephalic  indices  of  5  3  Ona  skulls  to  be  72.8,  73.2, 
 74.3,  76,  76.8,  and  the  1  9  76.1  (pp.  131,  167)— an 
 average  lower  than  the  Yahgan- Alacalufan.  The 
 paper  concludes  with  an  interesting  and  impor¬ 
 tant  discussion  of  the  somatological  relations  of 
 the  Onas  to  the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf,  pp.  162- 
 163,  and  to  the  Patagonians,  pp.  163-165. 
 
 The  following  reviews  of  the  above  study  con¬ 
 tain  summaries  of  the  results:  Ymer,  1901,  xxi, 
 206-207;  L.  Laloy,  in  Anthropologie,  1902,  xm, 
 402-404;  Felix  F.  Outes,  in  Historia,  Buenos 
 Aires,  1903, 1,  492-493. 
 
 Huxley,  Thomas  Henry 
 
 On  the  form  of  the  cranium  among 
 the  Patagonians  and  Fuegians.  (In 
 Jour,  of  anat.  and  physiol.,  Cambridge- 
 London,  1868,  n,  2d  ser.  i,  253-271.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  266-268)  a  description  of  2  skulls, 
 one  Alacalufan,  previously  described  by  Dr. 
 Owen,  the  other  either  Alacalufan  or  possibly 
 Onan,  from  Philip  Bay,  sent  to  Prof.  Huxley  by 
 Dr.  Cunningham.  Woodcuts. 
 
 A  summary  of  the  above  article  may  be  found 
 in  Arch.  f.  Ant  hr.,  Braunschweig,  1868-69,  m,  374. 
 
 Hyades,  Paul  Daniel  Jules 
 
 (а)  [A  short  letter].  (In  C.  R.  Soc. 
 de  geogr.,  Paris,  1883,  pp.  374-377.) 
 
 Unimportant  short  notes  on  the  Yahgans  of 
 Orange  Bay,  followed  by  an  unimportant  discus¬ 
 sion  on  Fuegian  language  taken  part  in  by  MM. 
 Bouquet  de  la  Grye,  Delisle,  and  d’Abbadie. 
 
 (б)  Mission  du  cap  Horn:  Kapport 
 sommaire.  (In  C.  R.  hehdom.  Acad, 
 des  sciences,  Paris,  seance  of  Dec.  10, 
 1883,  xcvn,  1340-1347.) 
 
 A  summary  of  the  results  of  the  geological, 
 floral,  and  faunal  researches  of  the  expedition, 
 followed  by  a  good  but  brief  account  of  Yahgan 
 culture. 
 
 (c)  Les  Fuegiens  et  la  mission  fran- 
 ?aise  du  cap  Horn.  (In  La  Nature, 
 Paris,  ler  sem.,  1884,  xn,  142.) 
 
 An  abbreviated  review  of  the  preceding 
 article. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 99 
 
 Hyades,  Paul  Daniel  Jules — Continued 
 
 (d)  Les  Fuegiens  a  la  baie  Orange. 
 (In  Science  et  nature ,  Paris,  ler  sem., 
 1884,  i,  305-309.) 
 
 A  summary  of  Yahgan  culture,  quite  similar 
 to  the  Rapport  sommaire  above.  Woodcuts  of 
 Yahgan  canoe  and  wigwam,  and  of  5  casts  of 
 natives. 
 
 (e)  and  Galippe,  V. 
 
 Observations  sur  le  systeme  dentaire 
 des  Fuegiens.  (In  C.  R.  hebdom.  des 
 seances  et  memoires  Soc.  de  biol.,  Paris, 
 1884,  xxxvi,  8th  ser.,  i,  69-80;  Journ. 
 des  connaissances  medicates  prat,  et  de 
 pharmacol .,  Paris,  1884,  annee  li,  3d 
 ser.,  pp.  207-208,  215-216,  222-224.) 
 
 Description  and  measurements  of  material 
 brought  back  by  Dr.  Hyades. 
 
 (/)  Notes  hygieniques  et  medicates 
 sur  les  Fuegiens  de  l’archipel  du  cap 
 Horn.  (In  Revue  d’hygiene  et  de  police 
 sanitaire,  Paris,  1884,  vi,  550-590.) 
 
 This  important  paper  was  read  before  the 
 Societe  de  medecine  publique  et  d’hygiene  pro* 
 fessionnelle  at  the  meeting  held  June  11,  1884, 
 and  is  a  “resume  des  principales  observations 
 faites  au  point  de  vue  medical  sur  les  Fuegiens 
 qui  vivent  dans  les  parages  immediats  du  cap 
 Horn,”  touching,  it  may  be  added,  on  nearly 
 every  phase  of  Yahgan  culture. 
 
 (g)  Une  annee  au  cap  Horn.  (In 
 Tour  du  monde ,  Paris,  lcr  sem.,  1885, 
 xlix,  385-416;  Germ.  tr.  in  Globus , 
 Braunschweig,  1886,  xlix,  1-7,  17-22, 
 33-40;  Dutch  tr.  in  De  aarde  en  haar 
 volken,  Haarlem,  1886,  xxii,  pp.  89- 
 104;  Span.  tr.  by  R.  Serrano  M.  in 
 An.  hide.  mar.  Chile,  Santiago,  1886, 
 xi,  479-521.) 
 
 Contains  an  extensive  and  important  accoimt 
 of  all  phases  of  Yahgan  culture,  but  very  little 
 on  somatology  or  language.  23  woodcuts  and 
 1  map. 
 
 (, h )  La  chasse  et  la  peche  chez  les  Fue¬ 
 giens  de  l’archipel  du  cap  Horn.  (In 
 Revue  d' ethnographic,  Paris,  1885,  iv, 
 514-553.) 
 
 A  comprehensive  treatment  of  this  phase  of 
 Fuegian  culture,  giving  also  many  data  on  kin¬ 
 dred  phases.  Many  Yahgan  words  passim. 
 26  woodcuts. 
 
 (i)  Observations  sur  les  Fuegiens. 
 (In  Bull.  Soc.  d’anthr.  de  Paris,  1883, 
 3d  ser.  vi,  617-621.) 
 
 Short  extracts  from  two  letters  by  Dr.  Hyades. 
 Not  important. 
 
 Hyades,  Paul  Daniel  Jules — Continued 
 
 (j)  Contribution  a  l’ethnograpliie 
 fuegienne.  (Ibid.,  1884,  3d  ser.  vii, 
 147-168.) 
 
 Of  importance  for  the  extensive  notes  (pp. 
 152-165)  on  Yahgan  grammar,  especially  the  con¬ 
 jugations.  Some  Yahgan  words  passim.  A  few 
 notes  on  culture. 
 
 This  article  is  followed  by  Dr.  Hyades’  trans¬ 
 lation  of  Mr.  Thos.  Bridges’  Manners  and  cus¬ 
 toms  of  the  Firelanders  (pp.  168-1S4)  and  by  an 
 unimportant  discussion  taken  part  in  by  MM. 
 de  Semalle,  de  Quatrefages,  Foley,  and  Letour- 
 neau  (pp.  184-185). 
 
 ( k )  Sur  les  Fuegiens.  (Ibid.,  pp. 
 616-620.) 
 
 ( l )  Sur  les  Fuegiens.  (Ibid.,  pp. 
 716-725.) 
 
 These  last  two  articles  are  of  interest  chiefly 
 for  the  following:  an  exact  census  of  the  Yahgans 
 taken  by  Mr.  Thos.  Bridges  in  June,  1884,  p.  717; 
 “Les  Ona  de  l’Oest  peuvent  a  peine  comprendre 
 les  Ona  de  l’Est,”  quoted  from  a  letter  by  Mr. 
 Bridges,  p.  718;  d’Arquistade’s  narrative,  pp. 
 723-725. 
 
 (m)  Sur  l’etat  actuel  des  Fuegiens  de 
 1’archipel  du  cap  Horn.  (Ibid.,  1885, 
 3d  ser.  viii,  200-215.) 
 
 Unimportant  cultural  notes,  followed  by  a 
 Short  discussion  by  .MM.  Foley,  Hovelacque, 
 Herve,  Topinard,  Deniker. 
 
 (n)  La  rougeole  chez  les  Fuegiens. 
 (Ibid.,  pp.  462-463.) 
 
 Some  comments  upon  a  communication  from 
 the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges. 
 
 (o)  Les  epidemies  chez  les  i  uegiens. 
 (Ibid.,  1886,  3d  ser.  ix,  202-205.) 
 
 Extracts  from  a  letter  from  Mr.  Thos.  Bridges 
 on  the  ravages  of  an  epidemic  among  the  Yah¬ 
 gans. 
 
 (p)  Ethnographie  des  Fuegiens. 
 (Ibid.,  1887,  3d  ser.  x,  327-340.) 
 
 Multum  in  parvo.  An  important  summary  of 
 the  mental,  social,  moral  and  religious  culture  of 
 the  Yahgans,  given  in  the  form  of  concise  answers 
 to  a  “questionnaire  de  sociologie  et  d ’ethnogra¬ 
 phie.”  A  few  Yahgan  words  passim.  Discus¬ 
 sion  by  MM.  Hyades,  Letourneau,  Pietrement, 
 Herv6,  Ploix  (pp.  340-345). 
 
 Cf.  also  notes  on  Fuegian  cannibalism  by 
 Hyades  (pp.  502-504),  Bordier  (pp.  66,  505-506), 
 and  de  Nadaillac  (pp.  29-30),  ibid.,  1888,  3d 
 ser.  xi. 
 
 (q)  and  Deniker,  Joseph. 
 
 Mission  scientifique  du  cap  Horn, 
 vol.  vii.  Anthropologie,  ethnographie, 
 Paris,  1891. 
 
 The  most  important  extant  study  of  Yahgan 
 anthropology.  Where  it  is  accessible,  Dr.  Hyades’ 
 
100 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Hyades,  Paul  Daniel  Jules — Continued 
 other  writings  (except,  for  a  few  minor  points,  the 
 preceding  article,  p),  and,  for  that  matter,  almost 
 everything  else  that  had  been  published  previ¬ 
 ously  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges,  the  members  of 
 the  Bove  expedition,  and  earlier  writers  on  the 
 Yahgans,  may  be  safely  neglected.  Moreover, 
 since  the  publication  of  this  classic  little  of 
 importance  has  been  added  to  our  knowledge 
 of  Y ahgan  culture,  although  there  have  been  ad¬ 
 vances  in  the  fields  of  somatology  and  particu¬ 
 larly  of  language.  It  may  be  added  that  Dr. 
 Hyades’  writings  are  sources  for  the  anthro¬ 
 pology  of  the  Yahgans  almost  exclusively.  As 
 he  carefully  emphasizes,  he  had  no  personal  expe¬ 
 rience  with  the  Onas,  and  very  little  with  the 
 Alacaluf. 
 
 Contents:  Introductory  remarks,  pp.  1-23; 
 anatomy:  osteology,  description,  and  measure¬ 
 ments  of  the  following  material,  all  Yahgan, 
 brought  back  by  the  expedition:  4  complete  skel¬ 
 etons  (of  1  man,  1  woman,  and  2  infants);  3  addi¬ 
 tional  skulls  (2  <?,  1  9 );  2  incomplete  skeletons, 
 and  many  isolated  bones;  restudy  of  some  and  re¬ 
 view  of  nearly  all  the  Fuegian  osteological  mate¬ 
 rial  then  in  Europe,  pp.  25-60;  myology,  by  Dr. 
 L.  Testut,  pp.  60-104;  morphology,  observations, 
 and  measurements  upon  85  living  Yahgans  (26 
 men,  23  women,  20  boys,  16  girls),  and  2  Alacaluf 
 women,  pp.  105-161 ;  general  conclusions  upon  the 
 physical  type  and  affinities  of  the  Fuegians,  pp. 
 161-166;  physiology,  pp.  167-221;  pathology,  pp. 
 222-236;  psychology,  pp.  237-259;  voice,  pronun¬ 
 ciation,  etc.,  pp.  214-219;  Yahgan  words  for  colors, 
 p.  208;  French-Yahgan-Tekeenika  (Fitz-Roy) 
 vocabulary,  pp.  265-270;  French-Alacaluf-Ali- 
 khoolip  (Fitz-Roy)  vocabulary,  pp.  272-277;  Ala¬ 
 caluf  vocabulary  of  46  words,  furnished  by  Dr. 
 Fenton,  p.  278;  13  additional  Alacaluf  words  from 
 a  native  boy,  Cyrille,  p.  279;  an  extensive  and 
 very  important  Yahgan  vocabulary,  pp.  280-321; 
 Yahgan  grammar,  chiefly  declensions  and  con¬ 
 jugations,  pp.  321-332;  Yahgan  phrases  and  sen¬ 
 tences,  pp.  332-334;  Yahgan  culture,  pp.  338-391; 
 a  great  deal  of  cultural  material  scattered  through 
 the  Yahgan  vocabulary,  pp.  280-321;  bibliogra¬ 
 phy  in  chronological  order,  pp.  393-402;  ethno¬ 
 logical  map;  21  heliogravures,  chiefly  illustrative 
 of  physical  types;  9  plates  illustrating  osteology; 
 5  double  plates  illustrating  material  culture. 
 
 During  Dr.  Hyades’  sojourn  at  Orange  Bay, 
 in  the  heart  of  the  Yahgan  territory,  from  Sept., 
 1882,  to  Sept.,  1883,  120  to  130  Yahgans  made 
 longer  or  shorter  stays  there.  He  lived  on  friend¬ 
 ly  terms  with  them,  and  succeeded  in  gaining  and 
 holding  their  confidence.  While  he  did  not  learn 
 to  speak  their  language,  he  made  a  diligent  study 
 of  it,  and  besides  had  the  advantage,  part  of  the 
 time  at  least,  of  native  interpreters.  His  somato- 
 logical  data  are  almost  entirely  the  result  of  per¬ 
 sonal  study,  though  in  collaboration  with  Drs. 
 Deniker  and  Testut  especially,  but  for  the  cul¬ 
 tural  and  linguistic  he  drew  largely  upon  the  in¬ 
 timate  knowledge  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  and 
 the  other  English  missionaries,  with  whom  he 
 was  in  close  touch. 
 
 Hyades,  Paul  Daniel  Jules — Continued 
 
 Dr.  Hyades  was  admirably  fitted  both  by 
 temperament  and  by  training  for  the  work  he 
 undertook,  and  it  is  needless  to  add  carried  on 
 his  researches  in  a  thoroughly  scientific  manner. 
 
 Of  his  Yahgan  linguistic  material  he  writes 
 (p.  263):  “Nous  avons  multiplid  les  interroga¬ 
 tions  aupres  des  indigenes  de  divers  groupes, 
 dans  les  circonstances  les  plus  variees,  de  maniere 
 k  bien  etablir  le  sens  exact  des  mots  En  outre 
 nous  avons  pris,  sur  tous  ces  termes,  l’avis  de 
 M.  Bridges  ...”  He  also  received  much  assist¬ 
 ance  from  Dr.  Hahn,  the  surgeon  of  the  Romanche, 
 who  made  considerable  progress  in  acquiring  a 
 speaking  knowledge  of  Yahgan.  Dr.  Hyades’ 
 Alacalufan  vocabularies  fall  far  short  of  his 
 Yahgan  one  in  value,  as  he  himself  recognized 
 and  expressly  stated.  Not  only  was  less  time 
 and  care  given  to  them,  but  also  he  received  no 
 aid  at  all  from  the  English  missionaries  (p.  13). 
 I  have  discussed  the  Alacalufan  vocabularies 
 published  by  Dr.  Hyades  at  length  in  the  Intro¬ 
 duction  to  the  present  bibliography.  Cf.  supra, 
 pp.  11,  23-24,  25. 
 
 The  other  six  volumes  of  the  Mission  du  cap 
 Horn  give  many  data  bearing  on  Yahgan  en¬ 
 vironment.  These  volumes  are  as  follows: 
 I,  History  of  voyage,  L.  F.  Martial  (q.  v.);  n, 
 Meteorology,  J.  Lephay;  m,  Terrestrial  mag¬ 
 netism,  F.  O.  Le  Cannellier:  Chemical  consti¬ 
 tution  of  atmosphere,  Muntz  and  Aubin;  iv, 
 Geology,  P.  Hyades;  v,  Botany,  Hariot  and  oth¬ 
 ers;  vi,  Zoology,  Milne-Edwards  and  others. 
 
 Ibar  Sierra,  Enrique 
 
 Relacion  de  los  estudios  liechos  en 
 el  Estrecho  de  Magallanes  i  la  Pata¬ 
 gonia  austral  durante  los  ultimos  meses 
 de  1877.  (Reprint  from  An.  hidr. 
 mar „  Chile,  Santiago,  1879,  vol.  v, 
 appendix,  pp.  7-60.) 
 
 Contains  many  notes  on  the  geology,  flora, 
 fauna,  etc.,  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan,  but  only 
 meager  unimportant  remarks  passim  on  the 
 Fuegians. 
 
 Iriarte 
 
 [Alacaluf  vocabulary].  (In  White- 
 side,  q.  v.) 
 
 Jacquinot,  Honore 
 
 See  Dumont  d’Urville. 
 
 Jakob,  Anton 
 
 Der  Mensch,  die  Krone  der  irdisclien 
 Schopfung,  Freiburg  im  Breisgau  and 
 St.  Louis,  1890. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  49-54)  a  review  of  the  evidence 
 in  defence  of  Fuegian  intelligence  and  ethical 
 standards,  from  Darwin,  Ratzel,  Bridges,  Bohr, 
 Peschel;  some  minor  inaccuracies. 
 
 Jakob,  Christfried 
 
 Contribution  a  P etude  de  la  morpho¬ 
 logic  des  cerveaux  des  Indiens.  (In 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 101 
 
 Jakob,  Christfried — Continued 
 Rev.  Museo  de  La  Plata ,  La  Plata,  1905, 
 xn,  59-72.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  65-71)  a  study  of  the  brains  of 
 the  same  Yahgan  man  and  Alacalufan  woman 
 whose  cadavers  and  osteological  remains  were 
 studied  by  Dr.  ten  Kate  (q.  v.).  Plates  i-ii,  vn. 
 
 Jane,  John 
 
 The  last  voyage  of  the  worshipfull  M. 
 Thomas  Candish  esquire,  intended  for 
 the  South  sea,  the  Philippinas,  and 
 the  coast  of  China.  (In  Hakluyt,  2d 
 ed.,  hi,  842-852;  Henry,  vol.  i.) 
 
 Contains  only  an  unimportant  sentence  or 
 two  on  some  natives,  probably  Alacaluf,  met  in 
 the  Strait  in  1592  by  the  Cavendish  expedition  of 
 which  Jane  was  a  member. 
 
 Jansz  Potgieter,  Barent 
 
 Wijdtloopigh  verhael  van  ’tgene  de 
 vijf  scliepen  (die  int  jaer  1598.  tot  Rot¬ 
 terdam  toegherust  werden  /  om  door  de 
 Straet  Magellana  haren  handel  te  dry- 
 ven)  wedervaren  is  /  tot  den  7.  Sep¬ 
 tember  1599.  toe  /  op  welcken  dagh 
 Capiteijn  Sebald  de  Weert,  met  twee 
 scliepen  /  door  onweder  vande  vlote 
 versteken  werdt,  Amsterdam,  1600; 
 abridged  in  Commelin,  vol.  i,  and  Hart- 
 gers;  Fr.  tr.,  de  Renneville;  Engl,  tr., 
 London,  1703;  Lat.  and  Germ,  tr.,  de 
 Bry,  pt.  ix;  de  Brosses,  vol.  i,  pp.  274- 
 294;  abstr.  in  Kerr,  vol.  x,  in  Harris, 
 vol.  i,  bk.  1,  ch.  6,  in  Prevost,  vol.  xv, 
 in  Laet,  bk.  12,  Lat.  and  Fr.  ed.,  bk.  13. 
 
 Contains  numerous  notes  on  the  natives,  prob¬ 
 ably  Alacaluf,  met  casually  in  different  parts  of 
 the  Strait  of  Magellan  in  1599-1600.  Barent 
 Jansz,  who  was  surgeon  of  the  fleet,  spent  nine 
 months  in  the  Strait  and  had  frequent  contact 
 with  the  natives.  Two  very  interesting  cuts 
 illustrating  physical  type  and  material  culture. 
 
 Jenkins,  John  Stilwell 
 
 Recent  exploring  expeditions  to  the 
 Pacific,  and  the  South  Seas,  under  the 
 American,  English,  and  French  gov¬ 
 ernments,  London,  1853. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  49-55)  a  description  of  the  na¬ 
 tives  of  Good  Success  Bay,  Orange  Harbor,  and 
 Nassau  Bay  met  by  Admiral  Wilkes’  party,  with 
 the  addition  of  some  further  details  from  Drake 
 and  Darwin. 
 
 The  same  passage  is  found  in  the  author’s 
 Voyage  of  the  United  States  exploring  squadron 
 commanded  by  Capt.  Charles  Wilkes  .  .  .  De¬ 
 troit,  1853,  pp.  70-75. 
 
 Journal  of  a  voyage  round  the  world  in 
 His  Majesty’s  ship  Endeavour ,  in  the 
 years  1768,  1769,  1770  and  1771,  Dub¬ 
 lin,  1772. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  42-45)  an  account  of  the  natives 
 met  at  Good  Success  Bay  by  Capt.  Cook’s  first 
 ■expedition.  Authorship  of  Journal  uncertain. 
 
 Journal  of  the  Resolution’s  voyage,  in 
 1772,  1773,  1774  and  1775  .  .  .  Lon¬ 
 don,  1775. 
 
 An  apocryphal  account  of  Capt.  Cook’s  second 
 voyage. 
 
 Joyce,  Thomas  Athol 
 
 South  American  archaeology,  Lon¬ 
 don,  1912. 
 
 The  author  touches  only  lightly  (passim,  espe¬ 
 cially  pp.  4  ,  218,  239,  241-242)  on  the  probable 
 relationship  of  the  Alacaluf  and  Onas  to  other 
 South  American  peoples. 
 
 Juillerat,  Paul 
 
 Les  Fuegiens  du  Jardin  d’Acclima- 
 tation.  (In  La  Nature ,  Paris,  2e  sem., 
 1881, ix,  295-298.) 
 
 An  unimportant  account  of  the  Fuegians,  writ¬ 
 ten  apropos  of  the  exhibition  of  the  Hagenbeck 
 group  of  Alacaluf  at  Paris,  and  based  chiefly  on 
 Fitz-Roy,  Darwin,  d’Orbigny.  One  woodcut. 
 
 Juliet,  Carlos 
 
 Informe  del  ayudante  de  la  comision 
 exploradora  de  Chiloe  i  Llanquihue. 
 (In  An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile ,  Santiago,  1875, 
 i,  263-338.) 
 
 Contains  a  lengthy  description  (pp.  316ft'.)  of 
 the  aborigines  of  the  islands  from  Chiloe  to  the 
 Strait,  based  more  on  good  written  sources  than 
 on  personal  observation.  The  writer  describes 
 passim  some  points  of  Chonoan  culture,  but  does 
 not  always  distinguish  clearly  enough  between 
 the  Chilotans  and  the  nomadic  Chonos. 
 
 Karsch-Haack,  F. 
 
 Das  gleichgeschlectliche  Leben  der 
 Naturvolker,  Miinchen,  1911. 
 
 The  author  bases  his  statement  (p.  446)  on  a 
 passage  in  Arndt’s  Biologische  Studien  (ti,  p. 
 247),  but  adds  that  the  latter  gives  no  authority 
 for  the  charge.  The  only  first-hand  reference  to 
 the  subject  I  have  met  in  Fuegian  literature  is 
 Dr.  Hyades’:  "Les  Fuegiens  parlent  en  plai- 
 santant  de  la  pederastie:  tQatzmana,  mais  ne  la 
 pratiquent  jamais”  (2,  p„  294;  cL  also  p,  p.  334; 
 Mondiere,  114). 
 
 Kate,  Herman  ten 
 
 Materiaux  pour  servir  a  l’anthro- 
 pologie  des  Indiens  de  l’Argentine. 
 (In  Rev.  Museo  de  La  Plata ,  1905,  xn, 
 31-57.) 
 
102 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [  BULL.  63 
 
 Kate,  Herman  ten — Continued 
 
 Contains  some  remarks  on  the  mentality  and 
 character  of  a  Yahgan  man  22  to  23  years  old  and 
 an  Alacaluf  woman  of  very  advanced  age  (pp. 
 38-42)  and  observations,  descriptive  notes  and 
 measurements  upon  the  cadavers  and  osteologi 
 cal  remains  of  the  same  two  natives  (pp.  43-52) 
 2  plates.  Cf.  Chr.  Jakob. 
 
 Keane,  Augustus  Henry 
 
 (a)  Fuegian  ethnology.  (In  Nature , 
 
 London-New  York,  Aug.  9,  1883, 
 
 xxviii,  344-345.) 
 
 A  summary  of  Capt.  Bove’s  cultural  and  soma- 
 tological  data,  taken  from  Dr.  Cora’s  articles  in 
 Cosmos,  Turin,  1882-83,  vol.  vn.  Some  inaccu¬ 
 racies. 
 
 ( b )  Man,  past  and  present,  repr.  of 
 1st  ed.,  Cambridge,  1900. 
 
 Contains  some  remarks  (pp.  430-431)  on  the 
 ethnic  relationship  of  the  three  Fuegian  tribes, 
 and  (pp.  431-432)  on  Yahgan  family  ethics.  Dr. 
 Keane  calls  attention  to  the  disparate  estimates 
 given  by  Capt.  Bove  and  Dr.  Hyades  of  Yahgan 
 morality,  particularly  domestic  morality,  and 
 suggests  that  the  seeming  differences  are  partly 
 due  to  the  missionaries,  beyond  whose  sphere  of 
 influence  “the  darker  pictures  presented  by  the 
 early  observers  and  later  by  Bove,  Lovisato,  and 
 others,  still  hold  good.”  But  in  point  of  fact, 
 Capt.  Bove  and  his  party  made  a  great  part  of 
 their  observations  at  Ushuaia,  the  mission  sta¬ 
 tion  itself.  It  looks  very  much  as  if  Capt.  Bove 
 mistook  the  Yahgan’s  studied  concealmerft  of 
 the  affective  emotions  before  strangers  for  utter 
 selfishness.  Again,  while  both  Capt.  Bove’s  and 
 Dr.  Hyades’  “good  faith  is  above  suspicion,” 
 the  latter  was  an  appreciably  better  equipped 
 and  more  cautious  observer,  and  had  many  times 
 greater  opportunities  for  observation.  Finally, 
 Dr.  Hyades’  account  agrees  much  more  closely 
 with  that  of  the  other  few  important  first-hand 
 authorities  on  the  subject  (cf.  Subject  Bibli¬ 
 ography,  under  Domestic  Culture).  As  for  the 
 earlier  observers,  the  best  of  them,  Capt.  Fitz-Roy, 
 had  very  limited  experience  with  the  Yahgans 
 and  expressly  disclaims  (a,  p.  182)  the  right  to 
 speak  with  certainty  on  less  obvious  phases  of 
 culture  like  that  of  family  ethics. 
 
 (c)  Central  and  South  America,  rev. 
 ed.,  2  vols.,  London,  1901.  (Stan¬ 
 ford’s  Compendium.) 
 
 Contains  (i,  307-310,  and  passim)  a  brief  ac¬ 
 count  of  the  three  Fuegian  tribes.  Good  maps. 
 
 (d)  The  world’s  peoples,  New  York, 
 1908. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  301-305)  practically  same  ac¬ 
 count,  chiefly  of  Yahgans,  as  in  Man,  past  and 
 present;  well  written  but  some  inaccuracies,  viz., 
 “four  wives  common”  (p.  303),  average  Yahgan 
 stature  4  feet  6  inches  (p.  304).  Four  photo¬ 
 graphs  of  Yahgan  and  Ona  types. 
 
 Kerr,  Robert,  ed. 
 
 A  general  history  and  collection  of 
 voyages  and  travels,  18  vols.,  Edin¬ 
 burgh,  1811-1816;  ibid.,  1824. 
 
 Contains  the  following  voyages:  Byron’s, 
 Wallis’,  vol.  xn;  Cook’s  first,  vol.  xn-xin  (all 
 three  from  Hawkesworth);  Anson’s  (by  Walter), 
 vol.  xi;  Cook’s  second,  vols.  xiv-xv;  Byron’s 
 Loss  of  Wager,  Bulkeley  and  Cummins’,  vol. 
 xvii.  In  vol.  x  are  given  abstracts  of  the  voy¬ 
 ages  of  Drake  (from  Pretty),  Cavendish  (from 
 Pretty),  Clipperton,  de  Weert,  van  Noort,  van 
 Speilbergen, and  L’Hermite. 
 
 King,  Phillip  Parker 
 
 Proceedings  of  the  first  expedition, 
 1826-1830,  London,  1839.  (Vol.  i  of 
 the  Narrative  of  the  surveying  voyages 
 of  II.  M.  S.  Adventure  and  Beagle.) 
 
 A  very  important  source  on  the  culture,  chiefly 
 of  the  Alacaluf,  to  a  minor  extent  of  the  Yahgans 
 and  Onas.  The  anthropological  material  is  scat¬ 
 tered  through  the  whole  work.  The  greater  part 
 of  this  material  is  accessible  in  more  systematic 
 form  in  Capt.  Fitz-Roy’s  Proceedings  of  the  sec¬ 
 ond  expedition,  but  many  valuable  data  are  not 
 to  be  found  in  the  latter  narrative.  See  espe¬ 
 cially  in  vol.  I,  pp.  23-24,  54-55,  74-77, 147-148, 166, 
 314-319,  415  ,  439-442.  Four  Alacalufan  words 
 and  1  Yahgan,  pp.  53,  77,  320,  343,  444. 
 
 The  present  volume  was  edited  by  Admiral 
 Fitz-Roy  from  Capt.  King’s  journal,  but  includes 
 also  extensive  extracts  from  the  journals  of  Capt. 
 Stokes,  Lieut.  Skyring,  Admiral  Fitz-Roy,  and 
 Mr.  Murray.  The  first  expedition  spent  alto¬ 
 gether  about  two  years  in  the  Fuegian  archi¬ 
 pelago,  intermittently  from  Jan.,  1827,  to  June, 
 1830.  During  this  time  the  members  had  very 
 numerous  though  casual  meetings  with  the  na¬ 
 tives,  mostly  Alacaluf. 
 
 Knivet,  Anthony 
 
 The  admirable  adventures  and 
 strange  fortunes  of  Master  Anthonie 
 Knivet,  which  went  with  Master 
 Thomas  Candish  in  his  second  voyage 
 to  the  South  Sea,  1591.  (In  Purclias, 
 Pilgrimes,  iv,  bk.  6,  ch.  7,  pp.  1201- 
 1242;  Dutch  tr.  of  parts,  van  der  Aa, 
 xx,  2d  ed.,  vol.  v;  de  Brosses,  i,  228- 
 233;  abstr.,  Harris,  vol.  i,  bk.  5,  ch.  4.) 
 
 Contains  a  few  unimportant  notes  on  natives, 
 probably  Alacaluf,  met  at  Port  Famine  in  1592 
 by  the  Cavendish  expedition. 
 
 Knox,  John 
 
 A  complete  collection  of  the  most  re¬ 
 markable  voyages,  8  vols.,  Baltimore, 
 1797. 
 
 Vol.  vn  gives  the  same  abstract  of  Anson’s 
 voyage  as  is  found  in  The  World  displayed,  vol. 
 vn. 
 
COOPEIt] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 103 
 
 Koch,  Theodor 
 
 (а)  Die  Anthropophagie  der  siid- 
 amerikanischen  Indianer.  (In  Intern. 
 Arch./.  Ethnogr.,  Leiden,  1899,  xii,  78- 
 110.) 
 
 The  section  on  Fuegia,  pp.  95-96,  is  not  impor¬ 
 tant;  Dr.  Koch  merely  quotes,  without  comment 
 or  discussion,  Mr.  Darwin’s  affirmation  and  Dr. 
 Hyades’  denial  of  cannibalism  among  the  Fue- 
 gians. 
 
 (б)  Zum  Animismus  der  siidameri- 
 kanisclien  Indianer.  (Ibid.,  1900,  Sup¬ 
 plement  zu  Bd.  xin,  1-146.) 
 
 .Contains  (pp.  20,  31,  48,  86,  100,  128)  notes  on 
 Fuegian  culture,  based  on  Ratzel,  Peschel,Waitz, 
 Th.  Bridges,  e,  and  Hyades,  g.  The  statement 
 on  p.  48  from  Peschel  (Darwin)  about  killing  the 
 old  in  preference  to  the  dogs  in  time  of  famine 
 needs  to  be  qualified,  if  not  denied,  in  the  light 
 of  more  recent  investigation. 
 
 Kohl,  Johann  Georg 
 
 Geschiclite  der  Entdeckungsreisen 
 und  Schiffahrten  zur  Magellan’s-Strasse 
 und  zu  den  ihr  benachbarten  Landern 
 und  Meeren.  (In  Zeitschr.  Ges.  f.  Erd- 
 kunde,  Berlin,  1876,  xi,  315-495;  sep. 
 repr.,  ibid.,  1877.) 
 
 An  excellent  historical  account,  which,  how¬ 
 ever,  puts  little  stress  on  the  anthropological  data 
 in  the  older  voyages. 
 
 Kollman,  Julius 
 
 Die  Autoctlionen  Amerika’s.  (In 
 Zeitschr.  f.  Ethn.,  Berlin,  1883,  xv, 
 1-47.) 
 
 Contains  passim  some  unimportant  data  on 
 Fuegian  somatology  from  Bohr,  Huxley. 
 
 Koppel,  B. 
 
 See  Stiibel. 
 
 Krause,  Fritz 
 
 Amerika  und  die  Bogenkultur.  (In 
 Mitt.  Anthr.  Ges.,  Wien,  1912,  xlii,  3d 
 ser.  xn,  Sitzungsber.,  Aug.  9,  1911,  pp. 
 [Ill]— 115.) 
 
 A  deta.led  and  unfavorable  criticism  of  Dr. 
 Graebner’s  application  of  the  Kulturkreis  theory 
 to  America.  Discussion  of  Fuegian  culture  on 
 p.rillj). 
 
 Krickeberg,  Walter 
 
 Amerika.  (In  Georg  Buschan’s  11- 
 lustrierte  Volkerkunde,  Stuttgart,  1910, 
 pp.  29-164.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  95-iOO  passim,  140-143)  a  very 
 good  though  brief  summary  of  Fuegian  anthrb- 
 pology.  That,  however,  the  Chonos  “sprachlich 
 zu  den  Araukanern  gehoren”  (p.  140)  rests  on 
 too  frail  evidence. 
 
 Kruger,  Paul 
 
 Die  patagonischen  Anden  zwischen 
 dem  42.  und  44.  Grade  siidlicher 
 Breite.  (In  Petenn.  Mitt.,  Gotha,  1909, 
 Erganzungsheft  Nr.  164,  pp.  1-242.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  27-28)  some  brief  notes  on  the 
 Chonos;  several  inaccuracies;  unimportant. 
 
 Labarbinais  Le  Gentil 
 
 Nouveau  voyage  au  tour  du  monde,  3 
 vols.,  Amsterdam,  1728;  3  vols.,  Paris, 
 1827;  de  Brosses,  n,  pp.  219-225.) 
 
 Contains  (i,  letter  I)  a  paragraph  on  the  Fne- 
 gians,  not,  however,  based  on  personal  observa¬ 
 tion. 
 
 Labat,  de 
 
 See  Marcel,  a  and  c. 
 
 Labbe,  Fere 
 
 Lettre  du  Pere  Labbe,  Missionnaire 
 de  la  Compagnie  de  Jesus,  au  Pere 
 Labbe  de  la  mesme  Compagnie.  (In 
 Lettres  edif.  et  cur.,  recueil  xv,  332- 
 360;  1838-1843  ed.,  vol.  n,  91-95;  de 
 Brosses,  ii,  434-435.) 
 
 Contains  (pp .  356-358)  a  short  but  good  account 
 of  a  party  of  30  Onas  encountered  at  Good  Success 
 Bay,  where  Father  Labbe  remained  from  Nov.  1 
 to  Nov.  5, 1711. 
 
 Lacroix,  Frederic 
 
 Patagonie,  Terre-du-Feu  et  lies  Ma- 
 louines.  (In  L’ Uni  vers:  Histoire  et  de¬ 
 scription  de  tous  les  peuples,  vol.  xxv, 
 Paris,  1840;  ibid.,  1876;  Anrique  men¬ 
 tions  Span,  tr.,  Barcelona,  1841.) 
 
 Contains  (orig.,  pp.  56-62)  a  brief  description 
 of  the  Fuegians,  based  almost  exclusively  on 
 King  and  Fitz-Roy.  Reprints  Admiral  Fitz¬ 
 Roy’s  Alacaluf-Yahgan  vocabulary. 
 
 Ladrillero,  Juan  Fernandez  [de] 
 
 Relacion  del  viaje  al  estrecho  de  Ma- 
 gallanes.  (Ed .  with  extensive  notes  by 
 Ramon  Guerrero  Vergara  in  An.  hidr . 
 mar.  Chile,  Santiago,'  1880,  vi,  453-525. 
 Map.) 
 
 One  of  the  most  important  early  sources  on  the 
 culture  of  the  Alacaluf  (and  Chonos?)  met  be¬ 
 tween  the  Guaianeco  Islands  and  the  western  end 
 of  the  Strait  in  1557-58.  Ladrillero  gives  excel¬ 
 lent  though  short  descriptions  of  the  physical  ap¬ 
 pearance  and  material  culture  of  the  natives  en¬ 
 countered  at  the  north  end  of  Fallos  Channel 
 (“bahia  de  N.  Senora  del  Valle”)  on  pp.  464-465, 
 at  Conception  Strait  (“bahia  S.  Francisco”)  on 
 p.  473,  in  the  Ultima  Speranza  district  on  pp. 
 484-485,  and  near  Desolation  Island  and  the  west¬ 
 ern  end  of  the  Strait  on  p.  490.  The  tall  natives 
 
 64028°— Bull.  63—17 - 8 
 
104 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  03 
 
 Ladrillero,  Juan  Fernandez  [de] — Contd. 
 met  at  the  eastern  end  of  the  Strait  (pp.  498-499) 
 were  probably  Tehuelches ,  judgingirom  their  use 
 of  skin  mantles  with  “la  rana  para  adentro  hacia 
 el  cuerpo.” 
 
 After  separating  from  Cortes  Hojea  (q.  v.),  La¬ 
 drillero  explored  a  great  deal  of  the  territory 
 around  the  western  end  of  the  Strait,  followed 
 the  Strait  to  the  Atlantic,  and  then  returned  by 
 the  same  route. 
 
 Laet,  Joannes  de 
 
 Nieuvve  wereldt,  ofte  Beschrijvinghe 
 van  West-Indien,  2d  enl.  ed.,  Leyden, 
 1630;  Lat.  tr.,  largely  altered,  ibid., 
 1633;  Fr.  tr.,  ditto,  ibid.,  1640. 
 
 Contains  (bk.  12;  Lat.  and  Fr.  tr.,  bk.  13) 
 abstracts  of  the  voyages  of  Sarmiento  (from  Ar- 
 gensola),  Magellan  (from  Herrera),  Drake,  Haw¬ 
 kins,  Cavendish,  de  Cordes,  de  Weert,  van 
 Noort,  the  Nodals  and  L’Hermite.  The  anthro¬ 
 pological  data  are  given  quite  or  almost  in  full, 
 especially  L’Hermite’s. 
 
 Lafone  Quevedo,  Samuel  Alexander 
 
 (а)  “La raza  americana”  de  Brinton: 
 Estudio  critico.  (In  Bol.  Inst,  geogr . 
 argent .,  Buenos  Aires,  1893,  xiv,  cuad. 
 9-12,  pp.  500-528.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  525-526)  a  few  suggestions  re¬ 
 garding  the  probable  linguistic  relationship  of 
 the  Fuegians. 
 
 (б)  Etnologfa  argent ina,  1908.  (In 
 La  Universidad  nac.  de  La  Plata  en  el 
 IV°  Congreso  cient.  [1°  Panameri- 
 cano],  Buenos  Aires,  1909,  pp.  176-215; 
 also  in  Trabajos  IV°  Congr.  cient.  fl° 
 Pan-amer.]  celebrado  en  Santiago  de 
 Chile,  25  die.  1908-5  enero,  1909,  vol. 
 xiv,  Ciencias  nat.,  antrop.  y  etnol., 
 tomo  ii,  Santiago,  1911,  pp.  187-215.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  209,  215;  Trabajos,  xiv,  188,  212) 
 unimportant  notes  on  Fuegian  relationship. 
 
 La  Grasserie,  Raoul  de 
 
 De  la  langue  Tehuelche.  (In  Verh. 
 d.  XIV.  Intern.  Amerikanisten-Kongr. , 
 Stuttgart,  1904,  ibid.,  1906,  n,  611- 
 647.) 
 
 On  pp.  643-647  the  author  reviews  the  state¬ 
 ments  of  Beauvoir,  Brinton,  Hyades,  Martial, 
 and  Lista  asserting  the  linguistic  affinity  of  the 
 Tehuelches  to  the  Onas,  and  shows  by  a  short 
 comparative  vocabulary  more  or  less  clear  simi¬ 
 larities  in  the  words  for  5  numbers,  for  18  parts  of 
 the  body,  and  for  26  common  objects. 
 
 La  Harpe,  Jean  Frangois  de,  ed. 
 
 Abrege  de  l’Histoire  generale  des 
 voyages,  21  vols.,  Paris,  1780;  24  vols., 
 ibid.,  1820. 
 
 An  abridgment  of  the  Abbe  Provost’s  Histoire 
 g6n6rale  (q.  v.). 
 
 Lahille,  Fernando 
 
 (a)  Fines  de  verano  en  la  Tierra  del 
 Fuego.  (Reprint  from  Rev.  Museo  de 
 La  Plata ,  1898,  vm,  3-24.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  4-5)  a  few  words  on  the  distri¬ 
 bution  of  the  three  Fuegian  tribes. 
 
 ( b )  Los  Onas:  Tema  presentado  al 
 Congreso  cientffico  internac.  argent,  (sec- 
 cion  antrop. )en  ocasion  del  ler  centena- 
 rio  de  la  independencia,  Buenos  Aires, 
 1910.  (Reference  from  Dabbene.) 
 
 Lajarte,  Louis  Henri  Dufaure  de 
 
 [Notes  on  voice,  intonation,  and 
 chants  of  Yahgans.]  (Quoted  in  Hya¬ 
 des,  q,  pp.  214—215.) 
 
 Laloy,  L. 
 
 (а)  Review  of  Dr.  R.  Martin’s  ar¬ 
 ticle,  Zur  physischen  Antliropologie 
 der  Feuerlander,  Archiv  f.  Anthr.,  xxii, 
 155-217.  (In  Anthropologie,  Paris, 
 1893,  iv,  756-757.) 
 
 A  summary  and  favorable  criticism  of  Dr. 
 Martin’s  article. 
 
 (б)  Review  of  Dr.  Hultkrantz’  paper, 
 Zur  Osteologie  der  Ona-  und  Yahgan- 
 Indianer  des  Feuerlandes.  (Ibid., 
 1902,  xiii,  402-404.) 
 
 A  summary  of  Dr.  Hultkrantz’s  results  with 
 a  few  additional  remarks  by  Dr.  Laloy  himself. 
 
 Lambert,  Charles  J.,  and  Mrs.  S. 
 
 The  voyage  of  the  Wanderer,  edited 
 by  Gerald  Young,  London,  1883. 
 
 Contains  (p.  108)  a  few  words  on  some  na¬ 
 tives — Alacaluf  probably— met  casually  near 
 Mount  Tarn. 
 
 Lang,  Andrew 
 
 The  making  of  religion,  2d  ed., 
 London-Bombay-New  York,  1900. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  174-175  and  passim)  Mr.  Lang’s 
 well-known  deductions  regarding  the  Fuegian 
 “supreme  Deity,”  based  on  Fitz-Roy  (a,  p.  180), 
 and  the  latter  in  turn  on  statements  made  by 
 York  Minster,  an  Alacaluf,  one  of  the  party  of 
 four  natives  taken  to  England  by  Admiral  Fitz¬ 
 Roy.  For  fuller  discussion  of  this  point  see  Sub¬ 
 ject  Bibliography,  under  Religion. 
 
 Latcham,  Ricardo  E. 
 
 Anthropologfa  chilena.  (In  Rev.  Mu¬ 
 seo  de  La  Plata,  1909,  xvi,  241-318;  also 
 in  Trabajos  IV°  Congreso  cient.  [1° 
 *  Pan-amer.]  celebrado  en  Santiago  de 
 Chile,  25  die.  1908-5  enero  1909,  vol. 
 xiv,  Ciencias  nat.  antrop.  y  etnol.,  tomo 
 ii,  Santiago,  1911,  pp.  24-84.) 
 
 Contains  important  contributions  to  Fuegian 
 and  Chonoan  somatology.  See  the  following 
 
COOPER 1 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 105 
 
 Latcham,  Ricardo  E. — Continued 
 
 especially:  Probable  earliest  Chilean  races,  pp. 
 247-248;  Chonos,  pp.  255,  257,  281-282,  including 
 the  measurements  of  8  crania,  3  from  the  Chonos 
 Archipelago,  3  from  the  Guaitecas  Archipelago, 
 and  2  from  Wellington  Island  (these  last  two  are 
 more  likely  Alacalufan);  Alacaluf,  pp.  279-280, 
 including  the  measurements  of  6  crania,  3  belong¬ 
 ing  to  the  Museum  and  3  in  the  author’s  private 
 collection;  Yahgans,  pp.  257,  277-278;  Onas,  pp. 
 258,276-277;  Huemules,  pp.  282-284.  Dr.  Latch- 
 am’s  tribal  divisions  are  based  exclusively  on 
 cranial  measurements,  and  Ills  theories  of  rela¬ 
 tionship  are  broached  with  reserve.  The  ex¬ 
 tensive  data,  however,  especially  the  original 
 Chonoan  and  Alacalufan  material,  are  very  valu¬ 
 able,  whether  the  theories  be  accepted  or  not. 
 Outlines  of  a  Yahgan,  an  Alacalufan,  and  a  Cho¬ 
 noan  cranium,  all  three  in  the  author’s  private 
 collection,  in  Trabajos,  xiv,  opposite  pp.  50,  52, 
 and  54,  respectively. 
 
 Dr.  Dabbene  includes  in  his  bibliography 
 (6,  p.  294)  “Los  Changos  de  la  costa  de  Chile, 
 Santiago  de  Chile,  1910,”  by  the  same  author. 
 This  work  may  treat  of  the  relations  of  the 
 Changos  to  the  Fuegians. 
 
 Latham,  Robert  Gordon 
 
 The  natural  history  of  the  varieties  of 
 man,  London,  1850. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  414-419  passim)  a  few  unimpor¬ 
 tant  notes  on  the  relationship  of  Fuegians. 
 
 Latzina,  Francisco 
 
 Diccionario  geografico  argentine, 
 Buenos  Aires,  1891;  3d  ed.,  ibid.,  1899. 
 
 The  article  “  Tierra  del  Fuego  ”  contains  a  few 
 unimportant  data  on  the  Fuegians 
 
 [Lausbert,  C.  F.] 
 
 Recueil  d’ observations  curieuses  sur 
 les  moeurs  .  .  .  de  differents  peuples 
 de  l’Asie,  de  l’Afrique  &  de  l’Amer- 
 ique,  4  vols.,  Paris,  1749.  (Reference 
 from  Mitre,  i,  pp.  93-94.) 
 
 Contains,  according  to  Gen.  Mitre  (loc.  cit.),in 
 vol,  m,  ch.  5,  data  on  Tierra  del  Fuego,  consisting 
 of  extracts  from  the  Lettres  ediflantes  (q.  v.). 
 
 Lantaro  Navarro,  Avaria 
 
 (а)  La  Isla  Dawson;  La  mision  sale- 
 siana  de  San  Rafael:  Los  indios  fue- 
 guinos.  (In  El  Magallanes  [now  a 
 daily  paper,  but  was  in  1894-95  a 
 weekly],  Punta  Arenas,  Mar. -Apr., 
 1894,  Nos.  12-15.)  (Reference  from 
 Anrique,  p.  422.) 
 
 (б)  Censo  jeneral  .  .  .  del  Terri- 
 torio  de  Magallanes,  2  vols.,  Punta 
 Arenas,  1907. 
 
 Contains  a  few  statistics  of  the  native  popula¬ 
 tion;  not  important. 
 
 Lawrence,  John 
 
 [Occasional  letters.]  (In  S.  Amer. 
 miss,  mag.) 
 
 Lawrence,  John — Continued 
 
 These  letters  do  not  contain  much  anthro¬ 
 pological  material,  although  Mr.  Lawrence  should 
 be  in  a  position  to  speak  with  authority  on  the 
 subject,  having  been  on  the  Beagle  Channel  since 
 1869,  when  he  took  up  missionary  work  with  Mr. 
 Bridges.  Prof.  Furlong  considers  (j)  Mr.  Law¬ 
 rence’s  sons,  Fred  and  Martin,  the  best  living 
 authorities  on  the  Yahgans. 
 
 Le  Bon,  Gustave 
 
 Les  Fuegiens.  (In  Bull.  Soc.  de 
 geogr.,  Paris,  1883,  7th  ser.  iv,  266- 
 278.) 
 
 A  lengthy  but  not  important  description  of 
 the  Fuegians,  based  chiefly  on  Darwin,  Bougain¬ 
 ville. 
 
 Lecointe,  Georges 
 
 Im  Reiche  der  Pinguine:  Schilde- 
 rungen  von  der  Fahrt  der  “Belgica,” 
 Germ.  tr.  by  Wilhelm  Weismann, 
 Halle  a.  S.,  1904. 
 
 Contains  (ch.  xn,  pp.  60-64)  a  very  good  ac¬ 
 count  of  the  culture  of  the  Onas,  following  the 
 same  lines  as  Gerlache  and  Fr.  Cook. 
 
 Lehmann-Nitsche,  Roberto 
 
 (а)  Tschon.  (In  Rudolf  Martin’s 
 Wandtafeln  fur  den  Unterricht  in  An- 
 tliropologie,  Ethnologie  und  Geogra¬ 
 phic,  Zurich,  [1902?],  hi,  no.  24.) 
 
 Contains  a  splendid  large  colored  plate  of  an 
 Ona,  after  a  photograph  by  Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche. 
 The  accompanying  text  gives  a  summary  of 
 Fuegian  anthropology,  including  some  original 
 stature  measurements  of  Onas  by  the  writer. 
 
 (б)  El  grupo  Tshon  de  los  pafses 
 magallanicos.  (In  Adas  del  XV 11° 
 Congr.  internac.  de  Americanistas,  sesion 
 de  Buenos  Aires,  1910,  ibid.,  1912,  pp. 
 226-227.) 
 
 A  very  brief  abstract.  See  below,  d. 
 
 (c)  El  problemaindfgena:  Necesidad 
 de  destinar  territories  reservados  para 
 los  indfgenas  de  Patagonia,  Tierra  del 
 Fuego  y  Chaco,  segun  el  proceder  de  los 
 Estados  Unidos  de  Norte  America. 
 (Paper  read  before  the  Congr.  cient. 
 internac.  de  Buenos  Aires,  published 
 in  Anales  Soc.  dent,  argent .,  Buenos 
 Aires,  1915,  lxxx,  385-389.) 
 
 Deals  with  the  proposal  announced  in  the  title 
 rather  than  with  the  anthropology  of  the  natives. 
 
 (d)  El  grupo  lingiifstico  Tshon  de 
 los  territorios  magallanicos.  (In  Rev. 
 Museo  de  La  Plata,  Buenos  Aires,  1913, 
 xxn,  2d  ser.  ix,  217-276.) 
 
 A  very  important  paper,  indispensable  for  the 
 study  of  Ona  linguistics.  The  most  valuable 
 
106 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Lehmann-Nitsche,  Roberto — Continued 
 
 part  of  the  paper  is  the  comparative  Tehuelche- 
 Ona  glossary  of  209  words  (pp.  242-276).  Both  the-- 
 Shilk’nam  and  Manekenkn  are  represented  in  the 
 Ona  section.  Ninety-seven  Manekenkn  words 
 from  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges’  manuscript  vocabulary 
 are  given,  while  Shilk’nam  equivalents  for  152 
 of  the  209  words  are  included.  The  Shilk’nam 
 words  are  taken  from  Lista,  b,  Segers,  O.  Nord- 
 enskjold,  e,  Beauvoir,  a,  Gallardo,  and  the  au¬ 
 thor’s  own  manuscript  vocabulary.  Dr.  Leh- 
 mann-Nitsche’s  compilation,  which  gathers  to¬ 
 gether  lexical  material  scattered  through  some  25 
 publications  and  renders  accessible  invaluable 
 manuscript  data,  makes  relatively  easy  the  task 
 of  verifying  his  conclusion  that  the  verbal  resem¬ 
 blances  between  the  two  chief  Tehuelche  dialects 
 on  the  one  hand  and  the  two  chief  Ona  dialects 
 on  the  other  are  sufficiently  clear  to  justify  the 
 classification  of  all  four  under  the  one  Tshon 
 group. 
 
 Among  many  other  points  of  interest  in  the 
 paper  may  be  mentioned  especially:  The  study 
 of  the  names  and  division  of  the  Onas  (pp.  231- 
 233),  quotations  from  eleven  authorities  on  the 
 linguistic  kinship  of  the  Onas  with  the  Tehuel- 
 ches  (pp.  234-237),  discussion  of  Dr.  Brinton’s 
 and  Prof.  Chamberlain’s  theories  on  the  same 
 subject  (pp.  236-237). 
 
 (e)  Vocabulario  Ona  (Shilk’nam). 
 MS.  (Reference  from  preceding  ar¬ 
 ticle,  p.  241.) 
 
 “Apuntado  de  la  boca  de  los  indios  Choskiai 
 y  Kiotem6n,  en  noviembre  de  1898  en  la  ciudad 
 de  Buenos  Aires  durante  la  Exposicion  nacional 
 donde  estaban  exhibidos”  (ibid.);  63  of  the 
 words  from  this  list  are  published  in  the  pre¬ 
 ceding  paper. 
 
 Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche  spent  four  months  in 
 Tierra  del  Fuego  in  1902  and  since  then  has  made 
 at  least  one  other  visit.  His  interest  in  Fuegian 
 linguistics  dates  from  many  years  back.  His 
 work  is  characterized  by  thoroughness  and 
 attention  to  detail. 
 
 Leland,  Lilian 
 
 Traveling  alone:  A  woman’s  journey 
 around  the  world,  New  York,  1890. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  7-8)  brief  notes  on  a  canoe  load 
 of  Alacaluf  met  casually  at  Borgia  Bay,  in  the 
 .  Strait. 
 
 Lemay,  Gaston 
 
 A  bord  de  la  Junon,  Paris,  1879. 
 (Reference  from  Anrique,  p.  395.) 
 
 Not  important,  if  we  may  judge  from  the  arti¬ 
 cle  by  Dr.  Schlesinger  (q.  v.). 
 
 Lenz,  Rudolf 
 
 (a)  Die  indianischen  Elemente  im 
 ehilenischen  Spanisch,  Halle  a.  S., 
 1902. 
 
 Containson  p.  33  the  statement:  “Heutesind 
 sowohl  die  Changos  als  die  Chonos  ausgestor- 
 ben.” 
 
 Lenz,  Rudolf — Continued 
 
 (6)  Diccionario  etimologico  de  las 
 voces  chilenas  derivadas  de  lenguas  in- 
 dfienas  americanas,  Santiago  de  Chile, 
 1904-1910. 
 
 The  author  states  his  opinion  (p.  312)  that  the 
 word  Chono  is  indigenous,  and  that  the  Chonos 
 were  probably  related  closely  to  the  Tehuelches 
 and  Onas.  No  proof  adduced. 
 
 Lettres  edifiantes  et  curieuses,  ecrites  des 
 missions  etrangeres  par  quelques  mis- 
 sionnaires  de  la  Compagnie  de  Jesus,  2G 
 vols.,  Paris,  1702  (7)-43  (34  vols.,  1702- 
 1776);  4  vols.,  ibid.,  1838-1843;  Span, 
 tr.,  16  vols.,  Madrid,  1753-1757;  Engl, 
 tr.,  2  vols.,  2d  ed.  cor.,  London,  1762. 
 
 Contains  letters  by  Fathers  Nyel  (vol.  vix; 
 1838-1843  ed.,  vol.n;  Span,  tr.,  vol.  iii;  Engl,  tr., 
 vol.  n)  and  Labbe  (vol.xv;  183S-1S43  ed.,  vol.  n). 
 
 L’Hermite,  Jaques.  1624 
 
 See  Johannes  van  Walbeeck. 
 
 Lista,  Ramon 
 
 (а)  La  Tierra  del  Fuego  y  sus  habi- 
 tantes.  (In  Bol.  Inst,  geogr.  argent ., 
 Buenos  Aires,  1881,  n,  cuad.  6,  pp. 
 109-114;  republ.  in  following  work,  pp. 
 9-17.) 
 
 Concise  notes  on  the  Fuegians,  based  chiefly 
 on  the  then  accessible  written  sources,  and  to  a 
 minor  extent  on  observations  made  at  Punta 
 Arenas;  not  important. 
 
 (б)  Yiaje  al  pals  de  los  Onas:  Tierra 
 del  Fuego,  Buenos  Aires,  1887;  accord¬ 
 ing  to  Lehmann-Nitsche,  d,  p.  240,  also 
 in  Revista  Soc.  geogr.  argent.,  1887, 
 vol.  v. 
 
 An  important  early  contribution  to  the  an¬ 
 thropology  of  the  Onas,  both  the  Shilk’nam  and 
 in  all  probability  the  Manekenkn.  The  perti¬ 
 nent  data  are  scattered  through  the  book  as  fol¬ 
 lows:  On  the  somatological,  cultural,  and  lin¬ 
 guistic  resemblance  of  the  Onas  to  the  Tehuel¬ 
 ches,  a  resemblance  which  the  author  rather  over¬ 
 emphasized,  pp.  53-56, 33,  79, 82, 89;  stature  meas¬ 
 urements  of  three  men  of  Policarp  Cove,  or  Thetis 
 Bay,  of  three  girls  and  one  boy  of  San  Sebastian 
 Bay,  pp.  56,  81,  and  126;  culture,  especially  pp. 
 86-90,  95,  117-118,  and  above  all  126-130  (on  the 
 Thetis  Bay  natives) ;  language,  27  words  of  north¬ 
 ern  Ona,  p.  82,  86  of  southern  Ona,  pp.  144-145, 
 1  on  p.  34,  and  3  on  p.  56  not  found  in  above  vo¬ 
 cabularies. 
 
 The  northern  Ona  words  were  gathered  from 
 four  captives,  three  girls  and  one  boy,  who  were 
 taken  alittle  south  of  San  Sebastian  Bay,  and  who 
 accompanied  the  party  for  over  a  month.  The 
 southern  Ona  vocabulary  was  gathered  from  the 
 natives  at  or  near  Thetis  Bay,  where  the  expedi¬ 
 tion  halted  for  about  three  weeks.  A  comparison 
 
coorEit] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 107 
 
 Lista,  Ramon — Continued 
 
 of  this  list  with  Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche’s  glossary 
 shows  it  to  be,  to  an  appreciable  extent  at  least, 
 Manekenkn  rather  than  Shflk’nam,  and  in  this 
 case  SenorLista’s  cultural  and  somatological  data 
 on  the  Thetis  Bay  natives  assume  greater  impor¬ 
 tance  than  has  been  given  them,  as  the  published 
 material  on  Manekenkn  culture  and  somatology 
 is  extremely  meager. 
 
 (c)  Letter  to  Gen.  Mitre.  (In  Peterm. 
 Mitt.,  Gotha,  1887,  xxxiii,  156-157.) 
 
 Written  from  Thetis  Bay,  Jan.  1,  1887.  Con¬ 
 tains  a  few  unimportant  notes  on  the  Onas. 
 
 id)  Lamentaciones  del  ultimo  Guai- 
 caro.  (In  La  Nacion,  Buenos  Aires, 
 Apr.  9,  1895.)  (Reference  from  Lista, 
 e,  p.  41.) 
 
 Contains,  according  to  the  author  (ibid.),  his 
 Gua'icaro  vocabulary.  Cf.  infra,  e. 
 
 (e)  Lenguas  argentinas:  Los  Tehuel- 
 ches  de  la  Patagonia.  (In  Anales  Soc. 
 dent,  argent .,  Buenos  Aires,  1896,  xlii, 
 35-43.) 
 
 “All  the  Tehuelches  .  .  .  speak  Tzoneka,  as  do 
 also  the  Onas  .  .  .  who  have  an  ancient  dialect 
 with  accretions  from  the  Yahgan,  Alacaluf,  and 
 Gua'icaro  .  .  .  this  last  being  the  language  of  the 
 former  inhabitants  of  Brunswick  Peninsula  and 
 King  William’s  Land”  (p.  37).  On  p.  41  the 
 author  publishes  his  “  Gua'icaro”  vocabulary  of 
 19  words,  gathered  from  a  Gua'icaro  medicine¬ 
 man  living  at  the  time  among  Tehuelches.  The 
 vocabulary  is  clearly  Alacalufan.  On  pp.  39-42 
 a  discussion  of  Father  Hervas’,  Father  Molina’s, 
 and  Perez  Garcfa’s  statements  about  the  Chonos, 
 Caucaus,  and  Poyas. 
 
 Besides  his  travels  among  the  Tehuelches, 
 Sonor  Lista  spent  nearly  three  months  from 
 Nov.,  1886,  to  Jan.,  1887  in  Ona  territory,  follow¬ 
 ing  the  eastern  coast  of  Tierra  del  Fuego  from 
 San  Sebastian  Bay  south  to  Thetis  and  Good 
 Success  Bays.  During  this  time  he  had  consid¬ 
 erable  personal  contact  with  the  natives,  espe¬ 
 cially  with  those  of  Thetis  Bay,  where  he  re¬ 
 mained  for  about  three  weeks.  He  was  one  of 
 the  earliest  explorers  of  the  Ona  country  and  was 
 the  first  to  publish  an  Ona  vocabulary.  His  cul¬ 
 tural  data,  except  the  assertion  of  Ona  cremation 
 (6,  p.  55)  and  a  minor  point  here  and  there,  have 
 been  verified  by  later  authorities. 
 
 Loaysa,  Frey  Garcia  Jofre  de.  1526 
 
 (In  Oviedo,  Hist.  gen.  de  las  Indias, 
 ii,  bk.  20,  ch.  10;  Herrera,  Hist.  gen. 
 de  los  hechos  de  los  Castellanos,  dec.  3, 
 bk.  9,  ch.  4;  de  Brosses,  i,  150-158.) 
 
 The  expedition  met  in  1526  some  canoe-using 
 natives  in  the  Strait  not  far  from  “P.  St.  George” 
 (apparently  off  Clarence  Island).  Oviedo  may 
 have  gotten  his  information  verbally  from  some 
 one  or  other  of  the  members  of  the  expedition. 
 While  he  gives  only  most  meager  details,  his  ac- 
 
 Loaysa,  Frey  Garcia  Jofre  de— Continued 
 count  is  of  interest  as  being  the  first  record  of  an 
 actual  meeting  of  white  men  with  the  Fuegians. 
 Magellan  saw  only  the  fires  of  the  natives. 
 
 Lohr,  Johann  Andreas  Christian 
 
 Die  Lander  und  Volker  der  Erde,  4 
 vols.,  Leipzig,  1818-19. 
 
 Contains  (iv,  401-403)  a  short,  unimportant 
 description  of  the  Fuegians,  based  on  the  then 
 extant  written  sources. 
 
 Lord’s  Prayer  printed  in  the  Yahgan 
 language,  London,  1889.  (Reference 
 furnished  by  Mr.  Wilberforce  Eames.) 
 
 Perhaps  reprinted  from  Th.  Bridges,  m. 
 
 Lovisato,  Domenico 
 
 (а)  Di  alcune  armi  e  utensiU  dei 
 Fueghini,  e  degli  antichi  Patagoni. 
 (In  Atti  Reale  accad.  dei  Lincei,  anno 
 cclxxx,  1882--83,  Memor.  Classe  di 
 scienze  mor.,  stor.  e  philol.,  3d  ser.  xi, 
 Roma,  1883,  pp.  194-202.) 
 
 A  valuable  detailed  description  of  the  material 
 culture  of  the  Yahgans  and  to  a  lesser  extent  of 
 the  Alacaluf  and  Onas.  Passim  some  20  Yah¬ 
 gan  words,  and  1  Onan,  all  bearing  on  material 
 culture.  One  plate,  with  16  figures,  illustrating 
 artifacts. 
 
 (б)  Appunti  etnografici  con  accenni 
 geologici  sulla  Terra  del  Fuoco.  (In 
 Cora’s  Cosmos,  Torino,  1884-85,  vm, 
 Kiokkenmodding,  fasc.  4,  pp.  97-108, 
 Cenni  etnografici,  fasc.  5,  pp.  129-151.) 
 
 The  author’s  most  important  paper.  The 
 first  part  contains  the  only  published  detailed 
 account  of  systematic  excavations  of  the  kitchen 
 middens  of  Fuegia  proper.  Dr.  Lovisato’s  in¬ 
 vestigation  of  the  great  Elizabeth  Island  shell 
 heaps  throws  considerable  light  on  the  earlier 
 cultural  conditions  prevailing  in  the  Fuegian 
 archipelago,  though  some  of  the  conclusions  he 
 draws  are  perhaps  a  little  hazardous.  The 
 second  part  of  the  paper,  intended  to  supplement 
 Capt.  Bove’s  account,  largely  follows  the  latter 
 as  regards  higher  culture,  but  adds  some  im¬ 
 portant  new  data  on  material  culture,  chiefly 
 Yahgan,  with,  however,  many  incidental  refer¬ 
 ences  to  the  Onan  and  Alacalufan.  Some  35 
 Yahgan  words  passim  for  artifacts  and  natural 
 objects. 
 
 (c)  Sulla  collezione  etnografica  della 
 Terra  del  Fuoco  illustrata  dalF  dott. 
 Colini.  (In  Boll.  Soc.  geogr.  ital ., 
 Roma,  1884,  xxi,  2d  ser.  ix,  fasc.  9, 
 pp.  719-724.) 
 
 The  writer  takes  exception  to  some  points  in 
 Dr.  Colini’s  article  (q.  v.).  The  latter,  however, 
 was  almost  certainly  right  in  calling  a  star-shaped 
 clubhead  what  Dr.  Lovisato  called  an  arrow- 
 shaft  polisher.  Several  Yahgan  words  passim. 
 
108 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  BULL.  fiS 
 
 Lovisato,  Domenico — Continued 
 
 Dr.  Lovisato  accompanied  the  Bove  expedi¬ 
 tion  as  geologist.  He  was  in  Fuegian  territory 
 from  May  1  to  June  17, 1882,  and  during  this  time 
 had  the  same  opportunities  and  advantages  as 
 Capt.  Bove  (q.  v.).  He  was  a  careful  and  exact 
 observer.  His  chief  original  contribution,  dis¬ 
 tinct  from  Capt.  Bove’s,  is  his  splendid  study  of 
 the  Elizabeth  Island  kitchen  middens.  The 
 native  words  he  gives  passim  were  gathered 
 directly  from  five  Yahgans  who  spoke  some 
 English,  and  one  of  whom  spoke  Ona.  The 
 Yahgan  words  were  then  submitted  for  correc¬ 
 tion,  first  to  Mr.  Th.  Bridges  and  afterwards  to 
 Messrs.  Whaits  and  Lawrence  (6,  p.  132;  c,  p. 
 722). 
 
 Lozano,  Pedro 
 
 Historia  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus  de 
 la  provincia  del  Paraguay,  2  vols., 
 Madrid,  1754-55. 
 
 Father  Lozano  gives  (vol.  n,  bk.  5,  ch.  4,  and 
 bk.  7,  ch.  3  and  16)  an  important  account  of  the 
 first  missions  to  the  Chilotans  and  Chonos  in 
 1609-1614.  This  account  contains  (passim,  see 
 especially  pp.  31,  33-34,  454,  558-561)  some  valu¬ 
 able  data  on  the  culture  of  the  Chonos,  and  (pp. 
 456,  560)  some  interesting  information  regarding 
 Father  Matheo  Estevan’s  (q.  v.)  studies  and 
 compositions  in  the  Chonoan  language.  While 
 Father  Lozano  does  not  write  of  the  Chonos  from 
 personal  experience  with  them,  he  had  access  to 
 an  extensive  collection  of  published  narratives 
 and  manuscript  missionary  reports  and  letters. 
 The  description  of  the  Chonos  and  Huilles  on 
 pp.  33-34  is  apparently  taken  from  Del  Techo, 
 pp.  159-160. 
 
 Lubbock,  Sir  John 
 
 See  Avebury. 
 
 Lucy-Fossarieu,  Pierre  Henry  Richard  de 
 
 Ethnographie  de  l’Amerique  ant- 
 arctique,  Patagons,  Araucaniens,  Fue- 
 giens.  ( Memoir es  Soc.  d'ethnogr .,  no. 
 4,  Paris,  1884,  pp.  103-179.) 
 
 An  extensive  monograph,  the  Fuegian  sec¬ 
 tion  (pp.  155-178)  of  which  is  based  on  a  compre¬ 
 hensive  study  of  the  then  extant  written  sources 
 and  on  personal  observation  of  the  group  of  11 
 Alacaluf  in  the  Jardin  d’Acclimatation  at  Paris. 
 The  paper  is  well  written,  but  in  the  light  of 
 newer  material  published  since  the  eighties 
 would  need  very  considerable  revision.  The 
 author’s  account  of  the  mourning  rite  (?)  wit¬ 
 nessed  at  Paris  (pp.  173-174),  and  the  short 
 vocabulary  (p.  175),  are  of  special  interest. 
 These  12  words,  most  of  which  by  comparison 
 with  the  other  accessible  Alacalufan  vocabularies 
 appear  to  make  some  approach  to  correctness, 
 were  gathered  under  very  unfavorable  conditions 
 by  the  author  from  the  group  mentioned  above. 
 
 A  summary  of  the  monograph  was  published 
 by  Hale  (q.  v.). 
 
 Luschan,  Felix  von 
 
 Uber  Boote  aus  Baumrinde.  (In 
 Aus  der  Natur ,  Leipzig,  1907-8,  iii, 
 I.  Halbband,  pp.  15-22,  49-53.) 
 
 Contains  on  p.  22  an  account  and  illustration  of 
 the  Fuegian  bark  canoe,  ascribed,  by  oversight 
 no  doubt,  to  the  Onas.  The  paper  is  interesting 
 for  comparison  with  bark  canoes  from  other  parts 
 of  the  world.  Excellent  illustrations. 
 
 Maccarthy,  Jacques,  ed. 
 
 Choix  de  voyages  dans  les  quatre  par¬ 
 ties  du  monde,  10  vols.,  Paris,  1821-22. 
 
 Contains  (x,  242-265)  a  French  translation  of 
 de  Cordoba’s  lengthy  description  of  the  Alacaluf 
 met  at  Port  Famine  and  Port  Gallant  on  the  first 
 expedition. 
 
 Macdouall,  John 
 
 Narrative  of  a  voyage  to  Patagonia 
 and  Tierra  del  Fuego  through  the  Straits 
 of  Magellan  in  II.  M.  S.  Adventure  and 
 Beagle  in  1826  and  1827,  London,  1833. 
 
 Contains  (especially  pp.  104-120,  125-135,  175- 
 180)  rather  copious  cultural  data.  The  writer  ac¬ 
 companied  the  first  expedition,  as  the  above 
 dates  show.  He  had  good  opportunities  for  first¬ 
 hand  study.  He  seems  to  have  been  an  exact 
 observer,  but  his  account  is  sketchy,  popular, 
 anecdotal,  and  lacking  in  detail.  One  Alacaluf 
 word,  p.  110. 
 
 Machado,  Francisco 
 
 Yiajes  del  piloto  Don  Francisco  Ma¬ 
 chado  a  los  archipielagos  occidentales 
 de  Patagonia  [1768-69].  (Ed.  by  Fran¬ 
 cisco  Vidal  Gormaz,  in  An.  hidr.  mar. 
 Chile ,  Santiago,  1889,  xiv,  57-149.) 
 
 The  diaries  and  Beranger’s  instructions  con¬ 
 tain  a  few  data  which  have  a  slight  bearing  on  the 
 problem  of  Chonoan  linguistic  relationships.  See 
 pp.  72,  78,  84-86,  89,  95,  105,  121. 
 
 Magalhaes,  Fernao  de.  1520 
 
 Magellan  saw  no  natives  when  he  passed 
 through  the  Strait  in  1520,  but  “one  night  a 
 great  number  of  fires  were  seen,  mostly  on  their 
 left  hand”  (Maximilianus  Transylvanus,  De 
 Moluccis  insulis,  Cologne,  1523;  Oviedo,  Hist, 
 gen.  de  las  Indias,  ii,  bk.  20,  ch.  i).  The  hut 
 and  over  200  graves  found  apparently  at  Posses¬ 
 sion  Bay  (Herrera,  Hist.  gen.  de  los  hechos  de 
 los  Castellanos,  dec.  2,  bk.  9,  ch.  14),  were  in  all 
 probability  Tehuelchean.  Cf.  for  bibliography, 
 Oscar  Koelliker,  Die  erste  Umseglung  der  Erdo 
 durch  Fernando  de  Magallanes  und  Juan  Sebas¬ 
 tian  del  Cano,  Munchen-Leipzig,  1908. 
 
 Magoths,  W. 
 
 A  briefe  relation  of  a  voyage  of  The 
 Delight  a  ship  of  Bristoll  one  of  the 
 consorts  of  M.  John  Chid  ley  esquire  and 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 109 
 
 Magoths,  W. — Continued 
 M.  Paul  Wheele,  made  into  the  Straight 
 of  Magellan  .  .  .  Begun  in  the  yeere 
 1589.  (In  Hakluyt,  1600,  in,  839-840; 
 ed.  by  Goldsmid,  vol.  xvi;  ed.  by 
 Hakl.  soc.,  vol.  xi;  de  Brosses,  i,  234- 
 235.) 
 
 Contains  a  very  brief  note  of  an  encounter  in 
 1590  with  natives  near  Port  Famine;  not  impor¬ 
 tant. 
 
 Manouvrier,  Leonce 
 
 (a)  Sur  les  Fuegiens  du  Jardin  d’ac- 
 climatation.  (In  Bull.  Soc.  d'anthr.  de 
 Paris ,  1881,  3d  ser.  iv,  760-774.) 
 
 Observations  upon  and  measurements  of  the  4 
 men,  4  women,  and  3  children  of  the  Hagenbeck 
 group  of  Alacaluf  exhibited  at  Paris.  A  few 
 notes  on  mentality  and  on  domestic  culture. 
 
 This  paper  is  followed  by  a  long  discussion, 
 taken  part  in  by  MM.  Topinard  (q.  v.),  de  Mor- 
 tillet,  Nicole,  Hovelacque,  Deniker,  Bordier,  Le 
 Bon,  Gignoux  (pp.  774-790),  by  MM.  Hove¬ 
 lacque,  Nicole,  Nicolas,  Leguay  (pp.  841-8G8),  and 
 by  MM.  Deniker,  Girard  de  Rialle,  Bordier, 
 Hamy,  Vinson,  Nicolas,  Leguay  (ibid.,  3d  ser.  v, 
 12-22).  The  discussion  was  largely  based  on  per¬ 
 sonal  observation  of  the  same  group;  see  especially 
 the  remarks  by  Topinard. 
 
 ( b )  Aptitude  &  distinguer  les  cou- 
 leurs.  (Ibid.,  1886,  3d  ser.,  ix,  706- 
 707.) 
 
 Conclusions  from  experiments  carried  out  on 
 the  same  group  of  Alacaluf,  particularly  on  Lise, 
 one  of  the  women. 
 
 (c)  Lecerveaud’unFu^gien.  (Ibid., 
 1894,  4th  ser.  v,  595-614;  abstr.  tr.  in 
 Rep.  Brit,  assoc,  adv.  sci.,  London,  1894, 
 pp.  787-788.) 
 
 Results  of  a  post-mortem  examination  of  the 
 brain  of  a  3-year-old  boy  of  the  same  group. 
 
 Mantegazza,  Paolo,  and  Regalia,  Ettore 
 
 Studio  sopra  una  serie  di  crani  di 
 Fuegini.  (In  Arch,  per  Vantrop.  e 
 Vetnol.,  Firenze,  1886,  xvi,  fasc.  3,  pp. 
 463-515.) 
 
 An  important  paper  on  Yahgan  somatology. 
 The  authors  give  the  description  and  measure¬ 
 ments  of  18  skulls  (12  and  6  $  )  of  adult  Fue- 
 gians,  all  Yahgan  except  1  cf  •  This  material  was 
 brought  back  by  the  first  Bove  expedition  of  1882. 
 Plates  xix-xx. 
 
 Marcel,  Gabriel 
 
 (a)  Les  Fuegiens  a  la  fin  du  XVIIe 
 si5cle  d’apres  des  documents  frangais 
 inedits.  (In  C.  R.  Congres  internat.  des 
 Americanistes ,  8th  sess.,  Paris,  1890, 
 ibid.,  1892,  pp.  485-496.) 
 
 Marcel,  Gabriel — Continued 
 
 A  valuable  article  on  Alacalufan  culture,  giv¬ 
 ing  interesting  extracts  from  five  unpublished 
 narratives,  one  by  La  Guilbaudiere  (q.  v.),  and 
 the  other  four,  based  on  observations  made  dur¬ 
 ing  the  1699  expedition,  by  Beauchesne-Gouin, 
 de  Labat,  Du  Plessis,  and  an  anonymous  officer, 
 all  members  of  the  expedition.  La  Guilbaudiere 
 accompanied  Beauchesne-Gouin,  but  his  ac¬ 
 count  is  based  on  his  earlier  voyage  between  1688 
 and  1696.  The  1699  expedition  under  Beau¬ 
 chesne-Gouin,  remained  many  months  in  the 
 Strait  of  Magellan,  chiefly  in  the  eastern  half,  and 
 had  considerable  contact  with  the  Indians.  The 
 combined  narratives  form  one  of  our  most  impor¬ 
 tant  early  sources  for  Alacalufan  culture. 
 
 (6)  Vocabulaire  des  Fuegiens  a  la  fin 
 du  XVIIe  si5cle.  (Ibid.,  pp.  643-646.) 
 
 For  comment  see  La  Guilbaudiere. 
 
 (c)  Les  Fuegiens  au  XVIIe  siecle 
 d’apres  des  documents  fran^ais  inedits. 
 (In  Revue  de  geogr .,  Paris,  1891,  xxvm, 
 104-111.) 
 
 This  article  covers  approximately  the  same 
 ground  as  the  author’s  first  one,  but  is  somewhat 
 differently  worded  and  is  a  little  shorter. 
 
 Marchiafava,  Ettore,  and  Carruccio,  An¬ 
 tonio 
 
 Antropologia  della  Terra  del  Fuoco. 
 (In  Bull.  Reale  accad.  medica  di  Roma , 
 1886-87,  xiii,  111-112.) 
 
 A  short  summary  of  the  conclusions  reached 
 by  Dr.  Sergi  (q.  v.)  in  his  article  in  the  Atti  of  the 
 same  academy  for  1886-87. 
 
 Marguin,  G. 
 
 La  Terre  de  Feu.  (In  Bull.  Soc.  de 
 geogr.,  Paris,  Nov.,  1875,  6th  ser.  x, 
 485-504.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  497-502)  a  fair  description  of  the 
 northern  Onas,  interesting  inasmuch  as  it  was 
 written  by  a  pioneer,  but  hardly  important. 
 The  author  accompanied  the  Pertuiset  expedi¬ 
 tion,  proceeding  in  part  inland  but  chiefly  along 
 the  coast  from  Gente  Grande  Bay  to  Useless  Bay. 
 During  this  time  (about  a  month,  Dec.,  1873- 
 Jan.,  1874)  he  saw  the  Onas  only  twice. 
 
 Marin,  Aylic 
 
 Au  loin:  Souvenirs  de  l’Amerique 
 du  Sud  et  des  lies  Marquises,  Paris- 
 Lyon,  1891. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  94-98,  112-117)  accounts  of  the 
 Alacaluf,  partly  from  written  sources  and  partly 
 from  personal  observation  of  natives  met  casu¬ 
 ally  at  St.  Nicholas  Bay  and  Port  Grappler. 
 Not  important. 
 
 Marin,  Benito,  and  Real,  Julian 
 
 Expedicion  que  los  Padres  Fr.  Benito 
 Marin,  y  Fr.  Julian  Real,  misioneros 
 
110 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Marin,  Benito,  and  Real,  Julian — Contcl. 
 del  colegio  de  Ocopa,  y  destinados  a  las 
 misiones  del  archipielago  de  Chiloe, 
 hicieron  a  ultimos  del  ano  de  1778,  y 
 principios  del  de  1779,  a  los  archi- 
 pielagos  de  Guaitecas,  y  Guaianeco  .  .  . 
 (Abstr.  in  Gonzalez  de  Agueros,  pp. 
 217-242.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  217-218,  235-236)  a  few  stray 
 notes  bearing  on  the  culture,  language,  and  his¬ 
 tory  of  the  Chonos.  The  two  missionaries  left 
 Castro  on  Oct.  21, 1778,  got  as  far  as  the  Guaianeco 
 Islands,  and  brought  back  11  of  the  natives  to 
 Castro,  which  they  reached  early  in  March,  1779. 
 
 Marino  de  Lovera,  Pedro 
 
 Cronica  del  reino  de  Chile.  (In  Col. 
 hist.  Chile,  Santiago,  1865,  vol.  vi.) 
 
 Contains  (p.  372)  a  brief  unimportant  mention 
 of  the  (Chilotan)  plank  boat. 
 
 Marsh,  John  William 
 
 (а)  and  Stirling,  Bishop  Waite 
 Hockin. 
 
 The  story  of  Commander  Allen 
 Gardiner,  R.  N.,  3d  ed.,  London,  1874. 
 
 Contains  many  extracts  from  the  journals  of 
 Bishop  Stilling  and  Capt.  Gardiner  and  from 
 letters  by  the  Rev.  G.  Pakenham  Despard.  All 
 three  had  had  much  contact  with  the  Yahgans. 
 These  extracts  throw  considerable  light  on 
 Yahgan  mentality  and  morality,  and  contain 
 some  good  data  on  material  culture.  See  espe¬ 
 cially  pp.  53,  56-57,  108-110,  119-120,  131. 
 
 (б)  Rays  of  sunlight  in  darkest  South 
 America,  3d  ed.,  London,  1890;  1st  ed. 
 published  1873  under  title  “First 
 fruits  of  the  South  American  mission;” 
 2d  ed.  enlarged,  published  1883  under 
 title  “Narrative  of  the  origin  and 
 progress  of  the  South  American  mis¬ 
 sion,  or  First  fruits  enlarged.” 
 
 Of  less  value  than  the  preceding  work  for 
 Yahgan  anthropology;  still  there  is  found  passim 
 a  fair  amount  of  material  bearing  on  mental  and 
 moral  culture. 
 
 Martial,  Louis  Ferdinand 
 
 Mission  scientifique  du  cap  Horn 
 1882-83,  vol.  i,  Histoire  du  voyage, 
 Paris,  1888;  Span.  tr.  in  An.  hidr.  mar. 
 Chile,  1889,  xiv,  255-547. 
 
 A  very  important  source  on  Yahgan  culture 
 in  all  its  phases.  Contents  of  anthropological 
 interest:  Division  of  Fuegian  tribes,  short  notes 
 on  Onas  and  Alacaluf,  pp.  184-186;  descriptive 
 somatology  of  Yahgans  with  stature  measure¬ 
 ments  of  121  adults,  pp.  186-187;  Yahgan  culture, 
 pp.  187-215;  history  of  the  English  mission,  pp. 
 216-231;  d’Arquistade’s  (q.  v.)  Relation,  pp.  266- 
 
 Martial,  Louis  Ferdinand — Continued. 
 269;  brief  notes  passim  pp.  30-31,  45,  118-119,  128- 
 130,  180-181.  Capt.  Martial’s  account  of  Yahgan 
 culture  is  briefer  than  Dr.  Ilyades’,  from  which 
 it  does  not  differ  materially,  except  perhaps  for 
 a  slightly  less  favorable  verdict  on  Yahgan 
 morality.  Capt.  Martial’s  work  contains  the 
 following  data  not  found  in  Dr.  Ilyades’:  3  myths, 
 pp.  213-214;  4  chants  taken  and  arranged  by  de 
 Carfort,  pp.  209-211;  oaths  (?),  pp.  207-208;  reli¬ 
 gion,  pp.  211-212.  Plates  vi-vn. 
 
 Capt.  Martial  spent  most  of  the  year  from 
 Sept.,  1882,  to  Sept.,  1883,  cruising  around,  al¬ 
 most  exclusively  in  Yahgan  territory.  He  did 
 not  learn  the  Yahgan  language,  but  otherwise 
 had  about  the  same  opportunities  for  first-hand 
 study  as  Dr.  Hahn  had.  The  data  gathered  by 
 him  from  personal  observation  were  largely  sup¬ 
 plemented  through  information  given  by  Dr. 
 Hahn,  and  by  Mr.  Thomas  Bridges  with  whom 
 he  had  frequent  meetings  (p.  183). 
 
 Martin,  Carl 
 
 (а)  Ueber  die  Eingeborenen  von 
 Chiloe.  (In  Zeitschr.  f.  Ethnol.,  Ber¬ 
 lin,  1877,  ix,  161-181,  317-330.) 
 
 Contains  an  excellent  description  of  the  plank 
 boat  on  pp.  326-327,  and  a  few  other  notes  on 
 Chonoan  culture  on  pp.  317-318. 
 
 (б)  Der  Chonos- Archipel  nach  den 
 Aufnahmen  des  chilenischen  Marine- 
 Kapitans  E.  Simpson.  (In  Peterm. 
 Mitt.,  Gotha,  1878,  xxiv,  461-466.) 
 
 Article  based  on  E.  Simpson  (q.  v.). 
 
 (c)  Der  Archipel  von  Chiloe  nach 
 dem  Anuario  de  la  marina  de  Chile,  Bd. 
 viii,  und  andern  Quellen.  (Ibid.,  1883, 
 xxix,  401-404.) 
 
 Con  tarns  (pp.  402,  404)  a  few  notes  on  the  early 
 settlement  of  Chonos  in  mission  stations. 
 
 {d)  Landeskunde  von  Chile,  Ham¬ 
 burg,  1909. 
 
 Contains  a  fair  summary  of  Fuegian  and  Cho¬ 
 noan  anthropology  on  pp.  360,  364-368, 383-390. 
 
 Dr.  Martin  practised  medicine  for  30  years  at 
 Puerto  Montt.  It  does  not  appear,  however,  that 
 he  had  very  extensive  personal  experience  with 
 the  natives  of  the  Chilean  Archipelagoes  or  of 
 Fuegia. 
 
 Martin,  Rudolf 
 
 (а)  Ein  Beit.rag  zur  Osteologie  der 
 Alakaluf.  (In  Vjs.  Naturforsch.  Ges., 
 Zurich,  1892,  xxxvn,  302-313.) 
 
 Description  and  measurements  of  the  complete 
 skeletons  of  2  Alacaluf  men  and  3  Alacaluf 
 women,  four  of  whom  died  at  Zurich  and  one  on 
 the  way  thither.  These  data  are  incorporated  in 
 the  following  paper. 
 
 (б)  Zur  physischen  Anthropologie 
 der  Feuerlander.  (In  Arch.  f.  Anthr., 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO  *  111 
 
 Martin,  Rudolf — Continued 
 
 Braunschweig,  1893-94,  xxii,  155- 
 218.) 
 
 A  very  important  monograph  coordinating  all 
 the  then  extant  sources  on  Yahgan  and  Alacalu- 
 fan  anatomy.  Of  the  21  skeletons  and  58  skulls 
 included,  the  great  majority  were  Yahgan,  the 
 rest  Alacalufan.  Dr.  Martin’s  conclusion  was 
 that  the  Alacaluf  differ  from  the  Yahgans  by  a 
 slightly  taller  stature  and  by  a  slightly  greater 
 tendency  to  dolichocephalism  (pp.  159,  210-211). 
 Bibliography,  pp.  216-217.  2  plates. 
 
 Summary  of  this  article  by  Laloy,  a  (q.  v.); 
 summaries  of  the  two  preceding  articles  in  Revue 
 mensuelle  dc  VEcole  d’anthrop.  de  Paris,  1893,  in, 
 34-35,  265-266.  - 
 
 (c)  Wandtafeln  fur  den  Unterricht  in 
 Anthropologie,  Ethnologie  und  Geo- 
 graphie,  3  vols.,  Zurich,  [1902?]. 
 
 For  comment,  see  Lehmann-Nitsche,  a. 
 
 Mason,  Otis  Tufton 
 
 (а)  Influence  of  environment  upon 
 human  industries  or  arts.  (In  Smith- 
 son.  report  for  1895,  Washington,  1896, 
 pp.  639-665.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  655,  660-661)  a  summary  of  Fue- 
 gian  culture. 
 
 (б)  Primitive  travel  and  transporta¬ 
 tion.  (In  Rep.  U.  S.  nat.  mus.  for 
 1894,  ibid.,  1896,  pp.  237-593.) 
 
 Contains  references  to  Fuegian  basketry  on 
 pp.  482,  485;  figure  181. 
 
 (c)  Aboriginal  American  harpoons. 
 (Ibid,  for  1900,  ibid.,  1902,  pp.  189- 
 304.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  213-214)  a  description  of  the  Fue. 
 gian  harpoon,  based  on  museum  material.  Plate 
 2  and  figure  12. 
 
 (d)  Aboriginal  American  basketry. 
 (Ibid,  for  1902,  ibid.,  1904,  pp.  171- 
 548.) 
 
 Contains  references  to  Fuegian  basketry  on 
 pp.  245,  247-248,  379-380,  497,  526,  532,  538. 
 
 The  last  three  papers  are  valuable  for  compari¬ 
 son  of  Fuegian  with  other  American  harpoons 
 and  half-hitch  basketry  and  netting.  Besides 
 the  simple  weave  described  by  the  author,  there 
 are  two  other  weaves  in  Fuegia,  the  one  appar¬ 
 ently  a  half-hitch  and  wrapped  or  knotted  coiled 
 (illustration  in  Hyades,  h,  p.  517,  and  q,  plate 
 xxxii,  figure  8),  the  other  a  crude  woven  variety 
 (illustration  in  Outes,  d,  p.  138;  cf.  also  Hyades,  q, 
 p.  303,  under  tqaouanouch) . 
 
 Maximilianus  Transylvanus 
 
 De  Moluccis  insulis  .  .  .  Cologne, 
 1523;  Ital.  tr.,  in  Ramusio,  vol.  i,  374- 
 379;  Engl,  tr.,  Hakl.  soc.,vol.  lii,  Lon- 
 
 Maximilianus  Transylvanus — Continued 
 don,  1874;  Span,  tr.,  Medina,  Col.  doc. 
 ined.,  vol.  i,  256-297. 
 
 For  comment,  see  Magalhaes. 
 
 Mayne,  Richard  Charles 
 
 On  the  Straits  of  Magellan  and  the 
 passages  leading  northward  to  the  Gulf 
 of  Penas.  (In  Rep.  Brit,  assoc,  adv. 
 sci.,  London,  1869,  Notices  and  ab¬ 
 stracts,  pp.  164-165;  Athenaeum ,  Lon¬ 
 don,  Sept.  11,  1869,  p.  343;  Reterm. 
 Mitt.,  Gotha,  Oct.  28,  1869,  xv,  385- 
 387.) 
 
 Contains  unimportant  notes  on  Alacaluf  en¬ 
 countered  in  1866-1869.  Somewhat  fuller  details 
 in  Cunningham  (q.  v.). 
 
 M’Cormick,  Robert 
 
 Voyages  of  discovery  in  the  Arctic 
 and  Antarctic  seas  and  round  the 
 world,  2  vols.,  London,  1884. 
 
 Contains  (i,  300-306  ,  311,  318-322)  a  good  deal 
 of  first-hand  information  on  the  culture  of  the 
 Yahgans  of  Hermite  Island,  with  whom  the 
 author  had  considerable  contact  in  Sept.-Oct., 
 1842,  while  with  the  Ross  expedition. 
 
 Medina,  Jose  Toribio 
 
 (a)  Los  aborijenes  de  Chile,  Santiago, 
 1882. 
 
 This  classic,  though  treating  chiefly  Arau- 
 canian  anthropology,  sums  up  or  quotes  literally 
 almost  all  the  Chonoan  material  contained  in  the 
 earlier  sources,  especially  Ercilla,  Goicueta, 
 Pietas,  Lozano,  Byron,  a,  Gonz&lez  de  Agiieros, 
 Olivares,  Rosales,  a,  b,  Garcia,  a,  and  Perez 
 Garcia.  Discussion  of  data  and  criticism  of 
 sources  are  usually  lacking.  On  p.  108  are  given 
 the  measurements  of  three  incomplete  skulls — 
 one  Fuegian  and  two  Chonoan  (one  from  the 
 Chonos  Archipelago  and  one  from  Puerto 
 Americano);  illustrations  nos.  22S-230. 
 
 ( h )  Coleccion  de  documentos  inedi- 
 tos  para  la  historia  de  Chile  ...  29 
 vols.,  Santiago,  1888-1901. 
 
 Vol.  i  contains  a  Spanish  translation  of  the 
 Epistle  of  Maximilianus  Transylvanus. 
 
 (c)  Biblioteca  hispano-chilena  (1523- 
 1817),  3  vols.,  ibid.,  1897-1899. 
 
 (i d )  Biblioteca  hispano  -  americana 
 (1493-1810),  7  vols.,  ibid.,  1898-1907. 
 
 The  last  two  works  contain  valuable  biblio¬ 
 graphical  data  on  the  earlier  sources,  especially 
 the  Spanish,  for  Fuegian  and  Chonoan  anthro¬ 
 pology.  Vol.  i  of  the  Bibl.  hisp.-chil.  contains 
 Father  Ponce  de  Leon’s  Descripcion  in  full. 
 
 Mehnert,  Ernst 
 
 Catalog  der  anthropologischen  Samm- 
 lung  des  anatomischen  Instituts  der 
 Universitat  Strassburg  i.  E.  (In  Die 
 
112 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 r  BUr.L.  63 
 
 Mehnert,  Ernst — Continued 
 
 anthrop.  SammlungenDeutschlands,  vol. 
 xv,  Braunschweig,  1893.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  70-71)  the  description  and 
 measurements  of  an  Alacalufan  skull  taken  from 
 a  cave  near  Cape  Turn  in  Magdalen  Sound.  Cf. 
 also  p.  75. 
 
 Menendez,  Francisco 
 
 Segunda  expedicion  hecha  a  los 
 referidos  archipielagos  de  Guaitecas,  y 
 Guaianeco,  por  los  religiosos  misioneros 
 P.  Fr.  Francisco  Menendez,  y  P.  Fr. 
 Ignacio  Bargas  ...  a  fines  del  ano  de 
 1779,  y  principios  del  de  1780,  segun 
 consta  de  la  carta  escrita  al  P.  Fr. 
 Julian  Real  por  el  citado  P.  Fr.  Fran¬ 
 cisco  Menendez,  que  es  como  se  sigue. 
 (In  Gonzalez  de  Agiieros,  pp.  243-248.) 
 
 Contains  on  pp.  245-248  a  few  notes  that  have 
 a  slight  bearing  on  the  question  of  the  linguistic 
 relationship  of  the  Chonos  to  the  Chilotans. 
 Fathers  Menendez  and  Bargas  returned  to  Castro 
 on  Jan.  11,  1780,  having  gotten  as  far  south  as 
 the  Guaianeco  Archipelago  during  their  three 
 months’  expedition.  They  brought  back  32  (30) 
 natives  with  them. 
 
 Meriais,  Tire 
 
 Traversee  du  detroit  de  Magellan,  et 
 observations  sur  les  Patagons  et  les 
 Feugiens.  (In  Nouvelles  annales  des 
 voyages  et  des  sciences  geogr .,  Paris,  1847, 
 cxiii,  5th  ser.  ix,  377-392.) 
 
 Contains  a  fairly  good  account  of  Alacaluf 
 encountered  at  Port  Gallant,  where  the  writer 
 made  a  stay  of  eight  days.  Two  native  words, 
 cherou,  “canoe,”  and  fa'ia,  “it  is  cold.” 
 
 Middleton,  R.  Morton 
 
 See  Myres. 
 
 Mills,  Philo  Laos 
 
 Prehistoric  religion.  (In  prepara¬ 
 tion,  to  be  published  Washington, 
 probably  1917.) 
 
 Contains  passim  the  essential  data  on  Fue- 
 gian  religious  and  quasi-religious  culture.  This 
 scholarly  work  should  be  an  excellent  starting 
 point  for  comparative  study,  as  the  author  in  his 
 treatment  of  uncivilized  peoples  has  collected  and 
 coordinated  practically  all  that  is  known  of  the 
 religious  and  quasi-religious  culture  of  those  on 
 the  same  low  plane  of  general  cultural  develop¬ 
 ment  as  the  Fuegians. 
 
 Mission  de  la  Terre  de  Feu.  (In  La 
 
 Nature,  Paris,  ler  sem.,  1884,  xn,  273- 
 
 275,  310-314,  362-364.) 
 
 Unsigned  articles  written  by  members  of  the 
 French  Cape  Horn  Expedition  1882-83.  The 
 first  and  second  articles  contain  a  good  but  short 
 
 Mission  de  la  Terre  de  Feu — Continued 
 summary  of  Yahgan  culture.  Some  10  Yahgan 
 words  passim  in  second.  Map  and  4  woodcuts. 
 
 Mitre,  Bartolome 
 
 Museo  Mitre:  Catalogo  razonado  de  la 
 seccion  lenguas  americanas,  con  una 
 introduction  de  Luis  Maria  Torres,  3 
 vols.,  Buenos  Aires,  1909-1911. 
 
 Contains  important  material  on  the  Fuegian 
 and  Chonoan  languages  (i,  153-189).  Of  special 
 interest  is  the  full  text  (pp.  179-189)  of  Dr.  Spe- 
 gazzini’s  Elementi  di  grammatica  Iaghan,  sis- 
 tema  Ollendorf.  The  critical  bibliography  (pp. 
 153-179)  of  20  works  and  articles  on  the  Fuegian 
 languages  contains  some  minor  inaccuracies  but 
 is  nevertheless  a  valuable  study;  see  especially  the 
 following:  The  accounts  of  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges’ 
 MS.  Ona  vocabulary,  p.  164,  and  of  Dr. 
 Spegazzini’s  MS.  Ona-Yahgan-Alacaluf  vocabu¬ 
 lary,  pp.  176-177;  the  Rev.  Thomas  Bridges’ 
 letter,  pp.  161-162;  the  abstracts  of  Dr.  Adam’s 
 Grammaire  de  lalangue  Jagane,  pp.  168-172,  and 
 of  Dr.  Spegazzini’s  Apuntes  filologicos,  pp.  175- 
 176. 
 
 Gen.  Mitre’s  critical  bibliography  was  largely 
 drawn  upon  and  made  accessible  to  English- 
 speaking  readers  by  Prof.  Chamberlain  ( a  and  b). 
 
 Molina,  Juan  Ignacio 
 
 (а)  Compendio  della  storia  geogra- 
 fica,  naturale  e  civile  del  regno  del 
 Chile,  Bologna,  1776;  Germ,  tr.,  Ham¬ 
 burg,  1782;  Span.  tr.  in  Col.  hist.  Chile, 
 vol.  xi,  1878. 
 
 Contains  (pt.  2,  pp.  209-210)  meager  unimpor¬ 
 tant  notes  on  the  Chonos. 
 
 (б)  Saggio  sulla  storia  naturale  del 
 Chili,  Bologna,  1782;  Germ,  tr.,  Leip¬ 
 zig,  1786;  Span,  tr.,  Madrid,  1788,  and 
 repr.  in  Col.  hist.  Chile,  vol.  xi,  1878; 
 Fr.  tr.,  Paris,  1789;  Engl,  tr.,  Middle- 
 town,  Conn.,  1808,  and  repr.  London, 
 1809. 
 
 Contains  (p.  340)  a  paragraph  on  the  Poyas 
 and  Caucaus,  the  latter  probably  Chonos.  “I 
 Caucau  sono  di  mediocre  statura,  hanno  pari- 
 mente  una  lingua  assai  diversa  [dal  Chilese] 
 ...”  See  also  p.  336,  and  map  opp.  p.  33. 
 
 (c)  Compendio  de  la  historia  civil 
 del  reyno  de  Chile,  Madrid,  1795  (tr. 
 of  Saggio  sulla  storia  civile,  Bologna, 
 1787);  in  Col.  hist.  Chile,  xxvi,  1901; 
 Engl,  tr.,  Middletown,  1808,  and  Lon¬ 
 don,  1809. 
 
 Bk.  4,  ch.  2,  contains  a  description  of  the 
 (Chilotan)  plank  boat . 
 
 Mondiere,  A.  T. 
 
 Note  sur  quelques  moulages  d’organes 
 genitaux  des  deux  sexes  pris  par  le 
 
COOPER 1 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TTERRA  DEL  FTJEGO 
 
 113 
 
 Mondiere,  A.  T. — Continued 
 Dr.  Hyades  sur  des  Fuegiens.  (In 
 L' Homme,  Paris,  1885,  n,  111-114.) 
 
 Measurements  and  description  of  9  casts; 
 quoted  in  extenso  in  Hyades,  q,  pp.  153-154. 
 
 Montanus,  Arnoldus 
 
 De  nieuwe  en  onbekende  weereld, 
 Amsterdam,  1671;  Germ.  tr.  by  Olfert 
 Dapper,  ibid.,  1673;  Engl,  tr.,  altered, 
 by  John  Ogilby,  London,  1671. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  572-576;  Germ,  tr.,  pp.  644-649; 
 Engl,  tr.,  pp.  649-653)  the  Fuegian  anthropolog¬ 
 ical  data,  much  abbreviated,  from  some  of  the 
 older  accounts. 
 
 Montemayor,  Jeronimo  de.  1641 
 
 See  Rosales,  a. 
 
 Montemont,  Albert  Etienne  de,  ed. 
 
 Ilistoire  universelle  des  voyages  ef- 
 fectues  par  mer  et  par  terre  dans  les 
 cinq  parties  du  monde,  46  vols.,  Paris 
 [1833-1837]. 
 
 Contains  the  following  voyages:  Byron’s,  vols. 
 ii— hi;  Wallis’,  vol.  hi;  Cook’s  first,  vols.  v-vn 
 (these  three  from  Hawkesworth);  Bougainville’s, 
 vol.  iv;  Cook’s  second,  vols.  vii-ix;  Weddell’s, 
 vol.  XXI. 
 
 Moraleda  i  Montero,  Jose  Manuel  de 
 
 Esploraciones  jeograficas  e  hidrografi- 
 cas  practicadas  por  don  Jose  de  Mora¬ 
 leda  i  Montero,  alferez  de  fragata  i  pri¬ 
 mer  piloto  de  la  armada,  1786-1788, 
 1792-1796,  introd.  por  D.  Barros  A., 
 repr.  Santiago  de  Chile,  1888,  from  An. 
 liidr.  mar.  Chile ,  1887-88,  vols.  xii-xm. 
 
 Contains  a  few  interesting  data  on  the  culture 
 (pp.  324,  329,  350-351,  358-359,  372)  and  history 
 (pp.  79,  124,  306-307,  332,  435,  474)  of  the  Chonos. 
 
 Morales,  Ruben 
 
 Instrucciones  nauticas  para  la  nave- 
 gacion  de  la  costa  comprendida  desde  el 
 estrecho  de  Magallanes  al  golfo  de  Trini¬ 
 dad  i  canales  intermedios:  Campana 
 hidrografica  del  crucero  Errazuriz,  en 
 1910.  (In  An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile,  Valpa¬ 
 raiso,  1912,  xxviii,  59-77.) 
 
 Contains  a  note  (p.  62)  on  the  apparently  lim¬ 
 ited  nomadism  of  the  natives  from  Trinidad 
 Channel  to  the  Queen  Adelaide  Archipelago. 
 
 Moreno,  Francisco  P. 
 
 (а)  Viaje  a  la  Patagonia  austral  .  .  . 
 1876-77,  vol.  i,  Buenos  Aires,  1879;  2d 
 ed.,  ibid.,  1879. 
 
 (б)  Apuntes  sobre  las  tierras  patago- 
 nicas.  (In  Anales  Soc.  dent,  argent., 
 ibid.,  1878,  v,  entrega  4,  pp.  189-205.) 
 
 Moreno,  Francisco  P. — Continued 
 
 (c)  Patagonia:  Resto  de  un  antiguo 
 continente  hoy  sumerjido.  (Ibid.,  1882, 
 xiv,  entrega  3,  pp.  97-131.) 
 
 The  only  item  of  interest  on  the  Fuegians  in 
 the  three  foregoing  papers  is  the  author’s  consist¬ 
 ent  use  (a,  1st  ed.,  p.  459,  2d  ed.,  p.  461;  6,  p.  201; 
 c,  p.  109)  of  the  spelling  O’onas  instead  of  Onas. 
 His  reason  for  so  spelling  it  is  not  stated,  nor  is 
 any  given  for  the  use  ( a  and  6,  same  pp.)  of  the 
 tribal  name  “Elisala’as”  (= Elizabeth  Island¬ 
 ers?). 
 
 (d)  Notes  on  the  anthropogeography 
 of  Argentina.  (In  Geogr.  jour.,  Lon¬ 
 don,  Dec.,  1901,  xviii,  no.  6,  pp.  574- 
 589.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  577-579)  some  suggestions  on  the 
 probable  origin  and  relationship  of  the  Yahgans, 
 Alacaluf,  and  Onas,  and  a  few  notes  on  their  men¬ 
 tal  capacity. 
 
 Mori,  Juan  de 
 
 Carta  de  Juan  de  Mori  a  un  amigo 
 suyo  de  Sevilla  que  fue  con  Magallanes. 
 (Ed.  by  Ramon  Guerrero  Vergara,  in 
 An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile,  Santiago,  1881, 
 vii,  559-576;  cf.  de  Brosses,  i,  164-167.) 
 
 The  writer,  who  accompanied  Simon  de  Alca- 
 zaba’s  expedition  in  1535,  states  (p.  562)  that  the 
 Indians  of  St.  Martha  and  St.  Magdalen  Islands 
 near  the  eastern  end  of  the  Strait,  had  nets  made 
 of  sinew  for  catching  birds. 
 
 Mortillet,  Adrien  de 
 
 Exposition  des  collections  de  P  expe¬ 
 dition  du  cap  Horn.  (In  U Homme, 
 Paris,  1884,  i,  210-213.) 
 
 Contains  an  excellent  description  of  the  Yah- 
 gan  artifacts  brought  back  by  the  expedition. 
 1  plate  of  woodcuts. 
 
 Morton,  Samuel  George 
 
 Crania  americana,  Philadelphia-Lon- 
 don,  1839. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  64-65  and  passim)  a  few  unim¬ 
 portant  notes  on  the  Fuegians;  some  inaccu¬ 
 racies. 
 
 Mossman,  Robert  Cockburn 
 
 The  voyage  of  the  Uruguay.  (In 
 Voyage  of  the  Scotia,  by  Robert  Neal 
 Rudmose  Brown,  Robert  Cockburn 
 Mossman,  and  James  Hunter  Harvey 
 Pirie,  Edinburgh-London,  1906,  ch.  17, 
 pp.  354-366.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  365-366)  very  brief  notes  on  some 
 natives,  probably  Alacaluf,  met  casually  in  Jan., 
 1905,  in  the  vicinity  of  Magdalen  Channel. 
 
 Moulinier,  Leon 
 
 See  Pertuiset. 
 
114 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 r  BUTjL.  63 
 
 Miiller,  Friedrich 
 
 (а)  Allgemeine  Ethnographie,  2d  ed., 
 Wien,  1879. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  24,  270,  296-297)  unimportant 
 references  to  the  Fuegians  from  the  older  sources. 
 
 (б)  Die  Sprache  der  Feuerlander 
 (Jagan).  (In  Grundriss  der  Sprach- 
 wissenschaft,  Bd.  iv,  Abt.  1,  Nachtrage 
 zum  Grundriss  aus  den  Jahren  1877- 
 1887,  Wien,  1888,  pp.  207-221.) 
 
 An  extensive  exposition  of  Yahgan  grammar; 
 sources  not  stated. 
 
 Murr,  Christoph  Gottlieb  von,  ed. 
 
 Nachrichten  von  verschiedenen  Lan- 
 dern  des  spanischen  Amerika,  2  vols., 
 Halle,  1809-1811. 
 
 Vol.  n  contains  Father  Jos<$  Garcia’s  Diario. 
 
 Murray,  M. 
 
 [Extract  from  report.]  (In  King, 
 q.  v.) 
 
 Mr.  Murray  was  master  of  the  Beagle  from  1828 
 to  1830.  Tho  extract  gives  (King,  p.  448)  a  few 
 notes  on  some  Onas  met  at  Valentyn  Bay. 
 
 Myers,  Sarah  Ann 
 
 Self-sacrifice,  or  the  pioneers  of  Fue- 
 gia,  Philadelphia,  1861. 
 
 An  account  of  the  first  efforts  of  the  English 
 missionaries  to  settle  in  Fuegia.  Contains  (pp. 
 225-231)  a  general  description  of  the  Fuegians. 
 Parts  of  the  narrative  on  pp.  214-300  throw  some 
 light  on  Yahgan  character. 
 
 Myres,  John  Linton 
 
 Implements  and  ornaments  of  the 
 Yahgans  of  Fuegia:  with  notes  by 
 R.  Morton  Middleton.  (In  Man ,  Lon¬ 
 don,  1902,  ii,  no.  73,  p.  97.) 
 
 A  few  descriptive  notes  on  some  Yahgan  arti¬ 
 facts  in  the  collection  of  the  South  American 
 Missionary  Society  at  London;  1  excellent  plate. 
 
 Narbrough,  Sir  John 
 
 A  journal  kept  by  Capt.  John  Nar¬ 
 brough.  (In  An  account  of  several  late 
 voyages  and  discoveries  to  the  South 
 and  North  .  .  .  by  Sir  John  Narbrough 
 Capt.  Jasmen  Tasman,  Capt.  John 
 Wood  and  Fred.  Marten  of  Hamburgh, 
 London,  1694;  Harris,  vol.  n,  bk.  4, 
 ch.  1;  Fr.  tr.  in  Coreal,  Amsterdam  ed., 
 vol.  hi,  Paris  and  Brussels  ed.,  vol.  n; 
 de  Brosses,  ii,  1-43;  abstr.  in  Prevost, 
 vol.  xv. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  63-66,  69-70)  good  accounts  of 
 the  natives,  probably  Alacaluf,  met  at  Elizabeth 
 Island  and  Port  Famine  in  1670. 
 
 Nodal,  Bartolome  Garcia,  and  Gonzalo  de 
 
 Relacion  del  viaje  qve  por  orden  de 
 Sv  Mag?  y  acverdo  del  Real  consejo  de 
 Indias  hizieron  los  capitanes  Bartolome 
 Garcia  de  Nodal,  y  Gonzalo  de  Nodal 
 hermanos,  Madrid,  1621;  Engl.  tr.  by 
 Sir  Clements  Markham,  Hakl.  soc.,  2d 
 ser.,  vol.  xxviii,  London,  1911;  de 
 Brosses,  i,  421-425;  abstr.  in  Nyel,  and 
 in  Laet,  bk.  12,  Lat.  and  Fr.  tr.,  bk.  13. 
 
 Contains  the  earliest  account  of  the  Onas  of 
 Good  Success  Bay.  The  Nodals  give  a  short  but 
 good  description  of  the  natives  encountered  there 
 in  Jan.,  1619. 
 
 Noguera,  Juan  M. 
 
 Conferencia  dada  por  el  repreaentante 
 del  Instituto.  (In  Bol.  Inst,  geogr. 
 argent .,  Buenos  Aires,  1884,  v,  147-165.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  163-165)  a  Yahgan  vocabulary  of 
 254  words.  The  writer  does  not  state  how  he 
 gathered  this  list.  He  accompanied  Capt.  Bove 
 on  the  latter’s  second  expedition  in  1884,  making 
 in  addition  a  reconnaissance  in  an  open  boat  into 
 the  territory  of  the  southern  Yahgans.  The 
 Noguera  vocabulary  is  quite  distinct  from  the 
 shorter  vocabulary  published  two  years  pre¬ 
 viously  by  Capt.  Bove. 
 
 Noort,  Olivier  van 
 
 (a)  Extract  oft  Kort  verhael  wt  het 
 
 groote  Journael  vande  wonderlijcke 
 ende  groote  reyse  /  ghedaen  door  de 
 strate  Magellana  en  andere  vremde 
 konincrijcken  en  landen  /  byden  E. 
 Olivier  van  Noort,  admirael  en  generael 
 vande  vier  schepen  /  toegerust  tot  Rot¬ 
 terdam  /  A°.  1598.,  Rotterdam,  1601. 
 
 “  Waarsehijnlijk  voor  het  volgende  journaal 
 in ’t  licht  gegeven.  Het  eenige  mij  bekende  ex. 
 is  in  de  Biblioth.  te  N.  York.  Vgl.  Sabin  N°. 
 55432”  (Tiele,  6,  p.  180). 
 
 Contains  passim  a  few  only  of  the  cultural 
 details  from  the  following  complete  journal. 
 
 ( b )  Beschryvinghe  vande  voyagie  om 
 den  geheelen  werelt  cloot  /  ghedaen 
 door  Olivier  van  Noort  van  Utrecht  .  „  . 
 om  te  gaen  door  de  strate  Magellanes, 
 etc.,  Rotterdam,  [published  in  1601  ac¬ 
 cording  to  Muller,  quoted  by  Sabin]; 
 2d  [?]  ed.,  ibid.,  1602;  abridged  in  Com- 
 melin,  vol.  i,  and  Hartgers;  Fr.  tr., 
 Amsterdam,  1602,. 2d  ed.,  1610;  de  Ren- 
 neville,  vol.  n,  Rouen  ed.,  vol.  hi; 
 Germ,  tr.,  Amsterdam,  1602  (Tiele,  a, 
 p.  30;  b,  p.  181);  Lat.  and  Germ,  tr., 
 de  Bry,  pt.  ix;  Engl,  tr.,  Purchas,  Pil- 
 grimes,  vol.  i,  bk.  2,  ch.  5;  de  Brosses, 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 115 
 
 Noort,  Olivier  van — Continued 
 i,  295-305;  abstr.  in  E.  C.  Drake;  in 
 Harris,  vol.  i,  bk.  1,  ch.  6;  in  Kerr,  vol. 
 x;  inBancarel,  vol.  n;  in  Prevost,  xiv; 
 in  Laet,  bk.  12,  Lat.  and  Fr.  ed.,  bk.  13. 
 
 Contains  numerous  details  on  the  natives, 
 probably  Alacaluf,  encountered  in  1 599—1  (100  on 
 the  “Penguin  Islands”  (Martha  and  Magdalen 
 Islands)  just  south  of  the  second  narrows  toward 
 the  eastern  end  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan,  and  at 
 “Maurice”  and  “Memnistes”  Bays  on  the 
 southern  shore  of  the  western  Strait.  The  natives 
 found  on  the  Penguin  Islands,  van  Noort  was 
 told  by  a  captured  Indian  boy  (1st  ed.,  p.  21; 
 Commelin,  i,  10;  de  Brosses.  I,  298-299),  called 
 themselves  Enoo,  their  land  Cossi,  the  small 
 island  they  were  on  Talcke,  the  larger  island 
 Castemme;  the  boy  also  spoke  of  the  Kemenetes 
 of  Karay,  the  Kennekas  of  Karamay  and  the 
 Karaike  of  Morine,  all  medium-sized  peoples,  and 
 of  the  Tirimenen  giants  of  the  land  of  Coin.  Van 
 Noort  also  gives  four  native  words:  talcke, 
 “ostrich,”  cassoni,  “guanac-o”  (?),  oripoggre,  “a 
 kind  of  bird,”  and  compogre,  “penguin.” 
 Neither  the  tribal  names  or  other  words  have 
 been  confirmed  by  later  investigators;  they  are 
 all  probably  erroneous,  with  the  possible  excep¬ 
 tion  of  Coin  (=  Chon?).  Cf.  however,  Furlong, 
 r,  p.  185:  the  western  Onas  are  called  Kenenica 
 Chon. 
 
 Nordenskiold,  Nils  Erland  Herbert 
 
 Une  contribution  a  la  connaissance 
 de  Fanthropogeographie  de  PAmerique. 
 (In  Jour.  Soc.  des  Americanistes  de 
 Paris ,  1912,  n.  s.  ix,  fasc.  1,  pp.  19-25; 
 in  Swedish,  in  Ymer,  Stockholm,  1912, 
 xxxii,  181-187.) 
 
 The  author  calls  attention  to  the  interesting 
 resemblances  under  13  chief  headings  between 
 the  aboriginal  cultures  of  extreme  North  America 
 and  extreme  South  America.  The  facts,  he 
 holds,  point  to  the  wedging  in  of  a  later  culture, 
 which  has  been  influenced  from  Asiatic  and 
 Melanesian  sources.  He  agrees  to  a  slight  extent 
 with  Dr.  Graebner’s  theory. 
 
 Nordenskjold,  Nils  Otto  Gustaf 
 
 (а)  Eldslandet.  (In  Ymer ,  Stock¬ 
 holm,  1894,  xiv,  203-210.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  208-209)  a  few  unimportant  and 
 very  brief  notes  on  the  three  Fuegian  tribes. 
 
 (б)  Den  eldslandska  ogruppen. 
 (Ibid.,  1896,  xvi,  247-258.) 
 
 Contains  (p.  255)  half  a  paragraph  on  the 
 Yahgans  and  Alacaluf;  not  important. 
 
 (c)  Das  Feuerland  und  seine  Be- 
 wohner.  (In  Geoqr.  ZeitscJir.,  Leipzig, 
 1896,  ii,  662-674.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  671-672)  brief  notes  chiefly  on 
 the  mental  capacity  and  kinship  of  the  Onas. 
 
 Nordenskjold,  Nils  Otto  Gustaf — Contd. 
 
 (d)  Reisen  im  Feuerland.  (In  Verh. 
 Deutsch.  wiss.  Vereins  zu  Santiago  de 
 Chile,  Valparaiso,  1897,  hi,  433-434.) 
 
 Contains  (p.  434)  one  sentence  on  the  linguistic 
 kinship  of  the  Onas  with  the  Tehuelches. 
 
 (e)  Algunos  datos  sobre  la  parte 
 austral  del  continente  sud-americano 
 segun  estudios  hechos  por  la  comision 
 cientifica  sueca.  (In  Actes  Soc.  scient. 
 du  Chili ,  Santiago,  1897,  vii,  157-168.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  163-164, 167-168)  remarks  on  the 
 relationship  of  the  Onas  with  the  Tehuelches, 
 and  a  sympathetic  account  of  Ona  mentality. 
 The  article  is,  however,  chiefly  of  importance  for 
 the  Ona  vocabulary  of  140  words  and  phrases  on 
 pp.  166-167.  This  valuable  vocabulary  was 
 gathered  chiefly  from  Father  Beauvoir  of  the 
 Salesian  mission  at  Rio  Grande  and  from  Senor 
 Ramdn  Cortes,  chief  of  police  in  Tierra  del 
 Fuego  Island. 
 
 (/)  tiber  die  Natur  der  Magellans- 
 lander.  (In  Peterm.  Mitt.,  Gotha, 
 1897,  xliii,  212-216.) 
 
 Contains  a  few  words  on  the  Onas;  not  impor¬ 
 tant. 
 
 (g)  Expedition  suedoise  a  la  Terre 
 de  Feu  1895-1897.  (In  Annales  de 
 geogr.,  Paris,  1897,  vi,  347-356.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  353-356)  somewhat  fuller  notes 
 on  Ona  culture  and  relationship. 
 
 (h)  Fran  Eldslandet:  Skildringar 
 fran  den  svenska  expeditionen  till 
 Magellanslanderna  1895-1897,  Stock¬ 
 holm,  1898;  resume  et  tr.  par  Charles 
 Rabot,  in  Tour  du  monde,  Paris,  1902, 
 n.  s.  viii,  13-60. 
 
 Contains  Dr.  Nordenskj old’s  fullest  account 
 of  the  Onas  (ch.  6,  pp.  104-128;  tr.,  pp.  32-38)  and 
 Yahgans  (ch.  7,  pp.  129-150;  tr.,  pp.  38-39).  The 
 data  given  are  good  but  rather  brief.  Some  good 
 photographs. 
 
 {%)  Svenska  expeditionen  till  Ma- 
 gelJanslanderna:  Wissensch aftliche 
 Ergebnisse  der  schwedischen  Expedi¬ 
 tion  nach  den  Magellanslandern  1895- 
 1897  unter  Leitung  von  Dr.  Otto  Nor¬ 
 denskjold,  Bd.  1,  Geologie,  Geographie 
 und  Anthropologie,  Heft  1,  no.  1, 
 Preliminary  report,  pp.  1-12,  no.  2, 
 Ueber  die  posttertiaren  Ablagerungen 
 der  Magellanslander,  pp.  13-80,  No.  3, 
 Geological  map  of  the  Magellan  terri¬ 
 tories,  with  explanatory  notes,  pp.  81- 
 85. 
 
116 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 |  BULL.  63 
 
 Nordenskjold,  Nils  Otto  Gustaf— Contd. 
 
 Dr.  Nordenskjold’s  conclusion  that  since  the 
 recession  of  the  glaciers  in  the  Fuegian  archi¬ 
 pelago  the  land  has  risen  some  60  meters  has  a 
 bearing  on  the  question  of  the  length  of  occu¬ 
 pancy  of  the  archipelago  by  man.  Cf.  Dr. 
 Lovisato’s  study  of  the  Elizabeth  Island  shell- 
 heaps. 
 
 (j)  Die  Polarwelt  und  ihre  Nach- 
 barlander,  Leipzig-Berlin,  1909. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  120-129  passim)  a  few  unim¬ 
 portant  notes  chiefly  on  the  Onas  and  Yahgans. 
 
 Dr.  Nordenskjold’s  anthropological  studies 
 were  made  chiefly  upon  the  Onas,  whom  he  had 
 fairly  good  opportunities  for  observing  during 
 his  trip  down  the  eastern  fringe  of  Tierra  del 
 Fuego  Island  in  1895-96.  He  was  also  in  com¬ 
 munication  with  the  Salesians  at  Rio  Grande, 
 with  the  Bridges  family,  and  with  the  civil 
 authorities,  especially  Senor  Ramon  Cortes, 
 chief  of  police  for  the  island.  His  most  impor¬ 
 tant  contribution  is  the  Ona  vocabulary. 
 
 Nyel,  J.  A.  X. 
 
 Lettre  du  Pere  Nyel,  Missionnaire  de 
 la  Compagnie  de  Jesus,  au  R.  P.  de  la 
 Chaize  de  la  meme  Compagnie,  Confes- 
 seur  du  Roy.  (In  Lettres  edif.  et  cur., 
 receuil  vii,  pp.  29-60;  1838-1843  ed., 
 vol.  ii,  pp.  79-83;  Span,  tr.,  vol.  hi; 
 Engl,  tr.,  vol.  n;  de  Brosses,  vol.  n, 
 436-441.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  36,  42-44)  a  short  account  of  the 
 Fuegians,  chiefly  from  the  Nodals. 
 
 Ochsenius,  Carl  Christian 
 
 Chile:  Land  und  Leute,  Leipzig- 
 Prag,  1884. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  111-112,  139-145)  unimportant 
 notes  on  the  Fuegians. 
 
 O’Halloran,  T.  P. 
 
 A  bibliography  of  South  America, 
 London-Buenos  Ayres,  1912. 
 
 Confined  to  books  and  articles  in  the  English 
 language;  popular,  not  scientific;  bibliographical 
 data  insufficient  and  in  places  inaccurate;  of  some 
 value,  however,  inasmuch  as  it  is  a  fairly  exten¬ 
 sive  list. 
 
 Olaverria,  Miguel  de 
 
 Informe  de  Don  Miguel  de  Olaverria 
 sobre  el  reyno  de  Chile,  sus  Indios  y  sus 
 guerras,  1594  [or  1597-98].  (In  Gay, 
 Documentos,  n,  13-54.) 
 
 Contains  (p.  18)  very  brief  notes  on  the  Chonos. 
 
 Olivares,  Miguel  de 
 
 Breve  noticia  de  la  provincia  de  la 
 Compania  de  Jesus  de  Chile,  desde  que 
 los  relijiosos  de  ella  entraron  en  este 
 reino,  que  fue  el  ano  1593,  hasta  los 
 anos  presentes,  [1736].  (Ed.  with  in- 
 
 Olivares,  Miguel  de — Continued 
 trod,  by  Diego  Barros  Arana,  in  Col. 
 hist.  Chile ,  Santiago,  1874,  vol.  vii, 
 1901,  vol.  xxvi.) 
 
 Chapter  10  contains  a  good  deal  of  valuable  in¬ 
 formation  on  the  relations  of  the  missionaries,  the 
 colonists,  and  the  Chilotan  Indians  with  the 
 Chonos,  together  with  some  notes  on  Chonoan 
 culture.  See  especially  vn,  370-373  on  first  mis¬ 
 sions  and  culture,  and  vn,  394-395  on  the  settle¬ 
 ment  of  the  Chonos  on  Huar.  Father  Olivares 
 gathered  his  historical  data  in  the  course  of  his 
 missionary  labors  in  the  Chilotan  district,  and 
 had  had  some  personal  contact  with  the  Chonos 
 (vn,  372). 
 
 Omalius  d’Halloy,  Jean  Baptiste  Julien  d’ 
 
 Des  races  humaines,  ou  elements 
 d’ethnographie,  Paris,  1845. 
 
 On  pp.  162-163  the  author  classes  the  Fuegians 
 (Pecherais)  in  the  Araucanian  family. 
 
 Orbigny,  Alcide  Dessalines  d’ 
 
 (а)  Voyage  pittoresque  dans  les  deux 
 Ameriques,  Paris,  1836;  ditto,  1841; 
 Ital.  tr.,  2  vols.,  Venice,  1852-1854. 
 
 Contains  (orig.,  pp.  283-284;  tr. ,  I,  557-558) 
 short,  unimportant  account  of  the  Fuegians, 
 based  chiefly  on  Bougainville,  Jas.  Cook,  Banks. 
 
 (б)  L’homme  americain(del’Amerique 
 Meridional),  considere  sous  ses  rap¬ 
 ports  physiologiques  et  moraux,  vol. 
 iv,  part  1,  of  the  Voyage  dans  l’Ame- 
 rique  Meridionale  etc.,  Paris,  1839;  2 
 vols.,  ibid.,  1839. 
 
 Contains  (see  especially  pp.  175-177,  185-187) 
 accounts  of  the  Chonos  and  Fuegians,  based  on 
 Bougainville,  Weddell,  the  older  writers  in  de 
 Brosses,  etc.  The  accounts  would  need  consider¬ 
 able  revision  to  be  of  value  to-day.  The  linguis¬ 
 tic  classification  (p.  187)  of  the  Fuegians  with  the 
 Araucanians  is  based  merely  on  the  occurrence  of 
 the  syllable  che  in  Beauchesne-Gouin’s  division 
 (gotten,  apparently,  from  La  Guilbaudiere  or  his 
 Description)  of  the  Fuegians  into  the  “Lague- 
 diche”  and  “Ilaveguediche”  (de  Brosses,  i,  120). 
 Even  granting  the  very  doubtful  point  that  the 
 che  was  meant  to  be  pronounced  as  a  separate 
 syllable,  Villefort’s  journal  of  Beauchesne- 
 Gouin’s  voyage  being  written  in  French,  the 
 classification  would  rest  on  a  quite  insufficient 
 basis;  yet  it  was  followed  by  many  later  writers 
 on  Fuegian  anthropology  (e.  g.,  Figuier,  Peschel, 
 Prichard).  Average  stature  of  Fuegians  (p.  186) 
 based  on  estimates  by  Wallis,  G.  Forster,  and 
 Weddell. 
 
 Osborn,  Chase  Salmon 
 
 The  Andean  land  (South  America), 
 2  vols.,  Chicago,  1909. 
 
 Contains  (i,  68,  159-161)  some  notes  on  the 
 Fuegians,  based  partly  on  personal  observation; 
 not  important. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 117 
 
 Osborne,  Thomas,  ed. 
 
 A  collection  of  voyages  and  travels, 
 2  vols.,  London,  1745. 
 
 Contains  (n,  433-478)  Fletcher’s  World  en¬ 
 compassed. 
 
 O’Sullivan,  D.  R. 
 
 Tierra  del  Fuego.  (In  Fortnightly 
 review,  London,  Jan.,  1893,  lix,  n.  s. 
 liii,  36-53.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  45-53)  quite  an  extensive  account 
 of  the  Fuegian  Indians.  This  account  is  based 
 on  personal  observation  during  a  two  months’ 
 enforced  sojourn  in  the  Strait  opposite  Port 
 Famine  and  a  subsequent  cruise  through  south¬ 
 ern  and  western  Fuegia,  on  information  ob¬ 
 tained  from  a  German  sea  captain  who  had  spent 
 20  years  in  the  archipelago  and  on  Admiral  Fitz¬ 
 Roy’s  narrative.  The  description  is  good,  but 
 needs  to  be  used  with  caution,  as  the  writer  does 
 not  distinguish  sufficiently  between  the  various 
 tribes,  and  repeats  some  of  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s 
 less  dependable  statements. 
 
 Outes,  Felix  F. 
 
 (а)  La  edad  de  la  piedra  en  Pata¬ 
 gonia:  Estudio  de  arqueologia  compa- 
 rada.  (In  Anales  Museo  nac.,  Buenoa 
 Aires,  1905,  3d  ser.  v,  203-575.) 
 
 A  comprehensive  description,  classification, 
 and  discussion  of  Patagonian  stone  artifacts,  an¬ 
 cient  and  recent,  preceded  by  a  quite  full  account 
 of  earlier  Patagonian  culture  in  all  its  other 
 phases.  While  this  splendid  monograph  touches 
 only  incidentally  on  the  Fuegians  (cf.  pp.  268- 
 270,  397-398,412,  427),  it  is  invaluable  for  the  study 
 of  the  cultural  relations  of  the  Fuegians,  in  par¬ 
 ticular  of  the  Onas,  to  the  earlier  Patagonians. 
 
 (б)  Instrumentos  modernos  de  los 
 Onas.  (Ibid.,  1906,  3d  ser.  vi,  287- 
 296.) 
 
 An  excellent  description  of  some  modern  Ona 
 implements  and  arms,  showing  the  substitution 
 of  iron  and  glass  for  shell  and  stone.  8  illustra¬ 
 tions.  5  Ona  words  from  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges. 
 
 (c)  Comunicacion  preliminar  sobre 
 los  resultados  antropologicos  de  mi  pri¬ 
 mer  viaje  a  Chile.  (In  La  Universidad 
 nac.  de  La  Plata  en  el  IV°  Congr.  cient. 
 [1°  Pan-amer.],  Buenos  Aires,  1909,  pp, 
 216-221;  repr.  ibid.,  1909.) 
 
 An  important  contribution  to  Chonoan  and 
 Fuegian  somatology.  Contains  (p.  219)  the 
 measurements  of  2  Chono  calvaria,  1  cf  and  1  $ , 
 from  Puerto  Lobos,  in  the  Guaitecas  Islands. 
 Dr.  Outes  also  examined  9  Alacaluf  (2  men  and 
 7  women)  and  14  Onas  (3  men  and  11  women)  at 
 Dawson  Island  Mission,  obtaining  stature  and 
 cranial  measurements  and  color  of  skin  and  iris 
 (pp.  220-221),  Dr.  Outes  promised  a  fuller  study 
 of  the  2  Chono  calvaria. 
 
 ( d )  and  Bruch,  Carlos 
 
 Outes,  Felix  F. — Continued 
 
 Los  aborfgenes  de  la  Republica  Ar¬ 
 gentina,  Buenos  Aires,  1910. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  130-141)  one  of  the  best,  if  not 
 the  best,  extant  summarized  account  of  Yahgan 
 and  Onan  cultural  anthropology.  16  excellent 
 photos,  illustrating  environment,  physical  types, 
 and  artifacts. 
 
 (e)  and  Bruch,  Carlos 
 
 Cuadros  mural es  “Las  viejas  razas 
 argentinas,”  with  Texto  explicativo, 
 Buenos  Aires,  1910. 
 
 The  charts  are  intended  for  school  use,  the  text 
 for  the  guidance  of  teachers.  The  charts  and 
 text  contain,  respectively,  nearly  the  same  illus¬ 
 trations  enlarged  and  the  same  text  as  “Los 
 aborigenes.” 
 
 Dr.  Outes,  in  addition  to  his  visit  to  Fuegia  in 
 1908,  has  had  the  opportunity  for  closely  study¬ 
 ing  an  abundance  of  museum  material.  It  need 
 hardly  be  added  that  his  works,  even  those  in¬ 
 tended  for  general  and  school  use,  are  written  in 
 accordance  with  the  best  anthropological  tra¬ 
 ditions. 
 
 Ovalle,  Alonso  de 
 
 Historica  relacion  del  reyno  de  Chile, 
 y  delas  misiones  y  ministerios  que 
 exercita  en  el  la  Compahia  de  Jesus, 
 Roma,  1646;  repr.  in  Col.  hist.  Chile, 
 1888,  vols.  xii-xiii;  Ital.  tr.,  Roma, 
 1646;  Engl.  tr.  of  first  five  books  in 
 Churchill,  hi,  1-138,  and  Pinkerton, 
 xiv,  30-210. 
 
 Contains  anthropological  data  from  the  earlier 
 explorers  (bk.  3,  ch.  6,  pp.  99-101)  and  a  short 
 account  of  Chonoan  culture  (bk.  8,  ch.  21,  pp. 
 394-395);  not  important.  Map  with  figure  of  a 
 Fuegian  and  the  inscription:  “Caudati  homines 
 hio”! 
 
 Oviedo  y  Valdes,  Gonzalo  Fernandez  de 
 
 Historia  general  y  natural  de  las 
 Indias,  islas  y  tierra-firme  del  mar 
 oceano,  4  vols.,  Madrid,  1851-1855  (1st 
 ed.  of  bks.  1-19,  Seville,  1535,  of  bk. 
 20,  Valladolid,  1557);  extr.  in  Col. 
 hist.  Chile ,  1901,  xxvii,  1-254. 
 
 Contains  (vol.  n,  bk.  20,  ch.  1  and  10)  references 
 to  the  fires  seen  by  Magellan’s  expedition  and  to 
 the  natives  met  by  Loaysa’s;  not  important. 
 
 Owen,  Richard 
 
 Descriptive  catalogue  of  the  osteo- 
 logical  series  contained  in  the  museum 
 of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  of 
 England,  vol.  ii,  Mammalia  placen- 
 talia,  London,  1853. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  846-848)  a  short  description  with¬ 
 out  measurements  of  an  Alacalufan  skull  and 
 parts  of  skeleton  which  had  been  presented  by 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy. 
 
118 
 
 BUREAU  OE  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Pacheco  C.,  Baldomero 
 
 (а)  Derrotero  del  Estrecho  de  Magal- 
 lanes  .  .  .  (In  An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile, 
 Valparaiso,  1907,  xxvi,  1-327.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  52-55)  a  few  notes  on  the  Channel 
 Alacaluf.  Of  special  interest  is  the  statement 
 on  pp.  53-54,  “individuos  a  quienes  se  ha  visto 
 en  el  puerto  Gallant,  se  les  enc'uentra  en  seguida 
 en  la  bahia  Fortuna  o  en  el  canal  Messier.”  They 
 appear  to  pass  from  the  Strait  to  the  Patagonian 
 channels,  not  by  doubling  C.  Tomar,  but  by  a 
 portage  route  via  Jeronimo  Canal,  Xaultegua 
 Gulf,  Perez  de  Arce  Inlet,  Gajardo  Canal,  and 
 Skyring. 
 
 (б)  Apuntes  para  la  jeograffa  nautica 
 del  archipielago  de  Reina  Adelaida, 
 esplorado  por  la  comision  hidrografica 
 de  la  canonera  Magallanes  en  1904. 
 (Ibid.,  1912,  xxviii,  14-57.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  26-27)  brief  notes  on  the  Alaca¬ 
 luf;  not  important. 
 
 (c)  Derrotero  de,  los  archipielagos  de 
 Patagonia  desde  el  golfo  do  Penas  al 
 do  los  Coronados  (Chonos  i  Chiloe),  vol. 
 iv,  Valparaiso,  1913. 
 
 Contains  (iv,  30)  the  statement  that  there  are 
 no  more  natives  in  the  Chonos  Archipelago. 
 
 Pardo  C.,  Caupolican 
 
 Armas  i  utensilios  de  los  indios  Pata- 
 gones  i  Fueguinos.  (In  Actes  Soc. 
 scient.  du  Chili,  Santiago,  1898,  viii, 
 121-127.) 
 
 Contains  some  descriptive  notes  on  Fuegian 
 artifacts  collected  by  the  author  on  journeys  to 
 the  southern  part  of  Chile;  not  important. 
 
 Parkinson,  Sydney 
 
 A  journal  of  a  voyage  to  the  South 
 Seas  in  H.  M.  S.,  the  Endeavor,  faith¬ 
 fully  transcribed  from  the  papers  of 
 the  late  Sydney  Parkinson,  draughts¬ 
 man  to  Joseph  Banks,  Esq.  on  his  late 
 expedition  with  Dr.  Solander  round 
 the  world,  London,  1773;  with  addi¬ 
 tions,  ibid.,  1784. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  7-8)  a  brief  description  of  the 
 Onas  met  casually  in  Jan.,  1769,  at  Good  Success 
 Bay.  The  author  accompanied  Capt.  Cook’s 
 first  expedition. 
 
 Parsons,  Mrs.  Elsie  Clews 
 
 The  family,  New  York-London,  1906. 
 
 Contains  passim  full  data  on  Yahgan  family 
 life,  based  on  Th.  Bridges,  a,  and  Ilyades,  p 
 and  q. 
 
 Patagonian  Channels.  (In  Shipping  illus¬ 
 trated,  New  York,  Jan.  10,  1914.)  (Ref- 
 
 Patagonian  Channels — Continued 
 erence  from  Bull.  Pan.-Amer.  union, 
 Washington,  Mar.,  1914,  p.  417.) 
 
 Contains,  according  to  the  reviewer,  an  ac¬ 
 count  of  the  life  of  the  natives. 
 
 Payro,  Roberto  J. 
 
 La  Australia  argentina:  Excursion  pe- 
 riodistica  a  las  costas  patagonicas, 
 Tierra  del  Fuego  e  isla  de  los  Estados, 
 Buenos  Aires,  1898. 
 
 A  series  of  articles  written  by  a  newspaper  man 
 for  La  Nation,  of  Buenos  Aires.  Contains  (pp. 
 178-245)  quite  an  extensive  account  of  the  Fue¬ 
 gian  natives,  based  on  limited  personal  observa¬ 
 tion,  on  data  furnished  by  resident  colonists  but 
 not  submitted  to  criticism,  and  on  written 
 sources.  The  description  is  generally  exact ,  but, 
 as  the  author  remarks,  his  visit  was  “una  excur¬ 
 sion,”  not  "una  expedition  m  una  exploracion  ” 
 (p.  178).  The  section  on  Yahgan  religion  (pp. 
 184-186)  should  be  used  with  caution. 
 
 Paz,  Felix  M. 
 
 Terri torios  australes:  Expedicion  a  la 
 bahia  de  San  Sebastian.  (In  Bol.  Inst, 
 geogr.  argent.,  Buenos  Aires,  Oct.,  1886, 
 Vii,  cuad.  10,  pp.  217-219.) 
 
 Contains  meager  notes  on  the  physical  ap¬ 
 pearance  and  culture  of  a  party  of  29  Onas  met  on 
 the  shore  of  San  Sebastian  Bay  during  a  very 
 brief  visit,  Aug.  26-23, 1886,  to  Tierra  del  Fuego 
 Island;  not  important. 
 
 Pector,  Desire 
 
 (а)  Ethnographie  de  l’archipel  Ma- 
 gellanique.  (In  Intern.  Arch.  f.  Eth- 
 nogr.,  Leiden,  1892,  v,  215-221.) 
 
 An  excellent  summary  of  the  Yahgan  cultural 
 data  contained  in  Hyades,  q. 
 
 (б)  Notes  sur  l’Americanisme:  Quel- 
 ques-unes  de  ses  lacunes  en  1900, 
 Paris,  1900. 
 
 Contains  a  few  remarks  (pp.  167,  178-179)  on 
 the  linguistic  affinities  and  culture  of  the  Fue- 
 gians;  not  important. 
 
 Penna,  Jose 
 
 Araucanos,  Pampas,  Patagones  y 
 Fueguinos:  Sus  costumbres  funerarias. 
 (In  Revista  de  derecho,  hist,  y  letras, 
 Buenos  Aires,  1909,  xxxiv,  171-206.) 
 
 Contains  an  account  of  Fuegian  burial  customs 
 and  ideas  regarding  the  future  life,  based  chiefly 
 on  Fitz-Roy,  Darwin,  Spegazzini,  Bove,  Lista. 
 The  statements  on  cannibalism  from  Fitz-Roy 
 and  on  Ona  cremation  from  Lista  need  revision, 
 or  at  least  confirmation. 
 
 Perez  Garcia,  Jose 
 
 Ilistoria  natural,  militar,  civil  y  sa- 
 grada  del  reino  de  Chile,  [1810].  (Ed- 
 
COOI’ER  j 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 119 
 
 Perez  Garcia,  Jose — Continued 
 ited  by  Jose  Toribio  Medina  in  Col . 
 hist.  Chile ,  Santiago,  1900,  xxii-xxm.) 
 
 Contains  (xxn,  31-32,  34-35,  109-110)  a  sum¬ 
 mary  of  Father  Falkner’s  division  of  the  natives 
 between  Chiloe  and  the  Strait;  not  important. 
 
 Pernety,  Antoine  J. 
 
 See  Duclos-Guyot. 
 
 Pertuiset,  Eugene 
 
 Le  tresor  des  Incas  a  la  Terre  de  Feu, 
 Paris,  1877. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  172-176,  192-194,  202-205)  a  few 
 notes  on  the  Onas  encountered  casually  three 
 times  by  the  expedition  on  a  month’s  trip  in 
 Dec.,  1873-Jan.,  1874,  from  Gente  Grande  Bay  to 
 Useless  Bay.  Cf.  Marguin.  The  description  of 
 Alacalufan  (and  Onan?)  hunting  and  fishing  cus¬ 
 toms  contained  in  the  account  of  the  Dawson 
 Island  natives  (pp.  216-222)  is  more  detailed  and 
 is  based  on  information  given  to  M.  Pertuiset  by 
 his  agent,  M.  Leon  Moulinier,  who  spent  some 
 months  on  the  island  in  1874. 
 
 Peschel,  Oskar  Ferdinand 
 
 Volkerkunde,  7th  ed.,  Leipzig,  1897; 
 [1st  ed.,  1874];  Engl,  tr.,  London,  New 
 York,  1876. 
 
 .  Contains  (pp.  151-152;  tr.,  pp.  200-202)  a  few 
 unimportant  notes  on  the  Fuegians,  based  on 
 Snow,  Darwin,  Fitz-Roy,  d’Orbigny. 
 
 Phillips,  G.  W. 
 
 The  missionary  martyr  of  Tierra  del 
 Fuego;  being  the  memoir  of  J(ames) 
 G(arland)  Phillips  [with  his  journal  and 
 letters],  London,  1861  (reference  from 
 British  Museum  Catalogue) ;  review  and 
 summary  in  Ausland ,  Augsburg,  1861, 
 xliii,  1009-1012. 
 
 The  Ausland  article  contains  many  details  on 
 Yahgan  character,  customs,  and  physical  type, 
 but  is  hardly  important. 
 
 Phillips,  James  Garland 
 
 Journal  and  letters.  See  Phillips, 
 
 G.  W. 
 
 Phillips,  Philip  Lee 
 
 A  list  of  books,  magazine  articles  and 
 maps  relating  to  Chile,  Washington, 
 1903. 
 
 An  extensive  bibliography,  which  does  not, 
 however,  emphasize  the  anthropological  litera¬ 
 ture;  not  annotated. 
 
 Pi  y  Margall,  Francisco 
 
 Historia  de  la  America  antecolombi- 
 ana,  vol.  i,  1st  part,  Barcelona,  1892. 
 
 Contains  (p.  485)  a  note  on  the  Chonos,  and  on 
 pp.  502-509,  an  extensive  account  of  the  Fuegians. 
 
 Pi  y  Margall,  Francisco — Continued 
 The  fact  that  the  author  bases  his  description 
 almost  exclusively  on  the  older  sources — Oviedo, 
 Sarmiento,  Argensola,  Alcedo,  d’Orbigny,  the 
 narratives  in  Purchas,  and  de  Renneville — and 
 ignores  the  important  recent  literature  detracts 
 seriously  from  the  value  of  an  otherwise  carefully 
 written  study. 
 
 Pickering,  Charles 
 
 United  States  exploring  expedition 
 during  the  years  1838,  1839,  1840,  1841, 
 1842  under  the  command  of  Charles 
 Wilkes,  U.  S.  N.,  vol.  ix:  The  races  of 
 man  and  their  geographical  distribu¬ 
 tion,  Boston-London,  1848;  new  ed., 
 London,  1851. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  17-20;  new  ed.,  pp.  8-11)  a  good 
 though  short  description  of  the  Yahgans  and 
 Onas  observed  in  1839  at  Orange  Harbor  and 
 Good  Success  Bay,  respectively.  Cf.  Wilkes, 
 Colvocoresses. 
 
 Pietas,  Geronimo 
 
 Noticia  sobre  las  costumbres  de  los 
 Araucanos,  1729.  (In  Gay,  Documen- 
 tos,  i,  no.  36,  pp.  486-512.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  503-504)  some  interesting  data 
 on  the  culture  and  language  of  the  “Chonos”  and 
 “Caucahues.”  Father  Pietas  lived  four  years  in 
 Chilo<5  (p.  502);  he  did  not  travel  into  Chonoan 
 territory,  but  had  seen  one  “Caucahue”  and 
 many  “Chonos,”  the'  latter  retained  by  soldiers 
 and  other  people  of  Chiloe  (pp.  503,  505). 
 
 Pigorini,  L. 
 
 11  museo  nazionale  preistorico  ed  etno- 
 grafico  di  Roma,  2a  relazione  al  Ministro 
 della  Pubblica  Istruzione,  Roma,  1884, 
 pp.  14-15.  (Reference  from  Hyades.) 
 
 A  description,  according  to  Dr.  Hyades,  of  the 
 Fuegian  collection  in  the  museum. 
 
 Pinkerton,  John 
 
 A  general  collection  of  the  best  and 
 most  interesting  voyages  and  travels  in 
 all  parts  of  the  world,  17  vols.,  London, 
 1808-1814. 
 
 Contains  (vol.  xi)  an  abstract  of  Capt.  Cook’s 
 first  voyage. 
 
 Platz,  Bonifacius 
 
 Der  Mensch,  sein  Ursprung,  seine 
 Rassen  und  sein  Alter,  3d  ed.,  Wiirz- 
 burg-Leipzig,  1898. 
 
 Contains  many  references  passim  (pp.  55,  68, 
 79,  96, 100, 137, 199,  323, 338)  to  the  Fuegians;  not 
 important. 
 
 Platzmann,  Karl  Julius 
 
 Glossar  der  feuerlandischen  Spraehe, 
 Leipzig,  1882. 
 
 64028°— Bull.  63—17 - 9 
 
120 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Platzmann,  Karl  Julius — Continued 
 
 Contains  a  fairly  extensive  vocabulary,  Yah- 
 gan-German,  pp.  1-98,  German-Yahgan,  pp.  99- 
 226,  extracted  exclusively  from  the  Rev.  Mr. 
 Bridges’  Yahgan  translation  of  St.  Luke’s  gospel. 
 The  vocabulary  is  by  no  means  exhaustive.  See 
 also  Dr.  Garbe’s  criticism.  An  introduction  by 
 Dr.  Karl  Whistling  gives  an  account  of  Fuegian 
 anthropology,  based  on  Snow,  Darwin,  Wilkes, 
 Brassey,  Peschel,  Virchow;  not  important.  The 
 appendix  (pp.  227-266)  contains  the  Bridges 
 Yahgan  alphabet,  proper  names,  and  English 
 loan-words  from  St.  Luke’s  gospel,  and  the  para¬ 
 ble  of  the  sower  and  the  Our  Father  in  Yahgan. 
 Map,  and  3  woodcuts  of  Fuegian  types. 
 
 Ploss,  Hermann  Heinrich 
 
 (a)  Das  Kind  in  Brauch  und  Sitte 
 der  Volker,  3.  Aufl.,  ed.  by  B.  Renz, 
 2  vols.,  Leipzig,  1911-12. 
 
 Contains  references  passim  to  Fuegians;  based 
 chiefly  on  Hyades,  g,  Bridges,  e,  Fred.  Cook,  a. 
 
 ( b )  and  Bartels,  Max 
 
 Das  Weib  in  der  Natur-  und  Volker- 
 kunde,  10.  Aufl.,  ed.  by  Paul  Bartels, 
 2  vols.,  Leipzig,  1913. 
 
 Contains  references  passim  to  Fuegians;  based 
 on  standard  sources. 
 
 Poeppig,  Eduard  Friedrich 
 
 Reise  in  Chile,  Peru,  und  auf  dem 
 Amazonenstrome  wahrend  der  Jahre 
 1827-1832,  2  vols.,  Leipzig,  1835-36. 
 
 The  passage  (i,  464)  on  the  Chonos  is  based  on 
 Falkner,  not  on  personal  observation  or  original 
 study. 
 
 Ponce  de  Leon,  Francisco 
 
 Descripcion  del  reyno  de  Chile, 
 Madrid,  1644;  repr.  in  full  in  Medina,  c, 
 vol.  i,  420-434. 
 
 Contains  (p.  5;  Medina,  pp.  423-424)  a  very 
 short  account,  one  of  the  earliest  extant,  of  the 
 culture  of  the  Chonos. 
 
 Popper,  Julio 
 
 (a)  Exploracion  de  la  Tierra  del 
 Fuego.  (In  Bol.  Inst,  geogr.  argent ., 
 
 .  Buenos  Aires,  1887,  vm,  cuad.  4,  pp. 
 74-93,  cuad.  5,  pp.  97-115.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  103-109  and  passim)  interesting 
 data,  chiefly  on  material  culture,  gathered  from 
 observation  of  the  Onas  met  casually  during  a 
 two  months’  sojourn  in  Tierra  del  Fuego  Island 
 in  1886. 
 
 ( b )  Tierra  del  Fuego:  La  vida  en  el 
 extremo  austral  del  mundo  habitado, 
 Buenos  Aires,  1890,  119  pp.  (Refer¬ 
 ence  from  Anrique,  pp.  653-654.) 
 
 (c)  Tierra  del  Fuego:  Corresponden¬ 
 ce  del  sehor  Julio  Popper.  (In  Bol. 
 
 Popper,  Julio — Continued 
 
 Inst,  geogr.  argent .,  Buenos  Aires,  1891, 
 xn,  cuad.  1-4,  pp.  1-2.) 
 
 Contains  one  paragraph  on  the  Onas;  unim¬ 
 portant. 
 
 (d)  Apuntes  geograficos,  etnologicos, 
 estadfsticos  e  industriales  sobre  la 
 Tierra  del  Fuego.  (Ibid.,  cuad.  7-8, 
 pp.  130-170.) 
 
 An  account  of  the  author’s  second  expedition 
 to  Tierra  del  Fuego  Island,  during  which,  he 
 states  (p.  162),  he  established  friendly  relations 
 with  600  Onas.  The  paper  is  of  interest  to  the 
 anthropologist  for  the  sympathetic  description  of 
 moral  culture  given  incidentally  (pp.  136-142)  in 
 the  author’s  brief  account  of  the  Onas  and  his  de¬ 
 fence  of  their  relations  with  the  white  settlers. 
 
 Senor  Popper  did  not  learn  the  Ona  language, 
 but  used  an  interpreter.  Ilis  cultural  data, 
 though  not  very  important,  have  been  confirmed 
 by  later  explorers.  See  summary  of  first  expedi¬ 
 tion  by  Gunn. 
 
 Porter,  Carlos  Emilio 
 
 (a)  Sobre  la  antropologfa,  fauna  y 
 flora  chilenas:  Brevisimas  considera- 
 ciones.  (In  Poirier’s  Chile  en  1910, 
 Santiago,  1910,  pp.  523-537.) 
 
 Contains  (p.  525)  a  few  notes  on  the  Fuegians 
 and  Chonos;  not  important. 
 
 ( b )  Bibliograffa  chilena  de  antropo- 
 lojia  i  etnolojfa.  (In  Bol.  Museo  nac. 
 de  Chile,  Santiago,  1911,  hi,  no.  2,  pp. 
 401-441;  reprint;  also  in  Trabajos  IV° 
 Congr.  cient.  [1°  Pan-amer.]  celebrado 
 en  Santiago  de  Chile,  25  die.  1908-5 
 enero,  1909,  vol.  xiv,  Ciencias  nat.,  an- 
 trop.  y  etnol.,  tomo  ii,  Santiago,  1911, 
 pp.  109-136;  an  earlier,  less  extensive 
 list  appeared  in  the  Bevista  chilena  de 
 historia  natural,  1906,  x,  101-127.) 
 
 An  important  and  extensive  bibliography,  in 
 part  analytical  and  critical;  limited  to  books  and 
 articles  published  in  Chile. 
 
 Pretty,  Francis 
 
 (a)  The  famous  voyage  of  Sir  Francis 
 Drake  into  the  South  sea,  and  there- 
 hence  about  the  globe  of  the  whole 
 earth,  begunne  Anno  1577.  (In  Hak¬ 
 luyt,  2d  ed.,  hi,  730-742;  Purchas,  Pil- 
 grimes,  vol.  i,  bk.  2,  ch.  3;  Beazley,  b ; 
 Fr.  tr.  by  Franfois  de  Louvencourt, 
 Paris,  1627  (lsted.,  1613);  Dutch  tr.,  van 
 der  Aa,  vol.  xviii,  2d  ed.,  v;  Span.  tr. 
 of  parts,  in  An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile,  San¬ 
 tiago,  1880,  vol.  vi ;  de  Brosses,  i,  178- 
 199;  abstr.  in  E.  C.  Drake,  in  Kerr,  vol. 
 
COOPElt] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 121 
 
 Pretty,  Francis — Continued 
 x,  in  Harris,  vol.  i,  bk.  1,  ch.  4,  in 
 Laet,  bk.  12,  Lat.  and  Fr.  tr.,  bk.  13.) 
 
 Contains  only  a  few  words  on  the  Fuegians. 
 For  fuller  details,  see  Fletcher’s  World  encom¬ 
 passed. 
 
 (6)  The  admirable  and  prosperous 
 voyage  of  the  worshipfull  Master  Thom¬ 
 as  Candish  .  .  .  into  the  South  sea,  and 
 from  thence  round  about  the  circum¬ 
 ference  of  the  whole  earth,  begun  in  the 
 yeere  of  our  Lord  1586,  and  finished 
 1588.  (In  Hakluyt,  2d  ed.,  in,  803-825; 
 Purchas,  Pilgrimes,  vol.  i,  bk.  2,  ch.  4; 
 Henry,  vol.  i;  Beazley,  a;  Dutch  tr., 
 Amsterdam,  1598;  Lat.  and  Germ,  tr., 
 de  Bry,  part  8;  de  Brosses,  i,  220-228; 
 abstr.  in  E.  C.  Drake,  in  Harris,  vol.  i, 
 in  van  der  Aa,  vol.  xx,  2d  ed.,  vol.  v, 
 in  Bancarel,  vol.  n,  in  Prevost,  vol. 
 xv,  in  Laet,  bk.  12,  Lat.  and  Fr.  tr., 
 bk.  13.) 
 
 Contains  a  few  very  brief  and  unimportant 
 notes  on  the  natives,  probably  Alacaluf,  met  near 
 Elizabeth  Bay  in  1587. 
 
 Prevost,  Antoine  Frangois  (Prevost 
 
 d ’Exiles),  and  others. 
 
 Histoire  generale  des  voyages,  25 
 vols.,  nouv.  ed.,  La  Haye-Amsterdam, 
 17 47— 1780[79] ;  80  vols.,  Paris,  1748- 
 1770+. 
 
 Contains  abstracts  of  the  following  voyages: 
 van  Noort’s,  vol.  xiv;  Cavendish’s  (from  Pretty), 
 de  Weert’s,  van  Speilbergen’s  L’llermite’s,  Nar- 
 brough’s,  Wood’s,  de  Gennes’  (from  Froger), 
 Frezier’s,  Anson’s  (from  Walter),  Bulkeley  and 
 Cummins’,  Alex.  Campbell’s,  vol.  xv.  Bou¬ 
 gainville’s  description  of  the  Pecherais  is  given  in 
 full,  vol.  xx,  pp.  326-330. 
 
 Prichard,  Hesketh  Vernon  Hesketh 
 
 Through  the  heart  of  Patagonia,  Lon¬ 
 don,  1902. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  107-109)  a  few  unimportant 
 notes  on  the  Onas,  apparently  not  based  on  per¬ 
 sonal  observation.  The  author  states  (p.  7)  that 
 the  Onas  intentionally  leave  arrow  points  in  a 
 putrid  carcass  in  order  to  render  them  poisonous. 
 This  statement  needs  confirmation.  All  the 
 first-hand  authorities  who  mention  the  subject 
 deny  that  the  Onas  use  poison.  (Cf.  Subject 
 Bibliography,  under  Weapons,  p.  211.) 
 
 Prichard,  James  Cowles 
 
 (a)  Researches  into  the  physical  his¬ 
 tory  of  mankind,  3d  ed.,  5  vols.,  Lon¬ 
 don,  1836-1847. 
 
 Contains  (v,  494-496)  a  brief,  unimportant  ac¬ 
 count  of  the  Fuegians,  based  chiefly  on  Fitz-Roy 
 and  Wilkes. 
 
 Prichard,  James  Cowles — Continued 
 
 (6)  The  natural  history  of  man,  3d 
 ed.,  London,  1848;  Fr.  tr.,  2  vols., 
 Paris,  1843. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  445-450;  tr.,  ii,  197-203)  an  ac¬ 
 count  of  the  Alacaluf  (Pesherais);  not  important. 
 
 Prince,  Carlos 
 
 Idiomas  y  dialectos  indfgenas  del 
 continente  hispano  sud-americano, 
 Lima,  1905. 
 
 The  sections  on  the  Chonos  and  Fuegians  (pp. 
 83-86,  125-126)  are  unreliable. 
 
 Purchas,  Samuel 
 
 (а)  Pvrchas  his  Pilgrimage,  London, 
 1613  (the  fourth  ed.  usually  published 
 as  vol.  i  or  v  of  Hakluytus  Posthumus). 
 
 Contains  (bk.  9,  ch.  6-7,  pp.  711-717)  an  inter¬ 
 esting  though  not  important  description  of  the 
 southern  end  of  South  America,  based  on  the 
 earliest  voyages. 
 
 (б)  Hakluytus  Posthumus  or  Pvrchas 
 his  Pilgrimes,  5  vols.  (vol.  v  being  the 
 Pilgrimage),  London,  1625;  repr.  Ilakl. 
 soc.,  20  vols.,  Glasgow,  1905-1907. 
 
 Contains  the  following  voyages:  Drake’s  and 
 Cavendish’s  (by  Pretty,  repr.  from  Hakluyt), 
 van  Noort’s,  van  Speilbergen’s,  vol.  i;  Hawkins’, 
 Cavendish’s  (by  Knivet),  vol.  iv. 
 
 Purves,  David  Laing,  ed. 
 
 The  English  circumnavigators,  Lon¬ 
 don,  1874. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  33-98)  Fletcher’s  World  encom¬ 
 passed,  and  (pp.  319-474)  Walter’s  narrative  of 
 Anson’s  voyage. 
 
 Quatrefages  de  Breau,  Jean  Louis  Ar- 
 
 mand  de 
 
 (а)  and  Hamy,  Jules  Theodore  Ernest. 
 
 Crania  ethnica:  Les  cranes  des  races 
 
 humaines,  vol.  i,  text,  vol.  ii,  plates, 
 Paris,  1882. 
 
 Contains  the  description  and  measurements 
 (i,  478-479)  of  2  cf  Alacaluf  skulls,  one  from  Mercy 
 Harbor,  Desolation  Island,  collected  by  M.  de 
 Rochas,  the  other  from  Punta  Arenas,  previ¬ 
 ously  described  by  Dr.  Rey.  The  Mercy  Harbor 
 skull  is  reproduced  in  n,  plate  lxxv,  figures  3-4; 
 figures  433-437  in  text  are  taken  from  Huxley. 
 
 (б)  Histoire  generale  des  races  hu¬ 
 maines,  Paris,  1889. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  545, 599)  notes  on  the  resemblance 
 of  the  Fuegian  to  the  Lagoa  Santa  cranial  type. 
 
 Raggi,  G.  A. 
 
 Attraverso  l’America  meridionale, 
 Milano,  [1897]. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  38-65  passim)  considerable  ma¬ 
 terial  on  Yahgan  and  Onan  culture,  based  on 
 
122 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 I  BULL.  63 
 
 Raggi,  G.  A. — Continued 
 
 personal  observation,  on  hearsay,  and  on  informa¬ 
 tion  given  by  Senor  Ram<5n  Cortes,  chief  of  police 
 in  Tierra  del  Fuego;  not  important. 
 
 Ramusio,  Giovanni  Battista,  ed. 
 
 Navigation!  et  viaggi  ...  3  vols. 
 Yenetia,  1550-. 
 
 Contains  (i,  374-379)  the  Epistle  of  Maxi- 
 milianus  Transylvanus. 
 
 Ranke,  Johannes 
 
 Der  Mensch,  2d  ed.,  2  vols.,  Leipzig- 
 Wien,  1894-1900;  3d  ed.,  2  vols.,  ibid., 
 1911-12. 
 
 Contains  (2d  ed.,  n,  345-354)  a  lengthy  account 
 of  Fuegian  somatology  and  culture,  based  on 
 Virchow  and  R.  Martin.  In  the  third  edition 
 (n,  292-300)  a  few  notes  from  O.  Nordensk- 
 jold  bring  the  account  a  little  more  up  to  date, 
 but  even  so  it  leaves  much  to  be  desired. 
 
 Ratzel,  Friedrich 
 
 (a)  Anthropo-geographie,  Stuttgart, 
 1882;  2d  ed.,  2  vols.,  ibid.,  1899-. 
 
 Contains  passim  some  references,  more  numer¬ 
 ous  in  the  second  edition,  to  the  influence  of  en¬ 
 vironment  on  Fuegian  culture. 
 
 (&)  Volkerkunde,  2d  ed.,  2  vols., 
 Leipzig-Wien,  1894-95;  Engl.  tr.  of  2d 
 ed.  by  A.  J.  Butler,  3  vols.,  London- 
 New  York,  1896-1898. 
 
 Contains  (i,  518-525;  tr.,  n,  84-91)  an  extensive 
 and  good  account  mainly  of  Yahgan  and  Ala- 
 calufan  culture,  based  chiefly  on  Fitz-Roy,  Dar¬ 
 win,  Coppinger,  Lovisato,  Bove,  Hyades.  The 
 author  gives  only  a  few  stray  points  on  the  Onas. 
 He  follows  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  in  calling  the  na¬ 
 tives  of  the  Patagonian  channels  Chon  os.  6 
 woodcuts;  see  especially  illustration  of  ax  (i, 
 p.  522;  tr.,  n,  p.  88). 
 
 Real,  Julian 
 
 See  Benito  Marin. 
 
 Reclus,  Jean  Jacques  Elisee 
 
 Nouvelle  geographic  universelle:  La 
 terre  et  les  hommes,  19  vols.,  Paris, 
 1876-1894;  Engl,  tr.,  19  vols.,  London, 
 1876-1894,  and  New  York,  1886(?)-1898. 
 
 Contains  (xviii,  762-767;  tr.  pp.  445-447)  a  very 
 brief  account  of  the  Fuegians;  accurate,  except 
 for  stature  measurements,  given  as  average  4  feet 
 6  inches.  A  few  words  on  Chonos  (tr.,  p.  444). 
 
 Regalia,  Ettore 
 
 See  Mantegazza. 
 
 Reiss,  Johann  Wilhelm 
 
 See  Stubel. 
 
 Rejistro  de  la  marina  de  la  Republica  de 
 
 Chile,  1848,  p.  44.  (Reference  from 
 
 Medina’s  Aborfjenes,  p.  111.) 
 
 Quoted  (ibid.)  to  the  effect  that  the  Fuegians 
 extend  as  far  north  as  the  Chonos  Archipelago. 
 
 Renneville,  Rene  Augustin  Constantin  de 
 
 Recueil  des  voyages  qui  ont  servi  a 
 F  etablissement  et  aux  progres  de  la 
 Compagnie  des  Indes  Orientales,  formee 
 dans  les  Provinces  Unies  des  Pais-Bas, 
 5  vols.,  Amsterdam,  1702-1706;  2d  ed. 
 rev.  and  enl.,  7  vols.,  ibid.,  1725;  10 
 vols.,  Rouen,  1725. 
 
 Contains  French  translations  from  Commelin 
 of  the  voyages  of  de  Weert  and  de  Cordes,  van 
 Noort,  van  Speilbergen,  L’Hermite  (vols.  I,  n, 
 iv,  v,  respectively;  2d  ed.,  Amsterdam,  vols.  I, 
 n,  iv,  v;  Rouen  ed.,  vols.  n,  m,  vm,  ix). 
 
 Rey,  Philippe  Marius 
 
 r 
 
 Etude  anthropologique  sur  les  Boto- 
 cudos:  These  pour  le  doctorat  en  mede- 
 cine,  faculte  de  medecine  de  Paris, 
 Paris,  1880. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  48-52)  the  description  and  meas¬ 
 urements  of  a  skull  collected  at  Punta  Arenas. 
 It  was  presented  by  M.  Lejanne  as  Patagonian, 
 but  according  to  Dr.  Francisco  Moreno  it  is 
 Fuegian.  Figures  8-10.  Cf.  de  Quatrefages,  a. 
 
 Reynaud,  P.  H. 
 
 (а)  Rapport  medical  sur  la  campagne 
 de  l’aviso  le  L’Hermitte.  (In  Arch, 
 de  medecine  navale,  Paris,  1876,  xxvi, 
 81-104,  161-190,  241-251.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  91-94)  a  very  good  description  of 
 Channel  Alacaluf  met  casually  at  Isthmus  Bay 
 in  Oct.,  1873. 
 
 (б)  Notes  sur  les  Fueghiens.  (In 
 Revue  d'anihrop.,  Paris,  1878,  vol.  vn, 
 2d  ser.  i,  323-324.) 
 
 Contains  practically  the  same  cultural  data 
 as  the  preceding  article. 
 
 Rhoades,  Henry  Eckford 
 
 Around  the  world  with  the  blue 
 jackets,  Boston,  1890. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  232-236)  a  description  of  some 
 Alacaluf  met  near  Punta  Arenas. 
 
 Ringrose,  Basil 
 
 The  dangerous  voyage  and  bold 
 attempts  of  Captain  Bartholomew 
 Sharp,  and  others;  performed  upon 
 the  coasts  of  the  South  Seas,  for  the 
 space  of  two  years,  &c.  (In  Exqueme- 
 lin,  Bucaniers  of  America,  2d  Engl, 
 ed.,  2  vols.,  London,  1684-85,  vol.  ii; 
 for  repr.  and  Fr.  and  Germ,  tr.,  see 
 Hacke,  Dampier;  Harris,  vol.  u,  bk. 
 4,  ch.  6;  extr.  in  de  Brosses,  n,  43-48, 
 and  in  Fitz-Roy,  6,  pp.  172-175.) 
 
 Contains  (ch.  23)  very  meager  notes  on  a 
 family  of  Channel  Alacaluf  met  in  Oct.,  1681, 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 123 
 
 Ringrose,  Basil — Continued 
 
 near  Duke  of  York  Island  between  50°  and  51° 
 south  lat.  (Madre  de  Dios  Island,  according  to 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy,  b,  p.  174). 
 
 Rivet,  Paul 
 
 La  race  de  Lagoa-Santa  chez  les 
 
 r 
 
 populations  precolombiennes  de  l’E- 
 quateur.  (In  Bull,  et  mem.  Soc. 
 d’anthr.  de  Paris,  1908,  5th  ser.,  vol. 
 ix,  fasc.  2,  pp.  209-271;  also  separate 
 reprint.) 
 
 Contains  some  important  material  on  the 
 somatological  relations  of  the  Fuegians.  See 
 especially  pp.  241,  253-258,  264-268.  Dr.  Rivet’s 
 conclusions  are:  The  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  are 
 fundamentally  identical  with  the  Lagoa  Santa 
 race,  although  there  has  been  an  infusion  of  some 
 other  element;  the  Onas  are  apparently  of  mixed 
 Tehuelche  and  Yahgan- Alacaluf  blood.  Dr. 
 Rivet  restudied  the  three  Ona  skulls  at  Paris 
 which  Dr.  Hultkrantz  described  (6). 
 
 Riviere,  E. 
 
 L’expedition  scientifique  du  cap 
 Horn  et  son  exposition.  (In  Revue 
 scientifique,  Paris,  1884,  xxxm,  3d  ser. 
 vn,  385-400.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  397-400)  a  brief  account  of  the 
 Yahgans,  based  on  information  given  by  Drs. 
 Hahn  and  Iiyades. 
 
 Robiano,  Eugene  de 
 
 Le  Chili,  l’Araucanie,  le  detroit  de 
 Magellan  et  retour  par  le  Senegal, 
 Paris,  1882. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  241-243)  an  unimportant  ac¬ 
 count  of  the  Fuegians,  based  on  written  sources. 
 
 Rochas,  V.  de 
 
 Journal  d’un  voyage  au  detroit  de 
 Magellan  et  dans  les  canaux  lateraux 
 de  la  cote  occidentale  de  la  Patagonie 
 1856-1859.  (In  Tour  du  monde ,  Paris, 
 ler  sem.,  1861,  hi,  209-236;  resume  by 
 Simonot.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  216-218,  223-224,  226,  235-236) 
 unimportant  descriptions  of  Alacaluf  met 
 casually  at  St.  Nicholas  and  Level  Bays  in  July- 
 Aug.,  1856  [and  Dec.,  1859]. 
 
 Rogers,  Woodes 
 
 A  cruising  voyage  round  the  world 
 .  .  .  begun  in  1708  and  finish’d  in 
 1711,  London,  1712;  2d  ed.,  ibid.,  1726. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  109-121  passim  in  both  editions) 
 a  few  unimportant  notes  on  the  Fuegians,  based 
 
 entirely,  it  seems,  on  earlier  written  sources. 
 
 • 
 
 Rosales,  Diego  de 
 
 (a)  Ilistoria  general  de  el  reyno 
 de  Chile,  1674-,  ed.  by  Benjamin  Vi- 
 
 Rosales,  Diego  de — Continued 
 
 cuna  Mackenna,  3  vols.,  Valparaiso, 
 1877-78. 
 
 Contains  passim  a  good  deal  of  valuable  mate¬ 
 rial  on  Chonoan  culture.  See  I,  33,  105,  151,  157, 
 173-176,  293,  305,  and  II,  144.  The  section  on 
 navigation  (pp.  173-176)  is  especially  good  Cf. 
 also  the  accounts  of  the  Ulloa  expedition  in  1553 
 (i,  33-34,  474)  and  of  the  1641  expedition,  which 
 Father  Jeronimo  de  Montemayor  accompanied 
 (i,  105-106). 
 
 The  latter  expedition  went  by  sea  toward  the 
 province  of  Allana  and  encountered  some  In¬ 
 dians.  The  exact  place  is  hard  to  identify. 
 Father  Rosales  mentions  in  connection  with  the 
 meeting  the  “P.  de  los  Pabellones”  and  the 
 province  of  “Pucaqui.”  I  have  been  unable  to 
 locate  any  of  the  above  geographical  names  on 
 any  of  the  accessible  early  maps  of  the  southern 
 archipelagos  and  could  obtain  only  fragmentary 
 data  from  written  sources.  Ascasubi  says  (pp. 
 315-316)  that  the  mission  of  the  Chonos  founded 
 by  Father  Venegas  is  composed  of  “varias  par- 
 cialidades  de  indios  que  se  descubrieron  en  Guai- 
 tecas,  Chauranmapu  y  Alana,  islas  que  demoran 
 al  sur  de  Chiloe,  en  la  altura  de  45gs.”  Moraleda 
 identifies  Chayamapu  with  Aisen  Inlet  and  says 
 that  it  is  the  name  the  natives  call  the  islands  and 
 mainland  east  of  Moraleda  Channel  to  distin¬ 
 guish  this  district  from  the  Guaitecas  Archipelago 
 to  the  west  (pp.  323,  332).  If,  therefore,  Chaya- 
 mapu  was  a  district  and  not  an  island  and  ex¬ 
 tended  much  beyond  the  Guaitecas  Islands, 
 Ascasubi  must  have  been  writing  inaccurately 
 or  else  had  in  mind  the  whole  southern  archi¬ 
 pelagos;  and  Alana,  too,  may  have  been  an  island 
 or  district  much  farther  south  than  the  Guaitecas 
 Islands.  Moreover,  as  he  includes  Cailin  and 
 Chaulinec  in  the  Chonos  mission  it  is  possible 
 that  Alana  meant  the  Gulf  of  Penas  region,  from 
 which  many  of  the  natives  at  Cailin  and  Chau¬ 
 linec  in  the  second  half  of  the  eighteenth  century 
 had  been  brought. 
 
 It  is  just  in  this  region  that  de  Vea  appears 
 to  put  the  “tierra  de  allana.”  Coming  down 
 from  the  Isthmus  of  Ofqui  he  came  upon  an 
 island,  now  S.  Xavier  Island,  in  the  eastern  part 
 of  the  Gulf  of  Penas  near  the  mainland,  “que  le 
 puse  por  nombre  San  Esteban,  que  corre  N.-S., 
 con  la  tierra  de  allana  y  la  tierra  firme  de  barlo- 
 vento”  (p.  573). 
 
 Finally,  Gallardo  i  Andrade  seems  to  call  the 
 island  of  S.  Xavier  by  the  name  of  Pucaqui 
 (p.  532;  cf.  also  Machado,  p.  65.  A  “  River  of  the 
 Giants”  is  marked  on  some  of  the  maps  posterior 
 to  1641  as  situated  well  south  of  Taitao  Penin¬ 
 sula). 
 
 The  above  evidence  is  not  very  convincing 
 proof  of  anything,  but  what  there  is  seems  to  be 
 convergent  enough  to  establish  a  good  presump¬ 
 tion  that  the  1641  expedition  encountered  the 
 Indians  mentioned  above  in  the  Gulf  of  Penas 
 region.  These  natives  were  reported  to  be  of 
 gigantic  stature  and  to  have  fought  with  clubs 
 and  stones.  They  were  nicknamed  “Gabiotas,” 
 that  is,  “gulls,”  by  the  members  of  the  expedi¬ 
 tion,  on  account  of  a  fancied  resemblance  of  their 
 
124 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  f>3 
 
 Rosales,  Diego  de — Continued 
 
 strange  speech  to  the  call  of  this  bird.  As  the 
 Araucanian  name  for  gull  is  "caucau”  (Rosales^ 
 i,  310),  it  is  very  likely  that  the  name  "Cau- 
 caus,”  “Caucahues,”  etc.,  which  occurs  so  fre¬ 
 quently  in  works  later  than  1641  but  not  earlier 
 to  denote  the  Chonos  had  its  origin  in  this  way. 
 
 ( b )  Conquista  espiritual  del  reino  de 
 Chile.  MS.  (Fragments  only  are  ex¬ 
 tant.  Cf.  preceding  work,  vol.  i.  In- 
 trod.,  pp.  xxxiv-xxxv.) 
 
 Valuable  data  from  this  manuscript,  bearing 
 on  Chonoan  culture,  are  given  in  Dr.  Medina's 
 Aborijenes  on  pp.  94-95,  103,  162,  178,  186. 
 
 Father  Rosales  was  in  Chilod  in  1662  and 
 probably  derived  his  information  on  Chonoan 
 culture  from  direct  observation  or  from  good 
 first-hand  sources. 
 
 In  the  Introduction  and  Subject  Bibliography 
 the  present  writer  has  referred  to  the  data  con¬ 
 cerning  Father  Rosales’  “Gabiotas”  as  Chonoan. 
 This  has  been  done  with  considerable  reserve, 
 for  although  from  the  circumstances  of  the  case 
 it  seems  more  probable  that  the  Gabiotas  were 
 Chonos,  it  is  by  no  means  certain. 
 
 Ross,  James  Clark 
 
 A  voyage  of  discovery  and  research 
 in  the  southern  and  antarctic  regions 
 during  the  years  1839-1843,  2  vols., 
 London,  1847. 
 
 Contains  (n,  284-285,  303-307)  an  excellent  ac. 
 count  of  the  culture  of  the  Yahgans  who  made 
 "frequent  visits”  to  Capt.  Ross  and  his  party 
 during  the  expedition’s  sojourn  at  Martin’s  Cove 
 in  Sept. -Oct.,  1842.  Cf.  also  M’Cormick. 
 
 Roth,  Henry  Ling 
 
 Tatu  in  Tierra  del  Fuego.  (In  Man, 
 London,  1905,  v,  no.  90,  pp.  161-163.) 
 
 A  discussion  of  a  passage  hi  Parkinson’s 
 Journal,  p.  8,  perhaps  showing  the  existence  of 
 tattooing  among  the  Onas,  probably  Manekenkn, 
 met  in  Jan.,  1769,  at  Good  Success  Bay  on  Capt. 
 Cook’s  first  expedition.  The  passage  and  illus¬ 
 trations  are  far  from  decisive  proofs  of  the  point. 
 The  illustration  may  well  represent  mere  stip¬ 
 pling,  a  common  style  of  face  painting  among  the 
 modern  Fuegians.  Again  no  mention  is  made  of 
 tattooing  by  either  Capt.  Cook  or  Dr.  Banks,  who 
 describe,  the  latter  in  considerable  detail,  the 
 same  natives  whom  Dr.  Parkinson  saw.  It  may 
 be  added  that  the  modem  Onas  tattoo  the  arm, 
 not  the  face.  See  also  the  uncertainties  in  the 
 evidence,  which  Dr.  Roth  himself  suggests. 
 Figures  1-3  in  text. 
 
 Roussel,  A. 
 
 (a)  Les  Fuegiens,  leurs  moeurs  et  leur 
 langage  au  XVIIme  siecle.  (In  Revue 
 de  Fribourg ,  Dec.,  1909,  14  pp.)  (Ref¬ 
 erence  from  Geogr.  jour.,  London,  1914, 
 xliii,  no.  5,  p.  595.) 
 
 Roussel,  A. — Continued 
 
 ( b )  Le  langage  des  Fuegiens.  (In 
 Museon,  Louvain,  1910,  n.  s.  xi,  135- 
 MO.) 
 
 Contains  ai:  Alacalufan  vocabulary,  that  is 
 pretty  surely  a  copy  of  La  Guilbaudiere’s,  from 
 the  MS.  journal  of  an  officer  of  Beauehesne- 
 Gouin’s  fleet.  Less  accurate  than  the  original. 
 
 Rousson 
 
 (a)  and  Willems 
 
 Mission  scientifique  de  Mm.  Rousson 
 et  Willems  a  la  Terre  de  Feu.  (In  C.  R. 
 Soc.  de  geogr.,  Paris,  1891,  nos.  7-8,  pp. 
 176-183;  Span.  tr.  in  Bol.  Inst,  geogr. 
 argent.,  Buenos  Aires,  1891,  xn,  2-9.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  180-181;  tr.,  pp.  6-9  a  succinct 
 account  of  the  culture  of  the  northern  Onas. 
 
 ( b )  and  Willems 
 
 La  Terre  de  Feu  et  ses  habitants. 
 (In  C.  R.  Assoc,  franqaise  pour  Vavance- 
 ment  des  sciences,  21st  sess.,  held  at 
 Pau,  1892,  Paris,  1893,  2d  part,  pp.  961- 
 965.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  963-965)  the  same  cultural  data 
 as  the  preceding  article. 
 
 MM.  Rousson  and  Willems  traveled  for  over 
 two  months  in  1890  through  the  northern  part  of 
 Tierra  del  Fuego  Island,  and  for  four  months  in 
 1891  through  the  southern  part,  during  which 
 time  they  had  a  fair  amount  of  contact  with  the 
 Onas.  They  were  charged  by  Senor  Adolfo 
 Polero  Escamilla  with  plagiarizing  from  Senor 
 Popper’s  1887  article;  the  Instituto  Geografico 
 Argentino  after  investigation  sustained  the 
 charge  {Bol.  Inst,  geogr.  argent.,  1891,  xii,  118-119). 
 Regardless,  however,  of  the  source  whence  drawn, 
 their  cultural  data  are  in  the  main  accurate,  even 
 though  not  so  important.  See  also  Willems. 
 
 Sabin,  Joseph 
 
 A  dictionary  of  books  relating  to 
 America  from  its  discovery  to  the 
 present  time,  vols.  i-xx,  New  York, 
 1868-1892. 
 
 Contains  important  bibliographical  data  con¬ 
 cerning  many  of  the  sources  for  Fuegian  anthro¬ 
 pology. 
 
 Salesian  bulletin 
 
 See  Bollettino  salesiano,  Cojazzi. 
 
 Sarmiento  de  Gamboa,  Pedro 
 
 Viage  al  estrecho  de  Magallanes  por 
 el  Capitan  Pedro  Sarmiento  de  Gamboa 
 en  los  anos  de  1579.  y  1580.  y  noticia 
 de  la  expedicion  que  despues  hizo  para 
 poblarle,  ed.  by  Bernardo  [de]  Iriarte, 
 Madrid,  1768;  repr.  in  An.  hidr.  mar. 
 Chile,  Santiago,  1881,  vii,  413-542; 
 Engl.  tr.  by  Sir  Clements  Markham, 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 125 
 
 Sarmiento  de  Gamboa,  Pedro— Contd. 
 Hakl.  soc.,  yoI.  xci,  London,  1895.  Cf. 
 Hernandez. 
 
 Contains  numerous  notes  passim  (pp.  81,  91, 
 109-111,  120,  122-123,  191-193,  196-198,  209-212, 
 228-229;  An.  hidr.,  pp.  422,  428,  439,  445-447,  487- 
 488,  497-498,  511)  on  the  culture  of  the  natives, 
 all  probably  Alacaluf,  of  different  points  between 
 Concepcion  Strait  and  the  modem  Punta  Arenas 
 region,  and  a  few  details  (pp.  244-240;  An.  hidr., 
 pp.  519-520)  on  the  Onas  of  Gente  Grande  Bay. 
 Ten  native  local  names  (pp.  203-210  passim;  An. 
 hidr.,  pp.  493-497)  gathered  from  some  Indians 
 taken  aboard  seemingly  at  Tuesday  Bay,  Desola¬ 
 tion  Island.  Sarmiento  had  considerable  contact 
 with  the  natives  in  1579-1580,  but  his  reports  of 
 their  culture  are  rather  meager.  His  most  inter¬ 
 esting  data  are:  Cave  burial  (p.  120;  An.  hidr., 
 445);  the  local  names,  vaguely  suggestive  at 
 least  of  the  Alacaluf  language;  and  the  descrip¬ 
 tion  of  the  Onas,  the  earliest  extant  account  of 
 this  tribe. 
 
 The  fabulous  details  found  in  Argensola’s 
 account  (q.  v.)  of  Sarmiento’s  voyage  are  absent 
 from  the  original  narrative. 
 
 Schlesinger,  Georg 
 
 [Account  of  Fuegians  encountered 
 while  aboard  the  Junon  Oct.,  1878, 
 between  English  Reach  and  Isthmus 
 Bay.]  (In  Verh.  Berlin.  Ges.  f.  Anthr. 
 u.  s.  w.,  Nov.  14,  1881,  pp.  [393]— 394.) 
 
 Contains  some  brief  notes  on  the  Alacaluf  met 
 casually  three  times;  not  important. 
 
 Schmidt,  Emil 
 
 Catalog  der  im  anatomischen  Institut 
 der  Universitat  Leipzig  aufgestellten 
 craniologischen  Sammlung.  (In  Die 
 anthrop.  Sammlung en  Deutschlands:  Pri- 
 vat-Sammlungen,  i,  1886.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  1G8-1G9)  the  description  and 
 measurements  of  the  skulls  of  a  Payo  man  and  a 
 half-breed  Payo  woman.  The  Payos  of  south¬ 
 ern  Chiloe  are  suspected  of  having  Chonoan  blood 
 in  them. 
 
 Schmidt,  Wilhelm 
 
 (а)  L’origine  de  l’idee  de  L)ieu,  vol. 
 i,  Paris,  1910,  repr.  from  Anthropos, 
 1908-1910,  yoIs.  iii-v;  Germ.  tr.  rev. 
 and  enl.,  vol.  i,  Munster  i.  W.,  1912. 
 
 Contains  (p.  103;  tr.,  p.  145)  a  paragraph  on 
 the  Fuegian  “supreme  Deity,”  based  on  Lang. 
 
 (б)  and  Hestermann,  Ferdinand 
 
 Volker  und  Kulturen.  (In  Mensch 
 
 aller  Zeiten,  3  vols.,  Berlin-Miinchen- 
 Wien,  1911-,  vol.  hi,  1914-.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  112-127)  a  review  of  the  evidence 
 for  the  application  of  the  Kulturkreis  theory  to 
 America,  especially  South  America.  See  in  par- 
 
 Schmidt,  Wilhelm — Continued 
 ticular  the  section  on  pp.  115-117  dealing  with 
 the  Fuegians.  Father  Schmidt  agrees  in  the 
 main  with  Dr.  Graebner. 
 
 Schuller,  Rodolfo  R. 
 
 Bibliography  of  Spanish  America. 
 MSS. 
 
 Consists  of  about  7,000  titles  covering  history, 
 geography,  languages,  etc.;  not,  however,  as  im¬ 
 portant  for  Fuegia  as  for  the  rest  of  the  continent. 
 It  was  acquired  by  the  Library  of  Congress, 
 Washington,  D.  C.,  June  17,  1913. 
 
 Extensive  additions  to  the  above  bibliography 
 were  later  acquired  by  the  Library  of  Congress 
 and  are  listed  under  the  entry  “Collectanea 
 bibliographica  americana,  1915.” 
 
 Second  voyage  round  the  world  in  the 
 
 years  1772,  3,  4,  5,  by  James  Cook, 
 Esq.  .  .  .  drawn  up  from  authentic 
 papers,  London,  1776. 
 
 An  apocryphal  account  of  Capt.  Cook’s  second 
 voyage. 
 
 Seelstrang,  Arturo 
 
 Apuntes  historicos  sobre  la  Pata¬ 
 gonia  y  la  Tierra  del  Fuego.  (In  Bol. 
 Inst,  geogr.  argent.,  Buenos  Aires,  1879- 
 1882,  1884-85,  vols.  i-iii,  v-vi.) 
 
 An  excellent  history  of  the  first  century  and 
 a  half  of  Magellanic  exploration.  The  writer 
 keeps  close  to  the  original  documents,  from  which 
 he  paraphrases  or  quotes  verbatim  a  great  part 
 of  the  anthropological  material. 
 
 Segers,  Polidoro  A. 
 
 Habitos  y  costumbres  de  los  indios 
 Aonas.  (In  Bol.  Inst,  geogr.  argent., 
 Buenos  Aires,  1891,  xn,  cuad.  5-6,  pp. 
 56-82.) 
 
 An  important  paper  on  Ona  culture  and  to  a 
 lesser  extent  on  Ona  language.  Its  publication 
 may  be  said  to  have  marked  an  epoch  in  the 
 study  of  the  Onas,  and  though  more  ample 
 material  has  since  appeared,  Dr.  Segers’  article 
 still  remains  g  valuable  original  source,  especially 
 on  Onan  culture.  The  author  accompanied  the 
 Lista  expedition  in  1886  and  later  spent  three 
 years  in  Tierra  del  Fuego  as  a  naval  surgeon. 
 His  cultural  data  have  been  verified  by  later 
 explorers,  except  his  division  (p.  81)  of  the  Onas 
 into  six  tribes,  the  names  he  gives  being,  accord¬ 
 ing  to  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges  (Lehmann-Nitsche,  d, 
 p.  233),  merely  local  names.  A  larger  Ona  dic¬ 
 tionary  compiled  by  Dr.  Segers  was  unfortu¬ 
 nately  lost  in  a  shipwreck.  The  present  article 
 contains  a  few  notes  on  word  composition,  a 
 vocabulary  of  91  words  on  pp.  80-81  and  several 
 additional  words  on  pp.  69,  70,  77-79.  The  vo¬ 
 cabulary  is,  according  to  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges 
 (Lehmann-Nitsche,  d,  p.  237),  “lleno  de  errores 
 y  con  muchas  voces  yag&n.”  Ten  at  least  of 
 the  words  seem  to  be  Manekenkn  rather  than 
 Shilk’nam. 
 
126 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Seggel 
 
 Ueber  die  Augen  der  Feuerliinder 
 und  das  Sehen  der  Naturvolker  im 
 Verhaltniss  zu  dem  der  Kulturvolker. 
 (In  Arch.  f.  Anthr.,  Braunschweig, 
 1882-83,  xiv,  349-356.) 
 
 Contains  a  study  of  the  eyes  and  eyesight  of 
 Grethe  or  Anne,  one  of  the  Hagenbeck  group  of 
 Alacaluf  exhibited  in  Europe. 
 
 Seitz,  Johannes 
 
 (a)  Ueber  die  Feuerliinder.  (In  Vir¬ 
 chow’s  Arch.  f.  'path.  Anat.  u.  Physiol, 
 u.  f.  Idin.  Medicin,  Berlin,  1883,  xci, 
 9th  ser.  i,  154-189,  346-349.) 
 
 Contains  the  following:  Important  account  of 
 the  last  illness,  death  and  post-mortem  examina¬ 
 tion  of  two  men  and  three  women  of  the  Hagen- 
 beck  group  of  Alacaluf  exhibited  in  Europe; 
 further  data,  chiefly  pathological;  some  remarks 
 of  little  value  on  culture;  an  Alacaluf  vocabulary 
 (p.  184)  of  18  words  gathered  by  signs  with  much 
 difficulty.  A  fair  percentage  of  these  words  seem 
 to  be  more  or  less  approximately  correct. 
 
 ( b )  Zwei  Feuerliinder-Gehirne.  (In 
 Zeitschr.f.  Ethnol.,  Berlin,  1886,  xvm, 
 237-284.) 
 
 A  valuable  paper  on  the  subject.  Plates 
 
 VII-VIII. 
 
 Semple,  Ellen  Churchill 
 
 Influences  of  geographic  environ¬ 
 ment,  on  the  basis  of  Ratzel’s  system  of 
 anthropo-geography,  New  York,  1911. 
 
 Contains  passim  some  interesting  inferences 
 on  the  Fuegians.  On  p.  465  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s 
 views  on  Fuegian  cannibalism  are  quoted  with¬ 
 out  comment. 
 
 Senoret,  Manuel 
 
 Memoria  del  Gobernador  de  Magal- 
 lanes:  La  Tierra  del  Fuego  i  sus  natu- 
 rales,  Santiago  de  Chile,  1896,  44  pp.; 
 also  in  Diario  oficial  de  abril  de  1896, 
 num.  5395.  (Reference  from  Anrique, 
 p.  466.) 
 
 This  paper  is  SQmetimes  quoted  and  drawn 
 upon,  especially  by  Senor  Canas  P.  (q.  v.) 
 and  Dr.  Cojazzi.  It  is  probably  important,  but 
 1  was  unable  either  to  consult  or  to  purchase  a 
 copy. 
 
 Sera,  G.  Leo 
 
 L’altezza  del  cranio  in  America. 
 (In  Arch,  per  Vantrop.  e  Vetnol., 
 Firenze,  1912,  xlii,  64-124,  161-251, 
 297-329;  1913,  xliii,  13-88.) 
 
 A  comprehensive  monograph  on  the  subject. 
 Pp.  182-192  passim  and  especially  pp.  185-186 
 give  the  Chonoan  data,  pp.  192-205  the  Fuegian. 
 Bibliographies. 
 
 Sergi,  Giuseppe 
 
 (а)  Antropologia  fisica  della  Fuegia. 
 (In  Atti  Reale  accad.  medica  di  Roma , 
 1886-87,  xiii,  2d  ser.  hi,  33-70.) 
 
 An  important  study  in  two  parts:  the  first  a 
 r£sum6  of  the  previously  published  sources  on 
 Fuegian  somatology,  the  second  the  author’s 
 own  description  and  measurements  of  the  osteo- 
 logical  remains  brought  back  by  Capt.  Bove  from 
 the  1884  expedition  and  consisting  of  13  complete 
 adult  skeletons  and  the  skull  of  an  infant.  Of 
 the  skeletons  5  were  and  8  $,  and,  accord¬ 
 ing  to  Capt.  Bove,  11  were  Yahgan.  See  sum¬ 
 mary  of  paper  by  Marchiafava  and  Carruccio.  3 
 plates. 
 
 (б)  Antropologia  fisica  della  Fuegia 
 (Nuove  osservazioni).  (In  Bull.  Reale 
 accad.  medica  di  Roma,  1887-88,  xiv, 
 52-62;  also  in  Arch,  per  Vantrop.  e 
 Vetnol.,  Firenze,  1888,  xvm,  fasc.  1, 
 pp.  25-32.) 
 
 A  complement  to  the  preceding  paper,  giving 
 the  description  and  measurements  of  a  complete 
 Fuegian  skeleton,  presented  by  Prof.  L.  Pigorini, 
 who  had  received  it  from  Dr.  DalP  Orto,  a 
 resident  of  Colonia  del  Sacramento,  in  Uru¬ 
 guay.  This  skeleton  is  Yahgan,  according  to  Dr. 
 Sergi. 
 
 (c)  Crani  africani  e  crani  americani. 
 (In  Arch,  per  Vantrop.  e  Vetnol.,  Firenze, 
 1891,  xxi,  fasc.  2,  pp.  215-268.) 
 
 This  article  includes  passim  some  of  the  meas¬ 
 urements  from  the  two  preceding  papers. 
 
 Serrano  Montaner,  Ramon 
 
 (а)  Diario  de  la  excursion  a  la  isla 
 grande  de  la  Tierra  del  Fuego  durante 
 los  meses  de  enero  i  febrero  de  1879. 
 (In  An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile,  Santiago,  1880, 
 vi,  151-204.) 
 
 Contains  passim,  especially  on  pp.  157-158, 
 162-169,  some  short  notes  on  the  Onas  met  casu¬ 
 ally.  These  notes,  while  not  important,  are  in¬ 
 teresting,  inasmuch  as  the  writer  was  one  of  the 
 pioneer  explorers  of  Ona  territory. 
 
 (б)  Reconocimiento  del  rio  Buta- 
 Palena  i  del  canal  Fallos.  (Ibid.,  1886, 
 xi,  73-176.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  151, 153-154)  very  brief  notes  on 
 two  canoe  loads  of  natives  met  casually  in  Cortes 
 Ojea  and  Messier  Channels. 
 
 Sharp,  Bartholomew.  1681 
 
 See  Ringrose. 
 
 Shufeldt,  Robert  Wilson 
 
 Studien  fiber  die  Feuerliinder.  (Tr. 
 by  L.  J.  Briilil  in  Mutter  Erde,  Berlin- 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 127 
 
 Shufeldt,  Robert  Wilson — Continued 
 Stuttgart,  1900,  n,  no.  23,  pp.  441-444, 
 464-467.) 
 
 A  summary,  chiefly  of  Yahgan  culture,  based 
 on  Darwin,  Bove,  Hyades. 
 
 Siemiradzki,  Josef  von 
 
 (a)  Beitrage  zur  Ethnographie  der 
 sudamerikanischen  Indianer.  (In  Mitt. 
 Anthr.  Ges.,  Wien,  1898,  xxviii,  n.  s. 
 xviii,  127-170.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  128-129, 134)  suggestions  regard¬ 
 ing  the  kinship  and  cultural  relations  of  the 
 Fuegians  to  other  South  American  aborigines. 
 
 ( b )  Mieszkahcy  Ziemi  Ogniowej. 
 [Die  Volkerstamme  des  Feuerlandes.] 
 (In  Wszechswiat,  Warschau,  xm,  81-83.) 
 (Reference  from  P.  L.  Phillips,  p.  72.) 
 
 Sievers,  Wilhelm 
 
 Slid-  und  Mittelamerika,  2d  ed., 
 Leipzig-Wien,  1903. 
 
 Contains  a  few  data  on  the  Fuegian  tribes 
 See  pp.  87,  327-329,  366.  Not  important;  some 
 inaccuracies,  especially  in  the  account  of  the 
 Onas. 
 
 Silva  A.,  L.  Ignacio 
 
 See  Anrique. 
 
 Simonot 
 
 Sur  la  relation  d’un  voyage  de  M.  de 
 Rochas  aux  terres  magellaniques  et  a 
 Pile  Rossel.  (In  Bull.  Soc.  d’ anthr.  de 
 Paris ,  1862,  hi,  118-133.) 
 
 A  resume  of  M.  de  Rochas’  account,  followed 
 by  a  discussion  (pp.  133-138)  by  MM.  Broca,  de 
 Quatrefages,  Gosse,  d’Avezac,  Simonot,  Bruner* 
 Bey;  no  important  conclusions  reached. 
 
 Simpson,  Enrique  M. 
 
 Exploraciones  hechas  por  la  corbeta 
 Chacabuco  en  los  archipielagos  de 
 Guaitecas,  Chonos  i  Taitao.  (In  An. 
 hidr.  mar.  Chile ,  Santiago,  1875,  i, 
 3-166.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  18,  43,  114)  a  few  notes  on  the 
 Chonos.  The  writer  found  no  Chonos  in  the 
 three  archipelagos,  except  one  family  in  the 
 Guaitecas  Islands.  The  “vocabulario  Payo  i 
 antiguo  Chono”  given  on  p.  104  is  Araucanian. 
 
 Simpson,  Juan  M.,  and  Chaigneau,  J. 
 
 Federico 
 
 (a)  Estudio  de  la  parte  oriental  de 
 las  aguas  de  Skyring  por  los  tenientes 
 .  .  .  en  octubre  i  noviembre  de  1877. 
 (Inin.  hidr.  mar.  Chile,  Santiago,  1879, 
 v,  47-56.) 
 
 Contains  (p.  51)  a  statement  that  they  saw  a 
 bark  canoe  at  Lorca  Cove  in  Skyring  Water,  but 
 no  natives. 
 
 Simpson,  Juan  M.,  and  Chaigneau,  J. 
 Federico — Contin  ued 
 
 (6)  Diario  llevado  por  los  tenientes 
 Simpson  i  Chaigneau.  (Ibid.,  1880, 
 vi,  73-96.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  86-88)  a  few  notes  on  the  mate¬ 
 rial  culture  of  some  natives  met  near  Mt.  Dyne- 
 vor  in  Skyring  Water  on  Feb.  8,  1879.  Of  special 
 interest  is  the  short  vocabulary  (p.  88)  of  18 
 words  and  the  first  8  numerals  taken  by  signs 
 from  one  of  the  natives  who  seemed  to  be  more 
 intelligent  than  the  rest.  About  one-half  of  the 
 18  words  can  be  identified  as  clearly  Alacalufan. 
 
 Skottsberg,  Carl  Johan  Fredrik 
 
 (а)  The  Swedish  Magellanian  expe¬ 
 dition,  1907-1909:  Preliminary  reports. 
 (In  Geogr.  jour.,  London,  1908,  xxxi, 
 640-645,  xxxii,  485-488,  591-594,  1909, 
 xxxiii,  289-294,  xxxiv,  409^121.) 
 
 The  anthropological  results  (xxxii,  591-594) 
 are  given  much  more  fully  in  the  three  following 
 studies. 
 
 (б)  Einige  Beobachtungen  liber  die 
 Eingeborenen  Westpatagoniens  nach 
 Studien  wahrend  der  schwedischen 
 Expedition  1907-1909.  (In  Ymer, 
 Stockholm,  1910,  xxx,  240-274.) 
 
 An  important  article  on  the  somatology  and 
 culture  of  the  West  Patagonian  Channel  Alaca- 
 luf.  Dr.  Skottsberg  gives,  in  addition  to  ex¬ 
 tensive  cultural  data  gathered  at  first-hand,  the 
 measurements  of  6  men  and  5  women  (pp.  250- 
 256).  The  account  on  pp.  270-273  of  the  Gulf  of 
 Penas  natives  is  based  on  information  given  by 
 a  certam  Capt.  Steele,  a  sailing  boat  master,  met 
 in  the  vicinity  of  the  Gulf.  Dr.  Skottsberg’s 
 criticism  thereupon  seems  in  the  main  to  be  well 
 sustained,  but  further  investigation  of  these 
 natives  themselves  would  be  most  desirable. 
 The  Skottsberg  expedition  encountered  none 
 north  of  Port  Grappler.  Eighteen  good  photo¬ 
 graphs  and  cuts  in  text. 
 
 (c)  The  wilds  of  Patagonia:  A  narra¬ 
 tive  of  the  Swedish  expedition  to  Pata¬ 
 gonia,  Tierra  del  Fuego  and  the  Falkland 
 Islands  in  1907-1909,  London,  1911. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  91-103)  approximately  the  same 
 cultural  material  as  the  Ymer  article,  but  lacks 
 the  Steele  narrative  and  the  anthropometrical 
 data,  and  is  written  with  less  detail,  as  the  book 
 is  intended  for  the  general  reader.  There  are 
 also  some  slight  references  (especially  pp.  35, 
 306-308)  to  the  other  Fuegian  tribes.  Many  good 
 photographs  and  cuts. 
 
 id)  Observations  on  the  natives  of 
 the  Patagonian  Channel  region.  (In 
 Amer.  anthr.,  1913,  n.  s.  xv,  no.  4, 
 pp.  578-616.) 
 
 An  important  contribution  to  Fuegian  lin¬ 
 guistics.  This  article  contains  the  same  cultural 
 
128 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Skottsberg,  Carl  Johan  Fredrik — Contd. 
 
 material  as  the  Ymer  paper  does,  with  the  omis¬ 
 sion,  however,  of  the  Steele  account  and  the 
 anthropometrical  data;  but  Dr.  Skottsberg  pub¬ 
 lishes  here  for  the  first  time  an  extensive  vocabu¬ 
 lary  of  about  285  words  with  16  sentences  (pp. 
 606-611)  taken  from  the  language  of  the  Channel 
 natives.  There  follows  (pp.  611-614)  an  inter¬ 
 esting  discussion  of  the  relations  of  this  vocabu¬ 
 lary  to  the  Alacaluf  lists  given  by  Admiral  Fitz¬ 
 Roy  and  Dr.  Ilyades.  On  p.  615  there  are  a  few 
 notes  on  the  Haush.  Ethnological  map  and  18 
 good  photographs  and  cuts. 
 
 (e)  Some  additional  notes  on  the 
 language  of  the  natives  in  the  Pata¬ 
 gonian  channels.  (Ibid.,  1915,  n.  s. 
 xvii,  no.  2,  pp.  411-413.) 
 
 A  comparison  of  his  own  with  Dr.  Coppinger’s 
 vocabulary,  an  added  note  on  the  Fitz-Itoy  list 
 and  some  corrections  of  misprints  in  the  pre¬ 
 ceding  article. 
 
 Dr.  Skottsberg’s  papers,  which  constitute  the 
 most  important  recent  study  of  the  little-known 
 canoe-using  natives  of  the  Patagonian  channels, 
 are  based  on  very  careful  and  exact  though  some¬ 
 what  limited  personal  observation.  The  expe¬ 
 dition  spent  about  a  month  in  May-June,  1908, 
 between  Port  Gallant  and  the  Gulf  of  Penas,  en¬ 
 countering  natives  several  times,  none,  however, 
 north  of  Port  Grappler. 
 
 The  linguistic  material  was  gathered  chiefly 
 from  a  native  woman,  Emilia,  living  at  Port 
 Gallant,  who  spoke  a  little  Spanish  and  who  ac¬ 
 companied  the  expedition  for  a  month  as  inter¬ 
 preter.  Some  aid  was  also  given  by  the  natives 
 at  Port  Gallant  and  Port  Bueno  and  to  a 
 minimal  extent  by  those  of  Port  Grappler.  The 
 author’s  vocabulary  agrees  very  closely  with 
 Father  Borgatello’s.  Dr.  Skottsberg  in  his  com¬ 
 parative  study  unfortunately  neglects  a  greater 
 part  of  the  important  Alacalufan  linguistic  ma¬ 
 terial.  While  his  conclusion  that  his  vocabulary 
 represents  a  fourth  Fuegian  language  can  hardly 
 be  accepted,  yet  he  has  done  Fuegian  anthro¬ 
 pology  a  great  service  in  showing  that  the  Ala¬ 
 calufan  language  is  spoken  as  far  north  at  least 
 as  Port  Grappler,  and  probably  as  the  Gulf  of 
 Penas.  This  in  turn,  with  the  other  evidence 
 from  older  sources,  makes  it  not  at  all  improbable 
 that  the  Chonos  themselves  may  have  spoken  an 
 Alacalufan  dialect.  For  fuller  discussion  of  this 
 whole  subject,  see  Introduction  to  present  bibli¬ 
 ography. 
 
 It  may  be  added  that  Dr.  Skottsberg  had  had 
 a  certain  amount  of  contact  with  the  Onas  and 
 Yahgans  of  Beagle  Channel  in  1902  as  a  member 
 of  the  Swedish  Antarctic  Expedition  of  1901-1903. 
 
 Skyring,  W.  G. 
 
 Extracts  from  journal.  (In  King 
 passim.) 
 
 Contain  (pp.  267,  342-345)  a  few  notes  on  na¬ 
 tives  met  in  Neesham  Bay  and  Sarmiento  and 
 Messier  Channels.  Lieut.  Skyring  was  assistant 
 surveyor  and,  from  Aug.  to  Dec.,  1828,  com¬ 
 mander  of  the  Beagle  during  the  first  expedition . 
 
 Slocum,  Joshua 
 
 (a)  Sailing  alone  around  the  world. 
 (In  Century  mag.,  New  York,  1899, 
 lviii,  n.  s.  xxxvi,  938-953,  1900,  lix, 
 n.  s.  xxxvii,  134-148.) 
 
 Contains  passim  unimportant  accounts  of  un¬ 
 friendly  encounters  with  the  Alacaluf  in  the 
 western  part  of  the  Strait. 
 
 ( b )  Around  the  world  in  the  sloop 
 Spray ,  New  York,  1903. 
 
 Contains  same  data  passim  in  ch.  7-9. 
 
 Smith,  W.  G.  Rae 
 
 A  visit  to  Patagonia.  (In  Scottish 
 geogr.  mag.,  Edinburgh,  1912,  xxvrn, 
 no.  9,  pp.  456-475.) 
 
 Contains  (p.  461)  three  short  paragraphs  on 
 the  Fuegians;  not  important.  The  author  did 
 
 not  get  farther  south  than  Punta  Arenas. 
 
 * 
 
 Snow,  William  Parker 
 
 (a)  A  two  years’  cruise  off  Tierra  del 
 Fuego,  the  Falkland  Islands,  Pata¬ 
 gonia  and  in  the  River  Plate,  2  vols., 
 London,  1857. 
 
 Contains  rather  important  data  on  the  culture 
 of  the  natives  met  at  Picton  Island,  Lennox  Cove, 
 Beagle  Channel,  and  Woolya,  all  apparently 
 Yahgans.  See  especially  the  long  account  of  the 
 Picton  Island  natives  (i,  324-352),  including  5 
 words  of  uncertain  signification  (pp.  326-327, 340) 
 and  stature  measurements  of  2  men  (p.  346). 
 Other  data  passim  in  vol.  i,  ch.  22-25,  and  vol. 
 n,  ch.  26-29. 
 
 ( b )  A  few  remarks  on  the  wild  tribes 
 of  Tierra  del  Fuego  from  personal  ob¬ 
 servation.  (In  Trans.  Ethnol.  soc., 
 London,  1861,  n.  s.  i,  261-267.) 
 
 A  more  orderly  summary  of  the  cultural  data 
 scattered  through  the  preceding  work. 
 
 (c)  A  cruise  among  the  Fuegians. 
 (In  Harper's  new  monthly  mag.,  New 
 York,  Jan.,  1864,  xxviii,  160-167.) 
 
 Contains  approximately  the  same  cultural 
 data  as  the  preceding.  This  article  was  pub¬ 
 lished  anonymously,  but  was  evidently  written 
 by  Capt.  Snow. 
 
 Capt.  Snow  had  a  good  deal  of  contact  with 
 the  Yahgans  during  his  stay  in  their  territory  in 
 1855.  His  account  is  sympathetic  and  seems  to 
 be  careful  and  exact  as  far  as  it  goes. 
 
 Sobron,  Felix  C.  Y. 
 
 Los  idiomas  de  la  America  latina, 
 Madrid,  [1875]. 
 
 The  section  on  the  Fuegians  (pp.  82-84)  is 
 based  on  Fitz-Roy  exclusively  and  is  very  loosely 
 written;  not  important. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 129 
 
 Sokolowsky,  Alexander 
 
 Menschenkunde,  3d  ed.,  Stuttgart- 
 Berlin-Leipzig,  [1901], 
 
 Contains  (pp.  129-133  and  passim)  a  fairly 
 good  account  of  the  Fuegian  natives.  A  clearer 
 distinction  between  the  three  tribes  would  have 
 been  desirable. 
 
 Somlo,  Felix 
 
 Der  Giiterverkelir  in  der  Urgesell- 
 schaft,  Bruxelles-Leipzig,  1909. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  83-90)  an  excellent  and  fairly 
 exhaustive  treatment  of  this  phase  of  Y ahgan  and 
 Alacalufan  culture,  based  on  Th.  Bridges, 
 Martial,  Hyades,  and  others. 
 
 South  American  missionary  magazine, 
 London,  1854- :  Yols.  i-ix,  1854-1862, 
 published  under  title  “The  voice  of 
 pity  for  South  America;”  vols.  x- 
 xiii,  1863-1866,  under  title  “A  voice 
 for  South  America;”  vols.'  xiv-xlix, 
 1867-1915,  as  above. 
 
 The  official  organ  of  the  South  American  Mis' 
 sionary  Society  of  London.  The  chief  con¬ 
 tributors  on  Fuegia  have  been  Messrs.  Th. 
 Bridges,  John  Lawrence,  E.  C.  Aspinall,  John 
 Williams,  all  missionaries  with  extensive  expe¬ 
 rience  among  the  Yahgans.  Dr.  Hyades  calls 
 ( q ,  p.  6)  this  periodical  “une  mine  inepui- 
 sable  de  renseignements  sur  les  moeurs  et  les 
 usages  des  Fuegiens.”  Nearly  every  number 
 contains  some  communication  from  Fuegia. 
 The  cultural  data  scattered  through  the  49  vol¬ 
 umes  if  culled  and  coordinated  would  make  a 
 book  of  first  importance.  The  greater  part  of 
 this  material  is,  however,  accessible  in  the  Rev. 
 Mr.  Bridges’  better  known  papers  and  in  Dr 
 Hyades’  publications,  especially  q. 
 
 Complete  files  of  this  magazine  are  rare.  The 
 British  Museum  has  the  whole  series;  complete  or 
 nearly  complete  sets  are  owned  by  the  La  Plata 
 Museum  and  by  Prof.  Furlong,  of  Boston.  Some 
 of  the  more  recent  volumes  are  available  at  the 
 office  of  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners 
 for  Foreign  Missions,  Boston,  at  the  Hammond 
 Library ,  Chicago  Theological  Seminary  (xxx  to 
 date),  at  the  Northwestern  University,  Evans¬ 
 ton,  Ill.  (xxxv  to  date),  and  at  the  Presbyterian 
 Foreign  Missions  Library,  New  York  City  (xlv 
 to  date).  The  Day  Missions  Library  at  Yale 
 possesses  the  following  volumes:  vn-xxu,  1 873— 
 1888,  xl-,  1906  to  date,  and  some  stray  numbers. 
 The  volumes  in  the  Day  Library  are  the  only 
 ones  I  have  had  an  opportunity  to  consult. 
 These  I  found  to  contain  a  great  deal  of  material 
 bearing  on  Yahgan  moral  and  mental  culture 
 and  a  good  amount  of  data  on  material  culture. 
 Recent  numbers  contain  many  good  photo¬ 
 graphs. 
 
 Spears,  John  Randolph 
 
 The  gold  diggings  of  Cape  Horn:  A 
 study  of  life  in  Tierra  del  Fuego  and 
 Patagonia,  New  York-London,  1895. 
 
 Contains  on  pp.  47-78  a  lengthy  account  of  the 
 Yahgans,  on  pp.  127-134  a  shorter  one  of  the  Onas, 
 on  pp.  134-136  a  few  data  on  the  Alacaluf,  and 
 on  pp.  79-127  passim  some  stray  notes.  While 
 these  descriptions  give  practically  no  new  infor¬ 
 mation,  they  are  fairly  reliable  and  accurate. 
 They  are,  it  seems,  based  chiefly  if  not  entirely 
 on  good  written  sources,  although  the  writer,  a 
 newspaper  man,  made  a  visit  to  Fuegia. 
 
 Spegazzini,  Carlos 
 
 ( а )  Costumbres  de  los  habitantes  de 
 la  Tierra  de  Fuego.  (Reprint  from 
 Anales  Soc.  dent,  argent .,  Buenos  Aires, 
 1882,  xiv,  25  pp.) 
 
 An  important  paper  on  the  culture  of  the  Y ah- 
 gans  and  Onas,  including  also  6  Ona  words,  1  at 
 least  Manekenkn,  pp.  17-18,  20,  and  2  Yahgan 
 and  2  Alacaluf  words,  pp.  5-7,  and  Yahgan  stat¬ 
 ure  measurements,  p.  4.  The  Onas  described  by 
 Dr.  Spegazzini  called  themselves  Mac-ck  (p.  16) 
 and  some  of  them  at  least  were  probably  Mane¬ 
 kenkn.  The  data  on  the  Yahgans  do  not  differ 
 materially  from  those  given  by  Capt.  Bove  and 
 Dr.  Lovisato,  except  perhaps  for  a  somewhat 
 more  favorable  estimate  of  moral  culture. 
 
 (б)  Costumbres  de  los  Patagones. 
 (Ibid.,  1884,  xvii,  221-240.) 
 
 Contains  passim  a  few  data  on  Onan  culture. 
 On  pp.  226  and  239  the  author  states  his  belief 
 in  the  kinship  of  the  Onas  with  the  Tehuelches. 
 
 (c)  Apuntes  filologicos  sobre  las  len- 
 guas  de  la  Tierra  del  Fuego.  (Ibid., 
 1884,  xviii,  131-144.) 
 
 An  important  early  contribution  on  Yahgan 
 grammar,  especially  on  the  noun  and  adjective. 
 The  paper  includes  many  Yahgan  words  passim. 
 The  article  contains  no  Onan  or  Alacalufan  gram¬ 
 matical  data.  The  author  states,  on  p.  132,  that 
 the  three  Fuegian  languages  differ  absolutely  in 
 grammatical  construction  and  that  the  Yahgan 
 and  Alcalufan  show  certain  points  of  contact 
 with  the  Ar&ucanian.  As  far  as  the  Alacalufan 
 is  concerned,  both  of  these  statements  would 
 seem  to  need  confirmation.  Except  for  a  sen¬ 
 tence  or  two  in  Vargas  Ponce  (6,  p.  27)  there  is 
 no  published  material  on  Alacalufan  grammar. 
 Dr.  Spegazzini  spent  only  a  few  days  with  the 
 Alacaluf,  and  the  English  missionaries  at  the 
 time  did  not  speak  the  Alacalufan  language 
 (Hyades,  q,  p.  13)  or  at  least  had  made  very 
 little  progress  in  it. 
 
 (d)  Plantae  per  Fuegiam  a  Carolo 
 Spegazzini  anno  1882  collectae.  (In 
 
130 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 BULL.  63 
 
 Spegazzini,  Carlos — Continued 
 
 Anales  Museo  nac.,  Buenos  Aires,  1896- 
 97,  vol.  v,  2d  ser.  n,  39-104.) 
 
 Of  the  313  species  and  varieties  here  described  ■ 
 Dr.  Spegazzini  gives  the  Yahgan  names  for  44, 
 the  Alacalufan  for  13,  the  Onan  for  9. 
 
 Judging  from  Hyades,  q,  p.  22,  there  are  some 
 native  words  in  Dr.  Spegazzini’s  Fungi  fuegiani, 
 Buenos  Aires,  1887. 
 
 (e)  Vocabularios  Ona,  Yaghan  y  Ala¬ 
 caluf.  MS.  (Reference  from  Mitre, 
 i,  176-177.) 
 
 This  valuable  manuscript,  now  in  the  Museo 
 Mitre,  is  described  by  Gen.  Mitre  (i,  p.  177)  as 
 “muy  abundante  en  el  Ona  y  el  Yahgan,  con 
 algunas  frases  de  estos  dos  idiomas,  siendo  muy 
 breve  respecto  de  los  Alacaluf.” 
 
 (/)  Element!  di  grammatica  Iaghan, 
 sistema  Ollendorf.  (Published  in  full 
 by  Mitre,  i,  179-189.) 
 
 An  important  summary,  including  many 
 Yahgan  words. 
 
 (g)  Parentesco  de  los  Tehuelches  con 
 otros  indios  americanos.  (Tema  pre- 
 sentado  al  Congreso  cient.  internac. 
 argent,  en  el  ler  centenario  de  la  revo- 
 lucion  de  mayo,  seccion  antropologfa, 
 julio,  1910.)  (Reference  from  Dab- 
 bene.) 
 
 (h)  Estudios  sobre  las  lenguas  pata- 
 gonicas  y  fueguinas.  (Tema  presen- 
 tado  al  mismo  Congreso.)  (Reference 
 from  Dabbene.) 
 
 Dr.  Spegazzini  accompanied  the  first  Bove  ex¬ 
 pedition  as  botanist,  remaining  in  Fuegia  from 
 May  1  to  July  17, 1882;  hence  he  had  good  oppor¬ 
 tunities  for  personal  observation  of  the  Y ahgans 
 and  to  a  lesser  extent  of  the  Onas  and  Alacaluf. 
 In  his  linguistic  studies,  to  which  he  devoted 
 himself  “con  asiduidad,”  he  was  assisted  by  two 
 very  intelligent  natives,  who  had  been  raised  by 
 the  missionaries  and  who  spoke  English  well, 
 by  another  native  who  spoke  Spanish,  and  by 
 Messrs.  Bridges  and  Whaits,  who  elucidated 
 many  difficult  points.  Dr.  Spegazzini  has  since 
 his  return  continued  his  researches  in  the  Fue- 
 gian  languages.  While  his  contributions  to 
 Fuegian  cultural  anthropology  are  of  permanent 
 value,  his  more  important  and  original  contribu¬ 
 tions  are  in  the  linguistic  field,  especially  in 
 Yahgan  grammar. 
 
 Speilbergen,  Joris  van 
 
 Oost  ende  West-Indische  Spiegel, 
 Leyden,  1619;  repr.  in  Commelin,  vol. 
 n  and  Hartgers;  Lat.  tr.,  Leyden,  1619; 
 Germ,  tr.,  Hulsius,  pt.  xvn;  Lat.  and 
 Germ,  tr.,  de  Bry,  pt.  xi,  1620;  Fr.  tr., 
 Amsterdam,  1621;  de  Renneville;  Engl, 
 tr.,  abridged,  Purchas,  Pilgrimes,  vol. 
 
 Speilbergen,  Joris  van — Continued 
 i,  bk.  2,  eh.  6;  Engl.  tr.  in  full  from 
 orig.  Dutch  jour,  by  J.  A.  J.  De  Vil- 
 liers,  Hakluyt  soc.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  xvm, 
 London,  1906  (see  discussion  of  author¬ 
 ship,  Introd.,  pp.  xii-xxxiii);  de  Bras¬ 
 ses,  i,  343-349;  abstr.  in  Kerr,  vol.  x, 
 in  Harris,  vol.  i,  bk.  1,  ch.  7,  in  Ban- 
 carel,  vol.  ii,  in  Prevost,  vol.  xv. 
 
 Chiefly  of  interest  for  the  description  (p.  34) 
 of  graves  discovered  in  1615  on  one  of  the  “Pen¬ 
 guin  Islands”  (apparently  Magdalen  Island) 
 just  south  of  the  second  narrows  in  the  eastern 
 part  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan.  The  two  bodies 
 “op  hunne  wyse  begraven  waren  /  hebbende  een 
 weynich  Aerde  op’t  lijf  /  rontomme  besteecken 
 met  Pijlen  ende  Boghen.” 
 
 Steffen,  Hans 
 
 (a)  Bericht  iiber  eine  Reise  in  das 
 chilenische  Fjordgebiet  nordlich  vom 
 48°  s.  Br.  (In  Verh.  Deutsch.  wiss. 
 Vereins  zu  Santiago  de  Chile ,  Valparaiso, 
 1904,  v,  37-116.) 
 
 The  author  states  (p.  54)  that  the  Guaitecas 
 Archipelago  is  now  uninhabited.  lie  met  (pp. 
 110-112)  no  natives  in  Baker  Inlet  district,  but 
 came  across  a  portage  and  some  abandoned 
 canoes. 
 
 (h)  Viajes  de  esploracion  i  estudio  en 
 la  Patagonia  occidental  1892-1902,  2 
 vols.,  Santiago  de  Chile,  1909-10. 
 
 Contains  (n,  346-348)  a  few  notes  on  the  natives 
 of  the  Patagonian  channels;  not  important. 
 
 (c)  Neuere  Arbeiten  der  chilenischen 
 Marine  in  der  Kiistenregion  West-Pata- 
 goniens.  (In  Zeitschr.  Ges.  /.  Erd- 
 Icunde,  Berlin,  1913,  no.  6,  pp.  451-468.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  462-463,  466-467)  a  few  notes  on 
 the  Channel  Alacaluf  gleaned  from  the  Chilean 
 officers’  accounts  in  recent  numbers  of  the 
 Anuario  hidrografico  de  la  marina  de  Chile. 
 
 The  writer  has  spent  much  time  in  the  vicinity 
 of  the  Patagonian  channels,  but  he  has  appa¬ 
 rently  had  little  contact  with  the  natives  and 
 gives  very  meager  data  on  them. 
 
 Steinmetz,  Rudolf  S. 
 
 Endokannibalismus.  (In  Mitt. 
 Anthr.  Ges.,  Wien,  1896,  xxvi,  n.  s. 
 xvi,  1-60.) 
 
 Contains  (p.  16)  a  good  discussion  of  the  ques¬ 
 tion  of  cannibalism  among  the  Fuegians. 
 
 Stevens,  John 
 
 A  new  collection  of  voyages  and 
 travels,  London,  1708-9,  vol.  i. 
 
 Contains  an  English  translation  of  Argensola’s 
 Conquista  de  las  islas  Malucas,  including  (pp. 
 74-83)  the  account  of  Sarmiento’s  voyage. 
 
COOPER J 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 131 
 
 Stirling,  Waite  Hockin 
 
 (a)  and  Marsh,  J.  W.  See  Marsh,  a. 
 
 (b)  Letters  and  journal.  (Extracts 
 given  in  Marsh,  b,  and  in  South  Ameri¬ 
 can  missionary  magazine ,  passim.) 
 
 Bishop  Stirling  was  in  close  touch  with  the 
 Yahgans  at  the  Falkland  Mission  and  in  their 
 native  islands  between  1863  and  1869.  His  pub¬ 
 lished  writings  are  chiefly  of  value  for  the  light 
 they  throw  on  Yahgan  moral  culture. 
 
 Stokes,  Pringle 
 
 Extracts  from  journal.  (In  King  pas¬ 
 sim.) 
 
 Contain  (pp.  74-77, 166)  a  few  notes  on  natives 
 met  at  Mercy  Harbor,  and  on  wigwams  seen  at 
 Port  Santa  Barbara  in  the  Guaianecos  Islands. 
 Capt.  Stokes  was  commander  of  the  Beagle  on  the 
 first  expedition  until  his  death,  in  Aug.,  1828. 
 
 Stratz,  Carl  Heinrich 
 
 Naturgesclii elite  desMenschen,  Stutt¬ 
 gart,  1904. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  225,. 229,  232,  314-320)  a  lengthy 
 treatment  of  the  descriptive  somatology  of  the 
 Fuegians  (Yahgans  and  Alacaluf),  based  on 
 Hyades,  It.  Martm,  Virchow.  Some  excellent 
 photographs  of  Fuegian  types. 
 
 Stuart,  Martinus 
 
 De  mensch,  zoo  als  hij  voorkomt  op 
 den  bekenden  aardbol,  6  vols.,  Amster¬ 
 dam,  1802-1807. 
 
 Contains  (iv,  251-266)  an  account  of  the  Fue¬ 
 gians,  based  chiefly  on  the  results  of  Capt.  Cook’s 
 expeditions. 
 
 Stiibel,  Alfons,  Reiss,  Johann  Wilhelm, 
 Koppel,  B.,  and  Uhle,  Friedrich  Max 
 
 Kultur  und  Industrie  siidamerikani- 
 scher  Volker,  2  vols.,  Berlin,  1889-90. 
 
 Contains  (n,  pi.  10,  fig.  10;  pi.  25,  fig.  6)  excel¬ 
 lent  illustrations,  with  short  descriptive  text ,  of  a 
 fish  net  and  a  necklace  from  Desolation  Island. ' 
 
 Sutcliffe,  Thomas 
 
 Crusoniana;  or  truth  versus  fiction, 
 Manchester,  1843. 
 
 Contains  Byron’s  Loss  of  the  Wager,  and  the 
 adventures  of  the  Anna  Pink  from  Walter. 
 
 Taylor,  George 
 
 Journal.  (Quoted  in  Betagh,  q.  v.) 
 
 Techo  (Du  Toict),  Nicolas  del 
 
 Historia  provinciae  Paraquariae  So- 
 cietatis  Jesu,  Leodii,  1673;  Engl.  tr.  in 
 Churchill,  iv,  636-749. 
 
 Contains  (bk.  6,  ch.  8-10,  pp.  159-161;  tr.,  pp- 
 676-677)  a  short  but  important  description  of  the 
 culture  of  the  Chonos ,  based ,  in  the  main  at  least , 
 on  the  reports  of  the  early  missionaries  to  the 
 
 Techo  (Du  Toict),  Nicolas  del — Contd. 
 Guaitecas  Islanders.  Many  points  of  resem¬ 
 blance  between  Father  Del  Techo’s  and  Goi- 
 cueta’s  accounts  of  the  Chonos  and  “Huilles” 
 suggest  that  the  former  may  also  have  made  use 
 of  the  latter’s  narrative,  particularly  in  describ¬ 
 ing  the  “Huillis.”  On  p.  160  Father  Del  Techo 
 notes  Father  Ferrufino’s  (q.  v.)  translations  into 
 the  language  of  the  Chonos. 
 
 Terre  de  Feu.  (In  Jour,  des  missions 
 evangeliques ,  Paris,  Aug.,  1876.)  (Ref¬ 
 erence  from  Hyades.) 
 
 Probably  based  on  Th.  Bridges. 
 
 Terrien,  Ferdinand 
 
 Douze  ans  dans  l’Amerique  latine, 
 Paris,  [1903]. 
 
 Contains  (p.  332)  meager,  unimportant  notes 
 on  the  Onas.  Msgr.  Terrien  had  very  limited 
 personal  contact  with  the  natives. 
 
 Testut,  L. 
 
 See  Hyades,  q. 
 
 Thomas,  Pascoe 
 
 A  true  and  impartial  journal  of  a  voy¬ 
 age  to  the  South  Seas,  and  round  the 
 globe,  in  His  Majesty’s  ship  the  Cen¬ 
 turion,  under  the  command  of  Commo¬ 
 dore  George  Anson,  London,  1745; 
 abstr.  in  Henry,  vol.  n. 
 
 Contains  (p.  33)  a  few  notes  on  the  family  of 
 Chonos  encountered  by  the  Anna  Pink  near  the 
 Inchin  Islands  in  1741 .  The  author  accompanied 
 Anson. 
 
 Tiele,  Pieter  Anton 
 
 (a)  Memoire  bibliographique  sur  les 
 journaux  des  navigateurs  neerlandais, 
 Amsterdam,  1867. 
 
 Contains  important  data  (pp.  20-38,  63-81)  on 
 the  authorship  and  early  Dutch  editions  of  the 
 narratives  of  de  Weert’s,van  Noort’s,van  Speil- 
 bergen’s  and  L’Hermite’s  voyages. 
 
 (b)  Nederlandsche  bibliograpliie  van 
 land-  en  volkenkunde,  ibid.,  1884. 
 
 Contains  passim  a  great  deal  of  valuable  bib¬ 
 liographical  material  bearing  in  particular  on 
 the  Dutch  editions  and  translations  of  early 
 sources  for  Fuegian  anthropology. 
 
 Tierra  del  Fuego.  (In  Encycl.  brit.,  11th 
 ed.,  Cambridge,  1911,  xxvi.) 
 
 A  well-written  article,  containing  a  very  short 
 summary  of  Fuegian  anthropology.  Select  bib¬ 
 liography. 
 
 Tierra  del  Fuego  as  a  mission  field.  (In 
 
 Mission  life,  London,  1877,  n.  s.  vm, 
 part  1,  pp.  3-6.) 
 
 Contains  meager  unimportant  notes  on  the 
 Yahgans  and  Alacaluf. 
 
132 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 l  BULL.  03 
 
 Tonelli 
 
 [Manuscript  notes.] 
 
 These  notes  are  largely  drawn  upon  by  Dr.  Co- 
 jazzi  (q.  v.).  Prof.  Tonelli  made  extensive  and 
 careful  researches,  especially  among  the  Onas  and 
 Alacaluf,  during  a  recent  visit  to  Fuegia.  In 
 addition  he  gathered  much  valuable  cultural  and 
 linguistic  material  from  the  Salesian  mission¬ 
 aries  and  the  Bridges  brothers. 
 
 Topinard,  Paul 
 
 [Observations  on  the  Ilagenbeck 
 group  of  Alacaluf.]  (In  Bull.  Soc. 
 d’anthr.  de  Paris ,  1881,  3d  ser.  iv,  774- 
 782.) 
 
 Some  interesting  notes,  chiefly  on  the  physical 
 appearance  and  material  culture  of  the  Alacaluf, 
 based  on  observation  of  the  native  group  ex¬ 
 hibited  at  Paris.  On  p.  775  one  Alacalufan  word. 
 
 Townsend,  Charles  Haskins 
 
 A  naturalist  in  the  Straits  of  Magel¬ 
 lan.  (In  Pop.  sci.  monthly ,  New  York, 
 July,  1910,  lxxvii,  5-18.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  9-12)  an  unimportant  descrip¬ 
 tion  of  Alacaluf  met  casually.  The  estimate  of 
 40  to  50  thousand  as  the  population  of  Fuegia  50 
 years  ago  is  much  too  high. 
 
 Turner,  William 
 
 Report  on  the  scientific  results  of  the 
 voyage  of  H.  M.  S.  Challenger  during  the 
 years  1873-1876.  Zoology,  vol.  x,  part 
 29,  Report  on  the  human  skeletons,  The 
 crania,  London,  1884;  vol.  xvi,  part  47, 
 The  other  bones  of  the  skeleton,  ibid., 
 1886. 
 
 Contains  a  review  (x,  pt.  29,  pp.  21-26)  of  pre¬ 
 viously  published  studies  in  Fuegian  somatology, 
 and  the  writer’s  own  description  and  measure¬ 
 ments  (ibid.,  pp.  17-20;  vol.  xvi,  pt.  47,  passim) 
 of  the  Fuegian  skeletal  remains  obtained  at 
 Punta  Arenas  by  the  Challenger  expedition  from 
 Don  Diego  Duble  Almeida,  then  governor  of  the 
 Chilean  colony.  These  remains  consisted  of  4 
 crania  (2  J1 ,  1  9 ,  and  1  probably  9 )  and  some 
 other  bones.  Plate  i,  figures  5-6;  plate  vi,  fig¬ 
 ure  2. 
 
 Uhle,  Friedrich  Max 
 
 See  Stiibel. 
 
 Ulloa,  Francisco  de.  1553-54 
 
 See  Ramon  Guerrero  Vergara,  Carta  sobre  la 
 muerte  de  Valdivia,  and  Rosales,  a  (also  quoted 
 in  An.  hidr.  mar.  Chile,  v,  481.) 
 
 Vargas  [y]  Ponce,  Jose  de 
 
 (a)  Relacion  del  ultimo  viage  al 
 estrecho  de  Magallanes  de  la  fragata  de 
 S.  M.  Santa  Marfa  de  la  Cabeza  en  los 
 anos  de  1785  y  1786,  Madrid,  1788; 
 
 Vargas  [y]  Ponce,  Jose  de — Continued 
 abstr.  and  extr.  with  description  of 
 natives,  Maccarthy,  vol.  x;  Germ, 
 ditto,  Weimar,  1820;  Engl,  ditto,  1820 
 (in  Sir  Rich.  Phillips,  New  voyages, 
 London,  1819-1823,  vol.  n,  no.  5,  ac¬ 
 cording  to  Sabin,  nos.  16772,  62509). 
 
 One  of  the  most  important  extant  sources  for 
 Alacalufan  culture,  particularly  material  cul¬ 
 ture.  See  especially  the  very  detailed  and  care¬ 
 ful  description  on  pp.  337-355  of  the  Port  Famine 
 and  Port  Gallant  Alacaluf  with  whom  the  de 
 Cordoba  expedition  had  two  and  a  half  months 
 of  contact  in  the  early  part  of  1786.  A  few  other 
 notes  passim,  pp.  34-36,  41-42,  47-48. 
 
 (6)  Apendice  a  la  Relacion  del  viage 
 al  Magallanes  de  la  fragata  de  guerra 
 Santa  Marfa  de  la  Cabeza,  que  contiene 
 el  de  los  paquebotes  Santa  Casilda  y 
 Santa  Eulalia  para  completar  el  recono- 
 cimiento  del  Estrecho  en  los  anos  de 
 1788  y  1789,  Madrid,  1793;  Engl,  and 
 Germ,  as  above  (the  Germ,  summary, 
 according  to  the  title  page  a  tr.  of  the 
 Engl.,  gives  no  dates;  it  is  based  chiefly 
 on  the  first  expedition). 
 
 A  valuable  source  for  Alacalufan  culture,  but 
 not  so  important  as  the  preceding  work.  Chiefly 
 of  interest  for  the  description  (pp.  58-60)  of  the 
 plank-boat-using  Indians  met  west  of  Cape  Up¬ 
 right  in  Jan.,  1789.  See  also  the  description  (pp. 
 24-29),  quoted  from  the  notes  of  Lieut. Ciriaco  de 
 Cevallos,  chiefly  of  the  natives  met  in  Dec.,  1788, 
 between  Capes  St.  Isidore  and  Froward.  On 
 pp.  27-28  are  3  native  words,  ok-si,  “give,” 
 pissiri,  “son,”  “child,”  “boy,”  and  at  times 
 “man,”  kap,  “future,”  and  a  grammatical  note: 
 “No  varian  las  terminaciones  de  los  verbos,  ni 
 distinguen  de  otro  modo  los  tiempos.”  This 
 Alacalufan  linguistic  material  is  of  very  doubtful 
 value. 
 
 Vea,  Antonio  de 
 
 Relacion  diaria  del  viaje  que  se  ha 
 hecho  a  las  costas  del  estrecho  de 
 Magallanes  con  recelo  de  enemigos  de 
 Europa,  1675-1676.  (Ed.  by  Fran¬ 
 cisco  Vidal  Gormaz  in  An.  hidr.  mar. 
 Chile ,  Santiago,  1886,  xi,  539-596.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  573-578)  data  that  have  a  more 
 or  less  important  bearing  on  the  question  of 
 Chonoan  linguistic  relationships. 
 
 Venegas,  Melchor  de 
 
 [Letter  to  the  Father  Provincial 
 Diego  de  Torres,  dated  Nov.  27,  1612.] 
 (Extract  quoted  in  Lozano,  vol.  ir,  bk. 
 7,  ch.  3,  no.  35,  p.  456.) 
 
 This  letter,  besides  giving  some  interesting 
 data  on  Father  Matheo  Estevan’s  (q.  v.)  studies 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIE  REA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 133 
 
 Venegas,  Melchor  de — Continued 
 and  compositions  in  the  Chonoan  language,  con¬ 
 tains  the  earliest  clear  record,  as  far  as  I  am 
 aware,  of  the  use  of  the  name  “Chonos”  to  desig¬ 
 nate  the  canoe-using  natives  of  the  Guaitecas 
 Islands. 
 
 Verneau,  Rene 
 
 (а)  Les  races  humaines,  Paris,  1890- 
 91. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  775-781)  a  good  and  rather  ex¬ 
 tensive  account  of  Yahgan  culture,  based  on 
 Hahn,  Hyades.  Five  woodcuts. 
 
 (б)  Les  anciens  Patagons,  Monaco, 
 
 1903. 
 
 Of  value  for  the  study  of  the  relations  of  the 
 Fuegians  to  the  Patagonians.  See  especially 
 pp.  323-325. 
 
 Viliefort,  de 
 
 Journal  du  sieur  de  Viliefort.  MS. 
 (Extract  in  de  Brosses,  n,  113-125.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  115-118, 120)  brief  notes  on  the 
 Alacaluf  met  casually  several  times  in  June- 
 Dee.,  1699,  between  C.  Gate  (Quod?)  and  the 
 eastern  end  of  the  Strait.  “Deux  nations  qui 
 sont  toujours  en  guerre  habitent  egalement  l’un 
 &  l’autre  cote  du  detroit,  l’une  nommee  Lague- 
 diche,  depuis  l’entree  du  nord  jusqu’a  S.  Sebas- 
 tien,  l’autre  plus  nombreuse  nommee  Ilavegue- 
 diche,  depuis  le  canal  S.  Jerome  au  cap  Gate  d’lm 
 &  d’autre  cote”  (p.  120).  The  author  accom¬ 
 panied  Beauchesne-Gouin. 
 
 Vincent,  Frank 
 
 Around  and  about  South  America, 
 New  York,  1890. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  122-126)  an  excellent  short  ac¬ 
 count  of  Alacaluf  met  casually  in  Smyth  Channel 
 [and  in  the  Straits].  The  notes  (pp.  132, 141)  on 
 the  other  Fuegians  are  apparently  not  based  on 
 personal  observation. 
 
 Virchow,  Rudolf  Ludwig  Karl 
 
 (а)  Die  Feuerlander.  (In  Verh.  d. 
 Berlin.  Ges.  f.  Anthr.  u.  s.  w.,  1881,  pp. 
 [375]— 393.) 
 
 An  important  study  of  Alacalufan  anatomy. 
 The  paper  is  based  partly  on  the  then  written 
 sources,  partly  on  personal  study  of  4  men  and  2 
 women  of  the  Hagenbeck  group  of  Alacaluf.  Ta¬ 
 ble  of  measurements,  pp.  392-393.  1  plate  and 
 figures  1-2  in  text. 
 
 (б)  Crania  ethnica  americana,  Sup¬ 
 plement  zu  Zeitschr.f.  Ethnol.,  Berlin, 
 1892,  xxiv,  1-33. 
 
 Prof.  Virchow  repeats  (p.  19)  his  statement 
 from  the  preceding  article  (a,  p.  382)  that  he  found 
 no  trace  of  head  deformation  among  the  Fuegians. 
 
 Voice  of  Pity  for  South  America.  A 
 
 Voice  for  South  America. 
 
 See  South  Amer .  miss,  mag. 
 
 Voyage  round  the  world,  in  H.  M.  S.  the 
 
 Dolphin ,  commanded  by  the  Hon¬ 
 ourable  Commodore  Byron,  by  an 
 officer  on  board  the  said  ship,  Lon¬ 
 don,  1767;  Fr.  tr.,  Paris,  1767  (Me¬ 
 dina,  c,  vol.  m,  p.  9,  and  Sabin,  no. 
 9734);  Dutch  tr.,  Haerlem,  1767; 
 Span,  tr.,  2ded.,  Madrid,  1769;  Germ, 
 tr.,  Frankfurt-Leipzig,  1769  (Sabin, 
 no.  9736). 
 
 Contains  (pp.  56,  87-97;  Span,  tr.,  pp.  55-56, 
 83-88,  91)  good  but  short  accounts  of  the 
 natives  met  in  1764-65  at  various  points  between 
 Elizabeth  Island  and  the  western  end  of  the 
 Strait  of  Magellan.  The  description  (p.  56; 
 Span,  tr.,  pp.  55-56)  of  the  Elizabeth  Island  na¬ 
 tives  is  lacking  in  Byron’s  own  narrative  as  it  ap¬ 
 pears  in  Hawkesworth. 
 
 Voyages,  adventures,  and  discoveries  of 
 
 the  following  circumnavigators,  etc., 
 London,  1758;  repr.,  ibid.,  1763. 
 
 In  the  abstracts  of  the  voyages  of  Cavendish, 
 van  Noort,  de  Weert,  van  Speilbergen,  and 
 L’Hermite,  the  Fuegian  anthropological  data  are 
 given,  but  not  in  full. 
 
 Waitz,  Franz  Theodor 
 
 Anthropologie  der  Naturvolker,  6 
 vols.,  Leipzig,  1859-1872. 
 
 The  third  volume,  published  in  1862,  contains 
 (pp.  484-491  passim,  496-497,  507-508,  526-527) 
 quite  an  extensive  treatment  of  the  Fuegians  and 
 Chonos,  based  on  King,  Fitz-Roy,  Darwin, 
 Wilkes,  d’Orbigny,  Dumont  d’Urville,  and  some 
 of  the  earlier  sources.  This  account  is  one  of  the 
 best  of  its  kind,  but  needs  considerable  revision 
 and  amplification  in  the  light  of  more  recent 
 studies. 
 
 Walbeeck,  Johannes  van 
 
 Journael  vande  Nassausche  vloot  /  ofte 
 Beschryvingh  vande  voyagie  om  den 
 gantschen  aerd-kloot  /  ghedaen  met  elf 
 schepen:  onder  ’t  beleydt  van  den  Ad- 
 mirael  Jaques  l’lleremite,  ende  Vice- 
 Admirael  Gheen  Huygen  Schapenham, 
 in  de  jaren  1623,  1624,  1625,  en  1626, 
 Amsterdam,  1643  (an  enlargement,  ac¬ 
 cording  to  Tiele,  a ,  76-77,  81,  and  b,  150, 
 of  the  orig.  ed.  of  1626);  repr.  in  Com- 
 melin,  vol.  n,  and  Ilartgers;  Germ.  tr. 
 of  1st  ed.  with  additions  by  Adolf 
 Decker,  Strassburg,  1629;  same,  Hul- 
 sius,  pt.  xxii;  Lat.  and  Germ.  tr.  in  de 
 Bry,  vol.  xm  (xiv);  Fr.  tr.,  de  Renne- 
 ville,  vol.  iv,  2d  ed.,  Amsterdam,  vol. 
 v,  Rouen  ed.,  vol.  ix;  de  Brosses,  i, 
 437-451;  abstr.  in  Kerr,  vol.  x,  in  Ban- 
 
134 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Walbeeck,  Johannes  van — Continued 
 carel,  vol.  n;  in  Prevost,  vol.  xv;  in 
 Laet,  bk.  12,  Lat.  and  Fr.  tr.,  bk.  13. 
 
 Our  earliest  and  an  important  source  on  the 
 Yahgans,  containing  (pp.  41-43,  of  1643  ed.)  a 
 rather  lengthy  and  detailed  description  of  the 
 natives  met  in  the  Nassau  Bay  district  in  Feb¬ 
 ruary,  1624.  Barring  a  few  points  (as  cannibal¬ 
 ism,  stone  fishhook,  cattle)  the  cultural  data  have 
 been  confirmed  by  later  investigators. 
 
 According  to  Dr.  Tiele  (a,  80-81;  b,  150)  the 
 probable  author  of  the  Dutch  journal  was  Johan¬ 
 nes  van  Walbeeck.  Both  he  and  Decker  were 
 members  of  the  expedition. 
 
 Wallis,  Samuel 
 
 An  account  of  a  voyage  round  the 
 world  in  the  years  MDCCLXVI, 
 MDCCLXVII,  and  MDCCLXVIII,  by 
 Samuel  Wallis,  Esq.,  commander  of  His 
 Majesty’s  ship  the  Dolphin.  (In 
 Ilawkesworth,  i,  q.  v.) 
 
 Contains  (i,  390-392,  403-405;  2d  ed.,  1,  170-172, 
 183-187)  some  good  though  hardly  important 
 descriptive  notes  on  Alacaluf  met  casually  in 
 Jan.,  1767,  at  Elizabeth  Bay  and  ten  leagues  east 
 of  Cape  Upright. 
 
 Walter,  Richard 
 
 A  voyage  round  the  world  in  the 
 years  MDCCXL,  I,  II,  III,  IV  by 
 George  Anson,  Esq.,  London,  1748; 
 Kerr,  vol.  xi;  Purves;  Fr.  tr.,  Amster¬ 
 dam,  1749  (Sabin,  no.  1637);  Germ,  tr., 
 Leipzig-Gottingen,  1749  (Sabin,  no. 
 1640);  Dutch  tr.,  2d  ed.,  1749  (Tiele,  h , 
 no.  42,  p.  11),  Amsterdam,  1765  (Sabin, 
 no.  1641);  Ital.  tr.,  Livorno,  1756;  de 
 Brosses,  ii,  259-304;  extr.  in  Sutcliffe; 
 abstr.  in  E.  C.  Drake;  in  World  dis¬ 
 played,  4th  ed.,  vol.  vn;  in  Knox,  vol. 
 vii;  in  Prevost,  vol.  xv;  in  Entertain¬ 
 ing  account,  3d  ed. 
 
 Contains  an  interesting  but  not  very  impor¬ 
 tant  account  of  a  family  of  Chon  os  met  in  1741 
 near  the  Inchin  Islands  by  the  Anna  Pink  (pp. 
 142-145),  and  a  few  notes  passim  on  the  natives 
 encountered  by  the  crew  of  the  Wager. 
 
 Weber  S.,  Alfredo 
 
 Chiloe,  su  estado  actual,  su  coloniza- 
 cion,  su  porvenir,  Santiago  de  Chile, 
 1903. 
 
 Contains  (p.  8)  an  unimportant  paragraph  on 
 the  Chonos,  and  (pp.  22-36)  an  accoimt  of  the 
 discovery  and  early  history  of  Chilod. 
 
 Webster,  Hutton 
 
 Primitive  secret  societies,  New  York, 
 1908. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  56,  176-177)  an  account  of  Yah- 
 gan  initiations,  based  on  Hyades. 
 
 Webster,  William  Henry  Bayley 
 
 Narrative  of  a  voyage  to  the  southern 
 Atlantic  Ocean  in  the  years  1828,  29, 
 30,  performed  in  H.  M.  sloop  Chanticleer 
 under  the  command  of  the  late  Captain 
 Henry  Foster,  F.  R.  S.,  from  the  pri¬ 
 vate  journal  of  W.  H.  B.  Webster,  sur¬ 
 geon  of  the  sloop,  2  v ols . ,  London,  1834. 
 
 Contains  (i,  175-185)  an  excellent  and  exten¬ 
 sive  description  of  the  Yahgans  met  casually  in 
 1829  at  St.  Martin's  Cove  on  Hermit  Island.  The 
 account  is  detailed  and  sympathetic. 
 
 Weddell,  James 
 
 A  voyage  towards  the  south  pole, 
 performed  in  the  years  1822-1824, 
 London,  1825;  see  also  Montemont, 
 vol.  XXI. 
 
 Contains  excellent  accoimts  of  the  natives, 
 seemingly  all  Yahgans,  met  in  1823-24  at  St. 
 Martin’s  Cove,  Hermit  Island  (pp.  148-158),  at 
 Blunder  Cove  (pp.  161-168),  and  at  Indian  Cove, 
 New  Year  Sound  (pp.  172-186).  On  pp.  188-192 
 are  a  few  remarks  chiefly  on  Fuegian  mental 
 capacity,  and  on  p.  173  four  native  words  taken 
 at  Indian  Cove.  The  analogies  of  these  words 
 with  either  Yahgan  or  Alacaluf  are  too  remote 
 to  justify  even  a  probable  identification. 
 
 Weert,  Sebald  de.  1599-1600 
 
 See  Barent  Jansz  Potgieter. 
 
 Westermarck,  Edward 
 
 The  origin  and  development  of  the 
 moral  ideas,  2  vols.,  2d  ed.,  London, 
 1912. 
 
 Contains  references  passim  to  Fuegian  mo¬ 
 rality,  and  (ii,  681-682)  a  sharp  but  not  very  con¬ 
 vincing  criticism  of  Mr.  Lang’s  conclusions  re¬ 
 garding  the  Fuegian  “supreme  Deity.”  Mr. 
 Bridges,  whom  the  author  quotes  against  Mr. 
 Lang,  was  an  authority  on  the  Yahgans,  while 
 the  “great  black  man”  was  an  Alacaluf  creation. 
 
 Weule,  Karl 
 
 Leitfaden  der  Volkerkunde,  Leipzig- 
 Wein,  1912. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  51-53)  a  short  account  of  the 
 Fuegians  and  Chonos,  and  other  notes  passim; 
 not  important. 
 
 Many  of  Dr.  Weule’s  other  works  contain 
 passing  references  to  the  Fuegians.  Cf.  Das 
 Meer  und  die  Naturvolker  (in  Zu  Fr.  Ratzels 
 Gediichtnis),  Leipzig,  1904;  Die  Kultur  der 
 Kulturlosen,  Stuttgart,  [1910];  Die  Urgesell- 
 schaft  und  ihre  Lebensfiirsorge,  ibid.,  1912. 
 
 Whaits,  R. 
 
 Yahgan  dictionary.  MS.  (Refer¬ 
 ence  from  Spegazzini,  c,  p.  131.) 
 
 Dr.  Spegazzini  states  (ibid.)  that  Messrs.  Th. 
 Bridges  and  Whaits  “cada  uno  por  su  cuenta, 
 han  confeccionado  diccionarios  muy  extensos,  y 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 135 
 
 Whaits,  R. — Continued 
 
 de  un  trabajo  minucioso  y  esmerado.”  I  have 
 seen  no  other  mention  of  this  valuable  manu¬ 
 script.  Mr.  Whaits  spent  many  years  at  the 
 English  mission,  learned  to  speak  Yahgan  very 
 well,  and  gave  considerable  aid  to  the  members 
 of  the  Bove  Expedition  in  their  linguistic  studies. 
 See  Lovisato,  Spegazzini. 
 
 Wheele,  Paul.  1590 
 
 See  Magoths. 
 
 • 
 
 Whistling,  Karl 
 
 See  Platzmann. 
 
 Whiteside,  Arturo 
 
 Memoria  sobre  los  trabajos  hidro- 
 graficos  efectuados  en  los  canales 
 Mayne  i  Gray.  (In  An.  hidr.  mar. 
 Chile ,  Valparaiso,  1912,  xxvn,  3-26.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  17-18)  notes  on  the  Channel 
 Alacaluf  met  in  1904,  and  (pp.  18-20)  a  short 
 vocabulary  and  comparison  of  same  with  Father 
 Beauvoir’s  Alacaluf  list.  The  vocabulary,  con¬ 
 sisting  of  43  words,  was  gathered  by  the  purser, 
 Senor  Iriarte,  and  one  of  the  petty  officers  from  two 
 native  boys  taken  aboard  at  Ultima  Speranza 
 Inlet.  Allowing  for  inevitable  errors,  the  vo¬ 
 cabulary  is  clearly  Alacalufan,  and  while  by  no 
 means  as  extensive  as  Dr.  Skottsberg’s  list  and 
 perhaps  not  as  exact,  is  of  importance  inasmuch 
 as  it  gives  the  first  published  tangible  evidence 
 that  the  Alacalufan  language  is  spoken  by  some 
 at  least  of  the  Patagonian  channel  Indians. 
 
 Wieghardt,  Jerman 
 
 El  territorio  de  Magallanes,  tomo  vi, 
 Indljenas  fueguinos  i  patagones,  pri- 
 mera  parte,  Santiago  de  Chile,  1896, 
 59  pp.  (Reference  from  Anrique,  p. 
 398.) 
 
 This  paper,  frequently  quoted,  is  probably 
 important,  but  like  Senor  Senoret’s,  seems  diffi¬ 
 cult  to  procure. 
 
 Wilda,  Johannes 
 
 Amerika- Wander  ungen  eines 
 
 Deutschen,  3  vols.,  Berlin,  1906-7. 
 
 Contains  (m,  271-273)  an  unimportant  descrip¬ 
 tion  of  a  canoe  load  of  Channel  Alacaluf  met 
 casually  in  Wide  Channel. 
 
 Wilkes,  Charles 
 
 (a)  Narrative  of  the  United  States 
 exploring  expedition  during  the  years 
 1838,  1839,  1840,  1841,  1842,  5  vols., 
 Philadelphia,  1844;  ibid.,  1845;  same, 
 1850. 
 
 Contains  good  accounts  of  the  Onas,  probably 
 Manekenkn,  observed  for  a  few  hours  at  Good 
 Success  Bay  (i,  116-118;  1845  ed.,  I,  113-115)  and 
 of  the  Yahgans  studied  more  at  leisure  at  Orange 
 Harbor  and  Wollaston  Island  (i,  125-133,  146-147; 
 
 Wilkes,  Charles — Continued 
 
 1845  ed.,  i,  121-129,  142).  The  Yahgan  cultural 
 data  are  especially  valuable.  Two  Ona  words  of 
 very  doubtful  value  (i,  118;  1845  ed.,  I,  115). 
 
 (6)  Voyage  round  the  world,  em¬ 
 bracing  the  principal  events  of  the 
 Narrative  of  the  United  States  explor¬ 
 ing  expedition,  in  one  volume,  ibid., 
 1849;  New  York,  1851;  2  vols.,  London, 
 1852. 
 
 This  work,  though  written  in  more  popular 
 style,  contains  (pp.  45-47,  49-53;  London  ed., 
 I,  40-41,  43-46)  the  same  cultural  data,  with,  how¬ 
 ever,  some  slight  omissions,  as  does  the  complete 
 Narrative. 
 
 The  expedition  was  in  Ona  and  Yahgan  terri¬ 
 tory  in  Jan.-Feb.,  1839.  The  members  saw  very 
 little  of  the  Onas,  but  had  considerable  contact 
 with  the  Yahgans,  especially  at  Orange  Harbor. 
 For  other  accounts  of  the  natives  observed,  see 
 Pickering,  Colvocoresses. 
 
 Willems 
 
 (a)  and  Rousson.  See  Rousson,  a. 
 
 ( b )  and  Rousson.  See  Rousson,  h.  . 
 
 (c)  La  Terre-de-Feu  et  ses  habi¬ 
 tants.  (In  Bull.  Soc.  de  geogr.  commer¬ 
 cial  de  Bordeaux ,  1892,  2d  ser.  xv, 
 231-239.) 
 
 Contains  practically  the  same  cultural  data  as 
 do  the  articles  written  conjointly  with  M. 
 Rousson. 
 
 ( d )  La  Patagonie  chilienne  et  la 
 Terre  de  Feu.  (In  Bull.  Union  geogr. 
 du  Nord  de  la  France ,  Douai,  1893,  xiv, 
 244-247.) 
 
 Contains  about  the  same  cultural  data  on  the 
 Fuegians  as  does  the  preceding  article.  For 
 comments,  see  Rousson. 
 
 Williams,  John 
 
 (а)  Letters.  (In  S.  Amer.  miss,  mag., 
 London,  recent  numbers.) 
 
 Some  of  these  contain  interesting  data  on  the 
 few  surviving  Yahgans. 
 
 (б)  Morning  and  evening  prayer  with 
 selected  collects,  in  Yahgan.  (Refer¬ 
 ence  from  S.  Amer.  miss,  mag.,  1911, 
 p.  69.) 
 
 The  manuscript  of  the  above  had  just  been 
 sent  to  London  for  publication. 
 
 The  Rev.  Mr.  Williams  is  in  charge  of  the 
 English  Mission  at  Rio  Douglas,  Navarin  Island. 
 According  to  a  notice  in  the  South  American 
 missionary  magazine  (1908,  xlii,  153),  he  has  in 
 his  possession  a  manuscript  Yahgan  dictionary 
 by  the  Rev.  Thomas  Bridges,  which  he  is  trans¬ 
 cribing  with  the  aid  of  natives  from  the  Ellis 
 system  into  the  ordinary  English  alphabet. 
 
 64028°— Bull.  63—17 - 10 
 
136 
 
 BUREAU  OE  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Williams,  Richard 
 
 Journal.  (Extiacts  in  Hamilton.) 
 
 See  comment  under  Hamilton. 
 
 Wilson,  John 
 
 [Somatological  notes  on  the  Fuegi- 
 ans.]  (In  Fitz-Roy,  b,  pp.  142-149.) 
 
 For  comment  see  Fitz-Roy.  Dr.  Wilson  was 
 surgeon  of  the  Beagle  under  Admiral  Fitz-Roy. 
 
 Winter,  Nevin  Otto 
 
 Chile  and  her  people  of  to-day,  Bos¬ 
 ton,  1912. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  126-127,  142-147)  unimportant 
 accounts  of  the  Fuegians,  and  on  p.  143  the  state¬ 
 ment — apparently  de  rigueur  in  recent  works  of 
 this  type — that  the  Fuegians  throw  their  old 
 women  and  children  overboard  in  dangerous 
 storms. 
 
 Wood,  John 
 
 Captain  Wood’s  voyage  through  the 
 Streights  of  Magellan,  &c.  (InHacke’s 
 Collection  (q.  v.);  for  repr.  and  Germ, 
 and  Fr.  tr.,  see  Dampier;  abstr.  in  Pre- 
 vost,  vol.  xv.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  81,  84,  87,  97)  some  notes  on  the 
 Alacaluf  met  in  1670  at  Elizabeth  Island  and 
 Fort  Famine.  Wood’s  descriptions  are  in  agree¬ 
 ment  with  those  of  Narbrough,  whom  he  accom¬ 
 panied,  but  are  very  much  briefer. 
 
 Wood,  John  George 
 
 The  natural  history  of  man,  2  vols., 
 London,  1868-1870;  published  as  The 
 uncivilized  races  of  men  in  all  coun¬ 
 tries  of  the  world,  2  vols.,  Hartford, 
 1870. 
 
 Contains  (n,  513-523;  Amer.  ed.,  n,  1161-1171) 
 an  extensive  description  of  the  culture  of  the 
 Yahgans  and  Alacaluf,  based  chiefly  on  Byron, 
 W.  H.  B.  Webster,  King,  Snow.  The  account 
 is  in  general  good,  but  there  are  some  inaccura¬ 
 cies,  and  considerable  revision  would  be  needed 
 to  bring  it  up  to  date. 
 
 World  displayed,  4th  ed.,  rev.,  20  vols., 
 London,  1762-1790. 
 
 Vol.  vn  gives  an  abstract  of  Anson’s  voyage 
 from  Walter’s  narrative.  Cf.  Knox. 
 
 Wyse,  Lucien  Napoleon  Bonaparte 
 
 De  Montevideo  a  Valparaiso  par  le 
 detroit  de  Magellan  et  les  canaux  pata- 
 
 Wyse,  Lucien  Napoleon  Bonaparte — Con. 
 goniens.  (In  Bull.  Soc.  de  geogr.  de 
 Lyon ,  Jan.,  1877,  vol.  i,  no.  6,  pp.  524- 
 553;  extract  in  Feuilleret,  pp.  238-239.) 
 
 Contains  (pp.  531,  533-538)  some  brief  unim¬ 
 portant  notes  on  the  Onas  and  Alacaluf,  the 
 latter  seen  in  the  Strait  and  Patagonian  chan¬ 
 nels.  On  p.  534  one  word,  quichache,  “clothes,” 
 from  a  native  met  in  English  or  Crooked  Reach. 
 
 0 
 
 Xikora,  Juan 
 
 Catechism  and  prayer  book  (?)  in  Ala¬ 
 caluf.  (In  preparation.)  (Reference 
 from  Dr.  Cojazzi,  private  communica¬ 
 tion.) 
 
 Dr.  Cojazzi  writes  me  under  date  of  Mar.  25, 
 1915,  that  Brother  Xikora  is  preparing  an  Ala¬ 
 caluf  translation  to  serve  perhaps  as  a  catechism 
 or  prayer  book.  Brother  Xikora  was  attached  to 
 the  Candelaria  mission  on  Tierra  del  Fuego  and 
 can  speak  Alacaluf,  although  with  a  little  diffi¬ 
 culty.  This  work  should  be  of  much  value  and 
 interest,  and  will  be  the  first  text  published  in 
 the  Alacalufan  language. 
 
 Young,  Robert 
 
 From  Cape  Horn  to  Panama,  London, 
 1900;  2d  ed.,  revised  and  enlarged, 
 ibid.,  1905. 
 
 Contains  (pp.  1-79;  2d  ed.,  pp.  1-82)  a  history 
 of  the  Ushuaia  mission,  which  throws  some  light 
 on  Yahgan  character.  The  author  quotes  (p.  61; 
 2d  ed.,  p.  66)  a  letter  written  under  date  of  Feb. 
 11,  1899,  by  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges,  which  though 
 short  gives  some  valuable  information  on  Onan 
 moral  culture.  Many  excellent  photos  illustrat¬ 
 ing  types  and  occupations  in  2d  ed. 
 
 Zampa,  Raffaello 
 
 Fueghini  ed  Araucani.  (In  Arch,  per 
 Vantrop.  e  Vetnol.,  Firenze,  1892,  xxn, 
 361-366.) 
 
 Contains  a  description  together  with  cranial 
 and  other  measurements  of  3  Alacaluf  of  about 
 25,  10-11,  and  4-5  years,  respectively,  and  of 
 1  Ona  boy  of  about  6-9  years.  When  seen  by 
 Dr.  Zampa  they  were  on  their  way  to  the  Genoa 
 exposition  of  1892  in  charge  of  Father  Beauvoir 
 (q.  v.,  a,  insert  after  p.  4)  of  the  Salesian  missions. 
 
 Zur  Anthropologie  der  Feuerlander.  (In 
 
 Globus,  Braunschweig,  1892,  lxi,  205.) 
 
 A  brief  resume  of  some  of  the  chief  conclusions 
 given  in  Hyades,  q,  on  Fuegian  somatology. 
 
SUBJECT  BIBLIOGRAPHY 
 
 In  the  lists  of  sources  a  star  or  double  star  is  affixed  to  those  which 
 appear  to  the  present  writer  to  be  of  more  or  of  greatest  importance. 
 
 The  sections  on  Culture,  Archeology,  and  Relations  are  cast  in  the 
 form  of  outlines. 
 
 Orientation 
 
 For  the  benefit  of  those  who  may  wish  a  short  list  of  references 
 covering  the  field  of  Fuegian  and  Chonoan  anthropology  pretty  fully, 
 the  following  is  given: 
 
 General  introduction  to  whole  field  of  Fuegian  anthropology:  Dab¬ 
 bene,  b;  else  Furlong,  j  and  It.  Yahgans:  Hyades,  q,  somatology, 
 culture,  language.  Alacaluf :  Fitz-Roy,  a ,  culture ;  R.  Martin,  b, soma¬ 
 tology;  Coppinger  or  Skottsberg,  b  or  d ,  West  Patagonian  Alacaluf. 
 Onas:  C.  Gallardo  and  Cojazzi,  culture;  Hultkrantz,  b,  somatology. 
 
 Chonos:  Del  Tccho,  Garcia,  a,  and  Byron,  a ,  or  A.  Campbell. 
 
 For  language,  see  special  lists,  infra. 
 
 Bibliographies 
 
 The  more  important  bibliographies  on  Fuegian  anthropology  are: 
 IJyades,  q ,  393-402,  to  1890;  R.  Martin,  b, 216-217,  to  1893;  Dabbene, 
 b,  288-300,  to  1911.  On  the  Fuegian  languages  in  particular  the 
 more  important  lists  are:  Mitre,  i,  153-179;  Chamberlain,  a  and  b, 
 based  chiefly,  as  concerns  the  Fuegians  and  Chonos,  on  preceding; 
 Lehmann-Nitsche,  d ,  240-242.  Other  lists  which  have  been  found  of 
 use  by  the  present  writer  are:  Anrique  and  Silva,  Anuario  de  la 
 prensa  chilena,  O’Halloran,  P.  L.  Phillips,  Porter,  b,  Sabin,  Schuller, 
 Tiele,  a,  b,  Tierra  del  Fuego  in  Encyclopaedia  Britannica. 
 
 Ethnological  Maps 
 
 Such  are  given  in:  Barclay,  a,  152;  Bove,  b  and  c  (reproduced  in 
 Holmberg,  a) ;  Holmberg,  a;  Hyades,  q;  Furlong,  b  and  d,  225, 
 and  especially  q  and  r;  Skottsberg,  d. 
 
 Environment:  Climate,  Geology,  Flora,  Fauna,  Etc. 
 
 Sufficient  data  for  the  purpose  of  the  anthropologist  are  given  in: 
 C.  Gallardo,  1-93;  Th.  Bridges,  It,  221-232;  Hyades,  q,  19-23;  Mission 
 du  cap  Horn,  vols.  ii,  iv,  v,  vi;  Furlong,  j,  It,  and  especially  q. 
 
 See  also  Ball;Th.  Bridges,  b,  Sept.  1,  1880,  197;  h,  200-203;  j,  319; 
 Cunningham;  Dabbene,  b,  163-166;  Hyades,  b,  c ;  Ibar  Sierra;  Mar¬ 
 tial,  205;  O.  NOrdenskjold,  i;  Popper,  d;  Townsend. 
 
 137 
 
138 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Somatology 
 
 The  sources  which  deal  with  the  somatological  relations  of  the 
 Chonos  and  three  Fuegian  tribes  to  one  another  and  to  other  peoples 
 are  given  in  the  Introduction,  and  under  Relations  in  the  Subject 
 Bibliography. 
 
 In  the  following  somatological  bibliography  certain  sections  only 
 of  the  subject  are  separately  listed;  papers  bearing  on  the  other  sec¬ 
 tions  are  few,  and  so  have  been  grouped  under  the  comprehensive 
 heading  “  Studies,  chiefly  anatomical,  in  part  physiological  and  patho¬ 
 logical.”  Further  data  on  the  contents  of  the  sources  on  somatology 
 are  given  in  the  Author  Bibliography  under  the  respective  names. 
 Most  visitors  to  Fuegia  have  had  something  to  say  about  the  physical 
 appearance  of  the  aborigines,  but  only  a  few  of  the  more  important 
 descriptions  of  this  kind  are  included  in  the  present  list. 
 
 Our  two  most  important  somatological  studies  of  the  Fuegians  are 
 (1)  that  by  Drs.  Hyades  and  Deniker  (q),  treating  all  branches  of 
 Yahgan  somatology,  and  (2)  that  by  Dr.  R.  Martin  (b),  dealing  with 
 Y  ahgan  and  Alacalufan  anatomy. 
 
 ANATOMY 
 
 Original  studies,  based  on  direct  examination  of  living  subjects  or 
 of  skeletal  or  other  remains. 
 
 (1)  Stature,  (a)  Alacaluf.  Bischoff,  a,  3;  c,  368;  Bohr;  Brine,  148; 
 Coppinger,  44,  49;  Cunningham,  320;  Essendorfer,  62,  est.;1.  G. 
 Forster,  n,  499,  est.;  Hyades,  q,  110-114,  120;  ten  Kate,  45,  cadaver; 
 King,  75;  Manouvrier,*  a,  772,  774;  Outes,*  c,  220-221;  Skottsberg,* 
 b,  251-253;  c,  93;  d,  593;  Virchow*  a,  377,  379,  393;  Wallis,  in 
 Hawkesworth,  i,  391,  2d  ed.,  171,  est.;  Wilson,  in  Fitz-Roy,  b,  142, 
 Alacaluf  or  Yahgan;  Zampa,  364. 
 
 (b)  Yahgans.  Bove,*  b,  144;  c,  126;  d,  Arch.,  289;  also  reprinted 
 in  Cora,  233-234;  Th.  Bridges,  MS.  cited  by  Hyades,  q,  116;  b,  Jan., 
 1882,  12,  cited  by  Garson,  148;  d,  289;  Despard,  b,  679,  est.;  Fitz¬ 
 Roy,  a,  138;  Furlong,  b,  127;  j;  q;  Hahn,*  MS.  cited  in  Hyades,  q,  116, 
 118-119;  Hyades,*  q ,  110-114,  116-119;  Lovisato,  b,  129;  Martial,* 
 186-187;  M’Cormick,  i,  322;  Snow,  a ,  vol.  i,  346;  b,  263;  Spegazzini, 
 a,  4;  Weddell,  157;  Wilkes,  i,  126,  1845  ed.,  i,  121,  est.;  Wilson,  in 
 Fitz-Roy,  b,  142,  Yahgan  or  Alacaluf. 
 
 (c)  Onas-Slnlkhiam.  Barclay,  a,  70;  Furlong,*  d,  220;  i,  11;  Tc;  q; 
 C.  Gallardo,  110;  Lehmann-Nitsche,  a;  Lista,  b,  81;  O.  Nordenskjold, 
 h,  Tour  du  monde,  33;  j,  127;  Outes,*  c,  220-221;  Zampa,  364. 
 
 (d)  Onas-Manekenkn.  Furlong,  h,  est.;  Lista,*  b,  126,  56;  Parkin¬ 
 son,  7,  est.;  Banks,  59,  est.;  cf.  also  Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  205,  and 
 Colvocoresses,  35,  est. 
 
 1  Est. = estimated,  not  measured. 
 
COOFER] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 139 
 
 For  calculations  of  stature  based  on  skeleton,  see  following  sec¬ 
 tion. 
 
 (2)  Osteology,  (a)  Alacaluf.  Flower,  no.  1025,  1  cr.,  no.  1025, 1  1 
 skel.1  Alacalufan  or  Yahgan;  Garson,  1  cr.  and  parts  of  skel.;  Hult- 
 krantz,  a ,  1  cr.,  probably  Alacalufan;  Huxley,  2  cr.,  one  of  them  pos¬ 
 sibly  Onan;  ten  Kate,  47-49,  1  cr.  and  parts  of  skel.;  Latcham,* 
 281-282,  2  cr.  from  Wellington  Island,  279-280,  6  cr. ;  Mantegazza 
 and  Regalia,  1  cr.,  probably  Alacalufan;  R.  Martin,*  5  complete 
 skel.;  b,  ditto;  Medina,  a,  108,  1  cr.,  Alacalufan  or  Yahgan;  Mehnert, 
 70-71,  1  cr.;  Owen,  846-848,  1  cr.  and  parts  of  skel.,  brief  descrip¬ 
 tion  only;  Quatrefages  and  Hamy,  a ,  2  cr. ;  Rey,  48-52,  1  cr.,  prob¬ 
 ably  Alacalufan;  Sergi,  a,  2  skel.,  perhaps  Alacalufan;  Turner,*  4  cr. 
 and  some  other  bones. 
 
 (b)  Chonos.  Flower,*  178,  2d  ed.,  309-310,  4  cr.  (two  mutilated) , 
 and  other  bones;  Hultkrantz,*  a,  1  cr.;  Hyades,  q ,  45;  Latcham,* 
 281-282,  6  cr.;  Medina,  a ,  108,  2  cr.;  Outes,*  c,  219,  2  cr.  Cf.  also 
 E.  Schmidt,  168-169,  Payo  cr. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans.  Flower,*  no.  1025, 1  1  skel.,  Yahgan  or  Alacalufan, 
 nos.  1026-1027,  10252-10258,  1027, 1  10  cr.;  Garson,*  8  cr.  and  parts 
 of  3-4  skel.;  Hrdlicka,  a,  in  Dabbene,  b,  283,  1  cr.;  Hultkrantz,  a , 
 
 2  cr.;  b*  2  complete  skel.,  1  additional  cr.,  and  1  child’s  cr.;  Hyades 
 and  Deniker,*  q ,  25-60,  4  complete  skel.  (of  which  two  are  of  infants), 
 
 3  isolated  cr.,  2  incomplete  skel.,  many  bones;  ten  Kate,  1  cr,  and 
 parts  of  skel.;  Mantegazza  and  Regalia,*  17  cr.;  Medina,  a,  108,  1  cr., 
 Yahgan  or  Alacalufan;  Sergi,*  a,  11  (or  13)  skel.;  b,  1  additional  skel., 
 probably  Yahgan. 
 
 (d)  Onas.  Giuffrida-Ruggeri,  1  cr.,  Onan  (?)  or  perhaps  Pata¬ 
 gonian;  Hoyos  Sainz,  b,  1  cr.,  probably  Onan;  Hrdlicka,*  a ,  in  Dab¬ 
 bene,  b,  283,  2  cr.;  Hultkrantz,  a,  3  cr.;  6,*  3  skel.,  and  2  additional 
 skel.  and  1  cr.;  Huxley,  1  cr.,  possibly  Onan;  Rivet,  257,  restudy  of 
 3  of  Plultkrantz’  cr. 
 
 (3)  Measurements  of  living  subjects,  (a)  Alacaluf.  Bohr,  head, 
 3  men;  Brine,  148,  chest;  Hyades,*  q ,  105-161  passim  and  especially 
 110-114,  head  and  body,  2  women;  ten  Kate,  45-46,  body,  post¬ 
 mortem,  1  woman;  Manouvrier,*  772-774,  head  and  body,  4  men 
 and  4  women,  body,  3  children;  Outes,  c,  head,  2  men  and  7  women; 
 Skottsberg,*  b,  250-256,  head  and  body,  6  men  and  5  women;  Vir¬ 
 chow,*  a,  377-388,  392-393,  head  and  body,  4  men  and  2  women; 
 Wilson,  in  Fitz-Roy,  b,  142-147,  Alacaluf  or  Yahgans,  some  measure¬ 
 ments;  Zampa,  364,  head  and  body,  1  man  and  2  boys. 
 
 (b)  Yahgans.  Hyades,*  q,  105-161,  head  and  body,  28  men,  23 
 women,  20  boys  and  16  girls;  ten  Kate,  43-44,  head  and  body,  post¬ 
 mortem,  1  man;  Wilson,  in  Fitz-Roy,  b,  142-147,  Yahgans  or  Alacaluf, 
 some  measurements. 
 
 1  Cr.= cranium,  skull,  or  calvaria;  skel.=  skeleton. 
 
140 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 (c)  Onas.  Lista,  b,  54,  statement  that  Onas  are  subdolichoce- 
 phalic,  but  no  measurements;  Outes,*  c,  bead,  3  men  and  11  women; 
 Zampa,  364,  bead  and  body,  1  boy. 
 
 ANATOMY,  PHYSIOLOGY,  PATHOLOGY 
 
 Various  original  studies,  chiefly  anatomical,  in  part  physiological 
 and  pathological. 
 
 (a)  Alacaluf.  Bischoff,  b,  sexual  anat.  and  physiol.;  c,  anat.  of 
 sexual  and  some  other  organs,  also  brain  weight;  Coppinger,  49-50, 
 physical  appearance;  Hyades,  q,  105-161  passim,  various  observa¬ 
 tions;  Chr.  Jakob,  70-71,  1  brain;  ten  Kate,  study  of  1  brain,  various 
 anat.  notes;  Manouvrier,  a,  762-766,  physical  appearance;  b,  color 
 distinguishing;  c,  1  brain;  Outes,  c,  color  of  skin  and  iris;  Seggel,  eyes 
 and  eyesight;  Seitz,  a,  chiefly  pathol.;  b.  2  brains;  Skottsberg,  b,  250- 
 256,  physical  appearance;  c,  92-93,  ditto;  d,  592-594,  ditto;  Topinard, 
 778-780,  ditto;  Virchow,  a ,  378,  388-390,  ditto,  skin,  hair,  etc.; 
 Wilson,  in  Fitz-Roy,  b,  142-147,  Alacaluf  or  Yahgans,  various  ob¬ 
 servations;  Zampa,  363-366,  pulse,  color  of  skin,  hair  and  eyes, 
 other  observations. 
 
 (b)  Clionos.  Cf.  references  passim  in  Introduction,  pp.  41-43. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans.  Bove,  a,  790-791,  physical  appearance;  ditto  in  b, 
 133-134,  c ,  125-126,  and  d,  Arch.,  288-290;  Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  173, 
 pathol.;  d,  288-289,  anat.;  h ,  206,  physical  appearance;  j,  317, 
 pathol.;  Coriat,  psychoneuroses;  Furlong,  n,  footprints  and  hand  trac¬ 
 ings;  Galippe  and  Hyades,  e,  dental  system;  Hahn,  a,  reproduction; 
 Hyades,  f,  hygienic  and  medical  notes;  n  and  o,  pathol.;  p,  328- 
 329,  339,  physiol,  and  cerebral  pathol. ;  q ,  105-161,  various  observa¬ 
 tions  on  living  subjects;  167-221,  physiology;  222-236,  pathology; 
 Chr.  Jakob,  65-67,  1  brain;  ten  Kate,  1  brain,  various  anat.  notes;  Mar¬ 
 tial,  186-187,  physical  appearance;  Mondiere,  sexual  anat.  (quoted 
 also  in  Hyades,  q,  153-154);  Testut,  myology,  in  Hyades,  q,  60-104; 
 Wilson,  in  Fitz-Roy,  b,  142-147,  Alacaluf  or  Yahgans,  various  obser¬ 
 vations. 
 
 id)  Onas.  Coriat,  psychoneuroses;  Furlong,  &,  physical  appear¬ 
 ance;  n,  footprints  and  hand  tracings;  C.  Gallardo,  109-117,  physical 
 appearance;  Outes,  c,  color  of  skin  and  iris;  Popper,  a,  104-105, 
 physical  appearance;  Segers,  59-60,  ditto;  Zampa,  363-366,  pulse, 
 color  of  skin,  hair  and  eyes,  other  observations. 
 
 EXPRESSION  OF  THE  EMOTIONS 
 
 For  details  see  Coppinger,  50,  Ajlacaluf;  Hyades,  q ,  244-248,  and 
 Darwin,  c,  passim,  Yahgans;  C.  Gallardo,  139-142,  Onas. 
 
 Psychology  is  treated  under  Culture. 
 
 Resumes,  general  descriptions,  various  data,  etc.,  based  chiefly  or 
 wholly  on  the  preceding  original  studies. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 141 
 
 (a)  Alacaluf.  Bollinger,  resume  of  Seitz,  a;  Dabbene,*  b,  208-213, 
 excellent  general  treatment  of  subject;  Dally,  622-623;  Duckworth, 
 440,  on  brain,  from  Manouvrier,  c,  and  Seitz,  b;  Garson,  review  passim 
 of  osteological  evidence  to  1885;  Haddon,  a ,  55,  78,  average  cranial 
 and  nasal  indices;  Hennig,  pelvis;  Kollman,  data  from  Bohr  and 
 Huxley;  Laloy,  a,  resume  of  R.  Martin,  b;  R.  Martin,*  b ,  exhaustive 
 review  and  in  part  restudy  of  all  anatomical  evidence  to  1893;  Ranke, 
 3d  ed.,  ii,  292-300,  general  treatment,  based  on  Virchow  and  R. 
 Martin;  Reclus,  xviii,  763,  tr.,  446,  stature;  Rivet,  241,  cranial; 
 Sera,  192-205,  skull  height;  Stratz,  general  treatment,  based  on  Vir¬ 
 chow  and  R.  Martin;  Turner,  x,  pt.  29,  21-26,  review  of  osteol.  evi¬ 
 dence  to  1884;  Virchow,  a,  resume  of  some  of  evidence  to  1881; 
 Waitz,  general  treatment,  based  on  earlier  sources. 
 
 (b)  Chonos.  Rivet,  258,  cranial,  based  on  Medina,  a ,  and  Flower; 
 Sera,  185-186,  skull  height. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans.  Collignon,  resume  of  Hyades,  q;  Dabbene,  b,  170- 
 176,  excellent  general  treatment  of  subject;  Garson,  review  passim  of 
 osteological  evidence  to  1885;  Haddon,  a,  55,  78,  average  cranial  and 
 nasal  indices;  Hennig,  pelvis;  Hyades,  q,  review  and  in  part  restudy 
 of  osteological  evidence  to  1891;  Keane,  a,  345,  and  d,  304,  stature; 
 Laloy,  a,  resume  of  R.  Martin,  b;  Latcham,  277-278,  cranial;  Marchia- 
 fava  and  Carruccio  (also  quoted  in  Cojazzi,  18),  resume  of  Sergi,  a; 
 R.  Martin,*  b,  exhaustive  review  of  all  anat.  evidence  to  1893;  Ranke, 
 3d  ed.,  ii,  292-300,  general  treatment,  based  on  R.  Martin,  b;  Reclus, 
 xviii,  763,  tr.,  446,  stature;  Rivet,  241,  cranial;  Sera,  192-205,  skull 
 height;  Sergi,  a,  review  of  osteological  evidence  to  1886-87;  c,  data 
 from  Sergi,  a  and  b;  Stratz,  general  treatment,  based  on  Hyades,  q , 
 and  R.  Martin,  b;  Waitz,  general  treatment,  based  on  earlier  sources; 
 Zur  Anthr.  d.  Feuerlander,  in  Globus ,  1892,  lxi,  205,  resume  of 
 Hyades,  q. 
 
 (d)  Onas.  Dabbene,  a,  68-69;  b,  220-223,  excellent  general  treat¬ 
 ment;  Laloy,  b,  resume  of  Ilultkrantz,  b;  Latcham,  276-277,  cranial; 
 Rivet,  241,  cranial,  from  Hultkrantz,  b;  Sera,  192-205,  skull  height. 
 
 Languages 
 
 For  references  on  the  linguistic  relations  of  the  Chonos  and  three 
 Fuegian  tribes  to  one  another  and  to  the  Tehuelclies  and  Araucanians 
 see  Introduction,  and  under  Relations  in  Subject  Bibliography. 
 
 LEXICAL  SOURCES 
 
 Words,  phrases,  and  sentences — independent  and  original  sources. 
 
 ( a )  Alacaluf.  For  complete  list  of  available  original  sources,  see 
 Introduction,  pp.  10-11. 
 
 (b)  Chonos.  Estevan.  (Cf.  also  Ferrufhio.) 
 
142 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 (c)  Yahgans.  Bove,  b*  171  words;  cf  187  words  (167  words  from 
 Bove  reprinted  in  Cora,  237-239) ;  Th.  Bridges,  a,  some  words  passim; 
 b,  some  words  passim;  /,  vocabularies;  h,  some  words  passim;  fc, 
 many  words  passim;  Z,**  about  32,430  words — by  far  the  most  impor¬ 
 tant  extant  Yaligan  dictionary;  p*  great  number  of  words  passim; 
 q ;  Canas  P.,  387,  some  of  words  are  original;  Cojazzi,  passim  and 
 especially  113-114;  Despard,  a*  over  1,000  words;  b,  about  a  score  of 
 words  passim;  Eizaguirre,  157-158,  166-167,  respectively,  32  and  62 
 words  and  phrases;  Fitz-Roy,  b,  135-140,  about  200  words  (reprinted 
 in  Lacroix  and  Hyades,  q);  Furlong,  a,  344,  1  word;  b,  passim  and 
 especially  132-133,  about  10  words;  g,  1  word;  o,  songs  and  speech; 
 p,  words;  Hahn,  a,  4-5  words;  Hyades,  h,  many  words  passim; 
 j ,  some  words  passim;  p,  a  few  words  passim;  q,**  208,  words  for 
 colors;  265-270,  about  200  words;  280-321,  a  very  extensive  vocabu¬ 
 lary,  the  most  important  one  published;  332-334,  phrases  and  sen¬ 
 tences;  321-332,  passim;  King,  444,  1  word;  Lovisato,  a,  20  words 
 passim;  b,  some  35  words  passim;  c,  several  words  passim;  Martial, 
 several  words  passim;  Mission  Terre  de  Feu,  in  La  Nature,  310-314, 
 10  words  passim;  Noguera,*  254  words;  Snow,  a,  vol.  i,  326-327,  340, 
 5  words  of  doubtful  value;  Voice  of  pity  for  S.  Amer.,  1859,  vi,  21, 
 34  words,  according  to  Hyades,  q,  272;  Spegazzini,  a,  5,  7,  2  words;  c , 
 many  words  passim ;  d,  44  plant  names  passim ;  e*  a  great  many  words 
 and  some  phrases;  f*  many  words;  Weddell,  173,  4  words,  presum¬ 
 ably  taken  from  Yahgans;  Whaits,*  very  extensive  vocabulary. 
 
 In  addition  to  the  above  may  be  mentioned  the  extensive  vocabu¬ 
 lary  taken  from  the  Rev.  Th.  Bridges7  Yahgan  translation  of  St. 
 Luke’s  gospel,  by  Dr.  Platzmann  (1-98,  99-226),  and  a  great  many 
 words  which  were  gathered  from  Th.  Bridges,  q,  or  St.  Luke’s  gospel, 
 or  both,  by  Adam,  Ellis,  Garbe  and  Muller  ( b )  and  published  in  their 
 Yahgan  grammatical  treatises.  See  also  the  abundant  Yahgan 
 lexical  material  in  the  Rev.  Th.  Bridges’  translations,  m,  n,  and  o, 
 and  in  J.  Williams,  b,  and  a  few  further  words  in  Ellis  (first  draft  of 
 Luke,  i,  1-13,  and  Yahgan  letter). 
 
 id)  Onas-Shilk’nam.  Arctowski,*  139  words,  phrases  and  sen¬ 
 tences;  Beauvoir,  a*  7-8,  41  words;  9-35,  39-59,  1,876  words,  76 sen¬ 
 tences  and  phrases,  some  additional  words,  132  proper  names;  5,** 
 15-17,  103  words;  19-76,  109-161,  more  than  4,000  words;  79-104, 
 1,400  sentences;  163-170,  more  than  400  proper  names,  with  meaning 
 of  85  of  them;  171-173,  211  words,  apparently  Shllk’nam;  195-196, 
 numerals  and  cardinal  points;  220-225,  many  local  names;  Becerra, 
 “un  estenso  vocabulario” ;  Lucas  Bridges,  a,**  “algunos  miles”;  Th. 
 Bridges,  s,  about  1,200  words,  some  perhaps  Manekenkn;  Cojazzi, 
 some  words  passim,  and  especially  28-31;  Furlong,  d,  about  15  words 
 passim,  and  especially  225;  11  words  passim;  &,  94  words  and 
 
 expressions;  m,  words  for  “bow,”  etc.;  o,  songs  and  speech;  p,  words 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 143 
 
 passim;  C.  Gallardo,*  a  great  many  words  passim,  and  especially  359- 
 393;  Lehmann-Nitsche,  e,  vocabulary,  of  which  63  words  are  published 
 in  Lehmann-Nitsche,  d ;  Lista,*  b,  34,  56,  82,  in  all  31  words;  144- 
 145,  86  words  largely  and  perhaps  entirely  Manekenkn;  Lovisato,  a , 
 1  word;  O.  Nordenskjold  ,*  e,  140  words  and  phrases;  Outes,  b,  5  words; 
 Segers,  69,  70,  77-79,  several  words ;  80-81,  vocabulary  of  91  words, 
 of  which  10  at  least  are  Manekenkn,  and  some  Yahgan;  Spegazzini, 
 
 a ,  a  few  words  passim,  of  which  one  at  least  appears  to  be  Manekenkn; 
 d,  9  plant  names  passim;  6  ,*  a  great  many  words  and  some  phrases; 
 Tonelli,  in  Cojazzi,  95,  39  words,  mostly  kinship  terms;  102-104, 
 90  words  and  phrases,  apparently  Slnlk’nam;  Wilkes,  a,  2  words  of 
 doubtful  value,  probably  not  Shilk’nam,  but  Manekenkn. 
 
 (e)  Onas-Manekenkn.  Banks,  2  words;  Lucas  Bridges,  5,**  vo¬ 
 cabulary,  of  which  97  words  are  published  in  Lehmann-Nitsche,  d} 
 242-276;  Th.  Bridges,  £,*  500-600  eastern  Ona  words;  s,  perhaps 
 Manekenkn;  Furlong,  &  ,*  6  words;  C.  Gallardo,  365,  373,  5  (7)  eastern 
 Ona  words;  Lista,*  b,  144-145,  vocabulary  of  86  words,  largely,  and 
 perhaps  entirely,  Manekenkn;  Segers,*  70,  77-79,  80-81,  10  at  least  of 
 Segers’  words  are  Manekenkn;  Spegazzini,  a ,  1  at  least  of  the  6  Ona 
 words  seems  to  be  Manekenkn;  e}  very  probably  Manekenkn  in  part 
 at  least;  Wilkes,  a,  vol.  I,  118,  1845  ed.,  i,  115,  2  words  of  doubtful 
 value,  taken  probably  from  Manekenkn. 
 
 The  Hauss  vocabularies  in  Cojazzi,  102-104  of  90  words,  and  Beau¬ 
 voir,  b,  171-173,  of  211  words,  are,  to  judge  by  Mr.  L.  Bridges’  list, 
 Shilk’nam,  not  Manekenkn. 
 
 Some  of  the  foregoing  original  lexical  material  has  been  utilized  or 
 reprinted  in  the  following  papers: 
 
 (a)  Alacaluf.  Beauvoir,  a,  7-8,  and  b,  15-17,  103  words  in  latter 
 and  most  of  41  in  former  from  Hyades,  q,  and  Fitz-Roy,  b;  Brinton, 
 c  and  d,  21  words  from  Fitz-Roy,  b;  e,  22  words  from  La  Guilbau- 
 diere;  Cojazzi,  16-17,  40  words  from  Beauvoir,  a;  Dabbene,  b,  215, 
 stray  words;  Roussel. 
 
 ( b )  Yahgans.  Beauvoir,  a,  7-8,  and  b,  15-17,  respectively,  41  and 
 103  words  from  Hyades,  q,  and  Fitz-Roy,  b;  Benignus,  243,  5  words 
 from  Bove;  Brinton,  c  and  d,  21  words  from  Fitz-Roy  and  Th. 
 Bridges;  Canas  P.,  387,  a  few  words,  some  of  them  borrowed;  Cojazzi, 
 16-17,  40  words  from  Beauvoir,  a;  Colini,  some  words  passim;  Dab¬ 
 bene,  b,  a  few  words  passim;  Outes,  d ,  137,  3  pronouns. 
 
 (c)  Onas.  Brinton,  e,  Segers’  list  reprinted  almost  in  full;  Cahas 
 P.,  387-392,  words  from  Beauvoir,  a ;  Cojazzi,  16-17,  40  words  from 
 Beauvoir,  a ,  and  Borgatello;  Dabbene,  b ,  a  few  words  passim;  Grasse- 
 rie,*  many  words;  Lehmann-Nitsche,**  d ,  242-276,  Ona  equivalents 
 for  152  words,  important  comparative  glossary  compiled  from  Lista, 
 
 b,  Segers,  O.  Nordenskjold,  e,  Beauvoir,  a,  C.  Gallardo,  and  Lehmann- 
 Nitsche,  e;  Outes,  d,  133,  3  pronouns. 
 
144 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 GRAMMATICAL  SOURCES 
 
 (a)  Alacaluf.  None  extant.  Cf.  Vargas  Ponce,  b,  27,  and  Spe- 
 gazzini,  c,  comments  under  names  in  Author  Bibliography. 
 
 (b)  Chonos.  Estevan. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans.  The  most  important  is  Th.  Bridges,**  p.  Other 
 valuable  grammatical  studies  based  chiefly  on  Th.  Bridges,  q,  are 
 Adam*  (see  also  resume  of  same  in  Mitre,  i,  168-172),  Ellis,*  Garbe,* 
 and  probably  Muller,*  b.  The  grammatical  material  in  Hyades,  j, 
 and  q*  321-332  (cf.  also  q,  214-218,  335-337),  and  in  Spegazzini,  c* 
 (see  also  resume  in  Mitre,  i,  175-176)  and/*  (published  in  full  in 
 Mitre,  i,  179-189),  are  largely  based  on  information  given  by  the  Bev. 
 Mr.  Bridges.  Some  few  notes  on  Yahgan  morphology  are  given  in 
 Th.  Bridges,  h,  211-212  and  C,  236.  The  earliest  published  data  on 
 Yahgan  grammar  are,  as  far  as  I  am  aware,  those  in  Despard,  b,  698. 
 
 The  grammatical  notes  in  Canas  P.,  384-387,  Dabbene,  b,  200-201, 
 Darapsky,  a,  b,  and  Fernandez  are  derived  from  the  foregoing  sources. 
 
 (< d )  Onas.  A  few  scattered  notes  on  Ona  grammar  are  available  in 
 Cojazzi,*  93-94  (conjugation  of  verb  “to  love”);  Beauvoir,*  b,  4-9 
 and  especially  passim  in  frasario  79-104,  and  C.  Gallardo,*  359-393 
 passim.  See  also  Segers,  78-79.  On  Ona  pronunciation,  cf.  Beau¬ 
 voir,  a,  60,  and  especially  b,  1-4. 
 
 TEXTS 
 
 (a)  Alacaluf .  Xikora,*  catechism  or  prayer  book  (in  preparation) . 
 
 (b)  Chonos.  Ferrufhio,  “decern  Dei  mandata  &  solemnes  Chris- 
 
 tianorum  preces,  ac  formula(m)  detestandi  peccata;”  Estevan,* 
 “Doctrina  Christiana  .  .  .  y  algunas  Platicas  de  los  principales 
 
 Mysterios.” 
 
 (c)  Yahgans.  The  most  important  are  Th.  Bridges,  m,*  St.  Luke’s 
 gospel;  7i,*  Acts  of  the  Apostles;  o,*  St.  John’s  gospel.  Dr.  Ellis  prints 
 a  Yahgan  letter,  and  ch.  i,  1-13  from  the  first  unpublished  draft  by 
 the  Rev.  Th.  Bridges  of  St.  Luke.  Dr.  Platzmann  reprints  the 
 parable  of  the  sower  and  the  Lord’s  prayer  from  Th.  Bridges,  m. 
 See  also  J.  Williams,  b,  and  Lord’s  Prayer  . 
 
 {d)  Onas.  Beauvoir,  a,  36,  Lord’s  prayer;  6,*  77,  Lord’s  prayer  and 
 Angelical  salutation.  The  version  of  the  Lord’s  prayer  in  b  differs 
 considerably  from  that  in  a. 
 
 GENERAL  REMARKS  ON  LANGUAGES 
 
 (a)  Alacaluf.  See  references  in  Introduction,  pp.  22-29.  Cf. 
 also  Th.  Bridges,  b,  Apr.  1,  1880,  75 — the  Alacaluf  an  reminded  him 
 of  Welsh;  Topinard,  774-775;  Seitz,  a,  185. 
 
 (b)  Chonos.  See  references  in  Introduction,  pp.  34-41. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans.  See  ditto,  p.  4.  Also:  Bove,  a ,  800;  b,  142-143; 
 d,  Arch.,  297-298;  e,  159;  Th.  Bridges,  e,  331;  r;  Brinton,  e;  Cham- 
 
cooper!  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO  145 
 
 berlain,  a;  Clark;  Dabbene,  a,  66;  6,200-202;  Denuce;  Hestermann, 
 a;  Hyades,  p,  339-340;  Lafone  Q.,  a,  525-526;  b;  Lo  visa  to,  b,  131-132; 
 Martial,  129,  208;  Outes,  d,  137;  Spegazzini,  Ji. 
 
 (< d )  Onas.  Beauvoir,  a,  60;  Th.  Bridges,  b,  1880,  75;  1884,  223; 
 1886,  33;  e,  332;  r;  Chamberlain,  a;  Dabbene,  a ,  68;  b,  267-269;  Fitz¬ 
 Roy,  a ,  121-122;  Holdich,  160;  Holmberg,  a ,  51;  Hyades,  Z,  718; 
 q,  11-12;  Lista,  b,  120,  126;  Lovisato,  b ,  131-132;  Outes,  d,  133; 
 Segers,  77-79;  Spegazzini,  a,  17;  g;  h;  Willems,  d,  246-247. 
 
 Most  of  the  data  of  any  value  from  the  foregoing  general  remarks 
 have  been  quoted  or  utilized  in  the  Introduction  and  section  on 
 Relations  in  the  present  work. 
 
 Culture 
 
 RELIGIOUS  CULTURE 
 
 The  term  Religious  Culture  is  used  in  the  broadest  sense  merely  for 
 convenience  in  classification,  and  not  with  the  intention  of  implying 
 that  all  the  beliefs  and  practices  included  under  it  are  of  a  strictly  re¬ 
 ligious  nature.  The  line  of  demarcation  between  the  religious  and 
 secular  in  primitive  culture  is  at  best  a  hazy  one,  and  has  to  be 
 shifted  to  suit  the  varying  definitions  of  religion.  The  difficulty  of 
 drawing  the  line  in  Fuegia  is,  moreover,  greatly  augmented  by  the 
 meagerness  of  our  knowledge  of  the  natives.  Hence  it  has  been 
 thought  best  to  group  under  the  same  heading  many  beliefs  and  prac¬ 
 tices  which  may  have  only  a  remote  bearing  on  or  affinity  with 
 religion  properly  so  called. 
 
 For  purposes  of  classification  we  shall  take  up  first  those  beliefs  and 
 practices  winch  imply  an  attitude  of  propitiation  toward  supramun- 
 dane  beings ,  and  secondly,  those  from  which,  so  far  as  our  present 
 knowledge  goes,  this  element  of  propitiation  is  lacking.  The  first  we 
 shall  call  Religious  Culture  Proper;  the  second,  Quasi-Religious 
 Culture. 
 
 Religious  Culture  Proper 
 
 Sources 
 
 (а)  Alacaluf. — Bougainville,  2d  ed.,  i,  294;  Cojazzi,*  124-125;  Fitz-Roy,  a*  190- 
 192, 194;  6, 142;  La  Guilbaudiere,  3;  King,  227;  Marcel,*  a,  495-496;  c,  110-111;  Meriais, 
 391;  Skottsberg,  b,  257-258,  271;  c,  98-99;  d ,  595;  Vargas  Ponce,  b ,  25. 
 
 (б)  Yahgans. — D ’Arquistade,  in  Martial,  269;  Benignus,  243;  Bove,*  a,  800-801; 
 b,  142-143;  c,  135;  d,  Arch.,  297-298;  e,  159;  Th.  Bridges,  a,*Fr.  tr.,  176, 181-182;  e,  332; 
 h*  206-207;  i*  in  Hyades,  q,  253,  255-256;  Jc*  236-237;  Despard,*  b,  698,  717,  746; 
 Furlong,  b,  137;  j;  Grubb,  139;  Hyades,  p,  332-333;  q*  253-257,  280-281;  Lovisato,* 
 b,  149-150;  Martial,*  207-8,  211-212;  Payro,  184-186;  Spegazzini,*  a,  12,  15-16. 
 
 (c)  Onas. — Barclay,  a,  77;  b,  104;  Bastian,  i,  18,  probably  Onas;  Beauvoir,  a,  6; 
 6,*  165,  207,  210,  217-220  and  passim;  Benignus,  233;  Cojazzi,*  38,  71-72,  76,  86,  90-91; 
 Dabbene,*  a,  74-76;  b,  269-270;  Furlong,  d,  228;  k;  C.  Gallardo,*  299,  319,  321,  324-327, 
 339-341;  Lista,*  b,  130,  probably  Manekenkn;  Rousson- Willems,  a,  181;  Segers,  65-66; 
 Terrien,  332. 
 
146 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 fBITLL.  63 
 
 (d)  Fuegians. — Ball,  261;  Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  214-215;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  179-181. 
 Based  on  the  foregoing:  Canas  P.,  375-376;  Dabbene,  a,  64;  b*  202-204;  Garson,  145; 
 Lang,  174-175, 187  and  passim;  Outes,  d,  134, 139;  W.  Schmidt,  a,  103,  tr.,  145;  Wester- 
 marck,  ii,  681-682. 
 
 SUPRAMUNDANE  BEINGS 
 
 A.  Aiacaluf. — Admiral  Fitz-Roy  (King,  227)  put  a  watch  to  the 
 ears  of  some  natives  met  in  Otway  Water.  “I  pointed  to  the  watch,” 
 he  says,  1  1 and  then  to  the  sky;  they  shook  their  heads  and  suddenly 
 looked  so  grave,  that  from  their  manner  in  this  instance,  and  from 
 what  I  could  understand  by  their  signs,  I  felt  certain  they  had  an 
 idea  of  a  Supreme  Being.”  Pointing,  signaling  or  looking  toward  the 
 sky  in  a  more  or  less  reverential  manner  is  mentioned  by  various 
 other  observers  (Vargas  Ponce,  a,  351;  6,  25;  Duclos-Guyot,  b,  678; 
 King,  314-315,  319;  Meriais,  391;  Hanaford,  210-211;  Fitz-Roy,  a, 
 190);  for  instance,  one  of  the  natives  met  by  Lieut.  Cevallos,  after 
 gazing  in  a  looking-glass  for  some  time,  “senalo  hacia  arriba,  como 
 diciendo  que  aquello  era  cosa  del  Cielo  ”  (Vargas  Ponce,  b,  25).  These 
 incidents  are  interesting  and  to  a  certain  extent  suggestive,  but  the 
 inferences  of  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  and  Lieut.  Cevallos  are,  to  say  the 
 least,  hazardous.  The  former,  happily,  gives  more  concrete  data  in 
 his  narrative  of  the  second  Beagle  expedition. 
 
 He  was  told  by  York  Minster,  one  of  his  Aiacaluf  proteges,  that  “a 
 great  black  man  is  supposed  to  be  always  wandering  about  the  woods 
 and  mountains,  who  is  certain  of  knowing  every  word  and  every  ac¬ 
 tion,  who  can  not  be  escaped  and  who  influences  the  weather  accord¬ 
 ing  to  men’s  conduct.”  “In  woods  of  my  country,”  said  York, 
 “some  men  go  about  alone;  very  wild  men — have  no  belly,  .  .  . 
 live  by  stealing  from  other  men.”  One  of  these  wild  men  was  caught 
 in  the  act  of  stealing  some  birds  that  had  been  cached  by  York’s 
 brother.  The  brother  killed  the  thief  on  the  spot  with  a  stone, 
 though  afterward  he  repented  of  the  murder.  But,  added  York, 
 “rain  come  down — snow  come  down — hail  come  down — wind  blow — 
 blow — very  much  blow.  Very  bad  to  kill  man.  Big  man  in  woods  no 
 like  it,  he  very  angry.”  York  “told  the  whole  story  in  a  very  low 
 tone  of  voice,  and  with  a  mysterious  manner;  considering  it  an  ex¬ 
 tremely  serious  affair”  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  180;  see  also  Darwin,  a ,  1871 
 ed.,  215). 
 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy  also  states  that  “if  anything  was  said  or  done 
 that  was  wrong,  in  their  [that  of  the  3  Aiacaluf  and  1  Yahgan  taken 
 to  England]  opinion  it  was  certain  to  cause  bad  weather.  Even 
 shooting  young  birds,  before  they  were  able  to  fly,  was  thought  a 
 heinous  offense”  (Fitz-Roy  and  Darwin,  ibid.).  No  mention,  how¬ 
 ever,  is  here  made  of  any  supernatural  being. 
 
 The  above  account  is  partially  corroborated  from  two  independent 
 sources. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 147 
 
 (1)  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  was  told  by  Capt.  Low  that  the  West  Pata¬ 
 gonian  Channel  natives,  designated  Chonos  by  Admiral  Fitz-Roy,  but 
 more  properly  of  Alacalufan  stock,  believed  in  “an  evil  spirit,  called 
 Yaccy-ma,  who  they  think  is  able  to  do  all  kinds  of  mischief,  cause 
 bad  weather,  famine,  illness,  etc.  He  is  supposed  to  be  like  an 
 immense  black  man.”  They  also  believed,  according  to  Capt.  Low, 
 in  a  “good  spirit  whom  they  call  Yerri  Yuppon,  and  consider  to  be 
 the  author  of  all  good:  him  they  invoke  in  time  of  distress  or  danger” 
 (Fitz-Roy,  a,  190;  cf.,  b,  142). 
 
 (2)  According  to  recent  studies  by  the  Salesian  fathers,  the  Ala- 
 caluf  “believe  in  an  invisible  being  called  Taquatu,  whom  they  imag¬ 
 ine  to  be  a  giant  who  travels  by  day  and  night  in  a  big  canoe,  over 
 the  sea  and  the  rivers,  and  who  glides  as  well  through  the  air  over 
 the  tops  of  the  trees  without  bending  the  branches.  If  he  finds  any 
 men  or  women  idle  or  not  on  the  alert  [disoccupati  o  distratti]  he  takes 
 them  without  more  ado  into  his  great  boat  and  carries  them  far  away 
 from  home.  It  is  at  night  particularly  that  the  Alacaluf  fear  to  meet 
 this  terrible  being”  (Cojazzi,  124). 
 
 There  seems  to  be  no  sufficient  ground  for  questioning  the  correct¬ 
 ness  in  the  main  of  the  preceding  statements.  They  are  derived  from 
 good  first-hand  sources.  They  are  from  independent  observers,  and 
 in  their  chief  lines  are  in  agreement.  Moreover,  such  a  dualistic  con¬ 
 ception  is  very  common  among  the  aborigines  of  southern  South 
 America  and  elsewhere.  The  anthropomorphic  “black  giant”  is  a 
 common  enough  creation  of  very  primitive  man,  while  the  contrast 
 between  the  active  evil  spirit  and  the  remote  inactive  good  spirit 
 occurs  the  world  over. 
 
 It  is  true  both  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  and  Dr.  Ilyades  deny  that  the 
 Fuegians  believe  in  any  superior  or  quasi-supreme  beings,  and  Capt. 
 Martial  found  the  Fuegians  to  have  few  scruples  about  killing  nestlings 
 (Martial,  212) ;  but  it  needs  to  be  borne  in  mind  constantly  that  these 
 writers  were  authorities  on  the  Yahgans,  not  on  the  Alacaluf. 
 
 Granting,  however,  the  facts,  what  interpretation  should  be  given 
 them?  Mr.  Spencer  (Lang,  174)  and  Prof.  Westermarck  (n,  681-682) 
 summarily  dismiss  the  giant  black  man  as  a  weather  doctor.  It  is 
 of  course  possible  that  he  was,  but  there  is  no  adequate  evidence  to 
 show  this,  unless  one  be  ready  to  draw  this  inference  from  the  fact 
 that  he  controlled,  among  other  things,  the  elements.  See  also  the 
 arguments  against  this  hypothesis  in  Lang  (174-175). 
 
 Mr.  Lang  went  to  the  other  extreme  in  ranking  the  black  giant 
 among  the  ethical  Supreme  Beings  (174,  187).  Ethical  to  some 
 extent  he  certainly  seems  to  be,  but  hardly  supreme,  notwithstanding 
 his  omniscience  and  power,  for  no  creative  function  is  attributed  to 
 him,  and  besides  the  evidence  at  hand  apparently  shows  him  to  be 
 the  evil  god  in  the  Alacalufan  dualistic  system.  He  is  pretty  clearly 
 
148 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 r  BULL.  63 
 
 the  same  as  Capt.  Low’s  Yaccy-ma,  and  probably  identical  with 
 Taquatu.  Father  W.  Schmid t  more  guardedly  an d  probably  more  cor¬ 
 rectly  calls  the  black  giant  “a  superior  being  who  watches  over  moral 
 conduct”  ( a ,  103,  tr.,  145). 
 
 Alacalufan  dualism,  therefore,  appears  to  include  an  inactive  benev¬ 
 olent  Deity,  who  is  not  invoked  except  in  extremes,  “in  distress  and 
 danger,”  and  an  active  and  alert  malevolent  deity,  who  to  some 
 extent  at  least  is  the  guardian  of  the  moral  law. 
 
 It  is  likely  enough  that  the  Alacaluf  believe  in  other  spirits  and  in 
 ghosts  (cf.  Fitz-Roy,  a ,  194;  Skottsberg,  d,  595);  but  we  have  no 
 very  definite  information  on  this  point. 
 
 B.  Chonos. — From  some  of  the  rites  and  customs  to  be  mentioned 
 later  we  may  probably  infer  that  the  Chonos  had  a  belief  in  spirits 
 and  ghosts,  but  explicit  data  are  wanting. 
 
 C.  Yahgans. — The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  repeatedly  stated  that  the 
 Yahgans  have  no  Supreme  Deity,  God,  or  Creator,  nor  any  word  in 
 their  language  for  such  ( a ,  Fr.  tr.,  181;  h,  206;  i,  in  Hyades,  q,  253; 
 h,  236-237).  A  negative  is  notoriously  risky  where  there  is  question 
 of  a  savage’s  higher  religious  beliefs,  but  on  the  other  hand  the 
 testimony  of  one  who  studied  the  Yahgans  so  long  and  so  well  can 
 not  be  waived  lightly.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges,  however,  does  not 
 seem  to  have  had  intimate  personal  knowledge  of  the  Yahgan  initia¬ 
 tion  rites,  and  it  is  just  possible  that  back  of  them  was,  as  in  other 
 parts  of  the  world,  a  higher  esoteric  theology.  Moreover,  he  appar¬ 
 ently  was  loath  to  have  his  neophytes  speak  of  their  quondam 
 religious  beliefs  (Payro,  184-185). 
 
 The  Rev.  Mr.  Despard,  too,  stated  explicitly  that  the  Yahgans 
 had  no  God  ( b ,  698,  746),  but  added  the  interesting  remark  that  the 
 Yahgan  “supposes  the  sun  and  moon,  male  and  female,  to  be  very 
 old  indeed,  and  that  some  old  man,  who  knew  their  maker,  had  died, 
 without  leaving  information  upon  this  subject.  Hence  the  ignorance 
 of  the  present  generation”  (b,  698). 
 
 Capt.  Bove  mentions  (a,  800;  b,  142;  c,  135;  d ,  Arch.,  297;  e,  159) 
 both  a  good  and  an  evil  deity  among  the  Yahgans,  but  no  details  are 
 given  about  the  “Dio  benevolo”  except  that  he,  like  the  evil  spirit, 
 is  neither  respected  nor  feared.  Whether  these  two  spirits  or  gods 
 are  dominant  ones  corresponding  to  Yerri  Yuppon  and  Yaccy-ma 
 among  the  Alacaluf,  or  are  only  two  of  the  many  lower  good  and  evil 
 spirits  that  are  spoken  of  by  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  (a,  179),  is  hard  to  say. 
 The  “dio  maligno”  Curspic  sends  wind,  rain,  and  snow,  and  tows 
 behind  him  the  condemned  souls  (Bove,  a,  800-801;  b,  142-143; 
 c,  135;  d,  Arch.,  297-298;  Lovisato,  b,  149).  The  term  cursjric, 
 cashpik,  etc.,  is  used  in  a  generic  sense  by  Mr.  Th.  Bridges  (a,  Fr.  tr., 
 181;  e,  332;  i,  in  Hyades,  q,  255;  h,  237)  and  Dr.  Hyades  (q,  255)  for 
 malevolent  spirits  who  dwell  in  forest  caves  and  send  sickness  or 
 
COOPEIt] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 149 
 
 death.  Bad,  disagreeable  and  eccentric  men  are  called  by  the  same 
 name.  Another  evil  spirit,  Lucooma,  presides  over  the  tides  and 
 whirlpools  or  whirlwinds  (Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  181;  Lovisato,  b , 
 149-150;  Spegazzini,  a,  16). 
 
 When  a  man  dies,  the  natives  have  been  heard  at  times  to  say 
 “Un  tel  a  ete  pris  par  GopofF,”  an  evil  spirit  (Martial,  212).  The 
 medicine-men  address  a  mysterious  being  called  Aiapakal  or  Yah- 
 pahchel,  the  son  of  a  deceased  medicine-man,  and  receive  from  a 
 spirit  called  Hoakils  or  Hvacliiella  power  over  life  and  death  (Th. 
 Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  182;  i,  in  Hyades,  q,  256;  fc,  238).  The  spirits  who 
 were  evoked  during  the  boy  initiations  were  believed  in  only  by  the 
 women  and  children  (cf.  infra,  under  Initiations).  There  seems,  too, 
 to  have  been  a  certain  fear  of  ghosts  (cf.  infra  under  Death  and 
 Burial) . 
 
 D.  Onas. — There  is  no  evidence  for  an  Ona  belief  in  anything  like 
 a  Supreme  Deity.  Whether  or  not  further  information  regarding 
 Ona  boy  initiations  will  show  the  presence  of  a  secret  higher  belief, 
 it  would  be  idle  to  speculate.  Father  Beauvoir’s  repeated  inquiries 
 respecting  a  Supreme  Deity  elicited  only  negative  answers  ( b ,  210); 
 the  mission  Onas  use  the  native  word  Jhow’n  (=  medicine-man)  for 
 God,  but  few  will  agree  with  Father  Beauvoir  in  tracing  any  verbal 
 kinship  with  the  Hebrew  Jehovah  or  Yahweh  ( b ,  219).  Messrs. 
 Rousson  and  Willems  attribute  to  the  Onas  a  belief  in  a  spirit  called 
 Waliche  or  Walichu,  to  whom  the  natives  attribute  both  good  tilings 
 and  bad  ( a ,  181) ;  but  these  explorers  hardly  had  opportunities  to 
 gather  dependable  information  on  Ona  religious  beliefs,  and,  moreover, 
 Walichu  is  strongly  suggestive  of  Patagonian  origin. 
 
 Both  Sr.  Lista  ( b ,  130)  and  Dr.  Segers  (65)  mention  an  evil  spirit 
 who  enters  the  body  and  sends  illness;  he  also  sends  wind,  rain,  etc. 
 Some  good  and  evil  spirits  are  believed  in  by  both  the  men  and  the 
 women  (Dabbene,  a,  76;  b ,  270;  Beauvoir,  b,  218;  Cojazzi,  38).  The 
 dead  are  feared  (C.  Gallardo,  321),  especially  dead  witch-doctors, 
 who  have  power  even  after  their  death  (Cojazzi,  38,  71-72;  C.  Gal¬ 
 lardo,  299,  341).  Many  natural  objects,  as  mountains,  sun,  moon, 
 stars,  etc.,  are  believed  to  have  once  been  men,  and  mountains  at 
 least  are  feared  and  respected.  Finally  we  may  mention  the  initia¬ 
 tion  spirits  believed  in  only  by  the  women  and  children  (cf.  infra, 
 under  Initiations),  and  the  mythological  beings,  especially  the  myth- 
 hero  Kuanip  (cf.  infra,  under  Mythology). 
 
 TOTEMISM,  ANIMISM,  FETISHISM 
 
 Among  the  Chonos,  Alacaluf,  and  Yaligans  there  is  not  the  slight¬ 
 est  trace  of  either  present  or  former  totemism  in  any  of  its  many 
 forms.  Nor  is  there  any  tangible  indication  of  it  among  the  modern 
 Onas.  If  it  be  considered  proven  that  the  older  Patagonians  were 
 
150 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 totemists  (cf.  Outes,  a,  251-252),  there  might  be  some  reason  for 
 suspecting  that  the  Onas,  too,  were  formerly  such.  But  the  whole 
 question  is  too  obscure  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge. 
 
 Animism,  in  the  sense  of  the  personification  of  nature,  is  found,  but 
 only  in  a  mild  form,  among  the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf.  Among  the 
 Onas  there  is  a  marked  tendency  to  look  upon  natural  objects  as 
 having  once  been  men. 
 
 The  Yahgans  carried  around  with  them  red  pebbles  when  they 
 traveled  inland  (Hyades,  q,  280-281),  and  the  Onas  treasure  pieces  of 
 stone  shaped  naturally  something  like  an  arrowhead  (Cojazzi,  86). 
 Packets  or  pouches  containing  human  hair  are  carried  by  the  Ala¬ 
 caluf  sometimes  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  192;  Skottsberg,  c,  98-99;  d,  595). 
 These  objects  appear  to  be  more  than  trinkets  or  curios.  The  packet 
 given  to  Mr.  Low  was  supposed  to  bring  fair  wind  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  192). 
 At  any  rate  they  are  of  uncommon  use.  They  might  be  called  fetishes 
 according  to  some  definitions  of  fetishism. 
 
 ANCESTOR  WORSHIP 
 
 Traces  of  ancestor  worship  are  found  among  the  Yahgans  and  Onas 
 at  least.  See  below  under  Prayer.  It  takes  the  form  chiefly  of  invo¬ 
 cation  of  deceased  medicine-men.  The  fact  that  the  leather  pouch 
 found  by  Dr.  Skottsberg,  which  was  worn  around  the  neck  of  an  Ala¬ 
 caluf,  contained  the  hair  of  a  dead  person  might  perhaps  be  inter¬ 
 preted  as  evidence  for  the  existence  of  the  rudiments  of  ancestor  wor¬ 
 ship  among  the  Alacalufan  tribe.  The  possessor,  however,  readily 
 bartered  the  pouch  for  a  trifle  (Skottsberg,  d ,  595). 
 
 It  may  be  noted  in  passing  that  the  absence  of  totemism  and  the 
 very  rudimentary  development  of  animism,  fetishism,  and  ancestor 
 worship  among  the  Fuegians  are  also  characteristic  of  many  of  the 
 lowest  Indo-Oceanic  peoples  (cf.  Mills). 
 
 FUTURE  LIFE 
 
 A.  Alacaluf. — According  to  the  Salesians,  the  Alacaluf  ‘‘believe 
 that  the  good  after  death  go  to  a  delightful  forest  where  they  eat  to 
 satiety  what  they  liked  in  life:  fish,  seafood,  seals,  birds,  etc.;  while 
 the  wicked  are  plunged  into  a  deep  well  from  which  they  can  not 
 escape’7  (Cojazzi,  125).  The  use  of  the  amulet  above  mentioned  and 
 the  custom  of  burying  bows  and  arrows,  etc.,  with  the  dead  (cf.  infra, 
 pp.  161-162)  may  also  be  taken  as  indications  of  belief  in  survival. 
 Alacalufan  evidence  on  this  point  is  extremely  meager. 
 
 B.  Chonos. — No  available  data  at  all. 
 
 C.  Y ahgans. — Authorities  differ.  Some  would  have  it  that  the  Y ah- 
 gans  lack  all  belief  in  survival  after  death  (Th.  Bridges,  e,  332;  h,  206; 
 i,  in  Hyades,  q,  253;  Hyades,  p,  332;  q ,  257;  Lovisato,  b,  149;  Fur¬ 
 long,  b,  137;  j),  and  a  fortiori  no  idea  of  recompense  or  punishment 
 
COO  PE  It  J 
 
 151 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF 
 
 TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 in  the  other  world  (Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  181;  k,  239).  Other  au¬ 
 thorities  state  definitely  that  the  Yahgans  believe  the  soul  remains 
 near  the  grave  or  wanders  over  the  woods  and  mountains,  especially 
 at  night  (Bove,  a,  800;  b,  142;  c,  135;  d,  Arch.,  297;  Spegazzini,  a, 
 16;  Dabbene,  b,  203),  happy  or  unhappy,  according  to  moral  conduct 
 in  life  (Bove,  11.  c.  supra). 
 
 The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges,  Dr.  Hyades,  and  Dr.  Lovisato  give  other 
 testimony  apparently  contradicting  their  denials  mentioned  above. 
 Dr.  Hyades  states  ( p ,  332)  that  dead  criminals  haunt  the  living;  Dr. 
 Lovisato,  curiously  enough,  after  denying  any  definite  belief  in  a  future 
 life,  adds  that  after  life  souls  wander  through  the  woods  ( b ,  149);  the 
 Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  says  in  an  earlier  paper  ( a ,  Fr.  tr.,  181)  that  the 
 Yahgans  believe  hi  the  immortality  of  the  soul,  and  in  a  later  paper 
 (h,  206)  that  they  at  least  speak  of  “  exhalaciones  como  de  los  espiritus 
 errantes  de  los  suyos,”  and  that  they  have  a  word  for  death,  cagagulo, 
 which  means  “subir  y  volar (cf.  also  a,  Fr.  tr.,  181). 
 
 Perhaps  the  most  interesting  statement  regarding  Yahgan  belief 
 in  survival  is  that  which  the  Rev.  Mr.  Despard  made  (b,  698):  “He 
 [the  Yahgan]  thinks,  when  a  man  dies,  his  breath  goes  up  to  heaven; 
 but  for  what  he  has  no  notion.  .  .  .  He  denies  the  upward  ascent 
 of  breath  to  other  animals.” 
 
 Weighing  all  the  above  evidence,  it  seems  fairly  well  established 
 that  the  Yahgans  believe  in  survival,  but  whether  they  have  any 
 definite  concept  of  immortality  or  of  future  recompense  is  at  best 
 very  doubtful. 
 
 D.  Onas. — Of  the  Ona  belief  in  survival  there  seems  to  be  no  well- 
 grounded  doubt.  It  is  attested  by  Sr.  Lista  ( b ,  130),  Dr.  Gallardo 
 (319,  325-327,  and  passim),  Mr.  Barclay  (a,  77),  Dr.  Dabbene  ( b ,  269), 
 Dr.  Cojazzi  (38,  72,  76),  and  Father  Beauvoir  ( b ,  165,  217-219,  and 
 passim).  The  shades  of  the  dead  wander  through  the  woods  (C.  Ga¬ 
 llardo,  336).  The  Onas  have  a  word  for  soul,  men  (Cojazzi,  76),  m’ehm 
 (Dabbene,  6,  269),  meh’n  (Barclay,  a,  77),  mehn  (C.  Gallardo,  327, 
 336).  The  dead  know  what  is  taking  place  on  earth,  but  take  no 
 active  part  in  human  affairs  (Barclay,  a,  77;  Dabbene,  b,  269;  C.  Ga¬ 
 llardo,  319,  327),  except  dead  witch-doctors  (Cojazzi,  72;  C.  Gallardo, 
 299,  341).  The  dead  are  feared  by  the  Onas  (C.  Gallardo,  322). 
 According  to  Dr.  Cojazzi  (76)  the  departed  are  happy  or  unhappy  in 
 accordance  with  their  conduct  on  earth,  but  this  is  denied  by  Dr. 
 Gallardo  (326). 
 
 The  Onas  also  believe  that  many  animals  and  birds  and  many 
 natural  objects,  as  mountains,  stars,  sun  and  moon,  trees,  etc.,  were 
 once  men  or  women  (C.  Gallardo,  326,  338;  Beauvoir,  b,  165,  207, 
 217-219;  Cojazzi,  86;  Furlong,  k).  This  belief  colors  much  of  their 
 folklore.  There  is  no  evidence  of  a  belief  in  reincarnation. 
 
 64028°— Bull.  63—17 
 
 11 
 
152 
 
 BUREAU  OE  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 Lbull.  G3 
 
 BELIEF  AND  MORALITY 
 
 * 
 
 The  link  between  religion  and  morality  among  the  Fuegians  is  ap¬ 
 parently,  as  far  as  our  evidence  goes,  a  weak  one.  Most  authorities 
 blankly  assert  or  clearly  imply  that  no  such  link  exists  at  all  (cf.,  e.  g., 
 for  the  Yahgans,  Th.  Bridges,  fc,  239;  Despard,  b,  698;  for  the  Onas, 
 C.  Gallardo,  324,  326).  What,  if  any,  religious  significance  is  attached 
 to  their  numerous  taboos  is  uncertain  in  most  cases  from  the  informa¬ 
 tion  at  present  available.  According  to  some  authorities  (cf.  supra, 
 under  Future  Life)  the  future  life  is  happy  or  unhappy,  in  accordance 
 with  moral  conduct  on  earth,  but  these  statements  need  confirmation, 
 and,  further,  we  need  detailed  data  as  to  whether  future  happiness  and 
 unhappiness  follow  automatically  and  impersonally  or  as  a  recom¬ 
 pense  bestowed  and  a  retribution  meted  out  by  a  personal  supramun- 
 dane  being. 
 
 Attention,  however,  may  be  called  to  the  data  furnished  by  Ad¬ 
 miral  Fitz-Roy  and  his  informant,  Capt.  Low  (cf.  supra,  under  Supra- 
 mundane  Beings).  Taking  the  facts  as  related  by  them,  we  have 
 here  a  higher  being,  albeit  apparently  an  evil  one,  who  punishes  mur¬ 
 der.  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  also  states  ( a ,  179)  that  the  Fuegians  believe 
 ‘  ‘  that  the  evil  spirit  torments  them  in  this  world,  if  they  do  wrong,  by 
 storms,  hail,  snow,  &c.”  Perhaps,  too,  the  fact  that  after  the  murder 
 of  Capt.  Fell  and  his  party  the  Yahgans  believed  that  the  moon 
 turned  a  blood-red  color  may  have  some  bearing  on  the  point  in 
 question  (Grubb,  139). 
 
 CULT 
 
 By  cult  is  here  meant  all  prayers  and  rites  directed  to  supramun- 
 dane  beings.  Nonmoral  prohibitions,  supposed  to  emanate  from 
 such  beings,  are  classed  as  negative  cult.  Such  prohibitions  can  not 
 always  be  clearly  distinguished  from  moral  precepts  on  the  one  hand 
 and  mere  taboos  on  the  other. 
 
 Prayer 
 
 The  Fuegians  pray  little,  so  little,  in  fact,  that  they  are  frequently 
 reported  not  to  pray  at  all.  Traces,  however,  of  prayer  are  found 
 here  and  there  in  the  Fuegian  sources. 
 
 A.  Alacaluf. — Yerri  Yuppon  was  invoked  in  times  of  distress  or 
 danger  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  190).  Capt.  Low  on  three  different  occasions 
 witnessed  the  following  ceremony :  After  a  period  of  famine,  food  was 
 finally  obtained,  but  before  partaking  of  it  an  old  man  gave  each 
 native  a  portion,  “repeatedly  muttering  a  short  prayer,  and  looking 
 upward;”  all  kept  silence  during  this  ceremony  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  190-191, 
 195;  Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  213-214).  Capt.  Low,  however,  did  not 
 speak  the  natives’  language,  so  there  remains  some  uncertainty  as  to 
 whether  the  old  man’s  muttered  words  were  really  a  prayer  or  not. 
 
 B.  Chonos. — No  data  available. 
 
COOl'Ell] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  T1ERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 153 
 
 C.  Yahgans. — Dr.  Spegazzini  states  ( a ,  12)  that  at  the  death  of  a 
 Yahgan  the  relatives  stay  around  the  grave  all  day;  when  dark  conies, 
 “diciendole  que  son  sus  amigos,  y  que  su  espiritu  no  les  haga  ningun 
 dano.”  The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  also  describes  what  may  be  prayer: 
 The  medicine-men  “font  de  frequentes  incantations,  dans  lesquelles 
 ils  paraissent  s’ addresser  a  un  etre  mysterieux,  nomine  Aiapakal;  ils 
 disent  tenir,  d’un  esprit  appele  Hoakils,  un  pouvoir  surnaturel  de  vie 
 et  de  mortT  (i,  in  Ilyades,  q,  256;  cf.  also  Bridges,  &,  238). 
 
 D.  Onas. — When  ordinary  means  of  influencing  the  weather  fail,  the 
 Onas,  especially  the  witch-doctors,  invoke  the  aid  of  Muyee  or  Moice 
 and  Caucoshl  or  Kan-Kosl,  two  deceased  doctors  who  had  and  who 
 still  have  great  power  over  some  of  the  elements  (C.  Gallardo,  340-341 : 
 Cojazzi,  71). 
 
 Sacrifice 
 
 That  the  Canoe  Indians,  the  Yahgan  in  particular,  have  a  kind  of 
 sacrifice  is  attested  by  at  least  three  independent  authorities.  When 
 the  natives  are  in  great  danger  at  sea  they  are  said  to  throw  an  offer¬ 
 ing  overboard,  a  dog  or  child,  according  to  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  in 
 his  earliest  paper  {a,  Fr.  tr.,  181),  an  infant,  according  to  Dr.  Fenton, 
 a  long  resident  of  Punta  Arenas  (Ball,  261), 1  or  a  piece  of  fish,  etc.,  ac¬ 
 cording  to  the  Lawrence  brothers  (Furlong,  verbal  communication), 
 in  order  to  appease  the  anger  of  Lucooma,  the  spirit  of  the  tides  and 
 whirlwinds  (Bridges)  or  the  spirit  of  the  tempest  (Furlong).  While 
 this  rite  has  not  been  actually  witnessed  by  any  of  the  above  authori¬ 
 ties,  it  is  said  to  be  well  attested. 
 
 The  Yahgans  fear  whirlpools  (Th.  Bridges,  loc.  cit.,  caused  by  Lu- 
 cooma;  Lovisato,  b,  149-150),  and,  according  to  Dr.  Spegazzini  (a,  16), 
 believe  them  to  be  caused  by  evil  spirits,  to  appease  whom  they  throw 
 into  the  water  coals  and  pieces  of  wood. 
 
 Oaths  and  ordeals 
 
 Capt.  Martial  relates  an  episode  showing  that  the  Yahgans  may 
 have  some  kind  of  oath  (207-208),  but  our  sources  give  no  indication 
 of  the  existence  of  anything  like  the  ordeal. 
 
 Sacred  objects 
 
 The  Ona  and  Yahgan  stone  amulets  and  the  Alacalufan  pouch  con¬ 
 taining  the  hair  of  the  dead  person  have  already  been  mentioned  (cf. 
 supra,  under  Fetishism). 
 
 Capt.  Steele  (Skottsberg,  b,  271)  claimed  to  have  found  in  the  Baker 
 Inlet  district  a  circle  of  large  stones.  The  circle  was  8  meters  in 
 diameter  and  was  paved  with  stones.  Dr.  Bastian  (i,  18)  was  told 
 by  some  colonists  that  they  had  found  in  Ona  ( ?)  territory  an  artificial 
 
 i  Doctor  Fenton  had  knowledge  chiefly  of  the  Alacaluf,  and  perhaps  he  should  be  understood  to  have 
 had  in  mind  this  tribe  rather  than  the  Yahgan. 
 
154 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 l  BULL.  G3 
 
 mound  on  the  platform  of  which  were  three  figures  made  with  bright 
 stones,  one  figure  representing  a  circle  (the  sun),  the  second  a  half 
 moon,  and  the  third  a  hand.  Sr.  Payro  (184-185)  was  told  of  certain 
 Yahgan  idols.  It  is  very  doubtful,  however,  if  any  dependence  at 
 all  can  be  put  on  the  above  accounts;  so  far  at  least  as  the  Yahgans 
 are  concerned,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  and  others  categorically  deny  the 
 existence  of  any  such  materialization  of  belief. 
 
 Capt.  Low  found  somewhere  in  the  West  Patagonian  channels  a 
 number  of  spears,  arrows,  and  clubs  stuck  in  the  ground,  and  among 
 them  a  large  block  of  wood  rudely  carved  in  the  shape  of  a  man,  with 
 long  red  teeth  and  around  the  neck  a  halter  of  hide.  This,  he  was 
 told,  was  the  native  method  of  declaring  war,  and  the  figure  repre¬ 
 sented  their  evil  spirit  (Fitz-Roy,  a ,  104;  cf.  a  somewhat  similar 
 Araucanian  method  of  declaring  war,  Rosales,  a,  vol.  i,  147). 
 
 Negative  cult 
 
 There  are  a  great  manv  things  of  a  nonmoral  nature  which  the 
 Fuegians  scrupulously  avoid  saying  or  doing  for  fear  of  evil  conse¬ 
 quences.  In  most  cases  the  consequences  are  believed  to  follow  auto¬ 
 matically,  as  far  as  our  information  goes,  a  breach  of  the  ban,  and 
 hence  are  provisionally  classed  under  Taboos  or  Magic.  Where,  on 
 the  contrary,  the  consequences  are  explicitly  regarded  as  inflicted  by 
 an  angered  supramundane  being,  the  prohibitions  are  classed  under 
 Cult.  A  familiar  example  of  such  negative  cult  in  the  Judeo-Christian 
 religion  is  the  prohibition  against  taking  the  name  of  God  in  vain. 
 
 A.  Yahgans. — The  Kachpikh  or  malevolent  spirits  of  the  woodland 
 caves  are  avoided  lest  they  inflict  illness  or  death  (Hyades,  q ,  255). 
 The  Yahgan  has  a  dread  of  Cushpeec  and  is  loath  to  hear  his  name 
 mentioned  (Despard,  h ,  717;  cf.  also  Furlong,  h,  137).  It  is  dan¬ 
 gerous  to  name  the  dead  (Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  177). 
 
 B.  Onas. — The  Onas  fear  the  mountains  (Gunn,  326),  who  are 
 deceased  men,  and  who  send  storms  on  trespassers  (Cojazzi,  90-91). 
 The  Onas  respect  and  fear  such  natural  objects  as  the  mountains,  the 
 sun,  moon  and  stars,  lakes,  woods,  and  do  not  speak  badly  of  them 
 nor  stare  at  them  too  long;  if  you  speak  badly  of  a  mountain  in  its 
 presence,  it  will  send  rains  and  winds  (C.  Gallardo,  339-340). 
 
 There  is  no  available  evidence  bearing  on  Alacalufan  or  Chonoan 
 negative  cult. 
 
 As  in  underdevelopment  of  animistic  beliefs,  fetishism,  etc.,  so,  too, 
 in  poverty  of  cult,  the  Fuegians  resemble  many  of  the  lowest  peoples 
 in  other  parts  of  the  world  (cf.  Mills). 
 
 Quasi-religious  Culture 
 
 In  the  beliefs  and  observances  thus  far  recorded  there  seems  to  be 
 fairly  clear  evidence  of  religious  elements.  The  beings  believed  in 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 155 
 
 are  supramundane  and  for  the  most  part  exert  an  aetive  influence 
 over  man  and  nature.  They  are  respected  and  feared  and  at  times 
 prayed  to  or  propitiated  by  moral  conduct  and  ritual  observances. 
 The  element  of  coercion,  more  distinctive  of  magic,  and  that  of 
 automatism,  more  distinctive  of  taboo,  are  absent. 
 
 Of  the  beliefs  and  observances  now  to  be  listed,  some  and  perhaps 
 many  may  turn  out  on  further  investigation  to  be  of  a  religious  or 
 propitiatory  nature.  Most  of  them,  at  any  rate,  have  sufficient  affin¬ 
 ity  or  resemblance  to  religion  to  be  classed  under  Quasi-religious 
 Culture,  and  if  one  should  prefer  to  adopt  a  more  inclusive  definition 
 of  religion  they  could  be  classed  as  clearly  religious. 
 
 BIRTH  CUSTOMS 
 
 The  Ona  mother  in  order  to  make  her  child  robust  brings  in  a  great 
 load  of  wood  before  delivery,  according  to  Dr.  Cojazzi  (25),  or  after 
 delivery,  according  to  Dr.  Gallardo  (229).  Among  both  the  Onas  and 
 Yahgans  the  umbilical  cord  is  cut  with  a  piece  of  shell  (C.  Gallardo, 
 229;  Hyades,  q,  191),  and  the  latter  burned  both  the  cord  and  the 
 placenta  (Hyades,  q ,  191,  194).  One  of  Father  Menendez’  Chonos  cut 
 his  hair  to  celebrate  the  birth  of  his  child  (Gonzalez  de  Agtieros,  247). 
 
 The  Yahgan  baby  is  bathed  in  the  sea  shortly  after  birth  (Bove, 
 a,  794;  b,  137;  c,  129;  d,  Arch.,  293;  e ,  158;  Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr., 
 170;  h,  208)  to  make  it  strong  (Th.  Bridges,  h ,  208;  Hahn,  a,  800), 
 and  the  mother,  too,  goes  through  a  series  of  sea  baths  (Hyades,  q, 
 192-195).  The  Ona  mother  bathes  (Cojazzi,  26;  Beauvoir,  b ,  208), 
 but  according  to  Dr.  Gallardo  (229)  only  if  she  happens  to  be  near 
 the  sea;  the  child  is  not  bathed  (Beauvoir,  b,  208),  hut  is  massaged 
 with  white  earth  (Cojazzi,  26). 
 
 According  to  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  ( a ,  Fr.  tr.,  170),  after  the  birth 
 of  a  child  both  parents  rest  a  week  or  two,  while  the  Rev.  Mr.  Despard 
 states  (b,  698)  that  the  father  must  sit  still  for  three  days,  else  the 
 child  will  die.  This  looks  very  much  like  the  couvade. 
 
 After  the  birth  of  a  child  certain  food  taboos  are  observed  by  the 
 mother  among  the  Onas  (C.  Gallardo,  229-230,  174;  Cojazzi,  26;  Beau¬ 
 voir,  b,  208;  Dabbene,  b ,  257),  and  by  both  parents  among  the  Yah¬ 
 gans  (Th.  Bridges,  a ,  Fr.  tr.,  170;  Martial,  197;  Dabbene,  b,  190).  A 
 Yahgan  mother  is  considered  unclean  after  delivery;  she  must  abstain 
 from  marital  intercourse  for  five  or  six  months;  the  husband,  too,  is 
 bound  by  a  similar  obligation,  but  not  to  the  same  degree  (Hahn,  a, 
 806;  cf.  also  Hyades,  q,  195). 
 
 Of  Alacalufan  birth  customs  we  know  nothing,  and  of  Chonoan 
 nothing  beyond  the  point  noted  above. 
 
156 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 |  BULL.  63 
 
 INITIATIONS 
 
 Sources 
 
 (a)  Onas. — Barclay,  a*  74-76;  b,  99-100;  Beauvoir,  b,  206-207;  Cojazzi,*  31-38, 
 101-102  (Manekenkn);  Dabbene,  a,  73-74;  &,*  257-259,  269-270;  Furlong,  d*  224; 
 g,  7;  i,  11;  k *;  C.  Gallardo,*  330-337;  Holmberg,  a,  57-58. 
 
 (b)  Yahgans. — Th.  Bridges*  a,  Fr.  tr.,  174-175;  h,  208-209;  k,  239-240;  Hahn,  c, 
 340;  Ilyades ,*  q,  376-377;  Martial,  214. 
 
 Based  on  the  foregoing:  Dabbene,  b,  191-192,  202;  Krickeberg,  142;  Outes,  d,  140; 
 II.  Webster,  56,  176-177. 
 
 Our  sole  direct  and  first-hand  source  of  information  on  the  Yahgan 
 boy  initiations  was  the  elder  Mr.  Bridges,  as  our  main  sources  for  Ona 
 initiations  are  his  sons,  Lucas  and  William.  Some  of  the  Ona  data 
 have  been  independently  verified  by  Prof.  Tonelli  from  two  natives 
 at  Rio  Grande  mission. 
 
 The  initiation  customs  observed  at  present  among  the  Onas  and  for¬ 
 merly  among  the  Yahgans  are  very  similar.  In  the  earlier  days,  the 
 tradition  runs  in  both  tribes,  the  men  were  under  petticoat  govern¬ 
 ment;  but  they  rebelled,  adopted  the  initiation  rites  from  the  women, 
 and  created  the  masked  spirits,  all  in  order  to  keep  the  women  in  sub¬ 
 jection.  The  adolescent  boy  is  taken  from  his  mother  and  obliged  to 
 fast  and  to  undergo  other  physical  and  psychical  tests.  Endurance 
 and  stoicism,  generosity,  honesty,  veracity,  bravery,  the  duty  of 
 blood-revenge,  observance  of  the  marriage  laws  against  incest  and 
 adultery,  and  other  tribal  virtues  are  solemnly  inculcated.  The 
 grown  men  paint  and  dress  up  in  masks  to  represent  spirits,  and  pro¬ 
 ceed  to  terrorize  the  women  and  children  and  to  test  the  courage  of 
 the  boy  candidate.  Finally  the  boy,  if  found  worthy,  is  told  the 
 truth  about  the  supposed  spirits  and  the  purpose  of  the  masquerad¬ 
 ing,  namely,  to  keep  the  women  in  subjection,  and  he  is  threatened 
 with  dire  punishment  if  he  should  ever  reveal  the  secrets  to  the 
 women  or  children. 
 
 Except  for  several  minor  details — the  Ona  masks,  for  instance,  are 
 of  hide;  the  Yahgan  of  bark — the  initiation  rites  in  the  two  tribes  are  so 
 similar1  that  there  is  a  good  probability  of  borrowing,  as  regards 
 some  at  least  of  the  elements.  A  detail  in  the  Yahgan’s  tradition  to 
 the  effect  that  they  inaugurated  the  rites  after  the  incursion  of  the 
 Onas  into  the  Beagle  Channel  district  (Martial,  214)  would  perhaps 
 suggest  that  the  Yahgans  rather  than  the  Onas  have  been  the  bor¬ 
 rowers;  but  the  point  is  doubtful. 
 
 By  the  time  of  the  French  expedition  in  1882-83,  and  even  before, 
 the  boy  initiations  had  fallen  into  desuetude  among  the  Yahgans,  but 
 they  still  preserved  a  simpler  puberty  rite,  including  fasting  and 
 moral  instruction,  for  the  girls  (Th.  Bridges,  h}  208;  Jc,  240;  Hyades, 
 q,  377). 
 
 1  Even  to  the  name  of  the  large  wigwam  used  for  the  rites,  called  kina  by  the  Yahgan,  and  haain  (Cojazzi, 
 35),  hin  (Furlong,  d,  224 ),jain<l  (Gallardo,  331-332),  hine  (Furlong,  JO. 
 
COOrER] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 157 
 
 The  Alacaluf,  too,  may  have  had  initiation  rites,  but  our  evidence  is 
 not  very  solid.  Labat  (Marcel,  a ,  496;  c,  110-111)  speaks  of  seeing  a 
 young  man  in  a  hut  alone,  who  was  chanting  and  gesticulating.  His 
 body  was  whitened,  and  his  head  was  adorned  with  two  bird  wings. 
 He  would  not  speak,  although  he  was  not  a  mute.  Capt.  King 
 (314-315)  found  at  Fortescue  Bay  about  80  natives  gathered;  one 
 of  the  huts  was  closely  guarded  by  a  man  who  was  not  unlikely  a 
 witch-doctor;  no  one  was  allowed  to  enter,  and  a  midshipman  who, 
 after  a  little  coaxing,  was  permitted  to  put  his  head  in,  received  a 
 shower  of  ashes  in  his  face.  The  natives’  explanation  that  there  was 
 a  woman  in  labor  in  the  hut  hardly  agrees  with  the  Fuegian  delivery- 
 customs,  nor  does  it  account  for  the  unusually  large  gathering  of  In¬ 
 dians.  Large  wigwams,  similar  to  the  Yahgan  initiation  hinas,  have 
 been  found  in  Alacalufan  territory  (cf.  infra,  under  Shelter). 
 
 Many  of  the  West  Patagonian  Channel  Alacaluf  have  one  or  more 
 front  teeth  missing  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  197;  Coppinger,  49,  “in  the  male 
 adult  there  is  usually  a  front  tooth  missing;”  Skottsberg,  b,  252;  c,  92). 
 Dr.  Coppinger  adds:  “As  if  knocked  out  designedly,”  but  Dr.  Skotts¬ 
 berg,  who  found  the  teeth  missing  more  frequently  among  the  older 
 folks,  the  women  especially,  believed  it  due  to  accidents,  to  chewing 
 tough  skins,  or  to  other  employment  (b,  252;  c,  92). 
 
 The  foregoing  stray  data  may  possibly  be  taken  as  indicative  of 
 initiation  rites  among  the  Alacaluf,  but  much  more  definite  evidence 
 is  required. 
 
 TABOOS 
 
 A.  Yahgans. — A  girl  after  her  first  menstruation  observes  certain 
 food  taboos  (Hahn,  a,  804).  The  morning  after  first  bridal  inter¬ 
 course  the  man  bathes  in  the  sea  (Bove,  a,  794;  b ,  137;  c,  129;  d, 
 Arch.,  293),  else  the  dogs  would  die  (Lovisato,  b,  150),  but  there  is 
 no  taboo  on  marital  intercourse  during  nursing  time  (Hyades,  q,  195). 
 
 The  custom  of  bathing  before  eating  the  first  guanaco  of  spring 
 (C'ojazzi,  108)  has  in  it  an  element  of  taboo  and  also  an  element  of 
 first-fruits  sacrifice,  without  being  clearly  either.  A  person  when 
 present  is  never  addressed  by  his  proper  name  (Dabbene,  b,  191). 
 Cf.  also  Coriat,  206-207. 
 
 B.  Alacaluf. — Perhaps  the  prohibition  against  shooting  ducklings 
 spoken  of  by  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  (a,  180;  Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  215) 
 is  of  the  nature  of  a  taboo. 
 
 C.  Onas. — Certain  food  taboos  are  observed,  especially  by  the 
 women  and  children  (C.  Gallardo,  174,  229-2-30;  Cojazzi,  26).  Accord¬ 
 ing  to  Dr.  Plolmberg  ( a ,  58),  after  marriage,  “los  padres”  [of  the  bride 
 amd  groom  ?]  do  not  look  at  the  groom  if  they  meet  him,  but  this  needs 
 confirmatioaio  The  Onas,  according  to  Dr.  Dabbene  ( b ,  268),  call  one 
 another  when  present  by  their  proper  names,  but  according  to  Dr. 
 
158 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [bull.  63 
 
 C.  Gallardo  (355)  this  custom  does  not  obtain  except  between  intimate 
 friends. 
 
 D.  Chonos. — If  a  flock  of  parrots  passes  overhead,  do  not  look, 
 otherwise  bad  weather  will  follow  (Garcia,  a,  21) ;  do  not  throw  shell¬ 
 fish  on  the  fire,  else  the  sea  will  become  rough  (Garcia,  a ,  20).  Do 
 not  throw  shells  into  the  water  (Byron,  a,  2d  ed.,  162). 
 
 For  other  taboos  see  under  Birth  Customs,  Initiations,  and  Death 
 and  Burial. 
 
 DREAMS 
 
 A  certain  importance  is  apparently  attached  to  dreams  by  the 
 Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  (Martial,  212-213;  Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  215, 
 221),  although  Dr.  Hyades  denies  this  for  the  Yahgans  (p,  338; 
 q,  253).  Cf.  also  Coriat,  206. 
 
 VARIOUS  CUSTOMS 
 
 Lieut.  Cevallos  (Vargas  Ponce,  b,  29)  reports  seeing  a  dozen  or  more 
 Alacaluf  seated  in  a  circle,  chanting  under  a  sort  of  choir  leader,  and 
 from  time  to  time  pieces  of  meat  were  thrown  into  the  fire;  all  this 
 was  gone  through  with  profound  respect.  The  custom  of  throwing 
 some  object  into  the  fire  in  a  solemn  manner  was  also  witnessed  by 
 Dr.  Lucy-Fossarieu  (173-174)  and  Capt.  Martial  (207-208)  as  an 
 accompaniment,  respectively,  of  Alacaluf  an  mourning  and  the  Yah- 
 gan  “oath.”  When  a  Yahgan  infant  would  not  take  the  breast,  the 
 mother  threw  a  few  drops  of  milk  into  the  fire  (Hyades,  q ,  194).  It 
 would  be  interesting  to  know  whether  this  custom  has  any  sacrificial 
 meaning,  in  the  Cevallos  case  in  particular. 
 
 Two  other  customs  are  noted  by  Byron.  He  describes  ( a ,  145-146; 
 cf.  also.  A.  Campbell,  61-62)  a  weird  ceremony  during  which  his 
 Chonos  sang  themselves  into  a  frenzy,  cutting  one  another  and  carry¬ 
 ing  firebrands  in  their  mouths.  He  was  told  by  the  Christian  cacique, 
 who  was  much  offended,  that  at  such  times  the  Indians  hear  uncom¬ 
 mon  noises  and  see  frightful  visions.  The  devil,  Byron  was  assured, 
 was  the  chief  actor  on  these  occasions. 
 
 On  another  occasion  Byron  was  severely  .rebuked  for  throwing 
 limpet  shells  from  the  canoe  into  the  water  ( a ,  162-163). 
 
 Father  Garcia’s  Chonos  blacked  their  faces  with  charcoal  on  enter¬ 
 ing  the  iceberg-strewn  and  snow-banked  lagoon  of  San  Rafael  “to 
 salute  the  snow,  lest  they  die”  (a,  14),  and  on  another  occasion  one 
 of  them  painted  his  face  to  bring  good  weather  (a,  15). 
 
 Mrs.  Hanaford’s  youthful  informant  told  her  (210-211)  that  on 
 one  occasion  he  saw  some  of  his  Indian  captors,  who  were  probably 
 Alacaluf,  climb  a  tree,  then  come  down  and  violently  throw  sand  and 
 stones  at  the  huts,  and  that  on  another  occasion  they  ate  pounded 
 glass  (?),  pointed  upwards,  and  after  a  few  ceremonies  buried  a  seal’s 
 tooth. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 159 
 
 A  curious  Yahgan  blood-revenge  ceremony  is  described  by  the  Rev. 
 Mr.  Bridges  (b,  Jan.  1,  1875,  13-14).1 
 
 In  general  it  would  seem  that  the  F uegian  peoples  are  not  ultra- 
 superstitious.  11  Superstitions  ”  exist,  but  apparently  in  moderate 
 number  only.  One  gets  the  impression  that  there  is  quite  a  consid¬ 
 erable  field  of  religious  and  quasi-religious  culture  among  these  secre¬ 
 tive  primitives  that  has  been  thus  far  very  inadequately  investigated. 
 
 MAGIC 
 
 Fuegian  magic  reaches  its  chief  development  in  the  realm  of  medi¬ 
 cine  (see  infra).  A  few  beliefs  are,  however,  independent  of  curative 
 methods.  It  is  not  easy,  owing  to  the  meagerness  of  our  information, 
 to  distinguish  clearly  what  may  be  magic  from  what  may  be  mere 
 secular  practical  science  or  religion  proper. 
 
 Beliefs  in  mana,  orenda,  etc.,  are,  as  far  as  our  evidence  goes,  quite 
 wanting  among  the  Fuegians. 
 
 The  fear  that  an  enemy  may  do  them  harm  by  getting  possession 
 of  a  bit  of  their  hair  was  common  to  both  theChonos  (Garcia,  a,  29-30) 
 and  the  Fuegians  (Beauvoir,  b,  206;  Cojazzi,  70-71 ;  Dabbene,  b,  204; 
 Fitz-Roy,  a,  138;  King,  53,  313-314).  The  Yahgans,  however,  met 
 in  New  Year  Sound  by  Weddell  (177)  and  at  St.  Martin’s  Cove  by  Ross 
 (ii,  307)  made  no  objection  to  having  their  hair  clipped  off,  and 
 Capt.  Martial  states  (188)  of  the  Yahgans:  uIls  ne  font  aucune  diffi¬ 
 culty  pour  laisser  couper  leurs  cheveux.”  The  Onas  of  the  south, 
 probably  Manekenkn,  threw  finger-nail  parings  into  the  fire  (Lista, 
 b,  128).’ 
 
 MEDICINE  AND  MEDICINE-MEN 
 
 Sources 
 
 (a)  Alacaluf. — Bougainville,*  2d  ed.,  i,  297-303;  Vargas  Ponce,  b,  28. 
 
 ( b )  Chonos.— Garcia,*  a,  37. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans. — Benignus,  240;  Bove,*  a,  795-796;  b,  138-139;  c,  130-132;  d,  Arch., 
 294;  e,  158;  Th.  Bridges,  b,  Mar.  1,  1873,  30;  Jan.  1, 1875, 12;  ^,*in  Hyades,  q,  256-257; 
 k*  237-238;  Coriat,  205;  Despard  ,*  b,  717,  698;  Hyades,  p,  333;  q*  235-236,  256-257; 
 Martial,*  205-206;  Spegazzini,  a,  13. 
 
 (d)  Onas. — Andersson,  387;  Barclay,  a,  70;  Beauvoir,  b,  164—166,  208-209;  Be¬ 
 nignus,  233;  Cojazzi,*  67-72;  Dabbene,  b,  259-260;  Furlong,  d,  225-226;  i,  12;  C.  Gal¬ 
 lardo,*  292-304;  Holmberg,  a,  59;  Lista,*  b,  130,  probably  Manekenkn;  O.  Nor- 
 denskjold,  h,  Tour  du  monde,  38. 
 
 ( e )  Fuegians. — Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  214-215;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  178-179,  186. 
 
 Based  on  foregoing:  Dabbene,  a,  63-64;  6,*  193;  Outes,  d ,  139;  Canas  P.,  361-362. 
 
 The  Onas,  according  to  Dr.  Holmberg  (a,  59)  and  Mr.  Barclay 
 (a,  72),  and  the  Alacaluf,  according  to  Vargas  Ponce  ( b ,  28),  use  cer- 
 
 i  A  few  other  notes  on  Fuegian  quasi-religious  customs  may  be  found  in  Bougainville  (2d  ed.,  I,  294); 
 Bove  (a,  800-801;  ft,  142-143;  c,  135;  d,  Arch.,  297-298;  e,  159),  Th.  Bridges  (a,  Fr.  tr.,  181-182;  e,  332),  Dab¬ 
 bene  ( b ,  204,  269),  Duclos-Guyot  ( b ,  673),  Fitz-Roy  (a,  181, 191),  Lovisato  (ft,  149-150),  and  Marcel  (c,  110— 
 111;  a,  495-496). 
 
160 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 BULL.  63 
 
 tain  plants  for  medicinal  purposes.  This,  however,  is  denied  hy  all 
 other  first-hand  authorities  who  touch  on  the  point. 
 
 The  more  common  curative  methods  employed  by  the  Chonos  and 
 Fuegians  are  massage,  friction,  anointing,  sweating,  and  bathing. 
 The  medicine-men  in  their  curative  rites  extract  or  vomit  an  arrow 
 head  or  harpoon  shank,  a  piece  of  wood,  hone,  or  stone,  or  a  pointed 
 stick.  Such  objects  are  supposed  to  be  the  immediate  cause  of  the 
 disease,  which,  however,  is  sent  hy  spirits  over  whom  the  medicine¬ 
 men  have  power. 
 
 Among  the  Onas  each  clan  or  family  has  a  medicine-man,  while 
 among  the  Yahgans  nearly  every  older  man  was  a  wizard.  Occasion¬ 
 ally  among  both  tribes  an  old  woman  exercised  this  office  (Th. 
 Bridges,  i ,  in  Hyades,  q,  257;  C.  Gallardo,  298).  The  witch-doctors 
 inspire  a  certain  amount  of  respect  and  fear,  but  may  at  times  be 
 subjected  to  rather  rude  treatment. 
 
 The  Bev.  Mr.  Bridges  once  observed  a  Yahgan  witch-doctor  dancing 
 on  hot  coals  ( ic ,  238).  According  to  Dr.  Cojazzi  (70-71)  the  Ona  doc¬ 
 tors  sometimes  make  a  cloak  of  human  hair,  which  they  use  as  a 
 potent  instrument  for  bullying  and  laying  under  tribute  the  mem¬ 
 bers  of  the  tribe.  The  wizards  are  often  clever  prestidigitators. 
 
 In  addition  to  their  power  to  send  or  cure  sickness  they  may  also 
 have  power  over  life  and  death  and  over  the  weather  and  the  ele¬ 
 ments,  and  may  possess  the  gifts  of  divination  and  prophecy. 
 
 DEATH,  MOURNING,  AND  BURIAL 
 
 Sources 
 
 (а)  Alacaluf.' — Bougainville,  2d  ed.,  i,  302;  Duclos-Guyot,*  b,  678;  Fitz-Roy,*  a, 
 181,191;  Marcel,  a,  496;  c,*  110-111;  Skottsberg,  b,  271-273;  d,  595;  van  Speilbergen,* 
 1st  ed.,  34,  and  in  de  Brosses,  i,  344,  probably  Alacalufan. 
 
 (б)  Chonos. — Byron,*  a,  90-92:  A.  Campbell,* 62,  and  in  Prevost,  xv,  388;  Medina, 
 a,  274. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans.— Bove*  a,  798-800;  b,  107,  141-142;  c,  133-135;  d,  Arch.,  296-297; 
 e,  159;  Th.  Bridges,  a*  Fr.  tr.,  176-177;  b,  Nov.  1,  1875,  192,  July  1,  1876,  151;  e,  332; 
 Coriat,  205;  Despard,  b,  698;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  179, 181;  Furlong,  b ,*  133, 135-136;  Hyades, 
 p,  332;  q*  379-380;  Lawrence,  June  1,  1874,  92;  Lovisato,*a,  199;  b,  146-149;  Marsh, 
 a,  119-120;  Martial,*  206-207;  Mission  Terre  de  Feu,  311;  Spegazzini,*  a,  11-12. 
 
 (d)  Onas.' — Barclay,*  a,  76-77;  Beauvoir,*  b,  209-210;  Benignus,  233-234;  Cojazzi,* 
 72-75,  102  (Manekenkn);  Dabbene,  a,  74;  6,*  260-262;  Furlong,  d,* 226;  C.  Gallardo,* 
 317-323;  Holmberg,  a,  59;  Lista,  b,  55;  O.  Nordenskjold,  h,  Tour  du  monde,  38; 
 Segers,*  65-66,  75. 
 
 ( e )  Fuegians. — Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  214;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  177,  179. 
 
 Based  on  the  foregoing:  Lucy-Fossarieu,  173-174;  Dabbene,  a,  62-64;  6,*  192-193; 
 Outes,  d,  135,  140;  Canas  P.,  362-365;  Garson,  144-145;  Penna,  203  and  passim. 
 
 Mourning 
 
 Among  the  Yahgans  and  Onas  mourning  is  expressed  by  (1)  the 
 tonsure;  (2)  scarification,  but  only  by  the  widows  or  women  among 
 the  Onas  (C.  Gallardo,  317;  Segers,  75;  Dabbene,  b,  262);  (3)  painting, 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TTERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 161 
 
 usually  with  black  among  the  Yahgans  (Th.  Bridges,  e,  332;  Martial, 
 188;  Furlong,  b,  133),  though  sometimes  with  other  colors,  too  (Th. 
 Bridges,  h,  209;  Lawrence,  June  1,  1874,  92),  with  red  or  black 
 among  the  Onas  (C.  Gallardo,  149,  319-320;  Cojazzi,  72,  74;  Popper, 
 d ,  138).  Mourning  lasts  for  many  months  among  both  tribes — 
 among  the  Yahgans  sometimes  two  years  (Th.  Bridges,  a ,  Fr.  tr., 
 176),  among  the  Onas  sometimes  two  or  even  three  years  (C.  Gal¬ 
 lardo,  320;  Barclay,  «,  77). 
 
 Speaking  of  the  Onas,  Dr.  Gallardo  adds  (318) :  “Creo  que  debemos 
 ver  en  estas  demos traciones  un  simple  testimonio  de  afecto  hacia  el 
 muerto  y  no  un  medio  de  propiciarse  su  buena  voluntad.”  The 
 point,  however,  is  worthy  of  further  investigation. 
 
 The  Alacaluf  met  by  Duclos-Guyot  at  Fort  Famine  painted  them¬ 
 selves  black  as  a  sign  of  mourning  ( b ,  678). 
 
 Burial 
 
 A.  Clionos  and  Alacaluf. — Among  the  Chonos  and  Alacaluf  cave 
 burial  is  the  common  form.  This  use  of  caves  may  be  due,  as  Dr. 
 Dabbene  suggests  ( b ,  214),  to  the  difficulty  of  digging  in  the  hard, 
 rocky  ground  of  western  Fuegia.  Some  cases  of  Chono  (and  Alaca¬ 
 luf?)  burial  in  embryonic  posture  or  with  knees  flexed  to  shoulders 
 or  chin  are  reported  by  Alex.  Campbell  (62),  Dr.  Medina  ( a ,  274),  and 
 Capt.  Steele  (Skottsberg,  b,  271-272),  and  a  kind  of  platform  burial 
 by  Byron  ( a ,  90-92)  and  Alex.  Campbell  (loc.  cit.). 
 
 B.  Yahgans. — The  Yahgans  either  interred  or  cremated.  The 
 latter  custom  was  followed  especially  when  death  occurred  far  from 
 home,  and  was  apparently  intended  to  prevent  desecration  of  the 
 remains  by  enemies  or  by  foxes  and  dogs.  A  case  of  Yahgan  burial 
 in  squatting  posture  is  mentioned  by  Dr.  Lovisato  (b,  147).  He  may, 
 however,  have  been  mistaken,  as  he  was  in  hypothetically  attributing 
 this  custom  to  the  Onas  ( b ,  148). 
 
 C.  Onas. — Sr.  Lista  (6,  55;  followed  by  Penna,  203)  says  that  the 
 northern  Onas  practice  cremation.  Later  investigators,  however, 
 deny  this  (cf.,  e.  g.,  C.  Gallardo,  320).  The  Onas  inter  their  dead  in 
 the  supine  posture.  At  times  they  may  use  caves  or  the  trunk  of  a 
 tree  (C.  Gallardo,  320). 
 
 Disposal  of  property 
 
 Among  the  Yahgans  the  belongings  of  the  deceased  are  given  away 
 or  destroyed,  the  Yahgans  11  manifesting  their  sorrow  by  their  aver¬ 
 sion  to  possess  any  object  that  belonged  to  the  deceased  whom  they 
 mourn”  (Hyades,  q ,  379;  cf.  also  p,  335).  The  Onas  destroy  most  of 
 the  property  of  the  deceased  (C.  Gallardo,  321). 
 
 The  Alacaluf  seemed  to  have  buried  some  of  the  dead  person’s  be¬ 
 longings  with  him,  especially  the  bow  and  arrow  (van  Speilbergen, 
 
162 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  BULL.  63 
 
 1st  ed.,  34;  de  Brosses,  i,  344 ;  Marcel,  c,  111).  Most  of  the  authorities 
 on  the  Yahgans  and  Onas  make  no  mention  of  such  a  custom  in  use 
 by  these  two  tribes,  or  else  deny  outright  its  existence.  It  is  never¬ 
 theless  affirmed  for  the  Yahgans  by  Dr.  Lovisato  (a,  199;  b,  148), 
 Capt.  Bove  (a,  799;  b ,  141;  c ,  134;  d,  Arch.,  297),  and  Dr.  Spegazzini 
 (a,  12),  and  for  the  Onas  by  Mr.  Barclay  (a,  76),  Dr.  Dabbene  ( b ,  262), 
 and  Dr.  Ilolmberg  (a,  59). 1 
 
 Various  customs 
 
 The  Yahgan  prayer  to  the  deceased  and  the  Alacalufan  hair  amulet 
 have  already  been  mentioned  (supra  under  Cult).  Dr.  Lucy-Fos- 
 sarieu  states  (173-174)  that  after  the  death  of  one  of  the  children  be¬ 
 longing  to  the  Alacalufan  troupe  exhibited  at  Paris  the  relatives 
 approached  the  fire  with  a  grave  air  and  threw  into  it  pieces  of  meat 
 and  bread. 
 
 Among  the  Yahgans  and  Onas  the  dead  man’s  hut  or  shelter  is 
 burned,  the  place  is  abandoned,  and  his  name  never  more  mentioned; 
 they  fear  the  dead,  and  will  not  touch  the  bones.  The  Yahgans,  and 
 to  a  lesser  extent  the  Onas,  seem  to  be  willing  to  surrender  the  bones 
 of  their  people  without  very  great  objection  (Lovisato,  b,  149;  Bove, 
 a,  799-800;  b,  107,  142;  c,  135;  d,  Arch.,  297;  Martial,  206-207*  Dab¬ 
 bene,  b,  193;  Cojazzi,  75). 
 
 MYTHOLOGY.  FOLK  TALES,  AND  TRADITIONS 
 
 Sources 
 
 (а)  Yahgans. — Barclay,  a,  64-65;  Benignus,  243;  Th.  Bridges,  a,*  Fr.  tr.,  178, 
 181-182;  k,  236,  239;  Cojazzi ,*  105-107;  Despard ,*  b,  717;  Grubb,  139;  Hahn,  c;  Hyades, 
 q,  281;  Martial ,*  213-214. 
 
 (б)  Onas.— Barclay,*  a ,  77-78;  c,  iv;  Beauvoir,  a,  6;  b,  165-166,  201-202,  217-218; 
 Benignus,  233;  Cojazzi,**  38,  76-92,  101-102  (Manekenkn);  Coriat,  207;  Dabbene,*  a, 
 76-78;  b,  271-273;  Furlong,  g ,  7;  £,*  Shilk’nam  and  probably  Manekenkn;  C.  Gallardo, 
 130,  196-197,  338-340;  Holmberg,  a ,  91;  Segers,  65. 
 
 Based  on  the  foregoing:  Canas  P.,  397,  399-400;  Dabbene,*  a,  66-67;  b,  205-206; 
 Ehrenreich,  b,  36;  Payro,  186-188. 
 
 For  references  on  the  Initiation  Spirits,  see  supra  under  Initiations. 
 
 We  have  no  detailed  information  at  all  on  the  mythological  con¬ 
 ceptions  of  the  Chonos  and  Alacaluf.  For  the  Yahgans  and  espe¬ 
 cially  for  the  Onas  we  now  have  a  fair  amount  of  material,  although 
 by  no  means  abundant. 
 
 Creation 
 
 Among  the  Onas,  Pimaukel,  the  first  man,  made  all  things,  or  at 
 least  the  plants  and  animals  (C.  Gallardo,  338;  Beauvoir,  b,  166). 
 Another  myth  relates  that  formerly  there  lived  on  earth  bearded 
 
 1  The  large  arrowheads  (?)  found  by  Capt.  Bove  on  or  near  Picton  Island  (Lovisato,  b,  101-102)  were 
 buried  with  the  bodies.  These  very  large  skeletons  may  possibly  have  been  of  Onas. 
 
cooper]  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO  163 
 
 white  men;  the  sun  and  moon  were  then  husband  and  wife;  when 
 men  began  to  war,  the  sun  and  moon  returned  to  the  sky  and  sent 
 down  a  red  star,  the  planet  Mars,  which  turned  into  a  giant  on  the  • 
 way;  the  giant  killed  all  men,  then  made  two  mountains  or  clods  of 
 clay,  from  one  of  which  rose  the  first  Ona  man  and  from  the  other 
 the  first  Ona  woman  (Dabbene,  a,  76;  b,  271).  Prof.  Furlong  states 
 (k)  that  the  Onas  “have  a  legend  .  .  .  which  relates  to  the  first 
 man  and  woman  who  they  say  were  let  down  from  the  sky  by  a  rope. 
 The  rope  was  broken  and  hauled  back,  so  the  people  stayed.”  1 
 
 The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  states  (a,  Fr.  tr.,  178)  that  the  Yahgans  had 
 certain  songs,  transmitted  from  father  to  son,  “concernant  1’origme 
 de  cliaque  chose,”  but  he  gives  no  details.  See  also  above  Rev.  Mr. 
 Despard’s  report  about  the  forgotten  maker  of  the  sun  and  moon. 
 
 Fauna,  flora,  and  inanimate  nature 
 
 The  waxing  moon  is  believed  by  the  Onas,  or  at  least  by  the  Ona 
 women  and  children,  to  eat  children  or  to  suck  their  blood  (Beau¬ 
 voir,  a,  6;  b,  217;  Cojazzi,  81;  Segers,  65). 
 
 The  Yahgans  have  a  clear  flood  tradition  (for  details,  see  especially 
 Martial,  213,  or  Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  181).  Among  the  Onas  the 
 flood  was  sent  by  their  hero  Kuanip  (Cojazzi,  82-83).  Among  the 
 Yahgans  the  moon  is  the  wife  of  the  rainbow,  while  the  sun  is  the 
 elder  brother  of  the  moon  and  Venus  (Hyades,  q ,  281);  according  to 
 Capt.  Bove  the  rainbow  is  the  messenger  of  Curspic  ( a ,  800;  b,  142; 
 c.  135;  d,  Arch.,  297;  Dabbene,  b,  203).  Metempsychosis  plays  a 
 considerable  part  in  nearly  all  the  Ona  myths.  In  both  the  Yahgan 
 and  Ona  myths  the  marriage  of  human  beings  with  rocks,  or  the 
 birth  of  men  from  rocks  or  the  earth,  occurs  (cf.  creation  story,  supra, 
 and  hero  myths,  infra).  The  Onas  have  quite  a  number  of  animal 
 and  plant  tales  (cf.  especially  Cojazzi,  83ff,  102;  also  Barclay,  a,  78; 
 c,  iv;  Dabbene,  b,  272;  Furlong,  g,  7;  k). 
 
 Hero  myths 
 
 Two  or  three  tales  are  related  of  the  Yahgan  mythical  hero 
 Oumoara,  while  a  more  complete  cycle  regarding  the  Ona  hero 
 Kuanip  is  available.  Neither  hero,  however,  is  associated  with 
 culture  teaching,  nor  is  the  object  of  any  cult.  (On  Oumoara,  see: 
 Dabbene,  a,  66;  b,  205;  Hahn,  c;  Martial,*  213-214.  On  Kuanip, 
 see  Cojazzi,*  77ff;  Dabbene,  a,  77-78;  b,  271-272.  On  the  Mane- 
 kenkn  Kuanip,  see  Cojazzi,*  101.) 
 
 Traditions 
 
 The  tradition  regarding  the  former  dominance  of  the  women  among 
 the  Yahgans  and  Onas  has  already  been  mentioned  (cf.  under  Initi- 
 
 i  This  legend  is  attributed  to  the  Yahgans  by  Dr.  Coriat  (207),  who  gives  an  interesting  if  somewhat 
 speculative  interpretation  of  it,  namely:  bowl-shape  sky=uterus;  r ope = umbilical  cord. 
 
1G4 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 l  BULL.  G3 
 
 ations).  The  Onas  have  a  tradition  that  they  came  from  the  north 
 and  became  isolated  from  their  kin  by  a  great  cataclysm,  which  rent 
 their  island  from  the  mainland  (Beauvoir,  b,  201). 
 
 DOMESTIC  CULTURE 
 
 Sources 
 
 Most  of  the  numerous  references  bearing  on  domestic  culture  are 
 given  passim  in  the  following  outline.  Here  is  given  a  selected  list 
 of  sources. 
 
 (a)  Alacaluf. — Bougainville,*  2d  ed.,  i,  292-300  passim;  Skottsberg,*  d,  595-596; 
 Vargas  Ponce,  a,  340,  348-350. 
 
 ( b )  Chonos. — Garcia,*  a,  42;  Lozano,*  n,  559. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans. — Bove,*  a,  792-795;  b,  136-138;  c,  127-130;  d,  Arch.,  291-294;  e,  157- 
 159;  Th.  Bridges,  a ,*  Fr.  tr.,  169-174,  176,  182;  b,  January  1,  1875,  10;  e*  332-333; 
 h ,*  205-210;  k,  234;  Despard,*  6,  698,  733;  Furlong,  b,  1 31—132 ; j/ ;  Hyades,*  p,  331-335; 
 q ,  187-188,  191-195,  237-240,  294,  375-379,  409;  Hahn ,*  a,  805-806;  Lovisato,  b,  145- 
 146,  150-151;  Martial,*  196-200;  Mission  Terre  de  Feu,  311;  Spegazzini,*  a,  9-11,  15. 
 
 (d)  Onas. — Beauvoir,  b,  203,  207-208;  Cojazzi,*  24-29;  Fr.  Cook,  6,  725,  728;  Dab- 
 bene ,*  a ,  72-73;  b ,  255-257;  Furlong,  d,  220-221,  226-227;  C.  Gallardo,**  211-250; 
 Lista,*  b,  128-129,  probably  Manekenkn;  O.  Nordenskjold,  y,  354—355;  h,  Tour  du 
 monde,  37-38;  Segers,  61,  65. 
 
 (e)  Fuegians. — Fitz-Itoy,*  a,  178-179,  182,  185-186. 
 
 Based  on  the  foregoing:  Canas  P.,  347-352;  Dabbene,*  a,  62-63;  b ,  187-191;  Parsons, 
 passim;  Ploss,  a  and  b,  passim. 
 
 Courtship  and  Choice  of  Wife 
 
 A.  Yahgans — There  are  no  fixed  forms.  The  girl  is  ordinarily 
 given  by  the  father  without  her  consent  (Hyades,  q,  378;  p,  334),  but 
 the  choice  of  the  father  usually  coincides  with  the  choice  of  the  girl 
 (Bove,  a,  794;  b,  137;  c,  129;  d,  Arch.,  292),  and  besides  if  she  is  too 
 unwilling  she  leaves  her  husband  and  marries  the  man  of  her  choice 
 (Th.  Bridges,  a ,  Fr.  tr.,  171-172).  Marriage  is  usually  founded  on 
 affection,  although  marriage  by  capture  sometimes  occurs  (Hyades, 
 p,  334;  Mission  Terre  de  Feu,  311).  Before  the  birth  of  the  first 
 child  there  may  occur  considerable  shifting  and  changing  of  partners 
 (Hyades,  q,  377-378).  Marriage  is  contracted  at  a'n  early  age. 
 
 B.  Onas. — The  choice  of  a  wife  may  be  made  in  any  of  the  following 
 
 ways:  (1)  By  agreement  between  fathers  or  between  the  groom  and 
 the  bride’s  father  (Cojazzi,  25;  C.  Gallardo,  212),  presents  being 
 given  to  the  bride’s  father  by  the  groom  (C.  Gallardo,  212-213; 
 Beauvoir,  b,  207),  though  the  giving  of  presents  is  denied  by  Mr. 
 Barclay  (a,  76)  and  Dr.  Dabbene  ( b ,  256).  The  father’s  consent  hav¬ 
 ing  been  obtained,  the  suitor  gives  a  bow  to  the  girl;  if  she  sends  it 
 back  by  a  messenger  it  means  she  refuses  his  suit;  if  she  gives  it  back 
 with  her  own  hands  it  means  she  accepts  him  (C.  Gallardo,  213 ;  Dab¬ 
 bene,  b ,  256;  Cojazzi,  25).  (2)  If  the  girl  belongs  to  an  unfriendly 
 
 clan,  the  man  waits  his  chance  and  commands  her  to  follow  him,  under 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 165 
 
 threat  of  shooting  her  with  an  arrow  (C.  Gallardo,  213-214).  (3)  The 
 
 women  of  fallen  foes  are  taken  for  wives  (Cojazzi,  24;  C.  Gallardo, 
 214). 
 
 It  is  a  common  practice  among  both  the  Onas  and  the  Yahgans  for 
 a  man  to  marry  two  sisters  (Th.  Bridges,  h,  210;  Hahn,  a,  805; 
 Cojazzi,  24;  Furlong,  d,  221;  C.  Gallardo,  214).  If  we  may  judge 
 from  the  fact  that  a  Yahgan  at  Orange  Bay  was  married  to  two  Ala- 
 calufan  sisters  (Hyades,  b ,  1344;  q,  411-412),  the  same  custom  may 
 prevail  among  the  Alacaluf. 
 
 An  Ona  or  Yahgan  sometimes  marries  a  woman  and  her  daughter 
 by  a  former  husband  (Cojazzi,  24;  Th.  Bridges,  a ,  Fr.  tr.,  182).  The 
 one  older  and  one  younger  woman  to  whom  Byron’s  Chono  ( ?)  cacique 
 was  married  (Byron,  a,  136)  were  in  all  probability  mother  and 
 daughter  by  a  former  husband,  which  would  explain  Byron’s  almost 
 certainly  incorrect  inference  that  the  younger  wife  was  the  cacique’s 
 daughter.  Alex.  Campbell’s  charge  (61;  in  Prevost,  xv,  388)  that 
 the  Chonos  practiced  incestuous  marriage  was  an  equally  unwar¬ 
 ranted  inference  from  the  same  observed  fact. 
 
 Leyirate 
 
 The  Ona  or  Yahgan  often  marries  his  brother’s  widow  (Hahn, 
 a,  805;  C.  Gallardo,  214).  The  Ona  at  least  may  marry  a  relative’s 
 widow  (C.  Gallardo,  214)  or  his  deceased  wife’s  sister  (Barclay,  a,  76). 
 
 Incest 
 
 Marriage  between  blood  relations  is  held  in  horror  among  both  the 
 Onas  and  Yahgans  (Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  182;  Ji,  205;  e,  332;  le,  234; 
 Hahn,  a,  805;  Martial,  200;  Beauvoir,  b,  207;  Cojazzi,  24;  Barclay, 
 a ,  76;  Furlong,  d ,  221;  C.  Gallardo,  215).  Dr.  Chastrey’s  charge  to 
 the  contrary  (255),  unless  derived  from  Byron  and  Alex.  Campbell 
 (11.  c.),  is  probably  based  on  the  same  source  as  a  great  part  of  his 
 article — that  is,  on  imagination. 
 
 The  restriction  obtains  among  the  Yahgans  to  the  second  degree 
 (Th.  Bridges,  &,  234),  while  among  the  Onas,  if  even  in  case  of  quasi 
 necessity  “cugini  di  terzo  grado”  marry,  they  are  talked  about 
 (Cojazzi,  24). 
 
 Endogamy  and  Exogamy 
 
 Among  the  Yahgans  the  man  more  frequently  took  a  wife  from  a 
 near  rather  than  from  a  distant  clan,  as  the  women  did  not  like  to 
 go  far  away  from  their  own  relatives  (Th.  Bridges,  Ti,  210).  Hence 
 the  Yahgans  may  be  classed  as  loosely  endogamous  (Hyades,  p,  334). 
 
 Among  the  Onas  the  young  men  prefer  to  take  wives  from  distant 
 clans,  but  the  parents  of  both  the  man  and  woman  prefer  unions 
 between  members  of  adjacent  groups;  the  Onas  are  therefore  lt indis¬ 
 tinctly  endogamous  or  exogamous”  (C.  Gallardo,  212,  215-216). 
 
166 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Neither  among  the  Onas  nor  among  the  Yahgans  does  there  appear 
 to  be  any  fixed  social  law  or  tribal  feeling  about  the  matter. 
 
 Formerly  marriages  between  members  of  the  three  F uegian  tribes 
 were  more  frequent  (Th.  Bridges,  &,  234),  especially  in  border  dis¬ 
 tricts  (cf.  supra  in  Introduction).  At  the  present  time  an  Ona  man 
 marries  a  Yahgan  or  Alacalufan  woman  only  when  there  are  no  Onan 
 women  available  (C.  Gallardo,  216). 
 
 Among  the  Yahgans  and  Onas  the  newly  married  couple  go  as  a 
 rule  to  live  with  the  husband’s  clan,  although  among  the  former  the 
 man  more  frequently  remains  with  the  woman’s  parents  temporarily, 
 rendering  them  certain  services  (Hyades,  q ,  378). 
 
 Monogamy,  Polygamy,  Polyandry 
 
 There  is  no  polyandry  among  either  the  Yahgans  (Th.  Bridges,  h, 
 210)  or  the  Onas  (Beauvoir,  b,  207). 
 
 As  to  polygamy,  there  is  no  tribal  sentiment  apparently,  at  least 
 among  the  Yahgans  and  Onas,  against  a  man  having  two  or  even  more 
 wives,  yet,  de  facto,  monogamy  is  the  more  common  rule. 
 
 A.  Alacaluf  and  Chonos. — Father  Garcia’s  Chonos  were  monog¬ 
 amous,  he  tells  us  (a,  42).  Byron’s  Chono  (?)  cacique  had,  how¬ 
 ever,  two  wives  (u,  136).  Dr.  Skottsberg  found  monogamy  to  be 
 the  rule  among  the  West  Patagonian  channel  natives,  although  some 
 men  had  two  wives  (d,  596;  c,  97). 
 
 B.  Yahgans. — The  custom  differed.  “In  some  places  the  rule 
 is  to  have  one  wife;  in  others  many  have  two,  some  three  and  even 
 up  to  four  ”  (Th.  Bridges,  h,  206).  Bigamy  was  of  common  occur¬ 
 rence,  in  most  cases  the  two  wives  being  sisters  (Th.  Bridges,  e,  332; 
 Tij  210).  “Although  there  are  quite  a  large  number  of  men  who  have 
 two,  three,  or  even  four  wives,  the  more  common  custom  [Tliabitude’] 
 is  to  have  only  one”  (Hyades,  q ,  378;  cf.  in  same  sense,  Martial,  198, 
 “rarement  trois  et  meme  quatre  femmes;  par  fois  deux,  le  plus  sou- 
 vent  une”;  Mission  Terre  de  Feu,  311).  Dr.  Lovisato  simply  states 
 (b,  150)  that  a  man  has  from  one  to  five  wives,  Prof.  Furlong  (j) 
 rarely  beyond  three,  and  Dr.  Spegazzini  (a,  10)  that  it  is  not  rare  to 
 find  men  with  four  or  even  five  wives.  Capt.  Bove  says:  “Un  uomo 
 sposa  quante  donne  egli  crede:  raramente  pero  si  vedono  con  piu  di 
 quattro  mogli”  (5,  136;  a ,  793;  c,  127-128;  d,  Arch .,  292).  Dr.  Cora, 
 whose  articles  are  based  on  Capt.  Bove’s  report,  says  a  little  inexactly 
 (234)  that  “un  uomo  ha  generalmente  quattro  mogli” — a  slight  error 
 followed  by  Prof.  Keane  ( a ,  345;  d,  303). 
 
 As  Mr.  Bridges  and  the  members  of  the  French  Cape  Horn  expedi¬ 
 tion  had  much  more  experience  among  the  Yahgans  than  had  the 
 members  of  the  Italo-Argentinian  expedition,  it  is  more  probable 
 that  the  former  authorities’  estimate  is  the  truer  one,  namely,  domi¬ 
 nant  monogamy  with,  however,  considerable  polygamy. 
 
COOPER J 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 167 
 
 C ’.  Onas. — Polygamy  is  apparently  less  common  and  less  pro¬ 
 nounced  among  the  Onas.  According  to- Dr.  Lehmann-Nitsche  (a) 
 and  Senor  Marguin  (501)  the  Onas  are  monogamous.  It  seems,  how¬ 
 ever,  that  polygamy  is  allowed  and  practiced  to  a  certain  extent,  as 
 is  attested  by  Dr.  Gallardo  (212),  Prof.  Furlong  (d,  221),  Dr.  Dabbene 
 (a,  72),  and  Dr.  Outes  (d,  135).  According  to  Dr.  Gallardo,  among 
 the  Onas  of  the  north  “casi  nunca  el  indio  tiene  mas  de  una  mujer  y 
 rara  sera  la  vez  que  pase  de  dos”  (227).  Dr.  Segers  states  (65)  that 
 while  bigamy  exists,  it  is  not  common,  and  a  man  “casi  nunca’ ’ 
 has  more  than  two  wives.  Senor  Lista  (5,  128)  says  practically  the 
 same  of  the  southern  Ona  (Manekenkn) .  According  to  the  Salesian 
 missionaries  polygamy  is  allowed ;  a  native  never  has  more  than  four 
 wives,  some  Onas  have  three,  many  two,  but  usually  they  have  only 
 one  (Beauvoir,  b,  207;  Cojazzi,  24). 
 
 To  summarize  the  foregoing,  it  may  be  said  that  most  of  the 
 most  dependable  authorities  attest  that  monogamy  is  the  prevailing 
 custom  among  the  three  Fuegian  peoples,  although  polygamy  is 
 allowed  and  rather  widely  practiced. 
 
 Divorce 
 
 Our  sources  give  little  explicit  information  on  this  point.  Among 
 the  Yahgans  Capt.  Martial  found  it  frequent  (199-200;  cf.  also 
 Hyades,  p,  335),  while  Mr.  Thos.  Bridges  states  (a,  Fr.  tr.,  172)  that 
 the  Yahgan  sometimes  practice  divorce  and  ( h ,  210)  that  some 
 women  have  had  as  many  as  ten  or  more  successive  husbands. 
 Yahgan  partners  are  often  changed  before  the  birth  of  the  first  child 
 (Hyades,  q,  377-378).  According  to  Dr.  Gallardo  (220),  divorce  is 
 of  rare  occurrence  among  the  Onas. 
 
 Conjugal  Fidelity 
 
 A.  Alacaluf. — The  men  are  jealous  of  their  wives  and  demand 
 fidelity  of  them  (Skottsberg,  d,  596;  cf.  also  Bougainville,  2d  ed., 
 I,  296).  Capt.  King  (55-56)  relates  a  case  where  an  Alacaluf  met 
 near  Port  Cooke  wanted  to  sell  his  wife;  that,  however,  she  was 
 actually  his  wife  is  not  clear  from  the  evidence. 
 
 B.  Yahgans. — The  Yahgans  clearly  recognize  conjugal  rights  (Tli. 
 Bridges,  1c,  234;  Hyades,  p,  334-335;  q ,  378;  and  others).  Adultery 
 on  the  part  of  the  woman  is  punished  severely  by  the  husband,  with 
 hard  blows  (Hyades,  p ,  335),  rarely  with  death  (Martial,  199;  Dab¬ 
 bene,  b,  189),  and  entrains  a  certain  “mesestime  publique”  (Hyades, 
 q ,  378).  Jealous  wives  make  life  very  disagreeable  for  their  hus¬ 
 bands  (Hyades,  q,  378-379);  a  husband’s  infidelity  gives  rise  to 
 domestic  “scenes”  (Hyades,  p ,  335),  and  even  at  times  to  violent 
 beatings,  if  we  may  judge  by  the  fact  that  Dr.  Spegazzini  reported 
 seeing  one  man  who  had  been  paralyzed  from  the  waist  down  by 
 blows  from  his  outraged  better  half  («,  10). 
 
 64028°— Bull.  63—17 - 12 
 
168 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  G3 
 
 As  to  how  far  marital  fidelity  is  actually  observed  among  the 
 Yahgans,  the  testimonies  differ.  Some  writers  report  infidelity  as 
 very  common  (Martial,  199;  Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  173,  an  early 
 paper),  others  as  not  so  common  or  even  as  rare  (Th.  Bridges,  fc,  234, 
 a  later  paper  ;  Dabbene,  b,  189;  Spegazzini,  a,  10;  Mission  Terre  de 
 Feu,  311).  The  truth  perhaps  lies  between  the  two  extremes. 
 
 That  the  Yahgan  men  are  jealous  of  their  wives  is  attested  by  all 
 credible  observers  (cf.,  e.  g.,  Hyades,  q,  239;  Snow,  a,  vol.  i,  338-339; 
 Weddell,  184;  Wilkes,  a,  vol.  i,  130,  1845  ed.,  i,  125;  b,  52).  Wives 
 are  never  loaned  or  sold  (Hyades,  p,  332;  q,  239) ;  Dr.  Flyades’  proofs 
 of  this  appear  to  be  sufficient. 
 
 C.  Onas. — Breaches  of  marital  fidelity  occur  among  the  Onas,  but 
 apparently  not  with  marked  frequency;  the  offended  husband  is  more 
 apt  to  wreak  vengeance  on  his  wife’s  lover  than  on  her  (C.  Gallardo, 
 220). 
 
 Position  op  Woman 
 
 Constructively  and  in  theory  the  woman  among  the  three  Fuegian 
 tribes  is  supposed  to  be  absolutely  subject  to  the  man;  he  is  emphati¬ 
 cally  the  head  of  the  family  (cf.,  e.  g.,  Skottsberg,  d,  596;  Martial,  196; 
 Hyades,  p,  332;  C.  Gallardo,  224). 
 
 A.  Yahgans. — Actually,  the  man’s  authority  is  rather  weak  (Martial, 
 196);  the  woman  is  not  entirely  dependent  on  the  husband  and  has 
 considerable  liberty  (Th.  Bridges,  h,  210;  e,  332).  Not  a  few  men  are 
 entirely  dominated  by  their  wives  (Th.  Bridges,  h ,  210;  Spegazzini,  a , 
 15,  “predominio  tan  grande  de  las  mujeres”),  and  a  man’s  wives 
 sometimes  form  a  coalition  to  enforce  their  will  upon  him  (Bove,  a, 
 793;  5,  136;  c,  128;  d,  Arch.,  292).  A  woman  who  conducts  herself 
 well  is  respected  and  independent  (Hyades,  p,  332). 
 
 Brutality,  where  indulged  in  by  the  man,  may  be  occasioned  by 
 jealousy  (Hyades,  q,  239),  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the  wife  herself  is 
 not  so  tender  at  times  with  her  sinning  spouse  (Spegazzini,  a,  10). 
 A  cruel  husband  gets  into  trouble  with  his  wife’s  relatives  (Th. 
 Bridges,  b,  Jan.  1,  1875,  10).  Husbands  have  real  affection  for  their 
 wives  (Weddell,  156),  but  are  chary  of  showing  it,  especially  in  the 
 presence  of  strangers. 
 
 This  studied  repression  of  the  emotions  probably  accounts  in  part 
 for  Capt.  Bove’s  characterization  of  the  Yahgan  woman  as  her  hus¬ 
 band’s  slave  and  drudge  ( a ,  792;  b,  136;  c,  127;  d,  Arch.,  291).  As 
 for  her  being  a  drudge,  see  following  section  on  Division  of  Labor. 
 That  she  is  supposed  to  obey  her  husband  implicitly  is  emphatically 
 the  Yahgan  theory,  but  that  she  is  respected,  well  treated,  and  well 
 provided  for  in  the  main  and  actually  fairly  independent,  seems  clear 
 from  the  accumulated  testimonies  summarized  in  the  preceding 
 paragraphs. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 169 
 
 B.  Onas. — The  Ona  woman  holds  approximately  the  same  position. 
 Absolute  obedience  to  her  husband  is  demanded  and  rendered  as  a 
 matter  of  course,  and  occasionally  he  is  brutal  toward  her,  but  nor¬ 
 mally  she  is  well  provided  for,  and  is  the  recipient  of  many  tokens  of 
 esteem  and  affection  (C.  Gallardo,  220,  222-224,  251,  134-135). 
 
 C.  Alacaluf  and  Chonos. —  Little  available  evidence.  The  Alaca- 
 lufan  women  are  “not  exactly  ill-treated”  (Skottsberg,  d ,  596),  and 
 may  be  sincerely  loved  by  their  husbands  (Manouvrier,  a ,  765).  By¬ 
 ron’s  Chono  (?)  cacique,  however,  was  certainly  very  brutal  during  a 
 fit  of  rage  occasioned  apparently  by  jealousy  (Byron,  a,  137) 
 
 Division  of  Labor 
 
 The  division  of  labor  between  husband  and  wife  is  described  by 
 many  authorities  (for  the  Chonos:  Lozano,  n,  559;  for  the  Alacaluf: 
 Marcel,  a,  490;  c,  108;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  185;  Bougainville,  2d  cd.,  i,  292; 
 Vargas  Ponce,  a,  348-349;  La  Guilbaudiere,  6-7;  Skottsberg,  d,  596; 
 for  the  Yaligans:  Tli.  Bridges,  h,  210;  Furlong,  b,  132;  Dabbene,  b, 
 188;  Martial,  197;  W.  Webster,  i,  182;  Weddell,  156;  for  the  Onas: 
 Barclay,  a,  71;  b,  99;  C.  Gallardo,  225,  227,  248-249;  Cojazzi,  24;  Fr. 
 Cook,  b,  728;  Furlong,  d ,  226-227;  £;  Dabbene,  b ,  257;  Lista,  b,  128- 
 129  (Onas  of  south);  O.  Nordenskjold,  h,  Tour  du  monde,  37;  Segers, 
 61;  Outes,  d,  136;  Beauvoir,  b,  203).  Judging  from  these  accounts, 
 the  division  seems,  if  we  take  into  account  Fuegian  tribal  conditions 
 and  necessities,  to  be  a  fairly  equitable  one,  and  it  is  so  adjudged  ex¬ 
 plicitly  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  (h,  210;  e,  332),  more  or  less  explicitly 
 by  Prof.  Furlong  ( d ,  227;  1c,  and  q,  “well  balanced”),  and  implicitly 
 by  Dr.  Dabbene  ( b ,  257),  all  of  whom  had  personally  witnessed  the 
 system  in  action.  Here  again  Capt.  Bove,  in  describing  the  Yahgan 
 woman  as  a  mere  drudge,  seems  to  have  overlooked  the  exigencies  of 
 nomadic  life. 
 
 Modesty 
 
 That  modesty  is  well  observed  by  the  Fuegian  woman  is  unani¬ 
 mously  attested  by  observers  (cf.,  e.  g.,  for  the  Alacaluf:  Duclos- 
 Guyot,  b,  672;  Bischoff,  b ,  243-244;  Manouvrier,  a,  768;  Reynaud,  a, 
 93;  for  the  Yahgans:  Hyades,  p,  334;  q,  239,  409;  Snow,  a,  vol.  i,  325- 
 326,  338-339,  349,  vol.  n,  46;  b,  262;  W.  Webster,  i,  181;  Weddell, 
 157-158;  Wilkes,  a,  vol.  i,  130,  1845  ed.,  i,  125;  b,  52;  for  the  Onas: 
 C.  Gallardo,  131-132).  Dr.  Hyades  states  ( q ,  239)  that  among  the 
 Yahgans  even  control  of  the  eye  is  observed  and  expected  by  man 
 and  woman. 
 
 Premarital  Chastity 
 
 A.  Yahgans. — Virginity  is  apparently  not  greatly  esteemed,  and 
 there  is  much  indulgence,  little  restriction  being  placed  on  the  un¬ 
 married  girls  (Hahn,  a ,  805;  Hyades,  p,  334;  q ,  188).  There  is  no 
 professional  prostitution  (Flyades,  p,  335);  a  woman  of  markedly 
 
170 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 loose  character  or  a  semiprofessional  is  rather  looked  down  on 
 (Hyades,  p,  335). 
 
 B.  Onas. — While  a  man  is  indifferent  to  the  past  of  his  prospective 
 wife,  virginity  is  preserved  by  both  boys  and  girls  as  a  rule  until  mar¬ 
 riage,  as  both  are  carefully  guarded  by  their  parents  (C.  Gallardo,  217). 
 
 The  Yahgans  joke  about  unnatural  vice,  but  do  not  practice  it 
 (Hyades,  p,  334;  q,  294;  Mondiere,  114).  Dr.  Karsch-Haack  (446) 
 quotes  Dr.  Arndt  to  the  contrary,  but  adds  that  Dr.  Arndt  gives  no 
 authority  for  the  charge.  On  solitary  vice  there  appears  to  be  little 
 published  evidence  (cf.  ten  Kate,  39). 
 
 Care  of  Aged 
 
 Among  the  three  Fuegian  tribes  the  aged  are  respected  and  well 
 treated  (Fitz-Roy,  a ,  179,  186;  Th.  Bridges,  h,  206;  Despard,  b,  698; 
 Martial,  205;  Hyades,  p,  332;  C.  Gallardo,  136,  124,  358;  Spegazzini,  a , 
 19).  Capt.  King  (23)  saw  at  Port  St.  Mary  a  very  old  Alacalufan 
 woman  so  infirm  that  she  had  to  be  lifted  out  of  the  canoe,  while  Capt. 
 Snow  {a,  vol.  i,  362)  observed  in  one  wigwam  an  old  blind  Yahgan 
 woman.  Dr.  Spegazzini  (a,  19)  speaks  of  an  aged  Ona  who  was  blind, 
 and  who  was  always  accompanied  by  his  grandson  as  guide.  Taking 
 into  consideration  the  nomadic  habits  of  the  Fuegians,  the  above 
 cases  speak  well  for  the  natives’  regard  for  the  aged. 
 
 For  other  data  concerning  treatment  of  the  aged,  see  infra,  under 
 Political  Culture,  and  Sacredness  of  Life  and  Cannibalism  under 
 Moral  Culture. 
 
 Care  of  the  Child 
 
 Love  for  and  good  treatment  of  children  are  amply  attested  for 
 all  three  Fuegian  tribes  (cf.,  for  Alacaluf:  King,  76;  Meriais,  390; 
 Manouvrier,  a,  762,  770-771;  Bougainville,  2d  ed.,  i,  298-300;  Mor- 
 tillet,  discussion  after  Manouvrier,  a,  782;  Skottsberg,  d,  595.  For 
 Yahgans:  Th.  Bridges,  h,  208;  Dabbene,  b,  191;  Hyades,  p,  331; 
 Outes,  d,  140;  Snow,  a,  vol.  I,  326,  349,  362-363;  b,  262;  Spegazzini, 
 
 a,  10-11;  Weddell,  156-157;  Wilkes,  a,  vol.  i,  130,  1845  ed.,  i,  126; 
 
 b,  52.  For  Onas:  C.  Gallardo,  135;  Pertuiset,  217;  Popper,  d ,  138; 
 Lista,  b,  128,  Onas  of  south;  Outes,  d,  135). 
 
 Capt.  Bove  states  that  the  Yahgan  mother’s  love  wanes  as  the  child 
 is  weaned  and  ceases  entirely  at  the  child’s  seventh  or  eighth  year 
 (a,  795;  b,  137;  c,  130;  d,  Arch.,  293;  e,  158).  This  view  concurred 
 in  by  Dr.  Lovisato  ( b ,  145-146)  and  accepted  by  Dr.  Brinton  (c,  330) 
 and  Prof.  Keane  ( b ,  432),  is  almost  certainly  far  too  severe,  being 
 flatly  contradicted  by  the  bulk  of  authorities,  many  of  whom  had 
 much  more  experience  among  the  natives  than  had  Capt.  Bove  and 
 Dr.  Lovisato.  Here,  as  in  their  estimate  of  many  features  of  Yahgan 
 affective  life,  Capt.  Bove  and  Dr.  Lovisato  seem  to  have  been  misled 
 by  the  studied  dissemblance  of  the  affective  emotions  which  is  com- 
 
cooper! 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FTJEGO 
 
 171 
 
 mon  to  the  Fuegians,  as  well  as  to  the  other  American  aborigines. 
 Dr.  Hyades  explicitly  (p,  331)  and  Capt.  Martial  implicitly  (197)  state 
 that  the  Yahgan  child  is  cared  for  by  the  parents  until  marriage, 
 and  the  same  is  implicitly  assured  for  the  Onas  by  Dr.  Gallardo  (217 
 and  passim). 
 
 On  the  other  hand,  among  the  Yahgans  (Hyades,  p ,  331;  King, 
 444)  and  perhaps  among  the  Alacaluf  (King,  55;  Coppinger,  51,  65) 
 children  are  sometimes  sold  or  bartered. 
 
 Infanticide  and  Abortion 
 
 A.  Yahqans. — Deliberate  abortion  is  common  (Hahn,  a,  805;  Mar¬ 
 tial,  198;  Th.  Bridges,  cited  by  Hyades,  q ,  376)  and  infanticide  not 
 rare  (Martial,  198;  Th.  Bridges,  cited  by  Hyades,  q ,  376).  Regarding 
 infanticide,  however,  there  is  some  question.  Dr.  Hyades  came  across 
 no  cases  of  it  himself  (q,  376),  and  states  elsewhere  that  the  Yahgans 
 do  not  practice  it  ( p ,  331).  In  three  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges’  papers 
 (<x,  Fr.  tr.,  169;  h,  208;  &,  240)  it  is  stated  that  infanticide  is  rare 
 or  very  rare,  except  in  the  following  cases :  Desertion  on  the  part  of  the 
 husband  and  father,  great  deformity  in  the  child,  too  much  annoy¬ 
 ance  to  the  clan  from  the  child’s  crying,  too  many  girl  babies.  These 
 detailed  accounts  by  Mr.  Bridges,  followed  by  Dr.  Dabbene  (a,  63; 
 b,  190),  are  probably  nearest  the  truth.  Twins  are  apparently  not 
 put  to  death  (Holmberg,  a,  57). 
 
 B.  Onas. — -Infanticide  does  not  occur  at  all  among  the  Onas,  nor 
 does  intentional  abortion  except  occasionally  in  fits  of  violent  rage 
 (C.  Gallardo,  136,  227-228,  233). 
 
 Naming,  Weaning,  and  Carrying  Child 
 
 The  Ona  father  after  a  child’s  birth  makes  no  inquiries  about  it, 
 not  even  regarding  its  sex,  until  the  mother  volunteers  the  informa¬ 
 tion  (C.  Gallardo,  230;  Cojazzi,  25-26).  The  Yahgan  child  is  more 
 commonly,  although  not  always,  named  after  the  locality  in  which  it 
 is  born  (Hyades,  q,  376;  Dabbene,  b ,  190;  and  others),  the  Ona  child 
 more  commonly,  although  again  not  always,  after  some  physical 
 peculiarity  (C.  Gallardo,  234;  and  others). 
 
 Among  the  Onas  the  child  is  not  weaned  until  it  is  2  years  old 
 (C.  Gallardo,  232),  among  the  Yahgans  not  until  it  is  3  years  old 
 (Hyades,  q,  195)  or  even  older  (Despard,  b,  698). 
 
 Among  all  three  Fuegian  tribes  it  is  a  common  custom  for  the 
 mother  to  carry  her  infant  on  her  back  in  a  fold  of  her  mantle  (cf. 
 for  the  Alacaluf:  Ill.  in  Barent  Jansz,  1600  ed.;  Bougainville,  2d  ed., 
 i,  292;  Vargas  Ponce,  a,  340;  Reynaud,  a,  92;  Coppinger,  50;  Skotts- 
 berg,  c,  97.  For  the  Yahgans:  Hyades,  q,  pi.  xiii  and  xvm.  For  the 
 Onas:  Furlong,  c,  448;  Pertuiset,  217;  C.  Gallardo,  229,  232). 
 
 Among  the  Onas  only  is  the  child’s  cradle  in  use — in  this  case  a 
 ladder-shaped  structure  made  of  two  upright  and  nearly  parallel 
 
172 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [  IiUTA.  (is 
 
 poles,  with  several  cross  sticks  (C.  Gallardo,  288-290,  231-232,  ill. 
 p.  231;  Cojazzi,  26-27,  ill.  opp.  p.  42;  Beauvoir,  b,  ill.  opp.  p.  200). 
 
 Dr.  Segers  mentions  (71)  two  Ona  gewgaws  used  by  mothers  to 
 distract  or  amuse  their  children — one  of  six  graduated  mussel  shells 
 on  a  sinew  string,  the  other  the  kneepan  of  a  guanaco  with  the 
 ligament  attached. 
 
 Kinship 
 
 The  published  data  on  this  subject  are  unfortunately  very  meager. 
 Among  the  Yahgans  kinship  is  reckoned  both  lineally  and  collaterally 
 and  in  both  the  paternal  and  maternal  lines,  and  is  recognized  to  the 
 fourth  and  fifth  degree  (Hyades,  p,  333-334;  cf.  also  Th.  Bridges, 
 
 h,  206,  and  Despard,  b,  698).  “L’heritage  se  transmet  a  Tepoux 
 survivant  ou,  a  defaut,  au  fils  aine”  (Hyades,  p,  334),  but  the  heir 
 usually  gives  everything  away. 
 
 /  Cf.  for  Yahgan  kinship  terms,  Hyades,  p,  333-334,  and  for  Onan, 
 Cojazzi,  95. 
 
 The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  wrote  of  the  Yahgans  (a,  Fr.  tr.,  182):  “Le 
 frere  et  les  soeurs,  les  nieces  et  les  neveux  de  quelqu’un  s’appellent 
 respectivement  pere  et  mere,  belles-soeurs  ou  freres  des  enfants  de 
 cet  individu,  fils  ou  belles-filles,  et  ces  fils  ou  ces  belles-filles  doivent 
 les  traiter  comine  tels.” 
 
 MORAL  CULTURE 
 
 Sources 
 
 Nearly  every  account  of  the  Fuegians  contains  some  data  bearing 
 on  moral  culture.  The  following  list  is  a  selected  one: 
 
 (a)  Alacaluf. — Betagh,  79-81;  Bougainville,  2d  ed.,  i,  293-294,  300;  Coppinger, 
 55;  Fitz-Roy,*  a,  193-196;  Goicueta,  505;  Holdich,  152-153;  ten  Kate,  40-42;  King,* 
 23-24,  76-77,  128-129,  141,  143,  227,  319-320,  343-344,  415;  Marcel*  a,  492-495;  c, 
 109-111;  Mayne;  Meriais,  391;  Skottsberg,  b*  258-259;  c,  98;  d*  586,  595-596;  Slocum, 
 a  or  b,  passim;  Vargas  Ponce,  a,  349-350. 
 
 (5)  Chonos. — Garda,*  a,  42;  Lozano,*  n,  559-561;  Del  Techo,*  159-160. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans.— Bove,*  a,  795-798;  b,  138-141;  c,  127-133;  d,  Arch.,  293-296;  e,  159; 
 Th.  Bridges,  a,*Fr.  tr.,  172-175, 178-180;  6,*  Oct.  1,  1874,  157;  Jan.  1, 1875,  12;  Mar.  1, 
 1876,  57;  July  1,  1879,  151-155,  a  long  description  of  blood-revenge  customs;  Oct.  1, 
 1884,  224;  and  passim;  c,  passim;  e,  332-333;  h*  205-210;  Jc ,*  238-241;  Despard,*  b, 
 680,  698,  717,  746;  Dominguez,  142-143;  Dy,  270;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  208-211,  214,  220-222; 
 Furlong,  b,  127,  134-137;^';  Hamilton,  passim;  Hyades,  l,  718;  p,*  330-331,  340-341; 
 q*  237-248,  311,  374-376,  380-391  passim;  ten  Kate,  38^10,  42;  Lovisato*  b,  145-146; 
 Marsh,  a,  53,  56-57  and  passim;  b,  passim;  Martial,*  180-181,  194,  201,  204-207,  216— 
 231  passim;  Myers,  214-300  passim;  G.  W.  Phillips,  passim;  Snow,  a,  vol.  i,  326-327, 
 340,  345,  347-348,  350-351,  362;  b,  262,  264;  Spegazzini,  a,  10-11,  20-21;  W.  Webster, 
 
 i,  176,  179-181,  184;  Weddell,  151-155,  167-168,  174-178,  182;  Wilkes,  a,  vol.  i,  132, 
 1845  ed.,  i,  128;  b ,  53;  Young,  1-79,  2d  ed.,  1-82  passim. 
 
 (d)  Onas. — Andersson,*  374-376,  389-390;  Barclay,  b ,  101-103;  Beauvoir,  b,  209- 
 211 ;  Cojazzi,  66-67,  97;  Dabbene,  6,*  263-266,  259;  Furlong,  d*  220-224,  227-228;  £*; 
 C.  Gallardo,**  123-127,  130-134,  137-138,  237-238,188,  293-296,  305-317,331,351-358 
 passim;  Labbe;  Popper,  d,  138-142;  Spegazzini,  a,  20-21;  Young,*  61,  2d  ed.,  66, 
 quoting  L.  Bridges. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TTERRA  PEL  FUEGO 
 
 173 
 
 (e)  Fuegians. — Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  225-227. 
 
 Based  on  the  foregoing:  Canas  P.,  352-354;  Cora,  234;  Dabbene,  a,  65;  6,*  191,  194, 
 197-200;  Hale,  94;  A.  Jakob,  49-54. 
 
 The  Fuegians,  like  their  more  civilized  brethren,  do  not  always 
 live  up  to  their  moral  ideals,  do  not  practice  what  they  preach. 
 Hence  we  may  divide  their  moral  culture  into  ideal  and  actual. 
 
 Ideal  Moral  Culture 
 
 The  available  data  are  not  very  complete.  We  may,  however, 
 gather  a  good  summary  of  their  ethical  standards  from  the  instruc¬ 
 tions  given  to  the  young  by  their  parents  and  elders,  especially  those 
 given  during  the  initiation  ceremonies. 
 
 A.  Yaligans. — The  boys  during  their  initiation  are  counseled  to  be 
 honest,  truthful,  industrious,  patient,  generous,  and  chaste,  and  are 
 admonished  not  to  be  jealous,  quarrelsome,  quick-tempered,  or  vio¬ 
 lent  (Tli.  Bridges,  a ,  Fr.  tr.,  174-175;  h,  208;  fc,  240;  Hyades,  q,  376, 
 citing  Th.  Bridges,  i;  Dabbene,  b,  191).  The  girls  are  given  similar 
 advice  (Th.  Bridges,  &,  240;  Hyades,  q,  377).  The  added  counsel 
 given  the  boys  to  be  prudent  in  their  choice  of  a  helpmate,  to  select 
 a  woman  not  too  young  who  will  be  helpful  and  dutiful  (Th.  Bridges, 
 a,  Fr.  tr.,  175),  is  somewhat  less  altruistic,  as  the  older  men  usually 
 bespeak  the  younger  girls  for  themselves  (Th.  Bridges,  h,  208-209). 
 Cf.  also  the  Yahgan  1 1  commandments  ”  in  Despard,  b,  698,  746. 
 
 B.  Onas. — The  boy  repeatedly  receives  good  counsel  from  his 
 father,  counsel  emphasized  still  more  during  the  initiation  rites.  He 
 is  urged  to  be  brave,  not  to  be  gluttonous  nor  engrossed  in  the  pursuit 
 of  bodily  comfort,  to  be  uncomplaining  and  stoical  in  suffering  and 
 hunger,  generous  in  sharing  the  spoils  of  the  chase  with  his  fellows, 
 and  especially  with  the  aged,  continent  until  he  reaches  a  certain  age, 
 docile  and  kind  to  his  elders,  kind  but  reserved  toward  women, 
 conscientious  in  carrying  out  the  laws  of  blood-revenge  (C.  Gallardo, 
 237-238,  331;  Dabbene,  b,  259). 
 
 Actual  Moral  Culture 
 
 The  reports  of  passing  travelers  on  the  character  and  morality  of 
 the  Chonoans  and  Fuegians  differ  considerably.  Some  give  a  quite 
 favorable  estimate  (cf.,  e.  g.,  Betagh,  Bougainville,  Garcia,  a,  Marcel, 
 a,  c,  Venegas,  Ferrufino  and  Estevan,  Labbe,  Mayne,  Meriais,  Snow, 
 Vargas  Ponce,  W.  Webster,  Weddell),  others  an  equally  unfavorable 
 one  (cf.,  e.  g.,  Byron,  a,  LTIermite,  Slocum). 
 
 The  detailed  accounts,  however,  from  observers  with  more  exten¬ 
 sive  experience  and  opportunities  show  a  fairly  uniform  moral  cul¬ 
 ture  among  the  Chonoan  and  Fuegian  tribes,  that  is  in  agreement 
 along  its  main  lines  on  the  one  hand  with  that  of  the  general  American 
 Indian  type  and  on  the  other  with  that  of  peoples  of  nomadic  culture 
 in  other  parts  of  the  world.  The  same  contrasts  of  good  and  bad  occur, 
 
BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  03 
 
 174 
 
 and  also  the  same  absence  of  features  that  are  characteristic  of  peo¬ 
 ples  who  have  advanced  beyond  the  nomadic  stage  of  culture. 
 
 Adequate  details  arc  available  only  for  the  Yahgans  and  Onas. 
 
 REGARD  FOR  HUMAN  LIFE 
 
 Quarreling,  homicide,  blood-revenge. — Human  life  is  normally  sacred 
 (Th.  Bridges,  h,  205-206;  i,  in  Hyades,  q,  374)  but  not  absolutely  so. 
 Of  abortion  and  infanticide  we  have  already  spoken  under  Domestic 
 Culture. 
 
 The  custom  of  blood-revenge  is  emphatically  prevalent.  In  their 
 daily  relations  the  Fuegians  are  peaceful  enough,  yet  quarrels  are  not 
 infrequent — quarrels  which  often,  especially  among  the  Onas,  pass 
 from  words  to  blows,  and  may  end  in  homicide. 
 
 Among  the  Yahgans  murder  is  comparatively  infrequent.  Between 
 1871  and  1884  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  found  only  22  cases  of  homicide 
 (b,  Oct.  1,  1884,  224) — this  among  a  people  who  must  of  necessity 
 take  the  law  into  their  own  hands.  The  friends  of  the  fighting  par¬ 
 ties  intervene,  both  by  persuasion  and  by  force,  to  restore  peace,  but 
 often  the  fight  develops  into  a  general  melee  (Hyades,  q,  374,  citing 
 Th.  Bridges,  b  and  i).  A  murderer  becomes  an  outcast,  abandoned 
 by  all  (Hyades,  q,  241,  243;  cf.  also  Th.  Bridges,  h,  206),  and  will 
 sooner  or  later  be  killed  (Despard,  b,  698). 
 
 Among  the  Onas  homicide  is  much  more  common,  Mr.  Lucas 
 Bridges  stating  that  “  there  are  few  Onas  over  30  years  of  age  who 
 have  not  killed  one  of  their  own  people  in  revenge”  (Young,  1900  ed., 
 61,  1905  ed.,  66,  quoting  from  letter  by  Mr.  Lucas  Bridges).  The  in¬ 
 trusion  of  white  settlers  into  native  hunting  grounds  has  probably  had 
 something  to  do  with  this. 
 
 Intratribal  and  intertribal  feuds. — There  is,  or  was,  a  good  deal  of 
 bad  feeling  for  one  another  between  the  members  of  the  three  Fuegian 
 tribes,  but  as  a  rule  on  border  territories  the  relations  have  been  fairly 
 peaceful.  Ii\  their  relations  with  the  whites  both  the  Chonos  and 
 Fuegians  have  normally  shown  themselves  peaceful,  friendly,  and 
 tractable,  but  the  Fuegians  have  often  shown  themselves  hostile, 
 aggressive,  and  treacherous,  when  they  felt  they  were  numerically 
 superior.  More  commonly,  however,  the  white  man  has,  deliberately 
 or  unwittingly,  been  the  first  to  give  offence. 
 
 Deadly  and  long-standing  intratribal  feuds  are  common,  particu¬ 
 larly  so  among  the  Onas,  but  warfare,  properly  so  called,  can  not  be 
 said  to  exist.  The  vanquished  men  are  usually  killed  outright  and 
 the  women  and  children  taken  captive.  Usually  no  quarter  is  given, 
 but  there  are  exceptions.  Dr.  C.  Gallardo  mentions  an  interesting 
 case  where  two  Onas,  overpowered  by  numbers,  showed  such  dex¬ 
 terity  in  dodging  arrows  for  a  whole  hour  that  the  attacking  party,  in 
 admiration,  let  them  go  off  free  (312-314).  The  Yahgans  often  muti¬ 
 late  the  bodies  of  dead  enemies  (Hyades,  q,  375;  cf.  also  L’Hermite, 
 
cooper! 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TTERRA  DEL  FTJEGO 
 
 175 
 
 in  de  Brosses,  i,  441),  but  there  is  no  torture  of  living  victims.  Blood- 
 feuds  are  often  settled  by  compensation  (cf.  detailed  account  of  blood- 
 revenge  customs  in  Th.  Bridges,  b,  July  1,  1879,  151-155). 
 
 Suicide. — Premeditated  suicide  is  unknown  among  either  the  Yah- 
 gans  or  Onas  (C.  Gallardo,  133;  Dabbene,  b,  203). 
 
 Human  sacrifice. — The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges,  in  his  earliest  paper  (a, 
 Fr.  tr.,  1S1),  written  before  his  coming  to  Ushuaia,  states  that  infants 
 are  sometimes  thrown  overboard  to  appease  Lucooma,  the  spirit  of 
 the  tides  and  whirlwinds,  but  this  item  is  not  found  in  his  later  papers 
 (cf.  also  Ball,  261). 
 
 Care  of  the  ill. — The  ill,  when  there  is  hope  of  recovery,  are  given 
 kindly  and  careful,  even  if  strenuous,  treatment;  but  among  both  the 
 Yahgans  and  Onas  the  custom  prevails  of  strangling,  albeit  with  humane 
 intent,  the  hopelessly  ill,  whether  young  or  old.  The  southern  Onas, 
 however,  deny  that  they  do  this  (C.  Gallardo,  295).  Onas  who 
 through  illness,  infirmity,  or  accident,  are  unable  to  follow  the  moving 
 clan  may  be  abandoned  to  their  fate — a  fate  which  they  accept  sor¬ 
 rowfully  but  stoically  (C.  Gallardo,  124,  294-296). 
 
 CANNIBALISM 
 
 Sources 
 
 (а)  Alacaluf. — Fitz-Roy,*  a ,  2,  183,  189;  Vargas  Ponce,  b,  29. 
 
 (б)  Yahgans. — Bove,  a,  801;  b,  143;  d,  Arch.,  298;  Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  177;  h* 
 205-206;  &,*  234-235;  Cojazzi,  110-111;  Despard,  b,  680;  Furlong,  j;  Hyades,  p*  331; 
 q*  257-259,  22;  see  also  discussion  and  notes  by  Hyades,  Bordier,  and  de  Nadaillac,  in 
 Bull.  Soc.  d’anthr.  de  Paris,  1888,  502-504,*  505-506,  66,  29-30;  Martial,  193-194. 
 
 (c)  Onas. — Beauvoir,*  b,  210-211;  Furlong,  d*  223;  i,  11;  C.  Gallardo,*  176,  321; 
 Marguin,  501;  Popper,  d,  138,  141;  Rousson-Wi Hems,  a,  181. 
 
 (d)  Fuegians. — Darwin,*  a,  1871  ed.,  214;  King,  462;  Cojazzi,  141-143;  Lovisato,* 
 b,  101,  151. 
 
 Based  on  the  foregoing:  Andree,  90;  Barros  Arana,  b,  vol.  i,  46;  Chastrey,  254;  Koch, 
 a,  95-96;  b,  48;  Penna,  201-202;  Semple,  465;  Steinmetz,*  16. 
 
 The  attribution  of  cannibalistic  practices  to  the  Fuegians  was  com¬ 
 mon  among  the  early  explorers  (cf.,  e.  g.,  de  Brosses,  i,  441),  but  the 
 charge  assumed  more  tangible  form  after  the  publication  of  Admiral 
 Fitz-Roy’s  and  Mr.  Darwin’s  narratives  of  the  Beagle  expeditions,  and 
 has  been  accepted,  or  at  least  quoted  apparently  with  approval,  by 
 many  writers  down  to  our  own  day  (cf.  Barros  Arana,  b ,  vol.  i,  46; 
 Chastrey,  254;  Penna,  201-202;  Semple,  465). 
 
 So  far  as  the  Yahgans  and  Onas  are  concerned  there  is  sufficient 
 evidence  to  clear  them  of  the  charge  beyond  all  reasonable  doubt 
 (Yahgans:  Bove,  a,  801;  b ,  143;  d,  Arch.,  298;  Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr. 
 tr.,  177;  h,  205-206;  h,  234-235;  Cojazzi,  110,  61;  Despard,  b ,  680; 
 Furlong,  j ;  Hyades,  p,  331;  q,  257-259;  Martial,  193-194;  Onas: 
 Beauvoir,  b,  211;  Cojazzi,  143;  C.  Gallardo,  176,  321;  Furlong,  d,  223; 
 i,  11;  Marguin,  501;  Popper,  d,  138,  141;  Rousson-Willems,  a ,  181; 
 and  other  recent  first-hand  students).  The  natives  whenever  ques- 
 
176 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [  BULL.  63 
 
 tionecl  have  denied  the  charge,  often  emphatically  and  with  horror. 
 They  will  not  even  eat  animals  that  are  suspected  of  devouring  human 
 flesh. 
 
 There  remain  the  Alacaluf.  Capt.  Low  was  told  by  the  West  Pata¬ 
 gonian  channel  boy  Bob  that  when  the  natives  are  pressed  by  hunger 
 in  winter  the  old  women  are  killed  and  eaten  in  preference  to  the  dogs, 
 for  “doggies  catch  otters;  old  women  no”  (Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  214; 
 cf.  also  Fitz-Roy,  u,  189,  183).  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  himself  gathered 
 some  gruesome  details  on  the  capture,  smoking,  suffocation,  and 
 devouring  of  the  old  women  and  the  eating  of  prisoners  of  war,  from 
 his  Fuegian  proteges  (King,  462;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  2,  183),  including 
 Jemmy  Button,  the  Yahgan  boy  (Fitz-Roy,  a ,  183).  Later  they 
 would  not  talk  on  the  subject. 
 
 The  evidence,  therefore,  for  Alacalufan  cannibalism  is  from  two 
 independent  native  sources,  representing  both  the  Channel  and  Strait 
 Alacaluf.  Nevertheless  certain  considerations  make  its  outright  ac¬ 
 ceptance  hazardous:  (1)  No  white  man  has  ever  observed  canni¬ 
 balistic  feasts  in  Fuegia  or  any  tangible  evidence  of  such.  (2)  Vargas 
 Ponce,  one  of  our  best  sources  on  the  Alacaluf,  denies  from  “pruebas 
 convincentes”  the  existence  of  anthropophagy  among  them  ( b ,  29). 
 (3)  Jemmy  Button,  one  of  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  informants,  was  him¬ 
 self  a  Yahgan,  but,  as  we  have  seen,  the  Yahgans  are  not  and  in  all 
 probability  have  not  been  cannibals;  if  Jemmy’s  charge  be  incorrect, 
 that  of  the  other  natives  may  well  be  so  too.  (4)  The  general  cul¬ 
 ture  of  the  Alacaluf  is,  so  far  as  our  evidence  goes,  so  similar  to  that 
 of  the  Yahgans  that  there  is  an  antecedent  probability  at  least  that 
 the  former  would  have  the  same  horror  of  eating  human  flesh  that 
 the  latter  have.  (5)  Dr.  Lovisato  found  ( b ,  101)  no  evidence  of 
 former  cannibalism  in  the  middens  of  Elizabeth  Island.  (6)  Canni¬ 
 balism  is  the  exception  rather  than  the  rule  among  peoples  as  low  in 
 general  culture  as  the  Fuegians. 
 
 To  sum  up:  The  evidence  against  Yahgan  and  Ona  anthropophagy 
 is  fairly  conclusive,  while  that  for  Alacalufan  cannibalism  is  based  on 
 the  unsupported  testimony  of  natives  whose  veracity  under  the  cir¬ 
 cumstances  is  to  say  the  least  open  to  very  serious  question. 
 
 DOMESTIC  MORALITY 
 
 For  details  see  Domestic  Culture. 
 
 SOCIAL  RELATIONS 
 
 The  friendship  sentiment  exists  but  normally  is  not  strongly  marked ; 
 it  is  more  noticeable  between  women.  Kindness  is  common,  but  so 
 also  are  antipathies  and  suspicions,  hatred  and  ill-will.  Hospitality 
 is  extended  as  a  matter  of  course.  Good  turns  are  remembered,  but 
 no  external  sign  of  gratitude  is  as  a  rule  manifested;  such  would  be 
 considered  unbecoming.  Truthfulness  is  none  too  highly  valued, 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 177 
 
 although  malicious  lying  is  more  rare.  The  above  data  refer  to  both 
 the  Yahgans  and  Onas. 
 
 PROPERTY 
 
 Theft  is  fairly  common  among  the  Yahgans,  but  rare  among  the 
 Onas.  There  is  no  gambling  among  either  people.  Generosity  is  a 
 strongly  marked  trait  of  both  the  Yahgans  and  the  Onas.  The  spoils 
 of  the  chase  are  divided  as  a  matter  of  course  among  friends,  even 
 with  the  Onas  to  the  extent  at  times  of  the  owner  relinquishing  his 
 own  portion  (C.  Gallardo,  188).  Of  the  Yahgans  Dr.  Hyades  wrote 
 (g,  243):  “II  semble  que  les  indigenes  tiennent  surtout  a  posseder 
 pour  avoir  le  droit  de  distribuer  ce  qu’ils  ont,  et  pour  le  plaisir  de  faire 
 des  largesses  ”  (cf.  also  Weddell,  168). 
 
 PERSONAL  MORALITY 
 
 Courage  and  bravery  are  in  honor  among  all  the  Fuegian  peoples, 
 as  is  the  stoical  endurance  of  pain,  privation,  and  hardship.  The  love 
 of  freedom  and  the  spirit  of  independence  are  universal.  In  the  pres¬ 
 ence  of  strangers  the  Fuegian  appears  as  a  rule  to  be  taciturn,  reserved, 
 and  even  sullen,  but  with  his  own  people  when  all  goes  well  he  is  jovial 
 and  talkative  and  laughs  much. 
 
 The  Fuegians  are  or  were  a  temperate  people;  they  had  neither 
 intoxicants  nor  narcotics  until  they  were  brought  into  contact  with 
 the  white  man.  They  invariably  spat  out  the  intoxicants  offered 
 them  by  earlier  explorers.  Recently,  however,  they,  excepting  some 
 of  the  Onas,  have  learned  both  to  drink  and  to  smoke.  The  Chonos 
 had  no  native  intoxicants;  the  drink  made  from  maize,  which  was 
 apparently  in  use  on  Guatana,  one  of  the  Guaitecas  Islands  (Del 
 Techo,  160),  was  very  likely  an  importation  from  Chilotan  culture. 
 
 'The  Yahgans  are  said  to  use  a  word  meaning  “ small  eater”  when 
 wishing  to  speak  well  of  a  person  (Despard,  b,  6S0). 
 
 POLITICAL  CULTURE 
 
 Sources 
 
 (a)  Alacaluf. — Meriais,  390;  Skottsberg,*  b,  259;  d,  585,  596;  Vargas  Ponce,  a,  350. 
 
 ( b )  Chonos. — Del  Techo,*  159-160;  Olivares,  377;  Lozano,*  n,  34,  454,  456,  558- 
 559,  5G0. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans. — Bove,*  a,  795;  b,  138;  c,  130;  d,  Arch.,  293-294;  e ,  158;  Th.  Bridges, 
 b,  Oct.  1,  1884,  224;  Despard,  b,  716-717;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  211;  Furlong,  b,  137;  j;  Hyades, 
 p*  335;  q*  242-243;  Lovisato,  5,  150;  Martial,*  196-197;  Weddell,  168. 
 
 (d)  Onas. — Dabbene,  b,  255;  Furlong,  d,  220-221;  i,  12;  Jc;*  C.  Gallardo,*  207-211; 
 O.  Nordenskjold,  g,  355. 
 
 (e)  Fuegians. — Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  215;  Fitz-Roy,*  a,  178-179. 
 
 Based  on  the  foregoing:  Dabbene,  a,  71;  b,  187-188;  Outes,  d,  135-136,  140;  Garson, 
 144. 
 
 There  are  no  chiefs,  hereditary  or  elective,  among  any  of  the 
 Fuegian  tribes,  nor  are  there  war  chiefs  (C.  Gallardo,  209,  for  the 
 
178 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 r  BULL.  63 
 
 Onas).  Byron’s  “Chono  cacique”  (a,  103)  was  perhaps  a  Chilotan. 
 Delco,  the  Guaitecas  Islander,  is  called  a  “ cacique”  by  Father 
 Lozano  (n,  454,  456,  558-560;  cf.  also  Del  Teclio,  159-160;  Olivares, 
 377),  but  whether  he  had  any  real  authority  beyond  the  paternal  is 
 not  so  clear. 
 
 The  older  men  and  the  wizards  wield  a  certain  undefined  influence 
 or  authority  over  the  people.  The  only  fixed  authority  is  that  of  the 
 man  over  his  family;  this  authority  is  in  theory  at  least,  if  not  always 
 in  practice,  an  absolute  one. 
 
 No  distinct  clan  organization  within  the  tribe  exists,  although  cer¬ 
 tain  groups  of  natives  related  apparently  by  blood  and  marriage 
 occupy  more  or  less  fixed  localities  (Tli.  Bridges,  b,  Oct.  1,  1884,  224, 
 for  Yahgans;  Furlong,  d,  220-221  for  Onas;  cf.  also  Morales,  62,  for, 
 Alacaluf).  There  are  no  secret  societies,  unless  one  consider  the 
 initiated  boys  and  men  to  compose  such. 
 
 No  social  inequalities  are  recognized,  neither  slavery  nor  an 
 aristocracy  being  found.  Father  Del  Techo,  however,  states  (160; 
 cf.  also  Lozano,  n,  34)  that  the  Guaitecas  Islanders  captured  and 
 kept  as  slaves  their  southern  neighbors,  the  “Huillis.”  In  the  Ona 
 council  house  each  man  sits  under  a  special  log  (Furlong,  k). 
 
 No  legal  code  exists;  recognized  tribal  laws  are  sanctioned  by 
 revenge  customs,  carried  out  by  the  injured  party  or  his  relatives  and 
 friends,  and  supported  by  a  strong  public  opinion. 
 
 The  intertribal  relations  of  the  Chonos  and  three  Fuegian  tribes 
 are  treated  in  the  Introduction,  and  supra  under  Feuds. 
 
 ECONOMIC  CULTURE 
 
 Sources 
 
 (а)  Alacaluf. — King,  76-77;  Morales,  62. 
 
 (б)  Chonos. — Beranger,  13. 
 
 (c)  YahOxAns. — Th.  Bridges,  a,*  Fr.  tr.,  179;  b,  Dec.  1,  1875,  218;  Mar.  1,  1876,  57, 
 c,  114;  Despard,  b,  716;  Hyades,  p*  334-335;  g,*  243;  Martial,  196,  201;  Weddell,  153, 
 168,  175. 
 
 (d)  Onas. — Cojazzi,*  63-64;  Fr.  Cook,  b,  729;  Dabbene,  b,  255;  Furlong,  d*  220- 
 221;  Jc;  C.  Gallardo,*  251-252,  291;  Popper,  a,  106-107. 
 
 Based  on  the  foregoing:  Dabbene,  b,  194,  198;  Somlo,*  83-90. 
 
 Proprietorship 
 
 Capt.  Weddell  was  of  the  opinion  (168,  175)  that  communism  pre¬ 
 vailed  among  the  Fuegians.  Such,  however,  is  not  the  case. 
 
 While  all  the  Fuegians  are  nomads,  yet  a  Yahgan,  for  instance,  is 
 chary  of  poaching  on  Alacaluf  an  or  Onan  territory  (Spegazzini,  a,  12). 
 Even  within  recognized  tribal  territory  the  existence  of  more  or  less 
 definitely  marked  off  family  hunting  grounds  is  attested  explicitly 
 for  the  Onas  by  Prof.  Furlong  ( d ,  220-221;  k;  r,  185-186)  and  Dr. 
 Dabbene  (a,  71;  b,  255),  and  implicitly  by  Dr.  Gallardo  (307-308;  cf. 
 also  120).  A  similar  land  division  would  seem  probably  to  obtain 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 179 
 
 among  the  Yahgans,  to  judge  from  the  fact  that  certain  clans  or 
 families  frequented  certain  localities  and  were  called  by  the  names 
 thereof  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Oct.  1,  1884,  224;  Martial,  196;  cf.  also 
 Morales,  62,  and  Marcel,  c,  107  for  the  Alacaluf).  Much  more  light  is 
 needed  on  this  whole  subj  ect. 
 
 The  sense  of  ownership  of  personal  property,  such  as  the  spoils  of 
 the  chase,  artifacts,  and  the  movable  windshield  or  hut,  is  clearly 
 marked,  and  the  right  definitely  recognized  by  all  three  Fuegian  tribes 
 (Hyades,  q,  243;  p,  335;  Despard,  b,  716;  King,  76-77;  C.  Gallardo, 
 252);  stealing  is  considered  decidedly  reprehensible  (Hyades,  q,  243; 
 Dabbene,  b,  198;  Despard,  b,  698,  746).  Women  and  children  have 
 well  recognized  property  rights  (King,  76-77,  children;  Th.  Bridges, 
 h,  210;  b,  Mar.  1,  1876,  57;  Hyades,  q,  243;  Fr.  Cook,  b,  729). 
 
 Barter 
 
 Barter  between  the  Fuegians  and  the  whites,  between  the  three 
 Fuegian  tribes,  and  between  members  of  the  same  tribe  is  a  common 
 feature  of  Fuegian  life,  as  barter  with  the  Chilotans  was  of  Chonoan 
 (Beranger,  13).  The  Onas  often  make  long  journeys  for  purposes  of 
 barter  (Cojazzi,  64;  C.  Gallardo,  291). 
 
 Among  the  Yahgans  at  least  barter  by  exchange  of  presents  was  a 
 normal  usage;  a  gift  was  made,  regardless  often  of  the  wishes  of  the 
 recipient,  who  could  not  refuse  it  without  affronting  the  giver  and 
 who  was  expected  to  give  something  in  return  (Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr. 
 tr.,  179;  b,  Dec.  1,  1875,  218;  c,  114;  cf.  also  Weddell,  153). 
 
 None  of  the  Fuegian  tribes  has  any  kind  of  money,  nor  any  kind 
 of  weight  or  measure. 
 
 For  disposal  of  property  at  death  see  under  Relationship  and 
 Death  and  Burial. 
 
 MENTAL  CULTURE 
 
 Sources 
 
 (а)  Alacaluf. — Cojazzi,*  119-120;  Eizaguirre,  70;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  12,  192-193;  Ma- 
 nouvrier,  c;  Skottsberg,  d,  594;  Topinard,  776-778. 
 
 (б)  Chonos. — Walter,  142-145;  Moraleda,  358-359. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans. — Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  174;  b*  passim;  h,  209;  Despard,  b,  747; 
 Dy,*  271;  Furlong,  b,  132;  j;  Hyades,  p*  338-339;  q ,*  248-253,  387 ;  Lovisato,  b,  144- 
 145;  Marsh,  a,  131  and  passim;  b,  passim;  Martial,  202,  224-225;  Spegazzini,  a,  22; 
 Weddell,  188-191. 
 
 (i d )  Onas. — Benignus,  234-235;  Cojazzi,*  97-99;  Fr.  Cook,  b,  724-725;  Dabbene, 
 6,  266-267;  Eizaguirre,  70;  Furlong,  d,  222;  C.  Gallardo,*  127-130;  Holmberg,  a,  65- 
 66;  Lista,*  b,  129,  probably  Manekenkn ;  O.  Nordenskjold,  c,  672;  e;  163-164;  h,  Tour 
 du  monde,  34;  Spegazzini,  a,  22. 
 
 (e)  Fuegians. — Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  208,  230. 
 
 Based  on  the  foregoing:  Brinton,  c,  331;  G.  D.  Campbell,  167-173;  Dabbene,  n, 
 64-65;  b,  196-197;  A.  Jakob  *49-54;  Moreno,  d,  577-578;  Duckworth,  440. 
 
 In  their  material  culture  the  Fuegians  show  little  evidence  of  the 
 inventive  genius  of  their  arctic  counterparts,  the  Eskimo;  their  arms, 
 
180 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  G3 
 
 implements,  traps,  etc.,  are  of  very  simple  construction;  the  one 
 notable  exception,  the  plank  boat,  is  in  all  probability  of  Araucanian 
 origin. 
 
 As  a  hunter  the  Fuegian  is  keen,  quick-witted,  and  intelligent. 
 The  Fuegian  brain  is  not  distinctly  inferior  in  development  to  the 
 European  (Manouvrier,  c;  Seitz,  b;  Duckworth,  440).  Some  Onas 
 and  Yahgans  have  shown  considerable  aptitude  at  learning  to  speak 
 and  even  to  read  and  write  European  languages  (Dy,  271;  Despard, 
 b,  747;  Marsh,  a ,  131;  Darwin,  a,  1871  ed.,  208;  O.  Nordenskjold,  h, 
 Tour  du  monde,  34;  Bcnignus,  234;  Dabbene,  b ,  267;  ITolmberg,  a , 
 66 ;  F r.  Cook,  b,  724) .  A  certain  talent  for  drawing  is  also  manifested 
 (Dy,  271;  Cojazzi,  99).  See  especially  two  cases  of  rather  remark¬ 
 able  mental  progress  among  the  Yahgans  in  Dy,  271. 
 
 It  is  doubtful  whether  any  of  the  Fuegian  languages  has  words  for 
 numbers  above  three;  the  languages  are  poor  in  abstract  terms  and 
 rich  in  concretes.  No  kind  of  writing  exists,  not  even  by  notches, 
 sticks,  pictographs,  etc.  The  nearest  approach  to  such  is  symbolic 
 face  and  body  painting. 
 
 In  general  the  Fuegians,  like  other  peoples  of  equally  low  culture, 
 are  backward  and  uneducated  in  the  white  man’s  learning,  but  skillful 
 and  intelligent  enough  in  their  own.  Fair  mental  capacity  is  pres¬ 
 ent,  but  lies  fallow  or  rather  is  planted  with  an  inferior  grain. 
 
 ESTHETIC  CULTURE 
 
 Sources 
 
 Nearly  all  writers  have  had  something  to  say  on  this  branch  of 
 Fuegian  culture;  the  chief  sources  are  given  passim  in  the  following 
 text. 
 
 Music  and  Songs 
 
 The  songs  of  the  Fuegians  and  Chonos  are  extremely  simple, 
 monotonous,  melancholic  chants,  with  or  without  words  (cf.  for  the 
 Chonos:  Garcia,  a,  29.;  for  the  Alacaluf:  Vargas  Ponce,  b,  29;  Cun¬ 
 ningham,  446;  for  the  Yahgans:  Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  177-178; 
 Dabbene,  b,  197;  Hyades,  p,  330;  Lovisato,  b,  145;  Outes,  d ,  139; 
 Spegazzini,  a ,  13;  Wilkes,  b,  51-52;  Furlong,  5,*  135-136;  o,*  phono¬ 
 graphic  records;  Martial,*  209-211,  including  four  melodies  put  on 
 scale;  Hyades,  ^,*  214-215;  Wilkes,  a,*  vol.  i,  129-131,  1845  ed., 
 i,  125,  127;  for  the  Onas:  Dabbene,  b,  263;  Lista,  b,  95,  130*  [prob¬ 
 ably  Manekenkn] ;  Segers,  76;  Furlong,  o,*  phonographic  records; 
 C.  Gallardo,*  162-163).  The  Yahgans  had  certain  songs,  each  called 
 after  the  name  of  a  bird,  etc.  (Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  178). 
 
 There  is  no  musical  instrument  at  all  among  either  the  Fuegians 
 or  Chonos,  unless  we  may  dignify  with  that  name  the  long  thick  poles 
 used  by  the  Yahgans  to  beat  time  with  during  the  death  chant  (Fur- 
 
COOPER] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 181 
 
 long,  b,  136),  and  the  esophagus  of  a  guanaco  or  steamer  duck,  into 
 which  the  Ona  blows  to  produce  aun  sonido  desagradable  e  indescrip- 
 tible”  (C.  Gallardo,  163). 
 
 Poetry 
 
 Perhaps  under  this  heading  we  may  include  the  songs  with  words 
 mentioned  above,  and  some  of  the  narratives,  legends,  etc.,  included 
 under  Mythology. 
 
 Dances  and  Drama 
 
 Byron  describes  (a,  145-146;  quoted  in  Fitz-Roy,  b,  130;  cf.  also 
 A.  Campbell,  61-62)  a  Chonoan  (?)  ceremony  in  which  first  the  men 
 and  then  the  women  danced  until  exhausted  from  exertion  and  excite¬ 
 ment;  during  the  dance  they  carried  firebrands  in  their  mouths  and 
 burned  everybody  they  came  near  or  cut  one  another  with  mussel 
 shells. 
 
 The  Yahgans  and  Onas  dance  alone,  in  circles  or  in  Indian  file; 
 the  women  rarely  dance,  and  the  men  and  women  never  together  (cf. 
 for  the  Yahgans:  Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  179;  Dabbene,  b,  196-197; 
 Furlong,  b,  136;  Martial,  211;  Spegazzini,  a,  14;  for  the  Onas:  Dab¬ 
 bene,  b,  262;  C.  Gallardo,  164;  Holmberg,  a,  58,  says  men  and  women 
 dance  together;  Segers,  76) .  There  are  no  war  or  hunting  dances  and 
 none  of  a  symbolic,  imitative,  or  dramatic  kind,  if  we  except  those 
 performed  at  the  boy  initiations,  during  which  the  men,  masked  and 
 costumed  to  represent  the  nature  spirits,  dance  before  and  terrify  the 
 women  and  children. 
 
 The  Yahgans,  however,  according  to  the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  (h,  209; 
 i,  cited  by  Hyades,  q,  377;  £,  239;  e,  332;  Dabbene,  b,  192),  had  cer¬ 
 tain  dances  of  a  dramatic  nature,  which,  he  seems  to  imply,  were  some¬ 
 what  distinct  from  the  initiation  dances  and  rites. 
 
 Design  and  Sculpture 
 
 The  Yahgan  and  Ona  masks  and  the  rude  carving  in  wood  to  rep¬ 
 resent  the  Alacalufan  evil  spirit  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  194)  have  already  been 
 mentioned.  The  Yahgan  idols  spoken  of  by  Sr.  Payro  (184-185),  as 
 well  as  the  stone  mosaics  of  the  sun,  moon,  and  a  hand,  of  which 
 Prof.  Bastian  was  told  (i,  18),  rest  on  evidence  that  is  more  than 
 doubtful  (cf.  also  Colini,  238). 
 
 Dr.  Cojazzi  (99)  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  Alacaluf  used  to  trace  de¬ 
 signs  on  the  ground,  but  ho  gives  no  definite  proof  of  this. 
 
 If  we  except  the  masks  and  the  carving  of  the  evil  spirit,  there  is  no 
 evidence  that  any  of  the  Fuegians  have  or  have  ever  had  any  art  of 
 design  or  sculpture.  The  Ona  bows  and  arrows  and  the  Yahgan 
 coiled  basketry  are  neatly  and  gracefully  finished,  but  are  not  orna¬ 
 mented  with  designs  of  any  kind. 
 
182 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 l  HULL.  03 
 
 Dr.  Skottsberg  (b,  267-268,  fig.  14;  d ,  603,  fig.  144)  found  some 
 Alacalufan  bone  pendants  crudely  scratched  with  lines  and  dots  (cf. 
 also  for  Onas,  Segers,  76,  and  for  Yahgans,  Myres,  97) — seemingly  an 
 attempt  at  decoration.  Face  and  body  painting  is  more  commonly 
 in  the  same  line-and-dot  style,  though  occasionally  the  circle  is  used 
 (Bynoe,  in  Fitz-Roy,  a ,  197;  Vargas  Ponce,  b,  27). 
 
 Apart  from  these  very  rude  traces,  the  arts  of  design  and  sculpture 
 are  quite  absent  from  Fuegian  culture  (Hyades,  p,  330;  Dabbene,  b, 
 262;  C.  Gallardo,  165). 
 
 The  inner  side  of  mantles,  the  harpoon  handles,  etc.,  may  be  painted 
 red  (C.  Gallardo,  152;  Hyades,  q,  350;  Skottsberg,  d,  603). 
 
 Personal  Adornment 
 
 A.  Body  painting. — Red,  white,  and  black  face  and  body  painting  is 
 found  among  both  the  Chonos  (Garcia,  a ,  14,  28,  31)  and  Fuegians 
 (Alacaluf:  King,  54;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  139,  177;  Skottsberg,  d,  603;  Goi- 
 cueta,  505;  Vargas  Ponce,  a,  339;  Bougainville,  2d  ed.,  I,  296;  Yah¬ 
 gans:  Despard,  b,  679;  Lovisato,  b,  147;  Martial,  188;  Bove,  a,  791; 
 6,  134;  d ,  Arch.,  290;  Dabbene,  b,  176-177;  Hyades,  q,  300,  349-350; 
 Weddell,  152-153).  The  Onas  use,  in  addition,  the  colors  blue,  green, 
 yellow  (C.  Gallardo,  150,  153),  and  slate  (Barclay,  a,  72).  The 
 various  colors  and  designs  have  different  significations  (Dabbene,  b, 
 176-177;  Hyades,  q,  349-350;  Lovisato,  b,  147;  Martial,  188;  Spegaz- 
 zini,  a,  14-15;  Th.  Bridges,  e,  332;  C.  Gallardo,  150-152;  Segers,  61; 
 Lista,  b,  128).  Both  head  and  body  are  smeared  with  grease  or  oil. 
 The  Onas  use  pigments  in  body  painting  for  protective  coloration 
 when  hunting  (Dabbene,  b,  224;  Barclay,  a,  72). 
 
 B.  Hair. — The  hair  is  worn  loose,  not  in  tresses;  it  is  often  banged 
 or  shaved;  the  tonsure  is  worn  at  times  by  both  Chonos  (Garcia,  a, 
 29)  and  Fuegians.  Depilation  by  means  of  two  mussel  shells  is  of 
 almost  universal  use  among  the  Fuegians;  but  beards  and  even  mus¬ 
 taches  are  occasionally  seen  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Feb.  2,  1874,  27;  Hyades, 
 q,  157-158,  160,  and  pi.  vi,  fig.  2;  Virchow,  a,  390,  and  pi.  x,  fig.  3; 
 Manouvrier,  a,  763),  and  in  earlier  times  bearded  men  were  seen  by 
 the  Ladrillero  (473),  the  1641  (Rosales,  a,  vol.i,  105)  and  the  de Cordoba 
 (Vargas  Ponce,  a,  338,  “algunos  tienen  barbas,”  but  “no  es  comun”) 
 expeditions. 
 
 A  rude  comb  is  used  by  all  the  Fuegian  tribes.  It  is  made  of  wood 
 or  roots,  or,  as  more  commonly,  is  merely  the  jawbone  of  a  porpoise  or 
 otter  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  139;  King,  54;  Skottsberg,  d,  602;  Hyades,  q,  303, 
 348;  Outes,  d,  138;  C.  Gallardo,  147).  Combs  made  of  whalebone  are 
 found  among  the  Onas  and  Yahgans  at  least  (Dabbene,  b,  222; 
 Popper,  a,  105-106;  Segers,  71;  Colini,  238). 
 
 G.  Scarification  and  tattooing. — Scarification  is  common  among  both 
 the  Chonos  and  Fuegians. 
 
COOPER  I 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 183 
 
 Tattooing  is  not  reported  for  the  Chonos  or  Alacaluf,  and  is  defi¬ 
 nitely  denied  by  all  competent  observers  for  the  Yahgans  (Despard, 
 b,  679;  Th.  Bridges,  h,  206;  Bove,  a,  791 ;  b,  134;  d,  Arch.,  290;  Hyades, 
 p,  329;  E.  Martin,  b,  208;  and  others). 
 
 Some  authorities  (O.  Nordenskjold,  g,  354;  Th.  Bridges,  i,  in  Hy¬ 
 ades,  q ,  9;  Pertuiset,  217)  state  that  the  Onas  do  not  tattoo.  The 
 concurrent  statements,  however,  of  other  authorities  speaking  from 
 personal  observation  make  it  certain  that  the  Onas  do  tattoo  (Fur¬ 
 long,  d ,  222;  lc;  Cojazzi,  43,  100-101  [Manekenkn];  Lista,  b,  88,  128 
 [Onas  of  south];  C.  Gallardo,  148;  Segers,  66),  although  the  custom  is 
 by  no  means  universal.  Sr.  Lista  found  it  more  common  in  the 
 north  (b,  128).  It  is  reported  for  both  men  and  women  (Furlong,  d, 
 222;  lc;*  Cojazzi,  43,  100;  C.‘  Gallardo,  148;  Lista,  b,  88).  It  is  very 
 rudimentary,  consisting  of  a  few  incisions  on  the  arm  or  forearm  only 
 (Furlong,  Lista,  Cojazzi,  Gallardo,  11.  c. ;  Segers,  66),  as  among  the 
 Tehuelches  (Musters,  Jour.  Antler,  inst.,  London,  1871-72,  197;  Eat- 
 zel,  b,  Engl,  tr.,  n,  80;  Keane,  c,  vol.  i,  388),  the  incisions  being  made 
 with  a  piece  of  glass,  flint,  or  bone,  and  a  bit  of  charcoal  inserted  into 
 each  (cf.  Author  Bibliography  under  Both). 
 
 Qua  tattooing  is  purely  ornamental,  according  to  Prof.  Furlong 
 (private  communication),  although  Dr.  Cojazzi  (100-101)  reports  a 
 Manekenkn  belief  that  it  helps  the  young  to  grow;  Dr.  Gallardo  (148) 
 states  that  the  design  serves  the  purpose  of  a  family  identification 
 mark,  and  Dr.  Segers  (66)  maintains  that  each  incision  records  the 
 death  of  a  relative  or  friend. 
 
 D.  Mutilations  and  head  deformation. — No  mutilations  of  any  kind 
 are  reported  on  dependable  authority  from  either  the  Fuegians  or 
 Chonos,  and  are  definitely  denied  by  the  best  observers  (Th.  Bridges, 
 h,  206;  Hyades,  p,  330;  C.  Gallardo,  148,  159).  There  is  no  ear,  lip, 
 or  septum  piercing.  It  is  possible,  as  Dr.  Coppinger  supposed  (49), 
 that  one  or  more  teeth  are  knocked  out  designedly  by  the  Channel 
 Alacaluf,  but  the  ground  for  so  concluding  is  not  very  solid  (cf.  under 
 Initiations). 
 
 Dr.  Cienfuegos  was  told  (92;  cf.  also  Canas  P.,  350)  by  some  Fue¬ 
 gians  that  head  deformation  is  practiced  by  them,  but  this  is  con¬ 
 sistently  denied  by  the  best  authorities,  and  no  trace  of  deformation 
 has  been  found  on  any  of  the  Fuegian  or  Clionoan  skulls  (It.  Martin, 
 b,  160,  208;  Virchow,  a,  382;  b ,  19;  Hultkrantz,  a,  38,  45). 
 
 E.  Personal  ornaments. — The  three  Fuegian  tribes  and  as  far  as 
 our  evidence  goes  the  Chonos  are  accredited  with  very  similar  orna¬ 
 ments.  These  are  chiefly  necklaces  of  shells  and  bones,  or  merely  of 
 frapped  hanks  of  plaited  sinew  often  colored  red;  wristlets  and 
 anklets  of  sinew  or  hide;  feather  head  ornaments,  especially  the  famil¬ 
 iar  diadem  (cf.  for  the  Chonos:  Garcia,  a,  28;  for  the  Alacaluf :  Fitz-Boy, 
 a,  176-177;  Goicueta,  505;  Skottsberg,  d ,  602-603;  for  the  Yahgans: 
 
 64028° — Bull.  63—17 - 13 
 
184 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 BULL.  G3 
 
 Fitz-Roy,  a ,  138-139;  Colini,  239;  Dabbene,  b ,  176;  Myres,  97,  ill.; 
 Outes,  d ,  138;  Hyades,  q,  298-300,  348-349;  Lovisato,  b,  139-140; 
 Spegazzini,  a ,  5,  7,  14;  for  the  Onas:  Colini,  239;  Dabbene,  b,  224; 
 Outes,  d,  134;  Cojazzi,  42,  and  ill.  opp.  p.  40;  C.  Gallardo,  158-162). 
 
 According  to  Dr.  Dabbene  (b,  224),  the  shell  and  bone  ornaments 
 used  by  the  southern  Onas  are  ordinarily  acquired  from  the  Yahgans 
 (cf.  also  Spegazzini,  a,  17).  A  sinew  fillet  is  worn  by  the  Ona  women 
 sometimes  (C.  Gallardo,  159);  the  Yahgan  men  more  commonly  use 
 their  slings  as  fillets  (Dabbene,  b,  176).  Fillets  of  plaited  grass  (King, 
 343-344)  are  reported  from  the  Patagonian  channels. 
 
 The  shells  commonly  used  by  the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  are  those 
 of  the  mollusk  Photinula  violacea  (Hyades,  q,  348;  Skottsberg,  d , 
 603).  Bone  or  shell  pendants  are  sometimes  attached  to  the  Fuegian 
 necklaces  (Lovisato,  5,  140;  Cojazzi,  42;  Skottsberg,  d,  603).  The 
 Onan  necklaces  and  bracelets  are  at  times  made  of  reeds  (C.  Gal¬ 
 lardo,  160;  G.  Forster,  n,  510). 
 
 The  feather  diadem  is  common  to  all  the  Fuegians  and  is  reported 
 from  the  earliest  times  (Goicueta,  505).  The  Yahgan  skin  fillet  is 
 sometimes  ornamented  with  down  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  139;  Hyades,  q ,  299). 
 Labat  (Marcel,  a,  496;  c,  110-111)  found  a  youth  with  two  bird  wings 
 on  his  head  (cf.  also  Garcia,  a,  28),  and  a  medicine-man  seen  by 
 Bougainville  (2d  ed.,  i,  299;  quoted  also  in  Vargas  Ponce,  a ,  352)  was 
 similarly  decorated.  The  Onas  use  an  armlet  of  feathers  during  their 
 foot  races  (C.  Gallardo,  162;  Cojazzi,  64). 
 
 There  are  no  finger,  ear,  or  nose  ornaments  in  use  among  either  the 
 Fuegians  or  Chonos,  nor  are  flowers  ever  used  for  decorative  purposes. 
 
 RECREATIVE  CULTURE 
 
 Sources 
 
 (a)  Yahgans. — Th.  Bridges,  «,  Ur.  tr.,  179;  £,*240;  Dabbene,  b,  196-197;  Fitz-Roy, 
 a,  186;  Hyades ,*  q,  373-374. 
 
 (b)  Onas. — Beauvoir,*  b ,  204;  Cojazzi,*  64-65;  Dabbene,  a,  72;  b,  262-263;  Fur¬ 
 long,  ?',*  ill-  of  wrestling;  C.  Gallardo,*  344-350;  Segers,  76-77. 
 
 Dancing,  singing,  etc.,  have  been  treated  under  Esthetic  Culture. 
 
 Data  on  athletic  contests  are  available  for  the  Yahgans  and  Onas 
 oidy.  Both  indulge  in  the  pastime  of  wrestling,  either  singly  or  in 
 groups,  and  both  have  a  simple  game  of  ball  in  which  the  men  stand 
 in  a  circle  and  merely  throw  the  ball  from  one  to  the  other.  Foot 
 races  are  common  among  the  Onas,  but  no  races  of  any  kind  are  in 
 vogue  among  the  Yahgans  (Th.  Bridges,  a ,  Fr.  tr.,  179). 
 
 The  Yahgans  practice  at  exercises  with  the  spear,  bow  and  arrow, 
 and  sling,  and  with  stones  (Th.  Bridges,  k,  240),  while  the  Onas  con¬ 
 fine  themselves  to  archery  (C.  Gallardo,  344).  Small  bows  and 
 arrows  are  given  to  the  Ona  boys  to  play  and  practice  with  (C.  Gal¬ 
 lardo,  350;  cf.  also  Lovisato,  c,  721;  specimen  [perhaps  Alacalufan  or 
 Yahgan]  in  Nat.  Museum,  Washington). 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 185 
 
 No  gambling  is  indulged  in  by  any  of  the  Fuegians.  The  elaborate 
 games  so  common  in  North  America  are  absent  from  Fuegian  culture. 
 
 MATERIAL  CULTURE 
 
 Sources 
 
 The  following  is  a  selected  list  of  sources.  Pages  are  not  given  as  the  material  is 
 too  often  scattered  through  the  articles  and  books. 
 
 (a)  Alacaluf. — (a7)  Older  sources:  Ladrillero*;  Goicueta*;  Fletcher;  Marcel,* 
 a  or  c;  van  Noort,  a ,  b;  de  Weert;  Narbrough;  Duelos-Guyot,*  b ;  Bougainville*;  Vargas 
 Ponce,*  a ,  b.  (67)  Modern  sources:  Cailas  P.;  Carpenter;  Cojazzi;  Coppinger**;  Cun¬ 
 ningham;  Darwin,  a;  Fitz-Roy,**  a;  Ilyades,  q ;  King;  Lovisato,  b;  Macdouall ;  Meriais; 
 O’Sullivan;  Pertuiset;  Reynaud,*  a,  b;  de  Rochas;  Senoret;  Skottsberg,  &,**  c,*  d**; 
 Skyring;  Tonelli;  Topinard;  DuValdailly;  Vincent*;  Wieghardt.  (c7)  Based  on  the 
 foregoing:  Dabbene,  b;  Friederici,  a,  b;  Garson;  Hellwald;  Lucy-Fossarieu ;  Luschan; 
 d’Orbigny,  b;  Pi  y  Margall;  Ratzel,  b;  Waitz;  J.  G.  Wood. 
 
 (b)  Chonos. — (a7)  Goicueta*;  DelTecho**;  Rosales,  a *,  &*;  Olivares**;  Lozano; 
 Alex.  Campbell**;  Bvron**,  a;  Garcia,**  a;  Gonzalez  de  Agiieros.  (b')  Based  on  the 
 foregoing:  Juliet,  Medina,**  a. 
 
 (c)  Yahgans. — (a7)  Older  sources:  L’Hermite*;  d’Arquistade.  (ft7)  Modern 
 sources:  Bove,**  a,  b,  c,  d,  e;  Th.  Bridges,  a,  &,*  A,**  i,**  j,**  k;  Cailas  P.;  Cojazzi; 
 Colini*;  Colvocoresses;  Dabbene,  a,*  &**;  Despard,**  b;  Fitz-Roy,  a;  Furlong,  b*  l; 
 Herculais;  Ilyades,  b,  c,  d,f*  g*  h ,**  g**;  Lovisato,  a,**  6,**c;  M’Cormick;  Marsh,  a; 
 Martial**;  Mission  de  la  Terre  de  Feu;  Mortillet*;  Myers;  Myres;  Pickering*;  Pigorini; 
 Raggi;  Ross*;  Senoret;  Snow,  a,  b,  e;  Spegazzini,**  a;  W.  H.  B.  Webster*;  Weddell*; 
 Wieghardt;  Wilkes,*  a,  b.  (c7)  Based  on  the  foregoing:  Cora*;  Feilitzen;  Friederici, 
 a,  b;  Garson;  Hellwald;  Jenkins;  Keane,  a;  Lucy-Fossarieu;  Luschan;  d’Orbigny,  b; 
 Outes,  d,*  r*;  Payro;  Pector,  a;  Ratzel,  b;  Spears;  Verneau,  a;  Waitz;  J.  G.  Wood. 
 
 (d)  Onas-Shilk’nam. — Barclay,*  a;  Beauvoir,*  b;  Benignus;  Boll,  salesiano*;  Th. 
 Bridges,*  i  (in  Hyades,  g);  Canas  P.;  Cojazzi**;  Fr.  Cook,  a,  b;  Dabbene,  a,*  &**; 
 Duse;  Furlong,  d*  g*  i,  k,  m;  C.  Gallardo**;  Giglioli,  b;  Holmberg,  a;  Lahille,  b; 
 Lecointe;  Lehmann-Nitsche,  a;  Lista,  6*;  Lovisato,  b;  Marguin;  O.  Nordenskjold, 
 y,  h;  Outes,  6*;  Pertuiset;  Popper,  a;  Raggi;  Rousson,  a ,  b;  Segers**;  Serrano  M.,  a; 
 Spegazzini,*  a;  Tonelli;  Willems,  a,  b,  c,  d.  Based  on  the  foregoing:  Gunn;  Outes, 
 d*  e* 
 
 (c)  Onas-Manekenkn. — Recent  writers  who,  like  Cojazzi,  Holmberg,  Furlong,  et 
 al.,  treat  of  the  Manekenkn  explicitly  as  distinct  from  the  Shilk’nam,  do  not  give 
 details  regarding  material  culture.  The  following  explorers  very  probably  met  Mane¬ 
 kenkn  and  give  descriptions  of  material  culture.  (a7)  Older  sources:  Nodals;  Labbe; 
 Banks**;  J.  Cook,  a  (cf.  also  Hawkesworth),  b;  Parkinson*;  Journal  of  a  voyage  .  .  . 
 in  H.  M.  S.  Endeavor  (anon.);  G.  Forster*;  J.  R.  Forster.  (67)  Modern  sources:  Colvo¬ 
 coresses*;  Pickering*;  Wilkes,  a*,  5*;  Lista,  6**;  Segers. 
 
 Food 
 
 AGRICULTURE  AND  DOMESTICATION 
 
 The  Fuegians  have  not  even  the  rudiments  of  agriculture,  nor  have 
 they  any  domesticated  animal  except  the  dog.  For  details  on  the 
 Chonos’  sporadic  agriculture  and  herding  see  Culture  under  Chonos 
 in  Introduction,  pages  43-44. 
 
180 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  G3 
 
 Cortes  Hojea  appears  (Goieueta,  509,  the  text  is  a  little  lacking  in 
 clearness;  cf.  infra)  to  have  found  a  wild  (?)  dog  on  one  of  the  islands 
 near  Picton  Channel,  in  the  West  Patagonian  channel  region,  and 
 also  reported  (ibid.,  518;  cf.  also  Del  Techo,  160;  Lozano,  ii,  34)  the 
 domesticated  dog  in  the  Chonos  Archipelago.  Other  early  explorers 
 saw  dogs  in  the  Chonos’  territory  (de  Yea,  562,  577)  or  in  the  posses¬ 
 sion  of  Chonos  (Garcia,  a ,  32;  A.  Campbell,  58;  Thomas,  33). 
 
 Narb rough  was  the  first,  so  far  as  the  present  writer  is  aware,  to 
 report  the  dog  in  the  Strait  of  Magellan.  He  found  the  natives  whom 
 he  met  in  1670  on  Elizabeth  Island  in  possession  of  large  mongrel  dogs 
 of  several  colors  (66;  in  de  Brosses,  n,  33-34);  he  compared  them  to 
 the  race  of  Spanish  dogs,  as  he  had  those  found  among  the  Patagonians 
 of  Port  Julian  (de  Brosses,  n,  24).  Twenty-six  years  later  de  Gennes 
 saw  five  or  six  small  dogs  among  the  Port  Famine  Alacaluf  (Froger, 
 97;  in  de  Brosses,  n,  109).  From  then  on  explorers  among  the  Ala¬ 
 caluf  frequently  report  finding  them  in  possession  of  dogs  (Marcel, 
 a ,  491;  c,  108;  Bulkeley  and  Cummins,  anon,  ed.,  107;  other  1743 
 ed.,  131;  Duclos-Guyot,  b ,  674,  like  foxes;  Bougainville,  2d  ed.,  i, 
 293;  Vargas  Ponce,  a,  338,  like  the  Patagonian  dogs). 
 
 The  Manekenkn  met  by  the  first  Cook  expedition  in  1769  at  Good 
 Success  Bay  had  dogs  about  2  feet  high  with  sharp  ears  (Parkin¬ 
 son,  8);  they  all  barked  (Banks,  59).  Sr.  Lista  found  the  southern 
 Onas  in  possession  of  small  dogs  ( b ,  127). 
 
 The  modern  Onas  have  two  kinds  of  dogs  (Furlong,  Jc;  14;  Cun¬ 
 ningham,  306-307,  one  like  a  fox,  the  other  like  a  wolf).  The  Ona 
 dogs  are  said  to  be  unlike  those  of  the  Canoe  Indians  (Spegazzini, 
 a ,  20;  Hahn,  c;  Dabbene,  b,  251). 
 
 The  explorers  who  visited  the  Yahgans  in  the  early  part  of  the  last 
 century  found  the  dog  common  (Weddell,  153;  Boss,  n,  305;  Fitz¬ 
 Roy,  a,  201 ;  Snow,  b,  262).  For  descriptions  of  the  Yahgan  dogs  see 
 Dabbene,  b,  185;  Lovisato,  b,  102;  and  especially  Herculais,  137-140, 
 and  Hyades,  q,  391-392,  363-365. 
 
 Whether  or  in  how  far  the  dog  is  a  later  accretion  to  Fuegian  cul¬ 
 ture  is  difficult  to  judge  from  the  evidence  at  hand.  Dr.  Lovisato 
 found  no  bones  of  dogs  in  the  Elizabeth  Island  middens  ( b ,  102). 
 Some  of  the  explorers  prior  to  Narb  rough,  such  as  Ladrillero,  Fletcher, 
 and  L’Hermite,  describe  the  natives’  culture  in  some  detail,  yet  do 
 not  mention  the  dog.  Narb  rough  implies  and  Vargas  Ponce  (11.  c.) 
 explicitly  states  that  the  dogs  they  saw  were  like  the  Patagonians’ 
 dogs  (cf.  also  Spegazzini,  a,  20).  All  this  suggests,  but  suggests  only, 
 a  borrowing  from  Patagonia  in  post-Magellan  times. 
 
 Goieueta  stated  on  the  authority  of  Cortes  Hojea  that  the  Chonos 
 even  at  that  early  date,  1557-58,  or  even  1553,  had  dogs.  There 
 seems  to  be  no  good  ground  for  questioning  the  exactitude  of  this 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TTERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 187 
 
 careful  chronicler  (confirmed  by  Del  Techo,  160).  The  Chonoan  dog, 
 therefore,  was  not,  it  would  seem,  a  European  importation. 
 
 The  other  passage  in  Goicueta  is,  however,  patient  of  two  inter¬ 
 pretations.  “El  perro  que  llevabamos  no  era  de  indios  ni  sabia 
 seguirios  antes  huyo  de  ellos”  (Goicueta,  509).  Does  “llevabamos ” 
 mean  here  “we  took  with  us”  or  “we  took  away,  captured”?  The 
 latter  seems  the  more  likely;  and  if  the  dog  was  not  “de  indios”  was 
 it  a  wild  dog?  The  incident  happened  on  an  island  near  Picton  or 
 Trinidad  Channel — that  is,  what  is  now  Alacalufan  territory. 
 
 STORING  OF  FOOD 
 
 There  is  no  seasonal  or  systematic  storing  of  food,  although  the 
 Yahgans  lay  up  limited  supplies  of  dried  fungi  (Th.  Bridges,  &,  231; 
 Hyades,  q,  340),  and  perhaps  meat  or  blubber  may  be  cached  for  a 
 time  (cf.  Fitz-Rov,  a ,  195).  The  Onas  preserve  dried  meat  and  fungi 
 (C.  Gallardo,  138-139). 
 
 DRINK 
 
 The  Fuegians  have  no  native  intoxicant.  On  the  Chonoan  intoxi- 
 cant,  made  from  maize,  see  Introduction,  under  Clionos:  Culture. 
 Water  is  the  usual  drink;  the  Canoe  Indians  and  Clionos  relish  seal 
 or  whale  oil. 
 
 KINDS  OF  FOODS 
 
 The  northern  Onas’  chief  article  of  food  is  the  guanaco,  which  was 
 fairly  plentiful  over  the  greater  part  of  their  territory.  Sea  food  and 
 seal  are  the  staple  diet  of  the  Yahgans,  Alacaluf,  and  Clionos;  the 
 supply  of  sea  food  is  usually  abundant  in  the  archipelago  (Hyades,  q, 
 367;  Weddell,  190-191),  although  there  are  times  of  famine  (Th. 
 Bridges,  b,  1874,  138).  Salt  is  not  used  by  the  Fuegians  (Hyades,  q , 
 339;  Ladrillero,  464,  473;  C.  Gallardo,  168). 
 
 Plant  foods 
 
 The  plant  kingdom  is  of  only  secondary  importance  in  the  Fuegian 
 and  Chonoan  food-supply  system.  The  natives  sometimes  eat  berries, 
 roots,  fruits,  or  certain  plants,  like  the  wild  celery.  Some  of  the  fungi 
 are  eaten  more  commonly,  especially  by  the  Yahgans. 
 
 The  Onas  prepare  a  very  crude  sort  of  flour  from  the  seeds  of  one  of 
 the  Crucifers®,  called  tay  by  them;  this  flour  is  mixed  with  water  or 
 grease  (Cojazzi,  61;  C.  Gallardo,  171,  173-174;  Beauvoir,  b ,  64).  In 
 preparing  the  flour,  two  unworked  stones,  one  flat  and  the  other 
 roundish,  are  used  as  mortar  and  pestle.  The  “piccolo  mortaio  di 
 lava,  tondo  e  ben  fatto”  from  C.  Pensxs,  Tierra  del  Fuego,  which  was 
 obtained  by  Dr.  Giglioli,  is  probably  of  continental  provenance  (Gigli- 
 oli,  b,  Archiv .,  262,  repr.,  246). 
 
1 88 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [  BULL,  r, 3 
 
 Sea-food  gathering 
 
 Tlio  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  use  a  four-pronged  wooden  fork  for 
 taking  sea  urchins  (Hyades,  q,  369,  pi.  xxxit,  fig.  4;  Dabbene,  b,  183; 
 Skottsberg,  c,  95;  d,  604),  and  a  flat-ended  stick  for  patellas  (ibid.). 
 Mytilus  and  other  mussels  are  gathered  by  hand  at  low  tide.  The 
 harpoon  also  may  be  used  in  gathering  crabs  and  other  Crustacea,  or 
 a  three-pronged  stick,  into  the  crotch  of  which  is  jammed  a  rock 
 which  falls  upon  and  pins  down  the  crab  (Hyades,  q ,  369-370,  citing 
 Lovisato).  The  Alacaluf  sometimes  lash  three  harpoons  together 
 (Reynaud,  a,  94) ;  the  Yahgans  in  gathering  sea  food  often  used  a 
 harpoon  with  two  divergent  shanks  (Hyades,  q,  356;  Dabbene,  b,  183; 
 Colini,  160-161),  or  two,  three,  or  even  four  harpoons  lashed  together 
 (Th.  Bridges,  b,  Sept.  1,  1874,  138;  Mar.  1,  1876,  58). 
 
 The  Onas  use  a  small  spear  with  a  barbed  bone  shank  in  gathering 
 crabs  and  Crustacea,  and  in  fishing  (Dabbene,  b,  250;  C.  Gallardo, 
 203-204). 
 
 Dr.  Hyades  questions  (q,  370-371)  the  exactitude  of  Admiral  Fitz¬ 
 Roy’s  (a,  185-186)  and  Mr.  Darwin’s  (a,  1871  ed.,  213)  statements 
 regarding  the  Fuegian  women’s  custom  of  diving  for  sea  urchins,  and 
 the  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  had  never  seen  the  women  do  this  (Hyades,  q, 
 370).  The  Rev.  Mr.  Despard,  however,  attributes  this  custom  to 
 them  (b,  696),  and  in  earlier  times  at  least  the  custom  was  in  vogue, 
 as  is  attested  by  eyewitnesses,  among  the  Alacaluf  (La  Guilbaudiere, 
 6;  Marcel,  a,  490,  494;  c,  108)  and  Choiios  (Byron,  a,  130-132,  123; 
 Alex.  Campbell,  57,  31;  Bulkeley  and  Cummins,  anon,  ed.,  28-29, 
 other  1743  ed.,  38-41;  Affecting  narrative,  45-46).  The  Chono  Delco 
 testified  to  tlie  usage  among  his  people  (Del  Techo,  160),  and  Father 
 Olivares  calls  (372;  cf.  also  395)  the  Chonos  “afamados  buzos  para 
 sacar  el  marisco.” 
 
 Fishing 
 
 The  Onas  sometimes  take  fish  by  hand  or  spear  them  in  shallow 
 water  (C.  Gallardo,  203).  For  line  fishing  the  Yahgan  women  use  a 
 kelp  stem  or  whale-sinew  braid,  with  a  grooved  stone  sinker,  and 
 with  a  quill  slipknot  to  hold  the  bait  (Hyades,  q,  303,  370-371 ;  Th. 
 Bridges,  j,  315). 
 
 Fishhooks. — With  the  rare  exceptions  to  be  mentioned  below, 
 first-hand  authorities  on  Fuegian  culture,  even  though  describing  the 
 native  material  culture  in  detail,  are  either  silent  regarding  the  fish¬ 
 hook  or  else  definitely  deny  its  use  by  the  Yahgans  (Barclay,  a,  64; 
 Th.  Bridges,  Ji,  210;  j,  315;  Hyades,  b,  1347;  King,  428;  W.  Webster, 
 i,  182)  and  Alacaluf  (Vargas  Ponce,  a,  341;  cf.  also  Darwin,  a,  1871 
 ed.,  213). 
 
 According  to  Cortes  Hojea  (Goicueta,  518),  the  Chonos  had  a 
 wooden  fishhook,  although  Father  Lozano  (it,  559)  seems  rather  to 
 
cooper! 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 189 
 
 deny  this.  Dr.  Dabbene  lias  recently  ( b ,  183)  ascribed  a  wooden 
 fishhook  to  the  Yahgans;  this  may  be  the  pronged  wooden  gorge  hook 
 described  by  the  Kev.  Mr.  Bridges  (h,  210;  j,  315;  Flyades,  q,  359; 
 Dabbene,  b,  185-186),  which  was  used  especially  in  taking  cormorants. 
 
 Admiral  Wilkes  found  the  Onas,  probably  Manekenkn,  of  Good 
 Success  Bay  in  possession  of  a  fishhook  “made  of  the  dorsal  fin  of  a 
 fish,  tied  to  a  thin  slip  of  whalebone,  in  the  form  of  a  barb”  (a,  yol.  i, 
 118,  1845  ed.,  i,  115;  />,  47;  Colvocoresses,  36).  The  fact  that  both 
 the  Yahgans  (Hyades,  q,  303,  368)  and  Onas  (C.  Gallardo,  203;  Th. 
 Bridges,  i,  in  Ilyades,  q,  9)  occasionally  use  a  fishing  rod  suggests  the 
 probability  that  some  form  of  fishhook  may  be  used;  Dr.  Hyades 
 twice  saw  Yahgans  fishing  witli  a  rod  and  line  “du  liaut  d’un  r ocher” 
 0 q ,  368). 
 
 LTIermite  reported  finding  stone  fishhooks  among  the  Yahgans  of 
 Nassau  Bay  district  in  1624:  “In  haer  liuttekens  is  nict  te  vinden  als 
 eenighe  biese  korfkens  /  daer  haer  vis-tuygh  in  is  / ’t  welck  bestaet 
 in  eenige  lijnkens  ende  steene  vis-hoecxkens  /  op  onse  wijse  seer 
 aerdigh  ghemaeckt  /  daer  sy  mosselen  aen  hanghen  /  waer  mede  sy 
 soo  veel  vis  vanghen  als  sy  begeeren”  (1643  ed.,  42;  Commelin,  ii,  28; 
 Decker’s  tr.,  30,  “welches  bestehet  in  etlichen  Steinern  Fischhack- 
 lein  /  auss  unser  weiss  sehr  artig  gemacht  /  daran  sie  Muscheln 
 anhengen;”  “  hamepons  f aits  de  pierre,  assez  artistement,  a-peu-pres 
 comme  les  notres,”  de  Renneville’s  tr.,  iy,  701). 
 
 Barring  several  minor  errors  of  deduction,  L’Hermite’s  general 
 description  of  the  Yahgans  has  been  confirmed  by  later  writers — - 
 a  fact  that  would  incline  the  modern  reader  to  accept  as  correct  the 
 passage  just  quoted.  On  the  other  hand  no  other  explorer  has 
 found  the  stone  fishhook  in  Fuegia,  and  such  skill  in  working  stone 
 seems  to  be  too  advanced  for  the  natives.  Is  it  possible  that  what 
 L’Hermite  took  for  fishhooks  were  in  reality  long-stemmed  deeply 
 notched  Hint  arrowheads,  or  perhaps  barbed  harpoon  heads?  The 
 Yahgans  often  kept  arrow  heads  in  their  rush  baskets,  as  the  “stone 
 fishhooks”  were  found  kept  by  L’Hermite. 
 
 Nets. — The  Yahgans  do  no  seine  fishing.  They,  however,  some¬ 
 times  take  small  fish  by  means  of  a  basket  or  net  very  crudely  woven 
 with  rushes  and  bark  or  split  twigs,  or  by  means  of  an  ordinary  large- 
 mesh  basket  attached  to  the  end  of  a  harpoon  handle  (Hyades,  q, 
 372,  303). 
 
 The  true  fish  net  is  found  among  the  Chonos  (Goicueta,  518; 
 Byron,  a,  134;  A.  Campbell,  58),  the  Alacaluf  (Sarmiento,  Iriarte’s 
 ed.,  81,  123,  An.  hidr.,  vn,  422,  446;  Duclos-Guyot,  b,  672;  Barclay, 
 a,  66;  Th.  Bridges,  h ,  203;  Dabbene,  b,  214;  Stubel,  ii,  pi.  x,  fig.  10), 
 and  the  Onas  (Th.  Bridges,  h,  203;  Dabbene,  b,  250;  Beauvoir,  b, 
 ill,  opp.  p.  200;  Benignus,  230;  C.  Gallardo,  202-204;  Cojazzi,  57; 
 O.  Nordenskjold,  j,  125;  Lista,  b,  127,  Onas  of  south;  Segers,  69). 
 
190 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  BULL.  fiS 
 
 The  Chonoan  nets  reported  by  Cortes  Hojea  were  made  of  bark 
 fiber  (Goicueta,  518),  and  the  Alacalufan  nets  seen  by  Duclos-Guyot 
 of  intestines  ( b ,  672),  but  the  nets  in  use  among  the  modern  Ala- 
 caluf  and  Onas  are  made  of  guanaco  or  seal  sinew,  with  rectangular 
 meshes  and  the  ordinary  European  knot  (Dabbene,  b,  214;  Th. 
 Bridges,  h,  203;  C.  Gallardo,  203;  Barclay,  a,  66). 
 
 The  fish  net  was  found  at  such  early  dates,  in  1553  by  Cortes 
 Hojea  and  in  1579-80  by  Sarmiento,  that  it  is  clearly  not  a  European 
 importation. 
 
 The  Alacaluf  also  use  bird  nets  made  of  sinew  (Mori,  An.  Tiidr ., 
 vn,  562,  de  Brosses,  i,  165;  Ringrose,  Exquemelin,  pt.  iv,  ch.  23, 
 1684-85  ed.,  182,  1893  ed.,  470),  and  the  Alacaluf  and  Chonos  seal 
 nets  made  of  rawhide  (Th.  Bridges,  j,  314;  A.  Campbell,  59)  with 
 large  meshes  8  inches  across  (Coppinger,  119). 
 
 Weirs. —Sometimes  rude  weirs  of  branches  or  stakes  are  erected 
 in  creeks  or  in  other  suitable  places  by  the  Yahgans  (Th.  Bridges, 
 cited  by  Hyades,  q,  372),  the  Alacaluf  (Vargas  Ponce,  a,  341),  and 
 the  Onas  (Th.  Bridges,  i,  in  Hyades,  q ,  9).  Dr.  Coppinger  found 
 several  stone  weirs  in  an  almost  perfect  state  of  preservation  in  the 
 Swallow  Bay  region  within  Alacalufan  territory  (125-126).  Cf.  also 
 Furlong,  r,  179-180  on  possible  Y'ahgan  stone  weirs. 
 
 Hunting 
 
 Whales. — A  stranded  or  dead  whale  is  eagerly  taken  possession 
 of  by  both  the  Fuegians  and  Chonos.  Occasionally  the  Alacaluf 
 (Marcel,  a,  490-491)  and  Yahgans  (Hyades,  q,  356;  Th.  Bridges,  b, 
 Jan.  1,  1875,  12-13)  hunt  the  whale  in  the  open  sea  with  their  spears 
 or  harpoons. 
 
 Seals  and  porpoises. — Seals  are  commonly  hunted  by  the  Fuegians 
 and  Chonos,  being  either  speared  or  harpooned  from  canoes  or  from 
 the  land,  or  killed  with  clubs,  or  else  netted.  The  various  tribes 
 appear  on  the  whole  to  use  similar  methods.  Dr.  Segers  mentions 
 (66-67)  an  interesting  Ona  ruse  for  taking  seals  by  the  use  of  a 
 stuffed  seal  hide  as  a  dummy  or  decoy. 
 
 Guanacos. — In  hunting  the  guanaco  the  Onas  use  the  bow  and 
 arrow,  while  the  eastern  Yahgans  use  either  the  bow  and  arrow 
 (Martial,  192)  or  the  spear  (Hyades,  q ,  356).  For  the  most  complete 
 account  of  Ona  methods  of  guanaco  hunting,  see  Furlong,  g. 
 
 Otters. — The  Yahgans  use  the  harpoon  in  otter  hunting  (Hyades, 
 q,  364)  and  are  ably  assisted  by  their  dogs.  The  dogs  also  help  the 
 Yahgans  and  Onas  in  fox  hunting. 
 
 Ctenomys  fueguinus. — This  small  burrowing  rodent  is  a  staple 
 article  of  diet  for  the  Onas.  A  pointed  stake  or  the  short  spear  is 
 used  in  locating  the  nests  of  and  killing  the  animal  (C.  Gallardo,  189- 
 190;  Cojazzi,  54-55;  Dabbene,  b,  249;  Furlong,  h). 
 
coorEnl 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TTERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 101 
 
 Bats. — Rats  arc  not  eaten  by  the  On  as  or  the  Yahgans  except  in 
 extreme  necessity — dogs  never  (Hyades,  q ,  339;  C.  Gallardo,  172,  70). 
 
 Birds. — Birds  may  be  killed  with  the  sling  or  bow  and  arrow,  or 
 taken  in  other  ways.  Snares  consisting  of  a  single  noose  or  a  series 
 of  nooses  made  of  guanaco  sinew  or  whalebone  are  employed  by  all 
 three  Fuegian  tribes  (Hyades,  q ,  9,  304;  C.  Gallardo,  192-193; 
 Dabbene,  b,  251;  Popper,  a,  106).  Sometimes  these  nooses  are 
 placed  at  openings  in  small  corrals  of  sticks  or  stakes  (Tli.  Bridges, 
 h,  210;  Cojazzi,  56),  or  attached  to  the  end  of  a  long  pole,  the  native 
 hiding  behind  a  blind  and  mimicking  the  call  of  the  bird  (Th.  Bridges, 
 6,  July  1,  1879,  158;  h,  210;  C.  Gallardo,  193). 
 
 Cormorants. — In  taking  cormorants,  which  nest  on  the  sides  of 
 cliffs,  the  Fuegians  and  Chonos  go  at  night  with  torches  and  often 
 with  clubs;  the  native  is  either  suspended  from  the  brow  of  the 
 cliff  with  long  thongs  or  else  climbs  up  from  the  water's  edge  (Th. 
 Bridges,  b,  July  1,  1879,  156-158;  C.  Gallardo,  190-191;  Garcia,  a, 
 25,  38;  A.  Campbell,  60).  On  the  use  of  the  gorge  hook,  see  above 
 under  Fishhooks. 
 
 General  remarks — The  dog  is  a  valuable  auxiliary  in  hunting.  The 
 more  common  hunting  weapon  of  the  Onas  is  the  bow  and  arrow,  of 
 the  Chonos,  Alacaluf,  and  Yahgans  the  spear  and  harpoon.  As  noted 
 above,  the  Alacaluf  use  nets  for  hunting  birds  and  seals. 
 
 COOKING 
 
 As  a  rule  the  Fuegians  only  half  cook  their  food.  Wooden  two- 
 pronged  tongs  are  used  by  the  Yahgans  (Hyades,  q ,  304)  and  Onas 
 (Dabbene,  b,  251;  C.  Gallardo,  171,  290).  For  melting  fat  and  hold¬ 
 ing  grease  the  Yahgans  use  large  mussel  shells  (Hyades,  q,  306,  340), 
 the  Onas  a  shoulder  blade  of  a  guanaco  or  seal  (Cojazzi,  58). 
 
 The  Chonos  were  familiar  with  the  use  of  hot  stones  for  cooking 
 fish  in  their  bark  buckets  (Rosales,  a,  vol.  i,  151;  b,  cited  by  Medina, 
 a,  186),  but  the  practice  is  not  found  among  the  Fuegians.  Heated 
 stones  are,  however,  used  by  the  Onas  for  heating  or  toasting  lay 
 seeds  (C.  Gallardo,  173-174;  Cojazzi,  61),  and  Dr.  Hyades  writes  of 
 the  Yahgans:  “Ils  se  servent  de  cailloux  chauffes  aufeu  pour  faire 
 fondre  la  graisse  et  tiediiTeau,  dans  lesquelles  ils  plongent  ces  cailloux  ” 
 (q,  340;  cf.  also  310). 
 
 FIRE  MAKING 
 
 The  pyrites-and-flint  method  is  the  only  one  ever  reported  for  any 
 of  the  Fuegian  tribes.  Dr.  Ratzel  suggests  ( b ,  vol.  i,  523;  Engl,  tr., 
 vol.  ii,  90)  its  possible  introduction  by  Europeans,  but  the  fact  that 
 the  method  is  reported  from  as  far  back  as  the  time  of  Sarmiento, 
 who  found  it  in  1580  in  use  among  the  Canoe  Indians  near  the  modern 
 Punta  Arenas  (Iriarte's  ed.,  229,  An.  hidr.,  vn,  511)  makes  fairly  cer- 
 
192 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  BULL. 
 
 tain  the  conclusion  that  the  custom  is  a  native  one.  The  iron  pyrites 
 is  apparently  found  only  in  the  north  of  Tierra  del  Fuego  Island  and 
 in  large  quantities  near  Mercury  Sound,  Clarence  Island  (C.  Gallardo, 
 255;  Dabbene,  b,  194;  Th.  Bridges,  b,  June  1,  1883,  139;  i,  in  Hyades, 
 <7,  10). 
 
 As  tinder  the  Fuegians  use  bird  down,  dried  fungus,  and  perhaps 
 very  fine  moss. 
 
 Besides  its  use  for  cooking,  heating,  and  lighting,  fire  is  employed 
 for  signaling  by  all  the  Fuegians,  including  the  Onas  (C.  Gallardo,  258; 
 Furlong,  lc)f  for  straightening  arrow  and  spear  shafts  by  the  Yahgans 
 and  Onas  at  least  (C.  Gallardo,  256,  281 ;  Cojazzi,  44;  Hyades,  q,  356), 
 and  for  bending  canoe  ribs  by  the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  (Spegazzini, 
 a ,  6;  Vargas  Ponce,  a,  344).  It  is  also  used  in  many  other  ways,  as 
 in  felling  trees,  in  preparing  bark  for  canoes  and  material  for  baskets, 
 etc.  The  Fuegians  have  no  lamps,  but  torches  of  bark  are  common 
 to  both  the  Fuegians  and  Chonoans. 
 
 The  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  carry  fire  in  the  center  of  their  canoes 
 on  a  hearth  of  earth,  clay,  sand,  shells,  or  stones  (Ulloa  and  numerous 
 later  voyagers). 
 
 Shelter 
 
 Beehive  wigwam. — Among  the  Chonos  and  Canoe  Indians  the  most 
 common  form  of  shelter  is  the  beehive  hut,  circular  or  elliptical  in 
 ground  plan  and  with  a  framework  of  bent  sticks  covered  with  grass, 
 ferns,  branches,  bark,  skins,  or  anything  at  hand.  The  Chonos  often 
 carried  around  in  their  canoes  the  poles  or  bark  thatching  (Byron, 
 a,  123-124;  Lozano,  ii,  560;  Beranger,  13).  Excellent  detailed  de¬ 
 scriptions  are  given  of  the  Yahgan  hut  by  Dr.  Hyades  ( q ,  342)  and  of 
 the  Alacalufan  by  Dr.  Skottsberg  ib,  261-263;  d,  597-598). 
 
 SJcin  windshield. — This  is  the  more  common  Ona  shelter.  It  con¬ 
 sists  of  a  few  poles  stuck  in  the  ground  in  a  semicircle  and  inclined 
 toward  the  center,  with  guanaco  skins  stretched  on  them;  it  thus 
 forms  a  fencing  without  roof,  but  in  bad  weather  the  shelter  can  be 
 nearly  closed  over.  Sometimes  the  skins  are  merely  tied  to  branches 
 of  trees  (Lovisato,  b,  134;  Furlong,  d,  218). 
 
 It  is  not  unlikely  that  this  skin  windshield  is  related  genetically  to 
 the  Tehuelche  toldo.  It  is  not  used  by  the  Canoe  Indians.  In  con¬ 
 struction  it  is  similar  to  the  Teliuelchean  tent,  although  much  sim¬ 
 pler.  In  earlier  times  the  Patagonians  of  the  eastern  end  of  the  Strait 
 used  a  shelter  rather  like  the  modern  Ona  windshield,  if  we  may 
 judge  from  Ladrillero’s  description,  which,  however,  is  not  quite  as 
 clear  as  we  should  like:  uSus  casas  son  que  hincan  urias  varas  en  el 
 suelo,  i  ponen  pellejos  de  guanacos,  i  de  ovejas,  i  de  venados;  i  hacen 
 reparo  para  el  viento,  i  por  de  dentro  ponen  paya”  (Ladrillero,  499). 
 The  Teliuelchean  tent  and  the  Ona  windshield  have  the  same  name 
 (cf.  Introduction  under  Ona  and  Tehuelche  Relations:  Cultural 
 Evidence). 
 
COOrERl 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TTERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 193 
 
 Conical  wigwams. — Both  the  Yahgans  and  the  Onas  use  also  a  more 
 substantial  and  usually  larger  wigwam,  in  construction  like  the  bee¬ 
 hive  hut,  but  cone-shaped,  the  framework  being  of  stout  sapling  or 
 tree  trunks  (Hyades,  q,  343;  L/Hermite,  42;  de  Brosses,  i,  443;  Des- 
 pard,  b,  680;  Dabbene,  b,  178,  226;  Cojazzi,  38-39;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  140; 
 Segers,  64;  Furlong,  d,  218;  h).  Among  the  Onas  at  least  these  more 
 solidly  built  huts  are  for  more  or  less  permanent  use  as  compared  with 
 the  skin  windshield  which  is  put  up  for  short  or  overnight  stays 
 (Cojazzi,  38,  40;  Dabbene,  b,  226).  Mr.  Despard  stated  (b,  680)  that 
 the  Yahgan  beehive  and  conical  huts  are  for  summer  and  winter  use, 
 respectively. 
 
 Large  wigwams. — Considerably  larger  wigwams,  of  circular  or  ellip¬ 
 tical  ground  plan,  have  been  observed  at  times  in  Yahgan  and  Ala- 
 calufan  territory  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  198-199,  215;  King,  440,  441-442, 
 conical,  166;  and  especially  description  and  cut  in  Skottsberg,  b ,  262- 
 264;  d ,  598-599).  Such  large  huts  were  used  in  the  Yahgan  initia¬ 
 tion  ceremonies,  but  it  would  seem  that  they  were  also  used  as  common 
 shelters  for  several  families,  as  Dr.  Skottsberg  found  several  hearths 
 in  one.  Dr.  Hyades  mentions  a  Yahgan  partitioned  wigwam  ( q ,  342, 
 note),  and  Dr.  Segers  an  “enormous  wigwam  of  pyramidal  form” 
 used  in  winter  by  the  southern  Onas  (64).  This  latter  may  have  been 
 a  council  house  (cf.  Furlong,  lc). 
 
 Other  hinds  of  shelters. — The  Yahgans  and  Onas  at  times  use  caves 
 (Hyades,  q,  8,  342),  or  make  a  rude  shelter  of  a  few  branches  tied 
 together  or  stuck  in  the  ground  (ibid.,  341-342;  Gunn,  325).  The 
 Onas  apparently  sometimes  use  simple  trenches  or  holes  dug  in  the 
 ground  (Gunn,  326).  The  Yahgans  sometimes  construct  smaller 
 wigwams,  “consacrate  agli  amori”  (Lovisato,  b,  132-133)  or  for  the 
 use  of  children  (Hyades,  q,  342;  Th.  Bridges,  a,  Fr.  tr.,  171;  cf.  also 
 Vincent,  123,  for  Alacaluf).  A  gable-roofed  tent,  in  contour  like 
 our  A-tent  and  covered  with  bark,  etc.,  is  mentioned  by  Dr.  Dabbene 
 ( b ,  226)  and  Prof.  Furlong  ( d ,  218;  h)  as  used  occasionally  among  the 
 Onas  in  winter  or  for  longer  stays. 
 
 Sometimes  the  interior  of  the  wigwam  is  scooped  out  among  the 
 Onas  (C.  Gallardo,  244;  Barclay,  a,  72)  and  Yahgans  (Hyades,  q, 
 343 ;  L’Hermite,  42 ;  de  Brosses,  i,  443 ;  Despard,  b ,  680) .  A  little  grass 
 or  some  branches  are  usually  put  on  the  floor  (C.  Gallardo,  244; 
 Hyades,  q,  343-344).  The  fire  is  made  in  the  center  of  the  beehive 
 and  conical  huts  and  at  the  opening  of  the  windshield.  The  huts 
 may  have  one  or  two  doors;  in  the  latter  case  one  door  is  usually 
 toward  the  sea,  the  other  opposite. 
 
 Clothing 
 
 Body  covering. — The  skin  mantle  is  the  chief  and  common  garment 
 of  the  Chonos  and  three  Fuegian  tribes.  Between,  however,  the 
 
104 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 r  BULL.  fi3 
 
 Onas  on  the  one  hand  and  the  Clio  nos,  Alaealuf,  and  Yahgans  on 
 the  other,  there  are  certain  noticeable  differences.  The  Ona  mantle 
 reaches  to  the  feet  or  knees  and  usually  has  no  string,  while  the 
 mantle  of  the  others  reaches  only  over  the  shoulder  and  breast  or 
 to  the  waist  and  is  held  by  a  string.  The  Ona  nearly  always  wears 
 his  mantle,  except  in  hunting,  wrestling,  etc.,  while  the  others  very 
 frequently  go  or  used  to  go  without  it. 
 
 The  Onas  more  frequently  make  their  mantles  from  guanaco  skins, 
 the  others  from  seal,  otter,  or  fox  skins ;  but  other  skins  may  be  used 
 where  available.  Bird-skin  clothing  has  sometimes  been  observed 
 (Marcel,  a ,  492;  van  Speilbergen,  in  de  Brosses,  i,  344;  van  Noort,  b. 
 1601  ed.,  21;  Hyades,  q,  347;  Byron,  a,  34,  127;  Garcia,  a,  23).  The 
 Chonos  are  reported  by  Cortes  Hojea  (Goicueta,  518)  to  have  made 
 mantles  from  fiber,  as  Father  Rosales  says  (a,  vol.  i,  224)  the  Chilo- 
 tans  formerly  did.  The  Chonoan  dog’s  hair  mantles  have  been  men¬ 
 tioned  before  (cf.  Introduction  under  Chonos:  Culture). 
 
 The  Yahgan  women  rarely  if  ever  go  without  a  triangular  pubic 
 covering  of  bird  skin  or  hide  (Ilyades,  q,  307,  347-348;  Fitz-Roy,  a , 
 138;  Weddell,  157-158;  L’Hermite,  41;  de  Brosses,  i,  443),  but  the 
 men  go  frequently  without  such,  as  did  sometimes  the  Alaealuf  an 
 men,  and  even  women,  in  earlier  days  (Ladrillero,  473,  464,  484; 
 Goicueta,  485,  505,  519;  La  Guilbaudiere,  4;  cf.,  however,  for  later 
 times,  Vargas  Ponce,  a ,  339;  Skottsberg,  d,  602). 
 
 The  Ona  women  wear  beneath  their  mantles,  which  are  a  little 
 shorter  than  the  men’s,  an  under  garment  of  guanaco  skin,  tied  to 
 the  body  and  reaching  from  the  breast  to  the  knees  (C.  Gallardo,  157; 
 Dabbene,  b,  223;  Cojazzi,  41);  the  women  also  wear  a  pubic  covering 
 of  the  same  material  (C.  Gallardo,  156-157). 
 
 The  Fuegian  skin  mantle  is  always  worn  with  the  fur  outside,  in 
 contrast  with  the  Tehuelche  custom,  but  the  Ona  woman  sometimes 
 wears  her  under  garment  with  the  fur  inside  (C.  Gallardo,  157). 
 
 Head  covering. — In  hunting  and  fighting  especially,  the  Ona  men 
 wear  a  triangular  peak  of  guanaco  skin  over  the  forehead,  but  the 
 Ona  women  and  among  the  other  Fuegians  and  the  Chonos  both 
 sexes  go  bareheaded.  Exceptionally  the  Alaealuf  may  wear  a  head 
 covering,  apparently  distinct  from  the  feather  diadem  (Narbrough, 
 65,  de  Brosses,  ii,  32;  Bynoe,  in  Fitz-Roy,  a,  197;  Voyage  round 
 world  in  Dolphin,  56,  Span,  tr.,  55;  Vargas  Ponce,  b,  58). 
 
 Foot  covering  .—The  Ona  men  and  women  wear  in  walking  primi¬ 
 tive  moccasins  and  sometimes  leggings  made  of  guanaco  skin  (C.  Gal¬ 
 lardo,  155,  158;  Dabbene,  b,  224;  Cojazzi,  42).  Neither  the  Chonos 
 (Byron,  a,  144;  cf.  also  Goicueta,  519,  on  natives  south  of  C.  Tres 
 Montes)  nor  the  Canoe  Indians  wear  any  foot  covering,  except  occa¬ 
 sionally  when  traveling  or  hunting  on  land,  as  is  attested  for  the 
 Yahgans  by  Dr.  Hahn  ( b ,  1534)  and  for  the  Alaealuf  by  Narbrough 
 
COOl’Elt] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 195 
 
 (65;  de  Brosses,  n,  32),  Vargas  Ponce  ( a ,  339)  and  the  author  of  the 
 Voyage  round  the  world,  in  H.  M.  S.  Dolphin  (56;  Span,  tr.,  55). 
 
 Hand  covering. — No  hand  covering  is  worn  by  either  the  Chonos  or 
 Fuegians.  The  Yahgans,  however,  occasionally  use  a  rude  fingerless 
 working  glove  of  hide  (Hyades,  q,  301)  and  the  Onas  and  Alacaluf 
 protect  their  hands  with  a  piece  of  guanaco  skin  or  other  material 
 when  making  arrow  heads  (Cojazzi,  45;  G.  Gallardo,  259;  Cop- 
 pinger,  119). 
 
 Shin  dressing. — Detailed  accounts  of  the  Yahgan  and  Alacaluf  an 
 methods  of  skin  dressing  are  not  given  by  writers  on  Fuegian  culture. 
 In  the  National  Museum  at  Washington  there  is  an  otter  skin  stretched 
 on  a  rectangular  frame — probably  of  Yahgan  or  Alacaluf  an  prove¬ 
 nance.  It  was  evidently  such  a  drying  frame  that  M’Cormick 
 saw  on  Hermite  Island  (i,  301).  The  Yahgans  stretch  seal  skins 
 upon  the  ground  in  the  wigwam  and  cover  them  with  grass  and 
 moss;  after  a  while  the  hairs  become  completely  detached  (Hyades, 
 q,  347).  The  Yahgans  make  thongs  flexible  by  drawing  them 
 through  their  teeth  or  chewing  them  (Hyades,  q,  141,  143,  302) — a 
 method  in  vogue  among  the  Onas  also  (C.  Gallardo,  264)  and  prob¬ 
 ably  among  the  Alacaluf  (Skottsberg,  b,  252). 
 
 The  Onas,  after  scraping  off  the  flesh  and  fat  from  a  skin,  take  it 
 in  both  hands  and  rub  it  together  briskly,  then  anoint  it  with  grease 
 (Cojazzi,  63;  C.  Gallardo,  265,  286).  If  the  skin  is  to  be  worn  as  a 
 mantle  they  trust  largely  to  actual  wear  to  soften  it  (C.  Gallardo, 
 265).  To  dry  a  skin  they  stake  it  to  the  ground  if  weather  and 
 ground  conditions  are  favorable,  else  they  stretch  it  taut  with  flexible 
 cross-sticks  and  lean  it  against  the  wigwam  or  windshield  to  wind¬ 
 ward  (C.  Gallardo,  244-245).  To  make  hide  they  remove  the  hair 
 with  a  hafted  scraper  of  stone  or  glass,  and  spread  on  red  earth  and 
 grease  (Cojazzi,  63). 
 
 Coloring  the  inner  side  of  mantles  with  red  earth  is  common  among 
 the  Alacaluf  and  Onas  at  least  (Skottsberg,  d,  603;  C.  Gallardo,  152). 
 
 Navigation 
 
 The  modern  Onas  have  no  kind  of  water  craft,  nor  is  there  any 
 positive  evidence  to  show  that  they  formerly  possessed  any  of  their 
 own  making.  Moreover,  no  indication  of  a  former  art  of  navigation 
 is  found  in  any  of  their  myths  or  traditions. 
 
 It  is  true  that  Father  Falkner’s  Yacana-cunnees  are  supposed  to 
 have  used  “ light  floats,  like  those  of  Chiloe,”  to  cross  the  Strait  (111; 
 cf.  also  92-93),  but  there  are  good  reasons  for  reserving  judgment  on 
 the  accuracy  of  his  narrative  (cf.  Author  Bibliography,  under 
 F  alkner) . 
 
 That,  however,  the  Onas  occasionally  ventured  and  venture  on  the 
 water  is  well  enough  attested.  Prof.  Furlong’s  Ona  guides  had  just 
 
BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 196 
 
 returned  from  a  hunting  expedition  on  Navarin  Island  (verbal  com¬ 
 munication).1  The  Rev.  Mr.  Bridges  found  the  Dawson  Islanders  as 
 much  Onan  as  Alacalufan  (b,  Feb.  1,  1886,  33;  cf.  also  k,  234).  Old 
 residents  of  Punta  Arenas  assured  Dr.  Segers  that  many  Indians 
 recalled  how,  20  years  previously,  they  used  to  cross  the  Strait  from 
 Patagonia  to  Tierra  del  Fuego  (63).  Mr.  Marsh  states,  apparently 
 on  the  authority  of  the  English  missionaries,  that  the  Onas  rarely 
 use  canoes  ( a ,  109). 
 
 In  view  of  the  preceding  statements,  the  assertion  frequently  made, 
 that  the  Onas  never  use  or  have  used  canoes,  appears  to  he  too  sweep¬ 
 ing.  They  may  possibly  have  reached  their  present  habitat  by 
 water.  It  is  even  possible,  too,  that  the  “tall”  natives  encountered 
 in  canoes  by  the  Loaysa  and  de  Weert  expeditions  may  have  been 
 Onas. 
 
 Rafts  and  balsas—  Neither  rafts  nor  balsas  have  ever  been  reported 
 by  any  of  the  scores  of  first-hand  observers  of  Fuegian  and  Chonoan 
 culture.  Cf.  Herbertson  in  Author  Bibliography. 
 
 Skin  boats. — Two  recent  visitors  to  Fuegia  report  seeing  in  the 
 same  locality,  the  Magdalen  Channel  district,  a  canoe  made  of  bark 
 and  skins  stretched  on  a  wattle  framework  (Mossman,  365-366;  Con¬ 
 way,  194),  while  Dr.  Essendorfer  described  (60-61)  one  seen  near 
 Cape  Froward  as  made  of  “  zusammengenahten  Hauten,  mit  der 
 unbehaarten  Seite  nach  aussen.”  This  type  of  boat,  if  the  reports  be 
 correct,  is  very  unusual  in  Fuegia. 
 
 Dugouts. — In  recent  years,  especially  since  the  last  decade  of  the 
 last  century,  the  dugout  of  beechwood  has  largely  superseded  the 
 Alacalufan  plank  boat  (Skottsberg,  d,  581;  b,  270;  c,  100;  Barclay,  a, 
 66;  Cojazzi,  122)  and  the  Yahgan  bark  canoe  almost  entirely  (Dab- 
 bene,  b,  181;  Furlong,  b,  126).  In  1882-83  the  French  expedition 
 encountered  only  one  Yahgan  dugout  during  a  whole  year’s  residence 
 
 (Mission  Terre  de  Feu,  275). 
 
 The  only  earlier  mention  of  the  dugout  as  being  in  use  among  the 
 Fuegians  or  Chonos  is,  as  far  as  the  present  writer  has  noted,  Father 
 Rosales’  statement,  not  based  on  personal  observation,  that  dugouts 
 made  with  fire  and  shells  were  used  bv  the  natives  who  lived  toward 
 the  Strait  of  Magellan  (a,  vol.  i,  173-174). 
 
 One-piece  bark  canoe. — Several  writers  on  Fuegian  culture  state 
 that  the  natives  sometimes  use  one-piece  bark  canoes  (Colini,  162; 
 J.  G.  Wood,  ii,  520,  Amer.  ed.,  ii,  1168;  Hale,.  94;  Lucy-Fossarieu, 
 169-170).  All  these  statements  hark  back  to  a  passage  in  Commo¬ 
 dore  Byron’s  narrative  in  Hawkesworth  (i,  79).  An  officer  who  had 
 been  ashore  reported  seeing  canoes  which  were  “nothing  more  than 
 the  bark  of  large  trees,  tied  together  at  the  ends,  and  kept  open  by 
 
 1  According  to  Jemmy  Button,  the  Yahgan  boy,  the  Onas  used  to  cross  Beagle  Channel  in  stolen  Yahgan 
 canoes  in  order  to  raid  the  Navarin  Island  natives  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  205-206,  325-326).  Mr.  Despard,  however, 
 held  (5,  717)  that  the  Onas  did  not  raid  beyond  the  north  shore  of  Beagle  Channel. 
 
COOl’Elt] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  TRIBES  OP  TIERRA  DEL  PUEGO 
 
 197 
 
 short  pieces  of  wood,  which  were  thrust  in  transversely  between  the 
 two  sides,  like  the  boats  children  make  of  a  bean  shell.”  Such  a  de¬ 
 scription  might  apply  equally  well  to  the  three-piece  bark  canoe  (cf. 
 Fitz-Roy,  a ,  140).  All  the  scores  of  detailed  accounts  of  the  Fuegian 
 canoe  describe  it  as  built  up  of  three  or  more  pieces. 
 
 Sewed-bark  canoe. — Until  about  a  generation  ago  the  Yahgans  used 
 exclusively  the  hark  canoe,  and  in  earlier  times  it  alone  was  used  over 
 the  whole  of  the  present  Alacalufan  territory  as  far  up  the  coast  as 
 the  Gulf  of  Penas. 
 
 The  Ladrillero  and  Cortes  Hojea  expedition  in  1557-58  found  only 
 the  bark  canoe  in  the  territory  from  the  northern  end  of  F alios  Chan¬ 
 nel  to  the  western  end  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan,  and  also  in  the 
 Ultima  Speranza  district  (Goicueta,  484,  519;  Ladrillero,  465,  473, 
 484,  490).  None  of  the  many  early  Magellanic  explorers  prior  to  the 
 voyage  of  Byron  in  1765  reported  finding  any  but  the  bark  canoe  in 
 the  Strait  (cf.  especially  La  Guilbaudiere,  4-5,  19;  see  also  28). 
 
 The  plank  boat,  in  migrating  down  the  west  Patagonian  coast, 
 effectually  but  never  entirely  displaced  the  bark  canoe,  for  Mr.  Bynoe 
 found  the  bark  canoe  in  Obstruction  Sound,  and  one  as  far  north  as 
 Messier  Channel  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  199;  cf.  also  Child,  245,  for  Smyth 
 Channel),  while  Machado  (An.  hidr.,  xiv,  85)  60  years  earlier,  in 
 1768,  found  at  Port  Tangao,  probably  on  Tangbac  Island,  at  the 
 southern  end  of  Moraleda  Channel,  that  is,  in  Chonoan  territory,  con¬ 
 siderably  north  of  Taitao  Peninsula,  a  party  of  marooned  natives 
 engaged  in  making  a  bark  canoe. 
 
 Throughout  the  whole  territory  where  found,  the  bark  canoes  were 
 constructed  in  the  same  way — of  three  or  more  pieces  sewed  together, 
 with  thwarts  and  ribs  and  with  pointed  ends.  LTIermitc  describes 
 (1643  ed.,  42)  the  Y.aligan  canoes  of  Nassau  Bay  as  like  “Venetian 
 gondolas”;  Drake’s  chronicler,  Fletcher  (Flyades,  q,  3),  compares 
 those  seen  at  Elizabeth  Island  to  crescents;  Goicueta  (484)  speaks  of 
 those  observed  at  the  northern  end  of  Fallos  Channel  as  “como  luiia 
 de  cuatro  dias,.con  unas  puntas  elevadas”  and  made  of  bark  “tan 
 gruesa  como  un  dedo”  (519).  Of  the  same  shape  are  the  canoes 
 illustrated  in  de  Weert,  and  L ’ Hermit e,  opp.  p.  40. 
 
 Bark  of  the  beech  ( Fagus  betulo'ides)  was  usually  employed.  In  cut¬ 
 ting  the  bark  the  natives  used  a  shell,  bone,  or  flint  knife,  and  held 
 themselves  to  the  tree  trunks  with  strong  rawhide  thongs  (Th. 
 Bridges,  j,  314;  Hyades,  q,  350;  Dabbene,  b,  181).  Many  detailed 
 descriptions  of  the  bark  canoe  are  available;  see  especial^  Hyades, 
 q ,  304-306,  350-352,  414;  Vargas  Ponce,  a,  343-346;  Dabbene,  b, 
 180-181.  An  excellent  account  of  canoe  making  is  given  in  Despard, 
 b,  679-680. 
 
 The  Alacaluf  often  made  bark  canoes  of  much  larger  dimensions 
 than  those  in  use  among  the  Yahgans.  The  latter  ones  were,  as  a  rule, 
 
198 
 
 BUREAU  OE  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 Lbull.  G3 
 
 from  about  12  to  20  feet  long  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  140;  Ilyades,  q,  414,  5.20 
 meters;  Bove,  a,  792;  b,  135;  d ,  Arch.,  291,  4-6  meters;  Lovisato, 
 b,  134,  5-6  meters;  Weddell,  163,  12  feet  4  inches;  Dabbene,  b,  180, 
 4-5  meters;  cf.  Marcel,  a,  491,  15-16  and  12-18  feet,  Alacalufan 
 canoes;  c,  108),  while  those  found  by  de  Cordoba  among  the  Alacaluf 
 of  the  Strait  were  ordinarily  24-26  and  occasionally  30-32  feet  long  1 
 (Vargas  Ponce,  a ,  344;  cf.  also  Pertuiset,  221,  8-10  meters  long,  and 
 the  “large  canoes”  observed  by  the  Ulloa  expedition,  in  Gay,  Doc., 
 I,  177). 
 
 While  the  Fuegian  bark  canoe  is  a  fairly  well  made  and  seaworthy 
 craft,  it  would  appear  on  the  whole  inferior  in  lines  and  workmanship 
 to  the  North  American  birch  bark,  to  which,  however,  it  bears  con¬ 
 siderable  resemblance.  For  comparison  with  bark  canoes  from  Aus¬ 
 tralia  and  Africa  see  von  Luschan,  and  also  N.  W.  Thomas,  Australian 
 canoes  and  rafts,  in  Jour.  Anthr.  inst.,  London,  1905,  xxxv,  56-79. 
 
 Plank  boat. — This  craft  has  had  an  interesting  career  in  the  Chonoan 
 and  Magellanic  Archipelagos.  A  fairly  continuous  series  of  docu¬ 
 ments,  most  of  them  based  on  first-hand  study,  enable  us  to  trace 
 pretty  clearly  its  history,  migration,  and  development  from  the  middle 
 of  the  sixteenth  century  down  to  the  present  time. 
 
 At  the  time  of  the  earliest  explorations  in  the  archipelagos  south 
 of  Chiloe  the  plank  boat  was  not  found  south  of  Taitao  Peninsula  and 
 Cape  Tres  Montes.  The  Ladrillero  and  Cortes  Hojea  expedition 
 encountered  many  groups  of  natives  between  the  Gulf  of  Penas  and 
 the  western  mouth  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan,  and  all  without  excep¬ 
 tion  had  bark  canoes  (references  supra).  The  earliest  mention  of 
 the  plank  boat  is  contained  in  Goicueta’s  narrative  of  Cortes  Hojea’s 
 voyage  in  1557-58.  On  the  way  back  Cortes  Hojea  found  among 
 the  Araucanian-speaking  natives  of  Coronados  Gulf  a  great  number 
 (“mucha  cantidad”)  of  canoes  made  of  three  planks  (514). 
 
 Goicueta  in  the  same  narrative  (518)  states  that  the  natives  between 
 the  Gulf  of  St.  Martin  (  =  Corcovado  Gulf)  and  Cape  Ochabario  (  =  C. 
 Tres  Montes)  used  the  same  kind  of  boats  as  did  the  Coronados  Gulf 
 Indians.  Cortes  Hojea  did  not,  it  would  appear  from  Goicueta’s 
 narrative,  encounter  any  natives  in  this  Chonoan  region  on  his  1557-58 
 expedition;  he  had,  however,  accompanied  Ulloa  in  1553  (489)  and 
 must  have  seen  plank  boats  south  of  Chiloe  then.  Ulloa  encountered 
 at  least  one  party  of  natives  on  Taitao  Peninsula  and  probably  others 
 elsewhere;  and,  moreover,  Goicueta’s  narrative  is  carefully  and  so¬ 
 berly  written.  So  we  may  accept  Goicueta’s  attribution  of  the  plank 
 boat  to  the  Chonos  as  reasonably  dependable. 
 
 Gongora  Marmolejo,  in  nis  Historia  of  1575  (ch.  58,  p.  153),  Brouwer 
 after  his  visit  of  1643  (32;  An.  hidr.,  xvi,  34),  Father  Ovalle  in  1646 
 (bk.  8,  ch.  21,  p.  394),  and  Father  Rosales  in  1674  ca.  (a,  vol.  i,  175), 
 
 i  Presumably  Spanish  feet  of  10.968  inches. 
 
COOI'Ell] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 199 
 
 all  describe  the  Chilotan  or  Chonoan  plank  boat  as  having  only  three 
 planks;  so,  too,  does  Father  Lozano  (vol.  n,  bk.  5,  ch.  4,  pp.  31,  455), 
 writing  in  1754-55,  but  utilizing  earlier  missionary  reports,  probably 
 Father  Venegas’  and  others  of  the  early  seventeenth  century. 
 Father  Rosales  adds  that  the  plank  boat  was  also  used  by  the  Pe- 
 guenches  near  Lake  Naguelhuapi  and  other  lakes  close  to  Chiloe, 
 although  the  Indians  of  Villarica  navigated  Lake  Epulabquen  in  balsas 
 and  dugouts  (a,  vol.  i,  176). 
 
 Up  to  the  end,  therefore,  of  the  seventeenth  century  the  plank  boat 
 was  of  only  three  pieces.  It  was  propelled  by  from  8  to  12  rowers 
 (Rosales,  a ,  vol.  i,  175;  cf.  also  Ercilla,  canto  36,,  the  12-oared  piragua 
 seen  by  him  in  1558  in  Chilotan  waters  was  probably  a  plank  boat; 
 Gongora  M.,  153,  5-12  rowers) ;  the  coxswain  sat  in  the  stern  (Rosales, 
 loc.  cit.). 
 
 During  the  course  of  the  eighteenth  century  the  dalca  developed 
 from  a  3-plank  to  a  7-  plank  craft.  Father  Olivares,  writing  in  1736, 
 in  all  probabilit}^  from  personal  observation,  states  that  the  dalcas 
 were  then  usually  made  of  3  planks,  though  there  were  some  larger 
 ones  of  5  planks,  but  never  more  than  5;  the  Spaniards  made  them 
 from  about  8-12  “brazadas”  (Olivares,  371)  1  (  =  45  to  65  feet)  long 
 with  5  planks  only  (Olivares,  370-371;  cf.  also  Alex.  Campbell,  62-63; 
 in  Prevost,  xv,  388;  Molina,  a,  209;  c,  bk.  4,  ch.  2;  Byron,  a,  151-153; 
 and  in  Fitz-Roy,  b,  131).  The  ordinary  length  of  the  native  dalca 
 was  from  11  to  22  feet  (Garcia,  a,  23,  31,  two  to  four  brazados;  28, 
 eight  varas;  Gongora  M.,  153,  34  feet;  Gonzalez  de  Agiieros,  66-67, 
 2-4  brazas;  Moraleda,  351,  up  to  20  varas).  Toward  the  end  of  the 
 eighteenth  century  7-plank  dalcas  are  for  the  first  time  mentioned 
 (Gonzalez  de  Agiieros,  66;  cf.  also  Moraleda,  350). 
 
 The  plank  boat  was  first  reported  as  seen  within  the  Strait  of 
 Magellan  by  Byron  in  1765  ( b ,  79-81)  and  by  the  second  de  Cordoba 
 expedition  in  1789  (Vargas  Ponce,  b,  59-60) — in  both  instances  west 
 of  Cape  Upright,  near  the  western  end  of  the  Strait.2 * * * * 
 
 In  the  second  quarter  of  the  last  century  the  first  English  expedi¬ 
 tion  under  Capt.  King  encountered  plank  boats  as  far  east  as  For- 
 tescue  Bay  and  to  the  southeast  off  the  Grafton  Islands  (King,  313, 
 377).  The  same  expedition  reported  the  largest  Chilotan  dalcas  as 
 being  35-40  feet  long;  a  dalca  encountered  at  Neesham  Bay,  near 
 Trinidad  Channel,  was  upward  of  23  feet  long  (King,  267).  Of  special 
 
 1  Brazada=l.G7  m.  (An.  liidr.  mar.  Chile,  xi,  529). 
 
 2  De  Brosses,  in  his  account  of  Sarmiento’s  voyage  taken  from  Argensola,  wrote  (ir,  206):  “Us  virent 
 
 venir  une  pirogue  qui  est  une  esp6ce  de  barque  plate  sans  vibord,  faite  de  madriers  joints  ensemble,  A 
 
 quelques  fois  tissue  de  joncs,  ou  composee  de  courges7’ — this  was  apparently  off  the  west  coast  of  Hanover 
 
 Island,  in  what  is  now  Alacalufan  territory.  The  passage  in  Argensola  reads  (1609  ed.,  bk.  3,  p.  117): 
 
 “  Vieron  venir  por  el  agua  una  Piragua  (es  barquillo  de  maderos  juntos,  sin  borde:  texese  algunas  vezes  de 
 juncos:  y  algunas  de  calaba^as).”  The  two  latter  sections  of  Argensola’s  explanation  in  parentheses  are 
 evidence  that  the  whole  explanation  is  his  own,  and  in  fact  the  original  passage  in  Sarmiento’s  own  narra¬ 
 tive  reads  simply  (122):  “Y  que  habia  visto  venir  una  piragua  con  genie  India.”  The  term  “piragua” 
 was  used  at  the  time  to  denote  almost  any  kind  of  small  craft  (cf.,  e.  g.,  Hernandez,  xxv,  xxix). 
 
 64028°— Bull.  63—17 - 14 
 
200 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 interest  is  Mr.  Bynoe’s  description  of  the  two  large  plank  boats  seen  in 
 the  Gulf  of  Trinidad;  they  were  30  feet  long  and  7  wide;  the  weight 
 of  two  men  standing  on  one  gunwale  did  not  swamp  the  boat  (Fitz¬ 
 Roy,  a ,  198). 
 
 Dr.  Coppinger  some  50  years  later  found  plank  boats  of  5  pieces, 
 and  20  feet  long  (43-44),  and  others  holding  16  and  even  23  persons 
 (67,  74) — this  last  at  the  northern  end  of  Picton  Channel. 
 
 Many  good  descriptions  of  the  plank  boat  are  available.  See,  for 
 example:  Lozano,  n,  31,  455;  Coppinger,  43-44;  Friederici,  a,  44-45; 
 Juliet,  335-336.  Dr.  Fonck  has  reproduced  from  Father  Menendez’ 
 manuscript  the  only  extant  cut  of  the  now  vanished  Chilotan  dalca 
 (Fonck,  i,  104;  n,  436;  cf.  also  bibliography,  ibid.,  ii,  193). 
 
 The  Chonos  and  more  southern  Canoe  Indians  made  their  dalcas 
 without  axes  or  adzes,  by  the  use  of  fire,  flints,  and  shells  (Byron,  a, 
 152;  Garcia,  23;  Rosales,  a,  vol.  i,  174).  Boechwood  was  the  usual 
 material  for  the  planks  (Olivares,  371;  King,  280;  cf.,  however, 
 Steffen,  a,  110). 
 
 An  interesting  feature  of  the  dalca  was  that  it  could  be  readily 
 taken  apart  for  portaging  over  isthmuses  and  necks  of  land  (Byron, 
 a,  151-153;  Olivares,  376). 
 
 Portages. — Portage  routes  are  very  common  in  the  territory  be¬ 
 tween  the  Chonos  Archipelago  and  Port  Gallant  in  the  Strait  (cf., 
 e.  g.,  Skottsberg,  c,  101 ;  Du  Valdailly,  294 ;  Coppinger,  59;  Pacheco,  a , 
 54;  Reynaud,  u,  94;  Steffen,  a,  110-111;  b,  346-347;  see  also  Fonck, 
 ii,  17,  and  King,  283).  Prof.  Furlong  (verbal  communication)  was 
 told  of  one  in  Yahgan  territory — perhaps  this  is  the  mountain  pass 
 between  the  head  of  Romanche  Channel  and  Tekenika  Bay  (cf.  note 
 on  map  no.  453,  LTnited  States  Hydrographic  Office) — but  with  this 
 possible-  exception  they  are  not  reported  east  of  the  Port  Gallant 
 district.  The  portage  route  across  the  Isthmus  of  Ofqui  was  the 
 common  native  highway  from  earliest  times  between  the  Chonos 
 Archipelago  and  the  Gulf  of  Penas. 
 
 Sails. — In  a  favorable  wind  both  the  Yahgans  and  the  Alacaluf 
 sometimes  use  a  crude  sail  made  of  a  sealskin  or  of  several  seal  skins 
 sewn  together  (Dabbene,  b,  181,  208;  Hyades,  q,  13;  Coppinger,  64; 
 King,  382;  Bougainville,  2d  ed.,  i,  291;  Wallis,  392).  It  is  reported 
 among  the  Alacaluf  as  early  as  1698  (Du  Plessis,  in  Marcel,  a ,  492;  c, 
 109)  and  among  the  Chilotans  and  Chonos  as  early  as  1791  (Gonzalez 
 de  Agiieros,  67)  and  1767  (Garcia,  a ,  23),  and  among  the  Chilotans  in 
 1674  (Rosales,  a,  vol.  i,  175).  Its  occurrence  among  the  Alacaluf  at 
 such  an  early  date  would  suggest  that  it  is  of  native  origin,  not  of 
 European  introduction,  but  the  point  can  not  be  conclusively  de¬ 
 cided  (cf.  also  discussion  in  Friederici,  a,  73-79,  especially  74). 
 
 Oars  and  paddles. — As  a  rule  oars  are  used  with  the  plank  boats, 
 and  paddles  with  the  bark  canoes.  Where  oars  are  used,  a  coxswain, 
 
COOl'EIt] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 201 
 
 usually  an  old  woman,  sits  in  the  stern  and  steers  with  a  paddle  or 
 short  oar  (Vincent,  123;  Reynaud,  a,  92;  Skottsberg,  c,  99;  d,  600; 
 Fitz-Roy,  a,  198;  Dabbene,  b,  214;  cf.  also  Rosales,  a,  vol.  i,  175). 
 No  rudder  is  used. 
 
 The  paddlcsvare  in  one  piece  with  relatively  long  lanceolate  blades 
 and  without  cross-handles.  The  Alacalufan  oars  arc  more  commonly 
 reported  as  being  of  two  pieces,  a  short  roundish,  elliptical,  or  oblong 
 blade  lashed  to  a  long  handle  (Skottsberg,  c,  99;  d ,  600;  Vincent,  123; 
 Coppinger,  44;  Fitz-Roy,  a ,  198;  Rochas,  223;  Essendorfer,  61; 
 Brassey,  128). 
 
 Bailers. — Some  voyagers  (Byron,  a ,  153;  also  in  Fitz-Roy,  b,  131; 
 de  Rabat  and  Du  Plessis,  in  Marcel,  a ,  491-492;  Fletcher,  in  Hyades, 
 q,  3)  describe  plank  boats  or  hark  canoes  so  well  constructed  and 
 calked  as  to  require  no  bailing,  but  as  an  almost  universal  rule 
 both  plank  and  bark  canoes,  even  the  Chilotan  (Rosales,  a ,  vol.  i, 
 175:  “siempre  hazen  agua”;  cf.  also  A.  Campbell,  64),  require 
 almost  continual  bailing.  The  cylindrical  bailers  are  usually  made 
 of  bark  or  sealskin  (Skottsberg,  c,  99;  d,  601;  Hyades,  q,  352,  306- 
 307,  pi.  xxxiii,  fig.  3). 
 
 Origin  of  the  plank  boat. — The  true  plank  boat  as  distinct  from  the 
 built-up  dugout  appears  to  have  been  found  in  only  one  other  place 
 on  the  American  continent,  that  is,  off  the  southern  California  coast 
 (cf.  Report  U.  S.  geogr.  surveys  west  of  the  one  hundredth  meridian, 
 vii,  Archaeology,  Washington,  1879,  26,  38-39,  44). 
 
 The  Fuegian  plank  boat  is  not  of  Peruvian  origin,  as  the  Peruvians 
 had  not  this  form  of  water  craft  and,  besides,  their  influence  did  not 
 extend  so  far  south. 
 
 Nor  is  it  of  European  introduction.  It  was  found  as  early  as  1558 
 by  Cortes  Hojea  in  Coronados  Gulf,  and  was  in  all  probability  seen 
 by  him  as  far  south  as  Taitao  Peninsula  five  years  earlier.  In  1558 
 it  was  the  common  craft  in  the  former  locality  and  was  observed  in 
 “mucha  cantidad.” 
 
 Nor  is  it  of  Fuegian  origin.  It  was  not  found  south  of  Cape  Tres 
 Montes  by  either  Cortes  Plojea  or  Ladrillero  in  1557-58,  although 
 they  saw  the  bark  canoe  at  many  points  between  Cape  Tres  Montes 
 and  the  Strait  of  Magellan. 
 
 The  later  history  of  the  plank  canoe  shows  that  the  Fuegians 
 acquired  it  from  the  Chonos.  Was  it  invented  by  the  Chonos,  or 
 did  they  in  turn  acquire  it  from  the  southern  Araucanians  % 
 
 Admiral  Fitz-Roy  expressed  the  belief  that  “the  Chonos  people 
 taught  the  Huilli-che  how  to  make”  it  (a,  380).  But  as  far  as  our 
 evidence  goes  the  conclusion  that  the  Chonos  acquired  the  art  from 
 the  Araucanians  is  much  more  probable. 
 
 Geographical  conditions  were  as  favorable  for  the  advancement  of 
 boat  building  among  the  southernmost  Araucanians  of  Coronados 
 
202 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [  BULL.  63 
 
 Gulf  and  the  Chilotan  Islands  as  among  the  Chonos,  both  peoples 
 being  archipelagic  and  seafaring.  Cultural  conditions,  however, 
 were  much  more  favorable  among  the  former,  who  were  on  a  decidedly 
 higher  cultural  plane,  and  in  addition  were  familiar  with  the  arts  of 
 ax  making  and  plank  cutting,  arts  which  would  easily  lead  up  to  the 
 use  of  wood  in  boat  building. 
 
 The  ax  was  of  sporadic  occurrence  only  among  the  Chonos  (cf. 
 Introduction  under  Chonos:  Culture),  but  polished  stone  axes  were 
 common  among  the  southern  Araucanians  (cf.,  e.  g.,  Medina,  a). 
 
 The  alerse  tree,  which  grew  on  the  mainland,  was  so  evenly  grained 
 that  planks  could  be  made  from  its  wood  by  mere  splitting  with  axes 
 and  wedges,  and  did  not  require  to  be  dressed  with  the  adze  or  plane 
 (King,  282;  Gonzalez  de  Agiieros,  124-125;  Fonck,  i,  19-23).  To¬ 
 ward  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century  the  Araucanian-speaking 
 natives  of  the  Chilotan  Archipelago  commonly  made  their  huts  with 
 walls  of  “laurel”  planks  and  roofs  of  grass  (Gonzalez  de  Agiieros, 
 111-112).  A  century  and  a  half  earlier  Brouwer  found  the  Chilotans 
 busily  engaged  in  plank  making;  he  describes  their  houses  as  being 
 low,  with  one  door,  and  roofs  of  grass  (64;  An.  hidr.,  xvi,  61).  Far¬ 
 ther  north,  among  the  Araucanians  of  the  mainland,  Pedro  de  Val¬ 
 divia  had  found,  in  1551,  “casas  .  .  .  mui  bien  hechas  y  fuertes  con 
 grandes  tablazones,  y  muclias  mui  grandes,  y  de  a  dos,  cuatro  y  ocho 
 puertas”  (carta  iv,  in  Col.  hist.  Chile ,  1861,  i,  55,  and  in  Gay,  Doc.,  I, 
 142).  Cortes  Ilojea  in  1558  speaks  of  the  houses  of  the  “province  of 
 Ancud,”  that  is,  Chiloe,  as  being  of  large  size  and  with  four  to  six 
 doors  (Goicueta,  516,  519). 
 
 The  plank-making  industry  was  no  doubt  pushed  forward  by  the 
 Spaniards,  but  the  use  of  planks  in  hut  building  among  the  southern 
 Araucanians  pretty  clearly  antedates  the  Spanish  conquest.  It  is  not 
 surprising,  therefore,  that  these  archipelagic  seafaring  Araucanians 
 should  have  introduced  the  use  of  planks  into  their  arts  of  boat 
 building. 
 
 It  may  be  recalled,  too,  that  plank  boats  were  found  in  abundance 
 by  Cortes  Hojea  among  the  Coronados  Gidf  Araucanians,  and  are 
 merely  mentioned  as  being  in  use  among  the  Chonos,  and  that  the 
 general  cultural  migratory  drift  in  this  territory  was  from  north  to 
 south,  that  is,  from  the  Araucanians  to  the  Chonos,  not  vice  versa. 
 
 For  the  foregoing  reasons  it  appears  much  more  probable,  although 
 not  strictly  demonstrated,  that  the  Fuegian  plank  boat  originated 
 among  the  southernmost  Araucanians,  from  whom  it  passed  suc¬ 
 cessively  to  the  Chonos  before  1553  or  1558,  to  the  natives  south  of 
 Taitao  Peninsula  later,  and  to  the  Alacaluf  of  the  Strait  sometime 
 around  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century. 
 
 Plank  boat  versus  bark  canoe. — Dr.  Graebner  maintains  ( a ,  1018) 
 that  the  Fuegian  bark  canoe  is  “cin  Auslaufer  des  letztgenannten 
 
COOT'Enl 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OP  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 203 
 
 Typus  [i.  e.,  the  plank  boat],  sicher  nicht  sein  Urbild.”  l)r.  Fried- 
 erici,  on  the  contrary,  holds  (a,  43)  that  “die  Dalca  ist  nachweisbar 
 aus  deni  eben  beschriebenen  Kami  [i.  e.,  the  bark  canoe]  der  Magal- 
 haes-Strasse  entstanden.”  A  third  possibility  is  the  independent 
 development  of  the  two  boats,  the  plank  boat  from  the  dugout  which 
 was  in  common  use  among  the  southern  Chileans  (Rosales,  a,  vol.  I, 
 173-174),  and  the  built-up  bark  canoe  from  a  hypothetical  one-piece 
 bark  in  distant  pre-Columbian  times. 
 
 The  finding  of  the  built-up  bark  canoe  from  the  earliest  days  of 
 Magellanic  discovery  among  natives  so  far  removed  from  the  sphere 
 of  Chonoan  or  Chilotan  influence  as  those  of  the  eastern  end  of  the 
 Strait  of  Magellan  seems  to  argue  against  Dr.  Graebner’s  hypothesis; 
 while  the  apparent  absence  of  types  intermediate  between  the  plank 
 boat  and  the  dugout,  such  as  are  found  in  Polynesia,  makes  somewhat 
 against  the  third  possibility  above  mentioned,  so  far  as  the  origin  of 
 the  plank  boat  is  concerned. 
 
 As  for  the  second  theory,  it  is  true,  as  Dr.  Friederici  says,  that  the 
 slabs  of  beech  bark  were  very  thick — almost  true  planks  in  bulk. 
 Moreover,  given  the  existence  of  the  beech-bark  canoe  in  southern 
 Araucanian  waters — probably  prior  to  the  Araucanian  invasion — the 
 substitution  of  wood  for  bark  would  have  been  a  readily  suggested 
 and  easily  realized  improvement  among  a  plank-making  people. 
 Nevertheless,  such  a  genesis  of  the  plank  boat  from  the  bark  canoe, 
 while  the  more  probable  of  the  three  theories,  can  hardly  be  said  to 
 be  demonstrated. 
 
 Planlc  boat  and  Pacific  influence. — If  the  Kulturkreis  theory  should 
 prove,  with  further  research,  to  apply  to  South  America  as  well  as  it 
 appears  to  apply  to  Indo-Oceania,  there  will  be  some  ground  for  sus¬ 
 pecting  an  ultimate  Oceanian  origin  for  the  Chonoan-Araucanian 
 plank  boat,  as  Dr.  Graebner  holds.  Prof.  Dixon  (53-54),  even 
 though  rejecting  in  the  main  the  theory  of  the  Oceanic  origin  of 
 American  cultural  strata,  leaves  open  to  a  certain  extent  the  question 
 of  the  possible  Oceanic  origin  of  some  elements,  including  the  plank 
 boat,  of  American  aboriginal  culture. 
 
 In  the  present  state  of  the  evidence,  however,  a  native  origin  of 
 the  Chonoan-Araucanian  plank  boat  seems  more  probable.  The 
 substitution  of  planks  for  bark  slabs  would  under  the  circumstances 
 have  been  an  easy  step  for  the  southern  Araucanians  or  Chonos,  just 
 as  in  recent  times  the  Fuegians  have  readily  substituted  iron  and 
 glass  for  bone  and  shell  in  their  weapons  and  tools.  Moreover,  the 
 archipelagic  conditions  under  which  these  Indians  were  living  were 
 a  powerful  stimulus  to  the  development  of  the  art  of  boat  building, 
 as  such  conditions  were  in  the  Caribbean,  the  Santa  Barbara  Islands, 
 and  the  northwest  coast  of  North  America.  Again  these  Indians 
 were  intelligent  and  inventive  enough  under  the  pressure  of  local 
 
204  BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY  [bull.  rs 
 
 needs  to  construct  a  plank  boat  that  could  be  easily  taken  apart  for 
 portaging,  a  bigger  cultural  leap  perhaps  than  the  substituting 'of  the 
 more  durable  and  stronger  planks  for  the  fragile  and  soon  worn  out 
 bark. 
 
 Then,  too,  although  technically  the  Chonoan  boat  is  of  an  ad¬ 
 vanced  type,  actually  it  is  a  rudely  modeled  and  leaky  craft.  Com- 
 -  pared  with  the  Polynesian  or  Melanesian  plank  canoe,  the  Fuegian 
 is  markedly  inferior  in  workmanship.  There  is,  besides,  no  trace, 
 even  rudimentary,  of  the  Polynesian  outrigger,  and  it  seems  a  far 
 cry,  as  Prof.  Dixon  recalls,  to  Melanesia  and  the  area  of  Melanesian 
 influence. 
 
 Textile  and  Fictile  Products 
 
 Weaving,  plaiting,  and  twisting. — The  fiber  and  dog’s  hair  mantles 
 used  by  the  Chonos  and  the  Ona  medicine-man’s  hair  mantle  have 
 already  been  mentioned.  No  details  on  methods  of  manufacture 
 are  available.  The  “Coucous”  used  to  spin  a  sort  of  blanket  of 
 down  (A.  Campbell,  59). 
 
 Twisting  and  plaiting  in  fiber,  sinew,  etc.,  are  common  among  the 
 Fuegians. 
 
 For  sewing  skins  or  bark,  an  eyeless  needle  or  awl  is  used  by  the 
 Fuegians.  Among  the  Gnas  at  least  it  is  sometimes  hafted  (C. 
 Gallardo,  270;  Outes,  b,  290).  Among  the  Yahgans  a  kelp  sheath  is 
 used  to  protect  the  point  of  the  awl  when  not  in  use  (Hyades,  q,  306). 
 
 Baskets. — The  common  form  of  basketry  found  among  the  three 
 Fuegian  tribes  is  of  the  half-hitch  coiled  variety  made  of  rush  with 
 or  without  foundation.  There  are  two  types:  A  simple  hah  hitch  with 
 finer  meshes,  and  what  appears  from  the  illustrations  (Hyades,  h, 
 517;  q,  pi.  xxxn,  fig.  8)  to  be  a  wrapped  or  knotted  half  hitch  with 
 larger  meshes.  There  is  among  the  Yahgans  at  least  a  third  variety, 
 a  crudely  woven  type  (Outes,  d,  138,  fig.  142;  cf.  also  Hyades,  q,  303, 
 under  tgaouanouch) . 
 
 The  two  varieties  of  coiled  basketry  are  of  uniform  weave  over  the 
 whole  Fuegian  area.  Dr.  Skottsberg  states  (d,  601;  b,  267)  that  “the 
 Yahgan  types  figured  by  Hyades  are  rare”  among  the  West  Pata¬ 
 gonian  Alacaluf;  judging,  however,  by  the  illustrations  ( d ,  fig.  142; 
 b,  fig.  13)  of  the  common  West  Patagonian  type,  there  seems  to  be 
 practical  identity  of  weave  between  this  and  Dr.  Hyades’  large-mesh 
 variety. 
 
 Coiled  baskets  are  not  so  common  among  the  Onas  as  among  the 
 Yahgans  (C.  Gallardo,  264),  and  according  to  Dr.  Dabbene  ( b ,  249) 
 are  made  by  the  southern  rather  than  by  the  northern  Onas.  This 
 fact  and  the  similarity  between  the  Ona  and  Yahgan  names  for 
 basket  (cf.  Comparative  Glossary,  Group  VI,  3,  and  note  2)  would 
 suggest  that  the  Onas  have  perhaps  borrowed  this  cultural  element 
 from  the  Canoe  Indians. 
 
COOPER 1 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 205 
 
 The  coiled  baskets  approximate  more  or  less  to  an  oblong  spheroid 
 in  shape  and  have  a  carrying  handle  of  thong  or  plaited  rush.  They 
 are  usually  neatly  made.  The  only  instrument  used  in  their  manu¬ 
 facture  is  a  bone  or  wooden  awl. 
 
 For  the  comparison  of  Fuegian  basketry  with  half-hitch  coiled 
 basketry  from  other  parts  of  the  world,  see  especially  Mason,  b  and  d , 
 and  Graebner,  c.  Coiled  carrying  nets,  such  as  are  found  sporadi¬ 
 cally  on  the  American  Continent,  are  not  reported  from  Fuegia. 
 
 Buckets. — Cylindrical  bark  buckets  are  used  by  the  Yahgans  and 
 Alacaluf  for  carrying  and  holding  drinking  water.  Bark  buckets  were 
 also  used  by  the  Chonos  (Rosales,  a,  vol.  i,  151 ;  b,  in  Medina,  a,  186). 
 The  Onas  ordinarily  employ  a  skin  bag  for  holding  water  (C.  Gallardo, 
 288). 
 
 Bags  and  pouches. — The  Onas  make  use  of  more  or  less  rectangular 
 envelope-like  bags,  usually  of  guanaco  skin,  for  carrying  small  objects, 
 food,  water,  etc.  (C.  Gallardo,  286-288;  Dabbene,  b,  247-248).  These 
 rectangular  skin  “envelopes”  are  peculiar  to  this  tribe.  For  the 
 smaller  bags,  fox  skin  or  bird  skin  may  be  used  (C.  Gallardo,  287 ; 
 Cojazzi,  ill.  opp.  p.  40).  Other  small  bags  made  of  bladders,  intes¬ 
 tines,  etc.,  are  used  for  holding  oil  or  pigments  (C.  Gallardo,  286; 
 Cojazzi,  loc.  cit.). 
 
 The  Yahgans  make  little  pouches  of  seal  or  penguin  skin  for  holding 
 small  objects;  of  the  bladders  or  windpipes  of  seals  or  porpoises  for 
 holding  ochre  and  fire  flints;  of  the  crops  of  geese  or  stomachs  of  seals 
 for  holding  oil  (Hyades,  q,  306-307,  350). 
 
 The  Alacaluf  use  pouches  of  sealskin  or  seals’  intestines  for  holding 
 small  objects  (Skottsberg,  d,  602;  Coppinger,  119;  cf.  also  Vargas 
 Ponce,  a,  343;  and  the  bags  for  red  earth  found  by  Sarmiento  near 
 Hanover  Island,  Iriarte’s  ed.,  123,  An.  hidr.,  vn,  446-447). 
 
 Boxes.- — Both  Dr.  Coppinger  (119)  and  Dr.  Skottsberg  (» d ,  601) 
 report  finding  among  the  Alacaluf  circular  wooden  boxes  with  lids. 
 These  boxes,  which  contained  small  objects,  like  arrowheads,  etc., 
 have  not  been  observed  among  either  the  Yahgans  or  Onas. 
 
 Pottery. — No  pottery  of  even  the  crudest  kind  has  ever  been  found 
 among  either  the  Chonos  (Goicueta,  484-485,  Fallos  Channel  natives; 
 Ladrillero,  464,  ditto,  473)  or  the  Fuegians.  Dr.  Lovisato  found 
 none  in  the  Elizabeth  Island  middens;  suitable  clay  is  not,  however, 
 entirely  wanting  in  Fuegia  (Lovisato,  b,  103-104). 
 
 Weapons 
 
 The  characteristic  weapon  of  the  Chonos,  Alacaluf,  and  Yahgans 
 is  the  spear  or  harpoon,  while  that  of  the  Onas  is  the  bow  and  arrow. 
 
 Spear. — The  spear  is  used  both  for  fighting  and  hunting  by  the 
 Chonos,  Yahgans,  and  Alacaluf.  The  Yahgan  shaft  is  said  to  be 
 octagonal  to  decagonal  in  section,  the  Alacalufan  circular  (Colini,  159- 
 
206 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 |  BUIiL.  63 
 
 160;  Lovisato,  h ,  135 ,  138;  Snow,  a,  vol.  n,  15;  Hyades,  q,  301; 
 G.  Forster,  ii,  501,  angular  among  Christmas  Sound  natives).  Some 
 shafts  in  the  collection  of  the  National  Museum  at  Washington  are 
 nearly  rectangular.  The  Fuegian  shaft  is  from  2\  to  4  meters  long. 
 The  shank  is  cut  with  single  or  serrate  barbs  arrayed  unilaterally  or 
 bilaterally  and  has  a  notched  tang  (Hyades,  q,  301-302,  356;  Cojazzi, 
 ill.  opp.  p.  123;  Outes,  d ,  139,  fig.  144).  The  shank  is  lashed  to  the 
 split  end  of  the  shaft  with  thong  or  sinew.  Occasionally  two  shanks 
 are  attached  to  the  same  shaft,  or  from  two  to  four  spears  are  lashed 
 together  (cf.  supra,  under  Fishing). 
 
 The  Chonos  and  canoe-using  Indians  south  of  Taitao  Peninsula  used 
 
 a  bone-headed  spear  (Garcia,  a,  30;  Sarmiento,  Iriarte’s  ed.,  91,  123, 
 An.  hidr.,  vn,  428,  446;  Alex.  Campbell,  58;  in  Prevost,  xv,  388;  cf. 
 also  Byron,  a,  18,  142,  and  Benito  Marin,  in  Gonzalez  de  Agiieros, 
 235).  The  single  barbed  “punales  de  hueso”  found  by  Cortes  Plojea 
 (Goicueta,  505,  518,  520)  and  Ladrillero  (464,  473,  490)  were  very 
 probably  bone  spearheads  (cf.  Bougainville,  2d  ed.,  i,  293);  Vargas 
 Ponce  (a,  347)  speaks  of  a  “punal  de  hueso”  attached  to  a  shank. 
 
 The  shank  of  the  ordinary  Yahgan  and  Alacalufan  spear  is  pref¬ 
 erably  of  bone,  though  at  times  wood  is  used  (Hyades,  q,  302,  356; 
 Fitz-Roy,  a,  139;  Labat,  in  Marcel,  a,  491;  c,  108).  The  Alacaluf 
 and  apparently  the  Yahgans,  too,  formerly  used  sometimes  barbed 
 spearheads  of  flint  or  stone  (Du  Plessis,  in  Marcel,  a,  491;  Th. 
 Bridges,  b,  Mar.  1,  1873,  30;  Aug.  1,  1884,  182;  Coppinger,  119-121; 
 cf.  also  Bastian,  i,  17;  O’Sullivan,  49)  shaped  like  arrowheads  (Vargas 
 Ponce,  a,  347;  Wallis,  in  Hawkesworth,  1st  ed.,  i,  391,  2d  ed.,  i,  171, 
 “javelins  .  .  .  pointed  with  flint,  which  was  wrought  into  the  shape 
 of  a  serpent’s  tongue  ”) .  Dr.  Coppinger  found  in  the  Tom  Bay  kitchen 
 middens  at  4  feet  below  the  surface  a  bone  spearhead  different  from 
 those  now  used;  “instead  of  being  rounded,  it  was  flattened  from  side 
 to  side,  like  a  very  large  arrow-head”  (58). 
 
 The  Alacaluf  sometimes  make  a  very  simple  wooden  spear  of  a 
 pointed  stick  (Cojazzi,  123).  A  shankless  spear,  with  a  fire-hardened 
 point,  is  said  to  have  been  used  by  the  “Caucahues”  [  =  Chonos] 
 (Pietas,  in  Gay,  Doc.,  i,  504;  cf.  also  Bastian,  i,  17). 
 
 The  Onas  use  a  shorter  spear,  with  a  shaft  about  1J  meters  long 
 and  a  unilaterally  barbed  bone  shank,  for  fishing  and  hunting  (C. 
 Gallardo,  204,  282-283;  Th.  Bridges,  i,  in  Hyades,  q,  8-9).  A 
 shorter  spear  is  also  sometimes  used  by  the  Yahgans  (Hyades,  q, 
 301-302;  Ross,  n,  305)  and  Alacaluf  (Vargas  Ponce,  a,  347). 
 
 Neither  the  Chonos  nor  the  Fuegians  use  any  kind  of  spear  thrower, 
 nor  have  they  shields  or  armor. 
 
 Harpoon  proper. — The  Fuegian  harpoon  is  of  the  simplest  and  most 
 primitive  type  (cf.  Mason,  c),  being  merely  the  ordinary  spear,  with 
 the  bone  shank  attached  loosely  to  the  shaft  with  a  short  (Hyades, 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 207 
 
 q,  354;  Mason,  c,  213)  or  15-20  meter  thong  (Bove,  a ,  797;  b,  140;  c, 
 132;  d,  Arch.,  295;  Colini,  160),  or  thong  of  various  lengths  (Weddell, 
 165).  The  Fuegians’  harpoon  is  so  like  their  spear  and  so  little  an 
 advance  upon  it  that  the  presumption  is  against  a  European  origin. 
 
 Knives. — The  Yahgans  at  the  time  of  the  French  Cape  Horn  expe¬ 
 dition  in  1882-83  had  only  knives  made  of  a  sharp-edged  mussel  shell 
 lashed  with  thongs  to  an  oblong  stone  haft  (Hyades,  q,  299;  Colini, 
 161;  My  res,  ill.),  although  like  the  other  modern  Fuegians  they  made 
 a  chisel-knife  out  of  a  hafted  bit  of  iron  hoop.  Shell  knives  were  used 
 by  the  Alacaluf  also  (Fletcher,  in  Hyades,  q,  3). 
 
 Vargas  Ponce  reported  ( b ,  25)  bone  knives  among  the  Alacaluf  of 
 the  Strait.  The  “punales  de  hueso”  seen  by  Cortes  Hojea  and 
 Ladrillero  in  the  West  Patagonian  channels  may  rather  have  been 
 spearheads,  as  noted  above  under  Spear,  p.  206. 
 
 Stone-headed  daggers  or  knives  were  found  among  the  Yahgans 
 by  L’Hermite  (1643  ed.,  42,  “  ende  steene  messen  /  die  scherp  snyden,” 
 Commelin,  n,  28,  Decker’s  tr.,  30,  de  Brosses,  i,  444)  and  Weddell 
 (181),  and  among  the  Alacaluf  by  Du  Plessis  (Marcel,  a}  492;  c,  109), 
 Byron  ( b ,  in  Hawkesworth,  i,  80)  and  Capt.  King  (55,  148).  The 
 flint  dagger  heads  found  by  Weddell  were  of  the  same  shape  as  the 
 arrowheads  and  were  “inserted  in  a  handle  about  9  inches  long;  and 
 this  they  probably  use  as  a  stiletto”  (181). 
 
 According  to  Father  Pietas  (Gay,  Doc.,  i,  503),  the  Chonos  had 
 adzes,  chisels,  and  knives  of*  stone.  These,  however,  like  the  ax- 
 heads  which  have  been  found  in  the  Guaitecas  Islands  were  not 
 unlikely  of  Chilotan  origin. 
 
 Capt.  Bove  dug  up  in  Yahgan  territory  two  large  worked  flints 
 shaped  like  arrowheads  (Bove,  c,  ill.  opp.  p.  124;  Lovisato,  a,  199; 
 b,  101-102)  and  Dr.  Hahn  also  found  three  very  large  points  (Hyades, 
 q,  361,  pi.  xxx,  figs.  9,  10,  11).  Of  the  latter  three,  two  were  classed 
 as  spearheads  by  Prof.  Mortiflet  (212),  while  Dr.  Outes  believes  one 
 to  be  a  spearhead  and  one  at  least  of  the  other  two  to  be  arrowheads 
 (a,  412,  397-398).  Those  found  by  Capt.  Bove  are  classed  among 
 the  arrowheads  by  Dr.  Outes  ( a ,  397).  It  is  quite  possible,  however, 
 in  view  of  Weddell’s  description  above  noted,  that  these  flints  or 
 some  of  them  may  have  been  used  as  dagger  heads. 
 
 Bow  and  arrow. — A.  Distribution:  The  Ona  and  his  bow  and 
 arrow  are  inseparable.  It  is  his  chief  and  almost  his  only  weapon  of 
 war  and  the  chase. 
 
 Among  the  Yahgans  the  bow  and  arrow  has  occupied  a  very 
 subordinate  position.  It  has  never  been  reported  as  used  in  fighting, 
 except  in  general  melees,  when  anything  at  hand,  including  the  arrow, 
 may  be  employed  (Hyades,  q,  374).  It  was  used  in  games  and 
 dances  (Th.  Bridges,  h,  239-240),  and  sometimes  the  eastern  and 
 northern  Yahgans  used  it  to  hunt  the  guanaco  (Fitz-Roy,  a,  187; 
 
208 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  BULL.  fi3 
 
 Martial,  192),  although  they  also  used  the  spear  for  this  purpose 
 (Hyades,  q,  356).  It  was  chiefly  used,  however,  for  killing  birds 
 (Hyades,  q,  300,  360;  W.  H.  B.  Webster,  i,  184;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  184). 
 
 During  the  last  part  of  the  last  century  it  was  rarely  used  at  all  by 
 the  Yahgans  (Th.  Bridges,  j,  314;  Hahn,  b,  1534;  c,  338;  Hyades,  jp, 
 336;  q,  360;  cf.  also  Th.  Bridges,  b,  Mar.  1,  1873,  30,  and  Aug.  1, 
 1884,  182).  Dr.  Lovisato  could  find  no  Yahgan  who  was  able  to 
 chip  an  arrowhead  (a,  198;  c,  722),  while,  according  to  Capt.  Martial 
 (192,  203;  cf.  also  Hahn,  c,  340),  glass  and  obsidian  arrowheads  had 
 to  be  procured  from  the  Onas.  The  bow  and  arrow  was  used  by  the 
 Yahgans  between  Banner  Cove  and  Blamefield  Harbor  (Despard,  b, 
 732),  and  is  mentioned  in  the  Oumoara  legend  (Martial,  213). 
 
 Some  of  the  explorers  who  visited  the  Yahgans  in  the  earlier  part 
 of  the  last  century  found  them  in  possession  of  the  bow  and  arrow 
 (Fitz-Roy,  11.  c.  and  a,  139,  186,  and  in  King,  430;  Weddell,  179-180; 
 W.  Webster,  i,  184;  Ross,  n,  305;  Colvocoresses,  39),  but  it  was  not 
 common;  Capt.  Snow  makes  no  mention  of  it,  nor  do  three  of  the 
 chroniclers  of  the  Wilkes  and  Ross  expeditions  (M’Cornhck,  Picker¬ 
 ing,  Wilkes). 
 
 Both  of  the  very  early  explorers  in  Yahgan  territory  reported  it  in 
 use  among  the  natives:  d’Arquistade  at  Orange  Bay  in  1715  (Mar¬ 
 tial,  269)  and  L’Hermite  at  Nassau  Bay  in  1624  (1643  ed.,  42,  “eenige 
 hebben  pylen  ende  bogen,”  the  arrows  with  points  of  stone;  Comme- 
 lin,  ii,  28;  Decker’s  tr.,  30;  de  Brosses,  i,  443-444). 
 
 The  Alaealuf  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan  and  the  adjoining  waters 
 have  used  the  bow  and  arrow  normally  from  the  earliest  times 
 (Narbrough,  66;  Duclos-Guyot,  a,  643;  Bougainville,  2d  ed.,  i,  292- 
 293;  J.  Cook,  b,  vol.  n,  183;  Vargas  Ponce,  a,  340-341,  346  yb,  59; 
 Coppinger,  119-121,  123;  King,  54,  76,  226).  Bougainville  states 
 (loc.  cit.,  293)  that  the  Port  Gallant  natives  used  it  “plutot  contre  le 
 gibier  (pie  contre  les  ennemis,”  and  Vargas  Ponce  that  it  was  used  in 
 killing  birds  (b,  59;  cf.  also  a ,  340-341).  Practically  all  accounts  of 
 unfriendly  encounters  with  the  Alaealuf  of  the  Strait,  and  for  that 
 matter  with  the  Yahgans  and  the  West  Patagonian  channel  Alaealuf 
 and  Chonos,  report  the  natives  as  attacking  with  spears,  knives, 
 clubs,  slings,  and  stones — never  with  the  bow  and  arrow  (cf.,  e.  g., 
 Ulloa,  An.  hidr .,  v,  481;  Duclos-Guyot,  b,  682;  King,  55,  227;  Cop¬ 
 pinger,  43,  63,  112-113;  Skottsberg,  d ,  586). 
 
 Among  the  Alaealuf  of  the  West  Patagonian  channels  the  bow  and 
 arrow  was  used  very  little,  and  in  earlier  times  apparently  not  at  all. 
 Some  of  the  nineteenth  century  visitors  found  it  in  use  in  the 
 channels  just  north  of  the  western  end  of  the  Strait  (Child,  246,  249, 
 and  Vincent,  124,  in  Smyth  Channel;  Cunningham,  446,  at  Sholl  and 
 Fortune  Bays;  Du  Valdailly,  294-295,  at  Isthmus  Bay),  and  it  is 
 occasionally  reported  from  points  much  farther  up  the  coast  (Giglioli, 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TTERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 209 
 
 b,  244,  Puerto  Bueno;  Aylic  Marin,  115,  Port  Grappler;  cf.  also 
 Brassey,  137-138).  Capt.  Low  told  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  ( a ,  194), 
 that  he  had  seen  arrows  used  as  a  part  of  a  symbolic  declaration  of 
 war,  and  Capt.  Steele  informed  Dr.  Skottsberg  ( b ,  271)  that  the 
 natives  of  the  Gulf  of  Penas  district  use  the  bow  and  arrow  in  hunting 
 huemuls.  But  this  weapon  must  be  rather  uncommon  among  the 
 Channel  Alacaluf,  for  neither  Dr.  Coppinger  (54)  nor  Dr.  Skottsberg 
 (b,  270;  c,  96;  d,  604)  observed  any  at  all  among  them. 
 
 In  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century,  Bulkeley  (anon,  ed.,  98; 
 other  1743  ed.,  130)  reported  the  natives  of  the  western  end  of  the 
 Strait  as  having  only  clubs,  while  Alex.  Campbell  (58;  and  in  Prevost, 
 xv,  388)  mentions  darts  and  clubs  as  the  weapons  of  the  Chonos. 
 According  to  Byron  (a,  129)  the  Chonos  used  “bows  and  arrows 
 sometimes,  but  always  the  lance. ” 
 
 Ercilla  (canto  36)  found  the  •  ‘  arco  i  carcax”  among  the  Chilotans, 
 but  apparently  it  was  uncommon;  the  weapons  ordinarily  mentioned 
 by  writers  on  Chilotan  culture  are  the  lance  and  macana  (cf.  Goicueta, 
 514;  Gonzalez  cle  Agtieros,  73;  Brouwer,  63;  An.  hidr.,  xvi,  60). 
 
 No  arrowheads  have,  it  seems,  been  dug  up  or  found  in  Chonoan 
 territory  nor  in  the  archipelagos  to  the  south  (Medina,  a;  Coppinger), 
 although  such  artifacts  have  been  found  in  abundance  along  the 
 Chilean  coast  north  of  Chiloe.  The  narratives  of  Goicueta,  Ladri- 
 llero,  and  Father  Garcia  describe  in  some  detail  the  arms  of  the  natives 
 south  of  Chiloe  to  the  Strait,  but  make  no  mention  of  the  bow  and 
 arrow,  nor  is  it  mentioned  by  Father  Rosales,  Fathers  Marin  and  Real, 
 Sarmiento,  by  the  accounts  of  the  Ulloa  expedition,  nor,  as  far  as  the 
 present  writer  has  found,  by  any  of  the  earlier  sources,1  except  Byron, 
 as  noted  above,  on  the  culture  of  the  Chonos  and  their  neighbors  to 
 the  south  as  far  as  the  Strait. 
 
 To  sum  up:  The  bow  and  arrow  is  the  characteristic  and  almost 
 exclusive  hunting  and  fighting  weapon  of  the  Onas.  The  Yahgans 
 used  it  comparatively  little,  the  Chonos  and  Channel  Alacaluf  still 
 less,  and  in  earlier  times  probably  not  at  all.  It  is  in  common  use 
 among  the  Alacaluf  of  the  Strait,  but  among  the  Yahgans,  Alacaluf, 
 and  Chonos  it  is  normally  used  as  a  hunting  weapon  only,  especially  in 
 small-game  hunting,  never  in  fighting.  In  their  ordinary  hunting 
 these  three  peoples  use  the  spear  or  harpoon  and  the  sling;  in  their 
 fighting,  the  spear,  the  knife,  the  club,  the  sling,  and  stones. 
 
 B.  Description:  Excellent  and  minute  descriptions  of  the  Ona  bow 
 and  arrow  are  given  by  Drs.  Cojazzi  (43-51,  ill.  opp.  pp.  42,  45,  46, 
 49,  and  51)  and  C.  Gallardo  (272-282).  The  following  is  a  summary 
 account : 
 
 1  Ponce  de  Leon  (in  Medina,  c,  424)  ascribes  “flechas”  to  the  natives  “hasta  cerca  del  Estreeho,”  but  by 
 “flechas”  he  may  have  meant  spears,  and  he  may  have  been  referring  to  the  natives  of  the  Strait  itself; 
 at  any  rate,  he  had  not  himself  been  among  the  West  Patagonian  natives. 
 
210 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  BULL.  G3 
 
 Bow:  Curved  self  bow;  length,  from  a  little  over  a  meter  to  1.34 
 and  1.60  m.;  section,  ovate  triangle  or  rounded  sector  with  apex 
 toward  cord;  shape,  thickest  in  center,  tapering  to  rounded  points  at 
 ends;  string,  of  twisted  sinew;  attachment  of  string,  a  running  or  bow- 
 knot  at  one  end,  wound  and  knotted  at  other.  Arrow:  Head,  trian¬ 
 gular,  stemmed  and  barbed,  of  stone,  bone,  or  glass,  2-8  cm.  long, 
 the  stem  fitted  into  a  socket  in  the  shaft  and  lashed  with  sinew;  no 
 foreshaft;  shaft,  63-76  cm.  long,  slightly  thicker  in  middle  and  taper¬ 
 ing  toward  ends;  feathering,  two  half  feathers,  3-4  cm.  long,  lashed 
 radially  to  shaft  with  very  fine  sinew  or  gut.  Quiver:  Rectangular, 
 of  sewn  skin. 
 
 The  Yahgan  and  Alacalufan  bows,  arrows,  and  quivers  are  not  only 
 in  essentials,  but  also  in  most  all  of  the  above  details,  identical,  as  far 
 as  our  information  goes,  with  those  used  by  the  Onas  (cf.  Hyades,  q, 
 298,  300,  360-361,  pi.  xxx,  figs.  3-8;  Skottsberg,  c,  96;  Cunningham, 
 122;  Martial,  192;  Weddell,  180;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  184;  Narbrough,  66; 
 Coppinger,  ill.  opp.  p.  34,  figs.  6-7). 
 
 There  are,  however,  minor  differences.  The  Yahgan  bows  seen  by 
 Weddell  (180)  and  Admiral  Fitz-Roy  (a,  184)  were  smaller,  being, 
 respectively,  3  feet  8  inches  and  3  feet  to  4  feet  long,  and  most  of  the 
 former  had  strings  of  seal  thong.  The  Alacalufan  bows  and  arrows 
 are  not  as  well  made  as  the  Onan  (Cojazzi,  124),  while,  according  to 
 Dr.  Lovisato  ( b ,  138,  also  cited  by  Colini,  159),  the  Alacalufan  arrow 
 shafts  are  a  little  shorter  (cf.  also  Skottsberg,  c,  96) — somewhat  more 
 than  60  cm. — and  less  smoothly  polished,  the  heads  less  skillfully 
 chipped  and  less  securely  tied  to  the  shaft,  and  the  quivers  smaller 
 and  less  carefully  sewn.  The  Alacalufan  arrows  seen  by  the  de  Cor¬ 
 doba  expedition  were  2  to  3  Spanish  feet  long  (Vargas  Ponce,  a,  346; 
 b,  25;  Spanish  foot  =10.968  inches),  while  a  bow  collected  by  Bou¬ 
 gainville  is  only  about  35  inches  long  (Hyades,  q,  pi.  xxx,  fig.  3).  The 
 Yahgans  have  never  been  reported  as  using  a  quiver. 
 
 According  to  Drs.  Cojazzi  (45)  and  C.  Gallardo  (275-276),  the  Onas 
 formerly  chipped  their  flint  arrowheads  by  percussion,  although  they 
 use  the  pressure  method  now.  The  statement  anent  the  Onas’  former 
 use  of  percussion  needs  confirmation;  as  far  as  our  information  goes, 
 all  three  Fuegian  tribes  used  pressure  with  usually  a  bone  flaker 
 (Lista,  b,  129,  Manekenkn;  Segers,  67-68;  Lovisato,  b,  137-138,  also 
 cited  in  Hyades,  q,  361-363;  Martial,  203;  Coppinger,  119-120; 
 Topinard,  775-776,  “pression  ou  ecrasement  ”) .  See  full  description 
 of  methods:  Onan,  in  Segers,  67-68;  Lovisato,  b,  137-138;  C.  Gal¬ 
 lardo,  275-276;  Cojazzi,  45;  Alacalufan,  in  Coppinger  and  Topinard, 
 11.  c. 
 
 Among  all  the  Fuegian  tribes  glass  has  almost  entirely  replaced 
 stone  and  the  less  commonly  used  bone  as  the  material  for  arrow¬ 
 heads. 
 
COOPER] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 211 
 
 No  poison  is  used  by  the  Chonos  or  Fuegians  on  their  arrow  points 
 (Hyades,  b,  1347;  p,  337;  q,  363;  Lovisato,  a,  195;  b,  138;  Th.  Bridges, 
 in  Hyades,  q,  9;  Dabbene,  b,  255;  Furlong,  d,  223;  i,  11;  j,  Juhet,  328). 
 See  also  comments  in  Author  Bibliography,  under  Bourne  and 
 H.  V.  H.  Prichard. 
 
 The  Onas  make  very  small  bows  and  arrows  for  their  children  to 
 play  with  (Lovisato,  c,  721;  Cojazzi,  49;  C.  Gallardo,  350;  Beauvoir, 
 b ,  204;  specimen  [perhaps  Alacalufan  or  Yahgan]  in  National  Mu¬ 
 seum,  Washington). 
 
 The  Onas  polish  their  arrowshafts  with  a  discoid  rubber  of  soft 
 stone  (Outes,  b ,  295;  Dabbene,  b,  254;  C.  Gallardo,  271),  and  then 
 with  leaves  or  the  mixed  wood  and  stone  dust  on  a  bit  of  cloth  or 
 skin  (C.  Gallardo,  271;  Cojazzi,  44).  The  pitch  sometimes  used  in 
 arrow  making  comes  from  shipwrecks  (C.  Gallardo,  263;  Cojazzi,  47; 
 Hyades,  q,  362). 
 
 From  the  kitchen  middens  in  Yahgan  territory  have  been  taken 
 several  chipped  flints  shaped  like  arrowsheads,  but  larger  than  most 
 of  those  now  in  use  (references  supra,  under  Knives;  also  Dabbene, 
 b,  185).  Those  found  by  Capt.  Bove  were  about  75  and  90  mm.  in 
 length,  those  by  Dr.  Hahn  about  60,  85,  and  90.  The  smallest  of 
 the  latter  three  was  of  the  unstemmed  type  not  found  among  the 
 modern  Fuegians.  Whether  the  other  flints  were  knife  or  spear 
 heads  or  just  very  large  arrowheads  can  not  be  definitely  deter¬ 
 mined.  They  are  certainly  quite  above  the  normal  modern  arrow¬ 
 head  in  size.  Nevertheless,  Dr.  Gallardo  mentions  an  exceptionally 
 large  modern  one  69  mm.  in  length  (279)  and  Dr.  Cojazzi  a  maximum 
 of  80  mm.  (49) ;  moreover,  the  largest  four  flints  from  the  middens  are 
 quite  similar  in  shape  to  many  of  the  modern  arrowheads  figured  by 
 Dr.  Cojazzi  (ill.  opp.  pp.  45  and  46). 
 
 Arrow  release. — Of  the  Ona  arrow  release,  Dr.  Cojazzi  writes  (49): 
 
 “The  string  is  generally  pulled  by  the  right  hand  index  finger  and 
 
 % 
 
 thumb,  which  grasp  the  nock;  when,  however,  they  wish  to  shoot 
 very  far,  they  use  in  addition  the  middle  and  ring  fingers,  laying 
 them  directly  on  the  string/’  (Cf.  also  Dabbene,  b ,  254-255  and 
 Beauvoir,  b,  204.) 
 
 Affinities  and  origin  of  the  Fuegian  bow  and  arrow. — Certain  points 
 of  resemblance  between  the  Fuegian  and  North  American  bow, 
 arrow,  and  quiver  have  been  adverted  to  recently  by  Dr.  Erland 
 Nordenskiold  (q.  v.,  in  Author  Bibliography).  The  whole  question 
 brought  up  by  him  will,  however,  require  more  minute  investigation. 
 
 The  modern  Fuegian  arrowhead  is  invariably  stemmed,  and  in  so 
 far  at  least  resembles  more  closely  the  Patagonian  than  the  Chilean 
 type.  Of  601  Patagonian  arrowheads  examined  by  Dr.  Outes  (a, 
 376-396)  only  78  were  unstemmed,  88  were  of  exceptional  form,  and 
 435  were  stemmed.  The  Chilean  unstemmed  arrowheads  were,  on 
 
212 
 
 BUREAU  OE  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 the  contrary,  abundant,  while  the  stemmed  ones  were  rare  (Outes,  a , 
 400;  cf.  also  Medina,  a,  figs.  147-151,  46-57,  59-65,  69,  71-73). 
 
 The  heads  found  by  Capt.  Bove,  whether  used  for  arrows,  spears, 
 or  daggers,  are  very  similar  to  a  common  Patagonian  type  (Outes,  a , 
 397;  Lovisato,  a,  199;  b,  101-102). 
 
 Then,  too,  on  the  Pacific  coast  from  the  Guaitecas  Islands  to  the 
 Strait  of  Magellan  there  appears  to  be  a  complete  or  nearly  complete 
 hiatus — a  territory  where  the  bow  and  arrow  has  been  very  little  used, 
 and  in  earlier  times,  to  judge  from  the  narratives,  especially  of 
 Goicueta,  Sarmiento  and  Ladrillero,  not  used  at  all.  The  middens 
 of  this  territory  have  yielded  no  arrowheads  (cf.  Coppinger),  al¬ 
 though  such  flints  are  dug  up  in  abundance  farther  north  on  the 
 southern  Chilean  mainland  coast. 
 
 The  above  two  groups  of  facts  would  seem  to  indicate  that  the  use 
 of  the  stone  arrowhead  has  probably  been  introduced  into  Fuegia 
 from  Patagonian  rather  than  from  Chilean  sources. 
 
 The  further  question  arises  as  to  the  use  of  the  bow  and  arrow 
 itself.  Did  the  Canoe  Indians  bring  this  cultural  element  with  them 
 when  they  first  migrated  into  Fuegian  waters?  Or  did  they  acquire 
 it  later  from  the  neighboring  Onas  and  Patagonians? 
 
 (1)  Archeological  evidence. — In  the  very  old  middens  of  Elizabeth 
 Island  Dr.  Lovisato  found  no  arrowheads  at  all  ( b ,  103).  The  sup¬ 
 posed  arrowheads  found  by  Capt.  Bove  and  Dr.  Hahn  may,  as  we 
 have  seen,  have  been  spear  or  dagger  heads;  and,  moreover,  there  is 
 no  evidence  that  they  are  of  very  ancient  deposition.  The  negative 
 archeological  evidence  would  in  itself  show  only  the  probable  earlier 
 absence  of  the  stone  arrowhead ;  but  the  ethnological  evidence  seems 
 to  carry  us  a  little  farther. 
 
 (2)  Ethnological  evidence. — (a)  Distribution:  The  use  of  the  bow 
 and  arrow  among  the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  decreases  in  proportion 
 as  they  are  removed  from  contact  with  the  Onas  and  Patagonians. 
 Among  the  comparatively  isolated  southern  Yahgans  and  West  Pata¬ 
 gonian  Alacaluf  it  is  either  entirely  absent  or  very  slightly  used, 
 while  among  the  Alacaluf  of  the  Strait  and  the  eastern  Yahgans  it  is 
 or  was  common  enough.  But  in  all  cases  it  has  a  subordinate  posi¬ 
 tion,  being  utilized,  not  in  fighting,  but  with  rare  exceptions  only  in 
 small-game  hunting.  The  fact  that  the  Foot  Indians’  chief  weapon 
 is  the  bow  and  arrow,  while  the  Canoe  Indians’  is  the  spear  or  harpoon, 
 may  be  partly  accounted  for  by  the  contrasting  needs  of  a  land  and  a 
 seafaring  people,  but  the  decidedly  greater  rarity  of  the  weapon 
 among  the  West  Patagonian  Alacaluf  and  the  southern  Yahgans  can 
 not  be  entirely  explained  on  this  ground,  since  small  game  for  which 
 tlie  bow  and  arrow  are  chiefly  used  by  them  is  as  common  an  article 
 of  diet  among  them  as  among  the  eastern  Yahgans  and  Magellanic 
 Alacaluf.  ( b )  Manufacture:  There  is  a  close  resemblance,  even  down 
 
COOPEIt] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  T LERKA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 213 
 
 to  details,  between  the  bow,  arrow,  and  quiver  used  by  the  Foot 
 Indians  and  those  used  by  the  Canoe  Indians — a  resemblance  so 
 close  as  to  suggest  strongly  a  common  origin.  But  the  differences 
 that  exist  seem  to  point  to  the  Canoe  Indians  as  the  borrowers;  for 
 the  Yahgans  use  no  quiver,  and  many  of  them  have  been  found 
 unable  to  flake  their  own  arrowheads;  while  the  Alacaluf,  although 
 able  to  make  their  own  bows,  arrows,  and  quivers,  make  them,  as 
 has  been  noted,  far  less  skillfully.  The  Ona  bow  and  arrow,  on  the 
 other  hand,  is,  though  simple  in  form,  of  splendid  workmanship. 
 
 The  fact,  too,  that  there  is  geographical  continuity  in  the  use  of  the 
 bow  and  arrow  between  the  Onas  and  their  mainland  cousins,  the 
 earlier  Patagonians  (Outes,  a ,  254),  while  such  continuity  is  lacking, 
 as  we  have  seen,  on  the  Pacific  coast,  would  appear  to  corroborate 
 the  above.1 
 
 In  view  of  the  archeological  evidence  taken  in  conjunction  with 
 the  ethnological,  it  is  not  unlikely  that  the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf 
 and  probably  the  Chonos  were  originally  a  spear  people,  who  after 
 their  arrival  in  their  present  habitat  acquired  the  bow  and  arrow  from 
 neighbors,  the  Onas  and  Tehuelches.  This  conclusion  is  advanced 
 with  much  reserve,  but  the  grounds  for  it,  though  far  from  being 
 demonstrative,2 * * *  seem  sufficiently  reasonable  and  convergent  to  justify 
 their  publication.  Further  investigations  among  the  middens  will 
 perhaps  clear  up  the  point  more  definitely. 
 
 Clubs. — The  club  is  a  common  hunting  and  fighting  weapon  among 
 the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  as  it  was  among  the  Chonos  (Byron,  a,  141 ; 
 Garcia,  a,  25,  30,  38;  Goicueta,  518;  Lozano,  n,  559;  Rosales,  a, 
 vol.  i,  105).  Details  regarding  its  form  are  usually  lacking.  The 
 clubs  found  by  Bulkeley  in  use  by  some  natives  met  near  the  west¬ 
 ern  end  of  the  Strait  were  described  as  “like  to  our  cricket  batts” 
 (anon,  ed.,  98;  other  1743  ed.,  130)  and  those  found  by  Sharp  in  1681 
 near  Duke  of  York  Island  as  “like  our  bandies’7  (Ringrose-Exqueme- 
 lin,  1684-85  ed.,  n,  pt.  4,  ch.  23,  p.  182;  1893  ed.,  470).  Dr.  Skotts- 
 berg  gives  an  illustration  ( b ,  270;  d,  605)  of  a  heavy  club  seen  at  Port 
 Grappler;  it  was  made  of  tepu  root  and  was  60  cm.  long  (cf.  also 
 Skottsberg,  c,  96) . 
 
 The  Onas  apparently  use  the  club  rarely  and  then  only  for  hunting 
 (Th.  Bridges,  i,  in  Hyades,  q,  8). 
 
 On  the  throwing  club  see  infra,  under  Bolas. 
 
 Morning-star  club  heads. — Two  peripherally  bossed  or  “morning- 
 star”  perforated  stones  have  been  collected  in  Fuegia,  one  by  Dr. 
 
 1  The  linguistic  evidence  is  not  very  conclusive.  Cf.,  however,  Alacalufan  dree,  dr  seel,  erksce,  area,  a-rxkje:l, 
 with  Tehuelchean  arekechul,  for  arrow  (see  Comparative  Glossary,  Group  VI,  4.  5,  and  note  3);  Alacalufan 
 scetrc  (Bo),  with  Onan  shayat’rrr  (Furlong,  k),  seter  (Bo,  Hauss),  sheltrr  or  chetr  (=bird  feather,  Bo,  b ), 
 for  arrow  feather. 
 
 2  In  view  of  the  almost  universal  diffusion  of  the  bow  and  arrow  over  the  American  Continent  it  may, 
 
 for  instance,  be  plausibly  argued  that  the  Canoe  Indians  on  their  first  arrival  in  Fuegia  might  have  had 
 
 bows  and  bone  or  wooden  headed  arrows  which  they  later  abandoned,  some  of  the  Canoe  Indians  at  a  still 
 
 later  date  adopting  the  Ona-Tehuelche  bow  and  arrow. 
 
214 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  G3 
 
 Lovisato  (Colini,  240;  Lovisato,  c,  723),  the  other  by  Prof.  Furlong 
 (collection  in  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  New  York).  The  latter  was 
 obtained  at  Navarin  Island,  the  former  from  Mr.  Lawrence  of  the 
 Ushuaia  English  mission. 
 
 Dr.  Lovisato  thought  the  one  obtained  by  him  “un  semplice  pezzo 
 di  tufo,  ridotto  a  quella  forma  dai  Yahgan  a  forza  di  levigare  le  aste 
 e  le  punte  delle  loro  armi”  (c,  723),  but  from  the  description  given  by 
 Dr.  Colini  (240)  1  it  is  evidently  a  morning-star  club  head,  similar, 
 as  Dr.  Colini  notes,  to  the  ones  found  commonly  in  South  America, 
 especially  on  the  Pacific  coast. 
 
 It  is  improbable  that  such  club  heads  were  ever  made  or  used  by 
 the  Fuegians.  They  are  almost  certainly  of  foreign  origin,  acquired 
 through  barter  or  exchange  and  kept  as  curios  or  what  not  (cf.  also 
 discussion  of  the  whole  question  of  perforated  stones  in  America  by 
 Dr.  Outes,  a,  437-445). 
 
 Stones. — Stones  are  commomy  used,  especially  in  fighting,  by  the 
 Chonos  and  Canoe  Indians.  They  are  either  thrown  or  else  held  in 
 the  hand  for  pounding. 
 
 Slings. — The  sling  is  of  common  use  among  the  Yahgans  and  Ala- 
 caluf.  Whether  or  not  it  was  used  by  the  Chonos  our  sources  do 
 not  say. 
 
 It  was  formerly  used  somewhat  among  the  southern  Onas  (Lista, 
 b,  129,  “poco  usada”;  Dabbene,  b,  252),  but  is  now  rare.  Dr. 
 Gallardo  found  Onas  who  did  not  know  what  it  was  used  for,  and  he 
 considers  that  it  was  almost  certainly  introduced  among  the  Onas 
 from  Yahgan  sources  (284).  It  is  mentioned,  however,  in  the  Ona 
 Kuanip  legend  (Cojazzi,  79),  though  possibly  as  a  later  accretion; 
 the  Ona  name  for  it,  shincay  (Gallardo,  284),  shinke,  sinke,  shienikey 
 (Beauvoir,  b,  203,  135),  is  quite  different  from  the  Yahgan  name 
 ouataoua  (Hyados,  q,  301),  uatawa  (Noguera),  uatta-ua  (Bove,  b,  146). 
 
 For  descriptions  of  the  Yahgan  sling,  see  Hyades,  q ,  301,  357-358, 
 pi.  xxx,  fig.  14,  and  Colini,  161;  of  the  Onan,  Beauvoir,  b,  204. 
 
 Bolas. — The  following  passage  occurs  in  Dr.  Ratzel’s  Volkerkunde 
 (2d  ed.,  i,  522;  Engl,  tr.,  n,  88):  “Von  spateren  Beobachtern  nicht 
 erwahnte  bolaahnliche  Waffen  nennt  Oliver  van  Noort.”  This  state¬ 
 ment  is  based  not  on  van  Noort’s  original  account,  but  in  all  proba¬ 
 bility  on  the  following  description  by  de  Brosses  (i,  301)  of  a  weapon 
 found  b}^  van  Noort  in  use  among  the  Alacaluf  of  Maurice  Bay  on  the 
 north  shore  of  Desolation  Island :  ‘  ‘  Les  sauvages  tu  erent  deux  hommes 
 de  T equipage  a  coups  de  longues  zigaies  de  bois,  et  de  lourdes  masses 
 attachees  au  bout  d’une  corde,  qu’ils  lancent  et  retirent,  gardant  a 
 la  main  P  autre  bout  de  la  corde. ”  This  description  certainly  suggests 
 the  bolas,  if  we  render  “masses”  as  “lumps,  weights,”  instead  of 
 “maces,  clubs”;  but  de  Brosses’s  description  is  not  a  literal  transla- 
 
 1  “Un  grande  disco  di  pietra  lungo  m.  0.13  con  0.10  di  larghezza,  forato  nel  mezzo  e  con  punti  all’intorno. 
 
COOI’ER  1 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 215 
 
 tion  of  the  original,  being  instead  a  paraphrase  and  a  considerably 
 amplified  and  modified  one  from  the  French  (1610  edition)  and  the 
 Latin  versions. 
 
 The  passage  in  van  Noort’s  original  Dutch  journal  reads  ( b ,  un¬ 
 dated  ed.,  said  to  be  of  1601,  p.  27;  ditto  in  1602  ed.,  Rotterdam,  with 
 two  words  a  little  differently  spelled) :  1  ‘  Dese  Wilden  hebben  voor  haer 
 gheweer  groote  sware  Cnodsen  /  met  een  langhe  zeel  daer  aen  /  daerse 
 mede  slaen  /  encle  langhe  houte  Hasegay  /  die  sy  wte  hant  worpen  / 
 daer  van  wy  eenighe  vonden  ende  aenboort  brochten.”  There  is  no 
 question  here  of  anything  but  a  heavy  club  with  a  long  thong  on  it. 
 And  in  this  sense  is  the  passage  translated  in  the  various  versions  (cf. 
 French,  1602  and  1610,  18,  and  German  in  de  Bry,  i,  pt.  9,  31-32, 
 both  from  orig.  Dutch;  French,  de  Renneville’s  tr.  from  Commelin, 
 ii,  25).  It  may  be  added  that  the  bolas,  in  its  migration  down  the 
 Patagonian  pampas,  seemingly  did  not  reach  the  Strait  until  a  cen¬ 
 tury  or  more  after  van  Noort’s  voyage  (Outes,  a,  427,  254). 
 
 A  not  uncommon  Onan  and  Yahgan  weapon  for  hunting  seals  from 
 land  is  a  spear  with  a  thong  tied  to  it,  the  other  end  of  the  thong 
 being  tied  around  the  body  of  the  hunter  (Th.  Bridges,  b,  July  1,  1879, 
 158;  j,  314;  i,  in  Hyades,  q,  8-9;  C.  Gallardo,  204-205),  but  the  thong 
 would  be  of  less  or  no  value  tied  to  a  club.  Dr.  Friederici  believes 
 (b,  13,  66-67)  that  what  van  Noort  saw  was  a  throwing  club 
 (“  Wurfkeule”).  But  Dr.  Friederici’s  interpretation  of  the  passage 
 in  van  Noort  seems,  at  the  best,  doubtful. 
 
 For  (1)  the  “daerse  mede  slaen’ ’  qualifying  “Cnodsen”  certainly 
 seems  to  contrast  with  the  “die  sy  wte  hant  worpen”  qualifying 
 “Hasegay”;  this  conveys  the  impression  that  the  clubs  were  used,  not 
 for  throwing,  as  the  spears  were,  but  for  smiting.  (2)  ‘  ‘  Large  heavy  ” 
 clubs  are  much  more  likely  to  have  been  used  for  smiting  than  for 
 throwing.  (3)  It  is  doubtful  whether  the  word  “zeel  ”  was  found  in 
 van  Noort’s  original  manuscript  or  not;  for  the  passage  in  the  Extract 
 oft  Kort  verhael  (van  Noort,  a)  under  January  8,  1600,  reads:  “Dese 
 wilde  hebben  voor  geweer  sware  knodsen  met  een  lange  steel  /  ende 
 langhe  houten  hasegayen  /  diese  met  grooter  felheyt  wter  liandt 
 worjien.”  Here  there  is  question  only  of  “clubs  with  a  long  handle .” 
 The  Extract  was,  according  to  Dr.  Tiele,  probably  published  before 
 the  full  journal.  Whether,  therefore,  van  Noort  s  original  manu¬ 
 script  read  “zeel”  or  “steel”  remains  doubtful. 
 
 II  the  former,  a  passage  in  Father  Garcia’s  diary  may  explain  the 
 purpose  of  the  thong.  His  Caucaliue  or  Chono  companions,  when 
 swimming  up  to  the  seals  they  were  hunting,  took  along  a  lasso  and 
 “un  palo  macizo  como  de  ocho  a  nueve  palmos  de  largo,  que  asegu - 
 raron  al  cuello  para  que  no  les  embarazase  el  poder  nadar”  (a,  6).  If, 
 on  the  contrary,  “steel”  be  the  original  reading,  then  van  Noort 
 probably  saw  such  long  clubs  as  the  Chonos  used  for  killing  seals  by 
 knocking  them  on  the  head  (A.  Campbell,  58-59). 
 
 64028°— Bull.  63—17 - 15 
 
216 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 To  return  to  the  bolas:  It  is  attributed  to  the  Onas  by  a  whole  group 
 of  writers  (Fitz-Roy,  a ,  137;  Garson,  143;  Colini,  158;  Brinton,  c ,  330). 
 Dr.  Garson’s  passage  is  based  on  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s,  and  the  latter’s 
 is  derived,  as  the  close  similarity  in  wording  and  matter*  pretty  clearly 
 shows,  from  Father  Falkner’s  account  of  the  Yacana-cunnee  (111): 
 “They  .  .  .  catch  guanacoes  and  ostriches  with  their  bowls.”  The 
 inclusion  of  the  ostrich  shows  that  in  all  probability  Father  Falkner  is 
 here  speaking  of  Patagonians,  not  Onas,  as  the  rhea  is  not  found,  and 
 as  far  as  our  information  goes  has  never  been  found,  south  of  the 
 Strait.  Moreover,  none  of  the  above  writers  base  their  statements  on 
 personal  observation. 
 
 According  to  Admiral  Fitz-Rov  (a,  186),  “Mr.  Low  has  seen  Fue- 
 gians  with  balls  (bolas)  in  the  northern  part  of  their  country” — a 
 somewhat  vague  localization,  referring,  possibly,  to  the  Gulf  of  Penas 
 Indians  or  to  people  of  mixed  Fuegian-Patagonian  blood  or  culture. 
 Dr.  Skottsberg  was  told  (6,  271)  by  Capt.  Steele  that  the  Gulf  of  Penas 
 natives  use  a  two-ball  bolas  in  hunting  huemuis,  but  Capt.  Steele’s 
 data  on  this,  as  on  some  other  points,  require  confirmation.  Finally, 
 Dr.  Cojazzi,  speaking  of  the  Alacaluf,  says  (124):  “La  boleadora  e 
 un’  arma  da  loro  molto  usata” — if  so,  it  is  difficult  to  explain  the 
 silence  of  a  host  of  first-hand  witnesses,  except  on  the  ground  that  the 
 weapon  is  of  very  recent  importation.  Father  Beauvoir  ascribes  (5, 
 203-204)  the  bolas  to  the  Onas,  but  other  first-hand  authorities, 
 though  describing  Qna  culture  in  detail,  make  no  mention  of  this 
 weapon  as  being  in  actual  use  by  them. 
 
 Finalty,  bolas  balls,  without,  however,  the  thongs  or  covers,  have 
 not  infrequently  been  found  in  Fuegia,  one  by  the  Skottsberg  expe¬ 
 dition  at  Cape  Victory,  in  Alacaluf  an  territory  (Skottsberg,  b,  273- 
 274;  <7,  605),  and  several  in  Onan  territory  (E.  Nordenskiold,  21; 
 Giglioli,  b,  Arch.,  262,  repr.,  246;  C.  Gallardo,  310;  Furlong,  collection 
 in  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  New  York).  These  finds  may  point  to  a 
 former  use  of  the  weapon,  common  or  sporadic,  but  not  necessarily. 
 With  the  exceptions  noted  above,  all  first-hand  sources  on  Onan  and 
 Alacaluf  an  culture  are  silent.  The  bolas  balls,  like  the  morning-star 
 club  heads,  may  well  have  drifted  into  Fuegia  as  unused  exotics. 
 
 To  sum  up:  As  the  evidence  stands  at  present,  it  would  be  unsafe 
 to  conclude  that  the  Fuegians  have  ever  actually  used  the  bolas  as  a 
 Weapon,  except,  perhaps,  in  view  of  the  testimonies  of  Capt.  Steele 
 and  the  Salesians,  in  very  recent  years. 
 
 Tools 
 
 This  branch  of  material  culture  has  been  treated  to  a  certain  extent 
 incidentally  in  the  preceding  sections.  A  few  notes  are  here  ap¬ 
 pended. 
 
 Scrapers. — Among  skin-using  tribes  like  the  Fuegian  the  scraper 
 naturally  takes  an  important  place.  The  Onas  use  a  small  bit  of 
 
COO  PE  It] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 217 
 
 iron,  stone,  or  glass  thonged  to  an  oblong  haft,  suggesting  in  general 
 makeup  our  carpenter’s  plane  (C.  Gallardo,  269-270;  Outes,  b,  288- 
 290).  They  also  use  as  a  scraper  a  sharpened  mussel  shell  lashed 
 with  thong  to  a  cylindrical  stone  haft,  like  the  Yahgan  shell  knife 
 (Segers,  71;  Dabbene,  b,  249).  The  hafted  plane-shaped  scraper  is 
 apparently  peculiar  to  the  Onas,  and  perhaps  the  Alacaluf. 
 
 Adze. — Dr.  Lovisato  found  an  artifact  at  Gertrude  Cove  which  he 
 described  as  “una  azza  di  osso  di  baleno,  magnificamente  levigata” 
 (< a ,  199),  but  its  identification  as  an  adze  is  doubtful.  (For  discus¬ 
 sion,  see  Colini,  240,  and  Lovisato,  c,  723.)  Stone  adzes — probably 
 of  Chilotan  origin — were,  according  to  Father  Pietas  (Gay,  Doc.,  i, 
 503),  used  by  the  Chonos. 
 
 Ax. — The  white  man’s  ax  is  now  in  common  use  among  all  the 
 Fuegians.  To  judge  from  the  silence  of  the  leading  sources  on  the 
 culture  of  the  Yahgans  and  Onas,  these  tribes  did  not  use  the  stone¬ 
 headed  ax  (cf.  Spegazzini,  a,  6:  “segun  algunos”  the  Yahgans  use 
 
 stone  axes — confirmation  needed) . 
 
 _ _ t  ♦ 
 
 The  Alacaluf  formerly  used  the  stone  ax  sometimes.  Axheads  are 
 found  at  old  camping  sites,  according  to  Dr.  Cojazzi  (124).  Some  of 
 the  older  explorers  found  what  appear  to  have  been  stone  axes  in  use 
 among  the  Port  Famine  natives  (Du  Plessis,  in  Marcel,  a,  492;  c,  109, 
 “pierres  taillees  pour  haches”;  Froger,  97,  and  in  de  Brosses,  ii,  109, 
 “gros  caillous  taillez  pour  couper  le  bois” ;  cf.  also  Duclos-Guyot,  a , 
 644,  “manieres  de  haches”). 
 
 On  the  West  Patagonian  coast  Dr.  Coppinger  “in  spite  of  a  most 
 diligent  search  .  .  .  once,  but  only  once,  succeeded  in  finding 
 a  stone  axehead.  It  was  of  very  primitive  shape — being  only  in  part 
 ground — and  was  found  lying  among  the  shells  of  a  very  old  aban¬ 
 doned  kitchen-midden”  (Coppinger,  52-53,  ill.  opp.  p.  34).  The 
 earlier  explorers  in  these  parts  omit  all  mention  of  the  ax,  while 
 Byron  (a,  152)  and  Father  Garcia  implicitly  ( a ,  23)  and  Father 
 Rosales  explicitly  (a,  vol.  i,  174)  affirm  its  absence. 
 
 The  Chonos,  according  to  Father  Pietas  (Gay,  Doc.,  i,  503),  used 
 stone  axes.  Dr.  Cunningham  obtained  three  hatchet-heads  of  stone 
 which  had  come  from  the  Guaitecas  Islands  (335),  and  Dr.  Medina 
 gives  cuts  of  two  polished  axheads  from  the  Chonos  Islands,  and  a 
 perforated  one  from  the  Guaitecas  Islands  ( a ,  75-76,  figs.  16,  18,  22). 
 The  axheads  figured  by  Dr.  Medina  closely  resemble  those  from 
 southern  Chile  and  from  Chiloe,  and  are  probably  of  Araucanian 
 origin. 
 
 For  other  references  to  the  stone  ax  in  Fuegia,  see  the  following: 
 Benignus,  230;  Figuier,  418;  Sievers,  329;  Skottsberg,  b,  271;  d,  602. 
 Cf.  also  illustration  of  native  hafting  of  iron  axhead  in  Ratzel,  Volker- 
 kunde,  i,  522 ;  Engl,  tr.,  ii,  88. 
 
 Knife . — There  were  three  kinds:  (1)  with  pointed  blades,  used  as 
 daggers;  (2)  with  terminally  edged  blades,  used  as  chisels;  (3)  with 
 
218 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 laterally  edged  blades,  used  as  our  knives.  The  most  common  form 
 is  the  second.  For  details  regarding  the  first  and  second,  see  under 
 Weapons.  The  third  kind,  with  a  blade  of  iron,  is  in  use  among 
 the  Onas,  but  is  not  common  (C.  Gallardo,  268-269 ;  Outes,  b,  292,  ill.) . 
 
 A  simpler  rude  sort  of  knife  was  used  by  the  Yahgans  for  tracing  on 
 trees  the  outline  of  bark  to  be  cut,  as  was  also  a  wooden  instrument 
 for  detaching  the  bark  (Hyades,  q,  300).  They  also  used  a  curved 
 knife  of  whalebone  for  cutting  bark  (Despard,  b,  679). 
 
 Perforators  or  awls. — These  are  made  of  bone,  horn,  or  wood 
 (Hyades,  q,  306,  pi.  xxxiii,  figs.  7-8;  Th.  Bridges,  b,  1886,  56;  Skotts- 
 berg,  d,  602;  Dabbene,  b,  249),  and  among  the  Onas  at  least  may  be 
 halted  (Outes,  b,  290;  C.  Gallardo,  270-271).  The  Yahgans  also  use 
 a  wooden  spatula  to  apply  paint  to  their  faces  (Hyades,  q,  306). 
 
 Wedges . — The  bone  wedge  is  used  especially  in  splitting  the  four¬ 
 pronged  sea-urchin  spears  (Hyades,  q,  299,  pi.  xxxii,  fig.  9 ;  Th.  Bridges, 
 b,  1886,  56).  The  Onas  use  a  bone  or  small  stone  wedge  to  split  the 
 wood  for  their  arrow  shafts  (Cojazzi,  44;  C.  Gallardo,  280). 
 
 Archeology 
 
 It  may  be  a  little  inaccurate  to  use  the  heading  archeology  in  the 
 case  of  the  meager  remains  obtained  from  Fuegian  graves  and  mid¬ 
 dens.  As,  however,  these  remains  throw  some  light  on  the  past  of 
 the  Fuegian  peoples  the  term  is  probably  justified,  at  least  for  the 
 purpose  of  classification.  Investigations  thus  far  made  in  this  field 
 have  been  inadequate  and  have  yielded  only  unimportant  results. 
 Systematic  excavations  in  the  abundant  middens  of  the  Magellanic 
 archipelagos  are  urgently  needed  and  may  furnish  us  with  important 
 information  on  the  past  of  the  natives. 
 
 For  the  sources  at  hand  on  the  subject,  see  the  references  given 
 under  Burial  and  Disposal  of  Property,  and  under  Food  (mortar  and 
 dogs),  Spear,  Knives,  Bow  and  Arrow,  Morning-star  Clubheads, 
 Bolas,  Adze,  Ax.  The  most  important  sources  are  Dr.  Lovisato’s 
 excellent  paper  ( b )  on  the  Elizabeth  Island  middens,  and  Dr.  Cop- 
 pinger’s  account  of  his  investigations  of  some  of  the  West  Patagonian 
 channel  middens. 
 
 The  objects  from  graves  and  shell  heaps  include  stone  axheads,  a 
 flattened  bone  spearhead,  some  large  chipped  flints  that  may  have 
 been  either  arrowheads  or  else  dagger  or  spear  heads,  a  morning-star 
 clubhead,  a  mortar,  bolas  balls,  a  polished  bone  implement  somewhat 
 resembling  an  adzehead,  and  various  stone  artifacts.  All  the  above 
 artifacts  have  been  treated  in  detail  in  the  section  dealing  with  Mate¬ 
 rial  Culture.  They  throw  very  little  light  on  the  past  of  the  Fuegian 
 and  Chonoan  peoples.  There  is  no  definite  evidence  that  the  morning- 
 star  clubhead,  the  mortar,  or  the  bolas  were  ever  in  actual  use — the 
 last  ahnost  certainly  not  in  use  at  least  prior  to  the  eighteenth  century. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 219 
 
 Moreover,  we  have  no  reliable  clue  to  the  exact  or  even  approxi¬ 
 mately  exact  age  of  the  middens  or  graves  or  camp  sites  from  which 
 these  remains  were  taken.  In  the  Elizabeth  Island  middens  the  only 
 ones  for  which  there  is  geological  evidence  of  greater  age,  Dr.  Lovisato 
 Q),  103)  found  no  evidences  of  human  industry  except  a  bit  of  flint 
 that  may  have  been  a  reject. 
 
 DEDUCTIONS 
 
 From  the  archeological  evidence  supported  by  the  ethnological  and 
 historical  data  some  inferences  may  be  drawn. 
 
 A.  The  Yahgans  at  least  appear  to  be  the  first  human  inhabitants 
 of  the  territory  they  now  occupy.  For  (1)  they  have  no  tradition  of 
 an  earlier  race;  (2)  all  local  names  are  pure  Yahgan;  and  (3)  the 
 crania  dug  up  from  the  graves  are  of  the  same  type  as  the  modern 
 Yahgan,  although  such  burials  are  not  demonstrably  very  ancient 
 (Th.  Bridges,  e,  332;  i,  cited  by  Hyades,  #,18;  Dabbene,  b,  275). 
 
 B.  How  long  ago  the  Fuegians  first  entered  their  present  territory 
 is  very  uncertain.  The  great  linguistic  differences  and  appreciable 
 though  lesser  somatological  and  cultural  differences  between  the  Yah¬ 
 gans  and  Alacaluf  suggest  that  the  two  tribes  came  at  different  times, 
 the  geographical  position  and  the  slightly  lower  material  culture  of 
 the  Yahgans  that  these  latter  may  represent  an  earlier  invasion. 
 Whether  the  Foot  Indian  or  the  Canoe  Indian  was  the  first  to  reach 
 eastern  Fuegia  is  quite  uncertain. 
 
 The  length  of  occupancy  of  the  archipelago  is  of  course  bound  up 
 with  the  larger  question  of  the  age  of  man  in  South  America  (cf. 
 Hrdlicka,  b).  That  the  Canoe  Indians  have  occupied  their  present 
 territory  for  a  long  period  is  evident,  first  of  all,  from  the  size  and 
 abundance  of  their  kitchen  middens;  while  these  do  not  furnish  any 
 exact  chronology,  yet  their  magnitude  and  number  indicate  consid¬ 
 erable  age.  Secondly,  Dr.  Lovisato  found  the  mollusks  in  the  Eliza¬ 
 beth  Island  middens  to  be  of  much  larger  size  than  those  contained  in 
 modern  middens — these  larger  mollusks  occurring  at  present  only  in 
 the  waters  of  the  more  southern  islands  and  around  Staten  Island 
 (Lovisato,  b,  104,  107-108).  Thirdly,  the  Elizabeth  Island  middens 
 are  6-7  meters  above  sea  level,  the  deposits  in  them  showing,  accord¬ 
 ing  to  Dr.  Lovisato,  that  the  land  has  subsided,  and  subsequently 
 risen  this  much  since  they  began  to  accumulate  (ibid.,  100,  106-107); 
 Dr.  Coppinger,  too,  believed  he  found  good  indications  of  a  rise  of  30 
 feet  in  the  land  since  the  date  of  burial  of  the  bodies  which  he  found 
 in  a  cave  at  Rosario  Bay,  in  the  West  Patagonian  channels  (Coppin¬ 
 ger,  69-70).  This  third  point  should  be  viewed  in  the  light  of  Dr. 
 O.  Nordenskj old’s  conclusion  ( i ,  no.  2;  /,  216)  that  since  the  recession 
 of  the  glaciers  the  Fuegian  islands  have  risen  some  60  meters. 
 
220 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 t  BULL.  63 
 
 The  above  data  go  to  show  that  the  Magellanic  archipelagos  have 
 been  inhabited  for  a  very  long  period,  but  it  is  impossible  to  assign 
 even  an  approximate  number  of  centuries  in  the  present  state  of  our 
 knowledge. 
 
 The  theory  is  occasionally  advanced  that  the  Onas,  being,  like  their 
 cousins  the  Tehuelches,  a  distinctly  nonseafaring  people,  must  have 
 reached  their  present  habitat  at  a  time  when  Tierra  del  Fuego  Island 
 was  still  united  to  the  mainland  (Outes,  d,  132;  Dabbene,  b,  277-278), 
 a  supposition  seemingly  corroborated  by  the  native  Ona  tradition 
 that  they  came  by  land  from  Patagonia  (Beauvoir,  b,  178,  201-202). 
 It  is  doubtful,  however,  how  much  reliance  can  be  put  on  such  a  tra¬ 
 dition,  while  as  for  the  present  absence  of  the  canoe  from  Ona  culture 
 we  have  given  evidence  (cf.  supra,  under  Navigation,  Onas)  that  it 
 is  quite  possible  that  the  Onas  may  have  formerly  made  occasional 
 use,  as  they  now  do,  of  some  kind  of  water  craft.  Or,  again,  they 
 may  have  been  ferried  across  the  Strait  of  Magellan  by  Canoe  Indians. 
 
 C.  Have  the  Fuegians  degenerated  culturally  since  their  advent  to 
 their  present  habitat  ?  Their  archeological  remains,  as  we  have  seen, 
 give  no  indications  of  such  a  retrogression.  The  Elizabeth  Island 
 middens,  the  only  ones  of  proven  antiquity  that  have  been  investi¬ 
 gated,  show,  if  anything,  that  the  earlier  Fuegians  were  even  less 
 advanced  than  their  modern  descendants. 
 
 During  the  last  three  or  four  centuries  Fuegian  culture  has  remained 
 practically  stagnant,  as  is  apparent  from  a  comparison  of  the  early 
 narratives  like  those  of  Ladrillero,  Goicueta,  the  missionaries  to  the 
 Chonos,  Drake,  van  Noort  and  de  Weert,  L’Hermite,  Narbrough,  La 
 Guilbaudiere,  de  Labat,  and  Du  Plessis,  with  the  accounts  of  mod¬ 
 ern  explorers. 
 
 Neither  archeology,  therefore,  nor  the  history  of  Magellanic  explora¬ 
 tion  has  thus  far  shown  any  concrete  evidence  of  cultural  degeneration 
 among  the  Canoe  Indians  since  their  advent  to  their  present  habitat. 
 
 Relations 
 
 The  intertribal  relations  of  the  Chonos  and  three  Fuegian  tribes, 
 as  well  as  the  relations  of  the  Onas  and  Tehuelches,  have  been  treated 
 at  sufficient  length  in  the  Introduction  to  the  present  work. 
 
 The  further  relations  of  the  Fuegians  and  Chonos  (1)  to  the  Arau- 
 canians;  (2)  to  primitive  South  American  peoples,  ancient  and 
 modern;  (3)  to  the  American  race  in  general;  and  (4)  to  some  of  the 
 peoples  of  very  low  culture  in  Indo-Oceanica  and  other  parts  of  the 
 world,  may  here  be  touched  upon  or  outlined. 
 
 (1)  RELATIONS  TO  THE  ARAUCANIANS 
 
 Opinions  vary  greatly.  They  may  be  roughly  grouped  as  follows: 
 (a)  More  or  less  in  favor  of  some  relationship  between  the  Chonos,  or 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 221 
 
 Fuegians,  or  both,  and  the  Araucanians :  ( 1 )  General  or  somatological : 
 Giglioli,  b,  242;  Hollard,  202-203;  Omalius  d’H  alloy,  162-163;  J.  C. 
 Prichard,  b ,  450;  Fr.  tr.,  n,  203;  Pi  y  Margall,  485;  (2)  Linguistic: 
 Brinton,  c,  325,  327;  Darapsky,  a,  29-35;  b,  287;  Figuier,  419,  cf.  also 
 416;  Fitz-Roy,  a,  188;  b,  140;  Keane,  b,  431;  d’Orbigny,  b,  vol.  iy, 
 pt.  i,  185,  187,  see  comment  under  name  in  Author  Bibliography; 
 Peschel,  Engl,  tr.,  1876,  200;  J.  C.  Prichard,  b,  450,  446;  Fr.  tr.,  xi, 
 203,  197;  Spegazzini,  c,  132;  Weule,  52;  Krickeberg,  140;  ( b )  more  or 
 less  against  such  relationship:  (1)  General  or  somatological:  Hoyos 
 Sainz,  a,  356;  Latcham,  247,  and  passim;  (2)  linguistic:  Pector,  b,  167; 
 Brinton,  c,  327,  329.  Few  of  the  above  writers  give  grounds  for 
 their  statements. 
 
 A.  Somatology 
 
 The  Araucanians  are  usually  described  as  brachycephalic,  which 
 would  make  for  absence  of  near  relationship  to  the  Fuegians,  but 
 fuller  studies  of  the  undeformed  Araucanian  skull  are  needed  before 
 comparative  Fuegian-Araucanian  cranial  studies  can  be  satisfac¬ 
 torily  made. 
 
 B.  Language 
 
 There  is  no  lexical  resemblance  between  Araucanian  and  any  of 
 the  Fuegian  tongues.  Admiral  Fitz-Roy’s  short  comparative  glos¬ 
 sary  (5,  142)  proves  nothing.  Dr.  Darapsky  believed  that  he  had 
 found  a  remote  morphological  resemblance  between  Yahgan  and  the 
 “Meso-Andine ”  tongues,  including  Araucanian  (a,  29-35;  b,  287). 
 Sufficient  grammatical  material  for  a  comparative  study  of  Yahgan 
 and  Araucanian  is  available,  but  an  exhaustive  examination  still 
 remains  to  be  made. 
 
 C.  Culture 
 
 Idle  Chonoan  and  Fuegian  culture  is  sharply  marked  off  from  the 
 Araucanian  (cf.  e.  g.,  Medina,  a;  Rosales,  a).  The  Araucanian  in  all 
 probability  represents  a  later  cultural  invasion.  It  reached  to 
 Chiloe  and  perhaps  blended  here  and  in  the  Chilotan  archipelago 
 with  a  possibly  previously  established  culture  similar  to  the  Chonoan. 
 Some  few  Araucanian  cultural  elements  passed  down  the  coast  into 
 Chonoan  and  Fuegian  territory. 
 
 A  thorough  investigation  of  the  whole  field  of  possible  Fuegian 
 and  Araucanian  relationship  might  yield  decisive  results.  Thus  far 
 such  an  investigation  has  not,  to  the  present  writer’s  knowledge, 
 been  made. 
 
 (2)  RELATIONS  TO  PRIMITIVE  SOUTH  AMERICAN  PEOPLES,  ANCIENT 
 
 AND  MODERN 
 
 Dr.  Medina  (a,  110-111)  was  apparently  the  first  to  identify  the 
 Fuegians  and  Chonoans  with  the  ancient  long-headed  race  who 
 peopled  the  southern  part  of  South  America.  The  question  was 
 
222 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 discussed  more  fully  by  Dr.  Hyades  (q,  161-166),  who  found  the 
 Fuegian  skull  allied  to  the  modern  Botocudo  skull  and  to  the  skulls 
 from  Lagoa  Santa  and  the  Pontimelo  and  Rio  Negro  paraderos. 
 That  the  Fuegians  and  especially  the  Yahgans  and  Alacaluf  are  mem¬ 
 bers  of  the  widespread  archaic  race,  skeletal  remains  and  living  sur¬ 
 vivors  of  which  are  found  here  and  there  from  tropical  South  America 
 to  the  Strait  of  Magellan,  is  unanimously  held  as  very  probable  or 
 certain  by  the  somatologists  and  anthropologists  who  have  since 
 Drs.  Hyades’  and  Medina’s  time  treated  or  touched  on  the  subject 
 (Dabbene,  b,  282;  Deniker,  b;  Haddon,  c,  77;  Hamy,  c ,  Decades,  5-6; 
 Antlirop .,  142;  Hrdlicka,  b,  179  and  verbal  communication;  Laloy,  b , 
 404;  Joyce,  218,  239;  Latcham,  247,  257;  R.  Martin,  b ,  212;  Quatre- 
 fages,  b ,  545,  599;  Rivet,  253-257;  cf.  also  Verneau,  b,  327-336). 
 For  details,  see  especially  Hyades,  q,  161-166  and  Rivet,  253-257. 
 
 Some  of  the  above  writers  are  of  the  conviction  that  the  Fuegians, 
 though  representing  fundamentally  this  primordial  South  American 
 type,  show  evidences  of  mixture  with  another  type  (Hyades,  q ,  164; 
 Rivet,  257;  Dabbene,  b,  280-282;  Hultkrantz,  b,  164;  Laloy,  b,  404). 
 
 Mr.  Darwin  was  struck  by  the  resemblance  in  physical  appearance 
 between  the  Fuegian  Canoe  Indians  and  the  Botocudos  (Darwin,  b, 
 ch.  7;  Brinton,  b,  39-40) — a  resemblance  borne  out  especially  by 
 cranial  comparisons  (Hyades,  q,  163).  Dr.  Brinton  found  no  lexical 
 similarity  between  the  Fuegian  and  Tapuyan  languages  (c,  332),  but 
 such  would  hardly  be  expected.  Culturally  the  Canoe  Indians  of 
 Fuegia  and  the  Botocudos  are  at  about  the  same  level,  and  are 
 largely  in  agreement  both  in  what  they  possess  and  in  what  they  lack. 
 
 It  has  been  suggested  that  the  Onas  are  perhaps  related  through 
 the  Tehuelches  to  the  Bororos  (Haddon,  c,  112-113;  Keane,  b,  430), 
 by  Prof.  Keane  on  the  ground  of  The  tall  stature  and  brachy- 
 cephalism  common  to  both  the  Tehuelches  and  Bororos.  The  unde¬ 
 formed  Tehuelche  skull,  however,  appears  to  be  in  the  majority  of 
 cases  dolichocephalic  or  mesaticephalic  (cf.  supra,  Introduction: 
 Onas-Tehuelches) . 
 
 Migration  routes. — It  is  sometimes  assumed  that  the  Yahgans  and 
 Alacaluf  reached  their  present  habitat  by  way  of  the  Pacific  coast 
 and  the  An  dine  region  (Bove,  a,  789;  b,  132;  c,  124;  d,  Arch.,  288; 
 Dabbene,  b,  280-281;  Furlong,  j;  Darapsky,  b,  289).  This  is  quite 
 possible,  considering  their  kinship  with  the  Chonos  and  apparently 
 (Rivet,  259)  with  the  Changos,  but  there  is  no  definite  proof.  That 
 the  Onas  reached  Tierra  del  Fuego  by  way  of  Patagonia  we  may  infer 
 from  their  kinship  with  the  Tehuelches.  Dr.  C.  Gallardo  suggests 
 that  the  common  ancestors  of  the  Onas  and  Tehuelches  crossed  from 
 the  New  Zealand  region  to  the  southern  tip  of  South  America  by  a 
 land  bridge  or  a  chain  of  islands  (107);  this  theory,  however,  has  to 
 be  judged  in  relation  to  the  whole  problem  of  American  origins  (cf. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 223 
 
 symposium  in  Amer.  anthr.,  1912,  n.  s.  xiv,  1-59),  as  the  On  as  are 
 part  and  parcel  of  the  American  race  (as  Dr.  Gallardo  recognizes,  pp. 
 107-108;  see  also  following  section). 
 
 (3)  RELATIONS  TO  THE  AMERICAN  RACE  IN  GENERAL 
 
 A.  Somatology 
 
 The  Fuegians  are  “  incontestably  ’ 7  (Hyades,  q,  161;  cf.  also  Vir¬ 
 chow,  a,  385)  of  the  American  race.  Their  kinship  to  the  Lagoa- 
 Santa  type  is  additional  evidence  of  the  same. 
 
 B.  Language 
 
 The  Yahgan,  the  only  Fuegian  tongue  of  which  we  have  adequate 
 morphological  data,  belongs  to  the  American  polysynthetic  type  (cf. 
 e.  g.,  Hyades,  p,  339;  q,  334-335;  Darapsky,  b,  286). 
 
 C.  Culture 
 
 Like  other  Americans,  the  Fuegians  are  reserved,  stoical,  exter¬ 
 nally  impassive.  There  is  practically  nothing  un-American  in  Fue¬ 
 gian  culture,  which,  on  the  other  hand,  contains  many  elements  that, 
 though  of  not  uncommon  occurrence  on  other  continents,  are  of  par¬ 
 ticular  frequency  in  America,  such  as,  for  instance,  fire  signaling,  ball 
 game,  bark  canoe,  tonsure,  depilation,  feather  diadem,  sling,  child’s 
 cradle,  etc. 
 
 (4)  CULTURAL  RELATIONS  TO  CERTAIN  OTHER  PEOPLES 
 
 Culturally,  the  Fuegians  are  on  approximately  the  same  low  plane 
 as,  for  instance,  the  Todas,  Veddahs,  Negritos  and  Negrillos,  Sakai 
 and  Jakun,  Australians,  and  extinct  Tasmanians.  This  poverty  of 
 culture  among  the  Fuegians  is  apparent,  not  only  in  the  material, 
 but  in  some  respects  even  more  conspicuously  in  the  psychical,  that 
 is,  the  religious,  quasi-religious,  domestic,  moral,  economic,  political, 
 and  esthetic  fields.  The  Fuegians  and  other  very  low  peoples  have 
 a  great  many  cultural  elements  in  common,  but  of  greater  interest, 
 perhaps,  is  their  common  lack  of  a  still  larger  number  of  elements 
 which  are  of  widespread  prevalence  among  peoples  a  little  higher  in 
 the  cultural  scale. 
 
 How  should  these  facts  be  explained?  Have  the  Fuegians,  under 
 pressure  of  their  untoward  environment,  degenerated  or  retrogressed 
 from  a  higher  cultural  status  possessed  by  their  remote  ancestors? 
 Or,  granting  that  the  Indo-Oceanic  and  other  peoples  of  very  low 
 culture  are  themselves  in  the  main  not  cultural  degenerates,  are  the 
 Fuegians  and  they  backward,  comparatively  unchanged  survivals 
 from  a  remote  common  cultural  ancestry?  And  what  bearing  has 
 the  Kulturkreis  theory  on  the  two  preceding  questions? 
 
224 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 f  HULL.  65 
 
 Several  generations  of  anthropologists  may,  perhaps,  pass  away 
 before  these  three  questions  can  he  confidently  answered.  The  fol¬ 
 lowing  pages  represent  merely  an  attempt  to  coordinate  those  facts 
 and  considerations  which  seem  to  have  a  bearing  on  the  problem  and 
 which  may  lead  up  to  a  provisional  or  probable  solution. 
 
 There  is  no  question  here  of  somatological  degeneration  or  affinity. 
 Culture  may  well  migrate  across  somatological  dividing  lines,  and  may 
 stagnate  notwithstanding  somatological  change  and  differentiation. 
 
 It  may  he  well,  too,  to  exclude  provisionally  from  our  problem  the 
 Onas,  among  whom  there  is  perhaps  some  ground  for  suspecting  a 
 certain  minor  cultural  retrogression. 
 
 A.  Are  the  canoe-using  Fuegians  cultural  degenerates  ? 
 
 {a)  Archeology  and  history,  as  we  have  seen,  have  furnished  thus 
 far  no  evidence  to  this  effect,  hut  rather  positively  indicate  stagna¬ 
 tion  for  the  last  400  years  and  probably  since  the  advent  of  man  to 
 the  Magellanic  archipelagos.  It  would  follow,  therefore,  that  the 
 adverse  Fuegian  environment,  although  it  may  have  checked  ad¬ 
 vancement,  has  not  actively  brought  about  retrogression. 
 
 (b)  Yahgan  and  Alacalufan  culture  shows  no  internal  evidence  of 
 degeneration.  Not  only  in  material  but  in  psychical  culture  as  well, 
 and  not  only  in  what  they  have  but  also  in  what  they  lack,  the  two 
 tribes  are  strikingly  simple  and  primitive.  Their  material  culture 
 is  characterized  by  the  absence  of  agriculture  and  domestication — 
 excepting  the  dog,  which  is  probably  of  later  introduction — of  pottery 
 and  weaving,  of  narcotics  and  intoxicants,  of  polished  stone  imple¬ 
 ments,  of  the  spear-thrower  and  shield,  of  the  fishhook,  and,  among 
 the  Yahgans,  of  the  ax  and  net.  Their  skin  curing,  for  instance,  is 
 of  the  simplest  nature,  their  harpoons  of  the  most  primitive  type. 
 Their  psychical  culture  lacks  the  chieftaincy,  hereditary  or  elective, 
 social  classes,  secret  societies,  totemism,  mana,  or  kindred  concep¬ 
 tions,  medicines,  religious  paraphernalia,  the  arts  of  design,  musical 
 instruments,  symbolic  dances,  gambling,  divisions  of  time,  numbers 
 beyond  three  probably,  message  sticks  or  similar  means  of  recording 
 ideas.  In  political,  economic,  esthetic,  and  recreative  culture  the 
 Fuegian  Canoe  Indians  are  on  the  lowest  rung  of  the  ladder.  Barter, 
 for  instance,  is  of  the  nature  of  an  exchange  of  presents,  and  there  is 
 no  medium  of  exchange.  Their  esthetic  culture  is  perhaps  lower 
 than  that  of  any  other  people  on  earth.  A  glance  through  the  sum¬ 
 mary  of  culture  given  in  the  present  work  will  show  that  the  above 
 list  could  be  greatly  extended. 
 
 Most  of  the  above  elements  which  are  wanting  in  Fuegia  are  of 
 widespread,  in  fact  of  almost  universal,  occurrence  among  the  other 
 peoples  of  South  America  and  for  that  matter  of  the  uncivilized 
 world . 
 
COOPER] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 225 
 
 It  is  easily  possible  that  some  or  many  cultural  elements  might 
 have  been  lost,  but  it  is  unlikely,  to  say  the  least,  that  all  elements 
 of  a  hypothetical  earlier  higher  culture  should  have  vanished  without 
 leaving  a  trace  in  material  or  at  least  in  psychical  culture. 
 
 The  plank  boat,  the  one  advanced  material  element,  is  of  foreign 
 and  comparatively  recent  origin.  The  chipped  flint  arrowhead  is 
 probably  of  Patagonian-On  an  provenance.  The  Yahgan  masked 
 dances  were  not  unlikely  borrowed  from  the  Onas.  On  the  other 
 hand  it  seems  improbable  that  a  people  like  the  Yahgans  would  have 
 given  up  the  use  of  such  valuable  artifacts  as  the  ax,  the  fishhook, 
 and  the  net  had  they  ever  possessed  them. 
 
 Internal  evidence,  therefore,  is,  as  far  as  it  goes,  indicative  of  the 
 true  primitivity  of  Alacalufan  and  still  more  of  Yahgan  culture,  and 
 affords  no  tangible  proof  of  degeneration. 
 
 There  are,  however,  some  grounds,  though  not  very  solid  ones,  for 
 suspecting  that  the  Onas  may  have  lost  some  elements  of  a  former 
 higher  culture.  The  prominence  of  metempsychosis  beliefs,  the 
 masked  dance,  the  somewhat  greater  tendency  to  exogamy,  the 
 strict  separation  of  the  men  into  two  distinct  groups  in  the  council 
 hut  (Furlong,  verbal  communication),  might  be  regarded  by  some 
 as  rudimentary  survivals  of  an  earlier,  more  clearly  marked,  tribal 
 division,  and  possibly  of  an  earlier  totemic  or  quasi-totemic  system. 
 It  may  be  recalled  that  there  is  some  evidence  for  regarding  the  older 
 Patagonians,  the  Onas’  cousins,  as  totemic  (cf.  Outes,  a,  251-252). 
 Still  all  this  is,  for  the  present  at  least,  largely  speculative.  Besides, 
 we  do  not  know  enough  as  yet  of  Ona  social  institutions. 
 
 (c)  The  Fuegian  Canoe  Indians  are  of  the  most  archaic  South 
 American  physical  type.  This  somatological  kinship  with  the 
 primordial  South  Americans  in  itself  would  not  be  proof  of  cultural 
 primitivity,  but  should  be  viewed  in  the  light  of  the  fact  that  the 
 nearest  kin  both  physically  and  culturally  of  the  Fuegians  are  the 
 distant  Botocudos.  This  parallel  coincidence  of  archaic  physical 
 type  with  very  low  culture  in  the  two  lowest  South  American  groups 
 suggests  that  they  may  have  preserved  in  the  main  not  only  their 
 common  bodily  type  but  their  common  earlier  culture  as  well. 
 
 (d)  The  geographical  position  of  the  Alacaluf  and  Yahgans  makes 
 for  the  same  conclusion.  Isolated  among  the  archipelagos  of  the 
 tip  of  the  continent  and  leading  a  life  so  different  from  that  of  most 
 of  the  mainland  peoples,  they  were  cut  off  from  and  impervious  to 
 the  cultural  currents  of  the  rest  of  the  continent,  and  in  addition 
 received  little  stimulus  to  advancement  from  their  unfertile  en¬ 
 vironment,  their  enforced  nomadic  way  of  living,  and  their  usually 
 easily  gathered  sea-food  supply.  It  is  in  just  such  isolated  regions — 
 jungle  or  mountain  fastnesses,  distant  island  groups,  or  the  ends  of 
 
226 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [bull.  6'i 
 
 peninsulas,  continents,  or  archipelagos — farthest  removed  from 
 cultural  influences  from  temperate  or  tropical  climes,  that  we  find 
 the  lowest  culture  in  other  parts  of  the  world.  Cf.  also  Furlong,  g,  5. 
 
 The  more  isolated  of  the  two  tribes  of  Canoe  Indians  should  on 
 this  score  have  preserved  better  the  earlier  culture,  and  it  is  just  the 
 more  isolated,  the  Yahgans  and  apparently  the  West  Patagonian 
 Alacaluf  too,  who  have  the  slightly  less  advanced  culture  in  Fuegia. 
 
 The  evidence  grouped  under  the  above  four  heads  seems  accumu¬ 
 lative  and  convergent,  although  of  course  far  from  being  demonstra¬ 
 tive.  As  far  as  it  goes,  it  points  to  the  Fuegian  Canoe  Indians  as 
 being,  not  cultural  degenerates,  but  survivals,  in  the  main  unchanged, 
 of  a  very  early,  and  perhaps  the  earliest,  aboriginal  South  American 
 culture. 
 
 B.  In  what  cultural  relation  do  the  Fuegians  stand  to  peoples  of 
 very  low  culture  in  Indo-Oceanica  and  elsewhere  ? 
 
 There  seems  to  be  no  adequate  ground  for  doubting  that  these 
 latter  peoples,  or  most  of  them,  are  themselves  in  the  main  cultural 
 survivals,  not  cultural  degenerates.  It  is  possible,  for  instance,  that 
 the  Tasmanian  represented  a  more  or  less  disintegrated  culture. 
 Then,  too,  we  know,  for  example,  .that  most  of  the  Negritos  have 
 acquired  many  elements  from  neighboring  tribes.  Moreover,  time, 
 isolation,  and  varying  environment  and  needs  have  inevitably  wrought 
 some  changes.  But,  apart  from  these  exceptions  or  possible  excep¬ 
 tions,  we  have  very  good  reasons  for  regarding  the  Old  World  primi¬ 
 tives  as  fundamentallv  and  in  the  main  the  conservers  of  an  ancient 
 
 «y 
 
 culture  long  outgrown  by  more  progressive  peoples. 
 
 Between  this  primitive  Old  World  culture  and  the  Fuegian  there  is 
 practical  equality  of  development  or  want  of  development.  In  addi¬ 
 tion,  there  is  a  noticeable  parallelism  or  resemblance,  a  resemblance 
 even  more  interesting  in  what  is  lacking  than  in  what  is  present,  and 
 even  more  patent  in  the  psychical  than  in  the  material  fields  (cf., 
 e.  g.,  H.  Ling  Roth,  Aborigines  of  Tasmania,  London,  1890;  W. 
 Schmidt,  Die  Stellung  der  Pygmaenvolker  u.  s.  w.,  Stuttgart,  1910; 
 A.  LeRoy,  Les  Pygmees,  Tours,  1905  ca.;  Skeat  and  Blagden,  Pagan 
 races  of  the  Malay  Peninsula,  2  vols.,  London,  1906;  C.  G.  and  B.  Z. 
 Seligmann,  Veddas,  Cambridge,  1911).  Viewing  this  parallelism  and 
 resemblance,  not  in  itself  alone,  which  would  be  taking  sides  in  the 
 convergence  controversy,  but  in  the  light  of  the  probabilities  against 
 major  degeneration  on  the  part  either  of  the  Fuegians  or  of  the  Old 
 World  primitives,  we  seem  to  have  good  grounds  for  suspecting  that 
 both  groups  have  preserved  fairly  well  an  earlier  common  culture, 
 and  that  both  are,  not  unchanged,  but  only  superficially  changed, 
 survivals  from  a  common  cultural  ancestry. 
 
cooper] 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  TRIBES  OF  TIERRA  DEL  FUEGO 
 
 227 
 
 The  most  obvious  objection  that  might  be  raised  against  such  a 
 provisional  conclusion  is  that  based  on  the  notorious  instability  of 
 culture.  This  objection,  however,  would  have  more  weight  were  we 
 considering  peoples  of  somewhat  more  advanced  culture.  But  both 
 archeology  and  ethnology  give  good  evidence  that  very  low  culture 
 may  be  as  stable,  or  even  more  stable,  than  physical  types;  for  the 
 available  archeological  and  paleontological  evidence  shows  pretty 
 clearly  that  the  earlier  paleolithic  peoples  remained  nearly  stationary 
 in  culture  for  periods  measurable  by  millenia;  while,  as  examples  from 
 ethnology,  we  may  instance  the  somatologically  distinct  Semang, 
 Sakai,  and  Jakun,  all  three  at  a  nearly  isoplane  culture,  or  the  various 
 groups  of  Indo-Oceanic  Negritos,  who,  separated  from  one  another 
 for  many  centuries  at  least  and  modified  superficially  by  cultural 
 accretions  from  neighboring  tribes,  still  preserve  in  the  main  a  com¬ 
 mon  inherited  material  and  ps}Tchical  culture  (cf.  the  cultural  sections 
 in  Skeat  and  Blagden,  and  in  W.  Schmidt,  11.  c.). 
 
 C.  What  bearing  on  the  question  has  the  Kulturkreis  theory  ? 
 
 For  an  outline  of  Dr.  Graebner  s  position,  see  Author  Bibliography, 
 under  Graebner,  a  and  d.  Fathers  Schmidt  and  Hestermann  con¬ 
 sider  that  their  three  earliest  Indo-Oceanic  strata,  differing  somewhat 
 from  Dr.  Graebner’s  analysis,  have  been  fused  to  a  certain  extent  in 
 southern  South  America,  including  Fuegia. 
 
 Dr.  Graebner  at  first  called  attention  chiefly  to  the  skin  mantle, 
 the  beehive  hut,  and  half-hitch  coiled  basketry  as  being  common  to 
 Fuegia  and  the  Tasmanian  and  southeastern  Australian  areas.  Later 
 some  other  resemblances  were  noted  by  Fathers  Schmidt  and  Hester- 
 mann  ( b ,  115-117). 
 
 These  resemblances  in  themselves  might  be  the  result  of  conver¬ 
 gence  rather  than  of  genetic  relationship;  but,  the  advocates  of  the 
 theory  emphasize,  they  need  to  be  viewed  in  the  light  of  the  similar 
 stratification  of  cultures  that  prevails  over  the  whole  of  Indo-Oceanica 
 and  the  whole  of  South  America.  That  such  a  parallel  stratification 
 exists,  notwithstanding  very  considerable  interlocking,  overlapping, 
 and  disintegration  of  the  several  strata  or  cycles,  especially  in  South 
 America,  is  maintained  by  Dr.  Graebner  (a,  b,  and  d),  by  Dr.  Foy,  and 
 by  Fathers  W.  Schmidt  and  Hestermann  (cf.  also  E.  Nordenskiold). 
 
 The  contrary  view,  so  far  as  South  America  is  concerned,  is  taken 
 in  a  detailed  criticism  by  Dr.  Krause,  and  on  more  general  grounds  by 
 Prof.  Dixon  and  Dr.  Krickeberg  (163-164).  See  also  R.  II.  Lowie,  On 
 the  principle  of  convergence  in  ethnology,  in  Jour.  Amer.  folk-lore, 
 1912,  xxv,  24-42;  F.  Boas,  in  Science,  New  York,  1911,  n.  s.  xxxiv, 
 804-810. 
 
 But  as  yet  a  thorough  and  adequate  treatment  of  the  whole  ques¬ 
 tion  of  South  American  cultural  stratification  in  its  relation  to  Indo- 
 
228 
 
 BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 
 
 [BULL.  63 
 
 Oceanic  lias  not  been  undertaken.  More  facts  are  needed,  and  a 
 much  more  detailed  analysis  and  coordination  of  the  facts,  before  the 
 question  can  be  definitely  decided.  The  field  is  a  vast  one. 
 
 If  the  Kulturkreis  theory  proves  to  hold  good  for  the  whole  of  South 
 America,  the  question  of  the  common  cultural  descent  of  the  Fuegians 
 and  Indo-Oceanic  primitives  will  receive  a  conclusive  affirmative 
 answer.  If,  on  the  contrary,  it  proves  not  to  hold  good,  we  shall  be 
 thrown  back  on  the  facts  and  considerations  advanced  in  the  preced¬ 
 ing  sections  A  and  B  as  giving  a  provisional  and  probable,  but,  unless 
 new  data  come  to  hand,  not  a  final  or  strictlv  demonstrable  answer. 
 
 The  reader  is  referred  to  the  sources  given  above  for  further  details 
 on  the  Kulturkreis  theory  in  its  extension  to  South  America.  Special 
 references  to  Fuegia  in  this  connection  are  contained  in:  Graebner,  a, 
 1014,  1018;  b,  149;  d,  47-48;  Foy,  26,  154;  Schmidt  and  Hestermann, 
 b,  115-117;  Dixon,  53-54;  Krause,  111. 
 
INDEX  OF  SUBJECTS 
 
 Page 
 
 Abortion .  171 
 
 Adornment,  personal .  182-184 
 
 Adultery .  167-168 
 
 Adze .  200,207,217 
 
 Aged— 
 
 authority  of .  178 
 
 treatment  of .  136, 170, 173, 175, 176 
 
 Agriculture . 44,185 
 
 Alacaluf — 
 
 glossary  of  language .  12-29 
 
 history  of  investigation . 61-62 
 
 name .  5-6 
 
 population  and  present  condition. . . . 47-48 
 
 territory . 1 . .  6-30 
 
 Seealso  Relations;  Somatology;  Lan¬ 
 guages;  Grammar;  Dialects;  Cul¬ 
 ture. 
 
 Alikhoolip .  5, 87 
 
 Allana . : .  123 
 
 American  race,  relations  of  Fuegians  and 
 
 Chonos  to .  223 
 
 Amuck,  running.  . . . SO,  140 
 
 Amulets .  150 
 
 Anatomy,  sources .  138-140 
 
 Ancestor  worship .  150,153 
 
 Animism .  150 
 
 Anklets .  183 
 
 Anointing .  160,182 
 
 Anthropology,  use  of  term . 2 
 
 Anthropometrical  data,  sources .  139-140 
 
 Aona .  48 
 
 Araucanians— 
 
 cultural  influenc'  on  Chonos .  43-45 
 
 relations  of  Fuegians  and  Chonos  to _  34-36, 
 
 82,116,220-221 
 
 Archeology— 
 
 deductions  from  facts . 219-220 
 
 facts .  218-219 
 
 See  also  Middens. 
 
 Aristocracy .  178 
 
 Armlets . 184 
 
 Arrow,  bow  and— 
 
 affinities  and  origin . 55, 211-213 
 
 arrow  release . . .  211 
 
 description .  184, 209-21 1 
 
 distribution  of . 29, 43, 205, 207-209 
 
 Art .  180-184 
 
 Artificial  deformation .  78, 183 
 
 Asterisks,  use  of .  137 
 
 Athletics . 184-185 
 
 Authority— 
 
 of  fathers,  aged,  and  medicine-men .  178 
 
 of  husbands .  168-169 
 
 Authors,  bibliography  of . 65-136 
 
 Awls .  204,218 
 
 Ax .  44, 45, 89, 200, 202, 217 
 
 Page 
 
 Bailers............ .  201 
 
 Ball  game .  184 
 
 Balsas .  196 
 
 Barter . 45,179 
 
 Basketry .  111,204-205 
 
 Baths .  155,157,160 
 
 Beards . 42,182 
 
 Beehive  hut .  55,192-193 
 
 Belief  and  morality .  146-148,151,152 
 
 Bibliographies — 
 
 list  of .  137 
 
 of  authors . 65-136 
 
 of  subjects. .. .  137-228 
 
 Bigamy .  51,57,165,166-167 
 
 Birds .  191 
 
 Birth  customs .  155 
 
 Blood-revenge .  159, 173, 174-175, 178 
 
 Boiling .  191 
 
 Bolas .  86,214-216 
 
 Bororos,  somatological  relations  of  Onas  to . .  222 
 
 Botocudos,  somatological  and  cultural  rela¬ 
 tions  of  Fuegians  to .  222 
 
 Bow.  See  Arrow. 
 
 Boxes .  205 
 
 Brachyceph  ALISM .  43, 53, 222 
 
 Brain .  180 
 
 sources .  140 
 
 Bravery .  173,177 
 
 Buckets . 205 
 
 Burial .  130, 161 
 
 Cannibalism .  175-176 
 
 Canoe  Indians .  2 
 
 Canoes,  bark — 
 
 description .  197-198 
 
 distribution .  29-30, 197 
 
 one-piece .  196-197 
 
 sewed . .  197-198 
 
 Captives .  174, 176 
 
 Casual  meetings,  use  of  term .  65 
 
 Caucahues,  Caucaus .  31, 
 
 32, 33.  35, 38, 39,  40, 41,  45,  46,  76, 112, 123-124 
 
 Cephalic  indices .  43,93 
 
 sources .  139-140 
 
 Ciiangos,  somatological  relations  of  Fuegians 
 
 to .  222 
 
 Channel  Alacaluf,  Channel  Indians  ....  65 
 
 Chastity,  premarital .  169-170, 173 
 
 See  also  Conjugal  fidelity. 
 
 Chiefs .  76,  177-178 
 
 Children — 
 
 carrying .  171-172 
 
 moral  education .  156-157, 173 
 
 naming,  weaning,  and  selling .  171 
 
 treatment  of  . .  68,84,136,153,170-171 
 
 Chon .  33,36,48,85,106 
 
 229 
 
230 
 
 INDEX  OF  SUBJECTS 
 
 Chonos —  Page 
 
 history  of  investigation .  62 
 
 name .  30-34, 85, 133 
 
 population  and  present  condition . 46-47 
 
 territory . 30-46 
 
 See  also  Relations;  Somatology;  Lan¬ 
 guages;  Dialects;  Culture. 
 
 Clans . . 3-4,178-179 
 
 Climate . 137 
 
 Clothing .  55,193-195 
 
 Clubs  and  clubheads .  213-215 
 
 Coiffure . . .  55, 182 
 
 Combs . 182 
 
 Commerce . 45,179 
 
 Communism .  178 
 
 Conjugal  fidelity . 167-168 
 
 Cooking .  191 
 
 Cormorants .  191 
 
 Coucous.  See  Caucahues. 
 
 Counting . • .  180 
 
 Courtship .  164-165 
 
 Couvade .  155 
 
 Cradle . 55,171-172 
 
 Crania.  See  Skulls. 
 
 Creator  and  Creation .  147,147,162-163 
 
 Cremation .  161 
 
 Cruelty .  167,168-169 
 
 Ctenomys  fueguinus .  190 
 
 Cult .  152-154 
 
 Culture,  outline  of  and  sources  for  Fuegian 
 
 and  Chonoan .  145-218 
 
 See  also  Relations;  Degeneration. 
 
 Dances .  158,160,181 
 
 Death .  160 
 
 See  also  Burial;  Mourning;  Survival; 
 Ghosts. 
 
 Deformation,  head .  78,183 
 
 Degeneration,  cultural .  74, 77, 220, 223-227 
 
 Delivery  customs .  155 
 
 Depilation .  182 
 
 Design .  154,180,181-182 
 
 Diadem,  feather .  183-184 
 
 Dialects — 
 
 Alacalufan .  28,30,38 
 
 Chonoan .  34,38-39 
 
 Onan .  50-52,78 
 
 Yahgan . 4,94 
 
 Disposal  of  property .  161-162 
 
 Divination .  160 
 
 Diving  for  food .  188 
 
 Divorce .  164,167 
 
 Docility . 173 
 
 Dogs .  44, 96, 153, 186-187, 190, 191 
 
 Dolichoceph ALISM .  53-54, 221-222 
 
 Domestic  culture .  102,164-172 
 
 Domestication .  44,185 
 
 Drama .  181 
 
 Dreams .  158 
 
 Drink .  187 
 
 Dualism .  146-149 
 
 Dugouts .  196 
 
 Page 
 
 Endogamy .  165-166 
 
 Environment .  137 
 
 Esthetic  culture .  180-184 
 
 Ethical  culture .  102,172-177 
 
 Exogamy .  165-166 
 
 Exploration — 
 
 history  of . 59-63 
 
 list  of  explorers  prior  to  1800  .  59-60 
 
 Eyes  and  eyesight,  sources .  140 
 
 Family .  102,164-172 
 
 Fasting .  155,156,157 
 
 Fauna .  137 
 
 Feather  ornaments .  157,183-184 
 
 Fetishism .  150 
 
 Feuds .  45,46,56,174-175 
 
 Fictile  products .  205 
 
 Fighting . 9, 173, 174, 214 
 
 Fillets., . „• .  184 
 
 Fire . 55,191-192 
 
 Fishhook .  188-189 
 
 Fishing .  188-190 
 
 Flexed  burial . t .  161 
 
 Flood  tradition .  163 
 
 Flora .  137 
 
 Flour .  187 
 
 Folklore .  162-163 
 
 Food — 
 
 cooking . 191 
 
 kinds  of .  187-191 
 
 storing  of .  187 
 
 taboos .  155,156,157 
 
 Foot  Indians .  2 
 
 Footprints .  140 
 
 Friendship .  176 
 
 Future  life .  149, 150, 151, 153 
 
 Gabiotas .  31,33,35, 41, 42, 123-124 
 
 Gambling .  177,185 
 
 Games .  184-185 
 
 Generosity .  172,173,177 
 
 Geology .  116,137,219 
 
 Ghosts .  148-149, 150, 151, 153, 154 
 
 Giants .  35,41,48,115,123 
 
 Gifts .  172,177,179 
 
 Glossary  of  Alacalufan  Language . 13-22 
 
 discussion  of . 22-29 
 
 prefatory  notes  to .  12-13 
 
 Gloves .  195 
 
 Gluttony .  173,177 
 
 God .  146-149 
 
 Gods . .  146-149 
 
 Government .  177-178 
 
 Graebner’s  theory .  93, 203, 227-228 
 
 Grammar— 
 
 Alacalufan .  10, 28, 129, 132 
 
 sources  for  Chonoan,  Yahgan,  and  Onan.  144 
 
 Gratitude .  176 
 
 GuaIcaros . 6,107 
 
 See  also  Huaicurues. 
 
 Guaiguenes . 32,33 
 
 Guanacos .  187,190 
 
 Economic  culture 
 Embryonic  burial 
 Emotions— 
 
 expression  of . . . 
 sources . 
 
 .  172,178-179 
 
 .  161 
 
 102, 168, 170-171, 176, 177 
 .  140 
 
 Hafting..  . 
 Hair— 
 coiffure, 
 red  hair 
 sources . 
 
 204,207, 217,218 
 
 . 55,182 
 
 .  42 
 
 .  140 
 
INDEX  OF  SUBJECTS 
 
 231 
 
 Page 
 
 Handprints . 
 
 Harpoon . 
 
 Haush . 
 
 Herding . 
 
 Hero  myths . . 
 
 Homicide . 
 
 Honesty . 
 
 Hospitality . 
 
 Huaicurues . 
 
 See  also  GuaIcaros. 
 
 Huemuls . 
 
 Huilliche . 
 
 Huillis . : . 
 
 Human  life,  regard  for 
 
 Human  sacrifice . 
 
 Hunting . 
 
 Hunting  grounds . 
 
 Huts . 
 
 .  140 
 
 188, 205,  20G-207 
 
 .  49 
 
 .  44,185 
 
 .  163 
 
 .  56,95,174 
 
 46,  173,  177, 179 
 
 .  176 
 
 .  81 
 
 .  o— 6, 8, 9 
 
 .  32,33,36,41,86 
 
 30-31,33,34,36-37,  45,178 
 
 . .  171,174-175 
 
 . .  68,153,175 
 
 .  180,190-191 
 
 .  178-179 
 
 .  192-193 
 
 III— 
 
 care  of .  175 
 
 cure  of . 159-160 
 
 Immortality .  149,150-151,153 
 
 Implements .  216-218 
 
 Incest .  165 
 
 Indo-Oceanic  primitives,  cultural  rela¬ 
 tion  of  Fuegians  to _  150, 154, 203-204, 223-228 
 
 Infanticide .  171 
 
 Inheritance .  172 
 
 Initiations .  156-157 
 
 Intelligence .  179-180 
 
 Intemperance  and  intoxicants .  44,  177, 187 
 
 Inventiveness .  179-180 
 
 Investigation — 
 
 future  of . • . 63-64 
 
 history  of .  59-63 
 
 Jealousy .  167-168,173 
 
 Keyes,  Key-yus .  6, 32, 36, 86 
 
 Kinship .  172 
 
 Kitchen  middens.  See  Middens. 
 
 Knives .  207,217-218 
 
 Kulturkreis  theory .  93,203,227-228 
 
 Labor,  division  of .  169 
 
 Lacunae .  63-64 
 
 Lagoa  Santa  race,  somatological  relations 
 
 of  Chonos  and  Fuegians  to .  221-222 
 
 Land,  division  of .  178-179 
 
 Languages — 
 
 general  remarks .  144-145 
 
 grammatical  sources .  144 
 
 lexical  sources .  10-11,141-143 
 
 texts .  144 
 
 See  also  Relations;  Dialects;  Grammar. 
 
 Laws . 174,178 
 
 Levirate .  165 
 
 Liberty,  love  of .  177 
 
 Mac-ck .  49 
 
 Magic .  154,158,159-160 
 
 Manekenkn— 
 
 history  of  investigation .  50-51, 62-63 
 
 name .  49 
 
 population  and  present  condition . 56-57 
 
 territory .  49-50 
 
 See  also  Relations;  Somatology;  Lan¬ 
 guages;  Culture. 
 
 64028°— Bull.  63—17 - 16 
 
 Page. 
 
 Maps . 66,137 
 
 Marriage .  157,164-167 
 
 by  capture .  164-165 
 
 courtship,  and  choice  of  wife .  164-165, 173 
 
 Masks .  156 
 
 Massage .  155,160 
 
 Material  culture .  185-218 
 
 Medicine  and  medicine-men .  149, 
 
 151, 153, 159-160, 184 
 
 Menstruation  taboo .  157 
 
 Mental  culture .  170-180 
 
 Mesaticephalism .  53-54, 222 
 
 Metempsychosis .  149, 150, 151, 163 
 
 Middens .  44-45, 
 
 64, 107, 186, 205, 206, 207, 211, 212, 217, 218-219 
 
 Migration  routes .  222-223 
 
 Missions — 
 
 Chonoan .  45,46-47 
 
 Fuegian .  60-63  and  passim 
 
 Moccasins .  194-195 
 
 Modesty .  169 
 
 Money .  179 
 
 Monogamy .  166-167 
 
 MoralxultuRe .  102, 172-177 
 
 Morality^  and  belief .  146-148, 151, 152 
 
 Morning-star  clubheads .  107,213-214 
 
 Mortars .  18^ 
 
 Mortuary"  customs .  130, 161 
 
 Mourning .  160-161 
 
 Murder .  56, 95, 174 
 
 Music  and  musical  instruments .  158,  ISO- 181 
 
 Mustaches .  182 
 
 Mutilations .  157,183 
 
 of  dead .  174 
 
 Myology .  140 
 
 Myths .  162-163 
 
 Names  of  children .  171 
 
 Names  of  tribes — 
 
 Alacaluf .  5-6 
 
 Chono . 30-34 
 
 Ona,  Shilk’nam,  Manekenkn .  48-49 
 
 Yahgan .  2-3 
 
 Narcotics .  177 
 
 Navigation .  85,195-204 
 
 Necklaces .  183-184 
 
 Needles .  204,218 
 
 Nets — 
 
 fish .  189-190 
 
 seal  and  bird .  190 
 
 Nomadic  life .  17S-179 
 
 Oars .  200-201 
 
 Oath .  153 
 
 Oensmen .  48 
 
 Old.  See  Aged. 
 
 Onas— 
 
 history  of  investigation . 62-63 
 
 name .  4S-49 
 
 population  and  present  condition . 56-57 
 
 territory .  49-50,56 
 
 See  also  Relations;  Somatology;  Lan¬ 
 guages;  Dialects;  Culture. 
 
 Ordeals .  153 
 
 Orientation .  137 
 
 Origin — 
 
 of  bow  and  arrow . 211-213 
 
 of  plank  boat .  201-204 
 
232 
 
 INDEX  OF  SUBJECTS 
 
 Page  I 
 
 Ornaments,  personal .  183-184 
 
 Osteology,  sources .  139 
 
 Ostrich .  86 
 
 Otters .  190 
 
 Paddles .  200-201 
 
 Painting  of  body  and  face.. 158, 160-161, 180, 182 
 
 Parental  affection .  170-171 
 
 Pathology,  sources .  140 
 
 Patience .  173 
 
 Payos .  32,33,36,125 
 
 Pecherais .  6,8,9,71 
 
 Pederasty .  101,170 
 
 Perforators . • .  204,218 
 
 PEYES .  6,32,33,36,86 
 
 Physical  appearance— 
 
 Alacaluf,  Yahgans,  West  Patagonians. . .  29 
 
 Chonos .  41-43 
 
 Onas .  53 
 
 sources .  140 
 
 Physiology,  sources .  140 
 
 Plaiting .  183,184,204 
 
 Plank  boat— 
 
 description .  198-200 
 
 distribution  and  migration  . . .  29-30, 43,198-200 
 
 origin .  201-204 
 
 Plants,  food .  187 
 
 Platform  burial .  161 
 
 Play .  184-185 
 
 Poetry .  181 
 
 Poison .  71,121,211 
 
 Political  culture .  177-178 
 
 Polyandry .  166 
 
 Polygamy .  51, 57, 80, 102, 165, 166-167 
 
 Poncho .  45 
 
 Population,  decrease  of,  and  present — 
 
 Alacaluf .  47-48 
 
 Chonos .  46-47 
 
 Onas .  56-57 
 
 Yahgans .  4-5 
 
 Porpoises .  190 
 
 Portages .  38,118,200 
 
 Potatoes .  44,45 
 
 Pottery .  205 
 
 Poyas .  31,32,33,86 
 
 POY-YUS .  6,32,33,36,86 
 
 Prayer .  152-153 
 
 Present  condition— 
 
 Alacaluf . - .  47-48 
 
 Chonos .  46-47 
 
 Onas .  56-57 
 
 Yahgans .  4-5 
 
 Primitivity .  56, 74, 77, 220, 223-227 
 
 Property — 
 
 ethics  of .  177 
 
 inheritance  of  and  disposal  of  at  death ...  172, 
 
 161-162 
 
 ownership  of .  178-179 
 
 Prophecy .  160 
 
 Prostitution .  169 
 
 Psychology .  140 
 
 Psychoneuroses .  80,140 
 
 Puberty  customs .  156-157 
 
 Quarrels .  173,174 
 
 See  also  Feuds. 
 
 Quasi-religious  culture .  154-164 
 
 Quiver.  See  Arrow. 
 
 Page 
 
 Racing .  184 
 
 Rafts .  96,196 
 
 Rats .  191 
 
 Recreative  culture .  184-185 
 
 Reincarnation .  151 
 
 Relations— 
 
 Cultural,  between — 
 
 Fuegians  and  Botocudos .  222 
 
 Fuegians  and  Indo-Oceanic  primi¬ 
 tives .  150,154,203-204,223-228 
 
 Linguistic,  between  Fuegians  and 
 
 Tapuyas .  75,222 
 
 Linguistic,  somatological,  and  cultural, 
 between — 
 
 Alacaluf  and  West  Patagonian  Chan¬ 
 nel  Indians .  7-30 
 
 Chonos  and  Alacaluf . 36-46 
 
 Chonos  and  Tehuelches . 36,85 
 
 Chonos-Fuegians  and  Araucanians . .  34-36, 
 
 ’  82,116,220-221 
 
 Fuegians  and  American  race .  223 
 
 Manekenkn  and  Shllk’nam .  50-52 
 
 Onas  and  Tehuelches .  52-56 
 
 Yahgans,  Alacaluf,  and  Onas .  4,54 
 
 Somatological,  between — 
 
 Chonos-Fuegians  and  Lagoa  Santa 
 
 race .  221-222 
 
 Fuegians  and  Changos .  222 
 
 Onas  and  Bororos .  222 
 
 Yahgan-x\lacaluf  and  Botocudos .  222 
 
 Religious  culture .  64,145-164 
 
 Riiea .  86 
 
 Sacred  objects .  153-154 
 
 Sacrifice... .  68,153,157,158 
 
 Sails .  200 
 
 Salt .  187 
 
 Scarification .  160,182 
 
 Scraper .  216-217 
 
 Sculpture .  154,181-182 
 
 Sea  food .  187,188 
 
 Seals .  187,190 
 
 Secret  societies .  156-157,178 
 
 Seines .  189 
 
 Shelter .  192-193 
 
 Shilk’nam — 
 
 history  of  investigation . 62-63 
 
 name .  48-49 
 
 population  and  present  condition .  56 
 
 territory . . . 49,56 
 
 See  also  Relations;  Somatology;  Lan¬ 
 guages;  Culture. 
 
 Sick.  See  III. 
 
 Skeletons,  sources .  139 
 
 Skin  boats . 196 
 
 Sion,  color  of— 
 
 Chonos  and  Fuegians .  42-43 
 
 sources .  140 
 
 Skin  dressing .  195 
 
 Skulls— 
 
 Chonos .  43 
 
 Onas .  53-54 
 
 sources .  139 
 
 Slaves .  45,86,178 
 
 Slings .  184,214 
 
 Smoking .  177 
 
 Snares .  191 
 
 Social  relations .  176-177 
 
INDEX  OF  SUBJECTS 
 
 233 
 
 Somatology — 
 
 anatomy,  physiology,  pathology . 
 
 anthropometrical  data . 139-140 
 
 osteology .  139 
 
 resumes,  etc .  141 
 
 sources .  138-141 
 
 stature .  138-139 
 
 See  also  Relations. 
 
 Songs .  158,180 
 
 Soul,  survival  of .  149,150-151,153 
 
 Spear .  188,190,205-206,215 
 
 Spirits .  146-148,153,154,156 
 
 Squatting  burial .  161 
 
 Stature — 
 
 Chonos . 41-42 
 
 sources .  138-139 
 
 Yahgans . . .  102 
 
 Stoicism .  173,175 
 
 Stones,  as  weapons .  214 
 
 Subjects,  bibliography  of .  137-228 
 
 Suicide .  175 
 
 Superstitions .  159 
 
 Supine  burial. . 55,161 
 
 SUPRAMUNDANE  BEINGS.. .  146-149 
 
 Supreme  Being .  146-149 
 
 Survival  of  soul .  149,150-151,153 
 
 Sweating. . "  160 
 
 Taboos .  154,155,157-158,162 
 
 Taciturnity .  177 
 
 Tapuyas,  linguistic  relations  of  Fuegians  to. 75, 222 
 
 Tattoo .  55,124,183 
 
 Teeth,  sources .  140 
 
 Tehuelches,  relations  of  Onas  to . 52-56 
 
 Tekeenicas . . .  3 
 
 Territory —  • 
 
 Alacaluf .  6-30 
 
 Chonos . 30-46 
 
 Onas,  Shilk’nam,  Manekenkn .  49-50,56 
 
 Yahgans . *  3-4 
 
 Textile  products. .  204-205 
 
 Texts,  sources .  144 
 
 Theft... .  46,173,177,179 
 
 Throwing  club . 215 
 
 Toldo.... . 55,192 
 
 Tonsure .  160,182 
 
 Tools . 216-218 
 
 Torches .  191,192 
 
 Torture.... .  175 
 
 Totemism. .  149-150 
 
 Trade .  45,179 
 
 Page 
 
 170 
 
 Traditions . 
 
 Transmigration, 
 
 140 
 
 Tribes — 
 
 Page 
 
 Fitz-Roy’s  division  of .  8, 87 
 
 general  division  of . 2, 60, 74 
 
 Truthfulness, .  173,176-177 
 
 Twins... .  171 
 
 Twisting .  204 
 
 Vocabularies,  sources., .  10-11,141-143 
 
 War .  154,174 
 
 Weaning .  171 
 
 Weapons . 205-216 
 
 Weather  doctors.  See  Medicine-men. 
 
 Weaving .  44,194,204 
 
 Wedges.,., .  218 
 
 Weights  and  measures .  179 
 
 Weirs .  190 
 
 West  Patagonian  Channel  Indians,  re¬ 
 lations  to — 
 
 Alacaluf .  7-30 
 
 Chonos . . . . : . 34-46 
 
 W  hales.  . . .  190 
 
 Wigwams . . .  192-193 
 
 Windshield.  . . .  55, 192-193 
 
 Witches,  wizards.  See  Medicine-men. 
 
 Wives — 
 
 choice  of, .  164-165,173 
 
 number  of .  166-167 
 
 stealing.. .  49,164-165 
 
 treatment  of, .  84, 168-169 
 
 W  OMAN— 
 
 labor  of,. .  169 
 
 position  of,. .  168-169, 173 
 
 Wrestling..,. .  184 
 
 Wristlets .  183 
 
 Writing .  180 
 
 W  uas .  48 
 
 YACANA-CUNNEE . 2,48,86,195 
 
 Yahgans — 
 
 history  of  investigation — .  60-6 
 
 name, .  2-3 
 
 population  and  present  condition .  4-5 
 
 territory., .  3-4 
 
 See  also  Relations;  Somatology;  Lan¬ 
 guages;  Dialects;  Culture. 
 
 Yam  ana.... .  2 
 
 Yammascoonas . 3 
 
 Yapoos .  3 
 
 o 
 
V 
 
 / 
 
) 
 
 * 
 
 V 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
E51.U58v.63 
 
 Analytical  and  critical  bibliography  of 
 Princeton  Theological  Seminary-Speer  Library 
 
 hMIr